diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:48 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:48 -0700 |
| commit | 6fd7970f96db6984577d208b770f5181cae88e5e (patch) | |
| tree | 2bc6f5f652272911ce56f9768509eff18baf9dc3 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4057-0.txt | 5745 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4057-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 138520 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4057-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 141302 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4057-h/4057-h.htm | 6172 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4057-8.txt | 5740 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4057-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 140202 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4057.txt | 5740 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4057.zip | bin | 0 -> 140118 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/7mrs110.txt | 5869 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/7mrs110.zip | bin | 0 -> 139401 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8mrs110.txt | 5869 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8mrs110.zip | bin | 0 -> 139464 bytes |
15 files changed, 35151 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4057-0.txt b/4057-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1252b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/4057-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5745 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by Walter Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, + Volume One + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: October 25, 2001 [eBook #4057] +[Most recently updated: September 1, 2021] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + + + + +Marius the Epicurean + +HIS SENSATIONS AND IDEAS + +by WALTER PATER + +VOLUME ONE + +London: 1910. +(The Library Edition.) + + +Contents + + PART THE FIRST + 1. “The Religion of Numa” + 2. White-Nights + 3. Change of Air + 4. The Tree of Knowledge + 5. The Golden Book + 6. Euphuism + 7. A Pagan End + + PART THE SECOND + 8. Animula Vagula + 9. New Cyrenaicism + 10. On the Way + 11. “The Most Religious City in the World” + 12. “The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King” + 13. The “Mistress and Mother” of Palaces + 14. Manly Amusement + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: I have placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater’s +footnotes and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each of my +notes at that chapter’s end. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater’s Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, +VOLUME ONE +WALTER PATER + + +Χειμερινὸς ὄνειρος, ὅτε μήκισται αἱ νύκτες+ + + ++“A winter’s dream, when nights are longest.” +Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + + + + +PART THE FIRST + + + + +CHAPTER I. +“THE RELIGION OF NUMA” + + +As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered latest in +the country, and died out at last as but paganism—the religion of the +villagers, before the advance of the Christian Church; so, in an +earlier century, it was in places remote from town-life that the older +and purer forms of paganism itself had survived the longest. While, in +Rome, new religions had arisen with bewildering complexity around the +dying old one, the earlier and simpler patriarchal religion, “the +religion of Numa,” as people loved to fancy, lingered on with little +change amid the pastoral life, out of the habits and sentiment of which +so much of it had grown. Glimpses of such a survival we may catch below +the merely artificial attitudes of Latin pastoral poetry; in Tibullus +especially, who has preserved for us many poetic details of old Roman +religious usage. + +At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates, +Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: + + +—he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, with +repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one of his +elegies, as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The hearth, from +a spark of which, as one form of old legend related, the child Romulus +had been miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; and the +worthiest sacrifice to the gods the perfect physical sanity of the +young men and women, which the scrupulous ways of that religion of the +hearth had tended to maintain. A religion of usages and sentiment +rather than of facts and belief, and attached to very definite things +and places—the oak of immemorial age, the rock on the heath fashioned +by weather as if by some dim human art, the shadowy grove of ilex, +passing into which one exclaimed involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, +Deity is in this Place! Numen Inest!—it was in natural harmony with the +temper of a quiet people amid the spectacle of rural life, like that +simpler faith between man and man, which Tibullus expressly connects +with the period when, with an inexpensive worship, the old wooden gods +had been still pressed for room in their homely little shrines. + +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden +image of Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now +about to test the truth of the old Platonic contention, that the world +would at last find itself happy, could it detach some reluctant +philosophic student from the more desirable life of celestial +contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there was a boy living in an +old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for himself, recruited +that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous force of religious +veneration such as had originally called them into being. More than a +century and a half had past since Tibullus had written; but the +restoration of religious usages, and their retention where they still +survived, was meantime come to be the fashion through the influence of +imperial example; and what had been in the main a matter of family +pride with his father, was sustained by a native instinct of devotion +in the young Marius. A sense of conscious powers external to ourselves, +pleased or displeased by the right or wrong conduct of every +circumstance of daily life—that conscience, of which the old Roman +religion was a formal, habitual recognition, was become in him a +powerful current of feeling and observance. The old-fashioned, partly +puritanic awe, the power of which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly +in a northern peasantry, had its counterpart in the feeling of the +Roman lad, as he passed the spot, “touched of heaven,” where the +lightning had struck dead an aged labourer in the field: an upright +stone, still with mouldering garlands about it, marked the place. He +brought to that system of symbolic usages, and they in turn developed +in him further, a great seriousness—an impressibility to the sacredness +of time, of life and its events, and the circumstances of family +fellowship; of such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from labour +on which they live, really understood by him as gifts—a sense of +religious responsibility in the reception of them. It was a religion +for the most part of fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a year-long +burden of forms; yet rarely (on clear summer mornings, for instance) +the thought of those heavenly powers afforded a welcome channel for the +almost stifling sense of health and delight in him, and relieved it as +gratitude to the gods. + +The day of the “little” or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, +as the great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the +interest of the whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; the +instruments of labour lie untouched, hung with wreaths of flowers, +while masters and servants together go in solemn procession along the +dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, conducting the victims whose blood +is presently to be shed for the purification from all natural or +supernatural taint of the lands they have “gone about.” The old Latin +words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession moved on its way, +though their precise meaning was long since become unintelligible, were +recited from an ancient illuminated roll, kept in the painted chest in +the hall, together with the family records. Early on that day the girls +of the farm had been busy in the great portico, filling large baskets +with flowers plucked short from branches of apple and cherry, then in +spacious bloom, to strew before the quaint images of the gods—Ceres and +Bacchus and the yet more mysterious Dea Dia—as they passed through the +fields, carried in their little houses on the shoulders of white-clad +youths, who were understood to proceed to this office in perfect +temperance, as pure in soul and body as the air they breathed in the +firm weather of that early summer-time. The clean lustral water and the +full incense-box were carried after them. The altars were gay with +garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of blossom and green herbs +to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, fresh-gathered this morning +from a particular plot in the old garden, set apart for the purpose. +Just then the young leaves were almost as fragrant as flowers, and the +scent of the bean-fields mingled pleasantly with the cloud of incense. +But for the monotonous intonation of the liturgy by the priests, clad +in their strange, stiff, antique vestments, and bearing ears of green +corn upon their heads, secured by flowing bands of white, the +procession moved in absolute stillness, all persons, even the children, +abstaining from speech after the utterance of the pontifical formula, +Favete linguis!—Silence! Propitious Silence!—lest any words save those +proper to the occasion should hinder the religious efficacy of the +rite. + +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading part +in the ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to complete +this impressive outward silence by that inward tacitness of mind, +esteemed so important by religious Romans in the performance of these +sacred functions. To him the sustained stillness without seemed really +but to be waiting upon that interior, mental condition of preparation +or expectancy, for which he was just then intently striving. The +persons about him, certainly, had never been challenged by those +prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the divine nature: they +conceived them rather to be the appointed means of setting such +troublesome movements at rest. By them, “the religion of Numa,” so +staid, ideal and comely, the object of so much jealous conservatism, +though of direct service as lending sanction to a sort of high +scrupulosity, especially in the chief points of domestic conduct, was +mainly prized as being, through its hereditary character, something +like a personal distinction—as contributing, among the other +accessories of an ancient house, to the production of that aristocratic +atmosphere which separated them from newly-made people. But in the +young Marius, the very absence from those venerable usages of all +definite history and dogmatic interpretation, had already awakened much +speculative activity; and to-day, starting from the actual details of +the divine service, some very lively surmises, though scarcely distinct +enough to be thoughts, were moving backwards and forwards in his mind, +as the stirring wind had done all day among the trees, and were like +the passing of some mysterious influence over all the elements of his +nature and experience. One thing only distracted him—a certain pity at +the bottom of his heart, and almost on his lips, for the sacrificial +victims and their looks of terror, rising almost to disgust at the +central act of the sacrifice itself, a piece of everyday butcher’s +work, such as we decorously hide out of sight; though some then present +certainly displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus permitted +them on a religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great procession +on the frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid +heads of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for +animals in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their +sufferings. It was this contrast that distracted Marius now in the +blessing of his fields, and qualified his devout absorption upon the +scrupulous fulfilment of all the details of the ceremonial, as the +procession approached the altars. + +The names of that great populace of “little gods,” dear to the Roman +home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special +occasions, were not forgotten in the long litany—Vatican who causes the +infant to utter his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first word, +Cuba who keeps him quiet in his cot, Domiduca especially, for whom +Marius had through life a particular memory and devotion, the goddess +who watches over one’s safe coming home. The urns of the dead in the +family chapel received their due service. They also were now become +something divine, a goodly company of friendly and protecting spirits, +encamped about the place of their former abode—above all others, the +father, dead ten years before, of whom, remembering but a tall, grave +figure above him in early childhood, Marius habitually thought as a +genius a little cold and severe. + +Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi, +Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.— + + +Perhaps!—but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to-day +upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little—a few +violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, from +the time when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had Marius +taken them their portion of the family meal, at the second course, +amidst the silence of the company. They loved those who brought them +their sustenance; but, deprived of these services, would be heard +wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully in the stillness of the +night. + +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial—bread, oil, wine, +milk—had regained for him, by their use in such religious service, that +poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely belongs to all +the means of daily life, could we but break through the veil of our +familiarity with things by no means vulgar in themselves. A hymn +followed, while the whole assembly stood with veiled faces. The fire +rose up readily from the altars, in clean, bright flame—a favourable +omen, making it a duty to render the mirth of the evening complete. Old +wine was poured out freely for the servants at supper in the great +kitchen, where they had worked in the imperfect light through the long +evenings of winter. The young Marius himself took but a very sober part +in the noisy feasting. A devout, regretful after-taste of what had been +really beautiful in the ritual he had accomplished took him early away, +that he might the better recall in reverie all the circumstances of the +celebration of the day. As he sank into a sleep, pleasant with all the +influences of long hours in the open air, he seemed still to be moving +in procession through the fields, with a kind of pleasurable awe. That +feeling was still upon him as he awoke amid the beating of violent rain +on the shutters, in the first storm of the season. The thunder which +startled him from sleep seemed to make the solitude of his chamber +almost painfully complete, as if the nearness of those angry clouds +shut him up in a close place alone in the world. Then he thought of the +sort of protection which that day’s ceremonies assured. To procure an +agreement with the gods—Pacem deorum exposcere: that was the meaning of +what they had all day been busy upon. In a faith, sincere but +half-suspicious, he would fain have those Powers at least not against +him. His own nearer household gods were all around his bed. The spell +of his religion as a part of the very essence of home, its intimacy, +its dignity and security, was forcible at that moment; only, it seemed +to involve certain heavy demands upon him. + + + + +CHAPTER II. +WHITE-NIGHTS + + +To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the +childhood of Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, as +you first caught sight of that coy, retired place,—surely nothing could +happen there, without its full accompaniment of thought or reverie. +White-nights! so you might interpret its old Latin name.* “The red rose +came first,” says a quaint German mystic, speaking of “the mystery of +so-called white things,” as being “ever an after-thought—the doubles, +or seconds, of real things, and themselves but half-real, +half-material—the white queen, the white witch, the white mass, which, +as the black mass is a travesty of the true mass turned to evil by +horrible old witches, is celebrated by young candidates for the +priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of rehearsal.” So, +white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same analogy, should +be nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but passed in continuous +dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly the place was, in such +case, true to its fanciful name in this, that you might very well +conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the daytime might come +to much there. + +* _Ad Vigilias Albas_. + + +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come +down to him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain +Marcellus two generations before, a favourite in his day of the +fashionable world at Rome, where he had at least spent his substance +with a correctness of taste Marius might seem to have inherited from +him; as he was believed also to resemble him in a singularly pleasant +smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with some degree of +sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. + +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer to +the dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of workday +negligence or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm for some, +for the young master himself among them. The more observant passer-by +would note, curious as to the inmates, a certain amount of dainty care +amid that neglect, as if it came in part, perhaps, from a reluctance to +disturb old associations. It was significant of the national character, +that a sort of elegant gentleman farming, as we say, had been much +affected by some of the most cultivated Romans. But it became something +more than an elegant diversion, something of a serious business, with +the household of Marius; and his actual interest in the cultivation of +the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at least, intimately +near to those elementary conditions of life, a reverence for which, the +great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own half-mystic pre-occupation +with them, held to be the ground of primitive Roman religion, as of +primitive morals. But then, farm-life in Italy, including the culture +of the olive and the vine, has a grace of its own, and might well +contribute to the production of an ideal dignity of character, like +that of nature itself in this gifted region. Vulgarity seemed +impossible. The place, though impoverished, was still deservedly dear, +full of venerable memories, and with a living sweetness of its own for +to-day. + +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the struggling +family pride of the lad’s father, to which the example of the head of +the state, old Antoninus Pius—an example to be still further enforced +by his successor—had given a fresh though perhaps somewhat artificial +popularity. It had been consistent with many another homely and +old-fashioned trait in him, not to undervalue the charm of +exclusiveness and immemorial authority, which membership in a local +priestly college, hereditary in his house, conferred upon him. To set a +real value on these things was but one element in that pious concern +for his home and all that belonged to it, which, as Marius afterwards +discovered, had been a strong motive with his father. The ancient +hymn—Fana Novella!—was still sung by his people, as the new moon grew +bright in the west, and even their wild custom of leaping through heaps +of blazing straw on a certain night in summer was not discouraged. The +privilege of augury itself, according to tradition, had at one time +belonged to his race; and if you can imagine how, once in a way, an +impressible boy might have an inkling, an inward mystic intimation, of +the meaning and consequences of all that, what was implied in it +becoming explicit for him, you conceive aright the mind of Marius, in +whose house the auspices were still carefully consulted before every +undertaking of moment. + +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally—and that is all +many not unimportant persons ever find to do—a certain tradition of +life, which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling with +which he thought of his dead father was almost exclusively that of awe; +though crossed at times by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, as he +could but confess to himself, pondering, in the actual absence of so +weighty and continual a restraint, upon the arbitrary power which Roman +religion and Roman law gave to the parent over the son. On the part of +his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the husband’s memory, there +was a sustained freshness of regret, together with the recognition, as +Marius fancied, of some costly self-sacrifice to be credited to the +dead. The life of the widow, languid and shadowy enough but for the +poignancy of that regret, was like one long service to the departed +soul; its many annual observances centering about the funeral urn—a +tiny, delicately carved marble house, still white and fair, in the +family-chapel, wreathed always with the richest flowers from the +garden. To the dead, in fact, was conceded in such places a somewhat +closer neighbourhood to the old homes they were thought still to +protect, than is usual with us, or was usual in Rome itself—a closeness +which the living welcomed, so diverse are the ways of our human +sentiment, and in which the more wealthy, at least in the country, +might indulge themselves. All this Marius followed with a devout +interest, sincerely touched and awed by his mother’s sorrow. After the +deification of the emperors, we are told, it was considered impious so +much as to use any coarse expression in the presence of their images. +To Marius the whole of life seemed full of sacred presences, demanding +of him a similar collectedness. The severe and archaic religion of the +villa, as he conceived it, begot in him a sort of devout circumspection +lest he should fall short at any point of the demand upon him of +anything in which deity was concerned. He must satisfy with a kind of +sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he be found wanting to, +the claims of others, in their joys and calamities—the happiness which +deity sanctioned, or the blows in which it made itself felt. And from +habit, this feeling of a responsibility towards the world of men and +things, towards a claim for due sentiment concerning them on his side, +came to be a part of his nature not to be put off. It kept him serious +and dignified amid the Epicurean speculations which in after years much +engrossed him, and when he had learned to think of all religions as +indifferent, serious amid many fopperies and through many languid days, +and made him anticipate all his life long as a thing towards which he +must carefully train himself, some great occasion of self-devotion, +such as really came, that should consecrate his life, and, it might be, +its memory with others, as the early Christian looked forward to +martyrdom at the end of his course, as a seal of worth upon it. + +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his +first view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the +face, as it were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from the +white road, at the point where it began to decline somewhat steeply to +the marsh-land below. The building of pale red and yellow marble, +mellowed by age, which he saw beyond the gates, was indeed but the +exquisite fragment of a once large and sumptuous villa. Two centuries +of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the mosses which lay +along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and there the marble +plates had slipped from their places, where the delicate weeds had +forced their way. The graceful wildness which prevailed in garden and +farm gave place to a singular nicety about the actual habitation, and a +still more scrupulous sweetness and order reigned within. The old Roman +architects seem to have well understood the decorative value of the +floor—the real economy there was, in the production of rich interior +effect, of a somewhat lavish expenditure upon the surface they trod on. +The pavement of the hall had lost something of its evenness; but, +though a little rough to the foot, polished and cared for like a piece +of silver, looked, as mosaic-work is apt to do, its best in old age. +Most noticeable among the ancestral masks, each in its little cedarn +chest below the cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant +Marcellus, with the quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to +Marius, just then so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, +curved ingeniously into oval form, which he had added to the mansion, +still contained his collection of works of art; above all, that head of +Medusa, for which the villa was famous. The spoilers of one of the old +Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost the thing, as it +seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the sands of +which it was drawn up in a fisherman’s net, with the fine golden +laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was Marcellus +also who had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys with the white +pigeon-house above, so characteristic of the place. The little glazed +windows in the uppermost chamber framed each its dainty landscape—the +pallid crags of Carrara, like wildly twisted snow-drifts above the +purple heath; the distant harbour with its freight of white marble +going to sea; the lighthouse temple of Venus Speciosa on its dark +headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white breakers. Even on summer +nights the air there had always a motion in it, and drove the scent of +the new-mown hay along all the passages of the house. + +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something cloistral +or monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite order, made the +whole place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the peculiar +sanctuary, of his mother, who, still in real widowhood, provided the +deceased Marius the elder with that secondary sort of life which we can +give to the dead, in our intensely realised memory of them—the +“subjective immortality,” to use a modern phrase, for which many a +Roman epitaph cries out plaintively to widow or sister or daughter, +still in the land of the living. Certainly, if any such considerations +regarding them do reach the shadowy people, he enjoyed that secondary +existence, that warm place still left, in thought at least, beside the +living, the desire for which is actually, in various forms, so great a +motive with most of us. And Marius the younger, even thus early, came +to think of women’s tears, of women’s hands to lay one to rest, in +death as in the sleep of childhood, as a sort of natural want. The soft +lines of the white hands and face, set among the many folds of the veil +and stole of the Roman widow, busy upon her needlework, or with music +sometimes, defined themselves for him as the typical expression of +maternity. Helping her with her white and purple wools, and caring for +her musical instruments, he won, as if from the handling of such +things, an urbane and feminine refinement, qualifying duly his +country-grown habits—the sense of a certain delicate blandness, which +he relished, above all, on returning to the “chapel” of his mother, +after long days of open-air exercise, in winter or stormy summer. For +poetic souls in old Italy felt, hardly less strongly than the English, +the pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with the very dead warm in its +generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in flower, though the hail is +beating hard without. One important principle, of fruit afterwards in +his Roman life, that relish for the country fixed deeply in him; in the +winters especially, when the sufferings of the animal world became so +palpable even to the least observant. It fixed in him a sympathy for +all creatures, for the almost human troubles and sicknesses of the +flocks, for instance. It was a feeling which had in it something of +religious veneration for life as such—for that mysterious essence which +man is powerless to create in even the feeblest degree. One by one, at +the desire of his mother, the lad broke down his cherished traps and +springes for the hungry wild birds on the salt marsh. A white bird, she +told him once, looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in +his bosom across a crowded public place—his own soul was like that! +Would it reach the hands of his good genius on the opposite side, +unruffled and unsoiled? And as his mother became to him the very type +of maternity in things, its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and +maternity itself the central type of all love;—so, that beautiful +dwelling-place lent the reality of concrete outline to a peculiar ideal +of home, which throughout the rest of his life he seemed, amid many +distractions of spirit, to be ever seeking to regain. + +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced still +further this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. His +religion, that old Italian religion, in contrast with the really +light-hearted religion of Greece, had its deep undercurrent of gloom, +its sad, haunting imageries, not exclusively confined to the walls of +Etruscan tombs. The function of the conscience, not always as the +prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but oftenest as his +accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part in it; +and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his footsteps, made +him oddly suspicious of particular places and persons. Though his +liking for animals was so strong, yet one fierce day in early summer, +as he walked along a narrow road, he had seen the snakes breeding, and +ever afterwards avoided that place and its ugly associations, for there +was something in the incident which made food distasteful and his sleep +uneasy for many days afterwards. The memory of it however had almost +passed away, when at the corner of a street in Pisa, he came upon an +African showman exhibiting a great serpent: once more, as the reptile +writhed, the former painful impression revived: it was like a peep into +the lower side of the real world, and again for many days took all +sweetness from food and sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying to +puzzle out the secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread of +a snake’s bite, like one of his companions, who had put his hand into +the mouth of an old garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. A +kind of pity even mingled with his aversion, and he could hardly have +killed or injured the animals, which seemed already to suffer by the +very circumstance of their life, being what they were. It was something +like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather a moral feeling, for +the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or feathers, so +different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity of aspect in +its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a humanity, dusty and +sordid and as if far gone in corruption, in the sluggish coil, as it +awoke suddenly into one metallic spring of pure enmity against him. +Long afterwards, when it happened that at Rome he saw, a second time, a +showman with his serpents, he remembered the night which had then +followed, thinking, in Saint Augustine’s vein, on the real greatness of +those little troubles of children, of which older people make light; +but with a sudden gratitude also, as he reflected how richly possessed +his life had actually been by beautiful aspects and imageries, seeing +how greatly what was repugnant to the eye disturbed his peace. + +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to +contemplation than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an +earlier day there had been reason to expect, and animating his +solitude, as he read eagerly and intelligently, with the traditions of +the past, already he lived much in the realm of the imagination, and +became betimes, as he was to continue all through life, something of an +idealist, constructing the world for himself in great measure from +within, by the exercise of meditative power. A vein of subjective +philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all things, there +would be always in his intellectual scheme of the world and of conduct, +with a certain incapacity wholly to accept other men’s valuations. And +the generation of this peculiar element in his temper he could trace up +to the days when his life had been so like the reading of a romance to +him. Had the Romans a word for unworldly? The beautiful word umbratilis +perhaps comes nearest to it; and, with that precise sense, might +describe the spirit in which he prepared himself for the sacerdotal +function hereditary in his family—the sort of mystic enjoyment he had +in the abstinence, the strenuous self-control and ascêsis, which such +preparation involved. Like the young Ion in the beautiful opening of +the play of Euripides, who every morning sweeps the temple floor with +such a fund of cheerfulness in his service, he was apt to be happy in +sacred places, with a susceptibility to their peculiar influences which +he never outgrew; so that often in after-times, quite unexpectedly, +this feeling would revive in him with undiminished freshness. That +first, early, boyish ideal of priesthood, the sense of dedication, +survived through all the distractions of the world, and when all +thought of such vocation had finally passed from him, as a ministry, in +spirit at least, towards a sort of hieratic beauty and order in the +conduct of life. + +And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the lad’s +pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble to the +coast, over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, and +delightful signs, one after another—the abandoned boat, the ruined +flood-gates, the flock of wild birds—that one was approaching the sea; +the long summer-day of idleness among its vague scents and sounds. And +it was characteristic of him that he relished especially the grave, +subdued, northern notes in all that—the charm of the French or English +notes, as we might term them—in the luxuriant Italian landscape. + + + + +CHAPTER III. +CHANGE OF AIR + + +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. + +That almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of the +country, were both alike developed by the circumstances of a journey, +which happened about this time, when Marius was taken to a certain +temple of Aesculapius, among the hills of Etruria, as was then usual in +such cases, for the cure of some boyish sickness. The religion of +Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, had been naturalised in Rome +in the old republican times; but had reached under the Antonines the +height of its popularity throughout the Roman world. That was an age of +valetudinarians, in many instances of imaginary ones; but below its +various crazes concerning health and disease, largely multiplied a few +years after the time of which I am speaking by the miseries of a great +pestilence, lay a valuable, because partly practicable, belief that all +the maladies of the soul might be reached through the subtle gateways +of the body. + +Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily sanity. The +religion of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they called him +absolutely, had a chance just then of becoming the one religion; that +mild and philanthropic son of Apollo surviving, or absorbing, all other +pagan godhead. The apparatus of the medical art, the salutary mineral +or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the varieties of the bath, came to +have a kind of sacramental character, so deep was the feeling, in more +serious minds, of a moral or spiritual profit in physical health, +beyond the obvious bodily advantages one had of it; the body becoming +truly, in that case, but a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood +or “family” of Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in +possession of certain precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, +of all the institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian +priesthood; the temples of the god, rich in some instances with the +accumulated thank-offerings of centuries of a tasteful devotion, being +really also a kind of hospitals for the sick, administered in a full +conviction of the religiousness, the refined and sacred happiness, of a +life spent in the relieving of pain. + +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there were +doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the +reception of health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part +his care was held to take effect through a machinery easily capable of +misuse for purposes of religious fraud. Through dreams, above all, +inspired by Aesculapius himself, information as to the cause and cure +of a malady was supposed to come to the sufferer, in a belief based on +the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those who watch them carefully, +give many hints concerning the conditions of the body—those latent weak +points at which disease or death may most easily break into it. In the +time of Marcus Aurelius these medical dreams had become more than ever +a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, the “Orator,” a man of undoubted +intellectual power, has devoted six discourses to their interpretation; +the really scientific Galen has recorded how beneficently they had +intervened in his own case, at certain turning-points of life; and a +belief in them was one of the frailties of the wise emperor himself. +Partly for the sake of these dreams, living ministers of the god, more +likely to come to one in his actual dwelling-place than elsewhere, it +was almost a necessity that the patient should sleep one or more nights +within the precincts of a temple consecrated to his service, during +which time he must observe certain rules prescribed by the priests. + +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary +before starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on +his way to the famous temple which lay among the hills beyond the +valley of the Arnus. It was his greatest adventure hitherto; and he had +much pleasure in all its details, in spite of his feverishness. +Starting early, under the guidance of an old serving-man who drove the +mules, with his wife who took all that was needful for their +refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, they went, +under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck certain flowers +seen for the first time on these high places, upwards, through a long +day of sunshine, while cliffs and woods sank gradually below their +path. The evening came as they passed along a steep white road with +many windings among the pines, and it was night when they reached the +temple, the lights of which shone out upon them pausing before the +gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became alive to a singular +purity in the air. A rippling of water about the place was the only +thing audible, as they waited till two priestly figures, speaking Greek +to one another, admitted them into a large, white-walled and clearly +lighted guest-chamber, in which, while he partook of a simple but +wholesomely prepared supper, Marius still seemed to feel pleasantly the +height they had attained to among the hills. + +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his old +fear of serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that +Aesculapius had come to Rome, and the last definite thought of his +weary head before he fell asleep had been a dread either that the god +might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, under this hideous +aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes themselves, +kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. + +And after an hour’s feverish dreaming he awoke—with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The footsteps +of the youthful figure which approached and sat by his bedside were +certainly real. Ever afterwards, when the thought arose in his mind of +some unhoped-for but entire relief from distress, like blue sky in a +storm at sea, would come back the memory of that gracious countenance +which, amid all the kindness of its gaze, had yet a certain air of +predominance over him, so that he seemed now for the first time to have +found the master of his spirit. It would have been sweet to be the +servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. + +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his +years, a lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of +opportunity, which seemed to be the aim of the young priest’s +recommendations. The sum of them, through various forgotten intervals +of argument, as might really have happened in a dream, was the precept, +repeated many times under slightly varied aspects, of a diligent +promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in the eye would lie +for him the determining influence of life: he was of the number of +those who, in the words of a poet who came long after, must be “made +perfect by the love of visible beauty.” The discourse was conceived +from the point of view of a theory Marius found afterwards in Plato’s +Phaedrus, which supposes men’s spirits susceptible to certain +influences, diffused, after the manner of streams or currents, by fair +things or persons visibly present—green fields, for instance, or +children’s faces—into the air around them, acting, in the case of some +peculiar natures, like potent material essences, and conforming the +seer to themselves as with some cunning physical necessity. This +theory,* in itself so fantastic, had however determined in a range of +methodical suggestions, altogether quaint here and there from their +circumstantial minuteness. And throughout, the possibility of some +vision, as of a new city coming down “like a bride out of heaven,” a +vision still indeed, it might seem, a long way off, but to be granted +perhaps one day to the eyes thus trained, was presented as the motive +of this laboriously practical direction. + +* [Transliteration:] Ê aporroê tou kallous. +Translation: “Emanation +from a thing of beauty.” + + +“If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear light,” so the discourse recommenced after a pause, +“be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in all +things, and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows.” To keep the eye +clear by a sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, +extending even to his dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and +more fastidiously, select form and colour in things from what was less +select; to meditate much on beautiful visible objects, on objects, more +especially, connected with the period of youth—on children at play in +the morning, the trees in early spring, on young animals, on the +fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by him if it were +but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea-shell, as a token +and representative of the whole kingdom of such things; to avoid +jealously, in his way through the world, everything repugnant to sight; +and, should any circumstance tempt him to a general converse in the +range of such objects, to disentangle himself from that circumstance at +any cost of place, money, or opportunity; such were in brief outline +the duties recognised, the rights demanded, in this new formula of +life. And it was delivered with conviction; as if the speaker verily +saw into the recesses of the mental and physical being of the listener, +while his own expression of perfect temperance had in it a fascinating +power—the merely negative element of purity, the mere freedom from +taint or flaw, in exercise as a positive influence. Long afterwards, +when Marius read the Charmides—that other dialogue of Plato, into which +he seems to have expressed the very genius of old Greek temperance—the +image of this speaker came back vividly before him, to take the chief +part in the conversation. + +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible +symbolism (an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen +moralities) that the memory of that night’s double experience, the +dream of the great sallow snake and the utterance of the young priest, +always returned to him, and the contrast therein involved made him +revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare thought of an excess in +sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more from any excess +of a coarser kind. + +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on +his arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had +really departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed +from the brain, a painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive +and there was a delight; and as he bathed in the fresh water set ready +for his use, the air of the room about him seemed like pure gold, the +very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at length by one of the +white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple garden. At a +distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him the Houses of +Birth and Death, erected for the reception respectively of women about +to become mothers, and of persons about to die; neither of those +incidents being allowed to defile, as was thought, the actual precincts +of the shrine. His visitor of the previous night he saw nowhere again. +But among the official ministers of the place there was one, already +marked as of great celebrity, whom Marius saw often in later days at +Rome, the physician Galen, now about thirty years old. He was standing, +the hood partly drawn over his face, beside the holy well, as Marius +and his guide approached it. + +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its +surrounding institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring flowing +directly out of the rocky foundations of the shrine. From the rim of +its basin rose a circle of trim columns to support a cupola of singular +lightness and grace, itself full of reflected light from the rippling +surface, through which might be traced the wavy figure-work of the +marble lining below as the stream of water rushed in. Legend told of a +visit of Aesculapius to this place, earlier and happier than his first +coming to Rome: an inscription around the cupola recorded it in letters +of gold. “Being come unto this place the son of God loved it +exceedingly:”—Huc profectus filius Dei maxime amavit hunc locum;—and it +was then that that most intimately human of the gods had given men the +well, with all its salutary properties. The element itself when +received into the mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from +adhering organic matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure +air than water; and after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious +circumstances concerning it, by one and another of the bystanders:—he +who drank often thereof might well think he had tasted of the Homeric +lotus, so great became his desire to remain always on that spot: +carried to other places, it was almost indefinitely conservative of its +fine qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other water; and it +flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so oddly +rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever +quantity might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange +alacrity of service to human needs, like a true creature and pupil of +the philanthropic god. Certainly the little crowd around seemed to find +singular refreshment in gazing on it. The whole place appeared sensibly +influenced by the amiable and healthful spirit of the thing. All the +objects of the country were there at their freshest. In the great +park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred animals offered +by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow with a kind +of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully nice. And that +freshness seemed to have something moral in its influence, as if it +acted upon the body and the merely bodily powers of apprehension, +through the intelligence; and to the end of his visit Marius saw no +more serpents. + +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius followed +him as he returned from the well, more and more impressed by the +religiousness of all he saw, on his way through a long cloister or +corridor, the walls well-nigh hidden under votive inscriptions +recording favours from the son of Apollo, and with a distant fragrance +of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside through an open +doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as the refined and +dainty magnificence of the place came upon him suddenly, in the flood +of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights burning here and there, +and withal a singular expression of sacred order, a surprising +cleanliness and simplicity. Certain priests, men whose countenances +bore a deep impression of cultivated mind, each with his little group +of assistants, were gliding round silently to perform their morning +salutation to the god, raising the closed thumb and finger of the right +hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and went on their sacred +business, bearing their frankincense and lustral water. Around the +walls, at such a level that the worshippers might read, as in a book, +the story of the god and his sons, the brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, +ran a series of imageries, in low relief, their delicate light and +shade being heightened, here and there, with gold. Fullest of inspired +and sacred expression, as if in this place the chisel of the artist had +indeed dealt not with marble but with the very breath of feeling and +thought, was the scene in which the earliest generation of the sons of +Aesculapius were transformed into healing dreams; for “grown now too +glorious to abide longer among men, by the aid of their sire they put +away their mortal bodies, and came into another country, yet not indeed +into Elysium nor into the Islands of the Blest. But being made like to +the immortal gods, they began to pass about through the world, changed +thus far from their first form that they appear eternally young, as +many persons have seen them in many places—ministers and heralds of +their father, passing to and fro over the earth, like gliding stars. +Which thing is, indeed, the most wonderful concerning them!” And in +this scene, as throughout the series, with all its crowded personages, +Marius noted on the carved faces the same peculiar union of unction, +almost of hilarity, with a certain self-possession and reserve, which +was conspicuous in the living ministrants around him. + +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with +the richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius himself, +surrounded by choice flowering plants. It presented the type, still +with something of the severity of the earlier art of Greece about it, +not of an aged and crafty physician, but of a youth, earnest and strong +of aspect, carrying an ampulla or bottle in one hand, and in the other +a traveller’s staff, a pilgrim among his pilgrim worshippers; and one +of the ministers explained to Marius this pilgrim guise.—One chief +source of the master’s knowledge of healing had been observation of the +remedies resorted to by animals labouring under disease or pain—what +leaf or berry the lizard or dormouse lay upon its wounded fellow; to +which purpose for long years he had led the life of a wanderer, in wild +places. The boy took his place as the last comer, a little way behind +the group of worshippers who stood in front of the image. There, with +uplifted face, the palms of his two hands raised and open before him, +and taught by the priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and +prayer (Aristeides has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to +the Inspired Dreams:— + +“O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who +travel by sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, though +ye be equal in glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, and your +lot in immortal youth be as theirs, to accept this prayer, which in +sleep and vision ye have inspired. Order it aright, I pray you, +according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve me from sickness; +and endue my body with such a measure of health as may suffice it for +the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days unhindered and in +quietness.” + +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and +just before his departure the priest, who had been his special director +during his stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived panel, +which formed the back of one of the carved seats, bade him look +through. What he saw was like the vision of a new world, by the opening +of some unsuspected window in a familiar dwelling-place. He looked out +upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful aspect, hidden, by the +peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points of observation +but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep olive-clad rocks +below, the novices were taking their exercise. The softly sloping sides +of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its distant opening was +closed by a beautifully formed mountain, from which the last wreaths of +morning mist were rising under the heat. It might have seemed the very +presentment of a land of hope, its hollows brimful of a shadow of blue +flowers; and lo! on the one level space of the horizon, in a long dark +line, were towers and a dome: and that was Pisa.—Or Rome, was it? asked +Marius, ready to believe the utmost, in his excitement. + +All this served, as he understood afterwards in retrospect, at once to +strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. Developing +the ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, associated for +the future with the exquisite splendour of the temple of Aesculapius, +as it dawned upon him on that morning of his first visit—it developed +that ideal in connexion with a vivid sense of the value of mental and +bodily sanity. And this recognition of the beauty, even for the +aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, now acquired, operated +afterwards as an influence morally salutary, counteracting the less +desirable or hazardous tendencies of some phases of thought, through +which he was to pass. + +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother +failing; and about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, there +was a circumstance which rested with him as the cruellest touch of all, +in an event which for a time seemed to have taken the light out of the +sunshine. She died away from home, but sent for him at the last, with a +painful effort on her part, but to his great gratitude, pondering, as +he always believed, that he might chance otherwise to look back all his +life long upon a single fault with something like remorse, and find the +burden a great one. For it happened that, through some sudden, +incomprehensible petulance there had been an angry childish gesture, +and a slighting word, at the very moment of her departure, actually for +the last time. Remembering this he would ever afterwards pray to be +saved from offences against his own affections; the thought of that +marred parting having peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much +store, both by principle and habit, on the sentiment of home. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. +THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE + + +O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+ +quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis! +Pliny’s Letters. + + +It would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than did +Marius in those grave years of his early life. But the death of his +mother turned seriousness of feeling into a matter of the intelligence: +it made him a questioner; and, by bringing into full evidence to him +the force of his affections and the probable importance of their place +in his future, developed in him generally the more human and earthly +elements of character. A singularly virile consciousness of the +realities of life pronounced itself in him; still however as in the +main a poetic apprehension, though united already with something of +personal ambition and the instinct of self-assertion. There were days +when he could suspect, though it was a suspicion he was careful at +first to put from him, that that early, much cherished religion of the +villa might come to count with him as but one form of poetic beauty, or +of the ideal, in things; as but one voice, in a world where there were +many voices it would be a moral weakness not to listen to. And yet this +voice, through its forcible pre-occupation of his childish conscience, +still seemed to make a claim of a quite exclusive character, defining +itself as essentially one of but two possible leaders of his spirit, +the other proposing to him unlimited self-expansion in a world of +various sunshine. The contrast was so pronounced as to make the easy, +light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of himself, among the temptations +of the new phase of life which had now begun, seem nothing less than a +rival religion, a rival religious service. The temptations, the various +sunshine, were those of the old town of Pisa, where Marius was now a +tall schoolboy. Pisa was a place lying just far enough from home to +make his rare visits to it in childhood seem like adventures, such as +had never failed to supply new and refreshing impulses to the +imagination. The partly decayed pensive town, which still had its +commerce by sea, and its fashion at the bathing-season, had lent, at +one time the vivid memory of its fair streets of marble, at another the +solemn outline of the dark hills of Luna on its background, at another +the living glances of its men and women, to the thickly gathering crowd +of impressions, out of which his notion of the world was then forming. +And while he learned that the object, the experience, as it will be +known to memory, is really from first to last the chief point for +consideration in the conduct of life, these things were feeding also +the idealism constitutional with him—his innate and habitual longing +for a world altogether fairer than that he saw. The child could find +his way in thought along those streets of the old town, expecting duly +the shrines at their corners, and their recurrent intervals of +garden-courts, or side-views of distant sea. The great temple of the +place, as he could remember it, on turning back once for a last look +from an angle of his homeward road, counting its tall gray columns +between the blue of the bay and the blue fields of blossoming flax +beyond; the harbour and its lights; the foreign ships lying there; the +sailors’ chapel of Venus, and her gilded image, hung with votive gifts; +the seamen themselves, their women and children, who had a whole +peculiar colour-world of their own—the boy’s superficial delight in the +broad light and shadow of all that was mingled with the sense of power, +of unknown distance, of the danger of storm and possible death. + +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live in +the house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the school of +a famous rhetorician, and learn, among other things, Greek. The school, +one of many imitations of Plato’s Academy in the old Athenian garden, +lay in a quiet suburb of Pisa, and had its grove of cypresses, its +porticoes, a house for the master, its chapel and images. For the +memory of Marius in after-days, a clear morning sunlight seemed to lie +perpetually on that severe picture in old gray and green. The lad went +to this school daily betimes, in state at first, with a young slave to +carry the books, and certainly with no reluctance, for the sight of his +fellow-scholars, and their petulant activity, coming upon the sadder +sentimental moods of his childhood, awoke at once that instinct of +emulation which is but the other side of sympathy; and he was not +aware, of course, how completely the difference of his previous +training had made him, even in his most enthusiastic participation in +the ways of that little world, still essentially but a spectator. While +all their heart was in their limited boyish race, and its transitory +prizes, he was already entertaining himself, very pleasurably +meditative, with the tiny drama in action before him, as but the mimic, +preliminary exercise for a larger contest, and already with an implicit +epicureanism. Watching all the gallant effects of their small +rivalries—a scene in the main of fresh delightful sunshine—he entered +at once into the sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion +of men, and had already recognised a certain appetite for fame, for +distinction among his fellows, as his dominant motive to be. + +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader will +have anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet perhaps. +And as, in that gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, inward voices +from the reality of unseen things had come abundantly; so here, with +the sounds and aspects of the shore, and amid the urbanities, the +graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it was the reality, the tyrannous +reality, of things visible that was borne in upon him. The real world +around—a present humanity not less comely, it might seem, than that of +the old heroic days—endowing everything it touched upon, however +remotely, down to its little passing tricks of fashion even, with a +kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him just then a great +fascination. + +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine +summer, the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he +had formally assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for +that purpose, accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, +after the full measure of those cloudless days, he would feel well-nigh +wearied out, as if with a long succession of pictures and music. As he +wandered through the gay streets or on the sea-shore, the real world +seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost absolutely free in it, with +a boundless appetite for experience, for adventure, whether physical or +of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had lent itself to an +imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the spectacle actually +afforded to his untired and freely open senses, suggested the +reflection that the present had, it might be, really advanced beyond +the past, and he was ready to boast in the very fact that it was +modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the polite world of that day went +back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for the purpose of a +fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of literature, and even, +as we have seen, of religion, at least it improved, by a shade or two +of more scrupulous finish, on the old pattern; and the new era, like +the Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts at the beginning of our own +century, might perhaps be discerned, awaiting one just a single step +onward—the perfected new manner, in the consummation of time, alike as +regards the things of the imagination and the actual conduct of life. +Only, while the pursuit of an ideal like this demanded entire liberty +of heart and brain, that old, staid, conservative religion of his +childhood certainly had its being in a world of somewhat narrow +restrictions. But then, the one was absolutely real, with nothing less +than the reality of seeing and hearing—the other, how vague, shadowy, +problematical! Could its so limited probabilities be worth taking into +account in any practical question as to the rejecting or receiving of +what was indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? + +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great +friendship had grown up for him, in that life of so few attachments—the +pure and disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He had seen Flavian +for the first time the day on which he had come to Pisa, at the moment +when his mind was full of wistful thoughts regarding the new life to +begin for him to-morrow, and he gazed curiously at the crowd of +bustling scholars as they came from their classes. There was something +in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he stood isolated from the others for +a moment, explained in part by his stature and the distinction of the +low, broad forehead; though there was pleasantness also for the +newcomer in the roving blue eyes which seemed somehow to take a fuller +hold upon things around than is usual with boys. Marius knew that those +proud glances made kindly note of him for a moment, and felt something +like friendship at first sight. There was a tone of reserve or gravity +there, amid perfectly disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed +to carry forward the expression of the austere sky and the clear song +of the blackbird on that gray March evening. Flavian indeed was a +creature who changed much with the changes of the passing light and +shade about him, and was brilliant enough under the early sunshine in +school next morning. Of all that little world of more or less gifted +youth, surely the centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the +school, he had gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by the +fascination of his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the figure he +bore. He wore already the manly dress; and standing there in class, as +he displayed his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or his taste in +declaiming Homer, he was like a carved figure in motion, thought +Marius, but with that indescribable gleam upon it which the words of +Homer actually suggested, as perceptible on the visible forms of the +gods—hoia theous epenênothen aien eontas.+ + +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected with +his habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were held to be +clear amid its general vagueness—a rich stranger paid his schooling, +and he was himself very poor, though there was an attractive piquancy +in the poverty of Flavian which in a scholar of another figure might +have been despised. Over Marius too his dominion was entire. Three +years older than he, Flavian was appointed to help the younger boy in +his studies, and Marius thus became virtually his servant in many +things, taking his humours with a sort of grateful pride in being +noticed at all, and, thinking over all this afterwards, found that the +fascination experienced by him had been a sentimental one, dependent on +the concession to himself of an intimacy, a certain tolerance of his +company, granted to none beside. + +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the +genius, the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. The +brilliant youth who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, and +seemed to have a natural alliance with, and claim upon, everything else +which was physically select and bright, cultivated also that foppery of +words, of choice diction which was common among the élite spirits of +that day; and Marius, early an expert and elegant penman, transcribed +his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a genuine original power, was +then so delightful to him) in beautiful ink, receiving in return the +profit of Flavian’s really great intellectual capacities, developed and +accomplished under the ambitious desire to make his way effectively in +life. Among other things he introduced him to the writings of a +sprightly wit, then very busy with the pen, one Lucian—writings seeming +to overflow with that intellectual light turned upon dim places, which, +at least in seasons of mental fair weather, can make people laugh where +they have been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, the sunlight which +filled those well-remembered early mornings in school, had had more +than the usual measure of gold in it! Marius, at least, would lie awake +before the time, thinking with delight of the long coming hours of hard +work in the presence of Flavian, as other boys dream of a holiday. + +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, +that reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father—a +freedman, presented late in life, and almost against his will, with the +liberty so fondly desired in youth, but on condition of the sacrifice +of part of his peculium—the slave’s diminutive hoard—amassed by many a +self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The rich man, interested +in the promise of the fair child born on his estate, had sent him to +school. The meanness and dejection, nevertheless, of that unoccupied +old age defined the leading memory of Flavian, revived sometimes, after +this first confidence, with a burst of angry tears amid the sunshine. +But nature had had her economy in nursing the strength of that one +natural affection; for, save his half-selfish care for Marius, it was +the single, really generous part, the one piety, in the lad’s +character. In him Marius saw the spirit of unbelief, achieved as if at +one step. The much-admired freedman’s son, as with the privilege of a +natural aristocracy, believed only in himself, in the brilliant, and +mainly sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. + +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, though still with untouched +health, in a world where manhood comes early, to the seductions of that +luxurious town, and Marius wondered sometimes, in the freer revelation +of himself by conversation, at the extent of his early corruption. How +often, afterwards, did evil things present themselves in malign +association with the memory of that beautiful head, and with a kind of +borrowed sanction and charm in its natural grace! To Marius, at a later +time, he counted for as it were an epitome of the whole pagan world, +the depth of its corruption, and its perfection of form. And still, in +his mobility, his animation, in his eager capacity for various life, he +was so real an object, after that visionary idealism of the villa. His +voice, his glance, were like the breaking in of the solid world upon +one, amid the flimsy fictions of a dream. A shadow, handling all things +as shadows, had felt a sudden real and poignant heat in them. + +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and +abundantly, because with a good will. There was that in the actual +effectiveness of his figure which stimulated the younger lad to make +the most of opportunity; and he had experience already that education +largely increased one’s capacity for enjoyment. He was acquiring what +it is the chief function of all higher education to impart, the art, +namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic traits, the elements of +distinction, in our everyday life—of so exclusively living in them—that +the unadorned remainder of it, the mere drift or débris of our days, +comes to be as though it were not. And the consciousness of this aim +came with the reading of one particular book, then fresh in the world, +with which he fell in about this time—a book which awakened the poetic +or romantic capacity as perhaps some other book might have done, but +was peculiar in giving it a direction emphatically sensuous. It made +him, in that visionary reception of every-day life, the seer, more +especially, of a revelation in colour and form. If our modern +education, in its better efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind +of idealising power, it does so (though dealing mainly, as its +professed instruments, with the most select and ideal remains of +ancient literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it happened +also, long ago, with Marius and his friend. + +NOTES + + +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means “seat of the muses.” +Translation: “O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have +you uncovered to me, how many things suggested!” Pliny, Letters, Book +I, ix, to Minicius Fundanus. + + +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epenênothen aien eontas. Translation: +“such as the gods are endowed with.” Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. + + + + +CHAPTER V. +THE GOLDEN BOOK + + +The two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in a heap +of dry corn, in an old granary—the quiet corner to which they had +climbed out of the way of their noisier companions on one of their +blandest holiday afternoons. They looked round: the western sun smote +through the broad chinks of the shutters. How like a picture! and it +was precisely the scene described in what they were reading, with just +that added poetic touch in the book which made it delightful and +select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight transforming the +rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps of gold. What they +were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, the “golden” book of +that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the purple writing on the +handsome yellow wrapper, following the title Flaviane!—it said, + +Flaviane! lege Felicitur! +Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas! +Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! + + +It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with carved and +gilt ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. + +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the +archaisms and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, +quaint terms and images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the +lifelike phrases of some lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, racy +morsels of the vernacular and studied prettinesses:—all alike, mere +playthings for the genuine power and natural eloquence of the erudite +artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, which, however, made some people +angry, chiefly less well “got-up” people, and especially those who were +untidy from indolence. + +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the +early literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had +had more in common with the “infinite patience” of Apuleius than with +the hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have been +“self-conscious” of going slip-shod. And at least his success was +unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, +including a certain tincture of “neology” in expression—nonnihil +interdum elocutione novella parum signatum—in the language of Cornelius +Fronto, the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What words he had +found for conveying, with a single touch, the sense of textures, +colours, incidents! “Like jewellers’ work! Like a myrrhine +vase!”—admirers said of his writing. “The golden fibre in the hair, the +gold thread-work in the gown marked her as the mistress”—aurum in comis +et in tunicis, ibi inflexum hic intextum, matronam profecto +confitebatur—he writes, with his “curious felicity,” of one of his +heroines. Aurum intextum: gold fibre:—well! there was something of that +kind in his own work. And then, in an age when people, from the emperor +Aurelius downwards, prided themselves unwisely on writing in Greek, he +had written for Latin people in their own tongue; though still, in +truth, with all the care of a learned language. Not less happily +inventive were the incidents recorded—story within story—stories with +the sudden, unlooked-for changes of dreams. He had his humorous touches +also. And what went to the ordinary boyish taste, in those somewhat +peculiar readers, what would have charmed boys more purely boyish, was +the adventure:—the bear loose in the house at night, the wolves +storming the farms in winter, the exploits of the robbers, their +charming caves, the delightful thrill one had at the question—“Don’t +you know that these roads are infested by robbers?” + +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of +witchcraft, and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old +weird towns, haunts of magic and incantation, where all the more +genuine appliances of the black art, left behind her by Medea when she +fled through that country, were still in use. In the city of Hypata, +indeed, nothing seemed to be its true self—“You might think that +through the murmuring of some cadaverous spell, all things had been +changed into forms not their own; that there was humanity in the +hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you heard +singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew their +leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, the walls +to speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! the very sky +and the sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out.” Witches are there +who can draw down the moon, or at least the lunar virus—that white +fluid she sheds, to be found, so rarely, “on high, heathy places: which +is a poison. A touch of it will drive men mad.” + +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who turns +her neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the scene +where, after mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping curiously +through a chink in the door, is a spectator of the transformation of +the old witch herself into a bird, that she may take flight to the +object of her affections—into an owl! “First she stripped off every rag +she had. Then opening a certain chest she took from it many small +boxes, and removing the lid of one of them, rubbed herself over for a +long time, from head to foot, with an ointment it contained, and after +much low muttering to her lamp, began to jerk at last and shake her +limbs. And as her limbs moved to and fro, out burst the soft feathers: +stout wings came forth to view: the nose grew hard and hooked: her +nails were crooked into claws; and Pamphile was an owl. She uttered a +queasy screech; and, leaping little by little from the ground, making +trial of herself, fled presently, on full wing, out of doors.” + +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged +creature, but into the animal which has given name to the book; for +throughout it there runs a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of +magic then prevalent, curiosity concerning which had led Lucius to +meddle with the old woman’s appliances. “Be you my Venus,” he says to +the pretty maid-servant who has introduced him to the view of Pamphile, +“and let me stand by you a winged Cupid!” and, freely applying the +magic ointment, sees himself transformed, “not into a bird, but into an +ass!” + +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could +such be found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come +by them at that adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, +the grotesque procession of Isis passing by with a bear and other +strange animals in its train, the ass following along with the rest +suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in the High-priest’s +hand. + +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the +outside of an ass; “though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an +ass,” he tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily +spread table, “as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon +coarse hay.” For, in truth, all through the book, there is an +unmistakably real feeling for asses, with bold touches like Swift’s, +and a genuine animal breadth. Lucius was the original ass, who peeping +slily from the window of his hiding-place forgot all about the big +shade he cast just above him, and gave occasion to the joke or proverb +about “the peeping ass and his shadow.” + +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious +elements in most boys, passed at times, those young readers still +feeling its fascination, into what French writers call the macabre—that +species of almost insane pre-occupation with the materialities of our +mouldering flesh, that luxury of disgust in gazing on corruption, which +was connected, in this writer at least, with not a little obvious +coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust of the actual +world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. “I am told,” they +read, “that when foreigners are interred, the old witches are in the +habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to ravage the corpse”—in +order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants from it, with which to +injure the living—“especially if the witch has happened to cast her eye +upon some goodly young man.” And the scene of the night-watching of a +dead body lest the witches should come to tear off the flesh with their +teeth, is worthy of Théophile Gautier. + +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid +its mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque +horrors, came the tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, +life-like situations, speciosa locis, and abounding in lovely visible +imagery (one seemed to see and handle the golden hair, the fresh +flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full also of a gentle +idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an allegory. +With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.— + +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. + + +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters +exceeding fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant to +behold, yet passed not the measure of human praise, while such was the +loveliness of the youngest that men’s speech was too poor to commend it +worthily and could express it not at all. Many of the citizens and of +strangers, whom the fame of this excellent vision had gathered thither, +confounded by that matchless beauty, could but kiss the finger-tips of +their right hands at sight of her, as in adoration to the goddess Venus +herself. And soon a rumour passed through the country that she whom the +blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine dignity, was even then +moving among men, or that by some fresh germination from the stars, not +the sea now, but the earth, had put forth a new Venus, endued with the +flower of virginity. + +This belief, with the fame of the maiden’s loveliness, went daily +further into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together to +behold that glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to Paphos, +to Cnidus or Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: her sacred +rites were neglected, her images stood uncrowned, the cold ashes were +left to disfigure her forsaken altars. It was to a maiden that men’s +prayers were offered, to a human countenance they looked, in +propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went forth in the +morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to that +unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This conveyance of +divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger of the true +Venus. “Lo! now, the ancient parent of nature,” she cried, “the +fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign mother of the world, +sharing my honours with a mortal maiden, while my name, built up in +heaven, is profaned by the mean things of earth! Shall a perishable +woman bear my image about with her? In vain did the shepherd of Ida +prefer me! Yet shall she have little joy, whosoever she be, of her +usurped and unlawful loveliness!” Thereupon she called to her that +winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who wanders armed by night through +men’s houses, spoiling their marriages; and stirring yet more by her +speech his inborn wantonness, she led him to the city, and showed him +Psyche as she walked. + +“I pray thee,” she said, “give thy mother a full revenge. Let this maid +become the slave of an unworthy love.” Then, embracing him closely, she +departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest of the wave. +And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are in waiting: the +daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and Portunus, and +Salacia, and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a host of Tritons +leaping through the billows. And one blows softly through his sounding +sea-shell, another spreads a silken web against the sun, a third +presents the mirror to the eyes of his mistress, while the others swim +side by side below, drawing her chariot. Such was the escort of Venus +as she went upon the sea. + +Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. All +people regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It was +but as on the finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon that +divine likeness. Her sisters, less fair than she, were happily wedded. +She, even as a widow, sitting at home, wept over her desolation, hating +in her heart the beauty in which all men were pleased. + +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle of +Apollo, and Apollo answered him thus: “Let the damsel be placed on the +top of a certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and of +death. Look not for a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that evil +serpent-thing, by reason of whom even the gods tremble and the shadows +of Styx are afraid.” + +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For +many days she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine +precept is urgent upon her, and the company make ready to conduct the +maiden to her deadly bridal. And now the nuptial torch gathers dark +smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the pipe is changed into a cry: +the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: below her yellow +wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the whole +city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken house. + +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, +and, these solemnities being ended, the funeral of the living soul goes +forth, all the people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, assists not +at her marriage but at her own obsequies, and while the parents +hesitate to accomplish a thing so unholy the daughter cries to them: +“Wherefore torment your luckless age by long weeping? This was the +prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people celebrated us with +divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was then ye +should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I understand that that +one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and set me upon the +appointed place. I am in haste to submit to that well-omened marriage, +to behold that goodly spouse. Why delay the coming of him who was born +for the destruction of the whole world?” + +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they proceeded +to the appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there the maiden +alone, and took their way homewards dejectedly. The wretched parents, +in their close-shut house, yielded themselves to perpetual night; while +to Psyche, fearful and trembling and weeping sore upon the +mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He lifts her mildly, and, with +vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own soft breathing over +the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly among the flowers in +the bosom of a valley below. + +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying sweetly on her dewy bed, +rested from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. And lo! a +grove of mighty trees, with a fount of water, clear as glass, in the +midst; and hard by the water, a dwelling-place, built not by human +hands but by some divine cunning. One recognised, even at the entering, +the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden pillars sustained the roof, +arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. The walls were hidden +under wrought silver:—all tame and woodland creatures leaping forward +to the visitor’s gaze. Wonderful indeed was the craftsman, divine or +half-divine, who by the subtlety of his art had breathed so wild a soul +into the silver! The very pavement was distinct with pictures in goodly +stones. In the glow of its precious metal the house is its own +daylight, having no need of the sun. Well might it seem a place +fashioned for the conversation of gods with men! + +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her courage +growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired the +beautiful things she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no +chain, nor living guardian protected that great treasure house. But as +she gazed there came a voice—a voice, as it were unclothed of bodily +vesture—“Mistress!” it said, “all these things are thine. Lie down, and +relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when thou wilt. We +thy servants, whose voice thou hearest, will be beforehand with our +service, and a royal feast shall be ready.” + +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, +refreshed with sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she saw +no one: only she heard words falling here and there, and had voices +alone to serve her. And the feast being ended, one entered the chamber +and sang to her unseen, while another struck the chords of a harp, +invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards the sound of a company +singing together came to her, but still so that none were present to +sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of singers was there. + +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and as +the night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency +approaches her. Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great solitude, +she trembled, and more than any evil she knew dreaded that she knew +not. And now the husband, that unknown husband, drew near, and ascended +the couch, and made her his wife; and lo! before the rise of dawn he +had departed hastily. And the attendant voices ministered to the needs +of the newly married. And so it happened with her for a long season. +And as nature has willed, this new thing, by continual use, became a +delight to her: the sound of the voice grew to be her solace in that +condition of loneliness and uncertainty. + +One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, “O Psyche, most +pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens thee with +mortal peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy death and +seeking some trace of thee, will come to the mountain’s top. But if by +chance their cries reach thee, answer not, neither look forth at all, +lest thou bring sorrow upon me and destruction upon thyself.” Then +Psyche promised that she would do according to his will. But the +bridegroom was fled away again with the night. And all that day she +spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead indeed, shut up in that +golden prison, powerless to console her sisters sorrowing after her, or +to see their faces; and so went to rest weeping. + +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, +and embracing her as she wept, complained, “Was this thy promise, my +Psyche? What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy husband +thou ceasest not from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge thine own +desire, though it seeks what will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou remember my +warning, repentant too late.” Then, protesting that she is like to die, +she obtains from him that he suffer her to see her sisters, and present +to them moreover what gifts she would of golden ornaments; but +therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, yielding to +pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily form, lest she +fall, through unholy curiosity, from so great a height of fortune, nor +feel ever his embrace again. “I would die a hundred times,” she said, +cheerful at last, “rather than be deprived of thy most sweet usage. I +love thee as my own soul, beyond comparison even with Love himself. +Only bid thy servant Zephyrus bring hither my sisters, as he brought +me. My honeycomb! My husband! Thy Psyche’s breath of life!” So he +promised; and after the embraces of the night, ere the light appeared, +vanished from the hands of his bride. + +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept +loudly among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the sound +came down to her, and running out of the palace distraught, she cried, +“Wherefore afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you mourn am +here.” Then, summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her husband’s +bidding; and he bare them down with a gentle blast. “Enter now,” she +said, “into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the company of Psyche +your sister.” + +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, and +its great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the malice +which was already at their hearts. And at last one of them asks +curiously who the lord of that celestial array may be, and what manner +of man her husband? And Psyche answered dissemblingly, “A young man, +handsome and mannerly, with a goodly beard. For the most part he hunts +upon the mountains.” And lest the secret should slip from her in the +way of further speech, loading her sisters with gold and gems, she +commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. + +And they returned home, on fire with envy. “See now the injustice of +fortune!” cried one. “We, the elder children, are given like servants +to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is possessed of so +great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. You saw, Sister! what +a hoard of wealth lies in the house; what glittering gowns; what +splendour of precious gems, besides all that gold trodden under foot. +If she indeed hath, as she said, a bridegroom so goodly, then no one in +all the world is happier. And it may be that this husband, being of +divine nature, will make her too a goddess. Nay! so in truth it is. It +was even thus she bore herself. Already she looks aloft and breathes +divinity, who, though but a woman, has voices for her handmaidens, and +can command the winds.” “Think,” answered the other, “how arrogantly +she dealt with us, grudging us these trifling gifts out of all that +store, and when our company became a burden, causing us to be hissed +and driven away from her through the air! But I am no woman if she keep +her hold on this great fortune; and if the insult done us has touched +thee too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold our peace, +and know naught of her, alive or dead. For they are not truly happy of +whose happiness other folk are unaware.” + +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second +time, as he talks with her by night: “Seest thou what peril besets +thee? Those cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of +which the sum is that they persuade thee to search into the fashion of +my countenance, the seeing of which, as I have told thee often, will be +the seeing of it no more for ever. But do thou neither listen nor make +answer to aught regarding thy husband. Besides, we have sown also the +seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with a child to be born to +us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of divine quality; if thou +profane it, subject to death.” And Psyche was glad at the tidings, +rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, and in the glory of that +pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the name of mother. Anxiously +she notes the increase of the days, the waning months. And again, as he +tarries briefly beside her, the bridegroom repeats his warning: + +“Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. Have +pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not those evil +women again.” But the sisters make their way into the palace once more, +crying to her in wily tones, “O Psyche! and thou too wilt be a mother! +How great will be the joy at home! Happy indeed shall we be to have the +nursing of the golden child. Truly if he be answerable to the beauty of +his parents, it will be a birth of Cupid himself.” + +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. She, +meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the playing is +heard: she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and the music and +the singing come invisibly, soothing the mind of the listener with +sweetest modulation. Yet not even thereby was their malice put to +sleep: once more they seek to know what manner of husband she has, and +whence that seed. And Psyche, simple over-much, forgetful of her first +story, answers, “My husband comes from a far country, trading for great +sums. He is already of middle age, with whitening locks.” And therewith +she dismisses them again. + +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the +other, “What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man +with goodly beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a +false tale: else is she in very truth ignorant what manner of man he +is. Howsoever it be, let us destroy her quickly. For if she indeed +knows not, be sure that her bridegroom is one of the gods: it is a god +she bears in her womb. And let that be far from us! If she be called +mother of a god, then will life be more than I can bear.” + +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to her +craftily, “Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy real +danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that comes to +sleep at thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which declared +thee destined to a cruel beast. There are those who have seen it at +nightfall, coming back from its feeding. In no long time, they say, it +will end its blandishments. It but waits for the babe to be formed in +thee, that it may devour thee by so much the richer. If indeed the +solitude of this musical place, or it may be the loathsome commerce of +a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in sisterly piety have done +our part.” And at last the unhappy Psyche, simple and frail of soul, +carried away by the terror of their words, losing memory of her +husband’s precepts and her own promise, brought upon herself a great +calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she answers them, “And they who +tell those things, it may be, speak the truth. For in very deed never +have I seen the face of my husband, nor know I at all what manner of +man he is. Always he frights me diligently from the sight of him, +threatening some great evil should I too curiously look upon his face. +Do ye, if ye can help your sister in her great peril, stand by her +now.” + +Her sisters answered her, “The way of safety we have well considered, +and will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in that part of +the couch where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp filled with oil, +and set it privily behind the curtain. And when he shall have drawn up +his coils into the accustomed place, and thou hearest him breathe in +sleep, slip then from his side and discover the lamp, and, knife in +hand, put forth thy strength, and strike off the serpent’s head.” And +so they departed in haste. + +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is +tossed up and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and though +her will is firm, yet, in the moment of putting hand to the deed, she +falters, and is torn asunder by various apprehension of the great +calamity upon her. She hastens and anon delays, now full of distrust, +and now of angry courage: under one bodily form she loathes the monster +and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in the night; and at +length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. Darkness came, +and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint essay of love, falls +into a deep sleep. + +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny assisting +her, is confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife in hand, she +put by her sex; and lo! as the secrets of the bed became manifest, the +sweetest and most gentle of all creatures, Love himself, reclined +there, in his own proper loveliness! At sight of him the very flame of +the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche was afraid at the vision, and, +faint of soul, trembled back upon her knees, and would have hidden the +steel in her own bosom. But the knife slipped from her hand; and now, +undone, yet ofttimes looking upon the beauty of that divine +countenance, she lives again. She sees the locks of that golden head, +pleasant with the unction of the gods, shed down in graceful +entanglement behind and before, about the ruddy cheeks and white +throat. The pinions of the winged god, yet fresh with the dew, are +spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate plumage wavering over them as +they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, touched with light, worthy of +Venus his mother. At the foot of the couch lay his bow and arrows, the +instruments of his power, propitious to men. + +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, +and trying the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the +barb, so that a drop of blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own +act, and unaware, into the love of Love. Falling upon the bridegroom, +with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses from eager and open lips, she +shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep might be. And it chanced +that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp upon the god’s shoulder. +Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to wound him from whom all fire +comes; though ’twas a lover, I trow, first devised thee, to have the +fruit of his desire even in the darkness! At the touch of the fire the +god started up, and beholding the overthrow of her faith, quietly took +flight from her embraces. + +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two +hands, hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she sinks +to the earth through weariness. And as she lay there, the divine lover, +tarrying still, lighted upon a cypress tree which grew near, and, from +the top of it, spake thus to her, in great emotion. “Foolish one! +unmindful of the command of Venus, my mother, who had devoted thee to +one of base degree, I fled to thee in his stead. Now know I that this +was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced mine arrow, and I made +thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster beside thee—that thou +shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay the eyes so full of love to +thee! Again and again, I thought to put thee on thy guard concerning +these things, and warned thee in loving-kindness. Now I would but +punish thee by my flight hence.” And therewith he winged his way into +the deep sky. + +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might +reach the flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the +breadth of space had parted him wholly from her, cast herself down from +the bank of a river which was nigh. But the stream, turning gentle in +honour of the god, put her forth again unhurt upon its margin. And as +it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was sitting just then by the +waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the goddess Canna; +teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of slender sound. Hard +by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the shaggy god called her, +wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, “I am but a rustic +herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my great age and long +experience; and if I guess truly by those faltering steps, by thy +sorrowful eyes and continual sighing, thou labourest with excess of +love. Listen then to me, and seek not death again, in the stream or +otherwise. Put aside thy woe, and turn thy prayers to Cupid. He is in +truth a delicate youth: win him by the delicacy of thy service.” + +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a +reverence to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, in +her search after Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying in +the chamber of his mother, heart-sick. And the white bird which floats +over the waves plunged in haste into the sea, and approaching Venus, as +she bathed, made known to her that her son lies afflicted with some +grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, angrily, “My son, +then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched away my beauty and +was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!” + +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden chamber, +found there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from the +doorway, “Well done, truly! to trample thy mother’s precepts under +foot, to spare my enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, unite her +to thyself, child as thou art, that I might have a daughter-in-law who +hates me! I will make thee repent of thy sport, and the savour of thy +marriage bitter. There is one who shall chasten this body of thine, put +out thy torch and unstring thy bow. Not till she has plucked forth that +hair, into which so oft these hands have smoothed the golden light, and +sheared away thy wings, shall I feel the injury done me avenged.” And +with this she hastened in anger from the doors. + +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her +troubled countenance. “Ye come in season,” she cried; “I pray you, find +for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace of my +house.” And they, ignorant of what was done, would have soothed her +anger, saying, “What fault, Mistress, hath thy son committed, that thou +wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou not that he is now of +age? Because he wears his years so lightly must he seem to thee ever +but a child? Wilt thou for ever thus pry into the pastimes of thy son, +always accusing his wantonness, and blaming in him those delicate wiles +which are all thine own?” Thus, in secret fear of the boy’s bow, did +they seek to please him with their gracious patronage. But Venus, angry +at their light taking of her wrongs, turned her back upon them, and +with hasty steps made her way once more to the sea. + +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested +not night or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she might +not soothe his anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least to +propitiate him with the prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a certain +temple on the top of a high mountain, she said, “Who knows whether +yonder place be not the abode of my lord?” Thither, therefore, she +turned her steps, hastening now the more because desire and hope +pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours of the way, and so, +painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the mountain, drew near +to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, in heaps or twisted into +chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles and all the instruments of +harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown at random from the hands of +the labourers in the great heat. These she curiously sets apart, one by +one, duly ordering them; for she said within herself, “I may not +neglect the shrines, nor the holy service, of any god there be, but +must rather win by supplication the kindly mercy of them all.” + +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, +“Alas, Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy +footsteps through the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost +penalty; and thou, thinking of anything rather than thine own safety, +hast taken on thee the care of what belongs to me!” Then Psyche fell +down at her feet, and sweeping the floor with her hair, washing the +footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her mercy, with many +prayers:—“By the gladdening rites of harvest, by the lighted lamps and +mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention of thy daughter +Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica veils in +silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of Psyche! +Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps of corn, +till time have softened the anger of the goddess, and my strength, +out-worn in my long travail, be recovered by a little rest.” + +But Ceres answered her, “Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain help +thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. Depart hence +as quickly as may be.” And Psyche, repelled against hope, afflicted now +with twofold sorrow, making her way back again, beheld among the +half-lighted woods of the valley below a sanctuary builded with cunning +art. And that she might lose no way of hope, howsoever doubtful, she +drew near to the sacred doors. She sees there gifts of price, and +garments fixed upon the door-posts and to the branches of the trees, +wrought with letters of gold which told the name of the goddess to whom +they were dedicated, with thanksgiving for that she had done. So, with +bent knee and hands laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, +“Sister and spouse of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate fortune’s +Juno the Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those in +travail with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me.” And as +she prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway +present, and answered, “Would that I might incline favourably to thee; +but against the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a daughter, I +may not, for very shame, grant thy prayer.” + +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus +with herself, “Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, +shall I take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me +from the all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man’s +courage, and yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a +humility not yet too late the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows but +that I may find him also whom my soul seeketh after, in the abode of +his mother?” + +And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to return +to heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought for her by +Vulcan as a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which had left his +work so much the richer by the weight of gold it lost under his tool. +From the multitude which housed about the bed-chamber of their +mistress, white doves came forth, and with joyful motions bent their +painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with playful riot, the +sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of song, making known by +their soft notes the approach of the goddess. Eagle and cruel hawk +alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And the clouds broke away, as +the uttermost ether opened to receive her, daughter and goddess, with +great joy. + +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him +the service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not her +prayer. And Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; and as +they went, the former said to the latter, “Thou knowest, my brother of +Arcady, that never at any time have I done anything without thy help; +for how long time, moreover, I have sought a certain maiden in vain. +And now naught remains but that, by thy heraldry, I proclaim a reward +for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou my bidding quickly.” And +therewith she conveyed to him a little scrip, in the which was written +the name of Psyche, with other things; and so returned home. + +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, +proclaimed that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, +should receive from herself seven kisses—one thereof full of the inmost +honey of her throat. With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. And now, +as she came near to the doors of Venus, one of the household, whose +name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, crying, “Hast thou learned, +Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a mistress?” And seizing her +roughly by the hair, drew her into the presence of Venus. And when +Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, “Thou hast deigned then to make +thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will I in turn treat thee as +becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!” + +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain and +seed, and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: “Methinks +so plain a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious ministry: now +will I also make trial of thy service. Sort me this heap of seed, the +one kind from the others, grain by grain; and get thy task done before +the evening.” And Psyche, stunned by the cruelty of her bidding, was +silent, and moved not her hand to the inextricable heap. And there came +forth a little ant, which had understanding of the difficulty of her +task, and took pity upon the consort of the god of Love; and he ran +deftly hither and thither, and called together the whole army of his +fellows. “Have pity,” he cried, “nimble scholars of the Earth, Mother +of all things!—have pity upon the wife of Love, and hasten to help her +in her perilous effort.” Then, one upon the other, the hosts of the +insect people hurried together; and they sorted asunder the whole heap +of seed, separating every grain after its kind, and so departed quickly +out of sight. + +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with so +wonderful diligence, she cried, “The work is not thine, thou naughty +maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour.” And calling her +again in the morning, “See now the grove,” she said, “beyond yonder +torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces shine with gold. Fetch +me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, having gotten it as thou +mayst.” + +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, but +even to seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. But +from the river, the green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to her: “O +Psyche! pollute not these waters by self-destruction, nor approach that +terrible flock; for, as the heat groweth, they wax fierce. Lie down +under yon plane-tree, till the quiet of the river’s breath have soothed +them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down the fleecy gold from the trees +of the grove, for it holdeth by the leaves.” + +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of its +heart, filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned to +Venus. But the goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, “Well know I +who was the author of this thing also. I will make further trial of thy +discretion, and the boldness of thy heart. Seest thou the utmost peak +of yonder steep mountain? The dark stream which flows down thence +waters the Stygian fields, and swells the flood of Cocytus. Bring me +now, in this little urn, a draught from its innermost source.” And +therewith she put into her hands a vessel of wrought crystal. + +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking there +at last to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came to the +region which borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she +understood the deadly nature of her task. From a great rock, steep and +slippery, a horrible river of water poured forth, falling straightway +by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen gulf below. And lo! +creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, with their long +necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice and bade her +depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and What doest thou here? +Look around thee! and Destruction is upon thee! And then sense left +her, in the immensity of her peril, as one changed to stone. + +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the +steady eye of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread his +wings and took flight to her, and asked her, “Didst thou think, simple +one, even thou! that thou couldst steal one drop of that relentless +stream, the holy river of Styx, terrible even to the gods? But give me +thine urn.” And the bird took the urn, and filled it at the source, and +returned to her quickly from among the teeth of the serpents, bringing +with him of the waters, all unwilling—nay! warning him to depart away +and not molest them. + +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she +might deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry +goddess. “My child!” she said, “in this one thing further must thou +serve me. Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto hell, +and deliver it to Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have of her +beauty so much at least as may suffice for but one day’s use, that +beauty she possessed erewhile being foreworn and spoiled, through her +tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; and be not slow in returning.” + +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune—that she was +now thrust openly upon death, who must go down, of her own motion, to +Hades and the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the top of an +exceeding high tower, thinking within herself, “I will cast myself down +thence: so shall I descend most quickly into the kingdom of the dead.” +And the tower again, broke forth into speech: “Wretched Maid! Wretched +Maid! Wilt thou destroy thyself? If the breath quit thy body, then wilt +thou indeed go down into Hades, but by no means return hither. Listen +to me. Among the pathless wilds not far from this place lies a certain +mountain, and therein one of hell’s vent-holes. Through the breach a +rough way lies open, following which thou wilt come, by straight +course, to the castle of Orcus. And thou must not go empty-handed. Take +in each hand a morsel of barley-bread, soaked in hydromel; and in thy +mouth two pieces of money. And when thou shalt be now well onward in +the way of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass laden with wood, +and a lame driver, who will pray thee reach him certain cords to fasten +the burden which is falling from the ass: but be thou cautious to pass +on in silence. And soon as thou comest to the river of the dead, +Charon, in that crazy bark he hath, will put thee over upon the further +side. There is greed even among the dead: and thou shalt deliver to +him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces of money, in such wise +that he take it with his hand from between thy lips. And as thou +passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on the water, will put +up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee draw him into the +ferry-boat. But beware thou yield not to unlawful pity. + +“When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain aged +women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their work; and +beware again that thou take no part therein; for this also is the snare +of Venus, whereby she would cause thee to cast away one at least of +those cakes thou bearest in thy hands. And think not that a slight +matter; for the loss of either one of them will be to thee the losing +of the light of day. For a watch-dog exceeding fierce lies ever before +the threshold of that lonely house of Proserpine. Close his mouth with +one of thy cakes; so shalt thou pass by him, and enter straightway into +the presence of Proserpine herself. Then do thou deliver thy message, +and taking what she shall give thee, return back again; offering to the +watch-dog the other cake, and to the ferryman that other piece of money +thou hast in thy mouth. After this manner mayst thou return again +beneath the stars. But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, +nor open, the casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of +the divine countenance hidden therein.” + +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche delayed not, but +proceeding diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the house +of Proserpine, at whose feet she sat down humbly, and would neither the +delicate couch nor that divine food the goddess offered her, but did +straightway the business of Venus. And Proserpine filled the casket +secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to Psyche, who fled +therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming back into the light +of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of her service, she was +seized by a rash curiosity. “Lo! now,” she said within herself, “my +simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine loveliness, heed not to +touch myself with a particle at least therefrom, that I may please the +more, by the favour of it, my fair one, my beloved.” Even as she spoke, +she lifted the lid; and behold! within, neither beauty, nor anything +beside, save sleep only, the sleep of the dead, which took hold upon +her, filling all her members with its drowsy vapour, so that she lay +down in the way and moved not, as in the slumber of death. + +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no longer +the absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window of the +chamber wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired by a +little rest, fled forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the place +where Psyche was, shook that sleep away from her, and set him in his +prison again, awaking her with the innocent point of his arrow. “Lo! +thine old error again,” he said, “which had like once more to have +destroyed thee! But do thou now what is lacking of the command of my +mother: the rest shall be my care.” With these words, the lover rose +upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the greatness of his +love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest place of heaven, +to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And the father of gods +took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said to him, “At no time, +my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. Often hast thou vexed my +bosom, wherein lies the disposition of the stars, with those busy darts +of thine. Nevertheless, because thou hast grown up between these mine +hands, I will accomplish thy desire.” And straightway he bade Mercury +call the gods together; and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting +upon a high throne, “Ye gods,” he said, “all ye whose names are in the +white book of the Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that +his youthful heats should by some means be restrained. And that all +occasion may be taken from him, I would even confine him in the bonds +of marriage. He has chosen and embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have +fruit of his love, and possess her for ever.” + +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out to +her his ambrosial cup, “Take it,” he said, “and live for ever; nor +shall Cupid ever depart from thee.” And the gods sat down together to +the marriage-feast. + +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His +rustic serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. +The Seasons crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to the +lyre, while a little Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced very +sweetly to the soft music. Thus, with due rites, did Psyche pass into +the power of Cupid; and from them was born the daughter whom men call +Voluptas. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. +EUPHUISM + + +So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, with an +expression changed in some ways from the original and on the whole +graver. The petulant, boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more like +that “Lord, of terrible aspect,” who stood at Dante’s bedside and wept, +or had at least grown to the manly earnestness of the Erôs of +Praxiteles. Set in relief amid the coarser matter of the book, this +episode of Cupid and Psyche served to combine many lines of meditation, +already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of a perfect imaginative +love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless and clean—an +ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, though he valued it +at various times in different degrees. The human body in its beauty, as +the highest potency of all the beauty of material objects, seemed to +him just then to be matter no longer, but, having taken celestial fire, +to assert itself as indeed the true, though visible, soul or spirit in +things. In contrast with that ideal, in all the pure brilliancy, and as +it were in the happy light, of youth and morning and the springtide, +men’s actual loves, with which at many points the book brings one into +close contact, might appear to him, like the general tenor of their +lives, to be somewhat mean and sordid. The hiddenness of perfect +things: a shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of diffidence like that +expressed in Psyche’s so tremulous hope concerning the child to be born +of the husband she had never yet seen—“in the face of this little +child, at the least, shall I apprehend thine”—in hoc saltem parvulo +cognoscam faciem tuam: the fatality which seems to haunt any signal+ +beauty, whether moral or physical, as if it were in itself something +illicit and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so often excites in +the vulgar:—these were some of the impressions, forming, as they do, a +constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, from Medusa +and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A book, like +a person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in the precise +moment of its falling in our way, and often by some happy accident +counts with us for something more than its independent value. The +Metamorphoses of Apuleius, coming to Marius just then, figured for him +as indeed The Golden Book: he felt a sort of personal gratitude to its +writer, and saw in it doubtless far more than was really there for any +other reader. It occupied always a peculiar place in his remembrance, +never quite losing its power in frequent return to it for the revival +of that first glowing impression. + +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it stimulated +the literary ambition, already so strong a motive with him, by a signal +example of success, and made him more than ever an ardent, +indefatigable student of words, of the means or instrument of the +literary art. The secrets of utterance, of expression itself, of that +through which alone any intellectual or spiritual power within one can +actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm them to one’s +side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in immediate connexion +with that desire for predominance, for the satisfaction of which +another might have relied on the acquisition and display of brilliant +military qualities. In him, a fine instinctive sentiment of the exact +value and power of words was connate with the eager longing for sway +over his fellows. He saw himself already a gallant and effective +leader, innovating or conservative as occasion might require, in the +rehabilitation of the mother-tongue, then fallen so tarnished and +languid; yet the sole object, as he mused within himself, of the only +sort of patriotic feeling proper, or possible, for one born of slaves. +The popular speech was gradually departing from the form and rule of +literary language, a language always and increasingly artificial. While +the learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously +pedantic, the colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand +chance-tost gems of racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at +least ungathered by what claimed to be classical Latin. The time was +coming when neither the pedants nor the people would really understand +Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this new writer, Apuleius, +who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, which had been a +fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits since the days of +Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. + +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself +would be a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its +dealing with the instrument of the literary art; partly popular and +revolutionary, asserting, so to term them, the rights of the +proletariate of speech. More than fifty years before, the younger +Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power of the Latin +tongue, had said,—“I am one of those who admire the ancients, yet I do +not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius which our +own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if weary and +effete, no longer produces what is admirable.” And he, Flavian, would +prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus indicated. In his +eagerness for a not too distant fame, he dreamed over all that, as the +young Caesar may have dreamed of campaigns. Others might brutalise or +neglect the native speech, that true “open field” for charm and sway +over men. He would make of it a serious study, weighing the precise +power of every phrase and word, as though it were precious metal, +disentangling the later associations and going back to the original and +native sense of each,—restoring to full significance all its wealth of +latent figurative expression, reviving or replacing its outworn or +tarnished images. Latin literature and the Latin tongue were dying of +routine and languor; and what was necessary, first of all, was to +re-establish the natural and direct relationship between thought and +expression, between the sensation and the term, and restore to words +their primitive power. + +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, +were to be the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly +impressed, in the first place; and in the next, to find the means of +making visible to others that which was vividly apparent, delightful, +of lively interest to himself, to the exclusion of all that was but +middling, tame, or only half-true even to him—this scrupulousness of +literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for the first time, a sort of +chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what patience of execution! +what research for the significant tones of ancient idiom—sonantia verba +et antiqua! What stately and regular word-building—gravis et decora +constructio! He felt the whole meaning of the sceptical Pliny’s +somewhat melancholy advice to one of his friends, that he should seek +in literature deliverance from mortality—ut studiis se literarum a +mortalitate vindicet. And there was everything in the nature and the +training of Marius to make him a full participator in the hopes of such +a new literary school, with Flavian for its leader. In the refinements +of that curious spirit, in its horror of profanities, its fastidious +sense of a correctness in external form, there was something which +ministered to the old ritual interest, still surviving in him; as if +here indeed were involved a kind of sacred service to the +mother-tongue. + +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in +which the literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties +towards language, towards the instrument of expression: in fact it does +but modify a little the principles of all effective expression at all +times. ’Tis art’s function to conceal itself: ars est celare artem:—is +a saying, which, exaggerated by inexact quotation, has perhaps been +oftenest and most confidently quoted by those who have had little +literary or other art to conceal; and from the very beginning of +professional literature, the “labour of the file”—a labour in the case +of Plato, for instance, or Virgil, like that of the oldest of +goldsmiths as described by Apuleius, enriching the work by far more +than the weight of precious metal it removed—has always had its +function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later examples of it, this Roman +Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty in writing—es kallos +graphein+—might lapse into its characteristic fopperies or mannerisms, +into the “defects of its qualities,” in truth, not wholly unpleasing +perhaps, or at least excusable, when looked at as but the toys (so +Cicero calls them), the strictly congenial and appropriate toys, of an +assiduously cultivated age, which could not help being polite, +critical, self-conscious. The mere love of novelty also had, of course, +its part there: as with the Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, and of the +modern French romanticists, its neologies were the ground of one of the +favourite charges against it; though indeed, as regards these tricks of +taste also, there is nothing new, but a quaint family likeness rather, +between the Euphuists of successive ages. Here, as elsewhere, the power +of “fashion,” as it is called, is but one minor form, slight enough, it +may be, yet distinctly symptomatic, of that deeper yearning of human +nature towards ideal perfection, which is a continuous force in it; and +since in this direction too human nature is limited, such fashions must +necessarily reproduce themselves. Among other resemblances to later +growths of Euphuism, its archaisms on the one hand, and its neologies +on the other, the Euphuism of the days of Marcus Aurelius had, in the +composition of verse, its fancy for the refrain. It was a snatch from a +popular chorus, something he had heard sounding all over the town of +Pisa one April night, one of the first bland and summer-like nights of +the year, that Flavian had chosen for the refrain of a poem he was then +pondering—the Pervigilium Veneris—the vigil, or “nocturn,” of Venus. + +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant +part in the little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are +playing in all ages, would ask, suspecting some affectation or +unreality in that minute culture of form:—Cannot those who have a thing +to say, say it directly? Why not be simple and broad, like the old +writers of Greece? And this challenge had at least the effect of +setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation as it lay +between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek +genius, in literature as in everything else, was the entire absence of +imitation in its productions. How had the burden of precedent, laid +upon every artist, increased since then! It was all around one:—that +smoothly built world of old classical taste, an accomplished fact, with +overwhelming authority on every detail of the conduct of one’s work. +With no fardel on its own back, yet so imperious towards those who came +labouring after it, Hellas, in its early freshness, looked as distant +from him even then as it does from ourselves. There might seem to be no +place left for novelty or originality,—place only for a patient, an +infinite, faultlessness. On this question too Flavian passed through a +world of curious art-casuistries, of self-tormenting, at the threshold +of his work. Was poetic beauty a thing ever one and the same, a type +absolute; or, changing always with the soul of time itself, did it +depend upon the taste, the peculiar trick of apprehension, the fashion, +as we say, of each successive age? Might one recover that old, earlier +sense of it, that earlier manner, in a masterly effort to recall all +the complexities of the life, moral and intellectual, of the earlier +age to which it had belonged? Had there been really bad ages in art or +literature? Were all ages, even those earliest, adventurous, matutinal +days, in themselves equally poetical or unpoetical; and poetry, the +literary beauty, the poetic ideal, always but a borrowed light upon +men’s actual life? + +Homer had said— + +Hoi d’ hote dê limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, +Histia men steilanto, thesan d’ en nêi melainê... +Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phêgmini thalassês.+ + + +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was +always telling things after this manner. And one might think there had +been no effort in it: that here was but the almost mechanical +transcript of a time, naturally, intrinsically, poetic, a time in which +one could hardly have spoken at all without ideal effect, or, the +sailors pulled down their boat without making a picture in “the great +style,” against a sky charged with marvels. Must not the mere prose of +an age, itself thus ideal, have counted for more than half of Homer’s +poetry? Or might the closer student discover even here, even in Homer, +the really mediatorial function of the poet, as between the reader and +the actual matter of his experience; the poet waiting, so to speak, in +an age which had felt itself trite and commonplace enough, on his +opportunity for the touch of “golden alchemy,” or at least for the +pleasantly lighted side of things themselves? Might not another, in +one’s own prosaic and used-up time, so uneventful as it had been +through the long reign of these quiet Antonines, in like manner, +discover his ideal, by a due waiting upon it? Would not a future +generation, looking back upon this, under the power of the +enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to view, in contrast with its +own languor—the languor that for some reason (concerning which +Augustine will one day have his view) seemed to haunt men always? Had +Homer, even, appeared unreal and affected in his poetic flight, to some +of the people of his own age, as seemed to happen with every new +literature in turn? In any case, the intellectual conditions of early +Greece had been—how different from these! And a true literary tact +would accept that difference in forming the primary conception of the +literary function at a later time. Perhaps the utmost one could get by +conscious effort, in the way of a reaction or return to the conditions +of an earlier and fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial +artlessness, naïveté; and this quality too might have its measure of +euphuistic charm, direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in +comparison with that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not +as the freshness of the open fields, but only of a bunch of +field-flowers in a heated room. + +There was, meantime, all this:—on one side, the old pagan culture, for +us but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, still a +living, united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, its thought, +its religions, its sagacious forms of polity, that so weighty authority +it exercised on every point, being in reality only the measure of its +charm for every one: on the other side, the actual world in all its +eager self-assertion, with Flavian himself, in his boundless animation, +there, at the centre of the situation. From the natural defects, from +the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous cultivation of manner, he +was saved by the consciousness that he had a matter to present, very +real, at least to him. That preoccupation of the dilettante with what +might seem mere details of form, after all, did but serve the purpose +of bringing to the surface, sincerely and in their integrity, certain +strong personal intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of things +as really being, with important results, thus, rather than +thus,—intuitions which the artistic or literary faculty was called upon +to follow, with the exactness of wax or clay, clothing the model +within. Flavian too, with his fine clear mastery of the practically +effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as axiomatic in +literature: that to know when one’s self is interested, is the first +condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the forcible +apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the selection +of his intellectual food; often listless while others read or gazed +diligently; never pretending to be moved out of mere complaisance to +people’s emotions: it served to foster in him a very scrupulous +literary sincerity with himself. And it was this uncompromising demand +for a matter, in all art, derived immediately from lively personal +intuition, this constant appeal to individual judgment, which saved his +euphuism, even at its weakest, from lapsing into mere artifice. + +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess +Venus, the work of his earlier manhood, and designed originally to open +an argument less persistently sombre than that protest against the +whole pagan heaven which actually follows it? It is certainly the most +typical expression of a mood, still incident to the young poet, as a +thing peculiar to his youth, when he feels the sentimental current +setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as a matter of purely +physical excitement, that he can hardly distinguish it from the +animation of external nature, the upswelling of the seed in the earth, +and of the sap through the trees. Flavian, to whom, again, as to his +later euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology seemed as full of untried, +unexpressed motives and interest as human life itself, had long been +occupied with a kind of mystic hymn to the vernal principle of life in +things; a composition shaping itself, little by little, out of a +thousand dim perceptions, into singularly definite form (definite and +firm as fine-art in metal, thought Marius) for which, as I said, he had +caught his “refrain,” from the lips of the young men, singing because +they could not help it, in the streets of Pisa. And as oftenest happens +also, with natures of genuinely poetic quality, those piecemeal +beginnings came suddenly to harmonious completeness among the fortunate +incidents, the physical heat and light, of one singularly happy day. + +It was one of the first hot days of March—“the sacred day”—on which, +from Pisa, as from many another harbour on the Mediterranean, the Ship +of Isis went to sea, and every one walked down to the shore-side to +witness the freighting of the vessel, its launching and final +abandonment among the waves, as an object really devoted to the Great +Goddess, that new rival, or “double,” of ancient Venus, and like her a +favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening next before, all the +world had been abroad to view the illumination of the river; the +stately lines of building being wreathed with hundreds of many-coloured +lamps. The young men had poured forth their chorus— + +Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, +Quique amavit cras amet— + + +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their +lanterned boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when +heavy rain-drops had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, +however, smiling and serene; and the long procession started betimes. +The river, curving slightly, with the smoothly paved streets on either +side, between its low marble parapet and the fair dwelling-houses, +formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, accompanied +throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took its course up +one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge up-stream, and +down the other, to the haven, every possible standing-place, out of +doors and within, being crowded with sight-seers, of whom Marius was +one of the most eager, deeply interested in finding the spectacle much +as Apuleius had described it in his famous book. + +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly waving +back the assistants, made way for a number of women, scattering +perfumes. They were succeeded by a company of musicians, piping and +twanging, on instruments the strangest Marius had ever beheld, the +notes of a hymn, narrating the first origin of this votive rite to a +choir of youths, who marched behind them singing it. The tire-women and +other personal attendants of the great goddess came next, bearing the +instruments of their ministry, and various articles from the sacred +wardrobe, wrought of the most precious material; some of them with long +ivory combs, plying their hands in wild yet graceful concert of +movement as they went, in devout mimicry of the toilet. Placed in their +rear were the mirror-bearers of the goddess, carrying large mirrors of +beaten brass or silver, turned in such a way as to reflect to the great +body of worshippers who followed, the face of the mysterious image, as +it moved on its way, and their faces to it, as though they were in fact +advancing to meet the heavenly visitor. They comprehended a multitude +of both sexes and of all ages, already initiated into the divine +secret, clad in fair linen, the females veiled, the males with shining +tonsures, and every one carrying a sistrum—the richer sort of silver, a +few very dainty persons of fine gold—rattling the reeds, with a noise +like the jargon of innumerable birds and insects awakened from torpor +and abroad in the spring sun. Then, borne upon a kind of platform, came +the goddess herself, undulating above the heads of the multitude as the +bearers walked, in mystic robe embroidered with the moon and stars, +bordered gracefully with a fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a +glittering crown upon the head. The train of the procession consisted +of the priests in long white vestments, close from head to foot, +distributed into various groups, each bearing, exposed aloft, one of +the sacred symbols of Isis—the corn-fan, the golden asp, the ivory hand +of equity, and among them the votive ship itself, carved and gilt, and +adorned bravely with flags flying. Last of all walked the high priest; +the people kneeling as he passed to kiss his hand, in which were those +well-remembered roses. + +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, +lowered from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as +it could carry of the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in +great profusion by the worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon the +water, left the shore, crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a much +stouter vessel than itself with a crew of white-robed mariners, whose +function it was, at the appointed moment, finally to desert it on the +open sea. + +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. +Flavian and Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a +wild spot on the bay, the traditional site of a little Greek colony, +which, having had its eager, stirring life at the time when Etruria was +still a power in Italy, had perished in the age of the civil wars. In +the absolute transparency of the air on this gracious day, an +infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with sparkling +clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves—Flavian at work +suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They reached land at +last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the sands, with a +tumble-down of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a little shrine of +Venus, fluttering and gay with the scarves and napkins and gilded +shells which these people had offered to the image. Flavian and Marius +sat down under the shadow of a mass of gray rock or ruin, where the +sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and talked of life in those old +Greek colonies. Of this place, all that remained, besides those rude +stones, was—a handful of silver coins, each with a head of pure and +archaic beauty, though a little cruel perhaps, supposed to represent +the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was formerly shown here—only these, and an +ancient song, the very strain which Flavian had recovered in those last +months. They were records which spoke, certainly, of the charm of life +within those walls. How strong must have been the tide of men’s +existence in that little republican town, so small that this circle of +gray stones, of service now only by the moisture they gathered for the +blue-flowering gentians among them, had been the line of its rampart! +An epitome of all that was liveliest, most animated and adventurous, in +the old Greek people of which it was an offshoot, it had enhanced the +effect of these gifts by concentration within narrow limits. The band +of “devoted youth,”—hiera neotês.+—of the younger brothers, devoted to +the gods and whatever luck the gods might afford, because there was no +room for them at home—went forth, bearing the sacred flame from the +mother hearth; itself a flame, of power to consume the whole material +of existence in clear light and heat, with no smouldering residue. The +life of those vanished townsmen, so brilliant and revolutionary, +applying so abundantly the personal qualities which alone just then +Marius seemed to value, associated itself with the actual figure of his +companion, standing there before him, his face enthusiastic with the +sudden thought of all that; and struck him vividly as precisely the +fitting opportunity for a nature like his, so hungry for control, for +ascendency over men. + +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits flagged at last, on the +way home through the heavy dew of the evening, more than physical +fatigue in Flavian, who seemed to find no refreshment in the coolness. +There had been something feverish, perhaps, and like the beginning of +sickness, about his almost forced gaiety, in this sudden spasm of +spring; and by the evening of the next day he was lying with a burning +spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from the first, by the +terrible new disease. + +NOTES + + +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint “singal.” + + +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: “To write +beautifully.” + + +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: + + +Hoi d’ hote dê limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, +Histia men steilanto, thesan d’ en nêi melainê... +Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phêgmini thalassês. + + +Etext editor’s translation: + + +When they had safely made deep harbor +They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship... +And went ashore just past the breakers. + + +109. +Transliteration: hiera neotês. Pater translates the phrase, +“devoted youth.” + + + + +CHAPTER VII. +A PAGAN END + + +For the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor Marcus +Aurelius, returning in triumph from the East, had brought in his train, +among the enemies of Rome, one by no means a captive. People actually +sickened at a sudden touch of the unsuspected foe, as they watched in +dense crowds the pathetic or grotesque imagery of failure or success in +the triumphal procession. And, as usual, the plague brought with it a +power to develop all pre-existent germs of superstition. It was by +dishonour done to Apollo himself, said popular rumour—to Apollo, the +old titular divinity of pestilence, that the poisonous thing had come +abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer consecrated to the god, it had +escaped in the sacrilegious plundering of his temple at Seleucia by the +soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a traitorous surprise of that town and +a cruel massacre. Certainly there was something which baffled all +imaginable precautions and all medical science, in the suddenness with +which the disease broke out simultaneously, here and there, among both +soldiers and citizens, even in places far remote from the main line of +its march in the rear of the victorious army. It seemed to have invaded +the whole empire, and some have even thought that, in a mitigated form, +it permanently remained there. In Rome itself many thousands perished; +and old authorities tell of farmsteads, whole towns, and even entire +neighbourhoods, which from that time continued without inhabitants and +lapsed into wildness or ruin. + +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in the +brain, fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to his +body. His head being relieved after a while, there was distress at the +chest. It was but the fatal course of the strange new sickness, under +many disguises; travelling from the brain to the feet, like a material +resident, weakening one after another of the organic centres; often, +when it did not kill, depositing various degrees of lifelong infirmity +in this member or that; and after such descent, returning upwards +again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving the entrenchments of the +fortress of life overturned, one by one, behind it. + +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful cough, +but relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the rich-scented +flowers—rare Paestum roses, and the like —procured by Marius for his +solace, in a fancied convalescence; and would, at intervals, return to +labour at his verses, with a great eagerness to complete and transcribe +the work, while Marius sat and wrote at his dictation, one of the +latest but not the poorest specimens of genuine Latin poetry. + +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from the +thought of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the preliminary +pairing and mating together of all fresh things, in the hot and genial +spring-time—the immemorial nuptials of the soul of spring itself and +the brown earth; and was full of a delighted, mystic sense of what +passed between them in that fantastic marriage. That mystic burden was +relieved, at intervals, by the familiar playfulness of the Latin +verse-writer in dealing with mythology, which, though coming at so late +a day, had still a wonderful freshness in its old age.—“Amor has put +his weapons by and will keep holiday. He was bidden go without apparel, +that none might be wounded by his bow and arrows. But take care! In +truth he is none the less armed than usual, though he be all unclad.” + +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his chief +aim to retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the Latin +genius, at some points even to have advanced beyond it, in anticipation +of wholly new laws of taste as regards sound, a new range of sound +itself. The peculiar resultant note, associating itself with certain +other experiences of his, was to Marius like the foretaste of an +entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. Flavian had caught, +indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the sonorous organ-music of +the medieval Latin, and therewithal something of its unction and +mysticity of spirit. There was in his work, along with the last +splendour of the classical language, a touch, almost prophetic, of that +transformed life it was to have in the rhyming middle age, just about +to dawn. The impression thus forced upon Marius connected itself with a +feeling, the exact inverse of that, known to every one, which seems to +say, You have been just here, just thus, before!—a feeling, in his +case, not reminiscent but prescient of the future, which passed over +him afterwards many times, as he came across certain places and people. +It was as if he detected there the process of actual change to a wholly +undreamed-of and renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he saw +the heavy yet decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on +an intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new +musical instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of +his verse? And still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of +expression and imagery, that firmness of outline he had always relished +so much in the composition of Flavian. Yes! a firmness like that of +some master of noble metal-work, manipulating tenacious bronze or gold. +Even now that haunting refrain, with its impromptu variations, from the +throats of those strong young men, came floating through the window. + +Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, +Quique amavit cras amet! + + +—repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. + +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately +endowed, the mere liberty of life above-ground, “those sunny mornings +in the cornfields by the sea,” as he recollected them one day, when the +window was thrown open upon the early freshness—his sense of all this, +was from the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as of +something he was but debarred the use of for a time than finally +bidding farewell to. That was while he was still with no very grave +misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and felt the sources of +life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. From time to +time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his dictation, +was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work just then. The +recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the mere danger of death, +vaguer than that and by so much the more terrible, like the menace of +some shadowy adversary in the dark with whose mode of attack they had +no acquaintance, disturbed him now and again through those hours of +excited attention to his manuscript, and to the purely physical wants +of Flavian. Still, during these three days there was much hope and +cheerfulness, and even jesting. Half-consciously Marius tried to +prolong one or another relieving circumstance of the day, the +preparations for rest and morning refreshment, for instance; sadly +making the most of the little luxury of this or that, with something of +the feigned cheer of the mother who sets her last morsels before her +famished child as for a feast, but really that he “may eat it and die.” + +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put +aside the unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest quiet +at length though much exhausted, had made itself felt with full power +again in a painful vomiting, which seemed to shake his body asunder, +with great consequent prostration. From that time the distress +increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum vero vitai claustra lababant;+ +and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace from the dead feet to the +head. + +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the +rapid but systematic work of the destroyer, faintly relieving a little +the mere accidents of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian himself +appeared, in full consciousness at last—in clear-sighted, deliberate +estimate of the actual crisis—to be doing battle with his adversary. +His mind surveyed, with great distinctness, the various suggested modes +of relief. He must without fail get better, he would fancy, might he be +removed to a certain place on the hills where as a child he had once +recovered from sickness, but found that he could scarcely raise his +head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now surely foreseeing the +end, he would set himself, with an eager effort, and with that eager +and angry look, which is noted as one of the premonitions of death in +this disease, to fashion out, without formal dictation, still a few +more broken verses of his unfinished work, in hard-set determination, +defiant of pain, to arrest this or that little drop at least from the +river of sensuous imagery rushing so quickly past him. + +But at length delirium—symptom that the work of the plague was done, +and the last resort of life yielding to the enemy—broke the coherent +order of words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, +found his best hope in the increasing dimness of the patient’s mind. In +intervals of clearer consciousness the visible signs of cold, of sorrow +and desolation, were very painful. No longer battling with the disease, +he seemed as it were to place himself at the disposal of the victorious +foe, dying passively, like some dumb creature, in hopeless acquiescence +at last. That old, half-pleading petulance, unamiable, yet, as it might +seem, only needing conditions of life a little happier than they had +actually been, to become refinement of affection, a delicate grace in +its demand on the sympathy of others, had changed in those moments of +full intelligence to a clinging and tremulous gentleness, as he lay—“on +the very threshold of death”—with a sharply contracted hand in the hand +of Marius, to his almost surprised joy, winning him now to an +absolutely self-forgetful devotion. There was a new sort of pleading in +the misty eyes, just because they took such unsteady note of him, which +made Marius feel as if guilty; anticipating thus a form of +self-reproach with which even the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes +surprised, when, at death, affectionate labour suddenly ceasing leaves +room for the suspicion of some failure of love perhaps, at one or +another minute point in it. Marius almost longed to take his share in +the suffering, that he might understand so the better how to relieve +it. + +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and Marius +extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among the hills, +with a heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at nightfall to +steady rain; and in the darkness Marius lay down beside him, faintly +shivering now in the sudden cold, to lend him his own warmth, +undeterred by the fear of contagion which had kept other people from +passing near the house. At length about day-break he perceived that the +last effort had come with a revival of mental clearness, as Marius +understood by the contact, light as it was, in recognition of him +there. “Is it a comfort,” he whispered then, “that I shall often come +and weep over you?”—“Not unless I be aware, and hear you weeping!” + +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and +Marius was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to +fix in his memory every detail, that he might have this picture in +reserve, should any hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with +the temptation to feel completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, of +resentment against nature itself, mingled with an agony of pity, as he +noted on the now placid features a certain look of humility, almost +abject, like the expression of a smitten child or animal, as of one, +fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under the power of a +merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he would not forget +one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously stamp on his +memory the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned to die, +against a time that may come. + +The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to watch by +it through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing strength, just +in time. The first night after the washing of the body, he bore stoutly +enough the tax which affection seemed to demand, throwing the incense +from time to time on the little altar placed beside the bier. It was +the recurrence of the thing—that unchanged outline below the coverlet, +amid a silence in which the faintest rustle seemed to speak—that +finally overcame his determination. Surely, here, in this alienation, +this sense of distance between them, which had come over him before +though in minor degree when the mind of Flavian had wandered in his +sickness, was another of the pains of death. Yet he was able to make +all due preparations, and go through the ceremonies, shortened a little +because of the infection, when, on a cloudless evening, the funeral +procession went forth; himself, the flames of the pyre having done +their work, carrying away the urn of the deceased, in the folds of his +toga, to its last resting-place in the cemetery beside the highway, and +so turning home to sleep in his own desolate lodging. + +Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus + Tam cari capitis?—+ + + +What thought of others’ thoughts about one could there be with the +regret for “so dear a head” fresh at one’s heart? + +NOTES + + +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. + + +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. + + + + +PART THE SECOND + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. +ANIMULA VAGULA + + +Animula, vagula, blandula +Hospes comesque corporis, +Quae nunc abibis in loca? +Pallidula, rigida, nudula. + + +The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul + + +Flavian was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and tears +lay cold among the faded flowers. For most people the actual spectacle +of death brings out into greater reality, at least for the imagination, +whatever confidence they may entertain of the soul’s survival in +another life. To Marius, greatly agitated by that event, the earthly +end of Flavian came like a final revelation of nothing less than the +soul’s extinction. Flavian had gone out as utterly as the fire among +those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful suspense of judgment +expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages of being still +possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, seemed wholly +untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of the religion of +his childhood. Future extinction seemed just then to be what the +unforced witness of his own nature pointed to. On the other hand, there +came a novel curiosity as to what the various schools of ancient +philosophy had had to say concerning that strange, fluttering creature; +and that curiosity impelled him to certain severe studies, in which his +earlier religious conscience seemed still to survive, as a principle of +hieratic scrupulousness or integrity of thought, regarding this new +service to intellectual light. + +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a +prey to the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in many +a melodramatic revival of old religion or theosophy. From all this, +fascinating as it might actually be to one side of his character, he +was kept by a genuine virility there, effective in him, among other +results, as a hatred of what was theatrical, and the instinctive +recognition that in vigorous intelligence, after all, divinity was most +likely to be found a resident. With this was connected the feeling, +increasing with his advance to manhood, of a poetic beauty in mere +clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic charm of a cold austerity +of mind; as if the kinship of that to the clearness of physical light +were something more than a figure of speech. Of all those various +religious fantasies, as so many forms of enthusiasm, he could well +appreciate the picturesque; that was made easy by his natural +Epicureanism, already prompting him to conceive of himself as but the +passive spectator of the world around him. But it was to the severer +reasoning, of which such matters as Epicurean theory are born, that, in +effect, he now betook himself. Instinctively suspicious of those +mechanical arcana, those pretended “secrets unveiled” of the +professional mystic, which really bring great and little souls to one +level, for Marius the only possible dilemma lay between that old, +ancestral Roman religion, now become so incredible to him and the +honest action of his own untroubled, unassisted intelligence. Even the +Arcana Celestia of Platonism—what the sons of Plato had had to say +regarding the essential indifference of pure soul to its bodily house +and merely occasional dwelling-place—seemed to him while his heart was +there in the urn with the material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering +in memory over his last agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to +alleviate his resentment at nature’s wrong. It was to the sentiment of +the body, and the affections it defined—the flesh, of whose force and +colour that wandering Platonic soul was but so frail a residue or +abstract—he must cling. The various pathetic traits of the beloved, +suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply pondered, had made him a +materialist, but with something of the temper of a devotee. + +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for poetry +had passed away, to be replaced by the literature of thought. His +much-pondered manuscript verses were laid aside; and what happened now +to one, who was certainly to be something of a poet from first to last, +looked at the moment like a change from poetry to prose. He came of age +about this time, his own master though with beardless face; and at +eighteen, an age at which, then as now, many youths of capacity, who +fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves from others chiefly in +affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded himself indeed from others, +but in a severe intellectual meditation, that salt of poetry, without +which all the more serious charm is lacking to the imaginative world. +Still with something of the old religious earnestness of his childhood, +he set himself—Sich im Denken zu orientiren—to determine his bearings, +as by compass, in the world of thought—to get that precise acquaintance +with the creative intelligence itself, its structure and capacities, +its relation to other parts of himself and to other things, without +which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man rich in +this world’s goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and +ascertain his outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact estimate of +realities, as towards himself, he must have—a delicately measured +gradation of certainty in things—from the distant, haunted horizon of +mere surmise or imagination, to the actual feeling of sorrow in his +heart, as he reclined one morning, alone instead of in pleasant +company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old Greek +manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, meeting him +in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the graver lines +coming into the face of the sombre but enthusiastic student of +intellectual structure, who could hold his own so well in the society +of accomplished older men, were half afraid of him, though proud to +have him of their company. Why this reserve?—they asked, concerning the +orderly, self-possessed youth, whose speech and carriage seemed so +carefully measured, who was surely no poet like the rapt, dishevelled +Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose toga was so daintily +folded, and who was always as fresh as the flowers he wore; or bent on +his own line of ambition: or even on riches? + +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most +part, those writers chiefly who had made it their business to know what +might be thought concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal essence, +which had seemed to go out altogether, along with the funeral fires. +And the old Greek who more than any other was now giving form to his +thoughts was a very hard master. From Epicurus, from the thunder and +lightning of Lucretius—like thunder and lightning some distance off, +one might recline to enjoy, in a garden of roses—he had gone back to +the writer who was in a certain sense the teacher of both, Heraclitus +of Ionia. His difficult book “Concerning Nature” was even then rare, +for people had long since satisfied themselves by the quotation of +certain brilliant, isolated, oracles only, out of what was at best a +taxing kind of lore. But the difficulty of the early Greek prose did +but spur the curiosity of Marius; the writer, the superior clearness of +whose intellectual view had so sequestered him from other men, who had +had so little joy of that superiority, being avowedly exacting as to +the amount of devout attention he required from the student. “The +many,” he said, always thus emphasising the difference between the many +and the few, are “like people heavy with wine,” “led by children,” +“knowing not whither they go;” and yet, “much learning doth not make +wise;” and again, “the ass, after all, would have his thistles rather +than fine gold.” + +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for “the many” +of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due reception of +which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the necessary +first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been developed in +conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of thought, as a +matter requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure reason and its “dry +light.” Men are subject to an illusion, he protests, regarding matters +apparent to sense. What the uncorrected sense gives was a false +impression of permanence or fixity in things, which have really changed +their nature in the very moment in which we see and touch them. And the +radical flaw in the current mode of thinking would lie herein: that, +reflecting this false or uncorrected sensation, it attributes to the +phenomena of experience a durability which does not really belong to +them. Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world of firmly +out-lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead +what is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of +life—that eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe +spoke as the “Living Garment,” whereby God is seen of us, ever in +weaving at the “Loom of Time.” + +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first +instance, from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of +prophetic seriousness, a great claim and assumption, such as we may +understand, if we anticipate in this preliminary scepticism the +ulterior scope of his speculation, according to which the universal +movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, or measure, +of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason consists. The one +true being—that constant subject of all early thought—it was his merit +to have conceived, not as sterile and stagnant inaction, but as a +perpetual energy, from the restless stream of which, at certain points, +some elements detach themselves, and harden into non-entity and death, +corresponding, as outward objects, to man’s inward condition of +ignorance: that is, to the slowness of his faculties. It is with this +paradox of a subtle, perpetual change in all visible things, that the +high speculation of Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses for +anything like a careless, half-conscious, “use-and-wont” reception of +our experience, which took so strong a hold on men’s memories! Hence +those many precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we +think and do, that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes +strict attentiveness of mind a kind of religious duty and service. + +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary +experience, fixed as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had +been, as originally conceived, but the preliminary step towards a large +positive system of almost religious philosophy. Then as now, the +illuminated philosophic mind might apprehend, in what seemed a mass of +lifeless matter, the movement of that universal life, in which things, +and men’s impressions of them, were ever “coming to be,” alternately +consumed and renewed. That continual change, to be discovered by the +attentive understanding where common opinion found fixed objects, was +but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading motion—the sleepless, +ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the divine reason itself, +proceeding always by its own rhythmical logic, and lending to all mind +and matter, in turn, what life they had. In this “perpetual flux” of +things and of souls, there was, as Heraclitus conceived, a continuance, +if not of their material or spiritual elements, yet of orderly +intelligible relationships, like the harmony of musical notes, wrought +out in and through the series of their mutations—ordinances of the +divine reason, maintained throughout the changes of the phenomenal +world; and this harmony in their mutation and opposition, was, after +all, a principle of sanity, of reality, there. But it happened, that, +of all this, the first, merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest +step on the threshold, had alone remained in general memory; and the +“doctrine of motion” seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make +all fixed knowledge impossible. The swift passage of things, the still +swifter passage of those modes of our conscious being which seemed to +reflect them, might indeed be the burning of the divine fire: but what +was ascertained was that they did pass away like a devouring flame, or +like the race of water in the mid-stream—too swiftly for any real +knowledge of them to be attainable. Heracliteanism had grown to be +almost identical with the famous doctrine of the sophist Protagoras, +that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual was the +only standard of what is or is not, and each one the measure of all +things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become but an +authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. + +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it +happened now with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the +apprehension of that constant motion of things—the drift of flowers, of +little or great souls, of ambitious systems, in the stream around him, +the first source, the ultimate issue, of which, in regions out of +sight, must count with him as but a dim problem. The bold mental flight +of the old Greek master from the fleeting, competing objects of +experience to that one universal life, in which the whole sphere of +physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, remained +by him as hypothesis only—the hypothesis he actually preferred, as in +itself most credible, however scantily realisable even by the +imagination—yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, among many +others, concerning the first principle of things. He might reserve it +as a fine, high, visionary consideration, very remote upon the +intellectual ladder, just at the point, indeed, where that ladder +seemed to pass into the clouds, but for which there was certainly no +time left just now by his eager interest in the real objects so close +to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the ground. And those +childish days of reverie, when he played at priests, played in many +another day-dream, working his way from the actual present, as far as +he might, with a delightful sense of escape in replacing the outer +world of other people by an inward world as himself really cared to +have it, had made him a kind of “idealist.” He was become aware of the +possibility of a large dissidence between an inward and somewhat +exclusive world of vivid personal apprehension, and the unimproved, +unheightened reality of the life of those about him. As a consequence, +he was ready now to concede, somewhat more easily than others, the +first point of his new lesson, that the individual is to himself the +measure of all things, and to rely on the exclusive certainty to +himself of his own impressions. To move afterwards in that outer world +of other people, as though taking it at their estimate, would be +possible henceforth only as a kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire +Savoyard, after reflecting on the variations of philosophy, “the first +fruit he drew from that reflection was the lesson of a limitation of +his researches to what immediately interested him; to rest peacefully +in a profound ignorance as to all beside; to disquiet himself only +concerning those things which it was of import for him to know.” At +least he would entertain no theory of conduct which did not allow its +due weight to this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the +conditions of man’s life. Just here he joined company, retracing in his +individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human thought, with +another wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek master, the +founder of the Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty traditional +utterances (for he had left no writing) served in turn to give +effective outline to the contemplations of Marius. There was something +in the doctrine itself congruous with the place wherein it had its +birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the brilliant +Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the philosophy of +pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the mountains and the sea, +among richer than Italian gardens, on a certain breezy table-land +projecting from the African coast, some hundreds of miles southward +from Greece. There, in a delightful climate, with something of +transalpine temperance amid its luxury, and withal in an inward +atmosphere of temperance which did but further enhance the brilliancy +of human life, the school of Cyrene had maintained itself as almost one +with the family of its founder; certainly as nothing coarse or unclean, +and under the influence of accomplished women. + +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to +what might really lie behind—flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming +ramparts of the world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, which +had haunted the minds of the first Greek enquirers as merely abstract +doubt, which had been present to the mind of Heraclitus as one element +only in a system of abstract philosophy, became with Aristippus a very +subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The difference between him and those +obscure earlier thinkers is almost like that between an ancient thinker +generally, and a modern man of the world: it was the difference between +the mystic in his cell, or the prophet in the desert, and the expert, +cosmopolitan, administrator of his dark sayings, translating the +abstract thoughts of the master into terms, first of all, of sentiment. +It has been sometimes seen, in the history of the human mind, that when +thus translated into terms of sentiment—of sentiment, as lying already +half-way towards practice—the abstract ideas of metaphysics for the +first time reveal their true significance. The metaphysical principle, +in itself, as it were, without hands or feet, becomes impressive, +fascinating, of effect, when translated into a precept as to how it +were best to feel and act; in other words, under its sentimental or +ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the great master of Cyrene, his +theory that things are but shadows, and that we, even as they, never +continue in one stay, might indeed have taken effect as a languid, +enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept of “renunciation,” which +would touch and handle and busy itself with nothing. But in the +reception of metaphysical formulae, all depends, as regards their +actual and ulterior result, on the pre-existent qualities of that soil +of human nature into which they fall—the company they find already +present there, on their admission into the house of thought; there +being at least so much truth as this involves in the theological maxim, +that the reception of this or that speculative conclusion is really a +matter of will. The persuasion that all is vanity, with this happily +constituted Greek, who had been a genuine disciple of Socrates and +reflected, presumably, something of his blitheness in the face of the +world, his happy way of taking all chances, generated neither frivolity +nor sourness, but induced, rather, an impression, just serious enough, +of the call upon men’s attention of the crisis in which they find +themselves. It became the stimulus towards every kind of activity, and +prompted a perpetual, inextinguishable thirst after experience. + +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure +depended on this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally somewhat +acrid, had fallen upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted to +transform it into a theory of practice, of considerable stimulative +power towards a fair life. What Marius saw in him was the spectacle of +one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to speak, to an +understanding with the most depressing of theories; accepting the +results of a metaphysical system which seemed to concentrate into +itself all the weakening trains of thought in earlier Greek +speculation, and making the best of it; turning its hard, bare truths, +with wonderful tact, into precepts of grace, and delicate wisdom, and a +delicate sense of honour. Given the hardest terms, supposing our days +are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may well adorn and beautify, in +scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and whatever our souls touch +upon—these wonderful bodies, these material dwelling-places through +which the shadows pass together for a while, the very raiment we wear, +our very pastimes and the intercourse of society. The most discerning +judges saw in him something like the graceful “humanities” of the later +Roman, and our modern “culture,” as it is termed; while Horace recalled +his sayings as expressing best his own consummate amenity in the +reception of life. + +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of +decorous living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth +reduced themselves to a scepticism almost drily practical, a scepticism +which developed the opposition between things as they are and our +impressions and thoughts concerning them—the possibility, if an outward +world does really exist, of some faultiness in our apprehension of +it—the doctrine, in short, of what is termed “the subjectivity of +knowledge.” That is a consideration, indeed, which lies as an element +of weakness, like some admitted fault or flaw, at the very foundation +of every philosophical account of the universe; which confronts all +philosophies at their starting, but with which none have really dealt +conclusively, some perhaps not quite sincerely; which those who are not +philosophers dissipate by “common,” but unphilosophical, sense, or by +religious faith. The peculiar strength of Marius was, to have +apprehended this weakness on the threshold of human knowledge, in the +whole range of its consequences. Our knowledge is limited to what we +feel, he reflected: we need no proof that we feel. But can we be sure +that things are at all like our feelings? Mere peculiarities in the +instruments of our cognition, like the little knots and waves on the +surface of a mirror, may distort the matter they seem but to represent. +Of other people we cannot truly know even the feelings, nor how far +they would indicate the same modifications, each one of a personality +really unique, in using the same terms as ourselves; that “common +experience,” which is sometimes proposed as a satisfactory basis of +certainty, being after all only a fixity of language. But our own +impressions!—The light and heat of that blue veil over our heads, the +heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain over anything!—How +reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival criteria of truth, +to fall back upon direct sensation, to limit one’s aspirations after +knowledge to that! In an age still materially so brilliant, so expert +in the artistic handling of material things, with sensible capacities +still in undiminished vigour, with the whole world of classic art and +poetry outspread before it, and where there was more than eye or ear +could well take in—how natural the determination to rely exclusively +upon the phenomena of the senses, which certainly never deceive us +about themselves, about which alone we can never deceive ourselves! + +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this present +moment alone really is, between a past which has just ceased to be and +a future which may never come, became practical with Marius, under the +form of a resolve, as far as possible, to exclude regret and desire, +and yield himself to the improvement of the present with an absolutely +disengaged mind. America is here and now—here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm +Meister finds out one day, just not too late, after so long looking +vaguely across the ocean for the opportunity of the development of his +capacities. It was as if, recognising in perpetual motion the law of +nature, Marius identified his own way of life cordially with it, +“throwing himself into the stream,” so to speak. He too must maintain a +harmony with that soul of motion in things, by constantly renewed +mobility of character. + +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.— + + +Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception of life +attained by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical +consequence of the metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, had +been a strict limitation, almost the renunciation, of metaphysical +enquiry itself. Metaphysic—that art, as it has so often proved, in the +words of Michelet, _de s’égarer avec méthode_, of bewildering oneself +methodically:—one must spend little time upon that! In the school of +Cyrene, great as was its mental incisiveness, logical and physical +speculation, theoretic interests generally, had been valued only so far +as they served to give a groundwork, an intellectual justification, to +that exclusive concern with practical ethics which was a note of the +Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and enthusiastic, how true to itself, +under how many varieties of character, had been the effort of the +Greeks after Theory—Theôria—that vision of a wholly reasonable world, +which, according to the greatest of them, literally makes man like God: +how loyally they had still persisted in the quest after that, in spite +of how many disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, some +of them might have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; but +not in “doubtful disputations” concerning “being” and “not being,” +knowledge and appearance. Men’s minds, even young men’s minds, at that +late day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which +had so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of Marius, as in +that old school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, combined with appetites +so youthfully vigorous, brought about reaction, a sort of suicide +(instances of the like have been seen since) by which a great +metaphysical acumen was devoted to the function of proving metaphysical +speculation impossible, or useless. Abstract theory was to be valued +only just so far as it might serve to clear the tablet of the mind from +suppositions no more than half realisable, or wholly visionary, leaving +it in flawless evenness of surface to the impressions of an experience, +concrete and direct. + +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves +of such abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions—to be +rid of the notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often only +misrepresent the experience of which they profess to be the +representation—_idola_, idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them +later—to neutralise the distorting influence of metaphysical system by +an all-accomplished metaphysic skill: it is this bold, hard, sober +recognition, under a very “dry light,” of its own proper aim, in union +with a habit of feeling which on the practical side may perhaps open a +wide doorway to human weakness, that gives to the Cyrenaic doctrine, to +reproductions of this doctrine in the time of Marius or in our own, +their gravity and importance. It was a school to which the young man +might come, eager for truth, expecting much from philosophy, in no +ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than an “initiation.” He +would be sent back, sooner or later, to experience, to the world of +concrete impressions, to things as they may be seen, heard, felt by +him; but with a wonderful machinery of observation, and free from the +tyranny of mere theories. + +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the +death of Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself as +if returned to the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant school +of healthfully sensuous wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek colony, on +its fresh upland by the sea. Not pleasure, but a general completeness +of life, was the practical ideal to which this anti-metaphysical +metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or complete life, a +life of various yet select sensation, the most direct and effective +auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty of soul, freedom from +all partial and misrepresentative doctrine which does but relieve one +element in our experience at the cost of another, freedom from all +embarrassment alike of regret for the past and of calculation on the +future: this would be but preliminary to the real business of +education—insight, insight through culture, into all that the present +moment holds in trust for us, as we stand so briefly in its presence. +From that maxim of Life as the end of life, followed, as a practical +consequence, the desirableness of refining all the instruments of +inward and outward intuition, of developing all their capacities, of +testing and exercising one’s self in them, till one’s whole nature +became one complex medium of reception, towards the vision—the +“beatific vision,” if we really cared to make it such—of our actual +experience in the world. Not the conveyance of an abstract body of +truths or principles, would be the aim of the right education of one’s +self, or of another, but the conveyance of an art—an art in some degree +peculiar to each individual character; with the modifications, that is, +due to its special constitution, and the peculiar circumstances of its +growth, inasmuch as no one of us is “like another, all in all.” + + + + +CHAPTER IX. +NEW CYRENAICISM + + +Such were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by Marius, when +somewhat later he had outgrown the mastery of others, from the +principle that “all is vanity.” If he could but count upon the present, +if a life brief at best could not certainly be shown to conduct one +anywhere beyond itself, if men’s highest curiosity was indeed so +persistently baffled—then, with the Cyrenaics of all ages, he would at +least fill up the measure of that present with vivid sensations, and +such intellectual apprehensions, as, in strength and directness and +their immediately realised values at the bar of an actual experience, +are most like sensations. So some have spoken in every age; for, like +all theories which really express a strong natural tendency of the +human mind or even one of its characteristic modes of weakness, this +vein of reflection is a constant tradition in philosophy. Every age of +European thought has had its Cyrenaics or Epicureans, under many +disguises: even under the hood of the monk. + +But—Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!—is a proposal, the real +import of which differs immensely, according to the natural taste, and +the acquired judgment, of the guests who sit at the table. It may +express nothing better than the instinct of Dante’s Ciacco, the +accomplished glutton, in the mud of the Inferno;+ or, since on no +hypothesis does man “live by bread alone,” may come to be identical +with—“My meat is to do what is just and kind;” while the soul, which +can make no sincere claim to have apprehended anything beyond the veil +of immediate experience, yet never loses a sense of happiness in +conforming to the highest moral ideal it can clearly define for itself; +and actually, though but with so faint hope, does the “Father’s +business.” + +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the +metaphysical ambition to pass beyond “the flaming ramparts of the +world,” but, on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation of +intellectual treasure, with so wide a view before it over all varieties +of what is powerful or attractive in man and his works, the thoughts of +Marius did but follow the line taken by the majority of educated +persons, though to a different issue. Pitched to a really high and +serious key, the precept—Be perfect in regard to what is here and now: +the precept of “culture,” as it is called, or of a complete +education—might at least save him from the vulgarity and heaviness of a +generation, certainly of no general fineness of temper, though with a +material well-being abundant enough. Conceded that what is secure in +our existence is but the sharp apex of the present moment between two +hypothetical eternities, and all that is real in our experience but a +series of fleeting impressions:—so Marius continued the sceptical +argument he had condensed, as the matter to hold by, from his various +philosophical reading:—given, that we are never to get beyond the walls +of the closely shut cell of one’s own personality; that the ideas we +are somehow impelled to form of an outer world, and of other minds akin +to our own, are, it may be, but a day-dream, and the thought of any +world beyond, a day-dream perhaps idler still: then, he, at least, in +whom those fleeting impressions—faces, voices, material sunshine—were +very real and imperious, might well set himself to the consideration, +how such actual moments as they passed might be made to yield their +utmost, by the most dexterous training of capacity. Amid abstract +metaphysical doubts, as to what might lie one step only beyond that +experience, reinforcing the deep original materialism or earthliness of +human nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous world, let him +at least make the most of what was “here and now.” In the actual +dimness of ways from means to ends—ends in themselves desirable, yet +for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below the visible +horizon—he would at all events be sure that the means, to use the +well-worn terminology, should have something of finality or perfection +about them, and themselves partake, in a measure, of the more excellent +nature of ends—that the means should justify the end. + +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics +said, or, in other words, a wide, a complete, education—an education +partly negative, as ascertaining the true limits of man’s capacities, +but for the most part positive, and directed especially to the +expansion and refinement of the power of reception; of those powers, +above all, which are immediately relative to fleeting phenomena, the +powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, an “aesthetic” +education, as it might now be termed, and certainly occupied very +largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of +literature, would have a great part to play. The study of music, in +that wider Platonic sense, according to which, music comprehends all +those matters over which the Muses of Greek mythology preside, would +conduct one to an exquisite appreciation of all the finer traits of +nature and of man. Nay! the products of the imagination must themselves +be held to present the most perfect forms of life—spirit and matter +alike under their purest and most perfect conditions—the most strictly +appropriate objects of that impassioned contemplation, which, in the +world of intellectual discipline, as in the highest forms of morality +and religion, must be held to be the essential function of the +“perfect.” Such manner of life might come even to seem a kind of +religion—an inward, visionary, mystic piety, or religion, by virtue of +its effort to live days “lovely and pleasant” in themselves, here and +now, and with an all-sufficiency of well-being in the immediate sense +of the object contemplated, independently of any faith, or hope that +might be entertained as to their ulterior tendency. In this way, the +true aesthetic culture would be realisable as a new form of the +contemplative life, founding its claim on the intrinsic “blessedness” +of “vision”—the vision of perfect men and things. One’s human nature, +indeed, would fain reckon on an assured and endless future, pleasing +itself with the dream of a final home, to be attained at some still +remote date, yet with a conscious, delightful home-coming at last, as +depicted in many an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, the world of +perfected sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to us, and so +attractive, that the most visionary of spirits must needs represent the +world unseen in colours, and under a form really borrowed from it. Let +me be sure then—might he not plausibly say?—that I miss no detail of +this life of realised consciousness in the present! Here at least is a +vision, a theory, theôria,+ which reposes on no basis of unverified +hypothesis, which makes no call upon a future after all somewhat +problematic; as it would be unaffected by any discovery of an +Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) as to what had +really been the origin, and course of development, of man’s actually +attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle of reason or +spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable moments, would of +course have its precepts to deliver on the embellishment, generally, of +what is near at hand, on the adornment of life, till, in a not +impracticable rule of conduct, one’s existence, from day to day, came +to be like a well-executed piece of music; that “perpetual motion” in +things (so Marius figured the matter to himself, under the old Greek +imageries) according itself to a kind of cadence or harmony. + +It was intelligible that this “aesthetic” philosophy might find itself +(theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in +casuistry, legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims +of that eager, concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, +against those of the received morality. Conceiving its own function in +a somewhat desperate temper, and becoming, as every high-strung form of +sentiment, as the religious sentiment itself, may become, somewhat +antinomian, when, in its effort towards the order of experiences it +prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and popular morality, at +points where that morality may look very like a convention, or a mere +stage-property of the world, it would be found, from time to time, +breaking beyond the limits of the actual moral order; perhaps not +without some pleasurable excitement in so bold a venture. + +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even in +practice—that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the case +of those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly and +temperate wisdom of Montaigne, “pernicious for those who have any +natural tendency to impiety or vice,” the line of reflection traced out +above, was fairly chargeable.—Not, however, with “hedonism” and its +supposed consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were still pure. +He knew that his carefully considered theory of practice braced him, +with the effect of a moral principle duly recurring to mind every +morning, towards the work of a student, for which he might seem +intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance who jumped to the +conclusion that, with the “Epicurean stye,” he was making +pleasure—pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it—the sole motive of +life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation by +covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness of +which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in the +vulgar company of Lais. Words like “hedonism”— terms of large and vague +comprehension—above all when used for a purpose avowedly controversial, +have ever been the worst examples of what are called “question-begging +terms;” and in that late age in which Marius lived, amid the dust of so +many centuries of philosophical debate, the air was full of them. Yet +those who used that reproachful Greek term for the philosophy of +pleasure, were hardly more likely than the old Greeks themselves (on +whom regarding this very subject of the theory of pleasure, their +masters in the art of thinking had so emphatically to impress the +necessity of “making distinctions”) to come to any very delicately +correct ethical conclusions by a reasoning, which began with a general +term, comprehensive enough to cover pleasures so different in quality, +in their causes and effects, as the pleasures of wine and love, of art +and science, of religious enthusiasm and political enterprise, and of +that taste or curiosity which satisfied itself with long days of +serious study. Yet, in truth, each of those pleasurable modes of +activity, may, in its turn, fairly become the ideal of the “hedonistic” +doctrine. Really, to the phase of reflection through which Marius was +then passing, the charge of “hedonism,” whatever its true weight might +be, was not properly applicable at all. Not pleasure, but fulness of +life, and “insight” as conducting to that fulness—energy, variety, and +choice of experience, including noble pain and sorrow even, loves such +as those in the exquisite old story of Apuleius, sincere and strenuous +forms of the moral life, such as Seneca and Epictetus—whatever form of +human life, in short, might be heroic, impassioned, ideal: from these +the “new Cyrenaicism” of Marius took its criterion of values. It was a +theory, indeed, which might properly be regarded as in great degree +coincident with the main principle of the Stoics themselves, and an +older version of the precept “Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it +with thy might”—a doctrine so widely acceptable among the nobler +spirits of that time. And, as with that, its mistaken tendency would +lie in the direction of a kind of idolatry of mere life, or natural +gift, or strength—l’idôlatrie des talents. + +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the various +forms of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world almost +too opulent in what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of scrupulous +equity, the claims of these concrete and actual objects on his +sympathy, his intelligence, his senses—to “pluck out the heart of their +mystery,” and in turn become the interpreter of them to others: this +had now defined itself for Marius as a very narrowly practical design: +it determined his choice of a vocation to live by. It was the era of +the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they were sometimes called; of men +who came in some instances to great fame and fortune, by way of a +literary cultivation of “science.” That science, it has been often +said, must have been wholly an affair of words. But in a world, +confessedly so opulent in what was old, the work, even of genius, must +necessarily consist very much in criticism; and, in the case of the +more excellent specimens of his class, the rhetorician was, after all, +the eloquent and effective interpreter, for the delighted ears of +others, of what understanding himself had come by, in years of travel +and study, of the beautiful house of art and thought which was the +inheritance of the age. The emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service +Marius had now been called, was himself, more or less openly, a +“lecturer.” That late world, amid many curiously vivid modern traits, +had this spectacle, so familiar to ourselves, of the public lecturer or +essayist; in some cases adding to his other gifts that of the Christian +preacher, who knows how to touch people’s sensibilities on behalf of +the suffering. To follow in the way of these successes, was the natural +instinct of youthful ambition; and it was with no vulgar egotism that +Marius, at the age of nineteen, determined, like many another young man +of parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. + +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to +prose, he remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by which, +I mean, among other things, that quite independently of the general +habit of that pensive age he lived much, and as it were by system, in +reminiscence. Amid his eager grasping at the sensation, the +consciousness, of the present, he had come to see that, after all, the +main point of economy in the conduct of the present, was the +question:—How will it look to me, at what shall I value it, this day +next year?—that in any given day or month one’s main concern was its +impression for the memory. A strange trick memory sometimes played him; +for, with no natural gradation, what was of last month, or of +yesterday, of to-day even, would seem as far off, as entirely detached +from him, as things of ten years ago. Detached from him, yet very real, +there lay certain spaces of his life, in delicate perspective, under a +favourable light; and, somehow, all the less fortunate detail and +circumstance had parted from them. Such hours were oftenest those in +which he had been helped by work of others to the pleasurable +apprehension of art, of nature, or of life. “Not what I do, but what I +am, under the power of this vision”—he would say to himself—“is what +were indeed pleasing to the gods!” + +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his +philosophic ideal the monochronos hêdonê+ of Aristippus—the pleasure of +the ideal present, of the mystic now—there would come, together with +that precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after all, +to retain “what was so transitive.” Could he but arrest, for others +also, certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative memory +presented them to himself! In those grand, hot summers, he would have +imprisoned the very perfume of the flowers. To create, to live, +perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted hours, if it were but in a +fragment of perfect expression:—it was thus his longing defined itself +for something to hold by amid the “perpetual flux.” With men of his +vocation, people were apt to say, words were things. Well! with him, +words should be indeed things,—the word, the phrase, valuable in exact +proportion to the transparency with which it conveyed to others the +apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so vividly real within himself. +Verbaque provisam rem non invita sequentur:+ Virile apprehension of the +true nature of things, of the true nature of one’s own impression, +first of all!—words would follow that naturally, a true understanding +of one’s self being ever the first condition of genuine style. Language +delicate and measured, the delicate Attic phrase, for instance, in +which the eminent Aristeides could speak, was then a power to which +people’s hearts, and sometimes even their purses, readily responded. +And there were many points, as Marius thought, on which the heart of +that age greatly needed to be touched. He hardly knew how strong that +old religious sense of responsibility, the conscience, as we call it, +still was within him—a body of inward impressions, as real as those so +highly valued outward ones—to offend against which, brought with it a +strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a person. And the determination, +adhered to with no misgiving, to add nothing, not so much as a +transient sigh, to the great total of men’s unhappiness, in his way +through the world:—that too was something to rest on, in the drift of +mere “appearances.” + +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only +possible through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body and +soul. For the male element, the logical conscience asserted itself now, +with opening manhood—asserted itself, even in his literary style, by a +certain firmness of outline, that touch of the worker in metal, amid +its richness. Already he blamed instinctively alike in his work and in +himself, as youth so seldom does, all that had not passed a long and +liberal process of erasure. The happy phrase or sentence was really +modelled upon a cleanly finished structure of scrupulous thought. The +suggestive force of the one master of his development, who had battled +so hard with imaginative prose; the utterance, the golden utterance, of +the other, so content with its living power of persuasion that he had +never written at all,—in the commixture of these two qualities he set +up his literary ideal, and this rare blending of grace with an +intellectual rigour or astringency, was the secret of a singular +expressiveness in it. + +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre +habitude of the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with +the perfect tone, “fresh and serenely disposed,” of the Roman +gentleman, yet qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and +frightened away some of his equals in age and rank. The sober +discretion of his thoughts, his sustained habit of meditation, the +sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to concentrate +himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately here +and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of +one who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.—Though with an +air so disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the visible +world! And now, in revolt against that pre-occupation with other +persons, which had so often perturbed his spirit, his wistful +speculations as to what the real, the greater, experience might be, +determined in him, not as the longing for love—to be with Cynthia, or +Aspasia—but as a thirst for existence in exquisite places. The veil +that was to be lifted for him lay over the works of the old masters of +art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. And it was just +at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. + +NOTES + + +145. +Canto VI. + + +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition “rearing, education.” + + +149. +Transliteration: theôria. Definition “a looking at ... observing +... contemplation.” + + +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hêdonê. Pater’s definition “the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now.” The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, “single or +unitary time.” + + +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor’s translation: “The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily.” + + + + +CHAPTER X. +ON THE WAY + + +Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur. +Pliny’s Letters. + + +Many points in that train of thought, its harder and more energetic +practical details especially, at first surmised but vaguely in the +intervals of his visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the coherence +of formal principle amid the stirring incidents of the journey, which +took him, still in all the buoyancy of his nineteen years and greatly +expectant, to Rome. That summons had come from one of the former +friends of his father in the capital, who had kept himself acquainted +with the lad’s progress, and, assured of his parts, his courtly ways, +above all of his beautiful penmanship, now offered him a place, +virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person of the philosophic +emperor. The old town-house of his family on the Caelian hill, so long +neglected, might well require his personal care; and Marius, relieved a +little by his preparations for travelling from a certain over-tension +of spirit in which he had lived of late, was presently on his way, to +await introduction to Aurelius, on his expected return home, after a +first success, illusive enough as it was soon to appear, against the +invaders from beyond the Danube. + +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, for +which he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of +starting—days brown with the first rains of autumn—brought him, by the +byways among the lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the town of +Luca, a station on the Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly on foot, +while the baggage followed under the care of his attendants. He wore a +broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a more modern pilgrim’s, the neat +head projecting from the collar of his gray paenula, or travelling +mantle, sewed closely together over the breast, but with its two sides +folded up upon the shoulders, to leave the arms free in walking, and +was altogether so trim and fresh, that, as he climbed the hill from +Pisa, by the long steep lane through the olive-yards, and turned to +gaze where he could just discern the cypresses of the old school +garden, like two black lines down the yellow walls, a little child took +possession of his hand, and, looking up at him with entire confidence, +paced on bravely at his side, for the mere pleasure of his company, to +the spot where the road declined again into the valley beyond. From +this point, leaving the servants behind, he surrendered himself, a +willing subject, as he walked, to the impressions of the road, and was +almost surprised, both at the suddenness with which evening came on, +and the distance from his old home at which it found him. + +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a +welcoming in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to mark +out certain places for the special purpose of evening rest, and gives +them always a peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the deepening +twilight, the rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together side by side, +like one continuous shelter over the whole township, spread low and +broad above the snug sleeping-rooms within; and the place one sees for +the first time, and must tarry in but for a night, breathes the very +spirit of home. The cottagers lingered at their doors for a few minutes +as the shadows grew larger, and went to rest early; though there was +still a glow along the road through the shorn corn-fields, and the +birds were still awake about the crumbling gray heights of an old +temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you could hardly tell +where the country left off in it, and the field-paths became its +streets. Next morning he must needs change the manner of his journey. +The light baggage-wagon returned, and he proceeded now more quickly, +travelling a stage or two by post, along the Cassian Way, where the +figures and incidents of the great high-road seemed already to tell of +the capital, the one centre to which all were hastening, or had lately +bidden adieu. That Way lay through the heart of the old, mysterious and +visionary country of Etruria; and what he knew of its strange religion +of the dead, reinforced by the actual sight of the funeral houses +scattered so plentifully among the dwelling-places of the living, +revived in him for a while, in all its strength, his old instinctive +yearning towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he had known in +life. It seemed to him that he could half divine how time passed in +those painted houses on the hillsides, among the gold and silver +ornaments, the wrought armour and vestments, the drowsy and dead +attendants; and the close consciousness of that vast population gave +him no fear, but rather a sense of companionship, as he climbed the +hills on foot behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. + +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might +seem, than its rocky perch—white rocks, that had long been glistening +before him in the distance. Down the dewy paths the people were +descending from it, to keep a holiday, high and low alike in rough, +white-linen smocks. A homely old play was just begun in an open-air +theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown slope. Marius caught +the terrified expression of a child in its mother’s arms, as it turned +from the yawning mouth of a great mask, for refuge in her bosom. The +way mounted, and descended again, down the steep street of another +place, all resounding with the noise of metal under the hammer; for +every house had its brazier’s workshop, the bright objects of brass and +copper gleaming, like lights in a cave, out of their dark roofs and +corners. Around the anvils the children were watching the work, or ran +to fetch water to the hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, +as he took his hasty mid-day refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and +cheese, while the swelling surface of a great copper water-vessel grew +flowered all over with tiny petals under the skilful strokes. Towards +dusk, a frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried out the words of +some philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her hands, as +the travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. + +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents of +the way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, marks +of the great plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there had been +many enactments to improve the condition of the slave. The ergastula+ +were abolished. But no system of free labour had as yet succeeded. A +whole mendicant population, artfully exaggerating every symptom and +circumstance of misery, still hung around, or sheltered themselves +within, the vast walls of their old, half-ruined task-houses. And for +the most part they had been variously stricken by the pestilence. For +once, the heroic level had been reached in rags, squints, scars—every +caricature of the human type—ravaged beyond what could have been +thought possible if it were to survive at all. Meantime, the farms were +less carefully tended than of old: here and there they were lapsing +into their natural wildness: some villas also were partly fallen into +ruin. The picturesque, romantic Italy of a later time—the Italy of +Claude and Salvator Rosa—was already forming, for the delight of the +modern romantic traveller. + +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing the +Tiber, as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in truth, the +Tiber was but a modest enough stream of turbid water. Nature, under the +richer sky, seemed readier and more affluent, and man fitter to the +conditions around him: even in people hard at work there appeared to be +a less burdensome sense of the mere business of life. How dreamily the +women were passing up through the broad light and shadow of the steep +streets with the great water-pots resting on their heads, like women of +Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek temples. With what a fresh, +primeval poetry was daily existence here impressed—all the details of +the threshing-floor and the vineyard; the common farm-life even; the +great bakers’ fires aglow upon the road in the evening. In the presence +of all this Marius felt for a moment like those old, early, unconscious +poets, who created the famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and the Great +Mother, out of the imagery of the wine-press and the ploughshare. And +still the motion of the journey was bringing his thoughts to systematic +form. He seemed to have grown to the fulness of intellectual manhood, +on his way hither. The formative and literary stimulus, so to call it, +of peaceful exercise which he had always observed in himself, doing its +utmost now, the form and the matter of thought alike detached +themselves clearly and with readiness from the healthfully excited +brain.—“It is wonderful,” says Pliny, “how the mind is stirred to +activity by brisk bodily exercise.” The presentable aspects of inmost +thought and feeling became evident to him: the structure of all he +meant, its order and outline, defined itself: his general sense of a +fitness and beauty in words became effective in daintily pliant +sentences, with all sorts of felicitous linking of figure to +abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the artist in +him—that old longing to produce—might be satisfied by the exact and +literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in simple +prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and prolonging its +life a little.—To live in the concrete! To be sure, at least, of one’s +hold upon that!—Again, his philosophic scheme was but the reflection of +the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a reduction to the abstract, +of the brilliant road he travelled on, through the sunshine. + +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow +of our traveller’s thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily fatigue, +asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; and he +fell into a mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, as night +deepens again and again over their path, in which all journeying, from +the known to the unknown, comes suddenly to figure as a mere foolish +truancy—like a child’s running away from home—with the feeling that one +had best return at once, even through the darkness. He had chosen to +climb on foot, at his leisure, the long windings by which the road +ascended to the place where that day’s stage was to end, and found +himself alone in the twilight, far behind the rest of his +travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round and round those +dark masses, half natural rock, half artificial substructure, ever +bring him within the circuit of the walls above? It was now that a +startling incident turned those misgivings almost into actual fear. +From the steep slope a heavy mass of stone was detached, after some +whisperings among the trees above his head, and rushing down through +the stillness fell to pieces in a cloud of dust across the road just +behind him, so that he felt the touch upon his heel. That was +sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its hiding-place his old vague +fear of evil—of one’s “enemies”—a distress, so much a matter of +constitution with him, that at times it would seem that the best +pleasures of life could but be snatched, as it were hastily, in one +moment’s forgetfulness of its dark, besetting influence. A sudden +suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness of “enemies,” seemed +all at once to alter the visible form of things, as with the child’s +hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of his peaceful, dreamy +island. His elaborate philosophy had not put beneath his feet the +terror of mere bodily evil; much less of “inexorable fate, and the +noise of greedy Acheron.” + +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome +air of the market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant +contrast to that last effort of his journey. The room in which he sat +down to supper, unlike the ordinary Roman inns at that day, was trim +and sweet. The firelight danced cheerfully upon the polished, +three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the best oil, upon the +white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations set in glass +goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the true colour +and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate foam as it +mounted in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he had found in no +other wine. These things had relieved a little the melancholy of the +hour before; and it was just then that he heard the voice of one, newly +arrived at the inn, making his way to the upper floor—a youthful voice, +with a reassuring clearness of note, which completed his cure. + +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: then, +awake in the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw the +guest of the night before, a very honourable-looking youth, in the rich +habit of a military knight, standing beside his horse, and already +making preparations to depart. It happened that Marius, too, was to +take that day’s journey on horseback. Riding presently from the inn, he +overtook Cornelius—of the Twelfth Legion—advancing carefully down the +steep street; and before they had issued from the gates of Urbs-vetus, +the two young men had broken into talk together. They were passing +along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius must needs enter one +of the workshops for the repair of some button or link of his knightly +trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius watched the work, as he had +watched the brazier’s business a few days before, wondering most at the +simplicity of its processes, a simplicity, however, on which only +genius in that craft could have lighted.—By what unguessed-at stroke of +hand, for instance, had the grains of precious metal associated +themselves with so daintily regular a roughness, over the surface of +the little casket yonder? And the conversation which followed, hence +arising, left the two travellers with sufficient interest in each other +to insure an easy companionship for the remainder of their journey. In +time to come, Marius was to depend very much on the preferences, the +personal judgments, of the comrade who now laid his hand so brotherly +on his shoulder, as they left the workshop. + +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+—observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well-fitted, +by the peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first acquaintance into +intimacy; its superficial ugliness throwing the wayfarers back upon +each other’s entertainment in a real exchange of ideas, the tension of +which, however, it would relieve, ever and anon, by the unexpected +assertion of something singularly attractive. The immediate aspect of +the land was, indeed, in spite of abundant olive and ilex, unpleasing +enough. A river of clay seemed, “in some old night of time,” to have +burst up over valley and hill, and hardened there into fantastic +shelves and slides and angles of cadaverous rock, up and down among the +contorted vegetation; the hoary roots and trunks seeming to confess +some weird kinship with them. But that was long ago; and these pallid +hillsides needed only the declining sun, touching the rock with purple, +and throwing deeper shadow into the immemorial foliage, to put on a +peculiar, because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the +graceful outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the +broader prospect. And, for sentimental Marius, all this was associated, +by some perhaps fantastic affinity, with a peculiar trait of severity, +beyond his guesses as to the secret of it, which mingled with the +blitheness of his new companion. Concurring, indeed, with the condition +of a Roman soldier, it was certainly something far more than the +expression of military hardness, or ascêsis; and what was earnest, or +even austere, in the landscape they had traversed together, seemed to +have been waiting for the passage of this figure to interpret or inform +it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, a vivid personal presence +broke through the dreamy idealism, which had almost come to doubt of +other men’s reality: reassuringly, indeed, yet not without some sense +of a constraining tyranny over him from without. + +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters on +the Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with him, in +that privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, the +atmosphere of some still more jealously exclusive circle. They halted +on the morrow at noon, not at an inn, but at the house of one of the +young soldier’s friends, whom they found absent, indeed, in consequence +of the plague in those parts, so that after a mid-day rest only, they +proceeded again on their journey. The great room of the villa, to which +they were admitted, had lain long untouched; and the dust rose, as they +entered, into the slanting bars of sunlight, that fell through the +half-closed shutters. It was here, to while away the time, that +Cornelius bethought himself of displaying to his new friend the various +articles and ornaments of his knightly array—the breastplate, the +sandals and cuirass, lacing them on, one by one, with the assistance of +Marius, and finally the great golden bracelet on the right arm, +conferred on him by his general for an act of valour. And as he gleamed +there, amid that odd interchange of light and shade, with the staff of +a silken standard firm in his hand, Marius felt as if he were face to +face, for the first time, with some new knighthood or chivalry, just +then coming into the world. + +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, +that Rome was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our +travellers; Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then +consisted, agreeing, chiefly for the sake of Marius, to hasten forward, +that it might be reached by daylight, with a cheerful noise of rapid +wheels as they passed over the flagstones. But the highest light upon +the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone out, and it was dark, before +they reached the Flaminian Gate. The abundant sound of water was the +one thing that impressed Marius, as they passed down a long street, +with many open spaces on either hand: Cornelius to his military +quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling-place of his fathers. + +NOTES + + +162. +E-text editor’s note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian +equivalent of prison-workhouses. + + +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. +“THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD” + + +Marius awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, noting for +more careful inspection by and by the rolls of manuscripts. Even +greater than his curiosity in gazing for the first time on this ancient +possession, was his eagerness to look out upon Rome itself, as he +pushed back curtain and shutter, and stepped forth in the fresh morning +upon one of the many balconies, with an oft-repeated dream realised at +last. He was certainly fortunate in the time of his coming to Rome. +That old pagan world, of which Rome was the flower, had reached its +perfection in the things of poetry and art—a perfection which indicated +only too surely the eve of decline. As in some vast intellectual +museum, all its manifold products were intact and in their places, and +with custodians also still extant, duly qualified to appreciate and +explain them. And at no period of history had the material Rome itself +been better worth seeing—lying there not less consummate than that +world of pagan intellect which it represented in every phase of its +darkness and light. The various work of many ages fell here +harmoniously together, as yet untouched save by time, adding the final +grace of a rich softness to its complex expression. Much which spoke of +ages earlier than Nero, the great re-builder, lingered on, antique, +quaint, immeasurably venerable, like the relics of the medieval city in +the Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: the work of Nero’s own time had come +to have that sort of old world and picturesque interest which the work +of Lewis has for ourselves; while without stretching a parallel too far +we might perhaps liken the architectural finesses of the archaic +Hadrian to the more excellent products of our own Gothic revival. The +temple of Antoninus and Faustina was still fresh in all the majesty of +its closely arrayed columns of cipollino; but, on the whole, little had +been added under the late and present emperors, and during fifty years +of public quiet, a sober brown and gray had grown apace on things. The +gilding on the roof of many a temple had lost its garishness: cornice +and capital of polished marble shone out with all the crisp freshness +of real flowers, amid the already mouldering travertine and brickwork, +though the birds had built freely among them. What Marius then saw was +in many respects, after all deduction of difference, more like the +modern Rome than the enumeration of particular losses might lead us to +suppose; the Renaissance, in its most ambitious mood and with amplest +resources, having resumed the ancient classical tradition there, with +no break or obstruction, as it had happened, in any very considerable +work of the middle age. Immediately before him, on the square, steep +height, where the earliest little old Rome had huddled itself together, +arose the palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction of +rough, brown stone—line upon line of successive ages of builders—the +trim, old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven walls of +dark glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and +sparkling in the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of +pavilions and corridors above, centering in the lofty, white-marble +dwelling-place of Apollo himself. + +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering +through Rome, to which he now went forth with a heat in the town +sunshine (like a mist of fine gold-dust spread through the air) to the +height of his desire, making the dun coolness of the narrow streets +welcome enough at intervals. He almost feared, descending the stair +hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should snatch the little cup of +enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such morning rambles in +places new to him, life had always seemed to come at its fullest: it +was then he could feel his youth, that youth the days of which he had +already begun to count jealously, in entire possession. So the grave, +pensive figure, a figure, be it said nevertheless, fresher far than +often came across it now, moved through the old city towards the +lodgings of Cornelius, certainly not by the most direct course, however +eager to rejoin the friend of yesterday. + +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also +his last, the two friends descended along the _Vicus Tuscus_, with its +rows of incense-stalls, into the _Via Nova_, where the fashionable +people were busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the +frizzled heads, then _à la mode_. A glimpse of the _Marmorata_, the +haven at the river-side, where specimens of all the precious marbles of +the world were lying amid great white blocks from the quarries of Luna, +took his thoughts for a moment to his distant home. They visited the +flower-market, lingering where the _coronarii_ pressed on them the +newest species, and purchased zinias, now in blossom (like painted +flowers, thought Marius), to decorate the folds of their togas. +Loitering to the other side of the Forum, past the great Galen’s +drug-shop, after a glance at the announcements of new poems on sale +attached to the doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered the +curious library of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite resort of +literary men, and read, fixed there for all to see, the _Diurnal_ or +Gazette of the day, which announced, together with births and deaths, +prodigies and accidents, and much mere matter of business, the date and +manner of the philosophic emperor’s joyful return to his people; and, +thereafter, with eminent names faintly disguised, what would carry that +day’s news, in many copies, over the provinces—a certain matter +concerning the great lady, known to be dear to him, whom he had left at +home. It was a story, with the development of which “society” had +indeed for some time past edified or amused itself, rallying +sufficiently from the panic of a year ago, not only to welcome back its +ruler, but also to relish a _chronique scandaleuse;_ and thus, when +soon after Marius saw the world’s wonder, he was already acquainted +with the suspicions which have ever since hung about her name. Twelve +o’clock was come before they left the Forum, waiting in a little crowd +to hear the _Accensus_, according to old custom, proclaim the hour of +noonday, at the moment when, from the steps of the Senate-house, the +sun could be seen standing between the _Rostra_ and the _Græcostasis_. +He exerted for this function a strength of voice, which confirmed in +Marius a judgment the modern visitor may share with him, that Roman +throats and Roman chests, namely, must, in some peculiar way, be +differently constructed from those of other people. Such judgment +indeed he had formed in part the evening before, noting, as a religious +procession passed him, how much noise a man and a boy could make, +though not without a great deal of real music, of which in truth the +Romans were then as ever passionately fond. + +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost +along the line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome +villas, turning presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still +the playground of Rome. But the vast public edifices were grown to be +almost continuous over the grassy expanse, represented now only by +occasional open spaces of verdure and wild-flowers. In one of these a +crowd was standing, to watch a party of athletes stripped for exercise. +Marius had been surprised at the luxurious variety of the litters borne +through Rome, where no carriage horses were allowed; and just then one +far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty appointments of ivory and +gold, was carried by, all the town pressing with eagerness to get a +glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she passed rapidly. Yes! there, +was the wonder of the world—the empress Faustina herself: Marius could +distinguish, could distinguish clearly, the well-known profile, between +the floating purple curtains. + +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it awaited +with much real affection, hopeful and animated, the return of its +emperor, for whose ovation various adornments were preparing along the +streets through which the imperial procession would pass. He had left +Rome just twelve months before, amid immense gloom. The alarm of a +barbarian insurrection along the whole line of the Danube had happened +at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by the great pestilence. + +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East from +which Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the plague, +war had come to seem a merely romantic, superannuated incident of +bygone history. And now it was almost upon Italian soil. Terrible were +the reports of the numbers and audacity of the assailants. Aurelius, as +yet untried in war, and understood by a few only in the whole scope of +a really great character, was known to the majority of his subjects as +but a careful administrator, though a student of philosophy, perhaps, +as we say, a dilettante. But he was also the visible centre of +government, towards whom the hearts of a whole people turned, grateful +for fifty years of public happiness—its good genius, its +“Antonine”—whose fragile person might be foreseen speedily giving way +under the trials of military life, with a disaster like that of the +slaughter of the legions by Arminius. Prophecies of the world’s +impending conflagration were easily credited: “the secular fire” would +descend from heaven: superstitious fear had even demanded the sacrifice +of a human victim. + +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of +other people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every +religious claim which was one of his characteristic habits, had +invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, not only all native gods, but all +foreign deities as well, however strange.—“Help! Help! in the ocean +space!” A multitude of foreign priests had been welcomed to Rome, with +their various peculiar religious rites. The sacrifices made on this +occasion were remembered for centuries; and the starving poor, at +least, found some satisfaction in the flesh of those herds of “white +bulls,” which came into the city, day after day, to yield the savour of +their blood to the gods. + +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of “Emperor,” +still had its magic power over the nations. The mere approach of the +Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. Aurelius and his +colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a deputation arrived to +ask for peace. And now the two imperial “brothers” were returning home +at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a villa outside the walls, till +the capital had made ready to receive them. But although Rome was thus +in genial reaction, with much relief, and hopefulness against the +winter, facing itself industriously in damask of red and gold, those +two enemies were still unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the +Danube was but over-awed for a season; and the plague, as we saw when +Marius was on his way to Rome, was not to depart till it had done a +large part in the formation of the melancholy picturesque of modern +Italy—till it had made, or prepared for the making of the Roman +Campagna. The old, unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of +Antoninus Pius—that genuine though unconscious humanist—was gone for +ever. And again and again, throughout this day of varied observation, +Marius had been reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in +“the most religious city of the world,” as one had said, but that Rome +was become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such +superstition presented itself almost as religious mania in many an +incident of his long ramble,—incidents to which he gave his full +attention, though contending in some measure with a reluctance on the +part of his companion, the motive of which he did not understand till +long afterwards. Marius certainly did not allow this reluctance to +deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome partly under poetic +vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of life itself, +upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to reflect +them; to transmute them into golden words? He must observe that strange +medley of superstition, that centuries’ growth, layer upon layer, of +the curiosities of religion (one faith jostling another out of place) +at least for its picturesque interest, and as an indifferent outsider +might, not too deeply concerned in the question which, if any of them, +was to be the survivor. + +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast and +complex system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of +public and private life, attractively enough for those who had but “the +historic temper,” and a taste for the past, however much a Lucian might +depreciate it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, indeed, been always +something to be done, rather than something to be thought, or believed, +or loved; something to be done in minutely detailed manner, at a +particular time and place, correctness in which had long been a matter +of laborious learning with a whole school of ritualists—as also, now +and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice with certain exceptionally +devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with his life in his hand, +succeeded in passing the sentinels of the invading Gauls to perform a +sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to the divine protection, had +returned in safety. So jealous was the distinction between sacred and +profane, that, in the matter of the “regarding of days,” it had made +more than half the year a holiday. Aurelius had, indeed, ordained that +there should be no more than a hundred and thirty-five festival days in +the year; but in other respects he had followed in the steps of his +predecessor, Antoninus Pius—commended especially for his “religion,” +his conspicuous devotion to its public ceremonies—and whose coins are +remarkable for their reference to the oldest and most hieratic types of +Roman mythology. Aurelius had succeeded in more than healing the old +feud between philosophy and religion, displaying himself, in singular +combination, as at once the most zealous of philosophers and the most +devout of polytheists, and lending himself, with an air of conviction, +to all the pageantries of public worship. To his pious recognition of +that one orderly spirit, which, according to the doctrine of the +Stoics, diffuses itself through the world, and animates it—a +recognition taking the form, with him, of a constant effort towards +inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious order of his own soul—he had +added a warm personal devotion towards the whole multitude of the old +national gods, and a great many new foreign ones besides, by him, at +least, not ignobly conceived. If the comparison may be reverently made, +there was something here of the method by which the catholic church has +added the cultus of the saints to its worship of the one Divine Being. + +And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the personal +centre of religion, entertained the hope of converting his people to +philosophic faith, and had even pronounced certain public discourses +for their instruction in it, that polytheistic devotion was his most +striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, had, for the most part, thought +with Seneca, “that a man need not lift his hands to heaven, nor ask the +sacristan’s leave to put his mouth to the ear of an image, that his +prayers might be heard the better.”—Marcus Aurelius, “a master in +Israel,” knew all that well enough. Yet his outward devotion was much +more than a concession to popular sentiment, or a mere result of that +sense of fellow-citizenship with others, which had made him again and +again, under most difficult circumstances, an excellent comrade. Those +others, too!—amid all their ignorances, what were they but instruments +in the administration of the Divine Reason, “from end to end sweetly +and strongly disposing all things”? Meantime “Philosophy” itself had +assumed much of what we conceive to be the religious character. It had +even cultivated the habit, the power, of “spiritual direction”; the +troubled soul making recourse in its hour of destitution, or amid the +distractions of the world, to this or that director—philosopho suo—who +could really best understand it. + +And it had been in vain that the old, grave and discreet religion of +Rome had set itself, according to its proper genius, to prevent or +subdue all trouble and disturbance in men’s souls. In religion, as in +other matters, plebeians, as such, had a taste for movement, for +revolution; and it had been ever in the most populous quarters that +religious changes began. To the apparatus of foreign religion, above +all, recourse had been made in times of public disquietude or sudden +terror; and in those great religious celebrations, before his +proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius had even restored the +solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital since the time of +Augustus, making no secret of his worship of that goddess, though her +temple had been actually destroyed by authority in the reign of +Tiberius. Her singular and in many ways beautiful ritual was now +popular in Rome. And then—what the enthusiasm of the swarming plebeian +quarters had initiated, was sure to be adopted, sooner or later, by +women of fashion. A blending of all the religions of the ancient world +had been accomplished. The new gods had arrived, had been welcomed, and +found their places; though, certainly, with no real security, in any +adequate ideal of the divine nature itself in the background of men’s +minds, that the presence of the new-comer should be edifying, or even +refining. High and low addressed themselves to all deities alike +without scruple; confusing them together when they prayed, and in the +old, authorised, threefold veneration of their visible images, by +flowers, incense, and ceremonial lights—those beautiful usages, which +the church, in her way through the world, ever making spoil of the +world’s goods for the better uses of the human spirit, took up and +sanctified in her service. + +And certainly “the most religious city in the world” took no care to +veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its little +chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one seemed to +exercise some religious function and responsibility. Colleges, composed +for the most part of slaves and of the poor, provided for the service +of the Compitalian Lares—the gods who presided, respectively, over the +several quarters of the city. In one street, Marius witnessed an +incident of the festival of the patron deity of that neighbourhood, the +way being strewn with box, the houses tricked out gaily in such poor +finery as they possessed, while the ancient idol was borne through it +in procession, arrayed in gaudy attire the worse for wear. Numerous +religious clubs had their stated anniversaries, on which the members +issued with much ceremony from their guild-hall, or schola, and +traversed the thoroughfares of Rome, preceded, like the confraternities +of the present day, by their sacred banners, to offer sacrifice before +some famous image. Black with the perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, +oftenest old and ugly, perhaps on that account the more likely to +listen to the desires of the suffering—had not those sacred effigies +sometimes given sensible tokens that they were aware? The image of the +Fortune of Women—Fortuna Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not +once only) and declared; Bene me, Matronae! vidistis riteque +dedicastis! The Apollo of Cumae had wept during three whole nights and +days. The images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been seen to sweat. +Nay! there was blood—divine blood—in the hearts of some of them: the +images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! + +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the “atheist” of whom +Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing image or +sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the latter +determined to enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their return +into the Forum, below the Palatine hill, where the mothers were +pressing in, with a multitude of every sort of children, to touch the +lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse of Romulus—so tender to little +ones!—just discernible in its dark shrine, amid a blaze of lights. +Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as he mounted the steps to +his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. Marius failed precisely +to catch the words. + +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over Rome, +far above a whisper, the whole town seeming hushed to catch it +distinctly, the lively, reckless call to “play,” from the sons and +daughters of foolishness, to those in whom their life was still +green—Donec virenti canities abest!—Donec virenti canities abest!+ +Marius could hardly doubt how Cornelius would have taken the call. And +as for himself, slight as was the burden of positive moral obligation +with which he had entered Rome, it was to no wasteful and vagrant +affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had committed him. + +NOTES + + +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: “So long as youth is fresh and +age is far away.” + + + + +CHAPTER XII. +THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING + + +But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye, +And great Augustus long ygoe is dead, +And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead, +That matter made for poets on to playe.+ + + +Marcus Aurelius who, though he had little relish for them himself, had +ever been willing to humour the taste of his people for magnificent +spectacles, was received back to Rome with the lesser honours of the +Ovation, conceded by the Senate (so great was the public sense of +deliverance) with even more than the laxity which had become its habit +under imperial rule, for there had been no actual bloodshed in the late +achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the chief Roman magistrate, and +with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his colleague similarly attired +walking beside him, he passed up to the Capitol on foot, though in +solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to offer sacrifice to the +national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, whose image we may still see +between the pig and the ox of the Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled +almost like some ancient canon of the church, on a sculptured fragment +in the Forum, was conducted by the priests, clad in rich white +vestments, and bearing their sacred utensils of massive gold, +immediately behind a company of flute-players, led by the great +choir-master, or conductor, of the day, visibly tetchy or delighted, +according as the instruments he ruled with his tuning-rod, rose, more +or less adequately amid the difficulties of the way, to the dream of +perfect music in the soul within him. The vast crowd, including the +soldiers of the triumphant army, now restored to wives and children, +all alike in holiday whiteness, had left their houses early in the +fine, dry morning, in a real affection for “the father of his country,” +to await the procession, the two princes having spent the preceding +night outside the walls, at the old Villa of the Republic. Marius, full +of curiosity, had taken his position with much care; and stood to see +the world’s masters pass by, at an angle from which he could command +the view of a great part of the processional route, sprinkled with fine +yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from profane footsteps. + +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the +flutes, heard at length above the acclamations of the people—Salve +Imperator!—Dii te servent!—shouted in regular time, over the hills. It +was on the central figure, of course, that the whole attention of +Marius was fixed from the moment when the procession came in sight, +preceded by the lictors with gilded fasces, the imperial image-bearers, +and the pages carrying lighted torches; a band of knights, among whom +was Cornelius in complete military, array, following. Amply swathed +about in the folds of a richly worked toga, after a manner now long +since become obsolete with meaner persons, Marius beheld a man of about +five-and-forty years of age, with prominent eyes—eyes, which although +demurely downcast during this essentially religious ceremony, were by +nature broadly and benignantly observant. He was still, in the main, as +we see him in the busts which represent his gracious and courtly youth, +when Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name of his +father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland capacity +of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly as of old, +shone out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace of the +trouble of his lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the blindness or +perplexity of the people about him, understood all things clearly; the +dilemma, to which his experience so far had brought him, between Chance +with meek resignation, and a Providence with boundless possibilities +and hope, being for him at least distinctly defined. + +That outward serenity, which he valued so highly as a point of manner +or expression not unworthy the care of a public minister—outward +symbol, it might be thought, of the inward religious serenity it had +been his constant purpose to maintain—was increased to-day by his sense +of the gratitude of his people; that his life had been one of such +gifts and blessings as made his person seem in very deed divine to +them. Yet the cloud of some reserved internal sorrow, passing from time +to time into an expression of fatigue and effort, of loneliness amid +the shouting multitude, might have been detected there by the more +observant—as if the sagacious hint of one of his officers, “The +soldiers can’t understand you, they don’t know Greek,” were applicable +always to his relationships with other people. The nostrils and mouth +seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius noted in them, as in +the hands, and in the spare body generally, what was new to his +experience—something of asceticism, as we say, of a bodily gymnastic, +by which, although it told pleasantly in the clear blue humours of the +eye, the flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer with the spirit. It +was hardly the expression of “the healthy mind in the healthy body,” +but rather of a sacrifice of the body to the soul, its needs and +aspirations, that Marius seemed to divine in this assiduous student of +the Greek sages—a sacrifice, in truth, far beyond the demands of their +very saddest philosophy of life. + +Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine ornaments!—had +been ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred Stoic, who still +thought manners a true part of morals, according to the old sense of +the term, and who regrets now and again that he cannot control his +thoughts equally well with his countenance. That outward composure was +deepened during the solemnities of this day by an air of pontifical +abstraction; which, though very far from being pride—nay, a sort of +humility rather—yet gave, to himself, an air of unapproachableness, and +to his whole proceeding, in which every minutest act was considered, +the character of a ritual. Certainly, there was no haughtiness, social, +moral, or even philosophic, in Aurelius, who had realised, under more +trying conditions perhaps than any one before, that no element of +humanity could be alien from him. Yet, as he walked to-day, the centre +of ten thousand observers, with eyes discreetly fixed on the ground, +veiling his head at times and muttering very rapidly the words of the +“supplications,” there was something many spectators may have noted as +a thing new in their experience, for Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, +took all this with absolute seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity +of kings, that, in the words of Tacitus, Princes are as Gods—Principes +instar deorum esse—seemed to have taken a novel, because a literal, +sense. For Aurelius, indeed, the old legend of his descent from Numa, +from Numa who had talked with the gods, meant much. Attached in very +early years to the service of the altars, like many another noble +youth, he was “observed to perform all his sacerdotal functions with a +constancy and exactness unusual at that age; was soon a master of the +sacred music; and had all the forms and ceremonies by heart.” And now, +as the emperor, who had not only a vague divinity about his person, but +was actually the chief religious functionary of the state, recited from +time to time the forms of invocation, he needed not the help of the +prompter, or ceremoniarius, who then approached, to assist him by +whispering the appointed words in his ear. It was that pontifical +abstraction which then impressed itself on Marius as the leading +outward characteristic of Aurelius; though to him alone, perhaps, in +that vast crowd of observers, it was no strange thing, but a matter he +had understood from of old. + +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal +processions to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in the +East; the very word Triumph being, according to this supposition, only +Thriambos-the Dionysiac Hymn. And certainly the younger of the two +imperial “brothers,” who, with the effect of a strong contrast, walked +beside Aurelius, and shared the honours of the day, might well have +reminded people of the delicate Greek god of flowers and wine. This new +conqueror of the East was now about thirty-six years old, but with his +scrupulous care for all the advantages of his person, and a soft +curling beard powdered with gold, looked many years younger. One result +of the more genial element in the wisdom of Aurelius had been that, +amid most difficult circumstances, he had known throughout life how to +act in union with persons of character very alien from his own; to be +more than loyal to the colleague, the younger brother in empire, he had +too lightly taken to himself, five years before, then an uncorrupt +youth, “skilled in manly exercises and fitted for war.” When Aurelius +thanks the gods that a brother had fallen to his lot, whose character +was a stimulus to the proper care of his own, one sees that this could +only have happened in the way of an example, putting him on his guard +against insidious faults. But it is with sincere amiability that the +imperial writer, who was indeed little used to be ironical, adds that +the lively respect and affection of the junior had often “gladdened” +him. To be able to make his use of the flower, when the fruit perhaps +was useless or poisonous:—that was one of the practical successes of +his philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, “the concord of +the two Augusti.” + +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time +extravagant or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, healthy-looking, +cleanly, and firm, which seemed unassociable with any form of +self-torment, and made one think of the muzzle of some young hound or +roe, such as human beings invariably like to stroke—a physiognomy, in +effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of the finer sort, though +still wholly animal. The charm was that of the blond head, the +unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor less than one may +see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, and with the stuff +which makes brave soldiers, in spite of the natural kinship it seems to +have with playthings and gay flowers. But innate in Lucius Verus there +was that more than womanly fondness for fond things, which had made the +atmosphere of the old city of Antioch, heavy with centuries of +voluptuousness, a poison to him: he had come to love his delicacies +best out of season, and would have gilded the very flowers. But with a +wonderful power of self-obliteration, the elder brother at the capital +had directed his procedure successfully, and allowed him, become now +also the husband of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a “Conquest,” +though Verus had certainly not returned a conqueror over himself. He +had returned, as we know, with the plague in his company, along with +many another strange creature of his folly; and when the people saw him +publicly feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds and sweet +grapes, wearing the animal’s image in gold, and finally building it a +tomb, they felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that he might +revive the manners of Nero.—What if, in the chances of war, he should +survive the protecting genius of that elder brother? + +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity that +Marius regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the highly +expressive type of a class,—the true son of his father, adopted by +Hadrian. Lucius Verus the elder, also, had had the like strange +capacity for misusing the adornments of life, with a masterly grace; as +if such misusing were, in truth, the quite adequate occupation of an +intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical philosophy or some +disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort of genius, of which +there had been instances in the imperial purple: it was to ascend the +throne, a few years later, in the person of one, now a hopeful little +lad at home in the palace; and it had its following, of course, among +the wealthy youth at Rome, who concentrated no inconsiderable force of +shrewdness and tact upon minute details of attire and manner, as upon +the one thing needful. Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. +Such things had even their sober use, as making the outside of human +life superficially attractive, and thereby promoting the first steps +towards friendship and social amity. But what precise place could there +be for Verus and his peculiar charm, in that Wisdom, that Order of +divine Reason “reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly disposing +all things,” from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so tolerant +of persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was certainly +well-fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of Lucius Verus +after his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, in all minor +things, felt, though with some suspicion of himself, that he entered +into, and could understand, this other so dubious sort of character +also. There was a voice in the theory he had brought to Rome with him +which whispered “nothing is either great nor small;” as there were +times when he could have thought that, as the “grammarian’s” or the +artist’s ardour of soul may be satisfied by the perfecting of the +theory of a sentence, or the adjustment of two colours, so his own life +also might have been fulfilled by an enthusiastic quest after +perfection—say, in the flowering and folding of a toga. + +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed in +its most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of Salve +Imperator! turned now from the living princes to the deity, as they +discerned his countenance through the great open doors. The imperial +brothers had deposited their crowns of myrtle on the richly embroidered +lapcloth of the god; and, with their chosen guests, sat down to a +public feast in the temple itself. There followed what was, after all, +the great event of the day:—an appropriate discourse, a discourse +almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in the presence of the +assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who had thus, on certain +rare occasions, condescended to instruct his people, with the double +authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious student of philosophy. In +those lesser honours of the ovation, there had been no attendant slave +behind the emperors, to make mock of their effulgence as they went; and +it was as if with the discretion proper to a philosopher, and in fear +of a jealous Nemesis, he had determined himself to protest in time +against the vanity of all outward success. + +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor’s discourse in the vast +hall of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, or +on the steps before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius had +noticed in the Via Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by +observation the minute points of senatorial procedure. Marius had +already some acquaintance with them, and passing on found himself +suddenly in the presence of what was still the most august assembly the +world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for this +ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had +recovered all its old dignity and independence. Among its members many +hundreds in number, visibly the most distinguished of them all, Marius +noted the great sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in all their +magnificence. The antique character of their attire, and the ancient +mode of wearing it, still surviving with them, added to the imposing +character of their persons, while they sat, with their staves of ivory +in their hands, on their curule chairs—almost the exact pattern of the +chair still in use in the Roman church when a Bishop pontificates at +the divine offices—“tranquil and unmoved, with a majesty that seemed +divine,” as Marius thought, like the old Gaul of the Invasion. The rays +of the early November sunset slanted full upon the audience, and made +it necessary for the officers of the Court to draw the purple curtains +over the windows, adding to the solemnity of the scene. In the depth of +those warm shadows, surrounded by her ladies, the empress Faustina was +seated to listen. The beautiful Greek statue of Victory, which since +the days of Augustus had presided over the assemblies of the Senate, +had been brought into the hall, and placed near the chair of the +emperor; who, after rising to perform a brief sacrificial service in +its honour, bowing reverently to the assembled fathers left and right, +took his seat and began to speak. + +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or +triteness of the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the old +Roman epitaphs, of all that was monumental in that city of tombs, layer +upon layer of dead things and people. As if in the very fervour of +disillusion, he seemed to be composing—Hôsper epigraphas chronôn kai +holôn ethnôn+—the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples; nay! the +very epitaph of the living Rome itself. The grandeur of the ruins of +Rome,—heroism in ruin: it was under the influence of an imaginative +anticipation of this, that he appeared to be speaking. And though the +impression of the actual greatness of Rome on that day was but enhanced +by the strain of contempt, falling with an accent of pathetic +conviction from the emperor himself, and gaining from his pontifical +pretensions the authority of a religious intimation, yet the curious +interest of the discourse lay in this, that Marius, for one, as he +listened, seemed to forsee a grass-grown Forum, the broken ways of the +Capitol, and the Palatine hill itself in humble occupation. That +impression connected itself with what he had already noted of an actual +change even then coming over Italian scenery. Throughout, he could +trace something of a humour into which Stoicism at all times tends to +fall, the tendency to cry, Abase yourselves! There was here the almost +inhuman impassibility of one who had thought too closely on the +paradoxical aspect of the love of posthumous fame. With the ascetic +pride which lurks under all Platonism, resultant from its opposition of +the seen to the unseen, as falsehood to truth—the imperial Stoic, like +his true descendant, the hermit of the middle age, was ready, in no +friendly humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the corpse which had +made so much of itself in life. Marius could but contrast all that with +his own Cyrenaic eagerness, just then, to taste and see and touch; +reflecting on the opposite issues deducible from the same text. “The +world, within me and without, flows away like a river,” he had said; +“therefore let me make the most of what is here and now.”—“The world +and the thinker upon it, are consumed like a flame,” said Aurelius, +“therefore will I turn away my eyes from vanity: renounce: withdraw +myself alike from all affections.” He seemed tacitly to claim as a sort +of personal dignity, that he was very familiarly versed in this view of +things, and could discern a death’s-head everywhere. Now and again +Marius was reminded of the saying that “with the Stoics all people are +the vulgar save themselves;” and at times the orator seemed to have +forgotten his audience, and to be speaking only to himself. + +“Art thou in love with men’s praises, get thee into the very soul of +them, and see!—see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, bethink +thee, that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou wouldst +survive by thy great name, will be but as these, whom here thou hast +found so hard to live with. For of a truth, the soul of him who is +aflutter upon renown after death, presents not this aright to itself, +that of all whose memory he would have each one will likewise very +quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, as she journeys on by +means of such as are themselves on the wing but for a while, and are +extinguished in their turn.—Making so much of those thou wilt never +see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those who were before thee +discourse fair things concerning thee. + +“To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret and +fear.— + + Like the race of leaves +The race of man is:— + + + The wind in autumn strows +The earth with old leaves: then the spring + the woods with new endows.+ + + +Leaves! little leaves!—thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who scorn +or miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall outlast +them. For all these, and the like of them, are born indeed in the +spring season—Earos epigignetai hôrê+: and soon a wind hath scattered +them, and thereafter the wood peopleth itself again with another +generation of leaves. And what is common to all of them is but the +littleness of their lives: and yet wouldst thou love and hate, as if +these things should continue for ever. In a little while thine eyes +also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast leaned thyself +be himself a burden upon another. + +“Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, or +are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very substance +of them is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is almost +nothing which continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so close at +thy side. Folly! to be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, by reason +of things like these! Think of infinite matter, and thy portion—how +tiny a particle, of it! of infinite time, and thine own brief point +there; of destiny, and the jot thou art in it; and yield thyself +readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee what web she will. + +“As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had its +aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first beginning +of his course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any profit of its +rising, or loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? or the bubble, +as it groweth or breaketh on the air? or the flame of the lamp, from +the beginning to the end of its brief story? + +“All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who disposeth +all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now seest, +fashioning from its substance somewhat else, and therefrom somewhat +else in its turn, lest the world grow old. We are such stuff as dreams +are made of—disturbing dreams. Awake, then! and see thy dream as it is, +in comparison with that erewhile it seemed to thee. + +“And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must +needs be of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within +the rhythm and number of things which really are; so that in forty +years one may note of man and of his ways little less than in a +thousand. Ah! from this higher place, look we down upon the ship-wrecks +and the calm! Consider, for example, how the world went, under the +emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in marriage, they breed +children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches for others +or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then they are; they +are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, suspicious, waiting +upon the death of others:—festivals, business, war, sickness, +dissolution: and now their whole life is no longer anywhere at all. +Pass on to the reign of Trajan: all things continue the same: and that +life also is no longer anywhere at all. Ah! but look again, and +consider, one after another, as it were the sepulchral inscriptions of +all peoples and times, according to one pattern.—What multitudes, after +their utmost striving—a little afterwards! were dissolved again into +their dust. + +“Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it must +be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. How many +have never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget them! How +soon may those who shout my name to-day begin to revile it, because +glory, and the memory of men, and all things beside, are but vanity—a +sand-heap under the senseless wind, the barking of dogs, the +quarrelling of children, weeping incontinently upon their laughter. + +“This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now cometh +to be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt thou make thy +treasure of any one of these things? It were as if one set his love +upon the swallow, as it passeth out of sight through the air! + +“Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those +whom men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement +spirit—those famous rages, and the occasions of them—the great +fortunes, and misfortunes, of men’s strife of old. What are they all +now, and the dust of their battles? Dust and ashes indeed; a fable, a +mythus, or not so much as that. Yes! keep those before thine eyes who +took this or that, the like of which happeneth to thee, so hardly; were +so querulous, so agitated. And where again are they? Wouldst thou have +it not otherwise with thee? + +Consider how quickly all things vanish away—their bodily structure into +the general substance; the very memory of them into that great gulf and +abysm of past thoughts. Ah! ’tis on a tiny space of earth thou art +creeping through life—a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to its grave. + +“Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy +soul: what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what a +little particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and +consider what thing it is, and that which old age, and lust, and the +languor of disease can make of it. Or come to its substantial and +causal qualities, its very type: contemplate that in itself, apart from +the accidents of matter, and then measure also the span of time for +which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that special +type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of things +corruption hath its part—so much dust, humour, stench, and scraps of +bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth’s callosities, thy +gold and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a worm’s bedding, and +thy purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy life’s breath is not otherwise, +as it passeth out of matters like these, into the like of them again. + +“For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, +moulds and remoulds—how hastily!—beast, and plant, and the babe, in +turn: and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of nature, +but, remaining therein, hath also its changes there, disparting into +those elements of which nature herself, and thou too, art compacted. +She changes without murmuring. The oaken chest falls to pieces with no +more complaining than when the carpenter fitted it together. If one +told thee certainly that on the morrow thou shouldst die, or at the +furthest on the day after, it would be no great matter to thee to die +on the day after to-morrow, rather than to-morrow. Strive to think it a +thing no greater that thou wilt die—not to-morrow, but a year, or two +years, or ten years from to-day. + +“I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our buried +ancestors—all things sordid in their elements, trite by long usage, and +yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a countryman in town, is +he, who wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, the repetition of the +public shows, weary thee? Even so doth that likeness of events in the +spectacle of the world. And so must it be with thee to the end. For the +wheel of the world hath ever the same motion, upward and downward, from +generation to generation. When, when, shall time give place to +eternity? + +“If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, +inasmuch as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning +them. Consider what death is, and how, if one does but detach from it +the appearances, the notions, that hang about it, resting the eye upon +it as in itself it really is, it must be thought of but as an effect of +nature, and that man but a child whom an effect of nature shall +affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; but a thing +profitable also to herself. + +“To cease from action—the ending of thine effort to think and do: there +is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man’s life, +boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of these +also is a dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the ship, thou +hast made thy voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! Be it into +some other life: the divine breath is everywhere, even there. Be it +into forgetfulness for ever; at least thou wilt rest from the beating +of sensible images upon thee, from the passions which pluck thee this +way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those long marches of the +intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the flesh. + +“Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone—a name only, or +not so much as that, which, also, is but whispering and a resonance, +kept alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have hardly known +themselves; how much less thee, dead so long ago! + +“When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call up +there before thee one of thine ancestors—one of those old Caesars. Lo! +everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the thought occur to +thee: And where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? And thou, +thyself—how long? Art thou blind to that thou art—thy matter, how +temporal; and thy function, the nature of thy business? Yet tarry, at +least, till thou hast assimilated even these things to thine own proper +essence, as a quick fire turneth into heat and light whatsoever be cast +upon it. + +“As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names +that were once on all men’s lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, +in a little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then +Hadrian, and then Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who lifted +wise brows at other men’s sick-beds, have sickened and died! Those wise +Chaldeans, who foretold, as a great matter, another man’s last hour, +have themselves been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those others, in +their pleasant places: those who doated on a Capreae like Tiberius, on +their gardens, on the baths: Pythagoras and Socrates, who reasoned so +closely upon immortality: Alexander, who used the lives of others as +though his own should last for ever—he and his mule-driver alike +now!—one upon another. Well-nigh the whole court of Antoninus is +extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no longer beside the sepulchre of +their lord. The watchers over Hadrian’s dust have slipped from his +sepulchre.—It were jesting to stay longer. Did they sit there still, +would the dead feel it? or feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those +watchers for ever? The time must come when they too shall be aged men +and aged women, and decease, and fail from their places; and what shift +were there then for imperial service? This too is but the breath of the +tomb, and a skinful of dead men’s blood. + +“Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul only, +but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last of +his race. Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of +others, whose very burial place is unknown. + +“Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, +nor repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous judge, +no tyrant, but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a player leaves +the stage at the bidding of the conductor who hired him. Sayest thou, +‘I have not played five acts’? True! but in human life, three acts only +make sometimes an entire play. That is the composer’s business, not +thine. Withdraw thyself with a good will; for that too hath, perchance, +a good will which dismisseth thee from thy part.” + +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in +somewhat suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made ready +to do him a useless honour, were of real service now, as the emperor +was solemnly conducted home; one man rapidly catching light from +another—a long stream of moving lights across the white Forum, up the +great stairs, to the palace. And, in effect, that night winter began, +the hardest that had been known for a lifetime. The wolves came from +the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, devoured the dead bodies +which had been hastily buried during the plague, and, emboldened by +their meal, crept, before the short day was well past, over the walls +of the farmyards of the Campagna. The eagles were seen driving the +flocks of smaller birds across the dusky sky. Only, in the city itself +the winter was all the brighter for the contrast, among those who could +pay for light and warmth. The habit-makers made a great sale of the +spoil of all such furry creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for +presents at the Saturnalia; and at no time had the winter roses from +Carthage seemed more lustrously yellow and red. + +NOTES + + +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. + + +200. +Transliteration: Hôsper epigraphas chronôn kai holôn ethnôn. +Pater’s Translation: “the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples.” + + +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. + + +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hôrê. Translation: “born in +springtime.” Homer, Iliad VI.147. + + +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: “He was +the last of his race.” + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. +THE “MISTRESS AND MOTHER” OF PALACES + + +After that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, softening +leaf and bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the air; but he +did his work behind an evenly white sky, against which the abode of the +Caesars, its cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like a picture in +beautiful but melancholy colour, as Marius climbed the long flights of +steps to be introduced to the emperor Aurelius. Attired in the newest +mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae of white leather, with the heavy +gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga of ceremony, he still +retained all his country freshness of complexion. The eyes of the +“golden youth” of Rome were upon him as the chosen friend of Cornelius, +and the destined servant of the emperor; but not jealously. In spite +of, perhaps partly because of, his habitual reserve of manner, he had +become “the fashion,” even among those who felt instinctively the irony +which lay beneath that remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all +things with a difference from other people, perceptible in voice, in +expression, and even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one +who, entering vividly into life, and relishing to the full the +delicacies of its intercourse, yet feels all the while, from the point +of view of an ideal philosophy, that he is but conceding reality to +suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a day-dream, of the +illusiveness of which he at least is aware. + +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due moment +of admission to the emperor’s presence. He was admiring the peculiar +decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. In the +midst of one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit you might +have gathered, the figure of a woman knocking at a door with wonderful +reality of perspective. Then the summons came; and in a few minutes, +the etiquette of the imperial household being still a simple matter, he +had passed the curtains which divided the central hall of the palace +into three parts—three degrees of approach to the sacred person—and was +speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, in which the emperor +oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more familiarly, in Latin, +adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek phrase, as now and +again French phrases have made the adornment of fashionable English. It +was with real kindliness that Marcus Aurelius looked upon Marius, as a +youth of great attainments in Greek letters and philosophy; and he +liked also his serious expression, being, as we know, a believer in the +doctrine of physiognomy—that, as he puts it, not love only, but every +other affection of man’s soul, looks out very plainly from the window +of the eyes. + +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, and +richly decorated with the favourite toys of two or three generations of +imperial collectors, now finally revised by the high connoisseurship of +the Stoic emperor himself, though destined not much longer to remain +together there. It is the repeated boast of Aurelius that he had +learned from old Antoninus Pius to maintain authority without the +constant use of guards, in a robe woven by the handmaids of his own +consort, with no processional lights or images, and “that a prince may +shrink himself almost into the figure of a private gentleman.” And yet, +again as at his first sight of him, Marius was struck by the profound +religiousness of the surroundings of the imperial presence. The effect +might have been due in part to the very simplicity, the discreet and +scrupulous simplicity, of the central figure in this splendid abode; +but Marius could not forget that he saw before him not only the head of +the Roman religion, but one who might actually have claimed something +like divine worship, had he cared to do so. Though the fantastic +pretensions of Caligula had brought some contempt on that claim, which +had become almost a jest under the ungainly Claudius, yet, from +Augustus downwards, a vague divinity had seemed to surround the Caesars +even in this life; and the peculiar character of Aurelius, at once a +ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his pontifical calling, and a +philosopher whose mystic speculation encircled him with a sort of +saintly halo, had restored to his person, without his intending it, +something of that divine prerogative, or prestige. Though he would +never allow the immediate dedication of altars to himself, yet the +image of his Genius—his spirituality or celestial counterpart—was +placed among those of the deified princes of the past; and his family, +including Faustina and the young Commodus, was spoken of as the “holy” +or “divine” house. Many a Roman courtier agreed with the barbarian +chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor of Aurelius, withdrew +from his presence with the exclamation:—“I have seen a god to-day!” The +very roof of his house, rising into a pediment or gable, like that of +the sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either side its doorway, the +chaplet of oak-leaves above, seemed to designate the place for +religious veneration. And notwithstanding all this, the household of +Aurelius was singularly modest, with none of the wasteful expense of +palaces after the fashion of Lewis the Fourteenth; the palatial dignity +being felt only in a peculiar sense of order, the absence of all that +was casual, of vulgarity and discomfort. A merely official residence of +his predecessors, the Palatine had become the favourite dwelling-place +of Aurelius; its many-coloured memories suiting, perhaps, his pensive +character, and the crude splendours of Nero and Hadrian being now +subdued by time. The window-less Roman abode must have had much of what +to a modern would be gloom. How did the children, one wonders, endure +houses with so little escape for the eye into the world outside? +Aurelius, who had altered little else, choosing to live there, in a +genuine homeliness, had shifted and made the most of the level lights, +and broken out a quite medieval window here and there, and the clear +daylight, fully appreciated by his youthful visitor, made pleasant +shadows among the objects of the imperial collection. Some of these, +indeed, by reason of their Greek simplicity and grace, themselves shone +out like spaces of a purer, early light, amid the splendours of the +Roman manufacture. + +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep enough, +he was abounding and bright to-day, after one of those pitiless +headaches, which since boyhood had been the “thorn in his side,” +challenging the pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one in humble +endurances. At the first moment, to Marius, remembering the spectacle +of the emperor in ceremony, it was almost bewildering to be in private +conversation with him. There was much in the philosophy of +Aurelius—much consideration of mankind at large, of great bodies, +aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner—which, on a nature +less rich than his, might have acted as an inducement to care for +people in inverse proportion to their nearness to him. That has +sometimes been the result of the Stoic cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, +however, determined to beautify by all means, great or little, a +doctrine which had in it some potential sourness, had brought all the +quickness of his intelligence, and long years of observation, to bear +on the conditions of social intercourse. He had early determined “not +to make business an excuse to decline the offices of humanity—not to +pretend to be too much occupied with important affairs to concede what +life with others may hourly demand;” and with such success, that, in an +age which made much of the finer points of that intercourse, it was +felt that the mere honesty of his conversation was more pleasing than +other men’s flattery. His agreeableness to his young visitor to-day +was, in truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of Lucius +Verus really a brother—the wisdom of not being exigent with men, any +more than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond +their nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, +regarding whom this wisdom became a marvel, of equity—of charity. + +The centre of a group of princely children, in the same apartment with +Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern home, sat the +empress Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With her long fingers +lighted up red by the glowing coals of the brazier Marius looked close +upon the most beautiful woman in the world, who was also the great +paradox of the age, among her boys and girls. As has been truly said of +the numerous representations of her in art, so in life, she had the air +of one curious, restless, to enter into conversation with the first +comer. She had certainly the power of stimulating a very ambiguous sort +of curiosity about herself. And Marius found this enigmatic point in +her expression, that even after seeing her many times he could never +precisely recall her features in absence. The lad of six years, looking +older, who stood beside her, impatiently plucking a rose to pieces over +the hearth, was, in outward appearance, his father—the young +Verissimus—over again; but with a certain feminine length of feature, +and with all his mother’s alertness, or license, of gaze. + +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house +regarding the adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their +lovers’ garlands there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the +boy beside her, really the effect of a shameful magic, in which the +blood of the murdered gladiator, his true father, had been an +ingredient? Were the tricks for deceiving husbands which the Roman poet +describes, really hers, and her household an efficient school of all +the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too aware, like every one +beside? Were certain sudden deaths which happened there, really the +work of apoplexy, or the plague? + +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to penetrate, +was, however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist philosophy, to his +determination that the world should be to him simply what the higher +reason preferred to conceive it; and the life’s journey Aurelius had +made so far, though involving much moral and intellectual loneliness, +had been ever in affectionate and helpful contact with other wayfarers, +very unlike himself. Since his days of earliest childhood in the +Lateran gardens, he seemed to himself, blessing the gods for it after +deliberate survey, to have been always surrounded by kinsmen, friends, +servants, of exceptional virtue. From the great Stoic idea, that we are +all fellow-citizens of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more +equitable estimate than was common among Stoics, of the eternal +shortcomings of men and women. Considerations that might tend to the +sweetening of his temper it was his daily care to store away, with a +kind of philosophic pride in the thought that no one took more +good-naturedly than he the “oversights” of his neighbours. For had not +Plato taught (it was not paradox, but simple truth of experience) that +if people sin, it is because they know no better, and are “under the +necessity of their own ignorance”? Hard to himself, he seemed at times, +doubtless, to decline too softly upon unworthy persons. Actually, he +came thereby upon many a useful instrument. The empress Faustina he +would seem at least to have kept, by a constraining affection, from +becoming altogether what most people have believed her, and won in her +(we must take him at his word in the “Thoughts,” abundantly confirmed +by letters, on both sides, in his correspondence with Cornelius Fronto) +a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, because misknown of others. +Was the secret of her actual blamelessness, after all, with him who has +at least screened her name? At all events, the one thing quite certain +about her, besides her extraordinary beauty, is her sweetness to +himself. + +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the garden, +would not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and he was +the vine, putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, again and +again, after his kind, whatever use people might make of it. Certainly, +his actual presence never lost its power, and Faustina was glad in it +to-day, the birthday of one of her children, a boy who stood at her +knee holding in his fingers tenderly a tiny silver trumpet, one of his +birthday gifts.—“For my part, unless I conceive my hurt to be such, I +have no hurt at all,”—boasts the would-be apathetic emperor:—“and how I +care to conceive of the thing rests with me.” Yet when his children +fall sick or die, this pretence breaks down, and he is broken-hearted: +and one of the charms of certain of his letters still extant, is his +reference to those childish sicknesses.—“On my return to Lorium,” he +writes, “I found my little lady—domnulam meam—in a fever;” and again, +in a letter to one of the most serious of men, “You will be glad to +hear that our little one is better, and running about the room—parvolam +nostram melius valere et intra cubiculum discurrere.” + +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness +the exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such +company, inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true +father—anxious also to escape from the too impressive company of the +gravest and sweetest specimen of old age Marius had ever seen, the +tutor of the imperial children, who had arrived to offer his birthday +congratulations, and now, very familiarly and affectionately, made a +part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the emperor, kissing the +empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face and hands. +Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the “Orator,” favourite teacher of the +emperor’s youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now the +undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, elegantly +mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets of Rome, had +certainly turned his many personal gifts to account with a good +fortune, remarkable even in that age, so indulgent to professors or +rhetoricians. The gratitude of the emperor Aurelius, always generous to +his teachers, arranging their very quarrels sometimes, for they were +not always fair to one another, had helped him to a really great place +in the world. But his sumptuous appendages, including the villa and +gardens of Maecenas, had been borne with an air perfectly becoming, by +the professor of a philosophy which, even in its most accomplished and +elegant phase, presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. With an +intimate practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, +disguises, flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind—a whole +accomplished rhetoric of daily life—he applied them all to the +promotion of humanity, and especially of men’s family affection. +Through a long life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, +surrounded by the gracious and soothing air of his own eloquence—the +fame, the echoes, of it—like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. Setting +forth in that fine medium the best ideas of matured pagan philosophy, +he had become the favourite “director” of noble youth. + +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out for +such, had yet seen of a perfectly tolerable, perfectly beautiful, old +age—an old age in which there seemed, to one who perhaps habitually +over-valued the expression of youth, nothing to be regretted, nothing +really lost, in what years had taken away. The wise old man, whose blue +eyes and fair skin were so delicate, uncontaminate and clear, would +seem to have replaced carefully and consciously each natural trait of +youth, as it departed from him, by an equivalent grace of culture; and +had the blitheness, the placid cheerfulness, as he had also the +infirmity, the claim on stronger people, of a delightful child. And yet +he seemed to be but awaiting his exit from life—that moment with which +the Stoics were almost as much preoccupied as the Christians, however +differently—and set Marius pondering on the contrast between a +placidity like this, at eighty years, and the sort of desperateness he +was aware of in his own manner of entertaining that thought. His +infirmities nevertheless had been painful and long-continued, with +losses of children, of pet grandchildren. What with the crowd, and the +wretched streets, it was a sign of affection which had cost him +something, for the old man to leave his own house at all that day; and +he was glad of the emperor’s support, as he moved from place to place +among the children he protests so often to have loved as his own. + +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the +present century, has set free the long-buried fragrance of this famous +friendship of the old world, from below a valueless later manuscript, +in a series of letters, wherein the two writers exchange, for the most +part their evening thoughts, especially at family anniversaries, and +with entire intimacy, on their children, on the art of speech, on all +the various subtleties of the “science of images”—rhetorical +images—above all, of course, on sleep and matters of health. They are +full of mutual admiration of each other’s eloquence, restless in +absence till they see one another again, noting, characteristically, +their very dreams of each other, expecting the day which will terminate +the office, the business or duty, which separates them—“as +superstitious people watch for the star, at the rising of which they +may break their fast.” To one of the writers, to Aurelius, the +correspondence was sincerely of value. We see him once reading his +letters with genuine delight on going to rest. Fronto seeks to deter +his pupil from writing in Greek.—Why buy, at great cost, a foreign +wine, inferior to that from one’s own vineyard? Aurelius, on the other +hand, with an extraordinary innate susceptibility to words—la parole +pour la parole, as the French say—despairs, in presence of Fronto’s +rhetorical perfection. + +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, +Fronto had been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness among +the Antonines; and it was part of his friendship to make much of it, in +the case of the children of Faustina. “Well! I have seen the little +ones,” he writes to Aurelius, then, apparently, absent from them: “I +have seen the little ones—the pleasantest sight of my life; for they +are as like yourself as could possibly be. It has well repaid me for my +journey over that slippery road, and up those steep rocks; for I beheld +you, not simply face to face before me, but, more generously, whichever +way I turned, to my right and my left. For the rest, I found them, +Heaven be thanked! with healthy cheeks and lusty voices. One was +holding a slice of white bread, like a king’s son; the other a crust of +brown bread, as becomes the offspring of a philosopher. I pray the gods +to have both the sower and the seed in their keeping; to watch over +this field wherein the ears of corn are so kindly alike. Ah! I heard +too their pretty voices, so sweet that in the childish prattle of one +and the other I seemed somehow to be listening—yes! in that chirping of +your pretty chickens—to the limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own +oratory. Take care! you will find me growing independent, having those +I could love in your place:—love, on the surety of my eyes and ears.” + ++“Limpid” is misprinted “Limped.” + + +“Magistro meo salutem!” replies the Emperor, “I too have seen my little +ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in reading your +letter. It is that charming letter forces me to write thus:” with +reiterations of affection, that is, which are continual in these +letters, on both sides, and which may strike a modern reader perhaps as +fulsome; or, again, as having something in common with the old Judaic +unction of friendship. They were certainly sincere. + +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of +the silver trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and +again, turning away with eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought +the old man was not listening. It was the well-worn, valetudinarian +subject of sleep, on which Fronto and Aurelius were talking together; +Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a thing of magic +capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, and often +by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be sparing +of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a story to +tell about it:— + +“They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he +clothed with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and +Night; and he assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. +At that time Sleep was not yet born and men passed the whole of their +lives awake: only, the quiet of the night was ordained for them, +instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little by little, being that the +minds of men are restless, that they carried on their business alike by +night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. And Jupiter, when +he perceived that even in the night-time they ceased not from trouble +and disputation, and that even the courts of law remained open (it was +the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to be assiduous in those courts +till far into the night) resolved to appoint one of his brothers to be +the overseer of the night and have authority over man’s rest. But +Neptune pleaded in excuse the gravity of his constant charge of the +seas, and Father Dis the difficulty of keeping in subjection the +spirits below; and Jupiter, having taken counsel with the other gods, +perceived that the practice of nightly vigils was somewhat in favour. +It was then, for the most part, that Juno gave birth to her children: +Minerva, the mistress of all art and craft, loved the midnight lamp: +Mars delighted in the darkness for his plots and sallies; and the +favour of Venus and Bacchus was with those who roused by night. Then it +was that Jupiter formed the design of creating Sleep; and he added him +to the number of the gods, and gave him the charge over night and rest, +putting into his hands the keys of human eyes. With his own hands he +mingled the juices wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of +mortals—herb of Enjoyment and herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in +Heaven; and, from the meadows of Acheron, the herb of Death; expressing +from it one single drop only, no bigger than a tear one might hide. +‘With this juice,’ he said, ‘pour slumber upon the eyelids of mortals. +So soon as it hath touched them they will lay themselves down +motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall revive, and +in a while stand up again upon their feet.’ Thereafter, Jupiter gave +wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury’s, to his heels, but to his +shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, ‘It becomes thee not to +approach men’s eyes as with the noise of chariots, and the rushing of a +swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, as upon the wings of +a swallow—nay! with not so much as the flutter of the dove.’ Besides +all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, he committed to him +also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to every man’s desire. +One watched his favourite actor; another listened to the flute, or +guided a charioteer in the race: in his dream, the soldier was +victorious, the general was borne in triumph, the wanderer returned +home. Yes!—and sometimes those dreams come true! + +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his +household gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and beyond +it Marius gazed for a few moments into the Lararium, or imperial +chapel. A patrician youth, in white habit, was in waiting, with a +little chest in his hand containing incense for the use of the altar. +On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around this narrow chamber, +were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the golden or gilded +images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among them that image of +Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and such of the emperor’s +own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim fresco on the wall +commemorated the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, who in flight from +Rome on the morrow of a great disaster, overtaking certain priests on +foot with their sacred utensils, descended from the wagon in which he +rode and yielded it to the ministers of the gods. As he ascended into +the chapel the emperor paused, and with a grave but friendly look at +his young visitor, delivered a parting sentence, audible to him alone: +_Imitation is the most acceptable part of worship:—the gods had much +rather mankind should resemble than flatter them. Make sure that those +to whom you come nearest be the happier by your presence!_ + +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour—the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what +humanity! Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways of +life at home he had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after his +manner, to determine the main trait in all this, he had to confess that +it was a sentiment of mediocrity, though of a mediocrity for once +really golden. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. +MANLY AMUSEMENT + + +During the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire +had seemed possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to +Aurelius it had also seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no +less a gift than his beautiful daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his +children—the domnula, probably, of those letters. The little lady, +grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had been ever something of +the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by the law of +contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man’s tigrish fervour. Conducted to Ephesus, +she had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more solemn +wedding rites being deferred till their return to Rome. + +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which +bride and bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was +celebrated accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius +himself assisting, with much domestic feeling. A crowd of fashionable +people filled the space before the entrance to the apartments of Lucius +on the Palatine hill, richly decorated for the occasion, commenting, +not always quite delicately, on the various details of the rite, which +only a favoured few succeeded in actually witnessing. “She comes!” +Marius could hear them say, “escorted by her young brothers: it is the +young Commodus who carries the torch of white-thornwood, the little +basket of work-things, the toys for the children:”—and then, after a +watchful pause, “she is winding the woollen thread round the doorposts. +Ah! I see the marriage-cake: the bridegroom presents the fire and +water.” Then, in a longer pause, was heard the chorus, Thalassie! +Thalassie! and for just a few moments, in the strange light of many wax +tapers at noonday, Marius could see them both, side by side, while the +bride was lifted over the doorstep: Lucius Verus heated and +handsome—the pale, impassive Lucilla looking very long and slender, in +her closely folded yellow veil, and high nuptial crown. + +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, +he found himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator +on occasions such as this. It was a relief to depart with him—so fresh +and quiet he looked, though in all his splendid equestrian array in +honour of the ceremony—from the garish heat of the marriage scene. The +reserve which had puzzled Marius so much on his first day in Rome, was +but an instance of many, to him wholly unaccountable, avoidances alike +of things and persons, which must certainly mean that an intimate +companionship would cost him something in the way of seemingly +indifferent amusements. Some inward standard Marius seemed to detect +there (though wholly unable to estimate its nature) of distinction, +selection, refusal, amid the various elements of the fervid and corrupt +life across which they were moving together:—some secret, constraining +motive, ever on the alert at eye and ear, which carried him through +Rome as under a charm, so that Marius could not but think of that +figure of the white bird in the market-place as undoubtedly made true +of him. And Marius was still full of admiration for this companion, who +had known how to make himself very pleasant to him. Here was the clear, +cold corrective, which the fever of his present life demanded. Without +it, he would have felt alternately suffocated and exhausted by an +existence, at once so gaudy and overdone, and yet so intolerably empty; +in which people, even at their best, seemed only to be brooding, like +the wise emperor himself, over a world’s disillusion. For with all the +severity of Cornelius, there was such a breeze of hopefulness—freshness +and hopefulness, as of new morning, about him. For the most part, as I +said, those refusals, that reserve of his, seemed unaccountable. But +there were cases where the unknown monitor acted in a direction with +which the judgment, or instinct, of Marius himself wholly concurred; +the effective decision of Cornelius strengthening him further therein, +as by a kind of outwardly embodied conscience. And the entire drift of +his education determined him, on one point at least, to be wholly of +the same mind with this peculiar friend (they two, it might be, +together, against the world!) when, alone of a whole company of +brilliant youth, he had withdrawn from his appointed place in the +amphitheatre, at a grand public show, which after an interval of many +months, was presented there, in honour of the nuptials of Lucius Verus +and Lucilla. + +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, that +the character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by Marius; even +as on that afternoon when he had girt on his armour, among the +expressive lights and shades of the dim old villa at the roadside, and +every object of his knightly array had seemed to be but sign or symbol +of some other thing far beyond it. For, consistently with his really +poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, even more exclusively than +he was aware, through the medium of sense. From Flavian in that brief +early summer of his existence, he had derived a powerful impression of +the “perpetual flux”: he had caught there, as in cipher or symbol, or +low whispers more effective than any definite language, his own +Cyrenaic philosophy, presented thus, for the first time, in an image or +person, with much attractiveness, touched also, consequently, with a +pathetic sense of personal sorrow:—a concrete image, the abstract +equivalent of which he could recognise afterwards, when the agitating +personal influence had settled down for him, clearly enough, into a +theory of practice. But of what possible intellectual formula could +this mystic Cornelius be the sensible exponent; seeming, as he did, to +live ever in close relationship with, and recognition of, a mental +view, a source of discernment, a light upon his way, which had +certainly not yet sprung up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of +Cornelius, his energetic clearness and purity, were a charm, rather +physical than moral: his exquisite correctness of spirit, at all +events, accorded so perfectly with the regular beauty of his person, as +to seem to depend upon it. And wholly different as was this later +friendship, with its exigency, its warnings, its restraints, from the +feverish attachment to Flavian, which had made him at times like an +uneasy slave, still, like that, it was a reconciliation to the world of +sense, the visible world. From the hopefulness of this gracious +presence, all visible things around him, even the commonest objects of +everyday life—if they but stood together to warm their hands at the +same fire—took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and +interest. It was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically +washed, renewed, strengthened. + +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken his +place in the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with what an +appetite for every detail of the entertainment, and its various +accessories:—the sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the vela, with +their serpentine patterning, spread over the more select part of the +company; the Vestal virgins, taking their privilege of seats near the +empress Faustina, who sat there in a maze of double-coloured gems, +changing, as she moved, like the waves of the sea; the cool circle of +shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the fashionable told so +effectively around the blazing arena, covered again and again during +the many hours’ show, with clean sand for the absorption of certain +great red patches there, by troops of white-shirted boys, for whom the +good-natured audience provided a scramble of nuts and small coin, flung +to them over a trellis-work of silver-gilt and amber, precious gift of +Nero, while a rain of flowers and perfume fell over themselves, as they +paused between the parts of their long feast upon the spectacle of +animal suffering. + +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a +patron, patron or protégé, of the great goddess of Ephesus, the goddess +of hunters; and the show, celebrated by way of a compliment to him +to-day, was to present some incidents of her story, where she figures +almost as the genius of madness, in animals, or in the humanity which +comes in contact with them. The entertainment would have an element of +old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a learned and +Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some sense a lover of +animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. There would be real +wild and domestic creatures, all of rare species; and a real slaughter. +On so happy an occasion, it was hoped, the elder emperor might even +concede a point, and a living criminal fall into the jaws of the wild +beasts. And the spectacle was, certainly, to end in the destruction, by +one mighty shower of arrows, of a hundred lions, “nobly” provided by +Aurelius himself for the amusement of his people.—Tam magnanimus fuit! + +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked delightfully +fresh, re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the actual freshness +of the morning, which at this season still brought the dew. Along the +subterranean ways that led up to it, the sound of an advancing chorus +was heard at last, chanting the words of a sacred song, or hymn to +Diana; for the spectacle of the amphitheatre was, after all, a +religious occasion. To its grim acts of blood-shedding a kind of +sacrificial character still belonged in the view of certain religious +casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the humane sensibilities of so +pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his fraternal complacency, had +consented to preside over the shows. + +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development of +her worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied yet +contrasted elements of human temper and experience—man’s amity, and +also his enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were still, in a +certain sense, his brothers. She is the complete, and therefore highly +complex, representative of a state, in which man was still much +occupied with animals, not as his flock, or as his servants after the +pastoral relationship of our later, orderly world, but rather as his +equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,—a state full of primeval +sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common wants—while he +watched, and could enter into, the humours of those “younger brothers,” +with an intimacy, the “survivals” of which in a later age seem often to +have had a kind of madness about them. Diana represents alike the +bright and the dark side of such relationship. But the humanities of +that relationship were all forgotten to-day in the excitement of a +show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their useless suffering and +death, formed the main point of interest. People watched their +destruction, batch after batch, in a not particularly inventive +fashion; though it was expected that the animals themselves, as living +creatures are apt to do when hard put to it, would become inventive, +and make up, by the fantastic accidents of their agony, for the +deficiencies of an age fallen behind in this matter of manly amusement. +It was as a Deity of Slaughter—the Taurian goddess who demands the +sacrifice of the shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts—the cruel, +moonstruck huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, +among the wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person +of a famous courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after +the first introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display of +the animals, artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each other. +And as Diana was also a special protectress of new-born creatures, +there would be a certain curious interest in the dexterously contrived +escape of the young from their mother’s torn bosoms; as many pregnant +animals as possible being carefully selected for the purpose. + +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human beings. +What more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever contrived than +that incident, itself a practical epigram never to be forgottten, when +a criminal, who, like slaves and animals, had no rights, was compelled +to present the part of Icarus; and, the wings failing him in due +course, had fallen into a pack of hungry bears? For the long shows of +the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the novel-reading of that age—a +current help provided for sluggish imaginations, in regard, for +instance, to grisly accidents, such as might happen to one’s self; but +with every facility for comfortable inspection. Scaevola might watch +his own hand, consuming, crackling, in the fire, in the person of a +culprit, willing to redeem his life by an act so delightful to the +eyes, the very ears, of a curious public. If the part of Marsyas was +called for, there was a criminal condemned to lose his skin. It might +be almost edifying to study minutely the expression of his face, while +the assistants corded and pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the +servant of the law waiting by, who, after one short cut with his knife, +would slip the man’s leg from his skin, as neatly as if it were a +stocking—a finesse in providing the due amount of suffering for +wrong-doers only brought to its height in Nero’s living bonfires. But +then, by making his suffering ridiculous, you enlist against the +sufferer, some real, and all would-be manliness, and do much to stifle +any false sentiment of compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no +great taste for sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had +greatly changed all that; had provided that nets should be spread under +the dancers on the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the +gladiators. But the gladiators were still there. Their bloody contests +had, under the form of a popular amusement, the efficacy of a human +sacrifice; as, indeed, the whole system of the public shows was +understood to possess a religious import. Just at this point, +certainly, the judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is without +reproach— + +Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. + + +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great +slaughter-house, could not but observe that, in his habitual +complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, with loud shouts of applause from +time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius had sat impassibly through +all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For the most part +indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, +after all, indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic +paradox of the Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an +excuse, should those savage popular humours ever again turn against men +and women. Marius remembered well his very attitude and expression on +this day, when, a few years later, certain things came to pass in Gaul, +under his full authority; and that attitude and expression defined +already, even thus early in their so friendly intercourse, and though +he was still full of gratitude for his interest, a permanent point of +difference between the emperor and himself—between himself, with all +the convictions of his life taking centre to-day in his merciful, angry +heart, and Aurelius, as representing all the light, all the +apprehensive power there might be in pagan intellect. There was +something in a tolerance such as this, in the bare fact that he could +sit patiently through a scene like this, which seemed to Marius to mark +Aurelius as his inferior now and for ever on the question of +righteousness; to set them on opposite sides, in some great conflict, +of which that difference was but a single presentment. Due, in whatever +proportions, to the abstract principles he had formulated for himself, +or in spite of them, there was the loyal conscience within him, +deciding, judging himself and every one else, with a wonderful sort of +authority:—You ought, methinks, to be something quite different from +what you are; here! and here! Surely Aurelius must be lacking in that +decisive conscience at first sight, of the intimations of which Marius +could entertain no doubt—which he looked for in others. He at least, +the humble follower of the bodily eye, was aware of a crisis in life, +in this brief, obscure existence, a fierce opposition of real good and +real evil around him, the issues of which he must by no means +compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms of which the “wise” Marcus +Aurelius was unaware. + +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, +perhaps, leave with the children of the modern world a feeling of +self-complacency. Yet it might seem well to ask ourselves—it is always +well to do so, when we read of the slave-trade, for instance, or of +great religious persecutions on this side or on that, or of anything +else which raises in us the question, “Is thy servant a dog, that he +should do this thing?”—not merely, what germs of feeling we may +entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would induce us to the +like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might have +furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those legal +crimes, with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, perhaps, +having its own peculiar point of blindness, with its consequent +peculiar sin—the touch-stone of an unfailing conscience in the select +few. + +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of +deadness and stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not +failed him regarding it. Yes! what was needed was the heart that would +make it impossible to witness all this; and the future would be with +the forces that could beget a heart like that. His chosen philosophy +had said,—Trust the eye: Strive to be right always in regard to the +concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your impressions. And its +sanction had at least been effective here, in protesting—“This, and +this, is what you may not look upon!” Surely evil was a real thing, and +the wise man wanting in the sense of it, where, not to have been, by +instinctive election, on the right side, was to have failed in life. + +END OF VOL. I + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/4057-0.zip b/4057-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e014f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/4057-0.zip diff --git a/4057-h.zip b/4057-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfb7f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/4057-h.zip diff --git a/4057-h/4057-h.htm b/4057-h/4057-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db2cc7b --- /dev/null +++ b/4057-h/4057-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6172 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by Walter Horatio Pater</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} + +p.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: 90%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +p.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.footnote {font-size: 90%; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +sup { vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.6em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by Walter Pater</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Marius the Epicurean,<br /> +Volume One</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Walter Horatio Pater</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 25, 2001 [eBook #4057]<br /> +[Most recently updated: September 1, 2021]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines.</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE ***</div> + +<h1>Marius the Epicurean</h1> + +<h3>HIS SENSATIONS AND IDEAS</h3> + +<h2 class="no-break">by WALTER PATER</h2> + +<h4>VOLUME ONE</h4> + +<h4>London: 1910.<br /> +(The Library Edition.)</h4> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part01"><b>PART THE FIRST</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">1. “The Religion of Numa”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">2. White-Nights</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">3. Change of Air</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">4. The Tree of Knowledge</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">5. The Golden Book</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">6. Euphuism</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">7. A Pagan End</a><br /><br /></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part02"><b>PART THE SECOND</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">8. Animula Vagula</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">9. New Cyrenaicism</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap10">10. On the Way</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap11">11. “The Most Religious City in the World”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap12">12. “The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap13">13. The “Mistress and Mother” of Palaces</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap14">14. Manly Amusement</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<h3>NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR:</h3> + +<p> +Notes: I have placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater’s +footnotes and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each of my notes at +that chapter’s end. +</p> + +<p> +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated Pater’s +Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it can be viewed +at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist archive that contains +the complete works of Walter Pater and many other nineteenth-century texts, +mostly in first editions. +</p> + +<h2>MARIUS THE EPICUREAN,<br/> +VOLUME ONE <br/> +WALTER PATER</h2> + +<p class="center"> +Χειμερινὸς +ὄνειρος, ὅτε +μήκισται αἱ +νύκτες+ +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> ++“A winter’s dream, when nights are longest.”<br/> +Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. +</p> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part01"></a>PART THE FIRST</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>CHAPTER I.<br/> +“THE RELIGION OF NUMA”</h2> + +<p> +As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered latest in the +country, and died out at last as but paganism—the religion of the +villagers, before the advance of the Christian Church; so, in an earlier +century, it was in places remote from town-life that the older and purer forms +of paganism itself had survived the longest. While, in Rome, new religions had +arisen with bewildering complexity around the dying old one, the earlier and +simpler patriarchal religion, “the religion of Numa,” as people +loved to fancy, lingered on with little change amid the pastoral life, out of +the habits and sentiment of which so much of it had grown. Glimpses of such a +survival we may catch below the merely artificial attitudes of Latin pastoral +poetry; in Tibullus especially, who has preserved for us many poetic details of +old Roman religious usage. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates,<br/> +Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +—he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, with +repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one of his elegies, +as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The hearth, from a spark of +which, as one form of old legend related, the child Romulus had been +miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; and the worthiest sacrifice to +the gods the perfect physical sanity of the young men and women, which the +scrupulous ways of that religion of the hearth had tended to maintain. A +religion of usages and sentiment rather than of facts and belief, and attached +to very definite things and places—the oak of immemorial age, the rock on +the heath fashioned by weather as if by some dim human art, the shadowy grove +of ilex, passing into which one exclaimed involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, +Deity is in this Place! Numen Inest!—it was in natural harmony with the +temper of a quiet people amid the spectacle of rural life, like that simpler +faith between man and man, which Tibullus expressly connects with the period +when, with an inexpensive worship, the old wooden gods had been still pressed +for room in their homely little shrines. +</p> + +<p> +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden image of +Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now about to test the +truth of the old Platonic contention, that the world would at last find itself +happy, could it detach some reluctant philosophic student from the more +desirable life of celestial contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there +was a boy living in an old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for +himself, recruited that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous force of +religious veneration such as had originally called them into being. More than a +century and a half had past since Tibullus had written; but the restoration of +religious usages, and their retention where they still survived, was meantime +come to be the fashion through the influence of imperial example; and what had +been in the main a matter of family pride with his father, was sustained by a +native instinct of devotion in the young Marius. A sense of conscious powers +external to ourselves, pleased or displeased by the right or wrong conduct of +every circumstance of daily life—that conscience, of which the old Roman +religion was a formal, habitual recognition, was become in him a powerful +current of feeling and observance. The old-fashioned, partly puritanic awe, the +power of which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly in a northern peasantry, +had its counterpart in the feeling of the Roman lad, as he passed the spot, +“touched of heaven,” where the lightning had struck dead an aged +labourer in the field: an upright stone, still with mouldering garlands about +it, marked the place. He brought to that system of symbolic usages, and they in +turn developed in him further, a great seriousness—an impressibility to +the sacredness of time, of life and its events, and the circumstances of family +fellowship; of such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from labour on +which they live, really understood by him as gifts—a sense of religious +responsibility in the reception of them. It was a religion for the most part of +fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a year-long burden of forms; yet rarely (on +clear summer mornings, for instance) the thought of those heavenly powers +afforded a welcome channel for the almost stifling sense of health and delight +in him, and relieved it as gratitude to the gods. +</p> + +<p> +The day of the “little” or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, as the +great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the interest of the +whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; the instruments of labour +lie untouched, hung with wreaths of flowers, while masters and servants +together go in solemn procession along the dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, +conducting the victims whose blood is presently to be shed for the purification +from all natural or supernatural taint of the lands they have “gone +about.” The old Latin words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession +moved on its way, though their precise meaning was long since become +unintelligible, were recited from an ancient illuminated roll, kept in the +painted chest in the hall, together with the family records. Early on that day +the girls of the farm had been busy in the great portico, filling large baskets +with flowers plucked short from branches of apple and cherry, then in spacious +bloom, to strew before the quaint images of the gods—Ceres and Bacchus +and the yet more mysterious Dea Dia—as they passed through the fields, +carried in their little houses on the shoulders of white-clad youths, who were +understood to proceed to this office in perfect temperance, as pure in soul and +body as the air they breathed in the firm weather of that early summer-time. +The clean lustral water and the full incense-box were carried after them. The +altars were gay with garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of blossom +and green herbs to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, fresh-gathered this +morning from a particular plot in the old garden, set apart for the purpose. +Just then the young leaves were almost as fragrant as flowers, and the scent of +the bean-fields mingled pleasantly with the cloud of incense. But for the +monotonous intonation of the liturgy by the priests, clad in their strange, +stiff, antique vestments, and bearing ears of green corn upon their heads, +secured by flowing bands of white, the procession moved in absolute stillness, +all persons, even the children, abstaining from speech after the utterance of +the pontifical formula, Favete linguis!—Silence! Propitious +Silence!—lest any words save those proper to the occasion should hinder +the religious efficacy of the rite. +</p> + +<p> +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading part in the +ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to complete this impressive +outward silence by that inward tacitness of mind, esteemed so important by +religious Romans in the performance of these sacred functions. To him the +sustained stillness without seemed really but to be waiting upon that interior, +mental condition of preparation or expectancy, for which he was just then +intently striving. The persons about him, certainly, had never been challenged +by those prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the divine nature: they +conceived them rather to be the appointed means of setting such troublesome +movements at rest. By them, “the religion of Numa,” so staid, ideal +and comely, the object of so much jealous conservatism, though of direct +service as lending sanction to a sort of high scrupulosity, especially in the +chief points of domestic conduct, was mainly prized as being, through its +hereditary character, something like a personal distinction—as +contributing, among the other accessories of an ancient house, to the +production of that aristocratic atmosphere which separated them from newly-made +people. But in the young Marius, the very absence from those venerable usages +of all definite history and dogmatic interpretation, had already awakened much +speculative activity; and to-day, starting from the actual details of the +divine service, some very lively surmises, though scarcely distinct enough to +be thoughts, were moving backwards and forwards in his mind, as the stirring +wind had done all day among the trees, and were like the passing of some +mysterious influence over all the elements of his nature and experience. One +thing only distracted him—a certain pity at the bottom of his heart, and +almost on his lips, for the sacrificial victims and their looks of terror, +rising almost to disgust at the central act of the sacrifice itself, a piece of +everyday butcher’s work, such as we decorously hide out of sight; though +some then present certainly displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus +permitted them on a religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great +procession on the frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid +heads of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for animals +in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their sufferings. It was this +contrast that distracted Marius now in the blessing of his fields, and +qualified his devout absorption upon the scrupulous fulfilment of all the +details of the ceremonial, as the procession approached the altars. +</p> + +<p> +The names of that great populace of “little gods,” dear to the +Roman home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special occasions, were +not forgotten in the long litany—Vatican who causes the infant to utter +his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first word, Cuba who keeps him quiet +in his cot, Domiduca especially, for whom Marius had through life a particular +memory and devotion, the goddess who watches over one’s safe coming home. +The urns of the dead in the family chapel received their due service. They also +were now become something divine, a goodly company of friendly and protecting +spirits, encamped about the place of their former abode—above all others, +the father, dead ten years before, of whom, remembering but a tall, grave +figure above him in early childhood, Marius habitually thought as a genius a +little cold and severe. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi,<br/> +Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.— +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Perhaps!—but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to-day +upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little—a few +violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, from the time +when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had Marius taken them their +portion of the family meal, at the second course, amidst the silence of the +company. They loved those who brought them their sustenance; but, deprived of +these services, would be heard wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully +in the stillness of the night. +</p> + +<p> +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial—bread, oil, wine, +milk—had regained for him, by their use in such religious service, that +poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely belongs to all the means +of daily life, could we but break through the veil of our familiarity with +things by no means vulgar in themselves. A hymn followed, while the whole +assembly stood with veiled faces. The fire rose up readily from the altars, in +clean, bright flame—a favourable omen, making it a duty to render the +mirth of the evening complete. Old wine was poured out freely for the servants +at supper in the great kitchen, where they had worked in the imperfect light +through the long evenings of winter. The young Marius himself took but a very +sober part in the noisy feasting. A devout, regretful after-taste of what had +been really beautiful in the ritual he had accomplished took him early away, +that he might the better recall in reverie all the circumstances of the +celebration of the day. As he sank into a sleep, pleasant with all the +influences of long hours in the open air, he seemed still to be moving in +procession through the fields, with a kind of pleasurable awe. That feeling was +still upon him as he awoke amid the beating of violent rain on the shutters, in +the first storm of the season. The thunder which startled him from sleep seemed +to make the solitude of his chamber almost painfully complete, as if the +nearness of those angry clouds shut him up in a close place alone in the world. +Then he thought of the sort of protection which that day’s ceremonies +assured. To procure an agreement with the gods—Pacem deorum exposcere: +that was the meaning of what they had all day been busy upon. In a faith, +sincere but half-suspicious, he would fain have those Powers at least not +against him. His own nearer household gods were all around his bed. The spell +of his religion as a part of the very essence of home, its intimacy, its +dignity and security, was forcible at that moment; only, it seemed to involve +certain heavy demands upon him. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>CHAPTER II.<br/> +WHITE-NIGHTS</h2> + +<p> +To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the childhood of +Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, as you first caught +sight of that coy, retired place,—surely nothing could happen there, +without its full accompaniment of thought or reverie. White-nights! so you +might interpret its old Latin name.* “The red rose came first,” +says a quaint German mystic, speaking of “the mystery of so-called white +things,” as being “ever an after-thought—the doubles, or +seconds, of real things, and themselves but half-real, half-material—the +white queen, the white witch, the white mass, which, as the black mass is a +travesty of the true mass turned to evil by horrible old witches, is celebrated +by young candidates for the priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of +rehearsal.” So, white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same +analogy, should be nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but passed in +continuous dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly the place was, in +such case, true to its fanciful name in this, that you might very well +conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the daytime might come to much +there. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +* <i>Ad Vigilias Albas</i>. +</p> + +<p> +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come down to +him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain Marcellus two +generations before, a favourite in his day of the fashionable world at Rome, +where he had at least spent his substance with a correctness of taste Marius +might seem to have inherited from him; as he was believed also to resemble him +in a singularly pleasant smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with +some degree of sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. +</p> + +<p> +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer to the +dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of workday negligence +or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm for some, for the young master +himself among them. The more observant passer-by would note, curious as to the +inmates, a certain amount of dainty care amid that neglect, as if it came in +part, perhaps, from a reluctance to disturb old associations. It was +significant of the national character, that a sort of elegant gentleman +farming, as we say, had been much affected by some of the most cultivated +Romans. But it became something more than an elegant diversion, something of a +serious business, with the household of Marius; and his actual interest in the +cultivation of the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at least, +intimately near to those elementary conditions of life, a reverence for which, +the great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own half-mystic pre-occupation +with them, held to be the ground of primitive Roman religion, as of primitive +morals. But then, farm-life in Italy, including the culture of the olive and +the vine, has a grace of its own, and might well contribute to the production +of an ideal dignity of character, like that of nature itself in this gifted +region. Vulgarity seemed impossible. The place, though impoverished, was still +deservedly dear, full of venerable memories, and with a living sweetness of its +own for to-day. +</p> + +<p> +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the struggling family +pride of the lad’s father, to which the example of the head of the state, +old Antoninus Pius—an example to be still further enforced by his +successor—had given a fresh though perhaps somewhat artificial +popularity. It had been consistent with many another homely and old-fashioned +trait in him, not to undervalue the charm of exclusiveness and immemorial +authority, which membership in a local priestly college, hereditary in his +house, conferred upon him. To set a real value on these things was but one +element in that pious concern for his home and all that belonged to it, which, +as Marius afterwards discovered, had been a strong motive with his father. The +ancient hymn—Fana Novella!—was still sung by his people, as the new +moon grew bright in the west, and even their wild custom of leaping through +heaps of blazing straw on a certain night in summer was not discouraged. The +privilege of augury itself, according to tradition, had at one time belonged to +his race; and if you can imagine how, once in a way, an impressible boy might +have an inkling, an inward mystic intimation, of the meaning and consequences +of all that, what was implied in it becoming explicit for him, you conceive +aright the mind of Marius, in whose house the auspices were still carefully +consulted before every undertaking of moment. +</p> + +<p> +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally—and that is all +many not unimportant persons ever find to do—a certain tradition of life, +which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling with which he thought +of his dead father was almost exclusively that of awe; though crossed at times +by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, as he could but confess to himself, +pondering, in the actual absence of so weighty and continual a restraint, upon +the arbitrary power which Roman religion and Roman law gave to the parent over +the son. On the part of his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the +husband’s memory, there was a sustained freshness of regret, together +with the recognition, as Marius fancied, of some costly self-sacrifice to be +credited to the dead. The life of the widow, languid and shadowy enough but for +the poignancy of that regret, was like one long service to the departed soul; +its many annual observances centering about the funeral urn—a tiny, +delicately carved marble house, still white and fair, in the family-chapel, +wreathed always with the richest flowers from the garden. To the dead, in fact, +was conceded in such places a somewhat closer neighbourhood to the old homes +they were thought still to protect, than is usual with us, or was usual in Rome +itself—a closeness which the living welcomed, so diverse are the ways of +our human sentiment, and in which the more wealthy, at least in the country, +might indulge themselves. All this Marius followed with a devout interest, +sincerely touched and awed by his mother’s sorrow. After the deification +of the emperors, we are told, it was considered impious so much as to use any +coarse expression in the presence of their images. To Marius the whole of life +seemed full of sacred presences, demanding of him a similar collectedness. The +severe and archaic religion of the villa, as he conceived it, begot in him a +sort of devout circumspection lest he should fall short at any point of the +demand upon him of anything in which deity was concerned. He must satisfy with +a kind of sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he be found wanting to, +the claims of others, in their joys and calamities—the happiness which +deity sanctioned, or the blows in which it made itself felt. And from habit, +this feeling of a responsibility towards the world of men and things, towards a +claim for due sentiment concerning them on his side, came to be a part of his +nature not to be put off. It kept him serious and dignified amid the Epicurean +speculations which in after years much engrossed him, and when he had learned +to think of all religions as indifferent, serious amid many fopperies and +through many languid days, and made him anticipate all his life long as a thing +towards which he must carefully train himself, some great occasion of +self-devotion, such as really came, that should consecrate his life, and, it +might be, its memory with others, as the early Christian looked forward to +martyrdom at the end of his course, as a seal of worth upon it. +</p> + +<p> +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his first +view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the face, as it +were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from the white road, at the +point where it began to decline somewhat steeply to the marsh-land below. The +building of pale red and yellow marble, mellowed by age, which he saw beyond +the gates, was indeed but the exquisite fragment of a once large and sumptuous +villa. Two centuries of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the +mosses which lay along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and there the +marble plates had slipped from their places, where the delicate weeds had +forced their way. The graceful wildness which prevailed in garden and farm gave +place to a singular nicety about the actual habitation, and a still more +scrupulous sweetness and order reigned within. The old Roman architects seem to +have well understood the decorative value of the floor—the real economy +there was, in the production of rich interior effect, of a somewhat lavish +expenditure upon the surface they trod on. The pavement of the hall had lost +something of its evenness; but, though a little rough to the foot, polished and +cared for like a piece of silver, looked, as mosaic-work is apt to do, its best +in old age. Most noticeable among the ancestral masks, each in its little +cedarn chest below the cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant Marcellus, +with the quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to Marius, just then +so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, curved ingeniously into +oval form, which he had added to the mansion, still contained his collection of +works of art; above all, that head of Medusa, for which the villa was famous. +The spoilers of one of the old Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost +the thing, as it seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the +sands of which it was drawn up in a fisherman’s net, with the fine golden +laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was Marcellus also who +had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys with the white pigeon-house +above, so characteristic of the place. The little glazed windows in the +uppermost chamber framed each its dainty landscape—the pallid crags of +Carrara, like wildly twisted snow-drifts above the purple heath; the distant +harbour with its freight of white marble going to sea; the lighthouse temple of +Venus Speciosa on its dark headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white +breakers. Even on summer nights the air there had always a motion in it, and +drove the scent of the new-mown hay along all the passages of the house. +</p> + +<p> +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something cloistral or +monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite order, made the whole +place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the peculiar sanctuary, of his +mother, who, still in real widowhood, provided the deceased Marius the elder +with that secondary sort of life which we can give to the dead, in our +intensely realised memory of them—the “subjective +immortality,” to use a modern phrase, for which many a Roman epitaph +cries out plaintively to widow or sister or daughter, still in the land of the +living. Certainly, if any such considerations regarding them do reach the +shadowy people, he enjoyed that secondary existence, that warm place still +left, in thought at least, beside the living, the desire for which is actually, +in various forms, so great a motive with most of us. And Marius the younger, +even thus early, came to think of women’s tears, of women’s hands +to lay one to rest, in death as in the sleep of childhood, as a sort of natural +want. The soft lines of the white hands and face, set among the many folds of +the veil and stole of the Roman widow, busy upon her needlework, or with music +sometimes, defined themselves for him as the typical expression of maternity. +Helping her with her white and purple wools, and caring for her musical +instruments, he won, as if from the handling of such things, an urbane and +feminine refinement, qualifying duly his country-grown habits—the sense +of a certain delicate blandness, which he relished, above all, on returning to +the “chapel” of his mother, after long days of open-air exercise, +in winter or stormy summer. For poetic souls in old Italy felt, hardly less +strongly than the English, the pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with the +very dead warm in its generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in flower, +though the hail is beating hard without. One important principle, of fruit +afterwards in his Roman life, that relish for the country fixed deeply in him; +in the winters especially, when the sufferings of the animal world became so +palpable even to the least observant. It fixed in him a sympathy for all +creatures, for the almost human troubles and sicknesses of the flocks, for +instance. It was a feeling which had in it something of religious veneration +for life as such—for that mysterious essence which man is powerless to +create in even the feeblest degree. One by one, at the desire of his mother, +the lad broke down his cherished traps and springes for the hungry wild birds +on the salt marsh. A white bird, she told him once, looking at him gravely, a +bird which he must carry in his bosom across a crowded public place—his +own soul was like that! Would it reach the hands of his good genius on the +opposite side, unruffled and unsoiled? And as his mother became to him the very +type of maternity in things, its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and +maternity itself the central type of all love;—so, that beautiful +dwelling-place lent the reality of concrete outline to a peculiar ideal of +home, which throughout the rest of his life he seemed, amid many distractions +of spirit, to be ever seeking to regain. +</p> + +<p> +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced still further +this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. His religion, that old +Italian religion, in contrast with the really light-hearted religion of Greece, +had its deep undercurrent of gloom, its sad, haunting imageries, not +exclusively confined to the walls of Etruscan tombs. The function of the +conscience, not always as the prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but +oftenest as his accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part +in it; and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his footsteps, made +him oddly suspicious of particular places and persons. Though his liking for +animals was so strong, yet one fierce day in early summer, as he walked along a +narrow road, he had seen the snakes breeding, and ever afterwards avoided that +place and its ugly associations, for there was something in the incident which +made food distasteful and his sleep uneasy for many days afterwards. The memory +of it however had almost passed away, when at the corner of a street in Pisa, +he came upon an African showman exhibiting a great serpent: once more, as the +reptile writhed, the former painful impression revived: it was like a peep into +the lower side of the real world, and again for many days took all sweetness +from food and sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying to puzzle out the +secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread of a snake’s bite, +like one of his companions, who had put his hand into the mouth of an old +garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. A kind of pity even mingled with +his aversion, and he could hardly have killed or injured the animals, which +seemed already to suffer by the very circumstance of their life, being what +they were. It was something like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather +a moral feeling, for the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or +feathers, so different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity of aspect +in its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a humanity, dusty and sordid +and as if far gone in corruption, in the sluggish coil, as it awoke suddenly +into one metallic spring of pure enmity against him. Long afterwards, when it +happened that at Rome he saw, a second time, a showman with his serpents, he +remembered the night which had then followed, thinking, in Saint +Augustine’s vein, on the real greatness of those little troubles of +children, of which older people make light; but with a sudden gratitude also, +as he reflected how richly possessed his life had actually been by beautiful +aspects and imageries, seeing how greatly what was repugnant to the eye +disturbed his peace. +</p> + +<p> +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to contemplation +than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an earlier day there had +been reason to expect, and animating his solitude, as he read eagerly and +intelligently, with the traditions of the past, already he lived much in the +realm of the imagination, and became betimes, as he was to continue all through +life, something of an idealist, constructing the world for himself in great +measure from within, by the exercise of meditative power. A vein of subjective +philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all things, there would be +always in his intellectual scheme of the world and of conduct, with a certain +incapacity wholly to accept other men’s valuations. And the generation of +this peculiar element in his temper he could trace up to the days when his life +had been so like the reading of a romance to him. Had the Romans a word for +unworldly? The beautiful word umbratilis perhaps comes nearest to it; and, with +that precise sense, might describe the spirit in which he prepared himself for +the sacerdotal function hereditary in his family—the sort of mystic +enjoyment he had in the abstinence, the strenuous self-control and ascêsis, +which such preparation involved. Like the young Ion in the beautiful opening of +the play of Euripides, who every morning sweeps the temple floor with such a +fund of cheerfulness in his service, he was apt to be happy in sacred places, +with a susceptibility to their peculiar influences which he never outgrew; so +that often in after-times, quite unexpectedly, this feeling would revive in him +with undiminished freshness. That first, early, boyish ideal of priesthood, the +sense of dedication, survived through all the distractions of the world, and +when all thought of such vocation had finally passed from him, as a ministry, +in spirit at least, towards a sort of hieratic beauty and order in the conduct +of life. +</p> + +<p> +And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the lad’s +pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble to the coast, +over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, and delightful signs, +one after another—the abandoned boat, the ruined flood-gates, the flock +of wild birds—that one was approaching the sea; the long summer-day of +idleness among its vague scents and sounds. And it was characteristic of him +that he relished especially the grave, subdued, northern notes in all +that—the charm of the French or English notes, as we might term +them—in the luxuriant Italian landscape. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>CHAPTER III.<br/> +CHANGE OF AIR</h2> + +<p class="intro"> +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. +</p> + +<p> +That almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of the country, +were both alike developed by the circumstances of a journey, which happened +about this time, when Marius was taken to a certain temple of Aesculapius, +among the hills of Etruria, as was then usual in such cases, for the cure of +some boyish sickness. The religion of Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, +had been naturalised in Rome in the old republican times; but had reached under +the Antonines the height of its popularity throughout the Roman world. That was +an age of valetudinarians, in many instances of imaginary ones; but below its +various crazes concerning health and disease, largely multiplied a few years +after the time of which I am speaking by the miseries of a great pestilence, +lay a valuable, because partly practicable, belief that all the maladies of the +soul might be reached through the subtle gateways of the body. +</p> + +<p> +Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily sanity. The religion +of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they called him absolutely, had a +chance just then of becoming the one religion; that mild and philanthropic son +of Apollo surviving, or absorbing, all other pagan godhead. The apparatus of +the medical art, the salutary mineral or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the +varieties of the bath, came to have a kind of sacramental character, so deep +was the feeling, in more serious minds, of a moral or spiritual profit in +physical health, beyond the obvious bodily advantages one had of it; the body +becoming truly, in that case, but a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood +or “family” of Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in +possession of certain precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, of all +the institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian priesthood; the temples +of the god, rich in some instances with the accumulated thank-offerings of +centuries of a tasteful devotion, being really also a kind of hospitals for the +sick, administered in a full conviction of the religiousness, the refined and +sacred happiness, of a life spent in the relieving of pain. +</p> + +<p> +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there were +doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the reception of +health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part his care was held to +take effect through a machinery easily capable of misuse for purposes of +religious fraud. Through dreams, above all, inspired by Aesculapius himself, +information as to the cause and cure of a malady was supposed to come to the +sufferer, in a belief based on the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those +who watch them carefully, give many hints concerning the conditions of the +body—those latent weak points at which disease or death may most easily +break into it. In the time of Marcus Aurelius these medical dreams had become +more than ever a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, the “Orator,” a +man of undoubted intellectual power, has devoted six discourses to their +interpretation; the really scientific Galen has recorded how beneficently they +had intervened in his own case, at certain turning-points of life; and a belief +in them was one of the frailties of the wise emperor himself. Partly for the +sake of these dreams, living ministers of the god, more likely to come to one +in his actual dwelling-place than elsewhere, it was almost a necessity that the +patient should sleep one or more nights within the precincts of a temple +consecrated to his service, during which time he must observe certain rules +prescribed by the priests. +</p> + +<p> +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary before +starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on his way to the +famous temple which lay among the hills beyond the valley of the Arnus. It was +his greatest adventure hitherto; and he had much pleasure in all its details, +in spite of his feverishness. Starting early, under the guidance of an old +serving-man who drove the mules, with his wife who took all that was needful +for their refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, they went, +under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck certain flowers seen for +the first time on these high places, upwards, through a long day of sunshine, +while cliffs and woods sank gradually below their path. The evening came as +they passed along a steep white road with many windings among the pines, and it +was night when they reached the temple, the lights of which shone out upon them +pausing before the gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became alive to +a singular purity in the air. A rippling of water about the place was the only +thing audible, as they waited till two priestly figures, speaking Greek to one +another, admitted them into a large, white-walled and clearly lighted +guest-chamber, in which, while he partook of a simple but wholesomely prepared +supper, Marius still seemed to feel pleasantly the height they had attained to +among the hills. +</p> + +<p> +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his old fear of +serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that Aesculapius had come to +Rome, and the last definite thought of his weary head before he fell asleep had +been a dread either that the god might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, +under this hideous aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes +themselves, kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. +</p> + +<p> +And after an hour’s feverish dreaming he awoke—with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The footsteps of the +youthful figure which approached and sat by his bedside were certainly real. +Ever afterwards, when the thought arose in his mind of some unhoped-for but +entire relief from distress, like blue sky in a storm at sea, would come back +the memory of that gracious countenance which, amid all the kindness of its +gaze, had yet a certain air of predominance over him, so that he seemed now for +the first time to have found the master of his spirit. It would have been sweet +to be the servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. +</p> + +<p> +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his years, a +lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of opportunity, which +seemed to be the aim of the young priest’s recommendations. The sum of +them, through various forgotten intervals of argument, as might really have +happened in a dream, was the precept, repeated many times under slightly varied +aspects, of a diligent promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in the +eye would lie for him the determining influence of life: he was of the number +of those who, in the words of a poet who came long after, must be “made +perfect by the love of visible beauty.” The discourse was conceived from +the point of view of a theory Marius found afterwards in Plato’s +Phaedrus, which supposes men’s spirits susceptible to certain influences, +diffused, after the manner of streams or currents, by fair things or persons +visibly present—green fields, for instance, or children’s +faces—into the air around them, acting, in the case of some peculiar +natures, like potent material essences, and conforming the seer to themselves +as with some cunning physical necessity. This theory,* in itself so fantastic, +had however determined in a range of methodical suggestions, altogether quaint +here and there from their circumstantial minuteness. And throughout, the +possibility of some vision, as of a new city coming down “like a bride +out of heaven,” a vision still indeed, it might seem, a long way off, but +to be granted perhaps one day to the eyes thus trained, was presented as the +motive of this laboriously practical direction. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +* [Transliteration:] Ê aporroê tou kallous. +Translation: “Emanation +from a thing of beauty.” +</p> + +<p> +“If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear light,” so the discourse recommenced after a pause, +“be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in all things, +and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows.” To keep the eye clear by a +sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, extending even to his +dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and more fastidiously, select form +and colour in things from what was less select; to meditate much on beautiful +visible objects, on objects, more especially, connected with the period of +youth—on children at play in the morning, the trees in early spring, on +young animals, on the fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by him +if it were but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea-shell, as a +token and representative of the whole kingdom of such things; to avoid +jealously, in his way through the world, everything repugnant to sight; and, +should any circumstance tempt him to a general converse in the range of such +objects, to disentangle himself from that circumstance at any cost of place, +money, or opportunity; such were in brief outline the duties recognised, the +rights demanded, in this new formula of life. And it was delivered with +conviction; as if the speaker verily saw into the recesses of the mental and +physical being of the listener, while his own expression of perfect temperance +had in it a fascinating power—the merely negative element of purity, the +mere freedom from taint or flaw, in exercise as a positive influence. Long +afterwards, when Marius read the Charmides—that other dialogue of Plato, +into which he seems to have expressed the very genius of old Greek +temperance—the image of this speaker came back vividly before him, to +take the chief part in the conversation. +</p> + +<p> +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible symbolism +(an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen moralities) that the memory +of that night’s double experience, the dream of the great sallow snake +and the utterance of the young priest, always returned to him, and the contrast +therein involved made him revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare +thought of an excess in sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more +from any excess of a coarser kind. +</p> + +<p> +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on his +arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had really +departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed from the brain, a +painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive and there was a delight; and +as he bathed in the fresh water set ready for his use, the air of the room +about him seemed like pure gold, the very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at +length by one of the white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple +garden. At a distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him the Houses +of Birth and Death, erected for the reception respectively of women about to +become mothers, and of persons about to die; neither of those incidents being +allowed to defile, as was thought, the actual precincts of the shrine. His +visitor of the previous night he saw nowhere again. But among the official +ministers of the place there was one, already marked as of great celebrity, +whom Marius saw often in later days at Rome, the physician Galen, now about +thirty years old. He was standing, the hood partly drawn over his face, beside +the holy well, as Marius and his guide approached it. +</p> + +<p> +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its surrounding +institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring flowing directly out of the +rocky foundations of the shrine. From the rim of its basin rose a circle of +trim columns to support a cupola of singular lightness and grace, itself full +of reflected light from the rippling surface, through which might be traced the +wavy figure-work of the marble lining below as the stream of water rushed in. +Legend told of a visit of Aesculapius to this place, earlier and happier than +his first coming to Rome: an inscription around the cupola recorded it in +letters of gold. “Being come unto this place the son of God loved it +exceedingly:”—Huc profectus filius Dei maxime amavit hunc +locum;—and it was then that that most intimately human of the gods had +given men the well, with all its salutary properties. The element itself when +received into the mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from adhering +organic matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure air than water; and +after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious circumstances concerning it, by +one and another of the bystanders:—he who drank often thereof might well +think he had tasted of the Homeric lotus, so great became his desire to remain +always on that spot: carried to other places, it was almost indefinitely +conservative of its fine qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other +water; and it flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so +oddly rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever quantity +might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange alacrity of service to +human needs, like a true creature and pupil of the philanthropic god. Certainly +the little crowd around seemed to find singular refreshment in gazing on it. +The whole place appeared sensibly influenced by the amiable and healthful +spirit of the thing. All the objects of the country were there at their +freshest. In the great park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred +animals offered by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow with +a kind of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully nice. And that +freshness seemed to have something moral in its influence, as if it acted upon +the body and the merely bodily powers of apprehension, through the +intelligence; and to the end of his visit Marius saw no more serpents. +</p> + +<p> +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius followed him as +he returned from the well, more and more impressed by the religiousness of all +he saw, on his way through a long cloister or corridor, the walls well-nigh +hidden under votive inscriptions recording favours from the son of Apollo, and +with a distant fragrance of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside +through an open doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as the +refined and dainty magnificence of the place came upon him suddenly, in the +flood of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights burning here and there, and +withal a singular expression of sacred order, a surprising cleanliness and +simplicity. Certain priests, men whose countenances bore a deep impression of +cultivated mind, each with his little group of assistants, were gliding round +silently to perform their morning salutation to the god, raising the closed +thumb and finger of the right hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and +went on their sacred business, bearing their frankincense and lustral water. +Around the walls, at such a level that the worshippers might read, as in a +book, the story of the god and his sons, the brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, +ran a series of imageries, in low relief, their delicate light and shade being +heightened, here and there, with gold. Fullest of inspired and sacred +expression, as if in this place the chisel of the artist had indeed dealt not +with marble but with the very breath of feeling and thought, was the scene in +which the earliest generation of the sons of Aesculapius were transformed into +healing dreams; for “grown now too glorious to abide longer among men, by +the aid of their sire they put away their mortal bodies, and came into another +country, yet not indeed into Elysium nor into the Islands of the Blest. But +being made like to the immortal gods, they began to pass about through the +world, changed thus far from their first form that they appear eternally young, +as many persons have seen them in many places—ministers and heralds of +their father, passing to and fro over the earth, like gliding stars. Which +thing is, indeed, the most wonderful concerning them!” And in this scene, +as throughout the series, with all its crowded personages, Marius noted on the +carved faces the same peculiar union of unction, almost of hilarity, with a +certain self-possession and reserve, which was conspicuous in the living +ministrants around him. +</p> + +<p> +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with the +richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius himself, surrounded +by choice flowering plants. It presented the type, still with something of the +severity of the earlier art of Greece about it, not of an aged and crafty +physician, but of a youth, earnest and strong of aspect, carrying an ampulla or +bottle in one hand, and in the other a traveller’s staff, a pilgrim among +his pilgrim worshippers; and one of the ministers explained to Marius this +pilgrim guise.—One chief source of the master’s knowledge of +healing had been observation of the remedies resorted to by animals labouring +under disease or pain—what leaf or berry the lizard or dormouse lay upon +its wounded fellow; to which purpose for long years he had led the life of a +wanderer, in wild places. The boy took his place as the last comer, a little +way behind the group of worshippers who stood in front of the image. There, +with uplifted face, the palms of his two hands raised and open before him, and +taught by the priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and prayer +(Aristeides has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to the Inspired +Dreams:— +</p> + +<p> +“O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who travel by +sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, though ye be equal in +glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, and your lot in immortal youth be +as theirs, to accept this prayer, which in sleep and vision ye have inspired. +Order it aright, I pray you, according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve +me from sickness; and endue my body with such a measure of health as may +suffice it for the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days unhindered +and in quietness.” +</p> + +<p> +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and just +before his departure the priest, who had been his special director during his +stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived panel, which formed the back +of one of the carved seats, bade him look through. What he saw was like the +vision of a new world, by the opening of some unsuspected window in a familiar +dwelling-place. He looked out upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful +aspect, hidden, by the peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points +of observation but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep olive-clad +rocks below, the novices were taking their exercise. The softly sloping sides +of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its distant opening was closed by a +beautifully formed mountain, from which the last wreaths of morning mist were +rising under the heat. It might have seemed the very presentment of a land of +hope, its hollows brimful of a shadow of blue flowers; and lo! on the one level +space of the horizon, in a long dark line, were towers and a dome: and that was +Pisa.—Or Rome, was it? asked Marius, ready to believe the utmost, in his +excitement. +</p> + +<p> +All this served, as he understood afterwards in retrospect, at once to +strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. Developing the +ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, associated for the future +with the exquisite splendour of the temple of Aesculapius, as it dawned upon +him on that morning of his first visit—it developed that ideal in +connexion with a vivid sense of the value of mental and bodily sanity. And this +recognition of the beauty, even for the aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, +now acquired, operated afterwards as an influence morally salutary, +counteracting the less desirable or hazardous tendencies of some phases of +thought, through which he was to pass. +</p> + +<p> +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother failing; and +about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, there was a circumstance +which rested with him as the cruellest touch of all, in an event which for a +time seemed to have taken the light out of the sunshine. She died away from +home, but sent for him at the last, with a painful effort on her part, but to +his great gratitude, pondering, as he always believed, that he might chance +otherwise to look back all his life long upon a single fault with something +like remorse, and find the burden a great one. For it happened that, through +some sudden, incomprehensible petulance there had been an angry childish +gesture, and a slighting word, at the very moment of her departure, actually +for the last time. Remembering this he would ever afterwards pray to be saved +from offences against his own affections; the thought of that marred parting +having peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much store, both by principle +and habit, on the sentiment of home. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br/> +THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE</h2> + +<p class="poem"> +O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+<br/> +quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis!<br/> +Pliny’s Letters. +</p> + +<p> +It would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than did Marius in +those grave years of his early life. But the death of his mother turned +seriousness of feeling into a matter of the intelligence: it made him a +questioner; and, by bringing into full evidence to him the force of his +affections and the probable importance of their place in his future, developed +in him generally the more human and earthly elements of character. A singularly +virile consciousness of the realities of life pronounced itself in him; still +however as in the main a poetic apprehension, though united already with +something of personal ambition and the instinct of self-assertion. There were +days when he could suspect, though it was a suspicion he was careful at first +to put from him, that that early, much cherished religion of the villa might +come to count with him as but one form of poetic beauty, or of the ideal, in +things; as but one voice, in a world where there were many voices it would be a +moral weakness not to listen to. And yet this voice, through its forcible +pre-occupation of his childish conscience, still seemed to make a claim of a +quite exclusive character, defining itself as essentially one of but two +possible leaders of his spirit, the other proposing to him unlimited +self-expansion in a world of various sunshine. The contrast was so pronounced +as to make the easy, light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of himself, among the +temptations of the new phase of life which had now begun, seem nothing less +than a rival religion, a rival religious service. The temptations, the various +sunshine, were those of the old town of Pisa, where Marius was now a tall +schoolboy. Pisa was a place lying just far enough from home to make his rare +visits to it in childhood seem like adventures, such as had never failed to +supply new and refreshing impulses to the imagination. The partly decayed +pensive town, which still had its commerce by sea, and its fashion at the +bathing-season, had lent, at one time the vivid memory of its fair streets of +marble, at another the solemn outline of the dark hills of Luna on its +background, at another the living glances of its men and women, to the thickly +gathering crowd of impressions, out of which his notion of the world was then +forming. And while he learned that the object, the experience, as it will be +known to memory, is really from first to last the chief point for consideration +in the conduct of life, these things were feeding also the idealism +constitutional with him—his innate and habitual longing for a world +altogether fairer than that he saw. The child could find his way in thought +along those streets of the old town, expecting duly the shrines at their +corners, and their recurrent intervals of garden-courts, or side-views of +distant sea. The great temple of the place, as he could remember it, on turning +back once for a last look from an angle of his homeward road, counting its tall +gray columns between the blue of the bay and the blue fields of blossoming flax +beyond; the harbour and its lights; the foreign ships lying there; the +sailors’ chapel of Venus, and her gilded image, hung with votive gifts; +the seamen themselves, their women and children, who had a whole peculiar +colour-world of their own—the boy’s superficial delight in the +broad light and shadow of all that was mingled with the sense of power, of +unknown distance, of the danger of storm and possible death. +</p> + +<p> +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live in the +house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the school of a famous +rhetorician, and learn, among other things, Greek. The school, one of many +imitations of Plato’s Academy in the old Athenian garden, lay in a quiet +suburb of Pisa, and had its grove of cypresses, its porticoes, a house for the +master, its chapel and images. For the memory of Marius in after-days, a clear +morning sunlight seemed to lie perpetually on that severe picture in old gray +and green. The lad went to this school daily betimes, in state at first, with a +young slave to carry the books, and certainly with no reluctance, for the sight +of his fellow-scholars, and their petulant activity, coming upon the sadder +sentimental moods of his childhood, awoke at once that instinct of emulation +which is but the other side of sympathy; and he was not aware, of course, how +completely the difference of his previous training had made him, even in his +most enthusiastic participation in the ways of that little world, still +essentially but a spectator. While all their heart was in their limited boyish +race, and its transitory prizes, he was already entertaining himself, very +pleasurably meditative, with the tiny drama in action before him, as but the +mimic, preliminary exercise for a larger contest, and already with an implicit +epicureanism. Watching all the gallant effects of their small rivalries—a +scene in the main of fresh delightful sunshine—he entered at once into +the sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion of men, and had +already recognised a certain appetite for fame, for distinction among his +fellows, as his dominant motive to be. +</p> + +<p> +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader will have +anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet perhaps. And as, in that +gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, inward voices from the reality of +unseen things had come abundantly; so here, with the sounds and aspects of the +shore, and amid the urbanities, the graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it +was the reality, the tyrannous reality, of things visible that was borne in +upon him. The real world around—a present humanity not less comely, it +might seem, than that of the old heroic days—endowing everything it +touched upon, however remotely, down to its little passing tricks of fashion +even, with a kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him just then a great +fascination. +</p> + +<p> +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine summer, +the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he had formally +assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for that purpose, +accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, after the full measure of +those cloudless days, he would feel well-nigh wearied out, as if with a long +succession of pictures and music. As he wandered through the gay streets or on +the sea-shore, the real world seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost +absolutely free in it, with a boundless appetite for experience, for adventure, +whether physical or of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had lent itself +to an imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the spectacle actually +afforded to his untired and freely open senses, suggested the reflection that +the present had, it might be, really advanced beyond the past, and he was ready +to boast in the very fact that it was modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the +polite world of that day went back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for +the purpose of a fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of literature, +and even, as we have seen, of religion, at least it improved, by a shade or two +of more scrupulous finish, on the old pattern; and the new era, like the +Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts at the beginning of our own century, might +perhaps be discerned, awaiting one just a single step onward—the +perfected new manner, in the consummation of time, alike as regards the things +of the imagination and the actual conduct of life. Only, while the pursuit of +an ideal like this demanded entire liberty of heart and brain, that old, staid, +conservative religion of his childhood certainly had its being in a world of +somewhat narrow restrictions. But then, the one was absolutely real, with +nothing less than the reality of seeing and hearing—the other, how vague, +shadowy, problematical! Could its so limited probabilities be worth taking into +account in any practical question as to the rejecting or receiving of what was +indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? +</p> + +<p> +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great friendship had +grown up for him, in that life of so few attachments—the pure and +disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He had seen Flavian for the first time +the day on which he had come to Pisa, at the moment when his mind was full of +wistful thoughts regarding the new life to begin for him to-morrow, and he +gazed curiously at the crowd of bustling scholars as they came from their +classes. There was something in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he stood +isolated from the others for a moment, explained in part by his stature and the +distinction of the low, broad forehead; though there was pleasantness also for +the newcomer in the roving blue eyes which seemed somehow to take a fuller hold +upon things around than is usual with boys. Marius knew that those proud +glances made kindly note of him for a moment, and felt something like +friendship at first sight. There was a tone of reserve or gravity there, amid +perfectly disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed to carry forward the +expression of the austere sky and the clear song of the blackbird on that gray +March evening. Flavian indeed was a creature who changed much with the changes +of the passing light and shade about him, and was brilliant enough under the +early sunshine in school next morning. Of all that little world of more or less +gifted youth, surely the centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the +school, he had gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by the +fascination of his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the figure he bore. +He wore already the manly dress; and standing there in class, as he displayed +his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or his taste in declaiming Homer, he was +like a carved figure in motion, thought Marius, but with that indescribable +gleam upon it which the words of Homer actually suggested, as perceptible on +the visible forms of the gods—hoia theous epenênothen aien eontas.+ +</p> + +<p> +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected with his +habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were held to be clear amid +its general vagueness—a rich stranger paid his schooling, and he was +himself very poor, though there was an attractive piquancy in the poverty of +Flavian which in a scholar of another figure might have been despised. Over +Marius too his dominion was entire. Three years older than he, Flavian was +appointed to help the younger boy in his studies, and Marius thus became +virtually his servant in many things, taking his humours with a sort of +grateful pride in being noticed at all, and, thinking over all this afterwards, +found that the fascination experienced by him had been a sentimental one, +dependent on the concession to himself of an intimacy, a certain tolerance of +his company, granted to none beside. +</p> + +<p> +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the genius, +the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. The brilliant youth +who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, and seemed to have a natural +alliance with, and claim upon, everything else which was physically select and +bright, cultivated also that foppery of words, of choice diction which was +common among the élite spirits of that day; and Marius, early an expert and +elegant penman, transcribed his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a genuine +original power, was then so delightful to him) in beautiful ink, receiving in +return the profit of Flavian’s really great intellectual capacities, +developed and accomplished under the ambitious desire to make his way +effectively in life. Among other things he introduced him to the writings of a +sprightly wit, then very busy with the pen, one Lucian—writings seeming +to overflow with that intellectual light turned upon dim places, which, at +least in seasons of mental fair weather, can make people laugh where they have +been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, the sunlight which filled those +well-remembered early mornings in school, had had more than the usual measure +of gold in it! Marius, at least, would lie awake before the time, thinking with +delight of the long coming hours of hard work in the presence of Flavian, as +other boys dream of a holiday. +</p> + +<p> +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, that +reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father—a freedman, +presented late in life, and almost against his will, with the liberty so fondly +desired in youth, but on condition of the sacrifice of part of his +peculium—the slave’s diminutive hoard—amassed by many a +self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The rich man, interested in the +promise of the fair child born on his estate, had sent him to school. The +meanness and dejection, nevertheless, of that unoccupied old age defined the +leading memory of Flavian, revived sometimes, after this first confidence, with +a burst of angry tears amid the sunshine. But nature had had her economy in +nursing the strength of that one natural affection; for, save his half-selfish +care for Marius, it was the single, really generous part, the one piety, in the +lad’s character. In him Marius saw the spirit of unbelief, achieved as if +at one step. The much-admired freedman’s son, as with the privilege of a +natural aristocracy, believed only in himself, in the brilliant, and mainly +sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. +</p> + +<p> +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, though still with untouched health, +in a world where manhood comes early, to the seductions of that luxurious town, +and Marius wondered sometimes, in the freer revelation of himself by +conversation, at the extent of his early corruption. How often, afterwards, did +evil things present themselves in malign association with the memory of that +beautiful head, and with a kind of borrowed sanction and charm in its natural +grace! To Marius, at a later time, he counted for as it were an epitome of the +whole pagan world, the depth of its corruption, and its perfection of form. And +still, in his mobility, his animation, in his eager capacity for various life, +he was so real an object, after that visionary idealism of the villa. His +voice, his glance, were like the breaking in of the solid world upon one, amid +the flimsy fictions of a dream. A shadow, handling all things as shadows, had +felt a sudden real and poignant heat in them. +</p> + +<p> +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and abundantly, +because with a good will. There was that in the actual effectiveness of his +figure which stimulated the younger lad to make the most of opportunity; and he +had experience already that education largely increased one’s capacity +for enjoyment. He was acquiring what it is the chief function of all higher +education to impart, the art, namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic +traits, the elements of distinction, in our everyday life—of so +exclusively living in them—that the unadorned remainder of it, the mere +drift or débris of our days, comes to be as though it were not. And the +consciousness of this aim came with the reading of one particular book, then +fresh in the world, with which he fell in about this time—a book which +awakened the poetic or romantic capacity as perhaps some other book might have +done, but was peculiar in giving it a direction emphatically sensuous. It made +him, in that visionary reception of every-day life, the seer, more especially, +of a revelation in colour and form. If our modern education, in its better +efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind of idealising power, it does so +(though dealing mainly, as its professed instruments, with the most select and +ideal remains of ancient literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it +happened also, long ago, with Marius and his friend. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means “seat of the muses.” +Translation: “O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have you +uncovered to me, how many things suggested!” Pliny, Letters, Book I, ix, +to Minicius Fundanus. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epenênothen aien eontas. Translation: +“such as the gods are endowed with.” Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>CHAPTER V.<br/> +THE GOLDEN BOOK</h2> + +<p> +The two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in a heap of dry +corn, in an old granary—the quiet corner to which they had climbed out of +the way of their noisier companions on one of their blandest holiday +afternoons. They looked round: the western sun smote through the broad chinks +of the shutters. How like a picture! and it was precisely the scene described +in what they were reading, with just that added poetic touch in the book which +made it delightful and select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight +transforming the rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps of gold. +What they were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, the +“golden” book of that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the +purple writing on the handsome yellow wrapper, following the title +Flaviane!—it said, +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Flaviane! lege Felicitur!<br/> +Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas!<br/> +Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! +</p> + +<p> +It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with carved and gilt +ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. +</p> + +<p> +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the archaisms +and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, quaint terms and +images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the lifelike phrases of some +lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, racy morsels of the vernacular and +studied prettinesses:—all alike, mere playthings for the genuine power +and natural eloquence of the erudite artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, +which, however, made some people angry, chiefly less well “got-up” +people, and especially those who were untidy from indolence. +</p> + +<p> +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the early +literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had had more in +common with the “infinite patience” of Apuleius than with the +hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have been +“self-conscious” of going slip-shod. And at least his success was +unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, including a +certain tincture of “neology” in expression—nonnihil interdum +elocutione novella parum signatum—in the language of Cornelius Fronto, +the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What words he had found for conveying, +with a single touch, the sense of textures, colours, incidents! “Like +jewellers’ work! Like a myrrhine vase!”—admirers said of his +writing. “The golden fibre in the hair, the gold thread-work in the gown +marked her as the mistress”—aurum in comis et in tunicis, ibi +inflexum hic intextum, matronam profecto confitebatur—he writes, with his +“curious felicity,” of one of his heroines. Aurum intextum: gold +fibre:—well! there was something of that kind in his own work. And then, +in an age when people, from the emperor Aurelius downwards, prided themselves +unwisely on writing in Greek, he had written for Latin people in their own +tongue; though still, in truth, with all the care of a learned language. Not +less happily inventive were the incidents recorded—story within +story—stories with the sudden, unlooked-for changes of dreams. He had his +humorous touches also. And what went to the ordinary boyish taste, in those +somewhat peculiar readers, what would have charmed boys more purely boyish, was +the adventure:—the bear loose in the house at night, the wolves storming +the farms in winter, the exploits of the robbers, their charming caves, the +delightful thrill one had at the question—“Don’t you know +that these roads are infested by robbers?” +</p> + +<p> +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of witchcraft, +and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old weird towns, haunts of +magic and incantation, where all the more genuine appliances of the black art, +left behind her by Medea when she fled through that country, were still in use. +In the city of Hypata, indeed, nothing seemed to be its true +self—“You might think that through the murmuring of some cadaverous +spell, all things had been changed into forms not their own; that there was +humanity in the hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you +heard singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew their +leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, the walls to +speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! the very sky and the +sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out.” Witches are there who can +draw down the moon, or at least the lunar virus—that white fluid she +sheds, to be found, so rarely, “on high, heathy places: which is a +poison. A touch of it will drive men mad.” +</p> + +<p> +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who turns her +neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the scene where, after +mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping curiously through a chink in the +door, is a spectator of the transformation of the old witch herself into a +bird, that she may take flight to the object of her affections—into an +owl! “First she stripped off every rag she had. Then opening a certain +chest she took from it many small boxes, and removing the lid of one of them, +rubbed herself over for a long time, from head to foot, with an ointment it +contained, and after much low muttering to her lamp, began to jerk at last and +shake her limbs. And as her limbs moved to and fro, out burst the soft +feathers: stout wings came forth to view: the nose grew hard and hooked: her +nails were crooked into claws; and Pamphile was an owl. She uttered a queasy +screech; and, leaping little by little from the ground, making trial of +herself, fled presently, on full wing, out of doors.” +</p> + +<p> +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged creature, but +into the animal which has given name to the book; for throughout it there runs +a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of magic then prevalent, curiosity +concerning which had led Lucius to meddle with the old woman’s +appliances. “Be you my Venus,” he says to the pretty maid-servant +who has introduced him to the view of Pamphile, “and let me stand by you +a winged Cupid!” and, freely applying the magic ointment, sees himself +transformed, “not into a bird, but into an ass!” +</p> + +<p> +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could such be +found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come by them at that +adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, the grotesque procession +of Isis passing by with a bear and other strange animals in its train, the ass +following along with the rest suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in +the High-priest’s hand. +</p> + +<p> +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the outside of +an ass; “though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an ass,” he +tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily spread table, +“as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon coarse hay.” +For, in truth, all through the book, there is an unmistakably real feeling for +asses, with bold touches like Swift’s, and a genuine animal breadth. +Lucius was the original ass, who peeping slily from the window of his +hiding-place forgot all about the big shade he cast just above him, and gave +occasion to the joke or proverb about “the peeping ass and his +shadow.” +</p> + +<p> +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious elements in +most boys, passed at times, those young readers still feeling its fascination, +into what French writers call the macabre—that species of almost insane +pre-occupation with the materialities of our mouldering flesh, that luxury of +disgust in gazing on corruption, which was connected, in this writer at least, +with not a little obvious coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust +of the actual world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. “I am +told,” they read, “that when foreigners are interred, the old +witches are in the habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to ravage the +corpse”—in order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants from it, +with which to injure the living—“especially if the witch has +happened to cast her eye upon some goodly young man.” And the scene of +the night-watching of a dead body lest the witches should come to tear off the +flesh with their teeth, is worthy of Théophile Gautier. +</p> + +<p> +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid its +mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque horrors, came the +tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, life-like situations, speciosa +locis, and abounding in lovely visible imagery (one seemed to see and handle +the golden hair, the fresh flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full +also of a gentle idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an +allegory. With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.— +</p> + +<p class="center"> +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. +</p> + +<p> +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters exceeding +fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant to behold, yet +passed not the measure of human praise, while such was the loveliness of the +youngest that men’s speech was too poor to commend it worthily and could +express it not at all. Many of the citizens and of strangers, whom the fame of +this excellent vision had gathered thither, confounded by that matchless +beauty, could but kiss the finger-tips of their right hands at sight of her, as +in adoration to the goddess Venus herself. And soon a rumour passed through the +country that she whom the blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine dignity, +was even then moving among men, or that by some fresh germination from the +stars, not the sea now, but the earth, had put forth a new Venus, endued with +the flower of virginity. +</p> + +<p> +This belief, with the fame of the maiden’s loveliness, went daily further +into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together to behold that +glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to Paphos, to Cnidus or +Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: her sacred rites were neglected, +her images stood uncrowned, the cold ashes were left to disfigure her forsaken +altars. It was to a maiden that men’s prayers were offered, to a human +countenance they looked, in propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went +forth in the morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to +that unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This conveyance of +divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger of the true Venus. +“Lo! now, the ancient parent of nature,” she cried, “the +fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign mother of the world, sharing +my honours with a mortal maiden, while my name, built up in heaven, is profaned +by the mean things of earth! Shall a perishable woman bear my image about with +her? In vain did the shepherd of Ida prefer me! Yet shall she have little joy, +whosoever she be, of her usurped and unlawful loveliness!” Thereupon she +called to her that winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who wanders armed by night +through men’s houses, spoiling their marriages; and stirring yet more by +her speech his inborn wantonness, she led him to the city, and showed him +Psyche as she walked. +</p> + +<p> +“I pray thee,” she said, “give thy mother a full revenge. Let +this maid become the slave of an unworthy love.” Then, embracing him +closely, she departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest of the +wave. And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are in waiting: the +daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and Portunus, and Salacia, +and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a host of Tritons leaping through +the billows. And one blows softly through his sounding sea-shell, another +spreads a silken web against the sun, a third presents the mirror to the eyes +of his mistress, while the others swim side by side below, drawing her chariot. +Such was the escort of Venus as she went upon the sea. +</p> + +<p> +Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. All people +regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It was but as on the +finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon that divine likeness. Her +sisters, less fair than she, were happily wedded. She, even as a widow, sitting +at home, wept over her desolation, hating in her heart the beauty in which all +men were pleased. +</p> + +<p> +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle of Apollo, +and Apollo answered him thus: “Let the damsel be placed on the top of a +certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and of death. Look not for +a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that evil serpent-thing, by reason of +whom even the gods tremble and the shadows of Styx are afraid.” +</p> + +<p> +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For many days +she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine precept is urgent upon +her, and the company make ready to conduct the maiden to her deadly bridal. And +now the nuptial torch gathers dark smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the +pipe is changed into a cry: the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: +below her yellow wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the +whole city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken house. +</p> + +<p> +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, and, these +solemnities being ended, the funeral of the living soul goes forth, all the +people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, assists not at her marriage but at +her own obsequies, and while the parents hesitate to accomplish a thing so +unholy the daughter cries to them: “Wherefore torment your luckless age +by long weeping? This was the prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people +celebrated us with divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was +then ye should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I understand that that +one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and set me upon the appointed +place. I am in haste to submit to that well-omened marriage, to behold that +goodly spouse. Why delay the coming of him who was born for the destruction of +the whole world?” +</p> + +<p> +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they proceeded to the +appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there the maiden alone, and took +their way homewards dejectedly. The wretched parents, in their close-shut +house, yielded themselves to perpetual night; while to Psyche, fearful and +trembling and weeping sore upon the mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He +lifts her mildly, and, with vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own +soft breathing over the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly among the +flowers in the bosom of a valley below. +</p> + +<p> +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying sweetly on her dewy bed, rested +from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. And lo! a grove of mighty +trees, with a fount of water, clear as glass, in the midst; and hard by the +water, a dwelling-place, built not by human hands but by some divine cunning. +One recognised, even at the entering, the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden +pillars sustained the roof, arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. The +walls were hidden under wrought silver:—all tame and woodland creatures +leaping forward to the visitor’s gaze. Wonderful indeed was the +craftsman, divine or half-divine, who by the subtlety of his art had breathed +so wild a soul into the silver! The very pavement was distinct with pictures in +goodly stones. In the glow of its precious metal the house is its own daylight, +having no need of the sun. Well might it seem a place fashioned for the +conversation of gods with men! +</p> + +<p> +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her courage +growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired the beautiful things +she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no chain, nor living guardian +protected that great treasure house. But as she gazed there came a +voice—a voice, as it were unclothed of bodily +vesture—“Mistress!” it said, “all these things are +thine. Lie down, and relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when +thou wilt. We thy servants, whose voice thou hearest, will be beforehand with +our service, and a royal feast shall be ready.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, refreshed with +sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she saw no one: only she heard +words falling here and there, and had voices alone to serve her. And the feast +being ended, one entered the chamber and sang to her unseen, while another +struck the chords of a harp, invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards +the sound of a company singing together came to her, but still so that none +were present to sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of singers was +there. +</p> + +<p> +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and as the +night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency approaches her. +Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great solitude, she trembled, and more +than any evil she knew dreaded that she knew not. And now the husband, that +unknown husband, drew near, and ascended the couch, and made her his wife; and +lo! before the rise of dawn he had departed hastily. And the attendant voices +ministered to the needs of the newly married. And so it happened with her for a +long season. And as nature has willed, this new thing, by continual use, became +a delight to her: the sound of the voice grew to be her solace in that +condition of loneliness and uncertainty. +</p> + +<p> +One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, “O Psyche, most +pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens thee with mortal +peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy death and seeking some trace +of thee, will come to the mountain’s top. But if by chance their cries +reach thee, answer not, neither look forth at all, lest thou bring sorrow upon +me and destruction upon thyself.” Then Psyche promised that she would do +according to his will. But the bridegroom was fled away again with the night. +And all that day she spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead indeed, +shut up in that golden prison, powerless to console her sisters sorrowing after +her, or to see their faces; and so went to rest weeping. +</p> + +<p> +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, and +embracing her as she wept, complained, “Was this thy promise, my Psyche? +What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy husband thou ceasest not +from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge thine own desire, though it seeks what +will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou remember my warning, repentant too late.” +Then, protesting that she is like to die, she obtains from him that he suffer +her to see her sisters, and present to them moreover what gifts she would of +golden ornaments; but therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, +yielding to pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily form, lest she +fall, through unholy curiosity, from so great a height of fortune, nor feel +ever his embrace again. “I would die a hundred times,” she said, +cheerful at last, “rather than be deprived of thy most sweet usage. I +love thee as my own soul, beyond comparison even with Love himself. Only bid +thy servant Zephyrus bring hither my sisters, as he brought me. My honeycomb! +My husband! Thy Psyche’s breath of life!” So he promised; and after +the embraces of the night, ere the light appeared, vanished from the hands of +his bride. +</p> + +<p> +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept loudly +among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the sound came down to +her, and running out of the palace distraught, she cried, “Wherefore +afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you mourn am here.” Then, +summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her husband’s bidding; and he +bare them down with a gentle blast. “Enter now,” she said, +“into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the company of Psyche your +sister.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, and its +great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the malice which was +already at their hearts. And at last one of them asks curiously who the lord of +that celestial array may be, and what manner of man her husband? And Psyche +answered dissemblingly, “A young man, handsome and mannerly, with a +goodly beard. For the most part he hunts upon the mountains.” And lest +the secret should slip from her in the way of further speech, loading her +sisters with gold and gems, she commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. +</p> + +<p> +And they returned home, on fire with envy. “See now the injustice of +fortune!” cried one. “We, the elder children, are given like +servants to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is possessed of so +great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. You saw, Sister! what a hoard +of wealth lies in the house; what glittering gowns; what splendour of precious +gems, besides all that gold trodden under foot. If she indeed hath, as she +said, a bridegroom so goodly, then no one in all the world is happier. And it +may be that this husband, being of divine nature, will make her too a goddess. +Nay! so in truth it is. It was even thus she bore herself. Already she looks +aloft and breathes divinity, who, though but a woman, has voices for her +handmaidens, and can command the winds.” “Think,” answered +the other, “how arrogantly she dealt with us, grudging us these trifling +gifts out of all that store, and when our company became a burden, causing us +to be hissed and driven away from her through the air! But I am no woman if she +keep her hold on this great fortune; and if the insult done us has touched thee +too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold our peace, and know naught +of her, alive or dead. For they are not truly happy of whose happiness other +folk are unaware.” +</p> + +<p> +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second time, as +he talks with her by night: “Seest thou what peril besets thee? Those +cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of which the sum is that +they persuade thee to search into the fashion of my countenance, the seeing of +which, as I have told thee often, will be the seeing of it no more for ever. +But do thou neither listen nor make answer to aught regarding thy husband. +Besides, we have sown also the seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with +a child to be born to us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of divine +quality; if thou profane it, subject to death.” And Psyche was glad at +the tidings, rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, and in the glory of +that pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the name of mother. Anxiously she +notes the increase of the days, the waning months. And again, as he tarries +briefly beside her, the bridegroom repeats his warning: +</p> + +<p> +“Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. Have +pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not those evil women +again.” But the sisters make their way into the palace once more, crying +to her in wily tones, “O Psyche! and thou too wilt be a mother! How great +will be the joy at home! Happy indeed shall we be to have the nursing of the +golden child. Truly if he be answerable to the beauty of his parents, it will +be a birth of Cupid himself.” +</p> + +<p> +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. She, +meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the playing is heard: +she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and the music and the singing +come invisibly, soothing the mind of the listener with sweetest modulation. Yet +not even thereby was their malice put to sleep: once more they seek to know +what manner of husband she has, and whence that seed. And Psyche, simple +over-much, forgetful of her first story, answers, “My husband comes from +a far country, trading for great sums. He is already of middle age, with +whitening locks.” And therewith she dismisses them again. +</p> + +<p> +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the other, +“What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man with goodly +beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a false tale: else is she +in very truth ignorant what manner of man he is. Howsoever it be, let us +destroy her quickly. For if she indeed knows not, be sure that her bridegroom +is one of the gods: it is a god she bears in her womb. And let that be far from +us! If she be called mother of a god, then will life be more than I can +bear.” +</p> + +<p> +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to her +craftily, “Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy real +danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that comes to sleep at +thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which declared thee destined to a +cruel beast. There are those who have seen it at nightfall, coming back from +its feeding. In no long time, they say, it will end its blandishments. It but +waits for the babe to be formed in thee, that it may devour thee by so much the +richer. If indeed the solitude of this musical place, or it may be the +loathsome commerce of a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in sisterly +piety have done our part.” And at last the unhappy Psyche, simple and +frail of soul, carried away by the terror of their words, losing memory of her +husband’s precepts and her own promise, brought upon herself a great +calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she answers them, “And they who +tell those things, it may be, speak the truth. For in very deed never have I +seen the face of my husband, nor know I at all what manner of man he is. Always +he frights me diligently from the sight of him, threatening some great evil +should I too curiously look upon his face. Do ye, if ye can help your sister in +her great peril, stand by her now.” +</p> + +<p> +Her sisters answered her, “The way of safety we have well considered, and +will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in that part of the couch +where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp filled with oil, and set it +privily behind the curtain. And when he shall have drawn up his coils into the +accustomed place, and thou hearest him breathe in sleep, slip then from his +side and discover the lamp, and, knife in hand, put forth thy strength, and +strike off the serpent’s head.” And so they departed in haste. +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is tossed up +and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and though her will is firm, +yet, in the moment of putting hand to the deed, she falters, and is torn +asunder by various apprehension of the great calamity upon her. She hastens and +anon delays, now full of distrust, and now of angry courage: under one bodily +form she loathes the monster and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in +the night; and at length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. +Darkness came, and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint essay of +love, falls into a deep sleep. +</p> + +<p> +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny assisting her, is +confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife in hand, she put by her sex; +and lo! as the secrets of the bed became manifest, the sweetest and most gentle +of all creatures, Love himself, reclined there, in his own proper loveliness! +At sight of him the very flame of the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche was +afraid at the vision, and, faint of soul, trembled back upon her knees, and +would have hidden the steel in her own bosom. But the knife slipped from her +hand; and now, undone, yet ofttimes looking upon the beauty of that divine +countenance, she lives again. She sees the locks of that golden head, pleasant +with the unction of the gods, shed down in graceful entanglement behind and +before, about the ruddy cheeks and white throat. The pinions of the winged god, +yet fresh with the dew, are spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate plumage +wavering over them as they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, touched with light, +worthy of Venus his mother. At the foot of the couch lay his bow and arrows, +the instruments of his power, propitious to men. +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, and trying +the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the barb, so that a drop of +blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own act, and unaware, into the love of +Love. Falling upon the bridegroom, with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses +from eager and open lips, she shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep +might be. And it chanced that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp upon the +god’s shoulder. Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to wound him from +whom all fire comes; though ’twas a lover, I trow, first devised thee, to +have the fruit of his desire even in the darkness! At the touch of the fire the +god started up, and beholding the overthrow of her faith, quietly took flight +from her embraces. +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two hands, +hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she sinks to the earth +through weariness. And as she lay there, the divine lover, tarrying still, +lighted upon a cypress tree which grew near, and, from the top of it, spake +thus to her, in great emotion. “Foolish one! unmindful of the command of +Venus, my mother, who had devoted thee to one of base degree, I fled to thee in +his stead. Now know I that this was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced +mine arrow, and I made thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster beside +thee—that thou shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay the eyes so +full of love to thee! Again and again, I thought to put thee on thy guard +concerning these things, and warned thee in loving-kindness. Now I would but +punish thee by my flight hence.” And therewith he winged his way into the +deep sky. +</p> + +<p> +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might reach the +flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the breadth of space had +parted him wholly from her, cast herself down from the bank of a river which +was nigh. But the stream, turning gentle in honour of the god, put her forth +again unhurt upon its margin. And as it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was +sitting just then by the waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the +goddess Canna; teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of slender +sound. Hard by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the shaggy god called +her, wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, “I am but a rustic +herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my great age and long +experience; and if I guess truly by those faltering steps, by thy sorrowful +eyes and continual sighing, thou labourest with excess of love. Listen then to +me, and seek not death again, in the stream or otherwise. Put aside thy woe, +and turn thy prayers to Cupid. He is in truth a delicate youth: win him by the +delicacy of thy service.” +</p> + +<p> +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a reverence +to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, in her search after +Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying in the chamber of his mother, +heart-sick. And the white bird which floats over the waves plunged in haste +into the sea, and approaching Venus, as she bathed, made known to her that her +son lies afflicted with some grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, +angrily, “My son, then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched +away my beauty and was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!” +</p> + +<p> +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden chamber, found +there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from the doorway, “Well +done, truly! to trample thy mother’s precepts under foot, to spare my +enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, unite her to thyself, child as thou +art, that I might have a daughter-in-law who hates me! I will make thee repent +of thy sport, and the savour of thy marriage bitter. There is one who shall +chasten this body of thine, put out thy torch and unstring thy bow. Not till +she has plucked forth that hair, into which so oft these hands have smoothed +the golden light, and sheared away thy wings, shall I feel the injury done me +avenged.” And with this she hastened in anger from the doors. +</p> + +<p> +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her troubled +countenance. “Ye come in season,” she cried; “I pray you, +find for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace of my +house.” And they, ignorant of what was done, would have soothed her +anger, saying, “What fault, Mistress, hath thy son committed, that thou +wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou not that he is now of age? +Because he wears his years so lightly must he seem to thee ever but a child? +Wilt thou for ever thus pry into the pastimes of thy son, always accusing his +wantonness, and blaming in him those delicate wiles which are all thine +own?” Thus, in secret fear of the boy’s bow, did they seek to +please him with their gracious patronage. But Venus, angry at their light +taking of her wrongs, turned her back upon them, and with hasty steps made her +way once more to the sea. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested not night +or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she might not soothe his +anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least to propitiate him with the +prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a certain temple on the top of a high +mountain, she said, “Who knows whether yonder place be not the abode of +my lord?” Thither, therefore, she turned her steps, hastening now the +more because desire and hope pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours +of the way, and so, painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the mountain, +drew near to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, in heaps or twisted +into chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles and all the instruments of +harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown at random from the hands of the +labourers in the great heat. These she curiously sets apart, one by one, duly +ordering them; for she said within herself, “I may not neglect the +shrines, nor the holy service, of any god there be, but must rather win by +supplication the kindly mercy of them all.” +</p> + +<p> +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, “Alas, +Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy footsteps through +the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost penalty; and thou, thinking +of anything rather than thine own safety, hast taken on thee the care of what +belongs to me!” Then Psyche fell down at her feet, and sweeping the floor +with her hair, washing the footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her +mercy, with many prayers:—“By the gladdening rites of harvest, by +the lighted lamps and mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention +of thy daughter Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica +veils in silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of Psyche! +Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps of corn, till time +have softened the anger of the goddess, and my strength, out-worn in my long +travail, be recovered by a little rest.” +</p> + +<p> +But Ceres answered her, “Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain help +thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. Depart hence as +quickly as may be.” And Psyche, repelled against hope, afflicted now with +twofold sorrow, making her way back again, beheld among the half-lighted woods +of the valley below a sanctuary builded with cunning art. And that she might +lose no way of hope, howsoever doubtful, she drew near to the sacred doors. She +sees there gifts of price, and garments fixed upon the door-posts and to the +branches of the trees, wrought with letters of gold which told the name of the +goddess to whom they were dedicated, with thanksgiving for that she had done. +So, with bent knee and hands laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, +“Sister and spouse of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate +fortune’s Juno the Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those +in travail with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me.” And as +she prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway present, +and answered, “Would that I might incline favourably to thee; but against +the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a daughter, I may not, for very +shame, grant thy prayer.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus with +herself, “Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, shall I +take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me from the +all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man’s courage, and +yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a humility not yet too late +the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows but that I may find him also whom my +soul seeketh after, in the abode of his mother?” +</p> + +<p> +And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to return to +heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought for her by Vulcan as +a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which had left his work so much the +richer by the weight of gold it lost under his tool. From the multitude which +housed about the bed-chamber of their mistress, white doves came forth, and +with joyful motions bent their painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with +playful riot, the sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of song, making +known by their soft notes the approach of the goddess. Eagle and cruel hawk +alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And the clouds broke away, as the +uttermost ether opened to receive her, daughter and goddess, with great joy. +</p> + +<p> +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him the +service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not her prayer. And +Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; and as they went, the former +said to the latter, “Thou knowest, my brother of Arcady, that never at +any time have I done anything without thy help; for how long time, moreover, I +have sought a certain maiden in vain. And now naught remains but that, by thy +heraldry, I proclaim a reward for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou my bidding +quickly.” And therewith she conveyed to him a little scrip, in the which +was written the name of Psyche, with other things; and so returned home. +</p> + +<p> +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, proclaimed +that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, should receive from +herself seven kisses—one thereof full of the inmost honey of her throat. +With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. And now, as she came near to the doors +of Venus, one of the household, whose name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, +crying, “Hast thou learned, Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a +mistress?” And seizing her roughly by the hair, drew her into the +presence of Venus. And when Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, “Thou +hast deigned then to make thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will I in +turn treat thee as becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!” +</p> + +<p> +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain and seed, +and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: “Methinks so plain +a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious ministry: now will I also make +trial of thy service. Sort me this heap of seed, the one kind from the others, +grain by grain; and get thy task done before the evening.” And Psyche, +stunned by the cruelty of her bidding, was silent, and moved not her hand to +the inextricable heap. And there came forth a little ant, which had +understanding of the difficulty of her task, and took pity upon the consort of +the god of Love; and he ran deftly hither and thither, and called together the +whole army of his fellows. “Have pity,” he cried, “nimble +scholars of the Earth, Mother of all things!—have pity upon the wife of +Love, and hasten to help her in her perilous effort.” Then, one upon the +other, the hosts of the insect people hurried together; and they sorted asunder +the whole heap of seed, separating every grain after its kind, and so departed +quickly out of sight. +</p> + +<p> +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with so +wonderful diligence, she cried, “The work is not thine, thou naughty +maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour.” And calling her +again in the morning, “See now the grove,” she said, “beyond +yonder torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces shine with gold. Fetch +me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, having gotten it as thou +mayst.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, but even to +seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. But from the river, the +green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to her: “O Psyche! pollute not +these waters by self-destruction, nor approach that terrible flock; for, as the +heat groweth, they wax fierce. Lie down under yon plane-tree, till the quiet of +the river’s breath have soothed them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down +the fleecy gold from the trees of the grove, for it holdeth by the +leaves.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of its heart, +filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned to Venus. But the +goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, “Well know I who was the author +of this thing also. I will make further trial of thy discretion, and the +boldness of thy heart. Seest thou the utmost peak of yonder steep mountain? The +dark stream which flows down thence waters the Stygian fields, and swells the +flood of Cocytus. Bring me now, in this little urn, a draught from its +innermost source.” And therewith she put into her hands a vessel of +wrought crystal. +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking there at last +to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came to the region which +borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she understood the deadly nature +of her task. From a great rock, steep and slippery, a horrible river of water +poured forth, falling straightway by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen +gulf below. And lo! creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, +with their long necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice and +bade her depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and What doest thou here? +Look around thee! and Destruction is upon thee! And then sense left her, in the +immensity of her peril, as one changed to stone. +</p> + +<p> +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the steady eye +of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread his wings and took +flight to her, and asked her, “Didst thou think, simple one, even thou! +that thou couldst steal one drop of that relentless stream, the holy river of +Styx, terrible even to the gods? But give me thine urn.” And the bird +took the urn, and filled it at the source, and returned to her quickly from +among the teeth of the serpents, bringing with him of the waters, all +unwilling—nay! warning him to depart away and not molest them. +</p> + +<p> +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she might +deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry goddess. “My +child!” she said, “in this one thing further must thou serve me. +Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto hell, and deliver it to +Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have of her beauty so much at least as +may suffice for but one day’s use, that beauty she possessed erewhile +being foreworn and spoiled, through her tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; +and be not slow in returning.” +</p> + +<p> +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune—that she was +now thrust openly upon death, who must go down, of her own motion, to Hades and +the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the top of an exceeding high tower, +thinking within herself, “I will cast myself down thence: so shall I +descend most quickly into the kingdom of the dead.” And the tower again, +broke forth into speech: “Wretched Maid! Wretched Maid! Wilt thou destroy +thyself? If the breath quit thy body, then wilt thou indeed go down into Hades, +but by no means return hither. Listen to me. Among the pathless wilds not far +from this place lies a certain mountain, and therein one of hell’s +vent-holes. Through the breach a rough way lies open, following which thou wilt +come, by straight course, to the castle of Orcus. And thou must not go +empty-handed. Take in each hand a morsel of barley-bread, soaked in hydromel; +and in thy mouth two pieces of money. And when thou shalt be now well onward in +the way of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass laden with wood, and a +lame driver, who will pray thee reach him certain cords to fasten the burden +which is falling from the ass: but be thou cautious to pass on in silence. And +soon as thou comest to the river of the dead, Charon, in that crazy bark he +hath, will put thee over upon the further side. There is greed even among the +dead: and thou shalt deliver to him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces +of money, in such wise that he take it with his hand from between thy lips. And +as thou passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on the water, will put +up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee draw him into the ferry-boat. +But beware thou yield not to unlawful pity. +</p> + +<p> +“When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain aged +women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their work; and beware +again that thou take no part therein; for this also is the snare of Venus, +whereby she would cause thee to cast away one at least of those cakes thou +bearest in thy hands. And think not that a slight matter; for the loss of +either one of them will be to thee the losing of the light of day. For a +watch-dog exceeding fierce lies ever before the threshold of that lonely house +of Proserpine. Close his mouth with one of thy cakes; so shalt thou pass by +him, and enter straightway into the presence of Proserpine herself. Then do +thou deliver thy message, and taking what she shall give thee, return back +again; offering to the watch-dog the other cake, and to the ferryman that other +piece of money thou hast in thy mouth. After this manner mayst thou return +again beneath the stars. But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, nor +open, the casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of the divine +countenance hidden therein.” +</p> + +<p> +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche delayed not, but proceeding +diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the house of Proserpine, at +whose feet she sat down humbly, and would neither the delicate couch nor that +divine food the goddess offered her, but did straightway the business of Venus. +And Proserpine filled the casket secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to +Psyche, who fled therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming back into +the light of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of her service, she was +seized by a rash curiosity. “Lo! now,” she said within herself, +“my simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine loveliness, heed not +to touch myself with a particle at least therefrom, that I may please the more, +by the favour of it, my fair one, my beloved.” Even as she spoke, she +lifted the lid; and behold! within, neither beauty, nor anything beside, save +sleep only, the sleep of the dead, which took hold upon her, filling all her +members with its drowsy vapour, so that she lay down in the way and moved not, +as in the slumber of death. +</p> + +<p> +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no longer the +absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window of the chamber +wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired by a little rest, fled +forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the place where Psyche was, shook that +sleep away from her, and set him in his prison again, awaking her with the +innocent point of his arrow. “Lo! thine old error again,” he said, +“which had like once more to have destroyed thee! But do thou now what is +lacking of the command of my mother: the rest shall be my care.” With +these words, the lover rose upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the +greatness of his love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest place of +heaven, to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And the father of gods +took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said to him, “At no time, +my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. Often hast thou vexed my bosom, +wherein lies the disposition of the stars, with those busy darts of thine. +Nevertheless, because thou hast grown up between these mine hands, I will +accomplish thy desire.” And straightway he bade Mercury call the gods +together; and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting upon a high throne, +“Ye gods,” he said, “all ye whose names are in the white book +of the Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that his youthful heats +should by some means be restrained. And that all occasion may be taken from +him, I would even confine him in the bonds of marriage. He has chosen and +embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have fruit of his love, and possess her for +ever.” +</p> + +<p> +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out to her his +ambrosial cup, “Take it,” he said, “and live for ever; nor +shall Cupid ever depart from thee.” And the gods sat down together to the +marriage-feast. +</p> + +<p> +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His rustic +serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. The Seasons +crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to the lyre, while a little +Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced very sweetly to the soft music. +Thus, with due rites, did Psyche pass into the power of Cupid; and from them +was born the daughter whom men call Voluptas. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br/> +EUPHUISM</h2> + +<p> +So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, with an expression +changed in some ways from the original and on the whole graver. The petulant, +boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more like that “Lord, of terrible +aspect,” who stood at Dante’s bedside and wept, or had at least +grown to the manly earnestness of the Erôs of Praxiteles. Set in relief amid +the coarser matter of the book, this episode of Cupid and Psyche served to +combine many lines of meditation, already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of +a perfect imaginative love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless +and clean—an ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, though he +valued it at various times in different degrees. The human body in its beauty, +as the highest potency of all the beauty of material objects, seemed to him +just then to be matter no longer, but, having taken celestial fire, to assert +itself as indeed the true, though visible, soul or spirit in things. In +contrast with that ideal, in all the pure brilliancy, and as it were in the +happy light, of youth and morning and the springtide, men’s actual loves, +with which at many points the book brings one into close contact, might appear +to him, like the general tenor of their lives, to be somewhat mean and sordid. +The hiddenness of perfect things: a shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of +diffidence like that expressed in Psyche’s so tremulous hope concerning +the child to be born of the husband she had never yet seen—“in the +face of this little child, at the least, shall I apprehend +thine”—in hoc saltem parvulo cognoscam faciem tuam: the fatality +which seems to haunt any signal+ beauty, whether moral or physical, as if it +were in itself something illicit and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so +often excites in the vulgar:—these were some of the impressions, forming, +as they do, a constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, from +Medusa and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A book, like a +person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in the precise moment of +its falling in our way, and often by some happy accident counts with us for +something more than its independent value. The Metamorphoses of Apuleius, +coming to Marius just then, figured for him as indeed The Golden Book: he felt +a sort of personal gratitude to its writer, and saw in it doubtless far more +than was really there for any other reader. It occupied always a peculiar place +in his remembrance, never quite losing its power in frequent return to it for +the revival of that first glowing impression. +</p> + +<p> +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it stimulated the +literary ambition, already so strong a motive with him, by a signal example of +success, and made him more than ever an ardent, indefatigable student of words, +of the means or instrument of the literary art. The secrets of utterance, of +expression itself, of that through which alone any intellectual or spiritual +power within one can actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm +them to one’s side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in +immediate connexion with that desire for predominance, for the satisfaction of +which another might have relied on the acquisition and display of brilliant +military qualities. In him, a fine instinctive sentiment of the exact value and +power of words was connate with the eager longing for sway over his fellows. He +saw himself already a gallant and effective leader, innovating or conservative +as occasion might require, in the rehabilitation of the mother-tongue, then +fallen so tarnished and languid; yet the sole object, as he mused within +himself, of the only sort of patriotic feeling proper, or possible, for one +born of slaves. The popular speech was gradually departing from the form and +rule of literary language, a language always and increasingly artificial. While +the learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously pedantic, the +colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand chance-tost gems of +racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at least ungathered by what claimed +to be classical Latin. The time was coming when neither the pedants nor the +people would really understand Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this +new writer, Apuleius, who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, which +had been a fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits since the days of +Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. +</p> + +<p> +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself would be +a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its dealing with the +instrument of the literary art; partly popular and revolutionary, asserting, so +to term them, the rights of the proletariate of speech. More than fifty years +before, the younger Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power +of the Latin tongue, had said,—“I am one of those who admire the +ancients, yet I do not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius +which our own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if weary and +effete, no longer produces what is admirable.” And he, Flavian, would +prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus indicated. In his +eagerness for a not too distant fame, he dreamed over all that, as the young +Caesar may have dreamed of campaigns. Others might brutalise or neglect the +native speech, that true “open field” for charm and sway over men. +He would make of it a serious study, weighing the precise power of every phrase +and word, as though it were precious metal, disentangling the later +associations and going back to the original and native sense of +each,—restoring to full significance all its wealth of latent figurative +expression, reviving or replacing its outworn or tarnished images. Latin +literature and the Latin tongue were dying of routine and languor; and what was +necessary, first of all, was to re-establish the natural and direct +relationship between thought and expression, between the sensation and the +term, and restore to words their primitive power. +</p> + +<p> +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, were to be +the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly impressed, in the first +place; and in the next, to find the means of making visible to others that +which was vividly apparent, delightful, of lively interest to himself, to the +exclusion of all that was but middling, tame, or only half-true even to +him—this scrupulousness of literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for +the first time, a sort of chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what +patience of execution! what research for the significant tones of ancient +idiom—sonantia verba et antiqua! What stately and regular +word-building—gravis et decora constructio! He felt the whole meaning of +the sceptical Pliny’s somewhat melancholy advice to one of his friends, +that he should seek in literature deliverance from mortality—ut studiis +se literarum a mortalitate vindicet. And there was everything in the nature and +the training of Marius to make him a full participator in the hopes of such a +new literary school, with Flavian for its leader. In the refinements of that +curious spirit, in its horror of profanities, its fastidious sense of a +correctness in external form, there was something which ministered to the old +ritual interest, still surviving in him; as if here indeed were involved a kind +of sacred service to the mother-tongue. +</p> + +<p> +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in which the +literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties towards language, +towards the instrument of expression: in fact it does but modify a little the +principles of all effective expression at all times. ’Tis art’s +function to conceal itself: ars est celare artem:—is a saying, which, +exaggerated by inexact quotation, has perhaps been oftenest and most +confidently quoted by those who have had little literary or other art to +conceal; and from the very beginning of professional literature, the +“labour of the file”—a labour in the case of Plato, for +instance, or Virgil, like that of the oldest of goldsmiths as described by +Apuleius, enriching the work by far more than the weight of precious metal it +removed—has always had its function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later +examples of it, this Roman Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty in +writing—es kallos graphein+—might lapse into its characteristic +fopperies or mannerisms, into the “defects of its qualities,” in +truth, not wholly unpleasing perhaps, or at least excusable, when looked at as +but the toys (so Cicero calls them), the strictly congenial and appropriate +toys, of an assiduously cultivated age, which could not help being polite, +critical, self-conscious. The mere love of novelty also had, of course, its +part there: as with the Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, and of the modern +French romanticists, its neologies were the ground of one of the favourite +charges against it; though indeed, as regards these tricks of taste also, there +is nothing new, but a quaint family likeness rather, between the Euphuists of +successive ages. Here, as elsewhere, the power of “fashion,” as it +is called, is but one minor form, slight enough, it may be, yet distinctly +symptomatic, of that deeper yearning of human nature towards ideal perfection, +which is a continuous force in it; and since in this direction too human nature +is limited, such fashions must necessarily reproduce themselves. Among other +resemblances to later growths of Euphuism, its archaisms on the one hand, and +its neologies on the other, the Euphuism of the days of Marcus Aurelius had, in +the composition of verse, its fancy for the refrain. It was a snatch from a +popular chorus, something he had heard sounding all over the town of Pisa one +April night, one of the first bland and summer-like nights of the year, that +Flavian had chosen for the refrain of a poem he was then pondering—the +Pervigilium Veneris—the vigil, or “nocturn,” of Venus. +</p> + +<p> +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant part in the +little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are playing in all ages, +would ask, suspecting some affectation or unreality in that minute culture of +form:—Cannot those who have a thing to say, say it directly? Why not be +simple and broad, like the old writers of Greece? And this challenge had at +least the effect of setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation +as it lay between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek genius, in +literature as in everything else, was the entire absence of imitation in its +productions. How had the burden of precedent, laid upon every artist, increased +since then! It was all around one:—that smoothly built world of old +classical taste, an accomplished fact, with overwhelming authority on every +detail of the conduct of one’s work. With no fardel on its own back, yet +so imperious towards those who came labouring after it, Hellas, in its early +freshness, looked as distant from him even then as it does from ourselves. +There might seem to be no place left for novelty or originality,—place +only for a patient, an infinite, faultlessness. On this question too Flavian +passed through a world of curious art-casuistries, of self-tormenting, at the +threshold of his work. Was poetic beauty a thing ever one and the same, a type +absolute; or, changing always with the soul of time itself, did it depend upon +the taste, the peculiar trick of apprehension, the fashion, as we say, of each +successive age? Might one recover that old, earlier sense of it, that earlier +manner, in a masterly effort to recall all the complexities of the life, moral +and intellectual, of the earlier age to which it had belonged? Had there been +really bad ages in art or literature? Were all ages, even those earliest, +adventurous, matutinal days, in themselves equally poetical or unpoetical; and +poetry, the literary beauty, the poetic ideal, always but a borrowed light upon +men’s actual life? +</p> + +<p> +Homer had said— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Hoi d’ hote dê limenos polybentheos entos hikonto,<br/> +Histia men steilanto, thesan d’ en nêi melainê...<br/> +Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phêgmini thalassês.+ +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was always +telling things after this manner. And one might think there had been no effort +in it: that here was but the almost mechanical transcript of a time, naturally, +intrinsically, poetic, a time in which one could hardly have spoken at all +without ideal effect, or, the sailors pulled down their boat without making a +picture in “the great style,” against a sky charged with marvels. +Must not the mere prose of an age, itself thus ideal, have counted for more +than half of Homer’s poetry? Or might the closer student discover even +here, even in Homer, the really mediatorial function of the poet, as between +the reader and the actual matter of his experience; the poet waiting, so to +speak, in an age which had felt itself trite and commonplace enough, on his +opportunity for the touch of “golden alchemy,” or at least for the +pleasantly lighted side of things themselves? Might not another, in one’s +own prosaic and used-up time, so uneventful as it had been through the long +reign of these quiet Antonines, in like manner, discover his ideal, by a due +waiting upon it? Would not a future generation, looking back upon this, under +the power of the enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to view, in contrast +with its own languor—the languor that for some reason (concerning which +Augustine will one day have his view) seemed to haunt men always? Had Homer, +even, appeared unreal and affected in his poetic flight, to some of the people +of his own age, as seemed to happen with every new literature in turn? In any +case, the intellectual conditions of early Greece had been—how different +from these! And a true literary tact would accept that difference in forming +the primary conception of the literary function at a later time. Perhaps the +utmost one could get by conscious effort, in the way of a reaction or return to +the conditions of an earlier and fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial +artlessness, naïveté; and this quality too might have its measure of euphuistic +charm, direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in comparison with +that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not as the freshness of the +open fields, but only of a bunch of field-flowers in a heated room. +</p> + +<p> +There was, meantime, all this:—on one side, the old pagan culture, for us +but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, still a living, +united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, its thought, its religions, +its sagacious forms of polity, that so weighty authority it exercised on every +point, being in reality only the measure of its charm for every one: on the +other side, the actual world in all its eager self-assertion, with Flavian +himself, in his boundless animation, there, at the centre of the situation. +From the natural defects, from the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous +cultivation of manner, he was saved by the consciousness that he had a matter +to present, very real, at least to him. That preoccupation of the dilettante +with what might seem mere details of form, after all, did but serve the purpose +of bringing to the surface, sincerely and in their integrity, certain strong +personal intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of things as really +being, with important results, thus, rather than thus,—intuitions which +the artistic or literary faculty was called upon to follow, with the exactness +of wax or clay, clothing the model within. Flavian too, with his fine clear +mastery of the practically effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as +axiomatic in literature: that to know when one’s self is interested, is +the first condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the +forcible apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the selection +of his intellectual food; often listless while others read or gazed diligently; +never pretending to be moved out of mere complaisance to people’s +emotions: it served to foster in him a very scrupulous literary sincerity with +himself. And it was this uncompromising demand for a matter, in all art, +derived immediately from lively personal intuition, this constant appeal to +individual judgment, which saved his euphuism, even at its weakest, from +lapsing into mere artifice. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess Venus, the +work of his earlier manhood, and designed originally to open an argument less +persistently sombre than that protest against the whole pagan heaven which +actually follows it? It is certainly the most typical expression of a mood, +still incident to the young poet, as a thing peculiar to his youth, when he +feels the sentimental current setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as +a matter of purely physical excitement, that he can hardly distinguish it from +the animation of external nature, the upswelling of the seed in the earth, and +of the sap through the trees. Flavian, to whom, again, as to his later +euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology seemed as full of untried, unexpressed +motives and interest as human life itself, had long been occupied with a kind +of mystic hymn to the vernal principle of life in things; a composition shaping +itself, little by little, out of a thousand dim perceptions, into singularly +definite form (definite and firm as fine-art in metal, thought Marius) for +which, as I said, he had caught his “refrain,” from the lips of the +young men, singing because they could not help it, in the streets of Pisa. And +as oftenest happens also, with natures of genuinely poetic quality, those +piecemeal beginnings came suddenly to harmonious completeness among the +fortunate incidents, the physical heat and light, of one singularly happy day. +</p> + +<p> +It was one of the first hot days of March—“the sacred +day”—on which, from Pisa, as from many another harbour on the +Mediterranean, the Ship of Isis went to sea, and every one walked down to the +shore-side to witness the freighting of the vessel, its launching and final +abandonment among the waves, as an object really devoted to the Great Goddess, +that new rival, or “double,” of ancient Venus, and like her a +favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening next before, all the world had +been abroad to view the illumination of the river; the stately lines of +building being wreathed with hundreds of many-coloured lamps. The young men had +poured forth their chorus— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Cras amet qui nunquam amavit,<br/> +Quique amavit cras amet— +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their lanterned +boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when heavy rain-drops +had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, however, smiling and serene; +and the long procession started betimes. The river, curving slightly, with the +smoothly paved streets on either side, between its low marble parapet and the +fair dwelling-houses, formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, +accompanied throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took its course +up one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge up-stream, and down the +other, to the haven, every possible standing-place, out of doors and within, +being crowded with sight-seers, of whom Marius was one of the most eager, +deeply interested in finding the spectacle much as Apuleius had described it in +his famous book. +</p> + +<p> +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly waving back +the assistants, made way for a number of women, scattering perfumes. They were +succeeded by a company of musicians, piping and twanging, on instruments the +strangest Marius had ever beheld, the notes of a hymn, narrating the first +origin of this votive rite to a choir of youths, who marched behind them +singing it. The tire-women and other personal attendants of the great goddess +came next, bearing the instruments of their ministry, and various articles from +the sacred wardrobe, wrought of the most precious material; some of them with +long ivory combs, plying their hands in wild yet graceful concert of movement +as they went, in devout mimicry of the toilet. Placed in their rear were the +mirror-bearers of the goddess, carrying large mirrors of beaten brass or +silver, turned in such a way as to reflect to the great body of worshippers who +followed, the face of the mysterious image, as it moved on its way, and their +faces to it, as though they were in fact advancing to meet the heavenly +visitor. They comprehended a multitude of both sexes and of all ages, already +initiated into the divine secret, clad in fair linen, the females veiled, the +males with shining tonsures, and every one carrying a sistrum—the richer +sort of silver, a few very dainty persons of fine gold—rattling the +reeds, with a noise like the jargon of innumerable birds and insects awakened +from torpor and abroad in the spring sun. Then, borne upon a kind of platform, +came the goddess herself, undulating above the heads of the multitude as the +bearers walked, in mystic robe embroidered with the moon and stars, bordered +gracefully with a fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a glittering crown +upon the head. The train of the procession consisted of the priests in long +white vestments, close from head to foot, distributed into various groups, each +bearing, exposed aloft, one of the sacred symbols of Isis—the corn-fan, +the golden asp, the ivory hand of equity, and among them the votive ship +itself, carved and gilt, and adorned bravely with flags flying. Last of all +walked the high priest; the people kneeling as he passed to kiss his hand, in +which were those well-remembered roses. +</p> + +<p> +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, lowered +from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as it could carry of +the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in great profusion by the +worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon the water, left the shore, +crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a much stouter vessel than itself with +a crew of white-robed mariners, whose function it was, at the appointed moment, +finally to desert it on the open sea. +</p> + +<p> +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. Flavian and +Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a wild spot on the bay, +the traditional site of a little Greek colony, which, having had its eager, +stirring life at the time when Etruria was still a power in Italy, had perished +in the age of the civil wars. In the absolute transparency of the air on this +gracious day, an infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with +sparkling clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves—Flavian +at work suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They reached land at +last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the sands, with a tumble-down +of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a little shrine of Venus, fluttering and +gay with the scarves and napkins and gilded shells which these people had +offered to the image. Flavian and Marius sat down under the shadow of a mass of +gray rock or ruin, where the sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and talked of +life in those old Greek colonies. Of this place, all that remained, besides +those rude stones, was—a handful of silver coins, each with a head of +pure and archaic beauty, though a little cruel perhaps, supposed to represent +the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was formerly shown here—only these, and an +ancient song, the very strain which Flavian had recovered in those last months. +They were records which spoke, certainly, of the charm of life within those +walls. How strong must have been the tide of men’s existence in that +little republican town, so small that this circle of gray stones, of service +now only by the moisture they gathered for the blue-flowering gentians among +them, had been the line of its rampart! An epitome of all that was liveliest, +most animated and adventurous, in the old Greek people of which it was an +offshoot, it had enhanced the effect of these gifts by concentration within +narrow limits. The band of “devoted youth,”—hiera +neotês.+—of the younger brothers, devoted to the gods and whatever luck +the gods might afford, because there was no room for them at home—went +forth, bearing the sacred flame from the mother hearth; itself a flame, of +power to consume the whole material of existence in clear light and heat, with +no smouldering residue. The life of those vanished townsmen, so brilliant and +revolutionary, applying so abundantly the personal qualities which alone just +then Marius seemed to value, associated itself with the actual figure of his +companion, standing there before him, his face enthusiastic with the sudden +thought of all that; and struck him vividly as precisely the fitting +opportunity for a nature like his, so hungry for control, for ascendency over +men. +</p> + +<p> +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits flagged at last, on the way home +through the heavy dew of the evening, more than physical fatigue in Flavian, +who seemed to find no refreshment in the coolness. There had been something +feverish, perhaps, and like the beginning of sickness, about his almost forced +gaiety, in this sudden spasm of spring; and by the evening of the next day he +was lying with a burning spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from +the first, by the terrible new disease. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint “singal.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: “To write +beautifully.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +Hoi d’ hote dê limenos polybentheos entos hikonto,<br/> +Histia men steilanto, thesan d’ en nêi melainê...<br/> +Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phêgmini thalassês. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +Etext editor’s translation: +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +When they had safely made deep harbor<br/> +They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship...<br/> +And went ashore just past the breakers. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +109. +Transliteration: hiera neotês. Pater translates the phrase, +“devoted youth.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br/> +A PAGAN END</h2> + +<p> +For the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor Marcus Aurelius, +returning in triumph from the East, had brought in his train, among the enemies +of Rome, one by no means a captive. People actually sickened at a sudden touch +of the unsuspected foe, as they watched in dense crowds the pathetic or +grotesque imagery of failure or success in the triumphal procession. And, as +usual, the plague brought with it a power to develop all pre-existent germs of +superstition. It was by dishonour done to Apollo himself, said popular +rumour—to Apollo, the old titular divinity of pestilence, that the +poisonous thing had come abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer consecrated to the +god, it had escaped in the sacrilegious plundering of his temple at Seleucia by +the soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a traitorous surprise of that town and a +cruel massacre. Certainly there was something which baffled all imaginable +precautions and all medical science, in the suddenness with which the disease +broke out simultaneously, here and there, among both soldiers and citizens, +even in places far remote from the main line of its march in the rear of the +victorious army. It seemed to have invaded the whole empire, and some have even +thought that, in a mitigated form, it permanently remained there. In Rome +itself many thousands perished; and old authorities tell of farmsteads, whole +towns, and even entire neighbourhoods, which from that time continued without +inhabitants and lapsed into wildness or ruin. +</p> + +<p> +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in the brain, +fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to his body. His head +being relieved after a while, there was distress at the chest. It was but the +fatal course of the strange new sickness, under many disguises; travelling from +the brain to the feet, like a material resident, weakening one after another of +the organic centres; often, when it did not kill, depositing various degrees of +lifelong infirmity in this member or that; and after such descent, returning +upwards again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving the entrenchments of the +fortress of life overturned, one by one, behind it. +</p> + +<p> +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful cough, but +relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the rich-scented +flowers—rare Paestum roses, and the like —procured by Marius for +his solace, in a fancied convalescence; and would, at intervals, return to +labour at his verses, with a great eagerness to complete and transcribe the +work, while Marius sat and wrote at his dictation, one of the latest but not +the poorest specimens of genuine Latin poetry. +</p> + +<p> +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from the thought +of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the preliminary pairing and +mating together of all fresh things, in the hot and genial +spring-time—the immemorial nuptials of the soul of spring itself and the +brown earth; and was full of a delighted, mystic sense of what passed between +them in that fantastic marriage. That mystic burden was relieved, at intervals, +by the familiar playfulness of the Latin verse-writer in dealing with +mythology, which, though coming at so late a day, had still a wonderful +freshness in its old age.—“Amor has put his weapons by and will +keep holiday. He was bidden go without apparel, that none might be wounded by +his bow and arrows. But take care! In truth he is none the less armed than +usual, though he be all unclad.” +</p> + +<p> +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his chief aim to +retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the Latin genius, at some +points even to have advanced beyond it, in anticipation of wholly new laws of +taste as regards sound, a new range of sound itself. The peculiar resultant +note, associating itself with certain other experiences of his, was to Marius +like the foretaste of an entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. Flavian +had caught, indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the sonorous organ-music +of the medieval Latin, and therewithal something of its unction and mysticity +of spirit. There was in his work, along with the last splendour of the +classical language, a touch, almost prophetic, of that transformed life it was +to have in the rhyming middle age, just about to dawn. The impression thus +forced upon Marius connected itself with a feeling, the exact inverse of that, +known to every one, which seems to say, You have been just here, just thus, +before!—a feeling, in his case, not reminiscent but prescient of the +future, which passed over him afterwards many times, as he came across certain +places and people. It was as if he detected there the process of actual change +to a wholly undreamed-of and renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he +saw the heavy yet decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on an +intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new musical +instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of his verse? And +still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of expression and imagery, +that firmness of outline he had always relished so much in the composition of +Flavian. Yes! a firmness like that of some master of noble metal-work, +manipulating tenacious bronze or gold. Even now that haunting refrain, with its +impromptu variations, from the throats of those strong young men, came floating +through the window. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Cras amet qui nunquam amavit,<br/> +Quique amavit cras amet! +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +—repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. +</p> + +<p> +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately endowed, the +mere liberty of life above-ground, “those sunny mornings in the +cornfields by the sea,” as he recollected them one day, when the window +was thrown open upon the early freshness—his sense of all this, was from +the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as of something he was but +debarred the use of for a time than finally bidding farewell to. That was while +he was still with no very grave misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and +felt the sources of life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. +From time to time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his +dictation, was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work just then. +The recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the mere danger of death, +vaguer than that and by so much the more terrible, like the menace of some +shadowy adversary in the dark with whose mode of attack they had no +acquaintance, disturbed him now and again through those hours of excited +attention to his manuscript, and to the purely physical wants of Flavian. +Still, during these three days there was much hope and cheerfulness, and even +jesting. Half-consciously Marius tried to prolong one or another relieving +circumstance of the day, the preparations for rest and morning refreshment, for +instance; sadly making the most of the little luxury of this or that, with +something of the feigned cheer of the mother who sets her last morsels before +her famished child as for a feast, but really that he “may eat it and +die.” +</p> + +<p> +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put aside the +unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest quiet at length though +much exhausted, had made itself felt with full power again in a painful +vomiting, which seemed to shake his body asunder, with great consequent +prostration. From that time the distress increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum +vero vitai claustra lababant;+ and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace +from the dead feet to the head. +</p> + +<p> +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the rapid but +systematic work of the destroyer, faintly relieving a little the mere accidents +of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian himself appeared, in full +consciousness at last—in clear-sighted, deliberate estimate of the actual +crisis—to be doing battle with his adversary. His mind surveyed, with +great distinctness, the various suggested modes of relief. He must without fail +get better, he would fancy, might he be removed to a certain place on the hills +where as a child he had once recovered from sickness, but found that he could +scarcely raise his head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now surely +foreseeing the end, he would set himself, with an eager effort, and with that +eager and angry look, which is noted as one of the premonitions of death in +this disease, to fashion out, without formal dictation, still a few more broken +verses of his unfinished work, in hard-set determination, defiant of pain, to +arrest this or that little drop at least from the river of sensuous imagery +rushing so quickly past him. +</p> + +<p> +But at length delirium—symptom that the work of the plague was done, and +the last resort of life yielding to the enemy—broke the coherent order of +words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, found his best hope +in the increasing dimness of the patient’s mind. In intervals of clearer +consciousness the visible signs of cold, of sorrow and desolation, were very +painful. No longer battling with the disease, he seemed as it were to place +himself at the disposal of the victorious foe, dying passively, like some dumb +creature, in hopeless acquiescence at last. That old, half-pleading petulance, +unamiable, yet, as it might seem, only needing conditions of life a little +happier than they had actually been, to become refinement of affection, a +delicate grace in its demand on the sympathy of others, had changed in those +moments of full intelligence to a clinging and tremulous gentleness, as he +lay—“on the very threshold of death”—with a sharply +contracted hand in the hand of Marius, to his almost surprised joy, winning him +now to an absolutely self-forgetful devotion. There was a new sort of pleading +in the misty eyes, just because they took such unsteady note of him, which made +Marius feel as if guilty; anticipating thus a form of self-reproach with which +even the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes surprised, when, at death, +affectionate labour suddenly ceasing leaves room for the suspicion of some +failure of love perhaps, at one or another minute point in it. Marius almost +longed to take his share in the suffering, that he might understand so the +better how to relieve it. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and Marius +extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among the hills, with a +heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at nightfall to steady rain; and +in the darkness Marius lay down beside him, faintly shivering now in the sudden +cold, to lend him his own warmth, undeterred by the fear of contagion which had +kept other people from passing near the house. At length about day-break he +perceived that the last effort had come with a revival of mental clearness, as +Marius understood by the contact, light as it was, in recognition of him there. +“Is it a comfort,” he whispered then, “that I shall often +come and weep over you?”—“Not unless I be aware, and hear you +weeping!” +</p> + +<p> +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and Marius +was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to fix in his +memory every detail, that he might have this picture in reserve, should any +hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with the temptation to feel +completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, of resentment against nature +itself, mingled with an agony of pity, as he noted on the now placid features a +certain look of humility, almost abject, like the expression of a smitten child +or animal, as of one, fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under +the power of a merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he would not +forget one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously stamp on his memory +the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned to die, against a time that +may come. +</p> + +<p> +The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to watch by it +through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing strength, just in time. The +first night after the washing of the body, he bore stoutly enough the tax which +affection seemed to demand, throwing the incense from time to time on the +little altar placed beside the bier. It was the recurrence of the +thing—that unchanged outline below the coverlet, amid a silence in which +the faintest rustle seemed to speak—that finally overcame his +determination. Surely, here, in this alienation, this sense of distance between +them, which had come over him before though in minor degree when the mind of +Flavian had wandered in his sickness, was another of the pains of death. Yet he +was able to make all due preparations, and go through the ceremonies, shortened +a little because of the infection, when, on a cloudless evening, the funeral +procession went forth; himself, the flames of the pyre having done their work, +carrying away the urn of the deceased, in the folds of his toga, to its last +resting-place in the cemetery beside the highway, and so turning home to sleep +in his own desolate lodging. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus<br/> + Tam cari capitis?—+ +</p> + +<p> +What thought of others’ thoughts about one could there be with the regret +for “so dear a head” fresh at one’s heart? +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part02"></a>PART THE SECOND</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br/> +ANIMULA VAGULA</h2> + +<p class="poem"> +Animula, vagula, blandula<br/> +Hospes comesque corporis,<br/> +Quae nunc abibis in loca?<br/> +Pallidula, rigida, nudula. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul +</p> + +<p> +Flavian was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and tears lay cold +among the faded flowers. For most people the actual spectacle of death brings +out into greater reality, at least for the imagination, whatever confidence +they may entertain of the soul’s survival in another life. To Marius, +greatly agitated by that event, the earthly end of Flavian came like a final +revelation of nothing less than the soul’s extinction. Flavian had gone +out as utterly as the fire among those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful +suspense of judgment expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages +of being still possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, seemed wholly +untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of the religion of his +childhood. Future extinction seemed just then to be what the unforced witness +of his own nature pointed to. On the other hand, there came a novel curiosity +as to what the various schools of ancient philosophy had had to say concerning +that strange, fluttering creature; and that curiosity impelled him to certain +severe studies, in which his earlier religious conscience seemed still to +survive, as a principle of hieratic scrupulousness or integrity of thought, +regarding this new service to intellectual light. +</p> + +<p> +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a prey to +the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in many a melodramatic +revival of old religion or theosophy. From all this, fascinating as it might +actually be to one side of his character, he was kept by a genuine virility +there, effective in him, among other results, as a hatred of what was +theatrical, and the instinctive recognition that in vigorous intelligence, +after all, divinity was most likely to be found a resident. With this was +connected the feeling, increasing with his advance to manhood, of a poetic +beauty in mere clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic charm of a cold +austerity of mind; as if the kinship of that to the clearness of physical light +were something more than a figure of speech. Of all those various religious +fantasies, as so many forms of enthusiasm, he could well appreciate the +picturesque; that was made easy by his natural Epicureanism, already prompting +him to conceive of himself as but the passive spectator of the world around +him. But it was to the severer reasoning, of which such matters as Epicurean +theory are born, that, in effect, he now betook himself. Instinctively +suspicious of those mechanical arcana, those pretended “secrets +unveiled” of the professional mystic, which really bring great and little +souls to one level, for Marius the only possible dilemma lay between that old, +ancestral Roman religion, now become so incredible to him and the honest action +of his own untroubled, unassisted intelligence. Even the Arcana Celestia of +Platonism—what the sons of Plato had had to say regarding the essential +indifference of pure soul to its bodily house and merely occasional +dwelling-place—seemed to him while his heart was there in the urn with +the material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering in memory over his last +agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to alleviate his resentment at +nature’s wrong. It was to the sentiment of the body, and the affections +it defined—the flesh, of whose force and colour that wandering Platonic +soul was but so frail a residue or abstract—he must cling. The various +pathetic traits of the beloved, suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply +pondered, had made him a materialist, but with something of the temper of a +devotee. +</p> + +<p> +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for poetry had +passed away, to be replaced by the literature of thought. His much-pondered +manuscript verses were laid aside; and what happened now to one, who was +certainly to be something of a poet from first to last, looked at the moment +like a change from poetry to prose. He came of age about this time, his own +master though with beardless face; and at eighteen, an age at which, then as +now, many youths of capacity, who fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves +from others chiefly in affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded himself +indeed from others, but in a severe intellectual meditation, that salt of +poetry, without which all the more serious charm is lacking to the imaginative +world. Still with something of the old religious earnestness of his childhood, +he set himself—Sich im Denken zu orientiren—to determine his +bearings, as by compass, in the world of thought—to get that precise +acquaintance with the creative intelligence itself, its structure and +capacities, its relation to other parts of himself and to other things, without +which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man rich in this +world’s goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and ascertain his +outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact estimate of realities, as towards +himself, he must have—a delicately measured gradation of certainty in +things—from the distant, haunted horizon of mere surmise or imagination, +to the actual feeling of sorrow in his heart, as he reclined one morning, alone +instead of in pleasant company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old +Greek manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, meeting him +in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the graver lines coming into +the face of the sombre but enthusiastic student of intellectual structure, who +could hold his own so well in the society of accomplished older men, were half +afraid of him, though proud to have him of their company. Why this +reserve?—they asked, concerning the orderly, self-possessed youth, whose +speech and carriage seemed so carefully measured, who was surely no poet like +the rapt, dishevelled Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose toga was +so daintily folded, and who was always as fresh as the flowers he wore; or bent +on his own line of ambition: or even on riches? +</p> + +<p> +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most part, those +writers chiefly who had made it their business to know what might be thought +concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal essence, which had seemed to go +out altogether, along with the funeral fires. And the old Greek who more than +any other was now giving form to his thoughts was a very hard master. From +Epicurus, from the thunder and lightning of Lucretius—like thunder and +lightning some distance off, one might recline to enjoy, in a garden of +roses—he had gone back to the writer who was in a certain sense the +teacher of both, Heraclitus of Ionia. His difficult book “Concerning +Nature” was even then rare, for people had long since satisfied +themselves by the quotation of certain brilliant, isolated, oracles only, out +of what was at best a taxing kind of lore. But the difficulty of the early +Greek prose did but spur the curiosity of Marius; the writer, the superior +clearness of whose intellectual view had so sequestered him from other men, who +had had so little joy of that superiority, being avowedly exacting as to the +amount of devout attention he required from the student. “The +many,” he said, always thus emphasising the difference between the many +and the few, are “like people heavy with wine,” “led by +children,” “knowing not whither they go;” and yet, +“much learning doth not make wise;” and again, “the ass, +after all, would have his thistles rather than fine gold.” +</p> + +<p> +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for “the +many” of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due +reception of which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the +necessary first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been developed in +conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of thought, as a matter +requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure reason and its “dry +light.” Men are subject to an illusion, he protests, regarding matters +apparent to sense. What the uncorrected sense gives was a false impression of +permanence or fixity in things, which have really changed their nature in the +very moment in which we see and touch them. And the radical flaw in the current +mode of thinking would lie herein: that, reflecting this false or uncorrected +sensation, it attributes to the phenomena of experience a durability which does +not really belong to them. Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world +of firmly out-lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead +what is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of life—that +eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe spoke as the +“Living Garment,” whereby God is seen of us, ever in weaving at the +“Loom of Time.” +</p> + +<p> +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first instance, +from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of prophetic seriousness, a +great claim and assumption, such as we may understand, if we anticipate in this +preliminary scepticism the ulterior scope of his speculation, according to +which the universal movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, +or measure, of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason consists. The +one true being—that constant subject of all early thought—it was +his merit to have conceived, not as sterile and stagnant inaction, but as a +perpetual energy, from the restless stream of which, at certain points, some +elements detach themselves, and harden into non-entity and death, +corresponding, as outward objects, to man’s inward condition of +ignorance: that is, to the slowness of his faculties. It is with this paradox +of a subtle, perpetual change in all visible things, that the high speculation +of Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses for anything like a +careless, half-conscious, “use-and-wont” reception of our +experience, which took so strong a hold on men’s memories! Hence those +many precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we think and do, +that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes strict attentiveness of +mind a kind of religious duty and service. +</p> + +<p> +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary experience, fixed +as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had been, as originally +conceived, but the preliminary step towards a large positive system of almost +religious philosophy. Then as now, the illuminated philosophic mind might +apprehend, in what seemed a mass of lifeless matter, the movement of that +universal life, in which things, and men’s impressions of them, were ever +“coming to be,” alternately consumed and renewed. That continual +change, to be discovered by the attentive understanding where common opinion +found fixed objects, was but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading +motion—the sleepless, ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the divine +reason itself, proceeding always by its own rhythmical logic, and lending to +all mind and matter, in turn, what life they had. In this “perpetual +flux” of things and of souls, there was, as Heraclitus conceived, a +continuance, if not of their material or spiritual elements, yet of orderly +intelligible relationships, like the harmony of musical notes, wrought out in +and through the series of their mutations—ordinances of the divine +reason, maintained throughout the changes of the phenomenal world; and this +harmony in their mutation and opposition, was, after all, a principle of +sanity, of reality, there. But it happened, that, of all this, the first, +merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest step on the threshold, had +alone remained in general memory; and the “doctrine of motion” +seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make all fixed knowledge +impossible. The swift passage of things, the still swifter passage of those +modes of our conscious being which seemed to reflect them, might indeed be the +burning of the divine fire: but what was ascertained was that they did pass +away like a devouring flame, or like the race of water in the +mid-stream—too swiftly for any real knowledge of them to be attainable. +Heracliteanism had grown to be almost identical with the famous doctrine of the +sophist Protagoras, that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual +was the only standard of what is or is not, and each one the measure of all +things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become but an +authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. +</p> + +<p> +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it happened now +with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the apprehension of that +constant motion of things—the drift of flowers, of little or great souls, +of ambitious systems, in the stream around him, the first source, the ultimate +issue, of which, in regions out of sight, must count with him as but a dim +problem. The bold mental flight of the old Greek master from the fleeting, +competing objects of experience to that one universal life, in which the whole +sphere of physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, remained +by him as hypothesis only—the hypothesis he actually preferred, as in +itself most credible, however scantily realisable even by the +imagination—yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, among many +others, concerning the first principle of things. He might reserve it as a +fine, high, visionary consideration, very remote upon the intellectual ladder, +just at the point, indeed, where that ladder seemed to pass into the clouds, +but for which there was certainly no time left just now by his eager interest +in the real objects so close to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the +ground. And those childish days of reverie, when he played at priests, played +in many another day-dream, working his way from the actual present, as far as +he might, with a delightful sense of escape in replacing the outer world of +other people by an inward world as himself really cared to have it, had made +him a kind of “idealist.” He was become aware of the possibility of +a large dissidence between an inward and somewhat exclusive world of vivid +personal apprehension, and the unimproved, unheightened reality of the life of +those about him. As a consequence, he was ready now to concede, somewhat more +easily than others, the first point of his new lesson, that the individual is +to himself the measure of all things, and to rely on the exclusive certainty to +himself of his own impressions. To move afterwards in that outer world of other +people, as though taking it at their estimate, would be possible henceforth +only as a kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire Savoyard, after reflecting on +the variations of philosophy, “the first fruit he drew from that +reflection was the lesson of a limitation of his researches to what immediately +interested him; to rest peacefully in a profound ignorance as to all beside; to +disquiet himself only concerning those things which it was of import for him to +know.” At least he would entertain no theory of conduct which did not +allow its due weight to this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the +conditions of man’s life. Just here he joined company, retracing in his +individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human thought, with another +wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek master, the founder of the +Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty traditional utterances (for he had left no +writing) served in turn to give effective outline to the contemplations of +Marius. There was something in the doctrine itself congruous with the place +wherein it had its birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the +brilliant Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the philosophy of +pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the mountains and the sea, among +richer than Italian gardens, on a certain breezy table-land projecting from the +African coast, some hundreds of miles southward from Greece. There, in a +delightful climate, with something of transalpine temperance amid its luxury, +and withal in an inward atmosphere of temperance which did but further enhance +the brilliancy of human life, the school of Cyrene had maintained itself as +almost one with the family of its founder; certainly as nothing coarse or +unclean, and under the influence of accomplished women. +</p> + +<p> +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to what might +really lie behind—flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming ramparts of the +world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, which had haunted the minds of +the first Greek enquirers as merely abstract doubt, which had been present to +the mind of Heraclitus as one element only in a system of abstract philosophy, +became with Aristippus a very subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The difference +between him and those obscure earlier thinkers is almost like that between an +ancient thinker generally, and a modern man of the world: it was the difference +between the mystic in his cell, or the prophet in the desert, and the expert, +cosmopolitan, administrator of his dark sayings, translating the abstract +thoughts of the master into terms, first of all, of sentiment. It has been +sometimes seen, in the history of the human mind, that when thus translated +into terms of sentiment—of sentiment, as lying already half-way towards +practice—the abstract ideas of metaphysics for the first time reveal +their true significance. The metaphysical principle, in itself, as it were, +without hands or feet, becomes impressive, fascinating, of effect, when +translated into a precept as to how it were best to feel and act; in other +words, under its sentimental or ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the +great master of Cyrene, his theory that things are but shadows, and that we, +even as they, never continue in one stay, might indeed have taken effect as a +languid, enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept of +“renunciation,” which would touch and handle and busy itself with +nothing. But in the reception of metaphysical formulae, all depends, as regards +their actual and ulterior result, on the pre-existent qualities of that soil of +human nature into which they fall—the company they find already present +there, on their admission into the house of thought; there being at least so +much truth as this involves in the theological maxim, that the reception of +this or that speculative conclusion is really a matter of will. The persuasion +that all is vanity, with this happily constituted Greek, who had been a genuine +disciple of Socrates and reflected, presumably, something of his blitheness in +the face of the world, his happy way of taking all chances, generated neither +frivolity nor sourness, but induced, rather, an impression, just serious +enough, of the call upon men’s attention of the crisis in which they find +themselves. It became the stimulus towards every kind of activity, and prompted +a perpetual, inextinguishable thirst after experience. +</p> + +<p> +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure depended on +this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally somewhat acrid, had fallen +upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted to transform it into a theory of +practice, of considerable stimulative power towards a fair life. What Marius +saw in him was the spectacle of one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to +speak, to an understanding with the most depressing of theories; accepting the +results of a metaphysical system which seemed to concentrate into itself all +the weakening trains of thought in earlier Greek speculation, and making the +best of it; turning its hard, bare truths, with wonderful tact, into precepts +of grace, and delicate wisdom, and a delicate sense of honour. Given the +hardest terms, supposing our days are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may well +adorn and beautify, in scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and whatever our +souls touch upon—these wonderful bodies, these material dwelling-places +through which the shadows pass together for a while, the very raiment we wear, +our very pastimes and the intercourse of society. The most discerning judges +saw in him something like the graceful “humanities” of the later +Roman, and our modern “culture,” as it is termed; while Horace +recalled his sayings as expressing best his own consummate amenity in the +reception of life. +</p> + +<p> +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of decorous +living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth reduced themselves to +a scepticism almost drily practical, a scepticism which developed the +opposition between things as they are and our impressions and thoughts +concerning them—the possibility, if an outward world does really exist, +of some faultiness in our apprehension of it—the doctrine, in short, of +what is termed “the subjectivity of knowledge.” That is a +consideration, indeed, which lies as an element of weakness, like some admitted +fault or flaw, at the very foundation of every philosophical account of the +universe; which confronts all philosophies at their starting, but with which +none have really dealt conclusively, some perhaps not quite sincerely; which +those who are not philosophers dissipate by “common,” but +unphilosophical, sense, or by religious faith. The peculiar strength of Marius +was, to have apprehended this weakness on the threshold of human knowledge, in +the whole range of its consequences. Our knowledge is limited to what we feel, +he reflected: we need no proof that we feel. But can we be sure that things are +at all like our feelings? Mere peculiarities in the instruments of our +cognition, like the little knots and waves on the surface of a mirror, may +distort the matter they seem but to represent. Of other people we cannot truly +know even the feelings, nor how far they would indicate the same modifications, +each one of a personality really unique, in using the same terms as ourselves; +that “common experience,” which is sometimes proposed as a +satisfactory basis of certainty, being after all only a fixity of language. But +our own impressions!—The light and heat of that blue veil over our heads, +the heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain over anything!—How +reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival criteria of truth, to fall +back upon direct sensation, to limit one’s aspirations after knowledge to +that! In an age still materially so brilliant, so expert in the artistic +handling of material things, with sensible capacities still in undiminished +vigour, with the whole world of classic art and poetry outspread before it, and +where there was more than eye or ear could well take in—how natural the +determination to rely exclusively upon the phenomena of the senses, which +certainly never deceive us about themselves, about which alone we can never +deceive ourselves! +</p> + +<p> +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this present moment +alone really is, between a past which has just ceased to be and a future which +may never come, became practical with Marius, under the form of a resolve, as +far as possible, to exclude regret and desire, and yield himself to the +improvement of the present with an absolutely disengaged mind. America is here +and now—here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm Meister finds out one day, just not +too late, after so long looking vaguely across the ocean for the opportunity of +the development of his capacities. It was as if, recognising in perpetual +motion the law of nature, Marius identified his own way of life cordially with +it, “throwing himself into the stream,” so to speak. He too must +maintain a harmony with that soul of motion in things, by constantly renewed +mobility of character. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.— +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> +Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception of life attained +by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical consequence of the +metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, had been a strict limitation, +almost the renunciation, of metaphysical enquiry itself. Metaphysic—that +art, as it has so often proved, in the words of Michelet, <i>de s’égarer +avec méthode</i>, of bewildering oneself methodically:—one must spend +little time upon that! In the school of Cyrene, great as was its mental +incisiveness, logical and physical speculation, theoretic interests generally, +had been valued only so far as they served to give a groundwork, an +intellectual justification, to that exclusive concern with practical ethics +which was a note of the Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and enthusiastic, how +true to itself, under how many varieties of character, had been the effort of +the Greeks after Theory—Theôria—that vision of a wholly reasonable +world, which, according to the greatest of them, literally makes man like God: +how loyally they had still persisted in the quest after that, in spite of how +many disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, some of them might +have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; but not in “doubtful +disputations” concerning “being” and “not being,” +knowledge and appearance. Men’s minds, even young men’s minds, at +that late day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which had +so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of Marius, as in that old +school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, combined with appetites so youthfully +vigorous, brought about reaction, a sort of suicide (instances of the like have +been seen since) by which a great metaphysical acumen was devoted to the +function of proving metaphysical speculation impossible, or useless. Abstract +theory was to be valued only just so far as it might serve to clear the tablet +of the mind from suppositions no more than half realisable, or wholly +visionary, leaving it in flawless evenness of surface to the impressions of an +experience, concrete and direct. +</p> + +<p> +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves of such +abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions—to be rid of the +notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often only misrepresent the +experience of which they profess to be the representation—<i>idola</i>, +idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them later—to neutralise the +distorting influence of metaphysical system by an all-accomplished metaphysic +skill: it is this bold, hard, sober recognition, under a very “dry +light,” of its own proper aim, in union with a habit of feeling which on +the practical side may perhaps open a wide doorway to human weakness, that +gives to the Cyrenaic doctrine, to reproductions of this doctrine in the time +of Marius or in our own, their gravity and importance. It was a school to which +the young man might come, eager for truth, expecting much from philosophy, in +no ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than an +“initiation.” He would be sent back, sooner or later, to +experience, to the world of concrete impressions, to things as they may be +seen, heard, felt by him; but with a wonderful machinery of observation, and +free from the tyranny of mere theories. +</p> + +<p> +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the death of +Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself as if returned to +the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant school of healthfully sensuous +wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek colony, on its fresh upland by the sea. Not +pleasure, but a general completeness of life, was the practical ideal to which +this anti-metaphysical metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or +complete life, a life of various yet select sensation, the most direct and +effective auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty of soul, freedom from +all partial and misrepresentative doctrine which does but relieve one element +in our experience at the cost of another, freedom from all embarrassment alike +of regret for the past and of calculation on the future: this would be but +preliminary to the real business of education—insight, insight through +culture, into all that the present moment holds in trust for us, as we stand so +briefly in its presence. From that maxim of Life as the end of life, followed, +as a practical consequence, the desirableness of refining all the instruments +of inward and outward intuition, of developing all their capacities, of testing +and exercising one’s self in them, till one’s whole nature became +one complex medium of reception, towards the vision—the “beatific +vision,” if we really cared to make it such—of our actual +experience in the world. Not the conveyance of an abstract body of truths or +principles, would be the aim of the right education of one’s self, or of +another, but the conveyance of an art—an art in some degree peculiar to +each individual character; with the modifications, that is, due to its special +constitution, and the peculiar circumstances of its growth, inasmuch as no one +of us is “like another, all in all.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>CHAPTER IX.<br/> +NEW CYRENAICISM</h2> + +<p> +Such were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by Marius, when somewhat +later he had outgrown the mastery of others, from the principle that “all +is vanity.” If he could but count upon the present, if a life brief at +best could not certainly be shown to conduct one anywhere beyond itself, if +men’s highest curiosity was indeed so persistently baffled—then, +with the Cyrenaics of all ages, he would at least fill up the measure of that +present with vivid sensations, and such intellectual apprehensions, as, in +strength and directness and their immediately realised values at the bar of an +actual experience, are most like sensations. So some have spoken in every age; +for, like all theories which really express a strong natural tendency of the +human mind or even one of its characteristic modes of weakness, this vein of +reflection is a constant tradition in philosophy. Every age of European thought +has had its Cyrenaics or Epicureans, under many disguises: even under the hood +of the monk. +</p> + +<p> +But—Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!—is a proposal, the +real import of which differs immensely, according to the natural taste, and the +acquired judgment, of the guests who sit at the table. It may express nothing +better than the instinct of Dante’s Ciacco, the accomplished glutton, in +the mud of the Inferno;+ or, since on no hypothesis does man “live by +bread alone,” may come to be identical with—“My meat is to do +what is just and kind;” while the soul, which can make no sincere claim +to have apprehended anything beyond the veil of immediate experience, yet never +loses a sense of happiness in conforming to the highest moral ideal it can +clearly define for itself; and actually, though but with so faint hope, does +the “Father’s business.” +</p> + +<p> +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the metaphysical +ambition to pass beyond “the flaming ramparts of the world,” but, +on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation of intellectual +treasure, with so wide a view before it over all varieties of what is powerful +or attractive in man and his works, the thoughts of Marius did but follow the +line taken by the majority of educated persons, though to a different issue. +Pitched to a really high and serious key, the precept—Be perfect in +regard to what is here and now: the precept of “culture,” as it is +called, or of a complete education—might at least save him from the +vulgarity and heaviness of a generation, certainly of no general fineness of +temper, though with a material well-being abundant enough. Conceded that what +is secure in our existence is but the sharp apex of the present moment between +two hypothetical eternities, and all that is real in our experience but a +series of fleeting impressions:—so Marius continued the sceptical +argument he had condensed, as the matter to hold by, from his various +philosophical reading:—given, that we are never to get beyond the walls +of the closely shut cell of one’s own personality; that the ideas we are +somehow impelled to form of an outer world, and of other minds akin to our own, +are, it may be, but a day-dream, and the thought of any world beyond, a +day-dream perhaps idler still: then, he, at least, in whom those fleeting +impressions—faces, voices, material sunshine—were very real and +imperious, might well set himself to the consideration, how such actual moments +as they passed might be made to yield their utmost, by the most dexterous +training of capacity. Amid abstract metaphysical doubts, as to what might lie +one step only beyond that experience, reinforcing the deep original materialism +or earthliness of human nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous +world, let him at least make the most of what was “here and now.” +In the actual dimness of ways from means to ends—ends in themselves +desirable, yet for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below the +visible horizon—he would at all events be sure that the means, to use the +well-worn terminology, should have something of finality or perfection about +them, and themselves partake, in a measure, of the more excellent nature of +ends—that the means should justify the end. +</p> + +<p> +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics said, or, in +other words, a wide, a complete, education—an education partly negative, +as ascertaining the true limits of man’s capacities, but for the most +part positive, and directed especially to the expansion and refinement of the +power of reception; of those powers, above all, which are immediately relative +to fleeting phenomena, the powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, +an “aesthetic” education, as it might now be termed, and certainly +occupied very largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of literature, +would have a great part to play. The study of music, in that wider Platonic +sense, according to which, music comprehends all those matters over which the +Muses of Greek mythology preside, would conduct one to an exquisite +appreciation of all the finer traits of nature and of man. Nay! the products of +the imagination must themselves be held to present the most perfect forms of +life—spirit and matter alike under their purest and most perfect +conditions—the most strictly appropriate objects of that impassioned +contemplation, which, in the world of intellectual discipline, as in the +highest forms of morality and religion, must be held to be the essential +function of the “perfect.” Such manner of life might come even to +seem a kind of religion—an inward, visionary, mystic piety, or religion, +by virtue of its effort to live days “lovely and pleasant” in +themselves, here and now, and with an all-sufficiency of well-being in the +immediate sense of the object contemplated, independently of any faith, or hope +that might be entertained as to their ulterior tendency. In this way, the true +aesthetic culture would be realisable as a new form of the contemplative life, +founding its claim on the intrinsic “blessedness” of +“vision”—the vision of perfect men and things. One’s +human nature, indeed, would fain reckon on an assured and endless future, +pleasing itself with the dream of a final home, to be attained at some still +remote date, yet with a conscious, delightful home-coming at last, as depicted +in many an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, the world of perfected +sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to us, and so attractive, that +the most visionary of spirits must needs represent the world unseen in colours, +and under a form really borrowed from it. Let me be sure then—might he +not plausibly say?—that I miss no detail of this life of realised +consciousness in the present! Here at least is a vision, a theory, theôria,+ +which reposes on no basis of unverified hypothesis, which makes no call upon a +future after all somewhat problematic; as it would be unaffected by any +discovery of an Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) as to +what had really been the origin, and course of development, of man’s +actually attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle of reason or +spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable moments, would of course +have its precepts to deliver on the embellishment, generally, of what is near +at hand, on the adornment of life, till, in a not impracticable rule of +conduct, one’s existence, from day to day, came to be like a +well-executed piece of music; that “perpetual motion” in things (so +Marius figured the matter to himself, under the old Greek imageries) according +itself to a kind of cadence or harmony. +</p> + +<p> +It was intelligible that this “aesthetic” philosophy might find +itself (theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in casuistry, +legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims of that eager, +concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, against those of the +received morality. Conceiving its own function in a somewhat desperate temper, +and becoming, as every high-strung form of sentiment, as the religious +sentiment itself, may become, somewhat antinomian, when, in its effort towards +the order of experiences it prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and +popular morality, at points where that morality may look very like a +convention, or a mere stage-property of the world, it would be found, from time +to time, breaking beyond the limits of the actual moral order; perhaps not +without some pleasurable excitement in so bold a venture. +</p> + +<p> +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even in +practice—that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the case of +those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly and temperate +wisdom of Montaigne, “pernicious for those who have any natural tendency +to impiety or vice,” the line of reflection traced out above, was fairly +chargeable.—Not, however, with “hedonism” and its supposed +consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were still pure. He knew that his +carefully considered theory of practice braced him, with the effect of a moral +principle duly recurring to mind every morning, towards the work of a student, +for which he might seem intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance +who jumped to the conclusion that, with the “Epicurean stye,” he +was making pleasure—pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it—the +sole motive of life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation +by covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness of +which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in the vulgar +company of Lais. Words like “hedonism”— terms of large and +vague comprehension—above all when used for a purpose avowedly +controversial, have ever been the worst examples of what are called +“question-begging terms;” and in that late age in which Marius +lived, amid the dust of so many centuries of philosophical debate, the air was +full of them. Yet those who used that reproachful Greek term for the philosophy +of pleasure, were hardly more likely than the old Greeks themselves (on whom +regarding this very subject of the theory of pleasure, their masters in the art +of thinking had so emphatically to impress the necessity of “making +distinctions”) to come to any very delicately correct ethical conclusions +by a reasoning, which began with a general term, comprehensive enough to cover +pleasures so different in quality, in their causes and effects, as the +pleasures of wine and love, of art and science, of religious enthusiasm and +political enterprise, and of that taste or curiosity which satisfied itself +with long days of serious study. Yet, in truth, each of those pleasurable modes +of activity, may, in its turn, fairly become the ideal of the +“hedonistic” doctrine. Really, to the phase of reflection through +which Marius was then passing, the charge of “hedonism,” whatever +its true weight might be, was not properly applicable at all. Not pleasure, but +fulness of life, and “insight” as conducting to that +fulness—energy, variety, and choice of experience, including noble pain +and sorrow even, loves such as those in the exquisite old story of Apuleius, +sincere and strenuous forms of the moral life, such as Seneca and +Epictetus—whatever form of human life, in short, might be heroic, +impassioned, ideal: from these the “new Cyrenaicism” of Marius took +its criterion of values. It was a theory, indeed, which might properly be +regarded as in great degree coincident with the main principle of the Stoics +themselves, and an older version of the precept “Whatsoever thy hand +findeth to do, do it with thy might”—a doctrine so widely +acceptable among the nobler spirits of that time. And, as with that, its +mistaken tendency would lie in the direction of a kind of idolatry of mere +life, or natural gift, or strength—l’idôlatrie des talents. +</p> + +<p> +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the various forms +of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world almost too opulent in +what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of scrupulous equity, the claims of these +concrete and actual objects on his sympathy, his intelligence, his +senses—to “pluck out the heart of their mystery,” and in turn +become the interpreter of them to others: this had now defined itself for +Marius as a very narrowly practical design: it determined his choice of a +vocation to live by. It was the era of the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they +were sometimes called; of men who came in some instances to great fame and +fortune, by way of a literary cultivation of “science.” That +science, it has been often said, must have been wholly an affair of words. But +in a world, confessedly so opulent in what was old, the work, even of genius, +must necessarily consist very much in criticism; and, in the case of the more +excellent specimens of his class, the rhetorician was, after all, the eloquent +and effective interpreter, for the delighted ears of others, of what +understanding himself had come by, in years of travel and study, of the +beautiful house of art and thought which was the inheritance of the age. The +emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service Marius had now been called, was +himself, more or less openly, a “lecturer.” That late world, amid +many curiously vivid modern traits, had this spectacle, so familiar to +ourselves, of the public lecturer or essayist; in some cases adding to his +other gifts that of the Christian preacher, who knows how to touch +people’s sensibilities on behalf of the suffering. To follow in the way +of these successes, was the natural instinct of youthful ambition; and it was +with no vulgar egotism that Marius, at the age of nineteen, determined, like +many another young man of parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. +</p> + +<p> +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to prose, he +remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by which, I mean, among +other things, that quite independently of the general habit of that pensive age +he lived much, and as it were by system, in reminiscence. Amid his eager +grasping at the sensation, the consciousness, of the present, he had come to +see that, after all, the main point of economy in the conduct of the present, +was the question:—How will it look to me, at what shall I value it, this +day next year?—that in any given day or month one’s main concern +was its impression for the memory. A strange trick memory sometimes played him; +for, with no natural gradation, what was of last month, or of yesterday, of +to-day even, would seem as far off, as entirely detached from him, as things of +ten years ago. Detached from him, yet very real, there lay certain spaces of +his life, in delicate perspective, under a favourable light; and, somehow, all +the less fortunate detail and circumstance had parted from them. Such hours +were oftenest those in which he had been helped by work of others to the +pleasurable apprehension of art, of nature, or of life. “Not what I do, +but what I am, under the power of this vision”—he would say to +himself—“is what were indeed pleasing to the gods!” +</p> + +<p> +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his philosophic +ideal the monochronos hêdonê+ of Aristippus—the pleasure of the ideal +present, of the mystic now—there would come, together with that +precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after all, to retain +“what was so transitive.” Could he but arrest, for others also, +certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative memory presented them to +himself! In those grand, hot summers, he would have imprisoned the very perfume +of the flowers. To create, to live, perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted +hours, if it were but in a fragment of perfect expression:—it was thus +his longing defined itself for something to hold by amid the “perpetual +flux.” With men of his vocation, people were apt to say, words were +things. Well! with him, words should be indeed things,—the word, the +phrase, valuable in exact proportion to the transparency with which it conveyed +to others the apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so vividly real within +himself. Verbaque provisam rem non invita sequentur:+ Virile apprehension of +the true nature of things, of the true nature of one’s own impression, +first of all!—words would follow that naturally, a true understanding of +one’s self being ever the first condition of genuine style. Language +delicate and measured, the delicate Attic phrase, for instance, in which the +eminent Aristeides could speak, was then a power to which people’s +hearts, and sometimes even their purses, readily responded. And there were many +points, as Marius thought, on which the heart of that age greatly needed to be +touched. He hardly knew how strong that old religious sense of responsibility, +the conscience, as we call it, still was within him—a body of inward +impressions, as real as those so highly valued outward ones—to offend +against which, brought with it a strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a person. +And the determination, adhered to with no misgiving, to add nothing, not so +much as a transient sigh, to the great total of men’s unhappiness, in his +way through the world:—that too was something to rest on, in the drift of +mere “appearances.” +</p> + +<p> +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only possible +through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body and soul. For the +male element, the logical conscience asserted itself now, with opening +manhood—asserted itself, even in his literary style, by a certain +firmness of outline, that touch of the worker in metal, amid its richness. +Already he blamed instinctively alike in his work and in himself, as youth so +seldom does, all that had not passed a long and liberal process of erasure. The +happy phrase or sentence was really modelled upon a cleanly finished structure +of scrupulous thought. The suggestive force of the one master of his +development, who had battled so hard with imaginative prose; the utterance, the +golden utterance, of the other, so content with its living power of persuasion +that he had never written at all,—in the commixture of these two +qualities he set up his literary ideal, and this rare blending of grace with an +intellectual rigour or astringency, was the secret of a singular expressiveness +in it. +</p> + +<p> +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre habitude of +the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with the perfect tone, +“fresh and serenely disposed,” of the Roman gentleman, yet +qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and frightened away some of +his equals in age and rank. The sober discretion of his thoughts, his sustained +habit of meditation, the sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to +concentrate himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately +here and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of one +who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.—Though with an air so +disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the visible world! And now, +in revolt against that pre-occupation with other persons, which had so often +perturbed his spirit, his wistful speculations as to what the real, the +greater, experience might be, determined in him, not as the longing for +love—to be with Cynthia, or Aspasia—but as a thirst for existence +in exquisite places. The veil that was to be lifted for him lay over the works +of the old masters of art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. +And it was just at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +145. +Canto VI. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition “rearing, education.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +149. +Transliteration: theôria. Definition “a looking at ... observing +... contemplation.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hêdonê. Pater’s definition “the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now.” The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, “single or +unitary time.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor’s translation: “The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap10"></a>CHAPTER X.<br/> +ON THE WAY</h2> + +<p class="poem"> +Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur.<br/> +Pliny’s Letters. +</p> + +<p> +Many points in that train of thought, its harder and more energetic practical +details especially, at first surmised but vaguely in the intervals of his +visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the coherence of formal principle amid +the stirring incidents of the journey, which took him, still in all the +buoyancy of his nineteen years and greatly expectant, to Rome. That summons had +come from one of the former friends of his father in the capital, who had kept +himself acquainted with the lad’s progress, and, assured of his parts, +his courtly ways, above all of his beautiful penmanship, now offered him a +place, virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person of the philosophic +emperor. The old town-house of his family on the Caelian hill, so long +neglected, might well require his personal care; and Marius, relieved a little +by his preparations for travelling from a certain over-tension of spirit in +which he had lived of late, was presently on his way, to await introduction to +Aurelius, on his expected return home, after a first success, illusive enough +as it was soon to appear, against the invaders from beyond the Danube. +</p> + +<p> +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, for which +he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of starting—days +brown with the first rains of autumn—brought him, by the byways among the +lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the town of Luca, a station on the +Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly on foot, while the baggage followed under +the care of his attendants. He wore a broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a +more modern pilgrim’s, the neat head projecting from the collar of his +gray paenula, or travelling mantle, sewed closely together over the breast, but +with its two sides folded up upon the shoulders, to leave the arms free in +walking, and was altogether so trim and fresh, that, as he climbed the hill +from Pisa, by the long steep lane through the olive-yards, and turned to gaze +where he could just discern the cypresses of the old school garden, like two +black lines down the yellow walls, a little child took possession of his hand, +and, looking up at him with entire confidence, paced on bravely at his side, +for the mere pleasure of his company, to the spot where the road declined again +into the valley beyond. From this point, leaving the servants behind, he +surrendered himself, a willing subject, as he walked, to the impressions of the +road, and was almost surprised, both at the suddenness with which evening came +on, and the distance from his old home at which it found him. +</p> + +<p> +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a welcoming +in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to mark out certain +places for the special purpose of evening rest, and gives them always a +peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the deepening twilight, the +rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together side by side, like one continuous +shelter over the whole township, spread low and broad above the snug +sleeping-rooms within; and the place one sees for the first time, and must +tarry in but for a night, breathes the very spirit of home. The cottagers +lingered at their doors for a few minutes as the shadows grew larger, and went +to rest early; though there was still a glow along the road through the shorn +corn-fields, and the birds were still awake about the crumbling gray heights of +an old temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you could hardly tell +where the country left off in it, and the field-paths became its streets. Next +morning he must needs change the manner of his journey. The light baggage-wagon +returned, and he proceeded now more quickly, travelling a stage or two by post, +along the Cassian Way, where the figures and incidents of the great high-road +seemed already to tell of the capital, the one centre to which all were +hastening, or had lately bidden adieu. That Way lay through the heart of the +old, mysterious and visionary country of Etruria; and what he knew of its +strange religion of the dead, reinforced by the actual sight of the funeral +houses scattered so plentifully among the dwelling-places of the living, +revived in him for a while, in all its strength, his old instinctive yearning +towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he had known in life. It seemed +to him that he could half divine how time passed in those painted houses on the +hillsides, among the gold and silver ornaments, the wrought armour and +vestments, the drowsy and dead attendants; and the close consciousness of that +vast population gave him no fear, but rather a sense of companionship, as he +climbed the hills on foot behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. +</p> + +<p> +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might seem, than +its rocky perch—white rocks, that had long been glistening before him in +the distance. Down the dewy paths the people were descending from it, to keep a +holiday, high and low alike in rough, white-linen smocks. A homely old play was +just begun in an open-air theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown +slope. Marius caught the terrified expression of a child in its mother’s +arms, as it turned from the yawning mouth of a great mask, for refuge in her +bosom. The way mounted, and descended again, down the steep street of another +place, all resounding with the noise of metal under the hammer; for every house +had its brazier’s workshop, the bright objects of brass and copper +gleaming, like lights in a cave, out of their dark roofs and corners. Around +the anvils the children were watching the work, or ran to fetch water to the +hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, as he took his hasty mid-day +refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and cheese, while the swelling surface of +a great copper water-vessel grew flowered all over with tiny petals under the +skilful strokes. Towards dusk, a frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried +out the words of some philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her +hands, as the travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. +</p> + +<p> +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents of the +way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, marks of the great +plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there had been many enactments to +improve the condition of the slave. The ergastula+ were abolished. But no +system of free labour had as yet succeeded. A whole mendicant population, +artfully exaggerating every symptom and circumstance of misery, still hung +around, or sheltered themselves within, the vast walls of their old, +half-ruined task-houses. And for the most part they had been variously stricken +by the pestilence. For once, the heroic level had been reached in rags, +squints, scars—every caricature of the human type—ravaged beyond +what could have been thought possible if it were to survive at all. Meantime, +the farms were less carefully tended than of old: here and there they were +lapsing into their natural wildness: some villas also were partly fallen into +ruin. The picturesque, romantic Italy of a later time—the Italy of Claude +and Salvator Rosa—was already forming, for the delight of the modern +romantic traveller. +</p> + +<p> +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing the Tiber, +as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in truth, the Tiber was but a +modest enough stream of turbid water. Nature, under the richer sky, seemed +readier and more affluent, and man fitter to the conditions around him: even in +people hard at work there appeared to be a less burdensome sense of the mere +business of life. How dreamily the women were passing up through the broad +light and shadow of the steep streets with the great water-pots resting on +their heads, like women of Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek temples. +With what a fresh, primeval poetry was daily existence here impressed—all +the details of the threshing-floor and the vineyard; the common farm-life even; +the great bakers’ fires aglow upon the road in the evening. In the +presence of all this Marius felt for a moment like those old, early, +unconscious poets, who created the famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and the +Great Mother, out of the imagery of the wine-press and the ploughshare. And +still the motion of the journey was bringing his thoughts to systematic form. +He seemed to have grown to the fulness of intellectual manhood, on his way +hither. The formative and literary stimulus, so to call it, of peaceful +exercise which he had always observed in himself, doing its utmost now, the +form and the matter of thought alike detached themselves clearly and with +readiness from the healthfully excited brain.—“It is +wonderful,” says Pliny, “how the mind is stirred to activity by +brisk bodily exercise.” The presentable aspects of inmost thought and +feeling became evident to him: the structure of all he meant, its order and +outline, defined itself: his general sense of a fitness and beauty in words +became effective in daintily pliant sentences, with all sorts of felicitous +linking of figure to abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the +artist in him—that old longing to produce—might be satisfied by the +exact and literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in simple +prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and prolonging its life a +little.—To live in the concrete! To be sure, at least, of one’s +hold upon that!—Again, his philosophic scheme was but the reflection of +the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a reduction to the abstract, of the +brilliant road he travelled on, through the sunshine. +</p> + +<p> +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow of our +traveller’s thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily fatigue, +asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; and he fell into a +mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, as night deepens again and +again over their path, in which all journeying, from the known to the unknown, +comes suddenly to figure as a mere foolish truancy—like a child’s +running away from home—with the feeling that one had best return at once, +even through the darkness. He had chosen to climb on foot, at his leisure, the +long windings by which the road ascended to the place where that day’s +stage was to end, and found himself alone in the twilight, far behind the rest +of his travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round and round those dark +masses, half natural rock, half artificial substructure, ever bring him within +the circuit of the walls above? It was now that a startling incident turned +those misgivings almost into actual fear. From the steep slope a heavy mass of +stone was detached, after some whisperings among the trees above his head, and +rushing down through the stillness fell to pieces in a cloud of dust across the +road just behind him, so that he felt the touch upon his heel. That was +sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its hiding-place his old vague fear of +evil—of one’s “enemies”—a distress, so much a +matter of constitution with him, that at times it would seem that the best +pleasures of life could but be snatched, as it were hastily, in one +moment’s forgetfulness of its dark, besetting influence. A sudden +suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness of “enemies,” +seemed all at once to alter the visible form of things, as with the +child’s hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of his peaceful, +dreamy island. His elaborate philosophy had not put beneath his feet the terror +of mere bodily evil; much less of “inexorable fate, and the noise of +greedy Acheron.” +</p> + +<p> +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome air of the +market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant contrast to that last +effort of his journey. The room in which he sat down to supper, unlike the +ordinary Roman inns at that day, was trim and sweet. The firelight danced +cheerfully upon the polished, three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the +best oil, upon the white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations +set in glass goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the true +colour and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate foam as it mounted +in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he had found in no other wine. +These things had relieved a little the melancholy of the hour before; and it +was just then that he heard the voice of one, newly arrived at the inn, making +his way to the upper floor—a youthful voice, with a reassuring clearness +of note, which completed his cure. +</p> + +<p> +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: then, awake in +the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw the guest of the night +before, a very honourable-looking youth, in the rich habit of a military +knight, standing beside his horse, and already making preparations to depart. +It happened that Marius, too, was to take that day’s journey on +horseback. Riding presently from the inn, he overtook Cornelius—of the +Twelfth Legion—advancing carefully down the steep street; and before they +had issued from the gates of Urbs-vetus, the two young men had broken into talk +together. They were passing along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius +must needs enter one of the workshops for the repair of some button or link of +his knightly trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius watched the work, as he +had watched the brazier’s business a few days before, wondering most at +the simplicity of its processes, a simplicity, however, on which only genius in +that craft could have lighted.—By what unguessed-at stroke of hand, for +instance, had the grains of precious metal associated themselves with so +daintily regular a roughness, over the surface of the little casket yonder? And +the conversation which followed, hence arising, left the two travellers with +sufficient interest in each other to insure an easy companionship for the +remainder of their journey. In time to come, Marius was to depend very much on +the preferences, the personal judgments, of the comrade who now laid his hand +so brotherly on his shoulder, as they left the workshop. +</p> + +<p> +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+—observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well-fitted, by the +peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first acquaintance into intimacy; its +superficial ugliness throwing the wayfarers back upon each other’s +entertainment in a real exchange of ideas, the tension of which, however, it +would relieve, ever and anon, by the unexpected assertion of something +singularly attractive. The immediate aspect of the land was, indeed, in spite +of abundant olive and ilex, unpleasing enough. A river of clay seemed, +“in some old night of time,” to have burst up over valley and hill, +and hardened there into fantastic shelves and slides and angles of cadaverous +rock, up and down among the contorted vegetation; the hoary roots and trunks +seeming to confess some weird kinship with them. But that was long ago; and +these pallid hillsides needed only the declining sun, touching the rock with +purple, and throwing deeper shadow into the immemorial foliage, to put on a +peculiar, because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the graceful +outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the broader prospect. +And, for sentimental Marius, all this was associated, by some perhaps fantastic +affinity, with a peculiar trait of severity, beyond his guesses as to the +secret of it, which mingled with the blitheness of his new companion. +Concurring, indeed, with the condition of a Roman soldier, it was certainly +something far more than the expression of military hardness, or ascêsis; and +what was earnest, or even austere, in the landscape they had traversed +together, seemed to have been waiting for the passage of this figure to +interpret or inform it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, a vivid +personal presence broke through the dreamy idealism, which had almost come to +doubt of other men’s reality: reassuringly, indeed, yet not without some +sense of a constraining tyranny over him from without. +</p> + +<p> +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters on the +Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with him, in that +privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, the atmosphere of some +still more jealously exclusive circle. They halted on the morrow at noon, not +at an inn, but at the house of one of the young soldier’s friends, whom +they found absent, indeed, in consequence of the plague in those parts, so that +after a mid-day rest only, they proceeded again on their journey. The great +room of the villa, to which they were admitted, had lain long untouched; and +the dust rose, as they entered, into the slanting bars of sunlight, that fell +through the half-closed shutters. It was here, to while away the time, that +Cornelius bethought himself of displaying to his new friend the various +articles and ornaments of his knightly array—the breastplate, the sandals +and cuirass, lacing them on, one by one, with the assistance of Marius, and +finally the great golden bracelet on the right arm, conferred on him by his +general for an act of valour. And as he gleamed there, amid that odd +interchange of light and shade, with the staff of a silken standard firm in his +hand, Marius felt as if he were face to face, for the first time, with some new +knighthood or chivalry, just then coming into the world. +</p> + +<p> +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, that Rome +was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our travellers; +Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then consisted, agreeing, chiefly +for the sake of Marius, to hasten forward, that it might be reached by +daylight, with a cheerful noise of rapid wheels as they passed over the +flagstones. But the highest light upon the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone +out, and it was dark, before they reached the Flaminian Gate. The abundant +sound of water was the one thing that impressed Marius, as they passed down a +long street, with many open spaces on either hand: Cornelius to his military +quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling-place of his fathers. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +162. +E-text editor’s note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian equivalent +of prison-workhouses. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap11"></a>CHAPTER XI.<br/> +“THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD”</h2> + +<p> +Marius awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, noting for more +careful inspection by and by the rolls of manuscripts. Even greater than his +curiosity in gazing for the first time on this ancient possession, was his +eagerness to look out upon Rome itself, as he pushed back curtain and shutter, +and stepped forth in the fresh morning upon one of the many balconies, with an +oft-repeated dream realised at last. He was certainly fortunate in the time of +his coming to Rome. That old pagan world, of which Rome was the flower, had +reached its perfection in the things of poetry and art—a perfection which +indicated only too surely the eve of decline. As in some vast intellectual +museum, all its manifold products were intact and in their places, and with +custodians also still extant, duly qualified to appreciate and explain them. +And at no period of history had the material Rome itself been better worth +seeing—lying there not less consummate than that world of pagan intellect +which it represented in every phase of its darkness and light. The various work +of many ages fell here harmoniously together, as yet untouched save by time, +adding the final grace of a rich softness to its complex expression. Much which +spoke of ages earlier than Nero, the great re-builder, lingered on, antique, +quaint, immeasurably venerable, like the relics of the medieval city in the +Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: the work of Nero’s own time had come to +have that sort of old world and picturesque interest which the work of Lewis +has for ourselves; while without stretching a parallel too far we might perhaps +liken the architectural finesses of the archaic Hadrian to the more excellent +products of our own Gothic revival. The temple of Antoninus and Faustina was +still fresh in all the majesty of its closely arrayed columns of cipollino; +but, on the whole, little had been added under the late and present emperors, +and during fifty years of public quiet, a sober brown and gray had grown apace +on things. The gilding on the roof of many a temple had lost its garishness: +cornice and capital of polished marble shone out with all the crisp freshness +of real flowers, amid the already mouldering travertine and brickwork, though +the birds had built freely among them. What Marius then saw was in many +respects, after all deduction of difference, more like the modern Rome than the +enumeration of particular losses might lead us to suppose; the Renaissance, in +its most ambitious mood and with amplest resources, having resumed the ancient +classical tradition there, with no break or obstruction, as it had happened, in +any very considerable work of the middle age. Immediately before him, on the +square, steep height, where the earliest little old Rome had huddled itself +together, arose the palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction +of rough, brown stone—line upon line of successive ages of +builders—the trim, old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven +walls of dark glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and sparkling in +the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of pavilions and corridors +above, centering in the lofty, white-marble dwelling-place of Apollo himself. +</p> + +<p> +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering through Rome, +to which he now went forth with a heat in the town sunshine (like a mist of +fine gold-dust spread through the air) to the height of his desire, making the +dun coolness of the narrow streets welcome enough at intervals. He almost +feared, descending the stair hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should +snatch the little cup of enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such +morning rambles in places new to him, life had always seemed to come at its +fullest: it was then he could feel his youth, that youth the days of which he +had already begun to count jealously, in entire possession. So the grave, +pensive figure, a figure, be it said nevertheless, fresher far than often came +across it now, moved through the old city towards the lodgings of Cornelius, +certainly not by the most direct course, however eager to rejoin the friend of +yesterday. +</p> + +<p> +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also his last, +the two friends descended along the <i>Vicus Tuscus</i>, with its rows of +incense-stalls, into the <i>Via Nova</i>, where the fashionable people were +busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the frizzled heads, then <i>à +la mode</i>. A glimpse of the <i>Marmorata</i>, the haven at the river-side, +where specimens of all the precious marbles of the world were lying amid great +white blocks from the quarries of Luna, took his thoughts for a moment to his +distant home. They visited the flower-market, lingering where the +<i>coronarii</i> pressed on them the newest species, and purchased zinias, now +in blossom (like painted flowers, thought Marius), to decorate the folds of +their togas. Loitering to the other side of the Forum, past the great +Galen’s drug-shop, after a glance at the announcements of new poems on +sale attached to the doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered the curious +library of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite resort of literary men, and +read, fixed there for all to see, the <i>Diurnal</i> or Gazette of the day, +which announced, together with births and deaths, prodigies and accidents, and +much mere matter of business, the date and manner of the philosophic +emperor’s joyful return to his people; and, thereafter, with eminent +names faintly disguised, what would carry that day’s news, in many +copies, over the provinces—a certain matter concerning the great lady, +known to be dear to him, whom he had left at home. It was a story, with the +development of which “society” had indeed for some time past +edified or amused itself, rallying sufficiently from the panic of a year ago, +not only to welcome back its ruler, but also to relish a <i>chronique +scandaleuse;</i> and thus, when soon after Marius saw the world’s wonder, +he was already acquainted with the suspicions which have ever since hung about +her name. Twelve o’clock was come before they left the Forum, waiting in +a little crowd to hear the <i>Accensus</i>, according to old custom, proclaim +the hour of noonday, at the moment when, from the steps of the Senate-house, +the sun could be seen standing between the <i>Rostra</i> and the +<i>Græcostasis</i>. He exerted for this function a strength of voice, which +confirmed in Marius a judgment the modern visitor may share with him, that +Roman throats and Roman chests, namely, must, in some peculiar way, be +differently constructed from those of other people. Such judgment indeed he had +formed in part the evening before, noting, as a religious procession passed +him, how much noise a man and a boy could make, though not without a great deal +of real music, of which in truth the Romans were then as ever passionately +fond. +</p> + +<p> +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost along the +line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome villas, turning +presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still the playground of Rome. +But the vast public edifices were grown to be almost continuous over the grassy +expanse, represented now only by occasional open spaces of verdure and +wild-flowers. In one of these a crowd was standing, to watch a party of +athletes stripped for exercise. Marius had been surprised at the luxurious +variety of the litters borne through Rome, where no carriage horses were +allowed; and just then one far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty +appointments of ivory and gold, was carried by, all the town pressing with +eagerness to get a glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she passed rapidly. +Yes! there, was the wonder of the world—the empress Faustina herself: +Marius could distinguish, could distinguish clearly, the well-known profile, +between the floating purple curtains. +</p> + +<p> +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it awaited with +much real affection, hopeful and animated, the return of its emperor, for whose +ovation various adornments were preparing along the streets through which the +imperial procession would pass. He had left Rome just twelve months before, +amid immense gloom. The alarm of a barbarian insurrection along the whole line +of the Danube had happened at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by the +great pestilence. +</p> + +<p> +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East from which +Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the plague, war had come to +seem a merely romantic, superannuated incident of bygone history. And now it +was almost upon Italian soil. Terrible were the reports of the numbers and +audacity of the assailants. Aurelius, as yet untried in war, and understood by +a few only in the whole scope of a really great character, was known to the +majority of his subjects as but a careful administrator, though a student of +philosophy, perhaps, as we say, a dilettante. But he was also the visible +centre of government, towards whom the hearts of a whole people turned, +grateful for fifty years of public happiness—its good genius, its +“Antonine”—whose fragile person might be foreseen speedily +giving way under the trials of military life, with a disaster like that of the +slaughter of the legions by Arminius. Prophecies of the world’s impending +conflagration were easily credited: “the secular fire” would +descend from heaven: superstitious fear had even demanded the sacrifice of a +human victim. +</p> + +<p> +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of other +people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every religious claim which +was one of his characteristic habits, had invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, +not only all native gods, but all foreign deities as well, however +strange.—“Help! Help! in the ocean space!” A multitude of +foreign priests had been welcomed to Rome, with their various peculiar +religious rites. The sacrifices made on this occasion were remembered for +centuries; and the starving poor, at least, found some satisfaction in the +flesh of those herds of “white bulls,” which came into the city, +day after day, to yield the savour of their blood to the gods. +</p> + +<p> +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of +“Emperor,” still had its magic power over the nations. The mere +approach of the Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. Aurelius and +his colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a deputation arrived to ask +for peace. And now the two imperial “brothers” were returning home +at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a villa outside the walls, till the +capital had made ready to receive them. But although Rome was thus in genial +reaction, with much relief, and hopefulness against the winter, facing itself +industriously in damask of red and gold, those two enemies were still +unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the Danube was but over-awed for a +season; and the plague, as we saw when Marius was on his way to Rome, was not +to depart till it had done a large part in the formation of the melancholy +picturesque of modern Italy—till it had made, or prepared for the making +of the Roman Campagna. The old, unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of +Antoninus Pius—that genuine though unconscious humanist—was gone +for ever. And again and again, throughout this day of varied observation, +Marius had been reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in “the +most religious city of the world,” as one had said, but that Rome was +become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such superstition +presented itself almost as religious mania in many an incident of his long +ramble,—incidents to which he gave his full attention, though contending +in some measure with a reluctance on the part of his companion, the motive of +which he did not understand till long afterwards. Marius certainly did not +allow this reluctance to deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome +partly under poetic vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of +life itself, upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to +reflect them; to transmute them into golden words? He must observe that strange +medley of superstition, that centuries’ growth, layer upon layer, of the +curiosities of religion (one faith jostling another out of place) at least for +its picturesque interest, and as an indifferent outsider might, not too deeply +concerned in the question which, if any of them, was to be the survivor. +</p> + +<p> +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast and complex +system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of public and private +life, attractively enough for those who had but “the historic +temper,” and a taste for the past, however much a Lucian might depreciate +it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, indeed, been always something to be +done, rather than something to be thought, or believed, or loved; something to +be done in minutely detailed manner, at a particular time and place, +correctness in which had long been a matter of laborious learning with a whole +school of ritualists—as also, now and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice +with certain exceptionally devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with his +life in his hand, succeeded in passing the sentinels of the invading Gauls to +perform a sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to the divine protection, had +returned in safety. So jealous was the distinction between sacred and profane, +that, in the matter of the “regarding of days,” it had made more +than half the year a holiday. Aurelius had, indeed, ordained that there should +be no more than a hundred and thirty-five festival days in the year; but in +other respects he had followed in the steps of his predecessor, Antoninus +Pius—commended especially for his “religion,” his conspicuous +devotion to its public ceremonies—and whose coins are remarkable for +their reference to the oldest and most hieratic types of Roman mythology. +Aurelius had succeeded in more than healing the old feud between philosophy and +religion, displaying himself, in singular combination, as at once the most +zealous of philosophers and the most devout of polytheists, and lending +himself, with an air of conviction, to all the pageantries of public worship. +To his pious recognition of that one orderly spirit, which, according to the +doctrine of the Stoics, diffuses itself through the world, and animates +it—a recognition taking the form, with him, of a constant effort towards +inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious order of his own soul—he had +added a warm personal devotion towards the whole multitude of the old national +gods, and a great many new foreign ones besides, by him, at least, not ignobly +conceived. If the comparison may be reverently made, there was something here +of the method by which the catholic church has added the cultus of the saints +to its worship of the one Divine Being. +</p> + +<p> +And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the personal centre of +religion, entertained the hope of converting his people to philosophic faith, +and had even pronounced certain public discourses for their instruction in it, +that polytheistic devotion was his most striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, +had, for the most part, thought with Seneca, “that a man need not lift +his hands to heaven, nor ask the sacristan’s leave to put his mouth to +the ear of an image, that his prayers might be heard the +better.”—Marcus Aurelius, “a master in Israel,” knew +all that well enough. Yet his outward devotion was much more than a concession +to popular sentiment, or a mere result of that sense of fellow-citizenship with +others, which had made him again and again, under most difficult circumstances, +an excellent comrade. Those others, too!—amid all their ignorances, what +were they but instruments in the administration of the Divine Reason, +“from end to end sweetly and strongly disposing all things”? +Meantime “Philosophy” itself had assumed much of what we conceive +to be the religious character. It had even cultivated the habit, the power, of +“spiritual direction”; the troubled soul making recourse in its +hour of destitution, or amid the distractions of the world, to this or that +director—philosopho suo—who could really best understand it. +</p> + +<p> +And it had been in vain that the old, grave and discreet religion of Rome had +set itself, according to its proper genius, to prevent or subdue all trouble +and disturbance in men’s souls. In religion, as in other matters, +plebeians, as such, had a taste for movement, for revolution; and it had been +ever in the most populous quarters that religious changes began. To the +apparatus of foreign religion, above all, recourse had been made in times of +public disquietude or sudden terror; and in those great religious celebrations, +before his proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius had even restored the +solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital since the time of Augustus, +making no secret of his worship of that goddess, though her temple had been +actually destroyed by authority in the reign of Tiberius. Her singular and in +many ways beautiful ritual was now popular in Rome. And then—what the +enthusiasm of the swarming plebeian quarters had initiated, was sure to be +adopted, sooner or later, by women of fashion. A blending of all the religions +of the ancient world had been accomplished. The new gods had arrived, had been +welcomed, and found their places; though, certainly, with no real security, in +any adequate ideal of the divine nature itself in the background of men’s +minds, that the presence of the new-comer should be edifying, or even refining. +High and low addressed themselves to all deities alike without scruple; +confusing them together when they prayed, and in the old, authorised, threefold +veneration of their visible images, by flowers, incense, and ceremonial +lights—those beautiful usages, which the church, in her way through the +world, ever making spoil of the world’s goods for the better uses of the +human spirit, took up and sanctified in her service. +</p> + +<p> +And certainly “the most religious city in the world” took no care +to veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its little +chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one seemed to exercise +some religious function and responsibility. Colleges, composed for the most +part of slaves and of the poor, provided for the service of the Compitalian +Lares—the gods who presided, respectively, over the several quarters of +the city. In one street, Marius witnessed an incident of the festival of the +patron deity of that neighbourhood, the way being strewn with box, the houses +tricked out gaily in such poor finery as they possessed, while the ancient idol +was borne through it in procession, arrayed in gaudy attire the worse for wear. +Numerous religious clubs had their stated anniversaries, on which the members +issued with much ceremony from their guild-hall, or schola, and traversed the +thoroughfares of Rome, preceded, like the confraternities of the present day, +by their sacred banners, to offer sacrifice before some famous image. Black +with the perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, oftenest old and ugly, perhaps +on that account the more likely to listen to the desires of the +suffering—had not those sacred effigies sometimes given sensible tokens +that they were aware? The image of the Fortune of Women—Fortuna +Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not once only) and declared; Bene me, +Matronae! vidistis riteque dedicastis! The Apollo of Cumae had wept during +three whole nights and days. The images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been +seen to sweat. Nay! there was blood—divine blood—in the hearts of +some of them: the images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! +</p> + +<p> +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the “atheist” of +whom Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing image or +sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the latter determined to +enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their return into the Forum, below +the Palatine hill, where the mothers were pressing in, with a multitude of +every sort of children, to touch the lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse +of Romulus—so tender to little ones!—just discernible in its dark +shrine, amid a blaze of lights. Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as +he mounted the steps to his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. Marius +failed precisely to catch the words. +</p> + +<p> +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over Rome, far +above a whisper, the whole town seeming hushed to catch it distinctly, the +lively, reckless call to “play,” from the sons and daughters of +foolishness, to those in whom their life was still green—Donec virenti +canities abest!—Donec virenti canities abest!+ Marius could hardly doubt +how Cornelius would have taken the call. And as for himself, slight as was the +burden of positive moral obligation with which he had entered Rome, it was to +no wasteful and vagrant affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had +committed him. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: “So long as youth is fresh and +age is far away.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap12"></a>CHAPTER XII.<br/> +THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING</h2> + +<p class="poem"> +But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye,<br/> +And great Augustus long ygoe is dead,<br/> +And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead,<br/> +That matter made for poets on to playe.+ +</p> + +<p> +Marcus Aurelius who, though he had little relish for them himself, had ever +been willing to humour the taste of his people for magnificent spectacles, was +received back to Rome with the lesser honours of the Ovation, conceded by the +Senate (so great was the public sense of deliverance) with even more than the +laxity which had become its habit under imperial rule, for there had been no +actual bloodshed in the late achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the chief +Roman magistrate, and with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his colleague +similarly attired walking beside him, he passed up to the Capitol on foot, +though in solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to offer sacrifice to the +national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, whose image we may still see between +the pig and the ox of the Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled almost like some +ancient canon of the church, on a sculptured fragment in the Forum, was +conducted by the priests, clad in rich white vestments, and bearing their +sacred utensils of massive gold, immediately behind a company of flute-players, +led by the great choir-master, or conductor, of the day, visibly tetchy or +delighted, according as the instruments he ruled with his tuning-rod, rose, +more or less adequately amid the difficulties of the way, to the dream of +perfect music in the soul within him. The vast crowd, including the soldiers of +the triumphant army, now restored to wives and children, all alike in holiday +whiteness, had left their houses early in the fine, dry morning, in a real +affection for “the father of his country,” to await the procession, +the two princes having spent the preceding night outside the walls, at the old +Villa of the Republic. Marius, full of curiosity, had taken his position with +much care; and stood to see the world’s masters pass by, at an angle from +which he could command the view of a great part of the processional route, +sprinkled with fine yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from profane +footsteps. +</p> + +<p> +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the flutes, heard +at length above the acclamations of the people—Salve Imperator!—Dii +te servent!—shouted in regular time, over the hills. It was on the +central figure, of course, that the whole attention of Marius was fixed from +the moment when the procession came in sight, preceded by the lictors with +gilded fasces, the imperial image-bearers, and the pages carrying lighted +torches; a band of knights, among whom was Cornelius in complete military, +array, following. Amply swathed about in the folds of a richly worked toga, +after a manner now long since become obsolete with meaner persons, Marius +beheld a man of about five-and-forty years of age, with prominent +eyes—eyes, which although demurely downcast during this essentially +religious ceremony, were by nature broadly and benignantly observant. He was +still, in the main, as we see him in the busts which represent his gracious and +courtly youth, when Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name +of his father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland capacity +of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly as of old, shone +out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace of the trouble of his +lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the blindness or perplexity of the +people about him, understood all things clearly; the dilemma, to which his +experience so far had brought him, between Chance with meek resignation, and a +Providence with boundless possibilities and hope, being for him at least +distinctly defined. +</p> + +<p> +That outward serenity, which he valued so highly as a point of manner or +expression not unworthy the care of a public minister—outward symbol, it +might be thought, of the inward religious serenity it had been his constant +purpose to maintain—was increased to-day by his sense of the gratitude of +his people; that his life had been one of such gifts and blessings as made his +person seem in very deed divine to them. Yet the cloud of some reserved +internal sorrow, passing from time to time into an expression of fatigue and +effort, of loneliness amid the shouting multitude, might have been detected +there by the more observant—as if the sagacious hint of one of his +officers, “The soldiers can’t understand you, they don’t know +Greek,” were applicable always to his relationships with other people. +The nostrils and mouth seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius noted +in them, as in the hands, and in the spare body generally, what was new to his +experience—something of asceticism, as we say, of a bodily gymnastic, by +which, although it told pleasantly in the clear blue humours of the eye, the +flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer with the spirit. It was hardly the +expression of “the healthy mind in the healthy body,” but rather of +a sacrifice of the body to the soul, its needs and aspirations, that Marius +seemed to divine in this assiduous student of the Greek sages—a +sacrifice, in truth, far beyond the demands of their very saddest philosophy of +life. +</p> + +<p> +Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine ornaments!—had been +ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred Stoic, who still thought manners a +true part of morals, according to the old sense of the term, and who regrets +now and again that he cannot control his thoughts equally well with his +countenance. That outward composure was deepened during the solemnities of this +day by an air of pontifical abstraction; which, though very far from being +pride—nay, a sort of humility rather—yet gave, to himself, an air +of unapproachableness, and to his whole proceeding, in which every minutest act +was considered, the character of a ritual. Certainly, there was no haughtiness, +social, moral, or even philosophic, in Aurelius, who had realised, under more +trying conditions perhaps than any one before, that no element of humanity +could be alien from him. Yet, as he walked to-day, the centre of ten thousand +observers, with eyes discreetly fixed on the ground, veiling his head at times +and muttering very rapidly the words of the “supplications,” there +was something many spectators may have noted as a thing new in their +experience, for Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, took all this with absolute +seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity of kings, that, in the words of +Tacitus, Princes are as Gods—Principes instar deorum esse—seemed to +have taken a novel, because a literal, sense. For Aurelius, indeed, the old +legend of his descent from Numa, from Numa who had talked with the gods, meant +much. Attached in very early years to the service of the altars, like many +another noble youth, he was “observed to perform all his sacerdotal +functions with a constancy and exactness unusual at that age; was soon a master +of the sacred music; and had all the forms and ceremonies by heart.” And +now, as the emperor, who had not only a vague divinity about his person, but +was actually the chief religious functionary of the state, recited from time to +time the forms of invocation, he needed not the help of the prompter, or +ceremoniarius, who then approached, to assist him by whispering the appointed +words in his ear. It was that pontifical abstraction which then impressed +itself on Marius as the leading outward characteristic of Aurelius; though to +him alone, perhaps, in that vast crowd of observers, it was no strange thing, +but a matter he had understood from of old. +</p> + +<p> +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal processions +to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in the East; the very word +Triumph being, according to this supposition, only Thriambos-the Dionysiac +Hymn. And certainly the younger of the two imperial “brothers,” +who, with the effect of a strong contrast, walked beside Aurelius, and shared +the honours of the day, might well have reminded people of the delicate Greek +god of flowers and wine. This new conqueror of the East was now about +thirty-six years old, but with his scrupulous care for all the advantages of +his person, and a soft curling beard powdered with gold, looked many years +younger. One result of the more genial element in the wisdom of Aurelius had +been that, amid most difficult circumstances, he had known throughout life how +to act in union with persons of character very alien from his own; to be more +than loyal to the colleague, the younger brother in empire, he had too lightly +taken to himself, five years before, then an uncorrupt youth, “skilled in +manly exercises and fitted for war.” When Aurelius thanks the gods that a +brother had fallen to his lot, whose character was a stimulus to the proper +care of his own, one sees that this could only have happened in the way of an +example, putting him on his guard against insidious faults. But it is with +sincere amiability that the imperial writer, who was indeed little used to be +ironical, adds that the lively respect and affection of the junior had often +“gladdened” him. To be able to make his use of the flower, when the +fruit perhaps was useless or poisonous:—that was one of the practical +successes of his philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, “the +concord of the two Augusti.” +</p> + +<p> +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time extravagant +or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, healthy-looking, cleanly, and firm, +which seemed unassociable with any form of self-torment, and made one think of +the muzzle of some young hound or roe, such as human beings invariably like to +stroke—a physiognomy, in effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of +the finer sort, though still wholly animal. The charm was that of the blond +head, the unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor less than one may +see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, and with the stuff which +makes brave soldiers, in spite of the natural kinship it seems to have with +playthings and gay flowers. But innate in Lucius Verus there was that more than +womanly fondness for fond things, which had made the atmosphere of the old city +of Antioch, heavy with centuries of voluptuousness, a poison to him: he had +come to love his delicacies best out of season, and would have gilded the very +flowers. But with a wonderful power of self-obliteration, the elder brother at +the capital had directed his procedure successfully, and allowed him, become +now also the husband of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a +“Conquest,” though Verus had certainly not returned a conqueror +over himself. He had returned, as we know, with the plague in his company, +along with many another strange creature of his folly; and when the people saw +him publicly feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds and sweet grapes, +wearing the animal’s image in gold, and finally building it a tomb, they +felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that he might revive the manners of +Nero.—What if, in the chances of war, he should survive the protecting +genius of that elder brother? +</p> + +<p> +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity that Marius +regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the highly expressive type of a +class,—the true son of his father, adopted by Hadrian. Lucius Verus the +elder, also, had had the like strange capacity for misusing the adornments of +life, with a masterly grace; as if such misusing were, in truth, the quite +adequate occupation of an intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical +philosophy or some disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort of genius, +of which there had been instances in the imperial purple: it was to ascend the +throne, a few years later, in the person of one, now a hopeful little lad at +home in the palace; and it had its following, of course, among the wealthy +youth at Rome, who concentrated no inconsiderable force of shrewdness and tact +upon minute details of attire and manner, as upon the one thing needful. +Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. Such things had even their sober +use, as making the outside of human life superficially attractive, and thereby +promoting the first steps towards friendship and social amity. But what precise +place could there be for Verus and his peculiar charm, in that Wisdom, that +Order of divine Reason “reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly +disposing all things,” from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so +tolerant of persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was certainly +well-fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of Lucius Verus after +his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, in all minor things, felt, +though with some suspicion of himself, that he entered into, and could +understand, this other so dubious sort of character also. There was a voice in +the theory he had brought to Rome with him which whispered “nothing is +either great nor small;” as there were times when he could have thought +that, as the “grammarian’s” or the artist’s ardour of +soul may be satisfied by the perfecting of the theory of a sentence, or the +adjustment of two colours, so his own life also might have been fulfilled by an +enthusiastic quest after perfection—say, in the flowering and folding of +a toga. +</p> + +<p> +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed in its +most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of Salve Imperator! +turned now from the living princes to the deity, as they discerned his +countenance through the great open doors. The imperial brothers had deposited +their crowns of myrtle on the richly embroidered lapcloth of the god; and, with +their chosen guests, sat down to a public feast in the temple itself. There +followed what was, after all, the great event of the day:—an appropriate +discourse, a discourse almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in the +presence of the assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who had thus, on +certain rare occasions, condescended to instruct his people, with the double +authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious student of philosophy. In those +lesser honours of the ovation, there had been no attendant slave behind the +emperors, to make mock of their effulgence as they went; and it was as if with +the discretion proper to a philosopher, and in fear of a jealous Nemesis, he +had determined himself to protest in time against the vanity of all outward +success. +</p> + +<p> +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor’s discourse in the vast hall +of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, or on the steps +before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius had noticed in the Via +Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by observation the minute points of +senatorial procedure. Marius had already some acquaintance with them, and +passing on found himself suddenly in the presence of what was still the most +august assembly the world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for +this ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had recovered +all its old dignity and independence. Among its members many hundreds in +number, visibly the most distinguished of them all, Marius noted the great +sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in all their magnificence. The antique +character of their attire, and the ancient mode of wearing it, still surviving +with them, added to the imposing character of their persons, while they sat, +with their staves of ivory in their hands, on their curule chairs—almost +the exact pattern of the chair still in use in the Roman church when a Bishop +pontificates at the divine offices—“tranquil and unmoved, with a +majesty that seemed divine,” as Marius thought, like the old Gaul of the +Invasion. The rays of the early November sunset slanted full upon the audience, +and made it necessary for the officers of the Court to draw the purple curtains +over the windows, adding to the solemnity of the scene. In the depth of those +warm shadows, surrounded by her ladies, the empress Faustina was seated to +listen. The beautiful Greek statue of Victory, which since the days of Augustus +had presided over the assemblies of the Senate, had been brought into the hall, +and placed near the chair of the emperor; who, after rising to perform a brief +sacrificial service in its honour, bowing reverently to the assembled fathers +left and right, took his seat and began to speak. +</p> + +<p> +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or triteness of +the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the old Roman epitaphs, of +all that was monumental in that city of tombs, layer upon layer of dead things +and people. As if in the very fervour of disillusion, he seemed to be +composing—Hôsper epigraphas chronôn kai holôn ethnôn+—the +sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples; nay! the very epitaph of the +living Rome itself. The grandeur of the ruins of Rome,—heroism in ruin: +it was under the influence of an imaginative anticipation of this, that he +appeared to be speaking. And though the impression of the actual greatness of +Rome on that day was but enhanced by the strain of contempt, falling with an +accent of pathetic conviction from the emperor himself, and gaining from his +pontifical pretensions the authority of a religious intimation, yet the curious +interest of the discourse lay in this, that Marius, for one, as he listened, +seemed to forsee a grass-grown Forum, the broken ways of the Capitol, and the +Palatine hill itself in humble occupation. That impression connected itself +with what he had already noted of an actual change even then coming over +Italian scenery. Throughout, he could trace something of a humour into which +Stoicism at all times tends to fall, the tendency to cry, Abase yourselves! +There was here the almost inhuman impassibility of one who had thought too +closely on the paradoxical aspect of the love of posthumous fame. With the +ascetic pride which lurks under all Platonism, resultant from its opposition of +the seen to the unseen, as falsehood to truth—the imperial Stoic, like +his true descendant, the hermit of the middle age, was ready, in no friendly +humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the corpse which had made so much of +itself in life. Marius could but contrast all that with his own Cyrenaic +eagerness, just then, to taste and see and touch; reflecting on the opposite +issues deducible from the same text. “The world, within me and without, +flows away like a river,” he had said; “therefore let me make the +most of what is here and now.”—“The world and the thinker +upon it, are consumed like a flame,” said Aurelius, “therefore will +I turn away my eyes from vanity: renounce: withdraw myself alike from all +affections.” He seemed tacitly to claim as a sort of personal dignity, +that he was very familiarly versed in this view of things, and could discern a +death’s-head everywhere. Now and again Marius was reminded of the saying +that “with the Stoics all people are the vulgar save themselves;” +and at times the orator seemed to have forgotten his audience, and to be +speaking only to himself. +</p> + +<p> +“Art thou in love with men’s praises, get thee into the very soul +of them, and see!—see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, bethink thee, +that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou wouldst survive by thy +great name, will be but as these, whom here thou hast found so hard to live +with. For of a truth, the soul of him who is aflutter upon renown after death, +presents not this aright to itself, that of all whose memory he would have each +one will likewise very quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, as she +journeys on by means of such as are themselves on the wing but for a while, and +are extinguished in their turn.—Making so much of those thou wilt never +see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those who were before thee discourse +fair things concerning thee. +</p> + +<p> +“To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret and +fear.— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> + Like the race of leaves<br/> +The race of man is:— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> + The wind in autumn strows<br/> +The earth with old leaves: then the spring<br/> + the woods with new endows.+ +</p> + +<p> +Leaves! little leaves!—thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who scorn or +miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall outlast them. For +all these, and the like of them, are born indeed in the spring +season—Earos epigignetai hôrê+: and soon a wind hath scattered them, and +thereafter the wood peopleth itself again with another generation of leaves. +And what is common to all of them is but the littleness of their lives: and yet +wouldst thou love and hate, as if these things should continue for ever. In a +little while thine eyes also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast +leaned thyself be himself a burden upon another. +</p> + +<p> +“Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, or +are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very substance of them +is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is almost nothing which +continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so close at thy side. Folly! to +be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, by reason of things like these! Think +of infinite matter, and thy portion—how tiny a particle, of it! of +infinite time, and thine own brief point there; of destiny, and the jot thou +art in it; and yield thyself readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee +what web she will. +</p> + +<p> +“As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had its +aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first beginning of his +course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any profit of its rising, or +loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? or the bubble, as it groweth or +breaketh on the air? or the flame of the lamp, from the beginning to the end of +its brief story? +</p> + +<p> +“All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who disposeth +all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now seest, fashioning from +its substance somewhat else, and therefrom somewhat else in its turn, lest the +world grow old. We are such stuff as dreams are made of—disturbing +dreams. Awake, then! and see thy dream as it is, in comparison with that +erewhile it seemed to thee. +</p> + +<p> +“And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must needs be +of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within the rhythm and +number of things which really are; so that in forty years one may note of man +and of his ways little less than in a thousand. Ah! from this higher place, +look we down upon the ship-wrecks and the calm! Consider, for example, how the +world went, under the emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in +marriage, they breed children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches +for others or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then they are; +they are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, suspicious, waiting upon +the death of others:—festivals, business, war, sickness, dissolution: and +now their whole life is no longer anywhere at all. Pass on to the reign of +Trajan: all things continue the same: and that life also is no longer anywhere +at all. Ah! but look again, and consider, one after another, as it were the +sepulchral inscriptions of all peoples and times, according to one +pattern.—What multitudes, after their utmost striving—a little +afterwards! were dissolved again into their dust. +</p> + +<p> +“Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it must +be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. How many have +never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget them! How soon may those +who shout my name to-day begin to revile it, because glory, and the memory of +men, and all things beside, are but vanity—a sand-heap under the +senseless wind, the barking of dogs, the quarrelling of children, weeping +incontinently upon their laughter. +</p> + +<p> +“This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now cometh to +be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt thou make thy treasure +of any one of these things? It were as if one set his love upon the swallow, as +it passeth out of sight through the air! +</p> + +<p> +“Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those whom +men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement spirit—those +famous rages, and the occasions of them—the great fortunes, and +misfortunes, of men’s strife of old. What are they all now, and the dust +of their battles? Dust and ashes indeed; a fable, a mythus, or not so much as +that. Yes! keep those before thine eyes who took this or that, the like of +which happeneth to thee, so hardly; were so querulous, so agitated. And where +again are they? Wouldst thou have it not otherwise with thee? +</p> + +<p> +Consider how quickly all things vanish away—their bodily structure into +the general substance; the very memory of them into that great gulf and abysm +of past thoughts. Ah! ’tis on a tiny space of earth thou art creeping +through life—a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to its grave. +</p> + +<p> +“Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy soul: +what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what a little +particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and consider what thing it +is, and that which old age, and lust, and the languor of disease can make of +it. Or come to its substantial and causal qualities, its very type: contemplate +that in itself, apart from the accidents of matter, and then measure also the +span of time for which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that +special type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of things +corruption hath its part—so much dust, humour, stench, and scraps of +bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth’s callosities, thy gold +and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a worm’s bedding, and thy +purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy life’s breath is not otherwise, as it +passeth out of matters like these, into the like of them again. +</p> + +<p> +“For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, moulds +and remoulds—how hastily!—beast, and plant, and the babe, in turn: +and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of nature, but, +remaining therein, hath also its changes there, disparting into those elements +of which nature herself, and thou too, art compacted. She changes without +murmuring. The oaken chest falls to pieces with no more complaining than when +the carpenter fitted it together. If one told thee certainly that on the morrow +thou shouldst die, or at the furthest on the day after, it would be no great +matter to thee to die on the day after to-morrow, rather than to-morrow. Strive +to think it a thing no greater that thou wilt die—not to-morrow, but a +year, or two years, or ten years from to-day. +</p> + +<p> +“I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our buried +ancestors—all things sordid in their elements, trite by long usage, and +yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a countryman in town, is he, who +wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, the repetition of the public shows, weary +thee? Even so doth that likeness of events in the spectacle of the world. And +so must it be with thee to the end. For the wheel of the world hath ever the +same motion, upward and downward, from generation to generation. When, when, +shall time give place to eternity? +</p> + +<p> +“If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, inasmuch +as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning them. Consider what +death is, and how, if one does but detach from it the appearances, the notions, +that hang about it, resting the eye upon it as in itself it really is, it must +be thought of but as an effect of nature, and that man but a child whom an +effect of nature shall affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; +but a thing profitable also to herself. +</p> + +<p> +“To cease from action—the ending of thine effort to think and do: +there is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man’s life, +boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of these also is a +dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the ship, thou hast made thy +voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! Be it into some other life: the +divine breath is everywhere, even there. Be it into forgetfulness for ever; at +least thou wilt rest from the beating of sensible images upon thee, from the +passions which pluck thee this way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those +long marches of the intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the flesh. +</p> + +<p> +“Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone—a name only, +or not so much as that, which, also, is but whispering and a resonance, kept +alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have hardly known themselves; +how much less thee, dead so long ago! +</p> + +<p> +“When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call up there +before thee one of thine ancestors—one of those old Caesars. Lo! +everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the thought occur to thee: And +where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? And thou, thyself—how long? +Art thou blind to that thou art—thy matter, how temporal; and thy +function, the nature of thy business? Yet tarry, at least, till thou hast +assimilated even these things to thine own proper essence, as a quick fire +turneth into heat and light whatsoever be cast upon it. +</p> + +<p> +“As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names that +were once on all men’s lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, in a +little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then Hadrian, and then +Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who lifted wise brows at other +men’s sick-beds, have sickened and died! Those wise Chaldeans, who +foretold, as a great matter, another man’s last hour, have themselves +been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those others, in their pleasant places: +those who doated on a Capreae like Tiberius, on their gardens, on the baths: +Pythagoras and Socrates, who reasoned so closely upon immortality: Alexander, +who used the lives of others as though his own should last for ever—he +and his mule-driver alike now!—one upon another. Well-nigh the whole +court of Antoninus is extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no longer beside the +sepulchre of their lord. The watchers over Hadrian’s dust have slipped +from his sepulchre.—It were jesting to stay longer. Did they sit there +still, would the dead feel it? or feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those +watchers for ever? The time must come when they too shall be aged men and aged +women, and decease, and fail from their places; and what shift were there then +for imperial service? This too is but the breath of the tomb, and a skinful of +dead men’s blood. +</p> + +<p> +“Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul only, +but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last of his race. +Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of others, whose very +burial place is unknown. +</p> + +<p> +“Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, nor +repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous judge, no tyrant, +but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a player leaves the stage at the +bidding of the conductor who hired him. Sayest thou, ‘I have not played +five acts’? True! but in human life, three acts only make sometimes an +entire play. That is the composer’s business, not thine. Withdraw thyself +with a good will; for that too hath, perchance, a good will which dismisseth +thee from thy part.” +</p> + +<p> +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in somewhat +suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made ready to do him a +useless honour, were of real service now, as the emperor was solemnly conducted +home; one man rapidly catching light from another—a long stream of moving +lights across the white Forum, up the great stairs, to the palace. And, in +effect, that night winter began, the hardest that had been known for a +lifetime. The wolves came from the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, +devoured the dead bodies which had been hastily buried during the plague, and, +emboldened by their meal, crept, before the short day was well past, over the +walls of the farmyards of the Campagna. The eagles were seen driving the flocks +of smaller birds across the dusky sky. Only, in the city itself the winter was +all the brighter for the contrast, among those who could pay for light and +warmth. The habit-makers made a great sale of the spoil of all such furry +creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for presents at the Saturnalia; and +at no time had the winter roses from Carthage seemed more lustrously yellow and +red. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +200. +Transliteration: Hôsper epigraphas chronôn kai holôn ethnôn. +Pater’s Translation: “the sepulchral titles of ages and whole +peoples.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hôrê. Translation: “born in +springtime.” Homer, Iliad VI.147. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: “He was +the last of his race.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap13"></a>CHAPTER XIII.<br/> +THE “MISTRESS AND MOTHER” OF PALACES</h2> + +<p> +After that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, softening leaf and +bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the air; but he did his work +behind an evenly white sky, against which the abode of the Caesars, its +cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like a picture in beautiful but melancholy +colour, as Marius climbed the long flights of steps to be introduced to the +emperor Aurelius. Attired in the newest mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae +of white leather, with the heavy gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga of +ceremony, he still retained all his country freshness of complexion. The eyes +of the “golden youth” of Rome were upon him as the chosen friend of +Cornelius, and the destined servant of the emperor; but not jealously. In spite +of, perhaps partly because of, his habitual reserve of manner, he had become +“the fashion,” even among those who felt instinctively the irony +which lay beneath that remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all things +with a difference from other people, perceptible in voice, in expression, and +even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one who, entering vividly into +life, and relishing to the full the delicacies of its intercourse, yet feels +all the while, from the point of view of an ideal philosophy, that he is but +conceding reality to suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a +day-dream, of the illusiveness of which he at least is aware. +</p> + +<p> +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due moment of +admission to the emperor’s presence. He was admiring the peculiar +decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. In the midst of +one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit you might have gathered, the +figure of a woman knocking at a door with wonderful reality of perspective. +Then the summons came; and in a few minutes, the etiquette of the imperial +household being still a simple matter, he had passed the curtains which divided +the central hall of the palace into three parts—three degrees of approach +to the sacred person—and was speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, +in which the emperor oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more familiarly, +in Latin, adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek phrase, as now and +again French phrases have made the adornment of fashionable English. It was +with real kindliness that Marcus Aurelius looked upon Marius, as a youth of +great attainments in Greek letters and philosophy; and he liked also his +serious expression, being, as we know, a believer in the doctrine of +physiognomy—that, as he puts it, not love only, but every other affection +of man’s soul, looks out very plainly from the window of the eyes. +</p> + +<p> +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, and richly +decorated with the favourite toys of two or three generations of imperial +collectors, now finally revised by the high connoisseurship of the Stoic +emperor himself, though destined not much longer to remain together there. It +is the repeated boast of Aurelius that he had learned from old Antoninus Pius +to maintain authority without the constant use of guards, in a robe woven by +the handmaids of his own consort, with no processional lights or images, and +“that a prince may shrink himself almost into the figure of a private +gentleman.” And yet, again as at his first sight of him, Marius was +struck by the profound religiousness of the surroundings of the imperial +presence. The effect might have been due in part to the very simplicity, the +discreet and scrupulous simplicity, of the central figure in this splendid +abode; but Marius could not forget that he saw before him not only the head of +the Roman religion, but one who might actually have claimed something like +divine worship, had he cared to do so. Though the fantastic pretensions of +Caligula had brought some contempt on that claim, which had become almost a +jest under the ungainly Claudius, yet, from Augustus downwards, a vague +divinity had seemed to surround the Caesars even in this life; and the peculiar +character of Aurelius, at once a ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his +pontifical calling, and a philosopher whose mystic speculation encircled him +with a sort of saintly halo, had restored to his person, without his intending +it, something of that divine prerogative, or prestige. Though he would never +allow the immediate dedication of altars to himself, yet the image of his +Genius—his spirituality or celestial counterpart—was placed among +those of the deified princes of the past; and his family, including Faustina +and the young Commodus, was spoken of as the “holy” or +“divine” house. Many a Roman courtier agreed with the barbarian +chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor of Aurelius, withdrew from his +presence with the exclamation:—“I have seen a god to-day!” +The very roof of his house, rising into a pediment or gable, like that of the +sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either side its doorway, the chaplet of +oak-leaves above, seemed to designate the place for religious veneration. And +notwithstanding all this, the household of Aurelius was singularly modest, with +none of the wasteful expense of palaces after the fashion of Lewis the +Fourteenth; the palatial dignity being felt only in a peculiar sense of order, +the absence of all that was casual, of vulgarity and discomfort. A merely +official residence of his predecessors, the Palatine had become the favourite +dwelling-place of Aurelius; its many-coloured memories suiting, perhaps, his +pensive character, and the crude splendours of Nero and Hadrian being now +subdued by time. The window-less Roman abode must have had much of what to a +modern would be gloom. How did the children, one wonders, endure houses with so +little escape for the eye into the world outside? Aurelius, who had altered +little else, choosing to live there, in a genuine homeliness, had shifted and +made the most of the level lights, and broken out a quite medieval window here +and there, and the clear daylight, fully appreciated by his youthful visitor, +made pleasant shadows among the objects of the imperial collection. Some of +these, indeed, by reason of their Greek simplicity and grace, themselves shone +out like spaces of a purer, early light, amid the splendours of the Roman +manufacture. +</p> + +<p> +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep enough, he was +abounding and bright to-day, after one of those pitiless headaches, which since +boyhood had been the “thorn in his side,” challenging the +pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one in humble endurances. At the first +moment, to Marius, remembering the spectacle of the emperor in ceremony, it was +almost bewildering to be in private conversation with him. There was much in +the philosophy of Aurelius—much consideration of mankind at large, of +great bodies, aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner—which, +on a nature less rich than his, might have acted as an inducement to care for +people in inverse proportion to their nearness to him. That has sometimes been +the result of the Stoic cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, however, determined to +beautify by all means, great or little, a doctrine which had in it some +potential sourness, had brought all the quickness of his intelligence, and long +years of observation, to bear on the conditions of social intercourse. He had +early determined “not to make business an excuse to decline the offices +of humanity—not to pretend to be too much occupied with important affairs +to concede what life with others may hourly demand;” and with such +success, that, in an age which made much of the finer points of that +intercourse, it was felt that the mere honesty of his conversation was more +pleasing than other men’s flattery. His agreeableness to his young +visitor to-day was, in truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of +Lucius Verus really a brother—the wisdom of not being exigent with men, +any more than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond their +nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, regarding whom this +wisdom became a marvel, of equity—of charity. +</p> + +<p> +The centre of a group of princely children, in the same apartment with +Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern home, sat the empress +Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With her long fingers lighted up red +by the glowing coals of the brazier Marius looked close upon the most beautiful +woman in the world, who was also the great paradox of the age, among her boys +and girls. As has been truly said of the numerous representations of her in +art, so in life, she had the air of one curious, restless, to enter into +conversation with the first comer. She had certainly the power of stimulating a +very ambiguous sort of curiosity about herself. And Marius found this enigmatic +point in her expression, that even after seeing her many times he could never +precisely recall her features in absence. The lad of six years, looking older, +who stood beside her, impatiently plucking a rose to pieces over the hearth, +was, in outward appearance, his father—the young Verissimus—over +again; but with a certain feminine length of feature, and with all his +mother’s alertness, or license, of gaze. +</p> + +<p> +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house regarding the +adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their lovers’ garlands +there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the boy beside her, really the +effect of a shameful magic, in which the blood of the murdered gladiator, his +true father, had been an ingredient? Were the tricks for deceiving husbands +which the Roman poet describes, really hers, and her household an efficient +school of all the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too aware, like +every one beside? Were certain sudden deaths which happened there, really the +work of apoplexy, or the plague? +</p> + +<p> +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to penetrate, was, +however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist philosophy, to his determination +that the world should be to him simply what the higher reason preferred to +conceive it; and the life’s journey Aurelius had made so far, though +involving much moral and intellectual loneliness, had been ever in affectionate +and helpful contact with other wayfarers, very unlike himself. Since his days +of earliest childhood in the Lateran gardens, he seemed to himself, blessing +the gods for it after deliberate survey, to have been always surrounded by +kinsmen, friends, servants, of exceptional virtue. From the great Stoic idea, +that we are all fellow-citizens of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more +equitable estimate than was common among Stoics, of the eternal shortcomings of +men and women. Considerations that might tend to the sweetening of his temper +it was his daily care to store away, with a kind of philosophic pride in the +thought that no one took more good-naturedly than he the +“oversights” of his neighbours. For had not Plato taught (it was +not paradox, but simple truth of experience) that if people sin, it is because +they know no better, and are “under the necessity of their own +ignorance”? Hard to himself, he seemed at times, doubtless, to decline +too softly upon unworthy persons. Actually, he came thereby upon many a useful +instrument. The empress Faustina he would seem at least to have kept, by a +constraining affection, from becoming altogether what most people have believed +her, and won in her (we must take him at his word in the +“Thoughts,” abundantly confirmed by letters, on both sides, in his +correspondence with Cornelius Fronto) a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, +because misknown of others. Was the secret of her actual blamelessness, after +all, with him who has at least screened her name? At all events, the one thing +quite certain about her, besides her extraordinary beauty, is her sweetness to +himself. +</p> + +<p> +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the garden, would +not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and he was the vine, +putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, again and again, after his +kind, whatever use people might make of it. Certainly, his actual presence +never lost its power, and Faustina was glad in it to-day, the birthday of one +of her children, a boy who stood at her knee holding in his fingers tenderly a +tiny silver trumpet, one of his birthday gifts.—“For my part, +unless I conceive my hurt to be such, I have no hurt at +all,”—boasts the would-be apathetic emperor:—“and how I +care to conceive of the thing rests with me.” Yet when his children fall +sick or die, this pretence breaks down, and he is broken-hearted: and one of +the charms of certain of his letters still extant, is his reference to those +childish sicknesses.—“On my return to Lorium,” he writes, +“I found my little lady—domnulam meam—in a fever;” and +again, in a letter to one of the most serious of men, “You will be glad +to hear that our little one is better, and running about the +room—parvolam nostram melius valere et intra cubiculum discurrere.” +</p> + +<p> +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness the +exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such company, +inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true father—anxious also +to escape from the too impressive company of the gravest and sweetest specimen +of old age Marius had ever seen, the tutor of the imperial children, who had +arrived to offer his birthday congratulations, and now, very familiarly and +affectionately, made a part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the +emperor, kissing the empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face +and hands. Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the “Orator,” favourite teacher +of the emperor’s youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now +the undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, elegantly +mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets of Rome, had certainly +turned his many personal gifts to account with a good fortune, remarkable even +in that age, so indulgent to professors or rhetoricians. The gratitude of the +emperor Aurelius, always generous to his teachers, arranging their very +quarrels sometimes, for they were not always fair to one another, had helped +him to a really great place in the world. But his sumptuous appendages, +including the villa and gardens of Maecenas, had been borne with an air +perfectly becoming, by the professor of a philosophy which, even in its most +accomplished and elegant phase, presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. +With an intimate practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, +disguises, flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind—a whole +accomplished rhetoric of daily life—he applied them all to the promotion +of humanity, and especially of men’s family affection. Through a long +life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, surrounded by the gracious +and soothing air of his own eloquence—the fame, the echoes, of +it—like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. Setting forth in that fine +medium the best ideas of matured pagan philosophy, he had become the favourite +“director” of noble youth. +</p> + +<p> +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out for such, +had yet seen of a perfectly tolerable, perfectly beautiful, old age—an +old age in which there seemed, to one who perhaps habitually over-valued the +expression of youth, nothing to be regretted, nothing really lost, in what +years had taken away. The wise old man, whose blue eyes and fair skin were so +delicate, uncontaminate and clear, would seem to have replaced carefully and +consciously each natural trait of youth, as it departed from him, by an +equivalent grace of culture; and had the blitheness, the placid cheerfulness, +as he had also the infirmity, the claim on stronger people, of a delightful +child. And yet he seemed to be but awaiting his exit from life—that +moment with which the Stoics were almost as much preoccupied as the Christians, +however differently—and set Marius pondering on the contrast between a +placidity like this, at eighty years, and the sort of desperateness he was +aware of in his own manner of entertaining that thought. His infirmities +nevertheless had been painful and long-continued, with losses of children, of +pet grandchildren. What with the crowd, and the wretched streets, it was a sign +of affection which had cost him something, for the old man to leave his own +house at all that day; and he was glad of the emperor’s support, as he +moved from place to place among the children he protests so often to have loved +as his own. +</p> + +<p> +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the present +century, has set free the long-buried fragrance of this famous friendship of +the old world, from below a valueless later manuscript, in a series of letters, +wherein the two writers exchange, for the most part their evening thoughts, +especially at family anniversaries, and with entire intimacy, on their +children, on the art of speech, on all the various subtleties of the +“science of images”—rhetorical images—above all, of +course, on sleep and matters of health. They are full of mutual admiration of +each other’s eloquence, restless in absence till they see one another +again, noting, characteristically, their very dreams of each other, expecting +the day which will terminate the office, the business or duty, which separates +them—“as superstitious people watch for the star, at the rising of +which they may break their fast.” To one of the writers, to Aurelius, the +correspondence was sincerely of value. We see him once reading his letters with +genuine delight on going to rest. Fronto seeks to deter his pupil from writing +in Greek.—Why buy, at great cost, a foreign wine, inferior to that from +one’s own vineyard? Aurelius, on the other hand, with an extraordinary +innate susceptibility to words—la parole pour la parole, as the French +say—despairs, in presence of Fronto’s rhetorical perfection. +</p> + +<p> +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, Fronto had +been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness among the Antonines; and +it was part of his friendship to make much of it, in the case of the children +of Faustina. “Well! I have seen the little ones,” he writes to +Aurelius, then, apparently, absent from them: “I have seen the little +ones—the pleasantest sight of my life; for they are as like yourself as +could possibly be. It has well repaid me for my journey over that slippery +road, and up those steep rocks; for I beheld you, not simply face to face +before me, but, more generously, whichever way I turned, to my right and my +left. For the rest, I found them, Heaven be thanked! with healthy cheeks and +lusty voices. One was holding a slice of white bread, like a king’s son; +the other a crust of brown bread, as becomes the offspring of a philosopher. I +pray the gods to have both the sower and the seed in their keeping; to watch +over this field wherein the ears of corn are so kindly alike. Ah! I heard too +their pretty voices, so sweet that in the childish prattle of one and the other +I seemed somehow to be listening—yes! in that chirping of your pretty +chickens—to the limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own oratory. Take +care! you will find me growing independent, having those I could love in your +place:—love, on the surety of my eyes and ears.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> ++“Limpid” is misprinted “Limped.” +</p> + +<p> +“Magistro meo salutem!” replies the Emperor, “I too have seen +my little ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in reading your +letter. It is that charming letter forces me to write thus:” with +reiterations of affection, that is, which are continual in these letters, on +both sides, and which may strike a modern reader perhaps as fulsome; or, again, +as having something in common with the old Judaic unction of friendship. They +were certainly sincere. +</p> + +<p> +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of the silver +trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and again, turning away with +eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought the old man was not listening. It +was the well-worn, valetudinarian subject of sleep, on which Fronto and +Aurelius were talking together; Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a +thing of magic capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, +and often by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be +sparing of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a story to +tell about it:— +</p> + +<p> +“They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he clothed +with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and Night; and he +assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. At that time Sleep was +not yet born and men passed the whole of their lives awake: only, the quiet of +the night was ordained for them, instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little +by little, being that the minds of men are restless, that they carried on their +business alike by night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. And +Jupiter, when he perceived that even in the night-time they ceased not from +trouble and disputation, and that even the courts of law remained open (it was +the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to be assiduous in those courts till far +into the night) resolved to appoint one of his brothers to be the overseer of +the night and have authority over man’s rest. But Neptune pleaded in +excuse the gravity of his constant charge of the seas, and Father Dis the +difficulty of keeping in subjection the spirits below; and Jupiter, having +taken counsel with the other gods, perceived that the practice of nightly +vigils was somewhat in favour. It was then, for the most part, that Juno gave +birth to her children: Minerva, the mistress of all art and craft, loved the +midnight lamp: Mars delighted in the darkness for his plots and sallies; and +the favour of Venus and Bacchus was with those who roused by night. Then it was +that Jupiter formed the design of creating Sleep; and he added him to the +number of the gods, and gave him the charge over night and rest, putting into +his hands the keys of human eyes. With his own hands he mingled the juices +wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of mortals—herb of Enjoyment and +herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in Heaven; and, from the meadows of +Acheron, the herb of Death; expressing from it one single drop only, no bigger +than a tear one might hide. ‘With this juice,’ he said, ‘pour +slumber upon the eyelids of mortals. So soon as it hath touched them they will +lay themselves down motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall +revive, and in a while stand up again upon their feet.’ Thereafter, +Jupiter gave wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury’s, to his heels, +but to his shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, ‘It becomes +thee not to approach men’s eyes as with the noise of chariots, and the +rushing of a swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, as upon the +wings of a swallow—nay! with not so much as the flutter of the +dove.’ Besides all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, he +committed to him also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to every +man’s desire. One watched his favourite actor; another listened to the +flute, or guided a charioteer in the race: in his dream, the soldier was +victorious, the general was borne in triumph, the wanderer returned home. +Yes!—and sometimes those dreams come true! +</p> + +<p> +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his household +gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and beyond it Marius gazed +for a few moments into the Lararium, or imperial chapel. A patrician youth, in +white habit, was in waiting, with a little chest in his hand containing incense +for the use of the altar. On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around +this narrow chamber, were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the golden +or gilded images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among them that image of +Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and such of the emperor’s +own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim fresco on the wall commemorated +the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, who in flight from Rome on the morrow of +a great disaster, overtaking certain priests on foot with their sacred +utensils, descended from the wagon in which he rode and yielded it to the +ministers of the gods. As he ascended into the chapel the emperor paused, and +with a grave but friendly look at his young visitor, delivered a parting +sentence, audible to him alone: <i>Imitation is the most acceptable part of +worship:—the gods had much rather mankind should resemble than flatter +them. Make sure that those to whom you come nearest be the happier by your +presence!</i> +</p> + +<p> +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour—the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what humanity! +Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways of life at home he +had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after his manner, to determine the +main trait in all this, he had to confess that it was a sentiment of +mediocrity, though of a mediocrity for once really golden. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap14"></a>CHAPTER XIV.<br/> +MANLY AMUSEMENT</h2> + +<p> +During the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire had seemed +possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to Aurelius it had also +seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no less a gift than his beautiful +daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his children—the domnula, probably, of +those letters. The little lady, grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had +been ever something of the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by +the law of contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man’s tigrish fervour. Conducted to Ephesus, she +had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more solemn wedding rites +being deferred till their return to Rome. +</p> + +<p> +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which bride and +bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was celebrated +accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius himself assisting, +with much domestic feeling. A crowd of fashionable people filled the space +before the entrance to the apartments of Lucius on the Palatine hill, richly +decorated for the occasion, commenting, not always quite delicately, on the +various details of the rite, which only a favoured few succeeded in actually +witnessing. “She comes!” Marius could hear them say, +“escorted by her young brothers: it is the young Commodus who carries the +torch of white-thornwood, the little basket of work-things, the toys for the +children:”—and then, after a watchful pause, “she is winding +the woollen thread round the doorposts. Ah! I see the marriage-cake: the +bridegroom presents the fire and water.” Then, in a longer pause, was +heard the chorus, Thalassie! Thalassie! and for just a few moments, in the +strange light of many wax tapers at noonday, Marius could see them both, side +by side, while the bride was lifted over the doorstep: Lucius Verus heated and +handsome—the pale, impassive Lucilla looking very long and slender, in +her closely folded yellow veil, and high nuptial crown. +</p> + +<p> +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, he found +himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator on occasions such +as this. It was a relief to depart with him—so fresh and quiet he looked, +though in all his splendid equestrian array in honour of the +ceremony—from the garish heat of the marriage scene. The reserve which +had puzzled Marius so much on his first day in Rome, was but an instance of +many, to him wholly unaccountable, avoidances alike of things and persons, +which must certainly mean that an intimate companionship would cost him +something in the way of seemingly indifferent amusements. Some inward standard +Marius seemed to detect there (though wholly unable to estimate its nature) of +distinction, selection, refusal, amid the various elements of the fervid and +corrupt life across which they were moving together:—some secret, +constraining motive, ever on the alert at eye and ear, which carried him +through Rome as under a charm, so that Marius could not but think of that +figure of the white bird in the market-place as undoubtedly made true of him. +And Marius was still full of admiration for this companion, who had known how +to make himself very pleasant to him. Here was the clear, cold corrective, +which the fever of his present life demanded. Without it, he would have felt +alternately suffocated and exhausted by an existence, at once so gaudy and +overdone, and yet so intolerably empty; in which people, even at their best, +seemed only to be brooding, like the wise emperor himself, over a world’s +disillusion. For with all the severity of Cornelius, there was such a breeze of +hopefulness—freshness and hopefulness, as of new morning, about him. For +the most part, as I said, those refusals, that reserve of his, seemed +unaccountable. But there were cases where the unknown monitor acted in a +direction with which the judgment, or instinct, of Marius himself wholly +concurred; the effective decision of Cornelius strengthening him further +therein, as by a kind of outwardly embodied conscience. And the entire drift of +his education determined him, on one point at least, to be wholly of the same +mind with this peculiar friend (they two, it might be, together, against the +world!) when, alone of a whole company of brilliant youth, he had withdrawn +from his appointed place in the amphitheatre, at a grand public show, which +after an interval of many months, was presented there, in honour of the +nuptials of Lucius Verus and Lucilla. +</p> + +<p> +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, that the +character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by Marius; even as on that +afternoon when he had girt on his armour, among the expressive lights and +shades of the dim old villa at the roadside, and every object of his knightly +array had seemed to be but sign or symbol of some other thing far beyond it. +For, consistently with his really poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, +even more exclusively than he was aware, through the medium of sense. From +Flavian in that brief early summer of his existence, he had derived a powerful +impression of the “perpetual flux”: he had caught there, as in +cipher or symbol, or low whispers more effective than any definite language, +his own Cyrenaic philosophy, presented thus, for the first time, in an image or +person, with much attractiveness, touched also, consequently, with a pathetic +sense of personal sorrow:—a concrete image, the abstract equivalent of +which he could recognise afterwards, when the agitating personal influence had +settled down for him, clearly enough, into a theory of practice. But of what +possible intellectual formula could this mystic Cornelius be the sensible +exponent; seeming, as he did, to live ever in close relationship with, and +recognition of, a mental view, a source of discernment, a light upon his way, +which had certainly not yet sprung up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of +Cornelius, his energetic clearness and purity, were a charm, rather physical +than moral: his exquisite correctness of spirit, at all events, accorded so +perfectly with the regular beauty of his person, as to seem to depend upon it. +And wholly different as was this later friendship, with its exigency, its +warnings, its restraints, from the feverish attachment to Flavian, which had +made him at times like an uneasy slave, still, like that, it was a +reconciliation to the world of sense, the visible world. From the hopefulness +of this gracious presence, all visible things around him, even the commonest +objects of everyday life—if they but stood together to warm their hands +at the same fire—took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and +interest. It was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically washed, +renewed, strengthened. +</p> + +<p> +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken his place in +the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with what an appetite for +every detail of the entertainment, and its various accessories:—the +sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the vela, with their serpentine +patterning, spread over the more select part of the company; the Vestal +virgins, taking their privilege of seats near the empress Faustina, who sat +there in a maze of double-coloured gems, changing, as she moved, like the waves +of the sea; the cool circle of shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the +fashionable told so effectively around the blazing arena, covered again and +again during the many hours’ show, with clean sand for the absorption of +certain great red patches there, by troops of white-shirted boys, for whom the +good-natured audience provided a scramble of nuts and small coin, flung to them +over a trellis-work of silver-gilt and amber, precious gift of Nero, while a +rain of flowers and perfume fell over themselves, as they paused between the +parts of their long feast upon the spectacle of animal suffering. +</p> + +<p> +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a patron, patron +or protégé, of the great goddess of Ephesus, the goddess of hunters; and the +show, celebrated by way of a compliment to him to-day, was to present some +incidents of her story, where she figures almost as the genius of madness, in +animals, or in the humanity which comes in contact with them. The entertainment +would have an element of old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a +learned and Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some sense a lover +of animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. There would be real wild and +domestic creatures, all of rare species; and a real slaughter. On so happy an +occasion, it was hoped, the elder emperor might even concede a point, and a +living criminal fall into the jaws of the wild beasts. And the spectacle was, +certainly, to end in the destruction, by one mighty shower of arrows, of a +hundred lions, “nobly” provided by Aurelius himself for the +amusement of his people.—Tam magnanimus fuit! +</p> + +<p> +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked delightfully fresh, +re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the actual freshness of the +morning, which at this season still brought the dew. Along the subterranean +ways that led up to it, the sound of an advancing chorus was heard at last, +chanting the words of a sacred song, or hymn to Diana; for the spectacle of the +amphitheatre was, after all, a religious occasion. To its grim acts of +blood-shedding a kind of sacrificial character still belonged in the view of +certain religious casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the humane +sensibilities of so pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his fraternal +complacency, had consented to preside over the shows. +</p> + +<p> +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development of her +worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied yet contrasted +elements of human temper and experience—man’s amity, and also his +enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were still, in a certain sense, +his brothers. She is the complete, and therefore highly complex, representative +of a state, in which man was still much occupied with animals, not as his +flock, or as his servants after the pastoral relationship of our later, orderly +world, but rather as his equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,—a +state full of primeval sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common +wants—while he watched, and could enter into, the humours of those +“younger brothers,” with an intimacy, the “survivals” +of which in a later age seem often to have had a kind of madness about them. +Diana represents alike the bright and the dark side of such relationship. But +the humanities of that relationship were all forgotten to-day in the excitement +of a show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their useless suffering and death, +formed the main point of interest. People watched their destruction, batch +after batch, in a not particularly inventive fashion; though it was expected +that the animals themselves, as living creatures are apt to do when hard put to +it, would become inventive, and make up, by the fantastic accidents of their +agony, for the deficiencies of an age fallen behind in this matter of manly +amusement. It was as a Deity of Slaughter—the Taurian goddess who demands +the sacrifice of the shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts—the cruel, +moonstruck huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, among the +wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person of a famous +courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after the first +introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display of the animals, +artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each other. And as Diana was +also a special protectress of new-born creatures, there would be a certain +curious interest in the dexterously contrived escape of the young from their +mother’s torn bosoms; as many pregnant animals as possible being +carefully selected for the purpose. +</p> + +<p> +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human beings. What +more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever contrived than that incident, +itself a practical epigram never to be forgottten, when a criminal, who, like +slaves and animals, had no rights, was compelled to present the part of Icarus; +and, the wings failing him in due course, had fallen into a pack of hungry +bears? For the long shows of the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the +novel-reading of that age—a current help provided for sluggish +imaginations, in regard, for instance, to grisly accidents, such as might +happen to one’s self; but with every facility for comfortable inspection. +Scaevola might watch his own hand, consuming, crackling, in the fire, in the +person of a culprit, willing to redeem his life by an act so delightful to the +eyes, the very ears, of a curious public. If the part of Marsyas was called +for, there was a criminal condemned to lose his skin. It might be almost +edifying to study minutely the expression of his face, while the assistants +corded and pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the servant of the law waiting +by, who, after one short cut with his knife, would slip the man’s leg +from his skin, as neatly as if it were a stocking—a finesse in providing +the due amount of suffering for wrong-doers only brought to its height in +Nero’s living bonfires. But then, by making his suffering ridiculous, you +enlist against the sufferer, some real, and all would-be manliness, and do much +to stifle any false sentiment of compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no +great taste for sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had greatly +changed all that; had provided that nets should be spread under the dancers on +the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the gladiators. But the +gladiators were still there. Their bloody contests had, under the form of a +popular amusement, the efficacy of a human sacrifice; as, indeed, the whole +system of the public shows was understood to possess a religious import. Just +at this point, certainly, the judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is +without reproach— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. +</p> + +<p> +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great slaughter-house, +could not but observe that, in his habitual complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, +with loud shouts of applause from time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius +had sat impassibly through all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For +the most part indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, after all, +indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic paradox of the +Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an excuse, should those savage +popular humours ever again turn against men and women. Marius remembered well +his very attitude and expression on this day, when, a few years later, certain +things came to pass in Gaul, under his full authority; and that attitude and +expression defined already, even thus early in their so friendly intercourse, +and though he was still full of gratitude for his interest, a permanent point +of difference between the emperor and himself—between himself, with all +the convictions of his life taking centre to-day in his merciful, angry heart, +and Aurelius, as representing all the light, all the apprehensive power there +might be in pagan intellect. There was something in a tolerance such as this, +in the bare fact that he could sit patiently through a scene like this, which +seemed to Marius to mark Aurelius as his inferior now and for ever on the +question of righteousness; to set them on opposite sides, in some great +conflict, of which that difference was but a single presentment. Due, in +whatever proportions, to the abstract principles he had formulated for himself, +or in spite of them, there was the loyal conscience within him, deciding, +judging himself and every one else, with a wonderful sort of +authority:—You ought, methinks, to be something quite different from what +you are; here! and here! Surely Aurelius must be lacking in that decisive +conscience at first sight, of the intimations of which Marius could entertain +no doubt—which he looked for in others. He at least, the humble follower +of the bodily eye, was aware of a crisis in life, in this brief, obscure +existence, a fierce opposition of real good and real evil around him, the +issues of which he must by no means compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms +of which the “wise” Marcus Aurelius was unaware. +</p> + +<p> +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, perhaps, leave +with the children of the modern world a feeling of self-complacency. Yet it +might seem well to ask ourselves—it is always well to do so, when we read +of the slave-trade, for instance, or of great religious persecutions on this +side or on that, or of anything else which raises in us the question, “Is +thy servant a dog, that he should do this thing?”—not merely, what +germs of feeling we may entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would +induce us to the like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might have +furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those legal crimes, +with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, perhaps, having its own +peculiar point of blindness, with its consequent peculiar sin—the +touch-stone of an unfailing conscience in the select few. +</p> + +<p> +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of deadness and +stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not failed him regarding it. +Yes! what was needed was the heart that would make it impossible to witness all +this; and the future would be with the forces that could beget a heart like +that. His chosen philosophy had said,—Trust the eye: Strive to be right +always in regard to the concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your +impressions. And its sanction had at least been effective here, in +protesting—“This, and this, is what you may not look upon!” +Surely evil was a real thing, and the wise man wanting in the sense of it, +where, not to have been, by instinctive election, on the right side, was to +have failed in life. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +END OF VOL. I +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e10844 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4057 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4057) diff --git a/old/4057-8.txt b/old/4057-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b8a533 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4057-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5740 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by Walter Horatio Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume One + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Posting Date: June 13, 2009 [EBook #4057] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: October 25, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + + + + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a style inconvenient +in an electronic edition. I have therefore placed an asterisk +immediately after each of Pater's footnotes and a + sign after my own +notes, and have listed each chapter's notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, I +have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed numeral +such as [22] indicates that the material immediately following the +number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I have preserved +paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an e-text +does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, +it can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a +Victorianist archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater +and many other nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE WALTER PATER + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mkistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PART THE FIRST + + 1. "The Religion of Numa": 3-12 + 2. White-Nights: 13-26 + 3. Change of Air: 27-42 + 4. The Tree of Knowledge: 43-54 + 5. The Golden Book: 55-91 + 6. Euphuism: 92-110 + 7. A Pagan End: 111-120 + + PART THE SECOND + + 8. Animula Vagula: 123-143 + 9. New Cyrenaicism: 144-157 + 10. On the Way: 158-171 + 11. "The Most Religious City in the World": 172-187 + 12. "The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King": 188-211 + 13. The "Mistress and Mother" of Palaces: 212-229 + 14. Manly Amusement: 230-243 + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +PART THE FIRST + + +CHAPTER I: "THE RELIGION OF NUMA" + +[3] As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered +latest in the country, and died out at last as but paganism--the +religion of the villagers, before the advance of the Christian Church; +so, in an earlier century, it was in places remote from town-life that +the older and purer forms of paganism itself had survived the longest. +While, in Rome, new religions had arisen with bewildering complexity +around the dying old one, the earlier and simpler patriarchal religion, +"the religion of Numa," as people loved to fancy, lingered on with +little change amid the pastoral life, out of the habits and sentiment +of which so much of it had grown. Glimpses of such a survival we may +catch below the merely artificial attitudes of Latin pastoral poetry; +in Tibullus especially, who has preserved for us many poetic details of +old Roman religious usage. + + At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates, + Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: + +[4] --he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, +with repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one of +his elegies, as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The hearth, +from a spark of which, as one form of old legend related, the child +Romulus had been miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; and the +worthiest sacrifice to the gods the perfect physical sanity of the +young men and women, which the scrupulous ways of that religion of the +hearth had tended to maintain. A religion of usages and sentiment +rather than of facts and belief, and attached to very definite things +and places--the oak of immemorial age, the rock on the heath fashioned +by weather as if by some dim human art, the shadowy grove of ilex, +passing into which one exclaimed involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, +Deity is in this Place! Numen Inest!--it was in natural harmony with +the temper of a quiet people amid the spectacle of rural life, like +that simpler faith between man and man, which Tibullus expressly +connects with the period when, with an inexpensive worship, the old +wooden gods had been still pressed for room in their homely little +shrines. + +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden +image of Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now +about to test the truth of the old Platonic contention, that the world +would at last find itself [5] happy, could it detach some reluctant +philosophic student from the more desirable life of celestial +contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there was a boy living in an +old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for himself, recruited +that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous force of religious +veneration such as had originally called them into being. More than a +century and a half had past since Tibullus had written; but the +restoration of religious usages, and their retention where they still +survived, was meantime come to be the fashion through the influence of +imperial example; and what had been in the main a matter of family +pride with his father, was sustained by a native instinct of devotion +in the young Marius. A sense of conscious powers external to +ourselves, pleased or displeased by the right or wrong conduct of every +circumstance of daily life--that conscience, of which the old Roman +religion was a formal, habitual recognition, was become in him a +powerful current of feeling and observance. The old-fashioned, partly +puritanic awe, the power of which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly +in a northern peasantry, had its counterpart in the feeling of the +Roman lad, as he passed the spot, "touched of heaven," where the +lightning had struck dead an aged labourer in the field: an upright +stone, still with mouldering garlands about it, marked the place. He +brought to that system of symbolic [6] usages, and they in turn +developed in him further, a great seriousness--an impressibility to the +sacredness of time, of life and its events, and the circumstances of +family fellowship; of such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from +labour on which they live, really understood by him as gifts--a sense +of religious responsibility in the reception of them. It was a +religion for the most part of fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a +year-long burden of forms; yet rarely (on clear summer mornings, for +instance) the thought of those heavenly powers afforded a welcome +channel for the almost stifling sense of health and delight in him, and +relieved it as gratitude to the gods. + +The day of the "little" or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, +as the great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the +interest of the whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; +the instruments of labour lie untouched, hung with wreaths of flowers, +while masters and servants together go in solemn procession along the +dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, conducting the victims whose blood +is presently to be shed for the purification from all natural or +supernatural taint of the lands they have "gone about." The old Latin +words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession moved on its way, +though their precise meaning was long [7] since become unintelligible, +were recited from an ancient illuminated roll, kept in the painted +chest in the hall, together with the family records. Early on that day +the girls of the farm had been busy in the great portico, filling large +baskets with flowers plucked short from branches of apple and cherry, +then in spacious bloom, to strew before the quaint images of the +gods--Ceres and Bacchus and the yet more mysterious Dea Dia--as they +passed through the fields, carried in their little houses on the +shoulders of white-clad youths, who were understood to proceed to this +office in perfect temperance, as pure in soul and body as the air they +breathed in the firm weather of that early summer-time. The clean +lustral water and the full incense-box were carried after them. The +altars were gay with garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of +blossom and green herbs to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, +fresh-gathered this morning from a particular plot in the old garden, +set apart for the purpose. Just then the young leaves were almost as +fragrant as flowers, and the scent of the bean-fields mingled +pleasantly with the cloud of incense. But for the monotonous +intonation of the liturgy by the priests, clad in their strange, stiff, +antique vestments, and bearing ears of green corn upon their heads, +secured by flowing bands of white, the procession moved in absolute +stillness, all persons, even the children, abstaining from [8] speech +after the utterance of the pontifical formula, Favete +linguis!--Silence! Propitious Silence!--lest any words save those +proper to the occasion should hinder the religious efficacy of the rite. + +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading part +in the ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to complete +this impressive outward silence by that inward tacitness of mind, +esteemed so important by religious Romans in the performance of these +sacred functions. To him the sustained stillness without seemed really +but to be waiting upon that interior, mental condition of preparation +or expectancy, for which he was just then intently striving. The +persons about him, certainly, had never been challenged by those +prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the divine nature: they +conceived them rather to be the appointed means of setting such +troublesome movements at rest. By them, "the religion of Numa," so +staid, ideal and comely, the object of so much jealous conservatism, +though of direct service as lending sanction to a sort of high +scrupulosity, especially in the chief points of domestic conduct, was +mainly prized as being, through its hereditary character, something +like a personal distinction--as contributing, among the other +accessories of an ancient house, to the production of that aristocratic +atmosphere which separated them from newly-made people. But [9] in the +young Marius, the very absence from those venerable usages of all +definite history and dogmatic interpretation, had already awakened much +speculative activity; and to-day, starting from the actual details of +the divine service, some very lively surmises, though scarcely distinct +enough to be thoughts, were moving backwards and forwards in his mind, +as the stirring wind had done all day among the trees, and were like +the passing of some mysterious influence over all the elements of his +nature and experience. One thing only distracted him--a certain pity +at the bottom of his heart, and almost on his lips, for the sacrificial +victims and their looks of terror, rising almost to disgust at the +central act of the sacrifice itself, a piece of everyday butcher's +work, such as we decorously hide out of sight; though some then present +certainly displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus permitted +them on a religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great procession +on the frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid +heads of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for +animals in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their +sufferings. It was this contrast that distracted Marius now in the +blessing of his fields, and qualified his devout absorption upon the +scrupulous fulfilment of all the details of the ceremonial, as the +procession approached the altars. + +[10] The names of that great populace of "little gods," dear to the +Roman home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special +occasions, were not forgotten in the long litany--Vatican who causes +the infant to utter his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first +word, Cuba who keeps him quiet in his cot, Domiduca especially, for +whom Marius had through life a particular memory and devotion, the +goddess who watches over one's safe coming home. The urns of the dead +in the family chapel received their due service. They also were now +become something divine, a goodly company of friendly and protecting +spirits, encamped about the place of their former abode--above all +others, the father, dead ten years before, of whom, remembering but a +tall, grave figure above him in early childhood, Marius habitually +thought as a genius a little cold and severe. + + Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi, + Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.-- + +Perhaps!--but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to-day +upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little--a few +violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, from +the time when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had Marius +taken them their portion of the family meal, at the second course, +amidst the silence [11] of the company. They loved those who brought +them their sustenance; but, deprived of these services, would be heard +wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully in the stillness of the +night. + +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial--bread, oil, +wine, milk--had regained for him, by their use in such religious +service, that poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely +belongs to all the means of daily life, could we but break through the +veil of our familiarity with things by no means vulgar in themselves. A +hymn followed, while the whole assembly stood with veiled faces. The +fire rose up readily from the altars, in clean, bright flame--a +favourable omen, making it a duty to render the mirth of the evening +complete. Old wine was poured out freely for the servants at supper in +the great kitchen, where they had worked in the imperfect light through +the long evenings of winter. The young Marius himself took but a very +sober part in the noisy feasting. A devout, regretful after-taste of +what had been really beautiful in the ritual he had accomplished took +him early away, that he might the better recall in reverie all the +circumstances of the celebration of the day. As he sank into a sleep, +pleasant with all the influences of long hours in the open air, he +seemed still to be moving in procession through the fields, with a kind +of pleasurable awe. That feeling was still upon him as he [12] awoke +amid the beating of violent rain on the shutters, in the first storm of +the season. The thunder which startled him from sleep seemed to make +the solitude of his chamber almost painfully complete, as if the +nearness of those angry clouds shut him up in a close place alone in +the world. Then he thought of the sort of protection which that day's +ceremonies assured. To procure an agreement with the gods--Pacem +deorum exposcere: that was the meaning of what they had all day been +busy upon. In a faith, sincere but half-suspicious, he would fain have +those Powers at least not against him. His own nearer household gods +were all around his bed. The spell of his religion as a part of the +very essence of home, its intimacy, its dignity and security, was +forcible at that moment; only, it seemed to involve certain heavy +demands upon him. + + + +CHAPTER II: WHITE-NIGHTS + +[13] To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the +childhood of Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, +as you first caught sight of that coy, retired place,--surely nothing +could happen there, without its full accompaniment of thought or +reverie. White-nights! so you might interpret its old Latin name.* +"The red rose came first," says a quaint German mystic, speaking of +"the mystery of so-called white things," as being "ever an +after-thought--the doubles, or seconds, of real things, and themselves +but half-real, half-material--the white queen, the white witch, the +white mass, which, as the black mass is a travesty of the true mass +turned to evil by horrible old witches, is celebrated by young +candidates for the priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of +rehearsal." So, white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same +analogy, should be [14] nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but +passed in continuous dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly +the place was, in such case, true to its fanciful name in this, that +you might very well conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the +daytime might come to much there. + +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come +down to him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain +Marcellus two generations before, a favourite in his day of the +fashionable world at Rome, where he had at least spent his substance +with a correctness of taste Marius might seem to have inherited from +him; as he was believed also to resemble him in a singularly pleasant +smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with some degree of +sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. + +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer to +the dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of workday +negligence or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm for some, +for the young master himself among them. The more observant passer-by +would note, curious as to the inmates, a certain amount of dainty care +amid that neglect, as if it came in part, perhaps, from a reluctance to +disturb old associations. It was significant of the national +character, that a sort of elegant gentleman farming, as we say, had +been much affected by some of the most cultivated [15] Romans. But it +became something more than an elegant diversion, something of a serious +business, with the household of Marius; and his actual interest in the +cultivation of the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at +least, intimately near to those elementary conditions of life, a +reverence for which, the great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own +half-mystic pre-occupation with them, held to be the ground of +primitive Roman religion, as of primitive morals. But then, farm-life +in Italy, including the culture of the olive and the vine, has a grace +of its own, and might well contribute to the production of an ideal +dignity of character, like that of nature itself in this gifted region. +Vulgarity seemed impossible. The place, though impoverished, was still +deservedly dear, full of venerable memories, and with a living +sweetness of its own for to-day. + +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the struggling +family pride of the lad's father, to which the example of the head of +the state, old Antoninus Pius--an example to be still further enforced +by his successor--had given a fresh though perhaps somewhat artificial +popularity. It had been consistent with many another homely and +old-fashioned trait in him, not to undervalue the charm of +exclusiveness and immemorial authority, which membership in a local +priestly college, hereditary in his house, conferred upon him. To set +a real value on [16] these things was but one element in that pious +concern for his home and all that belonged to it, which, as Marius +afterwards discovered, had been a strong motive with his father. The +ancient hymn--Fana Novella!--was still sung by his people, as the new +moon grew bright in the west, and even their wild custom of leaping +through heaps of blazing straw on a certain night in summer was not +discouraged. The privilege of augury itself, according to tradition, +had at one time belonged to his race; and if you can imagine how, once +in a way, an impressible boy might have an inkling, an inward mystic +intimation, of the meaning and consequences of all that, what was +implied in it becoming explicit for him, you conceive aright the mind +of Marius, in whose house the auspices were still carefully consulted +before every undertaking of moment. + +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally--and that is all +many not unimportant persons ever find to do--a certain tradition of +life, which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling with +which he thought of his dead father was almost exclusively that of awe; +though crossed at times by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, as he +could but confess to himself, pondering, in the actual absence of so +weighty and continual a restraint, upon the arbitrary power which Roman +religion and Roman law gave to the parent over the son. [17] On the +part of his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the husband's +memory, there was a sustained freshness of regret, together with the +recognition, as Marius fancied, of some costly self-sacrifice to be +credited to the dead. The life of the widow, languid and shadowy +enough but for the poignancy of that regret, was like one long service +to the departed soul; its many annual observances centering about the +funeral urn--a tiny, delicately carved marble house, still white and +fair, in the family-chapel, wreathed always with the richest flowers +from the garden. To the dead, in fact, was conceded in such places a +somewhat closer neighbourhood to the old homes they were thought still +to protect, than is usual with us, or was usual in Rome itself--a +closeness which the living welcomed, so diverse are the ways of our +human sentiment, and in which the more wealthy, at least in the +country, might indulge themselves. All this Marius followed with a +devout interest, sincerely touched and awed by his mother's sorrow. +After the deification of the emperors, we are told, it was considered +impious so much as to use any coarse expression in the presence of +their images. To Marius the whole of life seemed full of sacred +presences, demanding of him a similar collectedness. The severe and +archaic religion of the villa, as he conceived it, begot in him a sort +of devout circumspection lest he should fall short at any point of the +demand upon him of anything [18] in which deity was concerned. He must +satisfy with a kind of sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he +be found wanting to, the claims of others, in their joys and +calamities--the happiness which deity sanctioned, or the blows in which +it made itself felt. And from habit, this feeling of a responsibility +towards the world of men and things, towards a claim for due sentiment +concerning them on his side, came to be a part of his nature not to be +put off. It kept him serious and dignified amid the Epicurean +speculations which in after years much engrossed him, and when he had +learned to think of all religions as indifferent, serious amid many +fopperies and through many languid days, and made him anticipate all +his life long as a thing towards which he must carefully train himself, +some great occasion of self-devotion, such as really came, that should +consecrate his life, and, it might be, its memory with others, as the +early Christian looked forward to martyrdom at the end of his course, +as a seal of worth upon it. + +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his +first view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the +face, as it were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from the +white road, at the point where it began to decline somewhat steeply to +the marsh-land below. The building of pale red and yellow marble, +mellowed by age, which he saw beyond the gates, was indeed but the +exquisite [19] fragment of a once large and sumptuous villa. Two +centuries of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the mosses +which lay along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and there the +marble plates had slipped from their places, where the delicate weeds +had forced their way. The graceful wildness which prevailed in garden +and farm gave place to a singular nicety about the actual habitation, +and a still more scrupulous sweetness and order reigned within. The +old Roman architects seem to have well understood the decorative value +of the floor--the real economy there was, in the production of rich +interior effect, of a somewhat lavish expenditure upon the surface they +trod on. The pavement of the hall had lost something of its evenness; +but, though a little rough to the foot, polished and cared for like a +piece of silver, looked, as mosaic-work is apt to do, its best in old +age. Most noticeable among the ancestral masks, each in its little +cedarn chest below the cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant +Marcellus, with the quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to +Marius, just then so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, +curved ingeniously into oval form, which he had added to the mansion, +still contained his collection of works of art; above all, that head of +Medusa, for which the villa was famous. The spoilers of one of the old +Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost the [20] thing, as it +seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the sands of +which it was drawn up in a fisherman's net, with the fine golden +laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was Marcellus +also who had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys with the white +pigeon-house above, so characteristic of the place. The little glazed +windows in the uppermost chamber framed each its dainty landscape--the +pallid crags of Carrara, like wildly twisted snow-drifts above the +purple heath; the distant harbour with its freight of white marble +going to sea; the lighthouse temple of Venus Speciosa on its dark +headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white breakers. Even on summer +nights the air there had always a motion in it, and drove the scent of +the new-mown hay along all the passages of the house. + +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something cloistral +or monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite order, made the +whole place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the peculiar +sanctuary, of his mother, who, still in real widowhood, provided the +deceased Marius the elder with that secondary sort of life which we can +give to the dead, in our intensely realised memory of them--the +"subjective immortality," to use a modern phrase, for which many a +Roman epitaph cries out plaintively to widow or sister or daughter, +still in the land of the living. Certainly, if any [21] such +considerations regarding them do reach the shadowy people, he enjoyed +that secondary existence, that warm place still left, in thought at +least, beside the living, the desire for which is actually, in various +forms, so great a motive with most of us. And Marius the younger, even +thus early, came to think of women's tears, of women's hands to lay one +to rest, in death as in the sleep of childhood, as a sort of natural +want. The soft lines of the white hands and face, set among the many +folds of the veil and stole of the Roman widow, busy upon her +needlework, or with music sometimes, defined themselves for him as the +typical expression of maternity. Helping her with her white and purple +wools, and caring for her musical instruments, he won, as if from the +handling of such things, an urbane and feminine refinement, qualifying +duly his country-grown habits--the sense of a certain delicate +blandness, which he relished, above all, on returning to the "chapel" +of his mother, after long days of open-air exercise, in winter or +stormy summer. For poetic souls in old Italy felt, hardly less +strongly than the English, the pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with +the very dead warm in its generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in +flower, though the hail is beating hard without. One important +principle, of fruit afterwards in his Roman life, that relish for the +country fixed deeply in him; in the winters especially, when the +sufferings of [22] the animal world became so palpable even to the +least observant. It fixed in him a sympathy for all creatures, for the +almost human troubles and sicknesses of the flocks, for instance. It +was a feeling which had in it something of religious veneration for +life as such--for that mysterious essence which man is powerless to +create in even the feeblest degree. One by one, at the desire of his +mother, the lad broke down his cherished traps and springes for the +hungry wild birds on the salt marsh. A white bird, she told him once, +looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in his bosom across +a crowded public place--his own soul was like that! Would it reach the +hands of his good genius on the opposite side, unruffled and unsoiled? +And as his mother became to him the very type of maternity in things, +its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and maternity itself the central +type of all love;--so, that beautiful dwelling-place lent the reality +of concrete outline to a peculiar ideal of home, which throughout the +rest of his life he seemed, amid many distractions of spirit, to be +ever seeking to regain. + +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced still +further this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. His +religion, that old Italian religion, in contrast with the really +light-hearted religion of Greece, had its deep undercurrent of gloom, +its sad, haunting imageries, not exclusively confined to the walls [23] +of Etruscan tombs. The function of the conscience, not always as the +prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but oftenest as his +accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part in it; +and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his footsteps, made +him oddly suspicious of particular places and persons. Though his +liking for animals was so strong, yet one fierce day in early summer, +as he walked along a narrow road, he had seen the snakes breeding, and +ever afterwards avoided that place and its ugly associations, for there +was something in the incident which made food distasteful and his sleep +uneasy for many days afterwards. The memory of it however had almost +passed away, when at the corner of a street in Pisa, he came upon an +African showman exhibiting a great serpent: once more, as the reptile +writhed, the former painful impression revived: it was like a peep into +the lower side of the real world, and again for many days took all +sweetness from food and sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying +to puzzle out the secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread +of a snake's bite, like one of his companions, who had put his hand +into the mouth of an old garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. +A kind of pity even mingled with his aversion, and he could hardly have +killed or injured the animals, which seemed already to suffer by the +very circumstance of their life, being what they [24] were. It was +something like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather a moral +feeling, for the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or +feathers, so different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity +of aspect in its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a humanity, +dusty and sordid and as if far gone in corruption, in the sluggish +coil, as it awoke suddenly into one metallic spring of pure enmity +against him. Long afterwards, when it happened that at Rome he saw, a +second time, a showman with his serpents, he remembered the night which +had then followed, thinking, in Saint Augustine's vein, on the real +greatness of those little troubles of children, of which older people +make light; but with a sudden gratitude also, as he reflected how +richly possessed his life had actually been by beautiful aspects and +imageries, seeing how greatly what was repugnant to the eye disturbed +his peace. + +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to +contemplation than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an +earlier day there had been reason to expect, and animating his +solitude, as he read eagerly and intelligently, with the traditions of +the past, already he lived much in the realm of the imagination, and +became betimes, as he was to continue all through life, something of an +idealist, constructing the world for himself in great measure from +within, by the exercise [25] of meditative power. A vein of subjective +philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all things, there +would be always in his intellectual scheme of the world and of conduct, +with a certain incapacity wholly to accept other men's valuations. And +the generation of this peculiar element in his temper he could trace up +to the days when his life had been so like the reading of a romance to +him. Had the Romans a word for unworldly? The beautiful word +umbratilis perhaps comes nearest to it; and, with that precise sense, +might describe the spirit in which he prepared himself for the +sacerdotal function hereditary in his family--the sort of mystic +enjoyment he had in the abstinence, the strenuous self-control and +ascsis, which such preparation involved. Like the young Ion in the +beautiful opening of the play of Euripides, who every morning sweeps +the temple floor with such a fund of cheerfulness in his service, he +was apt to be happy in sacred places, with a susceptibility to their +peculiar influences which he never outgrew; so that often in +after-times, quite unexpectedly, this feeling would revive in him with +undiminished freshness. That first, early, boyish ideal of priesthood, +the sense of dedication, survived through all the distractions of the +world, and when all thought of such vocation had finally passed from +him, as a ministry, in spirit at least, towards a sort of hieratic +beauty and order in the conduct of life. + +[26] And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the +lad's pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble +to the coast, over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, +and delightful signs, one after another--the abandoned boat, the ruined +flood-gates, the flock of wild birds--that one was approaching the sea; +the long summer-day of idleness among its vague scents and sounds. And +it was characteristic of him that he relished especially the grave, +subdued, northern notes in all that--the charm of the French or English +notes, as we might term them--in the luxuriant Italian landscape. + +NOTES + +13. *Ad Vigilias Albas. + + + +CHAPTER III: CHANGE OF AIR + +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. + +[27] THAT almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of +the country, were both alike developed by the circumstances of a +journey, which happened about this time, when Marius was taken to a +certain temple of Aesculapius, among the hills of Etruria, as was then +usual in such cases, for the cure of some boyish sickness. The +religion of Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, had been +naturalised in Rome in the old republican times; but had reached under +the Antonines the height of its popularity throughout the Roman world. +That was an age of valetudinarians, in many instances of imaginary +ones; but below its various crazes concerning health and disease, +largely multiplied a few years after the time of which I am speaking by +the miseries of a great pestilence, lay a valuable, because partly +practicable, belief that all the maladies of the soul might be reached +through the subtle gateways of the body. + +[28] Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily sanity. +The religion of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they called him +absolutely, had a chance just then of becoming the one religion; that +mild and philanthropic son of Apollo surviving, or absorbing, all other +pagan godhead. The apparatus of the medical art, the salutary mineral +or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the varieties of the bath, came to +have a kind of sacramental character, so deep was the feeling, in more +serious minds, of a moral or spiritual profit in physical health, +beyond the obvious bodily advantages one had of it; the body becoming +truly, in that case, but a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood +or "family" of Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in +possession of certain precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, +of all the institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian +priesthood; the temples of the god, rich in some instances with the +accumulated thank-offerings of centuries of a tasteful devotion, being +really also a kind of hospitals for the sick, administered in a full +conviction of the religiousness, the refined and sacred happiness, of a +life spent in the relieving of pain. + +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there were +doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the +reception of health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part +his care was held to take [29] effect through a machinery easily +capable of misuse for purposes of religious fraud. Through dreams, +above all, inspired by Aesculapius himself, information as to the cause +and cure of a malady was supposed to come to the sufferer, in a belief +based on the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those who watch them +carefully, give many hints concerning the conditions of the body--those +latent weak points at which disease or death may most easily break into +it. In the time of Marcus Aurelius these medical dreams had become +more than ever a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, the "Orator," a man +of undoubted intellectual power, has devoted six discourses to their +interpretation; the really scientific Galen has recorded how +beneficently they had intervened in his own case, at certain +turning-points of life; and a belief in them was one of the frailties +of the wise emperor himself. Partly for the sake of these dreams, +living ministers of the god, more likely to come to one in his actual +dwelling-place than elsewhere, it was almost a necessity that the +patient should sleep one or more nights within the precincts of a +temple consecrated to his service, during which time he must observe +certain rules prescribed by the priests. + +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary +before starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on +his way to the famous temple which lay [30] among the hills beyond the +valley of the Arnus. It was his greatest adventure hitherto; and he +had much pleasure in all its details, in spite of his feverishness. +Starting early, under the guidance of an old serving-man who drove the +mules, with his wife who took all that was needful for their +refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, they went, +under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck certain flowers +seen for the first time on these high places, upwards, through a long +day of sunshine, while cliffs and woods sank gradually below their +path. The evening came as they passed along a steep white road with +many windings among the pines, and it was night when they reached the +temple, the lights of which shone out upon them pausing before the +gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became alive to a singular +purity in the air. A rippling of water about the place was the only +thing audible, as they waited till two priestly figures, speaking Greek +to one another, admitted them into a large, white-walled and clearly +lighted guest-chamber, in which, while he partook of a simple but +wholesomely prepared supper, Marius still seemed to feel pleasantly the +height they had attained to among the hills. + +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his old +fear of serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that +Aesculapius [31] had come to Rome, and the last definite thought of his +weary head before he fell asleep had been a dread either that the god +might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, under this hideous +aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes themselves, +kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. + +And after an hour's feverish dreaming he awoke--with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The footsteps +of the youthful figure which approached and sat by his bedside were +certainly real. Ever afterwards, when the thought arose in his mind of +some unhoped-for but entire relief from distress, like blue sky in a +storm at sea, would come back the memory of that gracious countenance +which, amid all the kindness of its gaze, had yet a certain air of +predominance over him, so that he seemed now for the first time to have +found the master of his spirit. It would have been sweet to be the +servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. + +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his +years, a lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of +opportunity, which seemed to be the aim of the young priest's +recommendations. The sum of them, through various forgotten intervals +of argument, as might really have happened in a [32] dream, was the +precept, repeated many times under slightly varied aspects, of a +diligent promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in the eye +would lie for him the determining influence of life: he was of the +number of those who, in the words of a poet who came long after, must +be "made perfect by the love of visible beauty." The discourse was +conceived from the point of view of a theory Marius found afterwards in +Plato's Phaedrus, which supposes men's spirits susceptible to certain +influences, diffused, after the manner of streams or currents, by fair +things or persons visibly present--green fields, for instance, or +children's faces--into the air around them, acting, in the case of some +peculiar natures, like potent material essences, and conforming the +seer to themselves as with some cunning physical necessity. This +theory,* in itself so fantastic, had however determined in a range of +methodical suggestions, altogether quaint here and there from their +circumstantial minuteness. And throughout, the possibility of some +vision, as of a new city coming down "like a bride out of heaven," a +vision still indeed, it might seem, a long way off, but to be granted +perhaps one day to the eyes thus trained, was presented as the motive +of this laboriously practical direction. + +"If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear [33] light," so the discourse recommenced after a +pause, "be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in all +things, and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows." To keep the eye +clear by a sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, +extending even to his dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and +more fastidiously, select form and colour in things from what was less +select; to meditate much on beautiful visible objects, on objects, more +especially, connected with the period of youth--on children at play in +the morning, the trees in early spring, on young animals, on the +fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by him if it were +but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea-shell, as a token +and representative of the whole kingdom of such things; to avoid +jealously, in his way through the world, everything repugnant to sight; +and, should any circumstance tempt him to a general converse in the +range of such objects, to disentangle himself from that circumstance at +any cost of place, money, or opportunity; such were in brief outline +the duties recognised, the rights demanded, in this new formula of +life. And it was delivered with conviction; as if the speaker verily +saw into the recesses of the mental and physical being of the listener, +while his own expression of perfect temperance had in it a fascinating +power--the merely negative element of purity, the mere freedom from +taint or flaw, in exercise [34] as a positive influence. Long +afterwards, when Marius read the Charmides--that other dialogue of +Plato, into which he seems to have expressed the very genius of old +Greek temperance--the image of this speaker came back vividly before +him, to take the chief part in the conversation. + +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible +symbolism (an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen +moralities) that the memory of that night's double experience, the +dream of the great sallow snake and the utterance of the young priest, +always returned to him, and the contrast therein involved made him +revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare thought of an excess in +sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more from any excess +of a coarser kind. + +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on +his arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had +really departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed +from the brain, a painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive +and there was a delight; and as he bathed in the fresh water set ready +for his use, the air of the room about him seemed like pure gold, the +very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at length by one of the +white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple garden. At a +distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him the Houses of +Birth and Death, erected for the reception [35] respectively of women +about to become mothers, and of persons about to die; neither of those +incidents being allowed to defile, as was thought, the actual precincts +of the shrine. His visitor of the previous night he saw nowhere again. +But among the official ministers of the place there was one, already +marked as of great celebrity, whom Marius saw often in later days at +Rome, the physician Galen, now about thirty years old. He was +standing, the hood partly drawn over his face, beside the holy well, as +Marius and his guide approached it. + +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its +surrounding institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring flowing +directly out of the rocky foundations of the shrine. From the rim of +its basin rose a circle of trim columns to support a cupola of singular +lightness and grace, itself full of reflected light from the rippling +surface, through which might be traced the wavy figure-work of the +marble lining below as the stream of water rushed in. Legend told of a +visit of Aesculapius to this place, earlier and happier than his first +coming to Rome: an inscription around the cupola recorded it in letters +of gold. "Being come unto this place the son of God loved it +exceedingly:"--Huc profectus filius Dei maxime amavit hunc locum;--and +it was then that that most intimately human of the gods had given men +the well, with all its salutary properties. The [36] element itself +when received into the mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from +adhering organic matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure +air than water; and after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious +circumstances concerning it, by one and another of the bystanders:--he +who drank often thereof might well think he had tasted of the Homeric +lotus, so great became his desire to remain always on that spot: +carried to other places, it was almost indefinitely conservative of its +fine qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other water; and it +flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so oddly +rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever +quantity might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange +alacrity of service to human needs, like a true creature and pupil of +the philanthropic god. Certainly the little crowd around seemed to +find singular refreshment in gazing on it. The whole place appeared +sensibly influenced by the amiable and healthful spirit of the thing. +All the objects of the country were there at their freshest. In the +great park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred animals +offered by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow with +a kind of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully nice. And +that freshness seemed to have something moral in its influence, as if +it acted upon the body and the merely bodily [37] powers of +apprehension, through the intelligence; and to the end of his visit +Marius saw no more serpents. + +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius followed +him as he returned from the well, more and more impressed by the +religiousness of all he saw, on his way through a long cloister or +corridor, the walls well-nigh hidden under votive inscriptions +recording favours from the son of Apollo, and with a distant fragrance +of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside through an open +doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as the refined and +dainty magnificence of the place came upon him suddenly, in the flood +of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights burning here and there, +and withal a singular expression of sacred order, a surprising +cleanliness and simplicity. Certain priests, men whose countenances +bore a deep impression of cultivated mind, each with his little group +of assistants, were gliding round silently to perform their morning +salutation to the god, raising the closed thumb and finger of the right +hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and went on their sacred +business, bearing their frankincense and lustral water. Around the +walls, at such a level that the worshippers might read, as in a book, +the story of the god and his sons, the brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, +ran a series of imageries, in low relief, their delicate light and +shade being [38] heightened, here and there, with gold. Fullest of +inspired and sacred expression, as if in this place the chisel of the +artist had indeed dealt not with marble but with the very breath of +feeling and thought, was the scene in which the earliest generation of +the sons of Aesculapius were transformed into healing dreams; for +"grown now too glorious to abide longer among men, by the aid of their +sire they put away their mortal bodies, and came into another country, +yet not indeed into Elysium nor into the Islands of the Blest. But +being made like to the immortal gods, they began to pass about through +the world, changed thus far from their first form that they appear +eternally young, as many persons have seen them in many +places--ministers and heralds of their father, passing to and fro over +the earth, like gliding stars. Which thing is, indeed, the most +wonderful concerning them!" And in this scene, as throughout the +series, with all its crowded personages, Marius noted on the carved +faces the same peculiar union of unction, almost of hilarity, with a +certain self-possession and reserve, which was conspicuous in the +living ministrants around him. + +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with +the richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius himself, +surrounded by choice flowering plants. It presented the type, still +with something of the [39] severity of the earlier art of Greece about +it, not of an aged and crafty physician, but of a youth, earnest and +strong of aspect, carrying an ampulla or bottle in one hand, and in the +other a traveller's staff, a pilgrim among his pilgrim worshippers; and +one of the ministers explained to Marius this pilgrim guise.--One chief +source of the master's knowledge of healing had been observation of the +remedies resorted to by animals labouring under disease or pain--what +leaf or berry the lizard or dormouse lay upon its wounded fellow; to +which purpose for long years he had led the life of a wanderer, in wild +places. The boy took his place as the last comer, a little way behind +the group of worshippers who stood in front of the image. There, with +uplifted face, the palms of his two hands raised and open before him, +and taught by the priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and +prayer (Aristeides has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to +the Inspired Dreams:-- + +"O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who +travel by sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, though +ye be equal in glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, and your +lot in immortal youth be as theirs, to accept this prayer, which in +sleep and vision ye have inspired. Order it aright, I pray you, +according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve me [40] from +sickness; and endue my body with such a measure of health as may +suffice it for the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days +unhindered and in quietness." + +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and +just before his departure the priest, who had been his special director +during his stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived panel, +which formed the back of one of the carved seats, bade him look +through. What he saw was like the vision of a new world, by the +opening of some unsuspected window in a familiar dwelling-place. He +looked out upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful aspect, +hidden, by the peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points +of observation but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep +olive-clad rocks below, the novices were taking their exercise. The +softly sloping sides of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its +distant opening was closed by a beautifully formed mountain, from which +the last wreaths of morning mist were rising under the heat. It might +have seemed the very presentment of a land of hope, its hollows brimful +of a shadow of blue flowers; and lo! on the one level space of the +horizon, in a long dark line, were towers and a dome: and that was +Pisa.--Or Rome, was it? asked Marius, ready to believe the utmost, in +his excitement. + +All this served, as he understood afterwards [41] in retrospect, at +once to strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. +Developing the ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, +associated for the future with the exquisite splendour of the temple of +Aesculapius, as it dawned upon him on that morning of his first +visit--it developed that ideal in connexion with a vivid sense of the +value of mental and bodily sanity. And this recognition of the beauty, +even for the aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, now acquired, +operated afterwards as an influence morally salutary, counteracting the +less desirable or hazardous tendencies of some phases of thought, +through which he was to pass. + +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother +failing; and about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, there +was a circumstance which rested with him as the cruellest touch of all, +in an event which for a time seemed to have taken the light out of the +sunshine. She died away from home, but sent for him at the last, with +a painful effort on her part, but to his great gratitude, pondering, as +he always believed, that he might chance otherwise to look back all his +life long upon a single fault with something like remorse, and find the +burden a great one. For it happened that, through some sudden, +incomprehensible petulance there had been an angry childish gesture, +and a slighting word, at the very moment of her departure, actually for +the last time. Remembering this [42] he would ever afterwards pray to +be saved from offences against his own affections; the thought of that +marred parting having peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much +store, both by principle and habit, on the sentiment of home. + +NOTES + +32. *[Transliteration:] aporro tou kallous. +Translation: +"Emanation from a thing of beauty." + + + +CHAPTER IV: THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE + + O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+ + quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis! + Pliny's Letters. + +[43] IT would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than did +Marius in those grave years of his early life. But the death of his +mother turned seriousness of feeling into a matter of the intelligence: +it made him a questioner; and, by bringing into full evidence to him +the force of his affections and the probable importance of their place +in his future, developed in him generally the more human and earthly +elements of character. A singularly virile consciousness of the +realities of life pronounced itself in him; still however as in the +main a poetic apprehension, though united already with something of +personal ambition and the instinct of self-assertion. There were days +when he could suspect, though it was a suspicion he was careful at +first to put from him, that that early, much [44] cherished religion of +the villa might come to count with him as but one form of poetic +beauty, or of the ideal, in things; as but one voice, in a world where +there were many voices it would be a moral weakness not to listen to. +And yet this voice, through its forcible pre-occupation of his childish +conscience, still seemed to make a claim of a quite exclusive +character, defining itself as essentially one of but two possible +leaders of his spirit, the other proposing to him unlimited +self-expansion in a world of various sunshine. The contrast was so +pronounced as to make the easy, light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of +himself, among the temptations of the new phase of life which had now +begun, seem nothing less than a rival religion, a rival religious +service. The temptations, the various sunshine, were those of the old +town of Pisa, where Marius was now a tall schoolboy. Pisa was a place +lying just far enough from home to make his rare visits to it in +childhood seem like adventures, such as had never failed to supply new +and refreshing impulses to the imagination. The partly decayed pensive +town, which still had its commerce by sea, and its fashion at the +bathing-season, had lent, at one time the vivid memory of its fair +streets of marble, at another the solemn outline of the dark hills of +Luna on its background, at another the living glances of its men and +women, to the thickly gathering crowd [45] of impressions, out of which +his notion of the world was then forming. And while he learned that +the object, the experience, as it will be known to memory, is really +from first to last the chief point for consideration in the conduct of +life, these things were feeding also the idealism constitutional with +him--his innate and habitual longing for a world altogether fairer than +that he saw. The child could find his way in thought along those +streets of the old town, expecting duly the shrines at their corners, +and their recurrent intervals of garden-courts, or side-views of +distant sea. The great temple of the place, as he could remember it, +on turning back once for a last look from an angle of his homeward +road, counting its tall gray columns between the blue of the bay and +the blue fields of blossoming flax beyond; the harbour and its lights; +the foreign ships lying there; the sailors' chapel of Venus, and her +gilded image, hung with votive gifts; the seamen themselves, their +women and children, who had a whole peculiar colour-world of their +own--the boy's superficial delight in the broad light and shadow of all +that was mingled with the sense of power, of unknown distance, of the +danger of storm and possible death. + +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live in +the house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the school of +a famous rhetorician, and learn, among [46] other things, Greek. The +school, one of many imitations of Plato's Academy in the old Athenian +garden, lay in a quiet suburb of Pisa, and had its grove of cypresses, +its porticoes, a house for the master, its chapel and images. For the +memory of Marius in after-days, a clear morning sunlight seemed to lie +perpetually on that severe picture in old gray and green. The lad went +to this school daily betimes, in state at first, with a young slave to +carry the books, and certainly with no reluctance, for the sight of his +fellow-scholars, and their petulant activity, coming upon the sadder +sentimental moods of his childhood, awoke at once that instinct of +emulation which is but the other side of sympathy; and he was not +aware, of course, how completely the difference of his previous +training had made him, even in his most enthusiastic participation in +the ways of that little world, still essentially but a spectator. While +all their heart was in their limited boyish race, and its transitory +prizes, he was already entertaining himself, very pleasurably +meditative, with the tiny drama in action before him, as but the mimic, +preliminary exercise for a larger contest, and already with an implicit +epicureanism. Watching all the gallant effects of their small +rivalries--a scene in the main of fresh delightful sunshine--he entered +at once into the sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion +of men, and had already recognised a certain [47] appetite for fame, +for distinction among his fellows, as his dominant motive to be. + +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader will +have anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet perhaps. +And as, in that gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, inward voices +from the reality of unseen things had come abundantly; so here, with +the sounds and aspects of the shore, and amid the urbanities, the +graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it was the reality, the tyrannous +reality, of things visible that was borne in upon him. The real world +around--a present humanity not less comely, it might seem, than that of +the old heroic days--endowing everything it touched upon, however +remotely, down to its little passing tricks of fashion even, with a +kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him just then a great +fascination. + +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine +summer, the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he +had formally assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for +that purpose, accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, +after the full measure of those cloudless days, he would feel well-nigh +wearied out, as if with a long succession of pictures and music. As he +wandered through the gay streets or on the sea-shore, the real world +seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost absolutely free in it, with +a boundless [48] appetite for experience, for adventure, whether +physical or of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had lent itself +to an imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the spectacle +actually afforded to his untired and freely open senses, suggested the +reflection that the present had, it might be, really advanced beyond +the past, and he was ready to boast in the very fact that it was +modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the polite world of that day went +back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for the purpose of a +fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of literature, and even, +as we have seen, of religion, at least it improved, by a shade or two +of more scrupulous finish, on the old pattern; and the new era, like +the Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts at the beginning of our own +century, might perhaps be discerned, awaiting one just a single step +onward--the perfected new manner, in the consummation of time, alike as +regards the things of the imagination and the actual conduct of life. +Only, while the pursuit of an ideal like this demanded entire liberty +of heart and brain, that old, staid, conservative religion of his +childhood certainly had its being in a world of somewhat narrow +restrictions. But then, the one was absolutely real, with nothing less +than the reality of seeing and hearing--the other, how vague, shadowy, +problematical! Could its so limited probabilities be worth taking into +account in any practical question as to the rejecting or receiving [49] +of what was indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? + +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great +friendship had grown up for him, in that life of so few +attachments--the pure and disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He +had seen Flavian for the first time the day on which he had come to +Pisa, at the moment when his mind was full of wistful thoughts +regarding the new life to begin for him to-morrow, and he gazed +curiously at the crowd of bustling scholars as they came from their +classes. There was something in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he +stood isolated from the others for a moment, explained in part by his +stature and the distinction of the low, broad forehead; though there +was pleasantness also for the newcomer in the roving blue eyes which +seemed somehow to take a fuller hold upon things around than is usual +with boys. Marius knew that those proud glances made kindly note of +him for a moment, and felt something like friendship at first sight. +There was a tone of reserve or gravity there, amid perfectly +disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed to carry forward the +expression of the austere sky and the clear song of the blackbird on +that gray March evening. Flavian indeed was a creature who changed +much with the changes of the passing light and shade about him, and was +brilliant enough under the early sunshine in [50] school next morning. +Of all that little world of more or less gifted youth, surely the +centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the school, he had +gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by the fascination of +his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the figure he bore. He wore +already the manly dress; and standing there in class, as he displayed +his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or his taste in declaiming Homer, +he was like a carved figure in motion, thought Marius, but with that +indescribable gleam upon it which the words of Homer actually +suggested, as perceptible on the visible forms of the gods--hoia theous +epennothen aien eontas.+ + +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected with +his habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were held to be +clear amid its general vagueness--a rich stranger paid his schooling, +and he was himself very poor, though there was an attractive piquancy +in the poverty of Flavian which in a scholar of another figure might +have been despised. Over Marius too his dominion was entire. Three +years older than he, Flavian was appointed to help the younger boy in +his studies, and Marius thus became virtually his servant in many +things, taking his humours with a sort of grateful pride in being +noticed at all, and, thinking over all this afterwards, found that the +[51] fascination experienced by him had been a sentimental one, +dependent on the concession to himself of an intimacy, a certain +tolerance of his company, granted to none beside. + +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the +genius, the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. The +brilliant youth who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, and +seemed to have a natural alliance with, and claim upon, everything else +which was physically select and bright, cultivated also that foppery of +words, of choice diction which was common among the lite spirits of +that day; and Marius, early an expert and elegant penman, transcribed +his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a genuine original power, was +then so delightful to him) in beautiful ink, receiving in return the +profit of Flavian's really great intellectual capacities, developed and +accomplished under the ambitious desire to make his way effectively in +life. Among other things he introduced him to the writings of a +sprightly wit, then very busy with the pen, one Lucian--writings +seeming to overflow with that intellectual light turned upon dim +places, which, at least in seasons of mental fair weather, can make +people laugh where they have been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, +the sunlight which filled those well-remembered early mornings in +school, had had more than the usual measure of gold in it! [52] Marius, +at least, would lie awake before the time, thinking with delight of the +long coming hours of hard work in the presence of Flavian, as other +boys dream of a holiday. + +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, +that reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father--a +freedman, presented late in life, and almost against his will, with the +liberty so fondly desired in youth, but on condition of the sacrifice +of part of his peculium--the slave's diminutive hoard--amassed by many +a self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The rich man, +interested in the promise of the fair child born on his estate, had +sent him to school. The meanness and dejection, nevertheless, of that +unoccupied old age defined the leading memory of Flavian, revived +sometimes, after this first confidence, with a burst of angry tears +amid the sunshine. But nature had had her economy in nursing the +strength of that one natural affection; for, save his half-selfish care +for Marius, it was the single, really generous part, the one piety, in +the lad's character. In him Marius saw the spirit of unbelief, +achieved as if at one step. The much-admired freedman's son, as with +the privilege of a natural aristocracy, believed only in himself, in +the brilliant, and mainly sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. + +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, [53] though still with +untouched health, in a world where manhood comes early, to the +seductions of that luxurious town, and Marius wondered sometimes, in +the freer revelation of himself by conversation, at the extent of his +early corruption. How often, afterwards, did evil things present +themselves in malign association with the memory of that beautiful +head, and with a kind of borrowed sanction and charm in its natural +grace! To Marius, at a later time, he counted for as it were an +epitome of the whole pagan world, the depth of its corruption, and its +perfection of form. And still, in his mobility, his animation, in his +eager capacity for various life, he was so real an object, after that +visionary idealism of the villa. His voice, his glance, were like the +breaking in of the solid world upon one, amid the flimsy fictions of a +dream. A shadow, handling all things as shadows, had felt a sudden +real and poignant heat in them. + +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and +abundantly, because with a good will. There was that in the actual +effectiveness of his figure which stimulated the younger lad to make +the most of opportunity; and he had experience already that education +largely increased one's capacity for enjoyment. He was acquiring what +it is the chief function of all higher education to impart, the art, +namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic traits, [54] the elements +of distinction, in our everyday life--of so exclusively living in +them--that the unadorned remainder of it, the mere drift or dbris of +our days, comes to be as though it were not. And the consciousness of +this aim came with the reading of one particular book, then fresh in +the world, with which he fell in about this time--a book which awakened +the poetic or romantic capacity as perhaps some other book might have +done, but was peculiar in giving it a direction emphatically sensuous. +It made him, in that visionary reception of every-day life, the seer, +more especially, of a revelation in colour and form. If our modern +education, in its better efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind +of idealising power, it does so (though dealing mainly, as its +professed instruments, with the most select and ideal remains of +ancient literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it happened +also, long ago, with Marius and his friend. + +NOTES + +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means "seat of the muses." +Translation: "O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have +you uncovered to me, how many things suggested!" Pliny, Letters, Book +I, ix, to Minicius Fundanus. + +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epennothen aien eontas. Translation: +"such as the gods are endowed with." Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. + + + +CHAPTER V: THE GOLDEN BOOK + +[55] THE two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in a +heap of dry corn, in an old granary--the quiet corner to which they had +climbed out of the way of their noisier companions on one of their +blandest holiday afternoons. They looked round: the western sun smote +through the broad chinks of the shutters. How like a picture! and it +was precisely the scene described in what they were reading, with just +that added poetic touch in the book which made it delightful and +select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight transforming the +rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps of gold. What they +were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, the "golden" book of +that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the purple writing on the +handsome yellow wrapper, following the title Flaviane!--it said, + + Flaviane! lege Felicitur! + Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas! + Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! + +[56] It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with carved +and gilt ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. + +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the +archaisms and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, +quaint terms and images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the +lifelike phrases of some lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, racy +morsels of the vernacular and studied prettinesses:--all alike, mere +playthings for the genuine power and natural eloquence of the erudite +artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, which, however, made some people +angry, chiefly less well "got-up" people, and especially those who were +untidy from indolence. + +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the +early literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had +had more in common with the "infinite patience" of Apuleius than with +the hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have been +"self-conscious" of going slip-shod. And at least his success was +unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, +including a certain tincture of "neology" in expression--nonnihil +interdum elocutione novella parum signatum--in the language of +Cornelius Fronto, the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What words +he had found for conveying, with a single touch, the sense of textures, +colours, [57] incidents! "Like jewellers' work! Like a myrrhine +vase!"--admirers said of his writing. "The golden fibre in the hair, +the gold thread-work in the gown marked her as the mistress"--aurum in +comis et in tunicis, ibi inflexum hic intextum, matronam profecto +confitebatur--he writes, with his "curious felicity," of one of his +heroines. Aurum intextum: gold fibre:--well! there was something of +that kind in his own work. And then, in an age when people, from the +emperor Aurelius downwards, prided themselves unwisely on writing in +Greek, he had written for Latin people in their own tongue; though +still, in truth, with all the care of a learned language. Not less +happily inventive were the incidents recorded--story within +story--stories with the sudden, unlooked-for changes of dreams. He had +his humorous touches also. And what went to the ordinary boyish taste, +in those somewhat peculiar readers, what would have charmed boys more +purely boyish, was the adventure:--the bear loose in the house at +night, the wolves storming the farms in winter, the exploits of the +robbers, their charming caves, the delightful thrill one had at the +question--"Don't you know that these roads are infested by robbers?" + +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of +witchcraft, and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old +weird towns, haunts of magic and [58] incantation, where all the more +genuine appliances of the black art, left behind her by Medea when she +fled through that country, were still in use. In the city of Hypata, +indeed, nothing seemed to be its true self--"You might think that +through the murmuring of some cadaverous spell, all things had been +changed into forms not their own; that there was humanity in the +hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you heard +singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew their +leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, the walls +to speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! the very sky +and the sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out." Witches are there +who can draw down the moon, or at least the lunar virus--that white +fluid she sheds, to be found, so rarely, "on high, heathy places: which +is a poison. A touch of it will drive men mad." + +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who turns +her neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the scene +where, after mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping curiously +through a chink in the door, is a spectator of the transformation of +the old witch herself into a bird, that she may take flight to the +object of her affections--into an owl! "First she stripped off every +rag she had. Then opening a certain chest she took from it many small +boxes, and removing the lid [59] of one of them, rubbed herself over +for a long time, from head to foot, with an ointment it contained, and +after much low muttering to her lamp, began to jerk at last and shake +her limbs. And as her limbs moved to and fro, out burst the soft +feathers: stout wings came forth to view: the nose grew hard and +hooked: her nails were crooked into claws; and Pamphile was an owl. She +uttered a queasy screech; and, leaping little by little from the +ground, making trial of herself, fled presently, on full wing, out of +doors." + +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged +creature, but into the animal which has given name to the book; for +throughout it there runs a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of +magic then prevalent, curiosity concerning which had led Lucius to +meddle with the old woman's appliances. "Be you my Venus," he says to +the pretty maid-servant who has introduced him to the view of Pamphile, +"and let me stand by you a winged Cupid!" and, freely applying the +magic ointment, sees himself transformed, "not into a bird, but into an +ass!" + +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could +such be found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come +by them at that adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, +the grotesque procession of Isis [60] passing by with a bear and other +strange animals in its train, the ass following along with the rest +suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in the High-priest's +hand. + +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the +outside of an ass; "though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an +ass," he tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily +spread table, "as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon +coarse hay." For, in truth, all through the book, there is an +unmistakably real feeling for asses, with bold touches like Swift's, +and a genuine animal breadth. Lucius was the original ass, who peeping +slily from the window of his hiding-place forgot all about the big +shade he cast just above him, and gave occasion to the joke or proverb +about "the peeping ass and his shadow." + +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious +elements in most boys, passed at times, those young readers still +feeling its fascination, into what French writers call the +macabre--that species of almost insane pre-occupation with the +materialities of our mouldering flesh, that luxury of disgust in gazing +on corruption, which was connected, in this writer at least, with not a +little obvious coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust +of the actual world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. "I +am told," they read, "that [61] when foreigners are interred, the old +witches are in the habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to +ravage the corpse"--in order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants +from it, with which to injure the living--"especially if the witch has +happened to cast her eye upon some goodly young man." And the scene of +the night-watching of a dead body lest the witches should come to tear +off the flesh with their teeth, is worthy of Thophile Gautier. + +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid +its mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque +horrors, came the tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, +life-like situations, speciosa locis, and abounding in lovely visible +imagery (one seemed to see and handle the golden hair, the fresh +flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full also of a gentle +idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an allegory. +With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.-- + +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. + +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters +exceeding fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant +to behold, yet passed not the measure of human praise, while such was +the loveliness of the [62] youngest that men's speech was too poor to +commend it worthily and could express it not at all. Many of the +citizens and of strangers, whom the fame of this excellent vision had +gathered thither, confounded by that matchless beauty, could but kiss +the finger-tips of their right hands at sight of her, as in adoration +to the goddess Venus herself. And soon a rumour passed through the +country that she whom the blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine +dignity, was even then moving among men, or that by some fresh +germination from the stars, not the sea now, but the earth, had put +forth a new Venus, endued with the flower of virginity. + +This belief, with the fame of the maiden's loveliness, went daily +further into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together to +behold that glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to Paphos, +to Cnidus or Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: her sacred +rites were neglected, her images stood uncrowned, the cold ashes were +left to disfigure her forsaken altars. It was to a maiden that men's +prayers were offered, to a human countenance they looked, in +propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went forth in the +morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to that +unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This conveyance of +divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger of the true +Venus. "Lo! now, the ancient [63] parent of nature," she cried, "the +fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign mother of the +world, sharing my honours with a mortal maiden, while my name, built up +in heaven, is profaned by the mean things of earth! Shall a perishable +woman bear my image about with her? In vain did the shepherd of Ida +prefer me! Yet shall she have little joy, whosoever she be, of her +usurped and unlawful loveliness!" Thereupon she called to her that +winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who wanders armed by night through +men's houses, spoiling their marriages; and stirring yet more by her +speech his inborn wantonness, she led him to the city, and showed him +Psyche as she walked. + +"I pray thee," she said, "give thy mother a full revenge. Let this +maid become the slave of an unworthy love." Then, embracing him +closely, she departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest +of the wave. And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are in +waiting: the daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and +Portunus, and Salacia, and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a +host of Tritons leaping through the billows. And one blows softly +through his sounding sea-shell, another spreads a silken web against +the sun, a third presents the mirror to the eyes of his mistress, while +the others swim side by side below, drawing her chariot. Such was the +escort of Venus as she went upon the sea. + +[64] Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. +All people regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It +was but as on the finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon +that divine likeness. Her sisters, less fair than she, were happily +wedded. She, even as a widow, sitting at home, wept over her +desolation, hating in her heart the beauty in which all men were +pleased. + +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle of +Apollo, and Apollo answered him thus: "Let the damsel be placed on the +top of a certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and of +death. Look not for a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that evil +serpent-thing, by reason of whom even the gods tremble and the shadows +of Styx are afraid." + +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For +many days she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine +precept is urgent upon her, and the company make ready to conduct the +maiden to her deadly bridal. And now the nuptial torch gathers dark +smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the pipe is changed into a cry: +the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: below her yellow +wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the whole +city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken house. + +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, +and, these solemnities [65] being ended, the funeral of the living soul +goes forth, all the people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, +assists not at her marriage but at her own obsequies, and while the +parents hesitate to accomplish a thing so unholy the daughter cries to +them: "Wherefore torment your luckless age by long weeping? This was +the prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people celebrated us +with divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was then +ye should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I understand that +that one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and set me upon the +appointed place. I am in haste to submit to that well-omened marriage, +to behold that goodly spouse. Why delay the coming of him who was born +for the destruction of the whole world?" + +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they proceeded +to the appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there the maiden +alone, and took their way homewards dejectedly. The wretched parents, +in their close-shut house, yielded themselves to perpetual night; while +to Psyche, fearful and trembling and weeping sore upon the +mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He lifts her mildly, and, +with vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own soft breathing +over the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly among the flowers +in the bosom of a valley below. + +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying [66] sweetly on her dewy +bed, rested from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. And lo! +a grove of mighty trees, with a fount of water, clear as glass, in the +midst; and hard by the water, a dwelling-place, built not by human +hands but by some divine cunning. One recognised, even at the +entering, the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden pillars sustained +the roof, arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. The walls were +hidden under wrought silver:--all tame and woodland creatures leaping +forward to the visitor's gaze. Wonderful indeed was the craftsman, +divine or half-divine, who by the subtlety of his art had breathed so +wild a soul into the silver! The very pavement was distinct with +pictures in goodly stones. In the glow of its precious metal the house +is its own daylight, having no need of the sun. Well might it seem a +place fashioned for the conversation of gods with men! + +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her courage +growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired the +beautiful things she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no +chain, nor living guardian protected that great treasure house. But as +she gazed there came a voice--a voice, as it were unclothed of bodily +vesture--"Mistress!" it said, "all these things are thine. Lie down, +and relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when thou wilt. +We thy servants, whose [67] voice thou hearest, will be beforehand with +our service, and a royal feast shall be ready." + +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, +refreshed with sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she +saw no one: only she heard words falling here and there, and had voices +alone to serve her. And the feast being ended, one entered the chamber +and sang to her unseen, while another struck the chords of a harp, +invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards the sound of a company +singing together came to her, but still so that none were present to +sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of singers was there. + +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and as +the night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency +approaches her. Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great solitude, +she trembled, and more than any evil she knew dreaded that she knew +not. And now the husband, that unknown husband, drew near, and +ascended the couch, and made her his wife; and lo! before the rise of +dawn he had departed hastily. And the attendant voices ministered to +the needs of the newly married. And so it happened with her for a long +season. And as nature has willed, this new thing, by continual use, +became a delight to her: the sound of the voice grew to be her solace +in that condition of loneliness and uncertainty. + +[68] One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, "O Psyche, +most pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens +thee with mortal peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy +death and seeking some trace of thee, will come to the mountain's top. +But if by chance their cries reach thee, answer not, neither look forth +at all, lest thou bring sorrow upon me and destruction upon thyself." +Then Psyche promised that she would do according to his will. But the +bridegroom was fled away again with the night. And all that day she +spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead indeed, shut up in that +golden prison, powerless to console her sisters sorrowing after her, or +to see their faces; and so went to rest weeping. + +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, +and embracing her as she wept, complained, "Was this thy promise, my +Psyche? What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy +husband thou ceasest not from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge +thine own desire, though it seeks what will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou +remember my warning, repentant too late." Then, protesting that she is +like to die, she obtains from him that he suffer her to see her +sisters, and present to them moreover what gifts she would of golden +ornaments; but therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, +yielding to pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily form, +lest she fall, [69] through unholy curiosity, from so great a height of +fortune, nor feel ever his embrace again. "I would die a hundred +times," she said, cheerful at last, "rather than be deprived of thy +most sweet usage. I love thee as my own soul, beyond comparison even +with Love himself. Only bid thy servant Zephyrus bring hither my +sisters, as he brought me. My honeycomb! My husband! Thy Psyche's +breath of life!" So he promised; and after the embraces of the night, +ere the light appeared, vanished from the hands of his bride. + +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept +loudly among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the sound +came down to her, and running out of the palace distraught, she cried, +"Wherefore afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you mourn am +here." Then, summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her husband's +bidding; and he bare them down with a gentle blast. "Enter now," she +said, "into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the company of Psyche +your sister." + +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, and +its great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the malice +which was already at their hearts. And at last one of them asks +curiously who the lord of that celestial array may be, and what manner +of man her husband? And Psyche [70] answered dissemblingly, "A young +man, handsome and mannerly, with a goodly beard. For the most part he +hunts upon the mountains." And lest the secret should slip from her in +the way of further speech, loading her sisters with gold and gems, she +commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. + +And they returned home, on fire with envy. "See now the injustice of +fortune!" cried one. "We, the elder children, are given like servants +to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is possessed of so +great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. You saw, Sister! what +a hoard of wealth lies in the house; what glittering gowns; what +splendour of precious gems, besides all that gold trodden under foot. +If she indeed hath, as she said, a bridegroom so goodly, then no one in +all the world is happier. And it may be that this husband, being of +divine nature, will make her too a goddess. Nay! so in truth it is. It +was even thus she bore herself. Already she looks aloft and breathes +divinity, who, though but a woman, has voices for her handmaidens, and +can command the winds." "Think," answered the other, "how arrogantly +she dealt with us, grudging us these trifling gifts out of all that +store, and when our company became a burden, causing us to be hissed +and driven away from her through the air! But I am no woman if she +keep her hold on this great fortune; and if the insult done us has +touched [71] thee too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold +our peace, and know naught of her, alive or dead. For they are not +truly happy of whose happiness other folk are unaware." + +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second +time, as he talks with her by night: "Seest thou what peril besets +thee? Those cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of +which the sum is that they persuade thee to search into the fashion of +my countenance, the seeing of which, as I have told thee often, will be +the seeing of it no more for ever. But do thou neither listen nor make +answer to aught regarding thy husband. Besides, we have sown also the +seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with a child to be born to +us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of divine quality; if thou +profane it, subject to death." And Psyche was glad at the tidings, +rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, and in the glory of that +pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the name of mother. Anxiously +she notes the increase of the days, the waning months. And again, as +he tarries briefly beside her, the bridegroom repeats his warning: + +"Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. Have +pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not those evil +women again." But the sisters make their way into the palace once +more, crying to her in [72] wily tones, "O Psyche! and thou too wilt be +a mother! How great will be the joy at home! Happy indeed shall we be +to have the nursing of the golden child. Truly if he be answerable to +the beauty of his parents, it will be a birth of Cupid himself." + +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. She, +meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the playing is +heard: she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and the music and +the singing come invisibly, soothing the mind of the listener with +sweetest modulation. Yet not even thereby was their malice put to +sleep: once more they seek to know what manner of husband she has, and +whence that seed. And Psyche, simple over-much, forgetful of her first +story, answers, "My husband comes from a far country, trading for great +sums. He is already of middle age, with whitening locks." And +therewith she dismisses them again. + +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the +other, "What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man +with goodly beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a +false tale: else is she in very truth ignorant what manner of man he +is. Howsoever it be, let us destroy her quickly. For if she indeed +knows not, be sure that her bridegroom is one of the gods: it is a god +she bears in her womb. And let [73] that be far from us! If she be +called mother of a god, then will life be more than I can bear." + +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to her +craftily, "Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy real +danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that comes to +sleep at thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which declared +thee destined to a cruel beast. There are those who have seen it at +nightfall, coming back from its feeding. In no long time, they say, it +will end its blandishments. It but waits for the babe to be formed in +thee, that it may devour thee by so much the richer. If indeed the +solitude of this musical place, or it may be the loathsome commerce of +a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in sisterly piety have done +our part." And at last the unhappy Psyche, simple and frail of soul, +carried away by the terror of their words, losing memory of her +husband's precepts and her own promise, brought upon herself a great +calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she answers them, "And they who +tell those things, it may be, speak the truth. For in very deed never +have I seen the face of my husband, nor know I at all what manner of +man he is. Always he frights me diligently from the sight of him, +threatening some great evil should I too curiously look upon his face. +Do ye, if ye can help your sister in her great peril, stand by her now." + +[74] Her sisters answered her, "The way of safety we have well +considered, and will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in +that part of the couch where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp +filled with oil, and set it Privily behind the curtain. And when he +shall have drawn up his coils into the accustomed place, and thou +hearest him breathe in sleep, slip then from his side and discover the +lamp, and, knife in hand, put forth thy strength, and strike off the +serpent's head." And so they departed in haste. + +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is +tossed up and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and though +her will is firm, yet, in the moment of putting hand to the deed, she +falters, and is torn asunder by various apprehension of the great +calamity upon her. She hastens and anon delays, now full of distrust, +and now of angry courage: under one bodily form she loathes the monster +and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in the night; and at +length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. Darkness came, +and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint essay of love, falls +into a deep sleep. + +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny assisting +her, is confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife in hand, +she put by her sex; and lo! as the secrets of the bed became manifest, +the sweetest and most gentle of all creatures, Love himself, reclined +[75] there, in his own proper loveliness! At sight of him the very +flame of the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche was afraid at the +vision, and, faint of soul, trembled back upon her knees, and would +have hidden the steel in her own bosom. But the knife slipped from her +hand; and now, undone, yet ofttimes looking upon the beauty of that +divine countenance, she lives again. She sees the locks of that golden +head, pleasant with the unction of the gods, shed down in graceful +entanglement behind and before, about the ruddy cheeks and white +throat. The pinions of the winged god, yet fresh with the dew, are +spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate plumage wavering over them as +they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, touched with light, worthy of +Venus his mother. At the foot of the couch lay his bow and arrows, the +instruments of his power, propitious to men. + +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, +and trying the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the +barb, so that a drop of blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own +act, and unaware, into the love of Love. Falling upon the bridegroom, +with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses from eager and open lips, she +shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep might be. And it chanced +that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp upon the god's shoulder. +Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to wound him from whom [76] all +fire comes; though 'twas a lover, I trow, first devised thee, to have +the fruit of his desire even in the darkness! At the touch of the fire +the god started up, and beholding the overthrow of her faith, quietly +took flight from her embraces. + +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two +hands, hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she sinks +to the earth through weariness. And as she lay there, the divine +lover, tarrying still, lighted upon a cypress tree which grew near, +and, from the top of it, spake thus to her, in great emotion. "Foolish +one! unmindful of the command of Venus, my mother, who had devoted thee +to one of base degree, I fled to thee in his stead. Now know I that +this was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced mine arrow, and I +made thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster beside thee--that +thou shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay the eyes so full of +love to thee! Again and again, I thought to put thee on thy guard +concerning these things, and warned thee in loving-kindness. Now I +would but punish thee by my flight hence." And therewith he winged his +way into the deep sky. + +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might +reach the flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the +breadth of space had parted him wholly from her, cast herself down from +the bank of a river [77] which was nigh. But the stream, turning +gentle in honour of the god, put her forth again unhurt upon its +margin. And as it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was sitting just then +by the waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the goddess Canna; +teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of slender sound. Hard +by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the shaggy god called her, +wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, "I am but a rustic +herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my great age and long +experience; and if I guess truly by those faltering steps, by thy +sorrowful eyes and continual sighing, thou labourest with excess of +love. Listen then to me, and seek not death again, in the stream or +otherwise. Put aside thy woe, and turn thy prayers to Cupid. He is in +truth a delicate youth: win him by the delicacy of thy service." + +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a +reverence to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, in +her search after Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying in +the chamber of his mother, heart-sick. And the white bird which floats +over the waves plunged in haste into the sea, and approaching Venus, as +she bathed, made known to her that her son lies afflicted with some +grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, angrily, "My son, +then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched away [78] my +beauty and was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!" + +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden chamber, +found there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from the +doorway, "Well done, truly! to trample thy mother's precepts under +foot, to spare my enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, unite her +to thyself, child as thou art, that I might have a daughter-in-law who +hates me! I will make thee repent of thy sport, and the savour of thy +marriage bitter. There is one who shall chasten this body of thine, +put out thy torch and unstring thy bow. Not till she has plucked forth +that hair, into which so oft these hands have smoothed the golden +light, and sheared away thy wings, shall I feel the injury done me +avenged." And with this she hastened in anger from the doors. + +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her +troubled countenance. "Ye come in season," she cried; "I pray you, +find for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace +of my house." And they, ignorant of what was done, would have soothed +her anger, saying, "What fault, Mistress, hath thy son committed, that +thou wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou not that he is +now of age? Because he wears his years so lightly must he seem to thee +ever but a child? Wilt thou for ever thus pry into the [79] pastimes +of thy son, always accusing his wantonness, and blaming in him those +delicate wiles which are all thine own?" Thus, in secret fear of the +boy's bow, did they seek to please him with their gracious patronage. +But Venus, angry at their light taking of her wrongs, turned her back +upon them, and with hasty steps made her way once more to the sea. + +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested +not night or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she might +not sooth his anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least to +propitiate him with the prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a certain +temple on the top of a high mountain, she said, "Who knows whether +yonder place be not the abode of my lord?" Thither, therefore, she +turned her steps, hastening now the more because desire and hope +pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours of the way, and so, +painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the mountain, drew near +to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, in heaps or twisted +into chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles and all the +instruments of harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown at random from +the hands of the labourers in the great heat. These she curiously sets +apart, one by one, duly ordering them; for she said within herself, "I +may not neglect the shrines, nor the holy service, of any god there be, +but must rather [80] win by supplication the kindly mercy of them all." + +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, +"Alas, Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy +footsteps through the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost +penalty; and thou, thinking of anything rather than thine own safety, +hast taken on thee the care of what belongs to me!" Then Psyche fell +down at her feet, and sweeping the floor with her hair, washing the +footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her mercy, with many +prayers:--"By the gladdening rites of harvest, by the lighted lamps and +mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention of thy daughter +Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica veils in +silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of Psyche! +Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps of corn, +till time have softened the anger of the goddess, and my strength, +out-worn in my long travail, be recovered by a little rest." + +But Ceres answered her, "Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain help +thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. Depart hence +as quickly as may be." And Psyche, repelled against hope, afflicted +now with twofold sorrow, making her way back again, beheld among the +half-lighted woods of the valley below a sanctuary builded with cunning +[81] art. And that she might lose no way of hope, howsoever doubtful, +she drew near to the sacred doors. She sees there gifts of price, and +garments fixed upon the door-posts and to the branches of the trees, +wrought with letters of gold which told the name of the goddess to whom +they were dedicated, with thanksgiving for that she had done. So, with +bent knee and hands laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, +"Sister and spouse of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate fortune's +Juno the Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those in +travail with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me." And as +she prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway +present, and answered, "Would that I might incline favourably to thee; +but against the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a daughter, I +may not, for very shame, grant thy prayer." + +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus +with herself, "Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, +shall I take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me +from the all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man's +courage, and yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a +humility not yet too late the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows but +that I may find him also whom my soul seeketh after, in the abode of +his mother?" + +[82] And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to +return to heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought +for her by Vulcan as a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which had +left his work so much the richer by the weight of gold it lost under +his tool. From the multitude which housed about the bed-chamber of +their mistress, white doves came forth, and with joyful motions bent +their painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with playful riot, +the sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of song, making known +by their soft notes the approach of the goddess. Eagle and cruel hawk +alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And the clouds broke away, +as the uttermost ether opened to receive her, daughter and goddess, +with great joy. + +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him +the service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not her +prayer. And Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; and as +they went, the former said to the latter, "Thou knowest, my brother of +Arcady, that never at any time have I done anything without thy help; +for how long time, moreover, I have sought a certain maiden in vain. +And now naught remains but that, by thy heraldry, I proclaim a reward +for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou my bidding quickly." And +therewith [83] she conveyed to him a little scrip, in the which was +written the name of Psyche, with other things; and so returned home. + +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, +proclaimed that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, +should receive from herself seven kisses--one thereof full of the +inmost honey of her throat. With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. +And now, as she came near to the doors of Venus, one of the household, +whose name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, crying, "Hast thou +learned, Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a mistress?" And +seizing her roughly by the hair, drew her into the presence of Venus. +And when Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, "Thou hast deigned then +to make thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will I in turn treat +thee as becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!" + +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain and +seed, and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: "Methinks +so plain a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious ministry: now +will I also make trial of thy service. Sort me this heap of seed, the +one kind from the others, grain by grain; and get thy task done before +the evening." And Psyche, stunned by the cruelty of her bidding, was +silent, and moved not her hand to the inextricable heap. And there +came [84] forth a little ant, which had understanding of the difficulty +of her task, and took pity upon the consort of the god of Love; and he +ran deftly hither and thither, and called together the whole army of +his fellows. "Have pity," he cried, "nimble scholars of the Earth, +Mother of all things!--have pity upon the wife of Love, and hasten to +help her in her perilous effort." Then, one upon the other, the hosts +of the insect people hurried together; and they sorted asunder the +whole heap of seed, separating every grain after its kind, and so +departed quickly out of sight. + +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with so +wonderful diligence, she cried, "The work is not thine, thou naughty +maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour." And calling her +again in the morning, "See now the grove," she said, "beyond yonder +torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces shine with gold. +Fetch me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, having gotten it as +thou mayst." + +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, but +even to seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. But +from the river, the green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to her: "O +Psyche! pollute not these waters by self-destruction, nor approach that +terrible flock; for, as the heat groweth, they wax fierce. Lie down +under yon plane-tree, till the [85] quiet of the river's breath have +soothed them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down the fleecy gold from +the trees of the grove, for it holdeth by the leaves." + +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of its +heart, filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned to +Venus. But the goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, "Well know I +who was the author of this thing also. I will make further trial of +thy discretion, and the boldness of thy heart. Seest thou the utmost +peak of yonder steep mountain? The dark stream which flows down thence +waters the Stygian fields, and swells the flood of Cocytus. Bring me +now, in this little urn, a draught from its innermost source." And +therewith she put into her hands a vessel of wrought crystal. + +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking there +at last to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came to the +region which borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she +understood the deadly nature of her task. From a great rock, steep and +slippery, a horrible river of water poured forth, falling straightway +by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen gulf below. And lo! +creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, with their long +necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice and bade her +depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and [86] What doest thou +here? Look around thee! and Destruction is upon thee! And then sense +left her, in the immensity of her peril, as one changed to stone. + +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the +steady eye of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread his +wings and took flight to her, and asked her, "Didst thou think, simple +one, even thou! that thou couldst steal one drop of that relentless +stream, the holy river of Styx, terrible even to the gods? But give me +thine urn." And the bird took the urn, and filled it at the source, +and returned to her quickly from among the teeth of the serpents, +bringing with him of the waters, all unwilling--nay! warning him to +depart away and not molest them. + +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she +might deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry +goddess. "My child!" she said, "in this one thing further must thou +serve me. Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto hell, +and deliver it to Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have of her +beauty so much at least as may suffice for but one day's use, that +beauty she possessed erewhile being foreworn and spoiled, through her +tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; and be not slow in returning." + +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune--that she was +now thrust openly [87] upon death, who must go down, of her own motion, +to Hades and the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the top of an +exceeding high tower, thinking within herself, "I will cast myself down +thence: so shall I descend most quickly into the kingdom of the dead." +And the tower again, broke forth into speech: "Wretched Maid! Wretched +Maid! Wilt thou destroy thyself? If the breath quit thy body, then +wilt thou indeed go down into Hades, but by no means return hither. +Listen to me. Among the pathless wilds not far from this place lies a +certain mountain, and therein one of hell's vent-holes. Through the +breach a rough way lies open, following which thou wilt come, by +straight course, to the castle of Orcus. And thou must not go +empty-handed. Take in each hand a morsel of barley-bread, soaked in +hydromel; and in thy mouth two pieces of money. And when thou shalt be +now well onward in the way of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass +laden with wood, and a lame driver, who will pray thee reach him +certain cords to fasten the burden which is falling from the ass: but +be thou cautious to pass on in silence. And soon as thou comest to the +river of the dead, Charon, in that crazy bark he hath, will put thee +over upon the further side. There is greed even among the dead: and +thou shalt deliver to him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces of +money, in such wise that he take [88] it with his hand from between thy +lips. And as thou passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on +the water, will put up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee draw +him into the ferry-boat. But beware thou yield not to unlawful pity. + +"When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain aged +women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their work; and +beware again that thou take no part therein; for this also is the snare +of Venus, whereby she would cause thee to cast away one at least of +those cakes thou bearest in thy hands. And think not that a slight +matter; for the loss of either one of them will be to thee the losing +of the light of day. For a watch-dog exceeding fierce lies ever before +the threshold of that lonely house of Proserpine. Close his mouth with +one of thy cakes; so shalt thou pass by him, and enter straightway into +the presence of Proserpine herself. Then do thou deliver thy message, +and taking what she shall give thee, return back again; offering to the +watch-dog the other cake, and to the ferryman that other piece of money +thou hast in thy mouth. After this manner mayst thou return again +beneath the stars. But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, +nor open, the casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of +the divine countenance hidden therein." + +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche [89] delayed not, but +proceeding diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the house +of Proserpine, at whose feet she sat down humbly, and would neither the +delicate couch nor that divine food the goddess offered her, but did +straightway the business of Venus. And Proserpine filled the casket +secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to Psyche, who fled +therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming back into the light +of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of her service, she was +seized by a rash curiosity. "Lo! now," she said within herself, "my +simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine loveliness, heed not to +touch myself with a particle at least therefrom, that I may please the +more, by the favour of it, my fair one, my beloved." Even as she +spoke, she lifted the lid; and behold! within, neither beauty, nor +anything beside, save sleep only, the sleep of the dead, which took +hold upon her, filling all her members with its drowsy vapour, so that +she lay down in the way and moved not, as in the slumber of death. + +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no longer +the absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window of the +chamber wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired by a +little rest, fled forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the place +where Psyche was, shook that sleep away from her, and set him in his +prison again, awaking her with the [90] innocent point of his arrow. +"Lo! thine old error again," he said, "which had like once more to have +destroyed thee! But do thou now what is lacking of the command of my +mother: the rest shall be my care." With these words, the lover rose +upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the greatness of his +love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest place of heaven, +to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And the father of gods +took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said to him, "At no time, +my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. Often hast thou vexed my +bosom, wherein lies the disposition of the stars, with those busy darts +of thine. Nevertheless, because thou hast grown up between these mine +hands, I will accomplish thy desire." And straightway he bade Mercury +call the gods together; and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting +upon a high throne, "Ye gods," he said, "all ye whose names are in the +white book of the Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that +his youthful heats should by some means be restrained. And that all +occasion may be taken from him, I would even confine him in the bonds +of marriage. He has chosen and embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have +fruit of his love, and possess her for ever." + +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out to +her his ambrosial cup, "Take it," he said, "and live for ever; [91] nor +shall Cupid ever depart from thee." And the gods sat down together to +the marriage-feast. + +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His +rustic serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. +The Seasons crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to the +lyre, while a little Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced very +sweetly to the soft music. Thus, with due rites, did Psyche pass into +the power of Cupid; and from them was born the daughter whom men call +Voluptas. + + + +CHAPTER VI: EUPHUISM + +[92] So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, with +an expression changed in some ways from the original and on the whole +graver. The petulant, boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more like +that "Lord, of terrible aspect," who stood at Dante's bedside and wept, +or had at least grown to the manly earnestness of the Ers of +Praxiteles. Set in relief amid the coarser matter of the book, this +episode of Cupid and Psyche served to combine many lines of meditation, +already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of a perfect imaginative +love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless and clean--an +ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, though he valued it +at various times in different degrees. The human body in its beauty, +as the highest potency of all the beauty of material objects, seemed to +him just then to be matter no longer, but, having taken celestial fire, +to assert itself as indeed the true, though visible, [93] soul or +spirit in things. In contrast with that ideal, in all the pure +brilliancy, and as it were in the happy light, of youth and morning and +the springtide, men's actual loves, with which at many points the book +brings one into close contact, might appear to him, like the general +tenor of their lives, to be somewhat mean and sordid. The hiddenness +of perfect things: a shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of diffidence +like that expressed in Psyche's so tremulous hope concerning the child +to be born of the husband she had never yet seen--"in the face of this +little child, at the least, shall I apprehend thine"--in hoc saltem +parvulo cognoscam faciem tuam: the fatality which seems to haunt any +signal+ beauty, whether moral or physical, as if it were in itself +something illicit and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so often +excites in the vulgar:--these were some of the impressions, forming, as +they do, a constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, +from Medusa and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A +book, like a person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in +the precise moment of its falling in our way, and often by some happy +accident counts with us for something more than its independent value. +The Metamorphoses of Apuleius, coming to Marius just then, figured for +him as indeed The Golden Book: he felt a sort of personal gratitude to +its writer, and saw in it doubtless [94] far more than was really there +for any other reader. It occupied always a peculiar place in his +remembrance, never quite losing its power in frequent return to it for +the revival of that first glowing impression. + +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it stimulated +the literary ambition, already so strong a motive with him, by a signal +example of success, and made him more than ever an ardent, +indefatigable student of words, of the means or instrument of the +literary art. The secrets of utterance, of expression itself, of that +through which alone any intellectual or spiritual power within one can +actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm them to one's +side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in immediate connexion +with that desire for predominance, for the satisfaction of which +another might have relied on the acquisition and display of brilliant +military qualities. In him, a fine instinctive sentiment of the exact +value and power of words was connate with the eager longing for sway +over his fellows. He saw himself already a gallant and effective +leader, innovating or conservative as occasion might require, in the +rehabilitation of the mother-tongue, then fallen so tarnished and +languid; yet the sole object, as he mused within himself, of the only +sort of patriotic feeling proper, or possible, for one born of slaves. +The popular speech was gradually departing from the form [95] and rule +of literary language, a language always and increasingly artificial. +While the learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously +pedantic, the colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand +chance-tost gems of racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at +least ungathered by what claimed to be classical Latin. The time was +coming when neither the pedants nor the people would really understand +Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this new writer, Apuleius, +who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, which had been a +fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits since the days of +Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. + +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself +would be a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its +dealing with the instrument of the literary art; partly popular and +revolutionary, asserting, so to term them, the rights of the +proletariate of speech. More than fifty years before, the younger +Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power of the Latin +tongue, had said,--"I am one of those who admire the ancients, yet I do +not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius which our +own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if weary and +effete, no longer produces what is admirable." And he, Flavian, would +prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus indicated. In +[96] his eagerness for a not too distant fame, he dreamed over all +that, as the young Caesar may have dreamed of campaigns. Others might +brutalise or neglect the native speech, that true "open field" for +charm and sway over men. He would make of it a serious study, weighing +the precise power of every phrase and word, as though it were precious +metal, disentangling the later associations and going back to the +original and native sense of each,--restoring to full significance all +its wealth of latent figurative expression, reviving or replacing its +outworn or tarnished images. Latin literature and the Latin tongue +were dying of routine and languor; and what was necessary, first of +all, was to re-establish the natural and direct relationship between +thought and expression, between the sensation and the term, and restore +to words their primitive power. + +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, +were to be the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly +impressed, in the first place; and in the next, to find the means of +making visible to others that which was vividly apparent, delightful, +of lively interest to himself, to the exclusion of all that was but +middling, tame, or only half-true even to him--this scrupulousness of +literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for the first time, a sort of +chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what patience of +execution! what research for the significant [97] tones of ancient +idiom--sonantia verba et antiqua! What stately and regular +word-building--gravis et decora constructio! He felt the whole meaning +of the sceptical Pliny's somewhat melancholy advice to one of his +friends, that he should seek in literature deliverance from +mortality--ut studiis se literarum a mortalitate vindicet. And there +was everything in the nature and the training of Marius to make him a +full participator in the hopes of such a new literary school, with +Flavian for its leader. In the refinements of that curious spirit, in +its horror of profanities, its fastidious sense of a correctness in +external form, there was something which ministered to the old ritual +interest, still surviving in him; as if here indeed were involved a +kind of sacred service to the mother-tongue. + +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in +which the literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties +towards language, towards the instrument of expression: in fact it does +but modify a little the principles of all effective expression at all +times. 'Tis art's function to conceal itself: ars est celare +artem:--is a saying, which, exaggerated by inexact quotation, has +perhaps been oftenest and most confidently quoted by those who have had +little literary or other art to conceal; and from the very beginning of +professional literature, the "labour of the file"--a labour in the case +of Plato, for instance, or Virgil, like [98] that of the oldest of +goldsmiths as described by Apuleius, enriching the work by far more +than the weight of precious metal it removed--has always had its +function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later examples of it, this Roman +Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty in writing--es kallos +graphein+--might lapse into its characteristic fopperies or mannerisms, +into the "defects of its qualities," in truth, not wholly unpleasing +perhaps, or at least excusable, when looked at as but the toys (so +Cicero calls them), the strictly congenial and appropriate toys, of an +assiduously cultivated age, which could not help being polite, +critical, self-conscious. The mere love of novelty also had, of +course, its part there: as with the Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, +and of the modern French romanticists, its neologies were the ground of +one of the favourite charges against it; though indeed, as regards +these tricks of taste also, there is nothing new, but a quaint family +likeness rather, between the Euphuists of successive ages. Here, as +elsewhere, the power of "fashion," as it is called, is but one minor +form, slight enough, it may be, yet distinctly symptomatic, of that +deeper yearning of human nature towards ideal perfection, which is a +continuous force in it; and since in this direction too human nature is +limited, such fashions must necessarily reproduce themselves. Among +other resemblances to later growths of Euphuism, its archaisms on the +one hand, and [99] its neologies on the other, the Euphuism of the +days of Marcus Aurelius had, in the composition of verse, its fancy for +the refrain. It was a snatch from a popular chorus, something he had +heard sounding all over the town of Pisa one April night, one of the +first bland and summer-like nights of the year, that Flavian had chosen +for the refrain of a poem he was then pondering--the Pervigilium +Veneris--the vigil, or "nocturn," of Venus. + +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant +part in the little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are +playing in all ages, would ask, suspecting some affectation or +unreality in that minute culture of form:--Cannot those who have a +thing to say, say it directly? Why not be simple and broad, like the +old writers of Greece? And this challenge had at least the effect of +setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation as it lay +between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek +genius, in literature as in everything else, was the entire absence of +imitation in its productions. How had the burden of precedent, laid +upon every artist, increased since then! It was all around one:--that +smoothly built world of old classical taste, an accomplished fact, with +overwhelming authority on every detail of the conduct of one's [100] +work. With no fardel on its own back, yet so imperious towards those +who came labouring after it, Hellas, in its early freshness, looked as +distant from him even then as it does from ourselves. There might seem +to be no place left for novelty or originality,--place only for a +patient, an infinite, faultlessness. On this question too Flavian +passed through a world of curious art-casuistries, of self-tormenting, +at the threshold of his work. Was poetic beauty a thing ever one and +the same, a type absolute; or, changing always with the soul of time +itself, did it depend upon the taste, the peculiar trick of +apprehension, the fashion, as we say, of each successive age? Might +one recover that old, earlier sense of it, that earlier manner, in a +masterly effort to recall all the complexities of the life, moral and +intellectual, of the earlier age to which it had belonged? Had there +been really bad ages in art or literature? Were all ages, even those +earliest, adventurous, matutinal days, in themselves equally poetical +or unpoetical; and poetry, the literary beauty, the poetic ideal, +always but a borrowed light upon men's actual life? + +Homer had said-- + + Hoi d' hote d limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en ni melain... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phgmini thalasss.+ + +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was +always telling [101] things after this manner. And one might think +there had been no effort in it: that here was but the almost mechanical +transcript of a time, naturally, intrinsically, poetic, a time in which +one could hardly have spoken at all without ideal effect, or, the +sailors pulled down their boat without making a picture in "the great +style," against a sky charged with marvels. Must not the mere prose of +an age, itself thus ideal, have counted for more than half of Homer's +poetry? Or might the closer student discover even here, even in Homer, +the really mediatorial function of the poet, as between the reader and +the actual matter of his experience; the poet waiting, so to speak, in +an age which had felt itself trite and commonplace enough, on his +opportunity for the touch of "golden alchemy," or at least for the +pleasantly lighted side of things themselves? Might not another, in +one's own prosaic and used-up time, so uneventful as it had been +through the long reign of these quiet Antonines, in like manner, +discover his ideal, by a due waiting upon it? Would not a future +generation, looking back upon this, under the power of the +enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to view, in contrast with its +own languor--the languor that for some reason (concerning which +Augustine will one day have his view) seemed to haunt men always? Had +Homer, even, appeared unreal and affected in his poetic flight, to some +of the people of his own age, [102] as seemed to happen with every new +literature in turn? In any case, the intellectual conditions of early +Greece had been--how different from these! And a true literary tact +would accept that difference in forming the primary conception of the +literary function at a later time. Perhaps the utmost one could get by +conscious effort, in the way of a reaction or return to the conditions +of an earlier and fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial +artlessness, navet; and this quality too might have its measure of +euphuistic charm, direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in +comparison with that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not +as the freshness of the open fields, but only of a bunch of +field-flowers in a heated room. + +There was, meantime, all this:--on one side, the old pagan culture, for +us but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, still a +living, united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, its thought, +its religions, its sagacious forms of polity, that so weighty authority +it exercised on every point, being in reality only the measure of its +charm for every one: on the other side, the actual world in all its +eager self-assertion, with Flavian himself, in his boundless animation, +there, at the centre of the situation. From the natural defects, from +the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous cultivation of manner, he +was saved by the consciousness that he had a matter to present, very +real, [103] at least to him. That preoccupation of the dilettante with +what might seem mere details of form, after all, did but serve the +purpose of bringing to the surface, sincerely and in their integrity, +certain strong personal intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of +things as really being, with important results, thus, rather than +thus,--intuitions which the artistic or literary faculty was called +upon to follow, with the exactness of wax or clay, clothing the model +within. Flavian too, with his fine clear mastery of the practically +effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as axiomatic in +literature: that to know when one's self is interested, is the first +condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the +forcible apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the +selection of his intellectual food; often listless while others read or +gazed diligently; never pretending to be moved out of mere complaisance +to people's emotions: it served to foster in him a very scrupulous +literary sincerity with himself. And it was this uncompromising demand +for a matter, in all art, derived immediately from lively personal +intuition, this constant appeal to individual judgment, which saved his +euphuism, even at its weakest, from lapsing into mere artifice. + +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess +Venus, the work of [104] his earlier manhood, and designed originally +to open an argument less persistently sombre than that protest against +the whole pagan heaven which actually follows it? It is certainly the +most typical expression of a mood, still incident to the young poet, as +a thing peculiar to his youth, when he feels the sentimental current +setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as a matter of purely +physical excitement, that he can hardly distinguish it from the +animation of external nature, the upswelling of the seed in the earth, +and of the sap through the trees. Flavian, to whom, again, as to his +later euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology seemed as full of untried, +unexpressed motives and interest as human life itself, had long been +occupied with a kind of mystic hymn to the vernal principle of life in +things; a composition shaping itself, little by little, out of a +thousand dim perceptions, into singularly definite form (definite and +firm as fine-art in metal, thought Marius) for which, as I said, he had +caught his "refrain," from the lips of the young men, singing because +they could not help it, in the streets of Pisa. And as oftenest +happens also, with natures of genuinely poetic quality, those piecemeal +beginnings came suddenly to harmonious completeness among the fortunate +incidents, the physical heat and light, of one singularly happy day. + +It was one of the first hot days of March--"the sacred day"--on which, +from Pisa, as from [105] many another harbour on the Mediterranean, the +Ship of Isis went to sea, and every one walked down to the shore-side +to witness the freighting of the vessel, its launching and final +abandonment among the waves, as an object really devoted to the Great +Goddess, that new rival, or "double," of ancient Venus, and like her a +favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening next before, all the +world had been abroad to view the illumination of the river; the +stately lines of building being wreathed with hundreds of many-coloured +lamps. The young men had poured forth their chorus-- + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet-- + +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their +lanterned boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when +heavy rain-drops had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, +however, smiling and serene; and the long procession started betimes. +The river, curving slightly, with the smoothly paved streets on either +side, between its low marble parapet and the fair dwelling-houses, +formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, accompanied +throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took its course up +one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge up-stream, and +down the other, to the haven, every possible standing-place, out of +doors [106] and within, being crowded with sight-seers, of whom Marius +was one of the most eager, deeply interested in finding the spectacle +much as Apuleius had described it in his famous book. + +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly waving +back the assistants, made way for a number of women, scattering +perfumes. They were succeeded by a company of musicians, piping and +twanging, on instruments the strangest Marius had ever beheld, the +notes of a hymn, narrating the first origin of this votive rite to a +choir of youths, who marched behind them singing it. The tire-women and +other personal attendants of the great goddess came next, bearing the +instruments of their ministry, and various articles from the sacred +wardrobe, wrought of the most precious material; some of them with long +ivory combs, plying their hands in wild yet graceful concert of +movement as they went, in devout mimicry of the toilet. Placed in +their rear were the mirror-bearers of the goddess, carrying large +mirrors of beaten brass or silver, turned in such a way as to reflect +to the great body of worshippers who followed, the face of the +mysterious image, as it moved on its way, and their faces to it, as +though they were in fact advancing to meet the heavenly visitor. They +comprehended a multitude of both sexes and of all ages, already +initiated into the divine secret, clad in fair linen, the females +veiled, the males with shining [107] tonsures, and every one carrying a +sistrum--the richer sort of silver, a few very dainty persons of fine +gold--rattling the reeds, with a noise like the jargon of innumerable +birds and insects awakened from torpor and abroad in the spring sun. +Then, borne upon a kind of platform, came the goddess herself, +undulating above the heads of the multitude as the bearers walked, in +mystic robe embroidered with the moon and stars, bordered gracefully +with a fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a glittering crown +upon the head. The train of the procession consisted of the priests in +long white vestments, close from head to foot, distributed into various +groups, each bearing, exposed aloft, one of the sacred symbols of +Isis--the corn-fan, the golden asp, the ivory hand of equity, and among +them the votive ship itself, carved and gilt, and adorned bravely with +flags flying. Last of all walked the high priest; the people kneeling +as he passed to kiss his hand, in which were those well-remembered +roses. + +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, +lowered from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as +it could carry of the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in +great profusion by the worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon the +water, left the shore, crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a much +stouter vessel than itself with a crew of white-robed mariners, whose +[108] function it was, at the appointed moment, finally to desert it on +the open sea. + +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. +Flavian and Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a +wild spot on the bay, the traditional site of a little Greek colony, +which, having had its eager, stirring life at the time when Etruria was +still a power in Italy, had perished in the age of the civil wars. In +the absolute transparency of the air on this gracious day, an +infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with sparkling +clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves--Flavian at work +suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They reached land at +last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the sands, with a +tumble-down of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a little shrine of +Venus, fluttering and gay with the scarves and napkins and gilded +shells which these people had offered to the image. Flavian and Marius +sat down under the shadow of a mass of gray rock or ruin, where the +sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and talked of life in those old +Greek colonies. Of this place, all that remained, besides those rude +stones, was--a handful of silver coins, each with a head of pure and +archaic beauty, though a little cruel perhaps, supposed to represent +the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was formerly shown here--only these, and +an ancient song, the very strain which Flavian [109] had recovered in +those last months. They were records which spoke, certainly, of the +charm of life within those walls. How strong must have been the tide +of men's existence in that little republican town, so small that this +circle of gray stones, of service now only by the moisture they +gathered for the blue-flowering gentians among them, had been the line +of its rampart! An epitome of all that was liveliest, most animated +and adventurous, in the old Greek people of which it was an offshoot, +it had enhanced the effect of these gifts by concentration within +narrow limits. The band of "devoted youth,"--hiera neots.+--of the +younger brothers, devoted to the gods and whatever luck the gods might +afford, because there was no room for them at home--went forth, bearing +the sacred flame from the mother hearth; itself a flame, of power to +consume the whole material of existence in clear light and heat, with +no smouldering residue. The life of those vanished townsmen, so +brilliant and revolutionary, applying so abundantly the personal +qualities which alone just then Marius seemed to value, associated +itself with the actual figure of his companion, standing there before +him, his face enthusiastic with the sudden thought of all that; and +struck him vividly as precisely the fitting opportunity for a nature +like his, so hungry for control, for ascendency over men. + +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits [110] flagged at last, on +the way home through the heavy dew of the evening, more than physical +fatigue in Flavian, who seemed to find no refreshment in the coolness. +There had been something feverish, perhaps, and like the beginning of +sickness, about his almost forced gaiety, in this sudden spasm of +spring; and by the evening of the next day he was lying with a burning +spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from the first, by the +terrible new disease. + +NOTES + +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint "singal." + +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: "To write +beautifully." + +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: + + Hoi d' hote d limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en ni melain... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phgmini thalasss. + +Etext editor's translation: + + When they had safely made deep harbor + They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship... + And went ashore just past the breakers. + +109. +Transliteration: hiera neots. Pater translates the phrase, +"devoted youth." + + + +CHAPTER VII: A PAGAN END + +[111] FOR the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor Marcus +Aurelius, returning in triumph from the East, had brought in his train, +among the enemies of Rome, one by no means a captive. People actually +sickened at a sudden touch of the unsuspected foe, as they watched in +dense crowds the pathetic or grotesque imagery of failure or success in +the triumphal procession. And, as usual, the plague brought with it a +power to develop all pre-existent germs of superstition. It was by +dishonour done to Apollo himself, said popular rumour--to Apollo, the +old titular divinity of pestilence, that the poisonous thing had come +abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer consecrated to the god, it had +escaped in the sacrilegious plundering of his temple at Seleucia by the +soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a traitorous surprise of that town and +a cruel massacre. Certainly there was something which baffled all +imaginable precautions and all medical science, in the suddenness [112] +with which the disease broke out simultaneously, here and there, among +both soldiers and citizens, even in places far remote from the main +line of its march in the rear of the victorious army. It seemed to +have invaded the whole empire, and some have even thought that, in a +mitigated form, it permanently remained there. In Rome itself many +thousands perished; and old authorities tell of farmsteads, whole +towns, and even entire neighbourhoods, which from that time continued +without inhabitants and lapsed into wildness or ruin. + +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in the +brain, fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to his +body. His head being relieved after a while, there was distress at the +chest. It was but the fatal course of the strange new sickness, under +many disguises; travelling from the brain to the feet, like a material +resident, weakening one after another of the organic centres; often, +when it did not kill, depositing various degrees of lifelong infirmity +in this member or that; and after such descent, returning upwards +again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving the entrenchments of the +fortress of life overturned, one by one, behind it. + +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful cough, +but relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the rich-scented +flowers--rare Paestum roses, and the like [113] --procured by Marius +for his solace, in a fancied convalescence; and would, at intervals, +return to labour at his verses, with a great eagerness to complete and +transcribe the work, while Marius sat and wrote at his dictation, one +of the latest but not the poorest specimens of genuine Latin poetry. + +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from the +thought of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the preliminary +pairing and mating together of all fresh things, in the hot and genial +spring-time--the immemorial nuptials of the soul of spring itself and +the brown earth; and was full of a delighted, mystic sense of what +passed between them in that fantastic marriage. That mystic burden was +relieved, at intervals, by the familiar playfulness of the Latin +verse-writer in dealing with mythology, which, though coming at so late +a day, had still a wonderful freshness in its old age.--"Amor has put +his weapons by and will keep holiday. He was bidden go without +apparel, that none might be wounded by his bow and arrows. But take +care! In truth he is none the less armed than usual, though he be all +unclad." + +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his chief +aim to retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the Latin +genius, at some points even to have advanced beyond it, in anticipation +of wholly new laws of [114] taste as regards sound, a new range of +sound itself. The peculiar resultant note, associating itself with +certain other experiences of his, was to Marius like the foretaste of +an entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. Flavian had caught, +indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the sonorous organ-music of +the medieval Latin, and therewithal something of its unction and +mysticity of spirit. There was in his work, along with the last +splendour of the classical language, a touch, almost prophetic, of that +transformed life it was to have in the rhyming middle age, just about +to dawn. The impression thus forced upon Marius connected itself with +a feeling, the exact inverse of that, known to every one, which seems +to say, You have been just here, just thus, before!--a feeling, in his +case, not reminiscent but prescient of the future, which passed over +him afterwards many times, as he came across certain places and people. +It was as if he detected there the process of actual change to a wholly +undreamed-of and renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he saw +the heavy yet decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on +an intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new +musical instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of +his verse? And still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of +expression and imagery, that firmness of outline he had always relished +so much in the composition of [115] Flavian. Yes! a firmness like that +of some master of noble metal-work, manipulating tenacious bronze or +gold. Even now that haunting refrain, with its impromptu variations, +from the throats of those strong young men, came floating through the +window. + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet! + +--repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. + +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately +endowed, the mere liberty of life above-ground, "those sunny mornings +in the cornfields by the sea," as he recollected them one day, when the +window was thrown open upon the early freshness--his sense of all this, +was from the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as of +something he was but debarred the use of for a time than finally +bidding farewell to. That was while he was still with no very grave +misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and felt the sources of +life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. From time to +time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his dictation, +was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work just then. The +recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the mere danger of death, +vaguer than that and by so much the more terrible, like the menace of +some shadowy [116] adversary in the dark with whose mode of attack they +had no acquaintance, disturbed him now and again through those hours of +excited attention to his manuscript, and to the purely physical wants +of Flavian. Still, during these three days there was much hope and +cheerfulness, and even jesting. Half-consciously Marius tried to +prolong one or another relieving circumstance of the day, the +preparations for rest and morning refreshment, for instance; sadly +making the most of the little luxury of this or that, with something of +the feigned cheer of the mother who sets her last morsels before her +famished child as for a feast, but really that he "may eat it and die." + +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put +aside the unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest +quiet at length though much exhausted, had made itself felt with full +power again in a painful vomiting, which seemed to shake his body +asunder, with great consequent prostration. From that time the +distress increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum vero vitai claustra +lababant;+ and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace from the dead +feet to the head. + +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the +rapid but systematic work of the destroyer, [117] faintly relieving a +little the mere accidents of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian +himself appeared, in full consciousness at last--in clear-sighted, +deliberate estimate of the actual crisis--to be doing battle with his +adversary. His mind surveyed, with great distinctness, the various +suggested modes of relief. He must without fail get better, he would +fancy, might he be removed to a certain place on the hills where as a +child he had once recovered from sickness, but found that he could +scarcely raise his head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now +surely foreseeing the end, he would set himself, with an eager effort, +and with that eager and angry look, which is noted as one of the +premonitions of death in this disease, to fashion out, without formal +dictation, still a few more broken verses of his unfinished work, in +hard-set determination, defiant of pain, to arrest this or that little +drop at least from the river of sensuous imagery rushing so quickly +past him. + +But at length delirium--symptom that the work of the plague was done, +and the last resort of life yielding to the enemy--broke the coherent +order of words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, +found his best hope in the increasing dimness of the patient's mind. In +intervals of clearer consciousness the visible signs of cold, of sorrow +and desolation, were very painful. No longer battling with the +disease, he seemed as it were to place himself [118] at the disposal of +the victorious foe, dying passively, like some dumb creature, in +hopeless acquiescence at last. That old, half-pleading petulance, +unamiable, yet, as it might seem, only needing conditions of life a +little happier than they had actually been, to become refinement of +affection, a delicate grace in its demand on the sympathy of others, +had changed in those moments of full intelligence to a clinging and +tremulous gentleness, as he lay--"on the very threshold of death"--with +a sharply contracted hand in the hand of Marius, to his almost +surprised joy, winning him now to an absolutely self-forgetful +devotion. There was a new sort of pleading in the misty eyes, just +because they took such unsteady note of him, which made Marius feel as +if guilty; anticipating thus a form of self-reproach with which even +the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes surprised, when, at death, +affectionate labour suddenly ceasing leaves room for the suspicion of +some failure of love perhaps, at one or another minute point in it. +Marius almost longed to take his share in the suffering, that he might +understand so the better how to relieve it. + +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and Marius +extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among the +hills, with a heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at nightfall +to steady rain; and [119] in the darkness Marius lay down beside him, +faintly shivering now in the sudden cold, to lend him his own warmth, +undeterred by the fear of contagion which had kept other people from +passing near the house. At length about day-break he perceived that +the last effort had come with a revival of mental clearness, as Marius +understood by the contact, light as it was, in recognition of him +there. "Is it a comfort," he whispered then, "that I shall often come +and weep over you?"--"Not unless I be aware, and hear you weeping!" + +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and +Marius was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to +fix in his memory every detail, that he might have this picture in +reserve, should any hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with +the temptation to feel completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, +of resentment against nature itself, mingled with an agony of pity, as +he noted on the now placid features a certain look of humility, almost +abject, like the expression of a smitten child or animal, as of one, +fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under the power of a +merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he would not forget +one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously stamp on his +memory the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned to die, +against a time that may come. + +[120] The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to +watch by it through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing +strength, just in time. The first night after the washing of the body, +he bore stoutly enough the tax which affection seemed to demand, +throwing the incense from time to time on the little altar placed +beside the bier. It was the recurrence of the thing--that unchanged +outline below the coverlet, amid a silence in which the faintest rustle +seemed to speak--that finally overcame his determination. Surely, +here, in this alienation, this sense of distance between them, which +had come over him before though in minor degree when the mind of +Flavian had wandered in his sickness, was another of the pains of +death. Yet he was able to make all due preparations, and go through +the ceremonies, shortened a little because of the infection, when, on a +cloudless evening, the funeral procession went forth; himself, the +flames of the pyre having done their work, carrying away the urn of the +deceased, in the folds of his toga, to its last resting-place in the +cemetery beside the highway, and so turning home to sleep in his own +desolate lodging. + + Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus + Tam cari capitis?--+ + +What thought of others' thoughts about one could there be with the +regret for "so dear a head" fresh at one's heart? + +NOTES + +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. + +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. + + + +PART THE SECOND + + +CHAPTER VIII: ANIMULA VAGULA + + Animula, vagula, blandula + Hospes comesque corporis, + Quae nunc abibis in loca? + Pallidula, rigida, nudula. + + The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul + +[123] FLAVIAN was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and +tears lay cold among the faded flowers. For most people the actual +spectacle of death brings out into greater reality, at least for the +imagination, whatever confidence they may entertain of the soul's +survival in another life. To Marius, greatly agitated by that event, +the earthly end of Flavian came like a final revelation of nothing less +than the soul's extinction. Flavian had gone out as utterly as the +fire among those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful suspense of +judgment expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages of +being still possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, seemed +wholly untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of the +religion of his childhood. Future extinction seemed just then [124] to +be what the unforced witness of his own nature pointed to. On the other +hand, there came a novel curiosity as to what the various schools of +ancient philosophy had had to say concerning that strange, fluttering +creature; and that curiosity impelled him to certain severe studies, in +which his earlier religious conscience seemed still to survive, as a +principle of hieratic scrupulousness or integrity of thought, regarding +this new service to intellectual light. + +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a +prey to the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in many +a melodramatic revival of old religion or theosophy. From all this, +fascinating as it might actually be to one side of his character, he +was kept by a genuine virility there, effective in him, among other +results, as a hatred of what was theatrical, and the instinctive +recognition that in vigorous intelligence, after all, divinity was most +likely to be found a resident. With this was connected the feeling, +increasing with his advance to manhood, of a poetic beauty in mere +clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic charm of a cold austerity +of mind; as if the kinship of that to the clearness of physical light +were something more than a figure of speech. Of all those various +religious fantasies, as so many forms of enthusiasm, he could well +appreciate the picturesque; that was made easy by his natural +Epicureanism, already prompting [125] him to conceive of himself as but +the passive spectator of the world around him. But it was to the +severer reasoning, of which such matters as Epicurean theory are born, +that, in effect, he now betook himself. Instinctively suspicious of +those mechanical arcana, those pretended "secrets unveiled" of the +professional mystic, which really bring great and little souls to one +level, for Marius the only possible dilemma lay between that old, +ancestral Roman religion, now become so incredible to him and the +honest action of his own untroubled, unassisted intelligence. Even the +Arcana Celestia of Platonism--what the sons of Plato had had to say +regarding the essential indifference of pure soul to its bodily house +and merely occasional dwelling-place--seemed to him while his heart was +there in the urn with the material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering +in memory over his last agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to +alleviate his resentment at nature's wrong. It was to the sentiment of +the body, and the affections it defined--the flesh, of whose force and +colour that wandering Platonic soul was but so frail a residue or +abstract--he must cling. The various pathetic traits of the beloved, +suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply pondered, had made him a +materialist, but with something of the temper of a devotee. + +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for poetry +had passed away, [126] to be replaced by the literature of thought. His +much-pondered manuscript verses were laid aside; and what happened now +to one, who was certainly to be something of a poet from first to last, +looked at the moment like a change from poetry to prose. He came of +age about this time, his own master though with beardless face; and at +eighteen, an age at which, then as now, many youths of capacity, who +fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves from others chiefly in +affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded himself indeed from others, +but in a severe intellectual meditation, that salt of poetry, without +which all the more serious charm is lacking to the imaginative world. +Still with something of the old religious earnestness of his childhood, +he set himself--Sich im Denken zu orientiren--to determine his +bearings, as by compass, in the world of thought--to get that precise +acquaintance with the creative intelligence itself, its structure and +capacities, its relation to other parts of himself and to other things, +without which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man +rich in this world's goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and +ascertain his outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact estimate +of realities, as towards himself, he must have--a delicately measured +gradation of certainty in things--from the distant, haunted horizon of +mere surmise or imagination, to the actual [127] feeling of sorrow in +his heart, as he reclined one morning, alone instead of in pleasant +company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old Greek +manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, meeting +him in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the graver lines +coming into the face of the sombre but enthusiastic student of +intellectual structure, who could hold his own so well in the society +of accomplished older men, were half afraid of him, though proud to +have him of their company. Why this reserve?--they asked, concerning +the orderly, self-possessed youth, whose speech and carriage seemed so +carefully measured, who was surely no poet like the rapt, dishevelled +Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose toga was so daintily +folded, and who was always as fresh as the flowers he wore; or bent on +his own line of ambition: or even on riches? + +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most +part, those writers chiefly who had made it their business to know what +might be thought concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal essence, +which had seemed to go out altogether, along with the funeral fires. +And the old Greek who more than any other was now giving form to his +thoughts was a very hard master. From Epicurus, from the thunder and +lightning of Lucretius--like thunder and lightning some distance off, +one might recline to enjoy, in a garden of roses--he had gone back to +[128] the writer who was in a certain sense the teacher of both, +Heraclitus of Ionia. His difficult book "Concerning Nature" was even +then rare, for people had long since satisfied themselves by the +quotation of certain brilliant, isolated, oracles only, out of what was +at best a taxing kind of lore. But the difficulty of the early Greek +prose did but spur the curiosity of Marius; the writer, the superior +clearness of whose intellectual view had so sequestered him from other +men, who had had so little joy of that superiority, being avowedly +exacting as to the amount of devout attention he required from the +student. "The many," he said, always thus emphasising the difference +between the many and the few, are "like people heavy with wine," "led +by children," "knowing not whither they go;" and yet, "much learning +doth not make wise;" and again, "the ass, after all, would have his +thistles rather than fine gold." + +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for "the many" +of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due reception of +which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the necessary +first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been developed in +conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of thought, as a +matter requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure reason and its "dry +light." Men are subject to an illusion, he protests, regarding matters +apparent to sense. [129] What the uncorrected sense gives was a false +impression of permanence or fixity in things, which have really changed +their nature in the very moment in which we see and touch them. And +the radical flaw in the current mode of thinking would lie herein: +that, reflecting this false or uncorrected sensation, it attributes to +the phenomena of experience a durability which does not really belong +to them. Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world of firmly +out-lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead +what is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of +life--that eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe +spoke as the "Living Garment," whereby God is seen of us, ever in +weaving at the "Loom of Time." + +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first +instance, from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of +prophetic seriousness, a great claim and assumption, such as we may +understand, if we anticipate in this preliminary scepticism the +ulterior scope of his speculation, according to which the universal +movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, or measure, +of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason consists. The one +true being--that constant subject of all early thought--it was his +merit to have conceived, not as sterile and stagnant inaction, but as a +perpetual energy, from the restless stream of which, [130] at certain +points, some elements detach themselves, and harden into non-entity and +death, corresponding, as outward objects, to man's inward condition of +ignorance: that is, to the slowness of his faculties. It is with this +paradox of a subtle, perpetual change in all visible things, that the +high speculation of Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses +for anything like a careless, half-conscious, "use-and-wont" reception +of our experience, which took so strong a hold on men's memories! Hence +those many precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we +think and do, that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes +strict attentiveness of mind a kind of religious duty and service. + +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary +experience, fixed as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had +been, as originally conceived, but the preliminary step towards a large +positive system of almost religious philosophy. Then as now, the +illuminated philosophic mind might apprehend, in what seemed a mass of +lifeless matter, the movement of that universal life, in which things, +and men's impressions of them, were ever "coming to be," alternately +consumed and renewed. That continual change, to be discovered by the +attentive understanding where common opinion found fixed objects, was +but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading motion--the sleepless, +ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the divine [131] reason itself, +proceeding always by its own rhythmical logic, and lending to all mind +and matter, in turn, what life they had. In this "perpetual flux" of +things and of souls, there was, as Heraclitus conceived, a continuance, +if not of their material or spiritual elements, yet of orderly +intelligible relationships, like the harmony of musical notes, wrought +out in and through the series of their mutations--ordinances of the +divine reason, maintained throughout the changes of the phenomenal +world; and this harmony in their mutation and opposition, was, after +all, a principle of sanity, of reality, there. But it happened, that, +of all this, the first, merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest +step on the threshold, had alone remained in general memory; and the +"doctrine of motion" seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make +all fixed knowledge impossible. The swift passage of things, the still +swifter passage of those modes of our conscious being which seemed to +reflect them, might indeed be the burning of the divine fire: but what +was ascertained was that they did pass away like a devouring flame, or +like the race of water in the mid-stream--too swiftly for any real +knowledge of them to be attainable. Heracliteanism had grown to be +almost identical with the famous doctrine of the sophist Protagoras, +that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual was the +only standard of what is or is [132] not, and each one the measure of +all things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become +but an authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. + +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it +happened now with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the +apprehension of that constant motion of things--the drift of flowers, +of little or great souls, of ambitious systems, in the stream around +him, the first source, the ultimate issue, of which, in regions out of +sight, must count with him as but a dim problem. The bold mental +flight of the old Greek master from the fleeting, competing objects of +experience to that one universal life, in which the whole sphere of +physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, remained +by him as hypothesis only--the hypothesis he actually preferred, as in +itself most credible, however scantily realisable even by the +imagination--yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, among many +others, concerning the first principle of things. He might reserve it +as a fine, high, visionary consideration, very remote upon the +intellectual ladder, just at the point, indeed, where that ladder +seemed to pass into the clouds, but for which there was certainly no +time left just now by his eager interest in the real objects so close +to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the ground. And those +childish days of reverie, [133] when he played at priests, played in +many another day-dream, working his way from the actual present, as far +as he might, with a delightful sense of escape in replacing the outer +world of other people by an inward world as himself really cared to +have it, had made him a kind of "idealist." He was become aware of the +possibility of a large dissidence between an inward and somewhat +exclusive world of vivid personal apprehension, and the unimproved, +unheightened reality of the life of those about him. As a consequence, +he was ready now to concede, somewhat more easily than others, the +first point of his new lesson, that the individual is to himself the +measure of all things, and to rely on the exclusive certainty to +himself of his own impressions. To move afterwards in that outer world +of other people, as though taking it at their estimate, would be +possible henceforth only as a kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire +Savoyard, after reflecting on the variations of philosophy, "the first +fruit he drew from that reflection was the lesson of a limitation of +his researches to what immediately interested him; to rest peacefully +in a profound ignorance as to all beside; to disquiet himself only +concerning those things which it was of import for him to know." At +least he would entertain no theory of conduct which did not allow its +due weight to this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the +conditions of man's life. [134] Just here he joined company, retracing +in his individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human +thought, with another wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek +master, the founder of the Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty +traditional utterances (for he had left no writing) served in turn to +give effective outline to the contemplations of Marius. There was +something in the doctrine itself congruous with the place wherein it +had its birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the +brilliant Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the philosophy +of pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the mountains and the +sea, among richer than Italian gardens, on a certain breezy table-land +projecting from the African coast, some hundreds of miles southward +from Greece. There, in a delightful climate, with something of +transalpine temperance amid its luxury, and withal in an inward +atmosphere of temperance which did but further enhance the brilliancy +of human life, the school of Cyrene had maintained itself as almost one +with the family of its founder; certainly as nothing coarse or unclean, +and under the influence of accomplished women. + +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to +what might really lie behind--flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming +ramparts of the world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, which +had haunted the minds [135] of the first Greek enquirers as merely +abstract doubt, which had been present to the mind of Heraclitus as one +element only in a system of abstract philosophy, became with Aristippus +a very subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The difference between him and +those obscure earlier thinkers is almost like that between an ancient +thinker generally, and a modern man of the world: it was the difference +between the mystic in his cell, or the prophet in the desert, and the +expert, cosmopolitan, administrator of his dark sayings, translating +the abstract thoughts of the master into terms, first of all, of +sentiment. It has been sometimes seen, in the history of the human +mind, that when thus translated into terms of sentiment--of sentiment, +as lying already half-way towards practice--the abstract ideas of +metaphysics for the first time reveal their true significance. The +metaphysical principle, in itself, as it were, without hands or feet, +becomes impressive, fascinating, of effect, when translated into a +precept as to how it were best to feel and act; in other words, under +its sentimental or ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the great +master of Cyrene, his theory that things are but shadows, and that we, +even as they, never continue in one stay, might indeed have taken +effect as a languid, enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept of +"renunciation," which would touch and handle and busy itself with +nothing. But in the reception of [136] metaphysical formulae, all +depends, as regards their actual and ulterior result, on the +pre-existent qualities of that soil of human nature into which they +fall--the company they find already present there, on their admission +into the house of thought; there being at least so much truth as this +involves in the theological maxim, that the reception of this or that +speculative conclusion is really a matter of will. The persuasion that +all is vanity, with this happily constituted Greek, who had been a +genuine disciple of Socrates and reflected, presumably, something of +his blitheness in the face of the world, his happy way of taking all +chances, generated neither frivolity nor sourness, but induced, rather, +an impression, just serious enough, of the call upon men's attention of +the crisis in which they find themselves. It became the stimulus +towards every kind of activity, and prompted a perpetual, +inextinguishable thirst after experience. + +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure +depended on this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally somewhat +acrid, had fallen upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted to +transform it into a theory of practice, of considerable stimulative +power towards a fair life. What Marius saw in him was the spectacle of +one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to speak, to an +understanding with the most depressing of theories; accepting the [137] +results of a metaphysical system which seemed to concentrate into +itself all the weakening trains of thought in earlier Greek +speculation, and making the best of it; turning its hard, bare truths, +with wonderful tact, into precepts of grace, and delicate wisdom, and a +delicate sense of honour. Given the hardest terms, supposing our days +are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may well adorn and beautify, in +scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and whatever our souls touch +upon--these wonderful bodies, these material dwelling-places through +which the shadows pass together for a while, the very raiment we wear, +our very pastimes and the intercourse of society. The most discerning +judges saw in him something like the graceful "humanities" of the later +Roman, and our modern "culture," as it is termed; while Horace recalled +his sayings as expressing best his own consummate amenity in the +reception of life. + +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of +decorous living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth +reduced themselves to a scepticism almost drily practical, a scepticism +which developed the opposition between things as they are and our +impressions and thoughts concerning them--the possibility, if an +outward world does really exist, of some faultiness in our apprehension +of it--the doctrine, in short, of what is termed "the subjectivity of +knowledge." That is a consideration, indeed, [138] which lies as an +element of weakness, like some admitted fault or flaw, at the very +foundation of every philosophical account of the universe; which +confronts all philosophies at their starting, but with which none have +really dealt conclusively, some perhaps not quite sincerely; which +those who are not philosophers dissipate by "common," but +unphilosophical, sense, or by religious faith. The peculiar strength +of Marius was, to have apprehended this weakness on the threshold of +human knowledge, in the whole range of its consequences. Our knowledge +is limited to what we feel, he reflected: we need no proof that we +feel. But can we be sure that things are at all like our feelings? +Mere peculiarities in the instruments of our cognition, like the little +knots and waves on the surface of a mirror, may distort the matter they +seem but to represent. Of other people we cannot truly know even the +feelings, nor how far they would indicate the same modifications, each +one of a personality really unique, in using the same terms as +ourselves; that "common experience," which is sometimes proposed as a +satisfactory basis of certainty, being after all only a fixity of +language. But our own impressions!--The light and heat of that blue +veil over our heads, the heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain +over anything!--How reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival +criteria of truth, to fall back upon direct sensation, to limit one's +[139] aspirations after knowledge to that! In an age still materially +so brilliant, so expert in the artistic handling of material things, +with sensible capacities still in undiminished vigour, with the whole +world of classic art and poetry outspread before it, and where there +was more than eye or ear could well take in--how natural the +determination to rely exclusively upon the phenomena of the senses, +which certainly never deceive us about themselves, about which alone we +can never deceive ourselves! + +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this present +moment alone really is, between a past which has just ceased to be and +a future which may never come, became practical with Marius, under the +form of a resolve, as far as possible, to exclude regret and desire, +and yield himself to the improvement of the present with an absolutely +disengaged mind. America is here and now--here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm +Meister finds out one day, just not too late, after so long looking +vaguely across the ocean for the opportunity of the development of his +capacities. It was as if, recognising in perpetual motion the law of +nature, Marius identified his own way of life cordially with it, +"throwing himself into the stream," so to speak. He too must maintain +a harmony with that soul of motion in things, by constantly renewed +mobility of character. + +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.-- + +[140] Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception of +life attained by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical +consequence of the metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, had +been a strict limitation, almost the renunciation, of metaphysical +enquiry itself. Metaphysic--that art, as it has so often proved, in +the words of Michelet, de s'garer avec mthode, of bewildering oneself +methodically:--one must spend little time upon that! In the school of +Cyrene, great as was its mental incisiveness, logical and physical +speculation, theoretic interests generally, had been valued only so far +as they served to give a groundwork, an intellectual justification, to +that exclusive concern with practical ethics which was a note of the +Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and enthusiastic, how true to itself, +under how many varieties of character, had been the effort of the +Greeks after Theory--Theria--that vision of a wholly reasonable world, +which, according to the greatest of them, literally makes man like God: +how loyally they had still persisted in the quest after that, in spite +of how many disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, +some of them might have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; +but not in "doubtful disputations" concerning "being" and "not being," +knowledge and appearance. Men's minds, even young men's minds, at that +late day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which +[141] had so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of Marius, +as in that old school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, combined with +appetites so youthfully vigorous, brought about reaction, a sort of +suicide (instances of the like have been seen since) by which a great +metaphysical acumen was devoted to the function of proving metaphysical +speculation impossible, or useless. Abstract theory was to be valued +only just so far as it might serve to clear the tablet of the mind from +suppositions no more than half realisable, or wholly visionary, leaving +it in flawless evenness of surface to the impressions of an experience, +concrete and direct. + +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves +of such abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions--to be +rid of the notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often only +misrepresent the experience of which they profess to be the +representation--idola, idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them +later--to neutralise the distorting influence of metaphysical system by +an all-accomplished metaphysic skill: it is this bold, hard, sober +recognition, under a very "dry light," of its own proper aim, in union +with a habit of feeling which on the practical side may perhaps open a +wide doorway to human weakness, that gives to the Cyrenaic doctrine, to +reproductions of this doctrine in the time of Marius or in our own, +their gravity and importance. It was a [142] school to which the young +man might come, eager for truth, expecting much from philosophy, in no +ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than an "initiation." He +would be sent back, sooner or later, to experience, to the world of +concrete impressions, to things as they may be seen, heard, felt by +him; but with a wonderful machinery of observation, and free from the +tyranny of mere theories. + +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the +death of Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself as +if returned to the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant school +of healthfully sensuous wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek colony, on +its fresh upland by the sea. Not pleasure, but a general completeness +of life, was the practical ideal to which this anti-metaphysical +metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or complete life, a +life of various yet select sensation, the most direct and effective +auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty of soul, freedom from +all partial and misrepresentative doctrine which does but relieve one +element in our experience at the cost of another, freedom from all +embarrassment alike of regret for the past and of calculation on the +future: this would be but preliminary to the real business of +education--insight, insight through culture, into all that the present +moment holds in trust for us, as we stand so briefly in its presence. +From that maxim of [143] Life as the end of life, followed, as a +practical consequence, the desirableness of refining all the +instruments of inward and outward intuition, of developing all their +capacities, of testing and exercising one's self in them, till one's +whole nature became one complex medium of reception, towards the +vision--the "beatific vision," if we really cared to make it such--of +our actual experience in the world. Not the conveyance of an abstract +body of truths or principles, would be the aim of the right education +of one's self, or of another, but the conveyance of an art--an art in +some degree peculiar to each individual character; with the +modifications, that is, due to its special constitution, and the +peculiar circumstances of its growth, inasmuch as no one of us is "like +another, all in all." + + + +CHAPTER IX: NEW CYRENAICISM + +[144] SUCH were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by Marius, +when somewhat later he had outgrown the mastery of others, from the +principle that "all is vanity." If he could but count upon the +present, if a life brief at best could not certainly be shown to +conduct one anywhere beyond itself, if men's highest curiosity was +indeed so persistently baffled--then, with the Cyrenaics of all ages, +he would at least fill up the measure of that present with vivid +sensations, and such intellectual apprehensions, as, in strength and +directness and their immediately realised values at the bar of an +actual experience, are most like sensations. So some have spoken in +every age; for, like all theories which really express a strong natural +tendency of the human mind or even one of its characteristic modes of +weakness, this vein of reflection is a constant tradition in +philosophy. Every age of European thought has had its Cyrenaics or +Epicureans, under many disguises: even under the hood of the monk. + +[145] But--Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!--is a proposal, +the real import of which differs immensely, according to the natural +taste, and the acquired judgment, of the guests who sit at the table. +It may express nothing better than the instinct of Dante's Ciacco, the +accomplished glutton, in the mud of the Inferno;+ or, since on no +hypothesis does man "live by bread alone," may come to be identical +with--"My meat is to do what is just and kind;" while the soul, which +can make no sincere claim to have apprehended anything beyond the veil +of immediate experience, yet never loses a sense of happiness in +conforming to the highest moral ideal it can clearly define for itself; +and actually, though but with so faint hope, does the "Father's +business." + +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the +metaphysical ambition to pass beyond "the flaming ramparts of the +world," but, on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation of +intellectual treasure, with so wide a view before it over all varieties +of what is powerful or attractive in man and his works, the thoughts of +Marius did but follow the line taken by the majority of educated +persons, though to a different issue. Pitched to a really high and +serious key, the precept--Be perfect in regard to what is here and now: +the precept of "culture," as it is called, or of a complete +education--might at least save him from the vulgarity and heaviness +[146] of a generation, certainly of no general fineness of temper, +though with a material well-being abundant enough. Conceded that what +is secure in our existence is but the sharp apex of the present moment +between two hypothetical eternities, and all that is real in our +experience but a series of fleeting impressions:--so Marius continued +the sceptical argument he had condensed, as the matter to hold by, from +his various philosophical reading:--given, that we are never to get +beyond the walls of the closely shut cell of one's own personality; +that the ideas we are somehow impelled to form of an outer world, and +of other minds akin to our own, are, it may be, but a day-dream, and +the thought of any world beyond, a day-dream perhaps idler still: then, +he, at least, in whom those fleeting impressions--faces, voices, +material sunshine--were very real and imperious, might well set himself +to the consideration, how such actual moments as they passed might be +made to yield their utmost, by the most dexterous training of capacity. +Amid abstract metaphysical doubts, as to what might lie one step only +beyond that experience, reinforcing the deep original materialism or +earthliness of human nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous +world, let him at least make the most of what was "here and now." In +the actual dimness of ways from means to ends--ends in themselves +desirable, yet for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below +the [147] visible horizon--he would at all events be sure that the +means, to use the well-worn terminology, should have something of +finality or perfection about them, and themselves partake, in a +measure, of the more excellent nature of ends--that the means should +justify the end. + +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics +said, or, in other words, a wide, a complete, education--an education +partly negative, as ascertaining the true limits of man's capacities, +but for the most part positive, and directed especially to the +expansion and refinement of the power of reception; of those powers, +above all, which are immediately relative to fleeting phenomena, the +powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, an "aesthetic" +education, as it might now be termed, and certainly occupied very +largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of +literature, would have a great part to play. The study of music, in +that wider Platonic sense, according to which, music comprehends all +those matters over which the Muses of Greek mythology preside, would +conduct one to an exquisite appreciation of all the finer traits of +nature and of man. Nay! the products of the imagination must +themselves be held to present the most perfect forms of life--spirit +and matter alike under their purest and most perfect conditions--the +most strictly appropriate [148] objects of that impassioned +contemplation, which, in the world of intellectual discipline, as in +the highest forms of morality and religion, must be held to be the +essential function of the "perfect." Such manner of life might come +even to seem a kind of religion--an inward, visionary, mystic piety, or +religion, by virtue of its effort to live days "lovely and pleasant" in +themselves, here and now, and with an all-sufficiency of well-being in +the immediate sense of the object contemplated, independently of any +faith, or hope that might be entertained as to their ulterior tendency. +In this way, the true aesthetic culture would be realisable as a new +form of the contemplative life, founding its claim on the intrinsic +"blessedness" of "vision"--the vision of perfect men and things. One's +human nature, indeed, would fain reckon on an assured and endless +future, pleasing itself with the dream of a final home, to be attained +at some still remote date, yet with a conscious, delightful home-coming +at last, as depicted in many an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, +the world of perfected sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to +us, and so attractive, that the most visionary of spirits must needs +represent the world unseen in colours, and under a form really borrowed +from it. Let me be sure then--might he not plausibly say?--that I miss +no detail of this life of realised consciousness in the present! Here +at least is a vision, a theory, [149] theria,+ which reposes on no +basis of unverified hypothesis, which makes no call upon a future after +all somewhat problematic; as it would be unaffected by any discovery of +an Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) as to what had +really been the origin, and course of development, of man's actually +attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle of reason or +spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable moments, would of +course have its precepts to deliver on the embellishment, generally, of +what is near at hand, on the adornment of life, till, in a not +impracticable rule of conduct, one's existence, from day to day, came +to be like a well-executed piece of music; that "perpetual motion" in +things (so Marius figured the matter to himself, under the old Greek +imageries) according itself to a kind of cadence or harmony. + +It was intelligible that this "aesthetic" philosophy might find itself +(theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in +casuistry, legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims +of that eager, concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, +against those of the received morality. Conceiving its own function in +a somewhat desperate temper, and becoming, as every high-strung form of +sentiment, as the religious sentiment itself, may become, somewhat +antinomian, when, in its effort towards the order of experiences it +prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and popular [150] +morality, at points where that morality may look very like a +convention, or a mere stage-property of the world, it would be found, +from time to time, breaking beyond the limits of the actual moral +order; perhaps not without some pleasurable excitement in so bold a +venture. + +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even in +practice--that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the case +of those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly and +temperate wisdom of Montaigne, "pernicious for those who have any +natural tendency to impiety or vice," the line of reflection traced out +above, was fairly chargeable.--Not, however, with "hedonism" and its +supposed consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were still +pure. He knew that his carefully considered theory of practice braced +him, with the effect of a moral principle duly recurring to mind every +morning, towards the work of a student, for which he might seem +intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance who jumped to the +conclusion that, with the "Epicurean stye," he was making +pleasure--pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it--the sole motive of +life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation by +covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness of +which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in the +vulgar company of Lais. Words like "hedonism"-- [151] terms of large +and vague comprehension--above all when used for a purpose avowedly +controversial, have ever been the worst examples of what are called +"question-begging terms;" and in that late age in which Marius lived, +amid the dust of so many centuries of philosophical debate, the air was +full of them. Yet those who used that reproachful Greek term for the +philosophy of pleasure, were hardly more likely than the old Greeks +themselves (on whom regarding this very subject of the theory of +pleasure, their masters in the art of thinking had so emphatically to +impress the necessity of "making distinctions") to come to any very +delicately correct ethical conclusions by a reasoning, which began with +a general term, comprehensive enough to cover pleasures so different in +quality, in their causes and effects, as the pleasures of wine and +love, of art and science, of religious enthusiasm and political +enterprise, and of that taste or curiosity which satisfied itself with +long days of serious study. Yet, in truth, each of those pleasurable +modes of activity, may, in its turn, fairly become the ideal of the +"hedonistic" doctrine. Really, to the phase of reflection through +which Marius was then passing, the charge of "hedonism," whatever its +true weight might be, was not properly applicable at all. Not +pleasure, but fulness of life, and "insight" as conducting to that +fulness--energy, variety, and choice of experience, including [152] +noble pain and sorrow even, loves such as those in the exquisite old +story of Apuleius, sincere and strenuous forms of the moral life, such +as Seneca and Epictetus--whatever form of human life, in short, might +be heroic, impassioned, ideal: from these the "new Cyrenaicism" of +Marius took its criterion of values. It was a theory, indeed, which +might properly be regarded as in great degree coincident with the main +principle of the Stoics themselves, and an older version of the precept +"Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might"--a doctrine +so widely acceptable among the nobler spirits of that time. And, as +with that, its mistaken tendency would lie in the direction of a kind +of idolatry of mere life, or natural gift, or strength--l'idlatrie des +talents. + +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the various +forms of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world almost +too opulent in what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of scrupulous +equity, the claims of these concrete and actual objects on his +sympathy, his intelligence, his senses--to "pluck out the heart of +their mystery," and in turn become the interpreter of them to others: +this had now defined itself for Marius as a very narrowly practical +design: it determined his choice of a vocation to live by. It was the +era of the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they were sometimes called; of +men who came in some instances to [153] great fame and fortune, by way +of a literary cultivation of "science." That science, it has been often +said, must have been wholly an affair of words. But in a world, +confessedly so opulent in what was old, the work, even of genius, must +necessarily consist very much in criticism; and, in the case of the +more excellent specimens of his class, the rhetorician was, after all, +the eloquent and effective interpreter, for the delighted ears of +others, of what understanding himself had come by, in years of travel +and study, of the beautiful house of art and thought which was the +inheritance of the age. The emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service +Marius had now been called, was himself, more or less openly, a +"lecturer." That late world, amid many curiously vivid modern traits, +had this spectacle, so familiar to ourselves, of the public lecturer or +essayist; in some cases adding to his other gifts that of the Christian +preacher, who knows how to touch people's sensibilities on behalf of +the suffering. To follow in the way of these successes, was the natural +instinct of youthful ambition; and it was with no vulgar egotism that +Marius, at the age of nineteen, determined, like many another young man +of parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. + +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to +prose, he remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by which, +I mean, among other things, that quite [154] independently of the +general habit of that pensive age he lived much, and as it were by +system, in reminiscence. Amid his eager grasping at the sensation, the +consciousness, of the present, he had come to see that, after all, the +main point of economy in the conduct of the present, was the +question:--How will it look to me, at what shall I value it, this day +next year?--that in any given day or month one's main concern was its +impression for the memory. A strange trick memory sometimes played +him; for, with no natural gradation, what was of last month, or of +yesterday, of to-day even, would seem as far off, as entirely detached +from him, as things of ten years ago. Detached from him, yet very real, +there lay certain spaces of his life, in delicate perspective, under a +favourable light; and, somehow, all the less fortunate detail and +circumstance had parted from them. Such hours were oftenest those in +which he had been helped by work of others to the pleasurable +apprehension of art, of nature, or of life. "Not what I do, but what I +am, under the power of this vision"--he would say to himself--"is what +were indeed pleasing to the gods!" + +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his +philosophic ideal the monochronos hdon+ of Aristippus--the pleasure +of the ideal present, of the mystic now--there would come, together +with that precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after +all, [155] to retain "what was so transitive." Could he but arrest, +for others also, certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative +memory presented them to himself! In those grand, hot summers, he +would have imprisoned the very perfume of the flowers. To create, to +live, perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted hours, if it were but +in a fragment of perfect expression:--it was thus his longing defined +itself for something to hold by amid the "perpetual flux." With men of +his vocation, people were apt to say, words were things. Well! with +him, words should be indeed things,--the word, the phrase, valuable in +exact proportion to the transparency with which it conveyed to others +the apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so vividly real within +himself. Verbaque provisam rem non invita sequentur:+ Virile +apprehension of the true nature of things, of the true nature of one's +own impression, first of all!--words would follow that naturally, a +true understanding of one's self being ever the first condition of +genuine style. Language delicate and measured, the delicate Attic +phrase, for instance, in which the eminent Aristeides could speak, was +then a power to which people's hearts, and sometimes even their purses, +readily responded. And there were many points, as Marius thought, on +which the heart of that age greatly needed to be touched. He hardly +knew how strong that old religious sense of responsibility, the +conscience, as we call it, [156] still was within him--a body of inward +impressions, as real as those so highly valued outward ones--to offend +against which, brought with it a strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a +person. And the determination, adhered to with no misgiving, to add +nothing, not so much as a transient sigh, to the great total of men's +unhappiness, in his way through the world:--that too was something to +rest on, in the drift of mere "appearances." + +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only +possible through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body and +soul. For the male element, the logical conscience asserted itself +now, with opening manhood--asserted itself, even in his literary style, +by a certain firmness of outline, that touch of the worker in metal, +amid its richness. Already he blamed instinctively alike in his work +and in himself, as youth so seldom does, all that had not passed a long +and liberal process of erasure. The happy phrase or sentence was +really modelled upon a cleanly finished structure of scrupulous +thought. The suggestive force of the one master of his development, +who had battled so hard with imaginative prose; the utterance, the +golden utterance, of the other, so content with its living power of +persuasion that he had never written at all,--in the commixture of +these two qualities he set up his literary ideal, and this rare +blending of grace with an intellectual [157] rigour or astringency, was +the secret of a singular expressiveness in it. + +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre +habitude of the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with +the perfect tone, "fresh and serenely disposed," of the Roman +gentleman, yet qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and +frightened away some of his equals in age and rank. The sober +discretion of his thoughts, his sustained habit of meditation, the +sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to concentrate +himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately here +and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of +one who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.--Though with an +air so disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the visible +world! And now, in revolt against that pre-occupation with other +persons, which had so often perturbed his spirit, his wistful +speculations as to what the real, the greater, experience might be, +determined in him, not as the longing for love--to be with Cynthia, or +Aspasia--but as a thirst for existence in exquisite places. The veil +that was to be lifted for him lay over the works of the old masters of +art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. And it was just +at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. + +NOTES + +145. +Canto VI. + +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition "rearing, education." + +149. +Transliteration: theria. Definition "a looking at ... +observing ... contemplation." + +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hdon. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, "single or +unitary time." + +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor's translation: "The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily." + + + +CHAPTER X: ON THE WAY + + Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur. + Pliny's Letters. + +[158] MANY points in that train of thought, its harder and more +energetic practical details especially, at first surmised but vaguely +in the intervals of his visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the +coherence of formal principle amid the stirring incidents of the +journey, which took him, still in all the buoyancy of his nineteen +years and greatly expectant, to Rome. That summons had come from one +of the former friends of his father in the capital, who had kept +himself acquainted with the lad's progress, and, assured of his parts, +his courtly ways, above all of his beautiful penmanship, now offered +him a place, virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person of the +philosophic emperor. The old town-house of his family on the Caelian +hill, so long neglected, might well require his personal care; and +Marius, relieved a little by his preparations for travelling from a +certain over-tension [159] of spirit in which he had lived of late, was +presently on his way, to await introduction to Aurelius, on his +expected return home, after a first success, illusive enough as it was +soon to appear, against the invaders from beyond the Danube. + +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, for +which he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of +starting--days brown with the first rains of autumn--brought him, by +the byways among the lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the town +of Luca, a station on the Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly on +foot, while the baggage followed under the care of his attendants. He +wore a broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a more modern pilgrim's, +the neat head projecting from the collar of his gray paenula, or +travelling mantle, sewed closely together over the breast, but with its +two sides folded up upon the shoulders, to leave the arms free in +walking, and was altogether so trim and fresh, that, as he climbed the +hill from Pisa, by the long steep lane through the olive-yards, and +turned to gaze where he could just discern the cypresses of the old +school garden, like two black lines down the yellow walls, a little +child took possession of his hand, and, looking up at him with entire +confidence, paced on bravely at his side, for the mere pleasure of his +company, to the spot where the road declined again [160] into the +valley beyond. From this point, leaving the servants behind, he +surrendered himself, a willing subject, as he walked, to the +impressions of the road, and was almost surprised, both at the +suddenness with which evening came on, and the distance from his old +home at which it found him. + +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a +welcoming in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to mark +out certain places for the special purpose of evening rest, and gives +them always a peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the deepening +twilight, the rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together side by side, +like one continuous shelter over the whole township, spread low and +broad above the snug sleeping-rooms within; and the place one sees for +the first time, and must tarry in but for a night, breathes the very +spirit of home. The cottagers lingered at their doors for a few +minutes as the shadows grew larger, and went to rest early; though +there was still a glow along the road through the shorn corn-fields, +and the birds were still awake about the crumbling gray heights of an +old temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you could hardly +tell where the country left off in it, and the field-paths became its +streets. Next morning he must needs change the manner of his journey. +The light baggage-wagon returned, and he proceeded now more quickly, +travelling [161] a stage or two by post, along the Cassian Way, where +the figures and incidents of the great high-road seemed already to tell +of the capital, the one centre to which all were hastening, or had +lately bidden adieu. That Way lay through the heart of the old, +mysterious and visionary country of Etruria; and what he knew of its +strange religion of the dead, reinforced by the actual sight of the +funeral houses scattered so plentifully among the dwelling-places of +the living, revived in him for a while, in all its strength, his old +instinctive yearning towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he +had known in life. It seemed to him that he could half divine how time +passed in those painted houses on the hillsides, among the gold and +silver ornaments, the wrought armour and vestments, the drowsy and dead +attendants; and the close consciousness of that vast population gave +him no fear, but rather a sense of companionship, as he climbed the +hills on foot behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. + +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might +seem, than its rocky perch--white rocks, that had long been glistening +before him in the distance. Down the dewy paths the people were +descending from it, to keep a holiday, high and low alike in rough, +white-linen smocks. A homely old play was just begun in an open-air +theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown slope. Marius [162] +caught the terrified expression of a child in its mother's arms, as it +turned from the yawning mouth of a great mask, for refuge in her bosom. +The way mounted, and descended again, down the steep street of another +place, all resounding with the noise of metal under the hammer; for +every house had its brazier's workshop, the bright objects of brass and +copper gleaming, like lights in a cave, out of their dark roofs and +corners. Around the anvils the children were watching the work, or ran +to fetch water to the hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, +as he took his hasty mid-day refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and +cheese, while the swelling surface of a great copper water-vessel grew +flowered all over with tiny petals under the skilful strokes. Towards +dusk, a frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried out the words of +some philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her hands, as +the travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. + +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents of +the way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, marks +of the great plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there had been +many enactments to improve the condition of the slave. The ergastula+ +were abolished. But no system of free labour had as yet succeeded. A +whole mendicant population, artfully exaggerating every symptom and +circumstance of misery, still hung [163] around, or sheltered +themselves within, the vast walls of their old, half-ruined +task-houses. And for the most part they had been variously stricken by +the pestilence. For once, the heroic level had been reached in rags, +squints, scars--every caricature of the human type--ravaged beyond what +could have been thought possible if it were to survive at all. +Meantime, the farms were less carefully tended than of old: here and +there they were lapsing into their natural wildness: some villas also +were partly fallen into ruin. The picturesque, romantic Italy of a +later time--the Italy of Claude and Salvator Rosa--was already forming, +for the delight of the modern romantic traveller. + +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing the +Tiber, as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in truth, the +Tiber was but a modest enough stream of turbid water. Nature, under the +richer sky, seemed readier and more affluent, and man fitter to the +conditions around him: even in people hard at work there appeared to be +a less burdensome sense of the mere business of life. How dreamily the +women were passing up through the broad light and shadow of the steep +streets with the great water-pots resting on their heads, like women of +Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek temples. With what a fresh, +primeval poetry was daily existence here impressed--all the details of +the threshing-floor and the vineyard; [164] the common farm-life even; +the great bakers' fires aglow upon the road in the evening. In the +presence of all this Marius felt for a moment like those old, early, +unconscious poets, who created the famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and +the Great Mother, out of the imagery of the wine-press and the +ploughshare. And still the motion of the journey was bringing his +thoughts to systematic form. He seemed to have grown to the fulness of +intellectual manhood, on his way hither. The formative and literary +stimulus, so to call it, of peaceful exercise which he had always +observed in himself, doing its utmost now, the form and the matter of +thought alike detached themselves clearly and with readiness from the +healthfully excited brain.--"It is wonderful," says Pliny, "how the +mind is stirred to activity by brisk bodily exercise." The presentable +aspects of inmost thought and feeling became evident to him: the +structure of all he meant, its order and outline, defined itself: his +general sense of a fitness and beauty in words became effective in +daintily pliant sentences, with all sorts of felicitous linking of +figure to abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the +artist in him--that old longing to produce--might be satisfied by the +exact and literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in +simple prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and +prolonging its life a little.--To live in the concrete! To be sure, at +least, of [165] one's hold upon that!--Again, his philosophic scheme +was but the reflection of the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a +reduction to the abstract, of the brilliant road he travelled on, +through the sunshine. + +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow +of our traveller's thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily fatigue, +asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; and he +fell into a mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, as night +deepens again and again over their path, in which all journeying, from +the known to the unknown, comes suddenly to figure as a mere foolish +truancy--like a child's running away from home--with the feeling that +one had best return at once, even through the darkness. He had chosen +to climb on foot, at his leisure, the long windings by which the road +ascended to the place where that day's stage was to end, and found +himself alone in the twilight, far behind the rest of his +travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round and round those +dark masses, half natural rock, half artificial substructure, ever +bring him within the circuit of the walls above? It was now that a +startling incident turned those misgivings almost into actual fear. +From the steep slope a heavy mass of stone was detached, after some +whisperings among the trees above his head, and rushing down through +the stillness fell to pieces in a [166] cloud of dust across the road +just behind him, so that he felt the touch upon his heel. That was +sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its hiding-place his old vague +fear of evil--of one's "enemies"--a distress, so much a matter of +constitution with him, that at times it would seem that the best +pleasures of life could but be snatched, as it were hastily, in one +moment's forgetfulness of its dark, besetting influence. A sudden +suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness of "enemies," seemed +all at once to alter the visible form of things, as with the child's +hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of his peaceful, dreamy +island. His elaborate philosophy had not put beneath his feet the +terror of mere bodily evil; much less of "inexorable fate, and the +noise of greedy Acheron." + +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome +air of the market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant +contrast to that last effort of his journey. The room in which he sat +down to supper, unlike the ordinary Roman inns at that day, was trim +and sweet. The firelight danced cheerfully upon the polished, +three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the best oil, upon the +white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations set in glass +goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the true +colour and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate foam as it +mounted in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he had [167] found +in no other wine. These things had relieved a little the melancholy of +the hour before; and it was just then that he heard the voice of one, +newly arrived at the inn, making his way to the upper floor--a youthful +voice, with a reassuring clearness of note, which completed his cure. + +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: then, +awake in the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw the +guest of the night before, a very honourable-looking youth, in the rich +habit of a military knight, standing beside his horse, and already +making preparations to depart. It happened that Marius, too, was to +take that day's journey on horseback. Riding presently from the inn, +he overtook Cornelius--of the Twelfth Legion--advancing carefully down +the steep street; and before they had issued from the gates of +Urbs-vetus, the two young men had broken into talk together. They were +passing along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius must needs +enter one of the workshops for the repair of some button or link of his +knightly trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius watched the work, +as he had watched the brazier's business a few days before, wondering +most at the simplicity of its processes, a simplicity, however, on +which only genius in that craft could have lighted.--By what +unguessed-at stroke of hand, for instance, had the grains of precious +metal associated themselves [168] with so daintily regular a roughness, +over the surface of the little casket yonder? And the conversation +which followed, hence arising, left the two travellers with sufficient +interest in each other to insure an easy companionship for the +remainder of their journey. In time to come, Marius was to depend very +much on the preferences, the personal judgments, of the comrade who now +laid his hand so brotherly on his shoulder, as they left the workshop. + +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+--observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well-fitted, +by the peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first acquaintance into +intimacy; its superficial ugliness throwing the wayfarers back upon +each other's entertainment in a real exchange of ideas, the tension of +which, however, it would relieve, ever and anon, by the unexpected +assertion of something singularly attractive. The immediate aspect of +the land was, indeed, in spite of abundant olive and ilex, unpleasing +enough. A river of clay seemed, "in some old night of time," to have +burst up over valley and hill, and hardened there into fantastic +shelves and slides and angles of cadaverous rock, up and down among the +contorted vegetation; the hoary roots and trunks seeming to confess +some weird kinship with them. But that was long ago; and these pallid +hillsides needed only the declining sun, touching the rock with purple, +and throwing deeper shadow into [169] the immemorial foliage, to put on +a peculiar, because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the +graceful outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the +broader prospect. And, for sentimental Marius, all this was +associated, by some perhaps fantastic affinity, with a peculiar trait +of severity, beyond his guesses as to the secret of it, which mingled +with the blitheness of his new companion. Concurring, indeed, with the +condition of a Roman soldier, it was certainly something far more than +the expression of military hardness, or ascsis; and what was earnest, +or even austere, in the landscape they had traversed together, seemed +to have been waiting for the passage of this figure to interpret or +inform it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, a vivid personal +presence broke through the dreamy idealism, which had almost come to +doubt of other men's reality: reassuringly, indeed, yet not without +some sense of a constraining tyranny over him from without. + +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters on +the Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with him, in +that privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, the +atmosphere of some still more jealously exclusive circle. They halted +on the morrow at noon, not at an inn, but at the house of one of the +young soldier's friends, whom they found absent, indeed, in consequence +of the [170] plague in those parts, so that after a mid-day rest only, +they proceeded again on their journey. The great room of the villa, to +which they were admitted, had lain long untouched; and the dust rose, +as they entered, into the slanting bars of sunlight, that fell through +the half-closed shutters. It was here, to while away the time, that +Cornelius bethought himself of displaying to his new friend the various +articles and ornaments of his knightly array--the breastplate, the +sandals and cuirass, lacing them on, one by one, with the assistance of +Marius, and finally the great golden bracelet on the right arm, +conferred on him by his general for an act of valour. And as he +gleamed there, amid that odd interchange of light and shade, with the +staff of a silken standard firm in his hand, Marius felt as if he were +face to face, for the first time, with some new knighthood or chivalry, +just then coming into the world. + +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, +that Rome was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our +travellers; Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then +consisted, agreeing, chiefly for the sake of Marius, to hasten forward, +that it might be reached by daylight, with a cheerful noise of rapid +wheels as they passed over the flagstones. But the highest light upon +the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone out, and it was dark, before +they reached the Flaminian Gate. The [171] abundant sound of water was +the one thing that impressed Marius, as they passed down a long street, +with many open spaces on either hand: Cornelius to his military +quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling-place of his fathers. + +NOTES + +162. +E-text editor's note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian +equivalent of prison-workhouses. + +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. + + + +CHAPTER XI: "THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD" + +[172] MARIUS awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, noting +for more careful inspection by and by the rolls of manuscripts. Even +greater than his curiosity in gazing for the first time on this ancient +possession, was his eagerness to look out upon Rome itself, as he +pushed back curtain and shutter, and stepped forth in the fresh morning +upon one of the many balconies, with an oft-repeated dream realised at +last. He was certainly fortunate in the time of his coming to Rome. +That old pagan world, of which Rome was the flower, had reached its +perfection in the things of poetry and art--a perfection which +indicated only too surely the eve of decline. As in some vast +intellectual museum, all its manifold products were intact and in their +places, and with custodians also still extant, duly qualified to +appreciate and explain them. And at no period of history had the +material Rome itself been better worth seeing--lying there not less +consummate than that world of [173] pagan intellect which it +represented in every phase of its darkness and light. The various work +of many ages fell here harmoniously together, as yet untouched save by +time, adding the final grace of a rich softness to its complex +expression. Much which spoke of ages earlier than Nero, the great +re-builder, lingered on, antique, quaint, immeasurably venerable, like +the relics of the medieval city in the Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: +the work of Nero's own time had come to have that sort of old world and +picturesque interest which the work of Lewis has for ourselves; while +without stretching a parallel too far we might perhaps liken the +architectural finesses of the archaic Hadrian to the more excellent +products of our own Gothic revival. The temple of Antoninus and +Faustina was still fresh in all the majesty of its closely arrayed +columns of cipollino; but, on the whole, little had been added under +the late and present emperors, and during fifty years of public quiet, +a sober brown and gray had grown apace on things. The gilding on the +roof of many a temple had lost its garishness: cornice and capital of +polished marble shone out with all the crisp freshness of real flowers, +amid the already mouldering travertine and brickwork, though the birds +had built freely among them. What Marius then saw was in many +respects, after all deduction of difference, more like the modern Rome +than the enumeration of particular losses [174] might lead us to +suppose; the Renaissance, in its most ambitious mood and with amplest +resources, having resumed the ancient classical tradition there, with +no break or obstruction, as it had happened, in any very considerable +work of the middle age. Immediately before him, on the square, steep +height, where the earliest little old Rome had huddled itself together, +arose the palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction of +rough, brown stone--line upon line of successive ages of builders--the +trim, old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven walls of +dark glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and +sparkling in the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of +pavilions and corridors above, centering in the lofty, white-marble +dwelling-place of Apollo himself. + +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering +through Rome, to which he now went forth with a heat in the town +sunshine (like a mist of fine gold-dust spread through the air) to the +height of his desire, making the dun coolness of the narrow streets +welcome enough at intervals. He almost feared, descending the stair +hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should snatch the little cup of +enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such morning rambles in +places new to him, [175] life had always seemed to come at its fullest: +it was then he could feel his youth, that youth the days of which he +had already begun to count jealously, in entire possession. So the +grave, pensive figure, a figure, be it said nevertheless, fresher far +than often came across it now, moved through the old city towards the +lodgings of Cornelius, certainly not by the most direct course, however +eager to rejoin the friend of yesterday. + +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also +his last, the two friends descended along the Vicus Tuscus, with its +rows of incense-stalls, into the Via Nova, where the fashionable people +were busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the frizzled +heads, then la mode. A glimpse of the Marmorata, the haven at the +river-side, where specimens of all the precious marbles of the world +were lying amid great white blocks from the quarries of Luna, took his +thoughts for a moment to his distant home. They visited the +flower-market, lingering where the coronarii pressed on them the newest +species, and purchased zinias, now in blossom (like painted flowers, +thought Marius), to decorate the folds of their togas. Loitering to +the other side of the Forum, past the great Galen's drug-shop, after a +glance at the announcements of new poems on sale attached to the +doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered the curious [176] library +of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite resort of literary men, and +read, fixed there for all to see, the Diurnal or Gazette of the day, +which announced, together with births and deaths, prodigies and +accidents, and much mere matter of business, the date and manner of the +philosophic emperor's joyful return to his people; and, thereafter, +with eminent names faintly disguised, what would carry that day's news, +in many copies, over the provinces--a certain matter concerning the +great lady, known to be dear to him, whom he had left at home. It was +a story, with the development of which "society" had indeed for some +time past edified or amused itself, rallying sufficiently from the +panic of a year ago, not only to welcome back its ruler, but also to +relish a chronique scandaleuse; and thus, when soon after Marius saw +the world's wonder, he was already acquainted with the suspicions which +have ever since hung about her name. Twelve o'clock was come before +they left the Forum, waiting in a little crowd to hear the Accensus, +according to old custom, proclaim the hour of noonday, at the moment +when, from the steps of the Senate-house, the sun could be seen +standing between the Rostra and the Graecostasis. He exerted for this +function a strength of voice, which confirmed in Marius a judgment the +modern visitor may share with him, that Roman throats and Roman chests, +namely, must, in some peculiar way, be differently [177] constructed +from those of other people. Such judgment indeed he had formed in part +the evening before, noting, as a religious procession passed him, how +much noise a man and a boy could make, though not without a great deal +of real music, of which in truth the Romans were then as ever +passionately fond. + +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost +along the line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome +villas, turning presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still +the playground of Rome. But the vast public edifices were grown to be +almost continuous over the grassy expanse, represented now only by +occasional open spaces of verdure and wild-flowers. In one of these a +crowd was standing, to watch a party of athletes stripped for exercise. +Marius had been surprised at the luxurious variety of the litters borne +through Rome, where no carriage horses were allowed; and just then one +far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty appointments of ivory and +gold, was carried by, all the town pressing with eagerness to get a +glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she passed rapidly. Yes! +there, was the wonder of the world--the empress Faustina herself: +Marius could distinguish, could distinguish clearly, the well-known +profile, between the floating purple curtains. + +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it awaited +with much real [178] affection, hopeful and animated, the return of its +emperor, for whose ovation various adornments were preparing along the +streets through which the imperial procession would pass. He had left +Rome just twelve months before, amid immense gloom. The alarm of a +barbarian insurrection along the whole line of the Danube had happened +at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by the great pestilence. + +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East from +which Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the plague, +war had come to seem a merely romantic, superannuated incident of +bygone history. And now it was almost upon Italian soil. Terrible were +the reports of the numbers and audacity of the assailants. Aurelius, +as yet untried in war, and understood by a few only in the whole scope +of a really great character, was known to the majority of his subjects +as but a careful administrator, though a student of philosophy, +perhaps, as we say, a dilettante. But he was also the visible centre +of government, towards whom the hearts of a whole people turned, +grateful for fifty years of public happiness--its good genius, its +"Antonine"--whose fragile person might be foreseen speedily giving way +under the trials of military life, with a disaster like that of the +slaughter of the legions by Arminius. Prophecies of the world's +impending conflagration were easily credited: "the secular fire" would +descend from [179] heaven: superstitious fear had even demanded the +sacrifice of a human victim. + +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of +other people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every +religious claim which was one of his characteristic habits, had +invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, not only all native gods, but all +foreign deities as well, however strange.--"Help! Help! in the ocean +space!" A multitude of foreign priests had been welcomed to Rome, with +their various peculiar religious rites. The sacrifices made on this +occasion were remembered for centuries; and the starving poor, at +least, found some satisfaction in the flesh of those herds of "white +bulls," which came into the city, day after day, to yield the savour of +their blood to the gods. + +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of "Emperor," +still had its magic power over the nations. The mere approach of the +Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. Aurelius and his +colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a deputation arrived to +ask for peace. And now the two imperial "brothers" were returning home +at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a villa outside the walls, till +the capital had made ready to receive them. But although Rome was thus +in genial reaction, with much relief, [180] and hopefulness against the +winter, facing itself industriously in damask of red and gold, those +two enemies were still unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the +Danube was but over-awed for a season; and the plague, as we saw when +Marius was on his way to Rome, was not to depart till it had done a +large part in the formation of the melancholy picturesque of modern +Italy--till it had made, or prepared for the making of the Roman +Campagna. The old, unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of +Antoninus Pius--that genuine though unconscious humanist--was gone for +ever. And again and again, throughout this day of varied observation, +Marius had been reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in +"the most religious city of the world," as one had said, but that Rome +was become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such +superstition presented itself almost as religious mania in many an +incident of his long ramble,--incidents to which he gave his full +attention, though contending in some measure with a reluctance on the +part of his companion, the motive of which he did not understand till +long afterwards. Marius certainly did not allow this reluctance to +deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome partly under poetic +vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of life itself, +upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to reflect +them; to transmute them [181] into golden words? He must observe that +strange medley of superstition, that centuries' growth, layer upon +layer, of the curiosities of religion (one faith jostling another out +of place) at least for its picturesque interest, and as an indifferent +outsider might, not too deeply concerned in the question which, if any +of them, was to be the survivor. + +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast and +complex system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of +public and private life, attractively enough for those who had but "the +historic temper," and a taste for the past, however much a Lucian might +depreciate it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, indeed, been +always something to be done, rather than something to be thought, or +believed, or loved; something to be done in minutely detailed manner, +at a particular time and place, correctness in which had long been a +matter of laborious learning with a whole school of ritualists--as +also, now and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice with certain +exceptionally devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with his life +in his hand, succeeded in passing the sentinels of the invading Gauls +to perform a sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to the divine +protection, had returned in safety. So jealous was the distinction +between sacred and profane, that, in the matter [182] of the "regarding +of days," it had made more than half the year a holiday. Aurelius had, +indeed, ordained that there should be no more than a hundred and +thirty-five festival days in the year; but in other respects he had +followed in the steps of his predecessor, Antoninus Pius--commended +especially for his "religion," his conspicuous devotion to its public +ceremonies--and whose coins are remarkable for their reference to the +oldest and most hieratic types of Roman mythology. Aurelius had +succeeded in more than healing the old feud between philosophy and +religion, displaying himself, in singular combination, as at once the +most zealous of philosophers and the most devout of polytheists, and +lending himself, with an air of conviction, to all the pageantries of +public worship. To his pious recognition of that one orderly spirit, +which, according to the doctrine of the Stoics, diffuses itself through +the world, and animates it--a recognition taking the form, with him, of +a constant effort towards inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious +order of his own soul--he had added a warm personal devotion towards +the whole multitude of the old national gods, and a great many new +foreign ones besides, by him, at least, not ignobly conceived. If the +comparison may be reverently made, there was something here of the +method by which the catholic church has added the cultus of the saints +to its worship of the one Divine Being. + +[183] And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the +personal centre of religion, entertained the hope of converting his +people to philosophic faith, and had even pronounced certain public +discourses for their instruction in it, that polytheistic devotion was +his most striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, had, for the most +part, thought with Seneca, "that a man need not lift his hands to +heaven, nor ask the sacristan's leave to put his mouth to the ear of an +image, that his prayers might be heard the better."--Marcus Aurelius, +"a master in Israel," knew all that well enough. Yet his outward +devotion was much more than a concession to popular sentiment, or a +mere result of that sense of fellow-citizenship with others, which had +made him again and again, under most difficult circumstances, an +excellent comrade. Those others, too!--amid all their ignorances, what +were they but instruments in the administration of the Divine Reason, +"from end to end sweetly and strongly disposing all things"? Meantime +"Philosophy" itself had assumed much of what we conceive to be the +religious character. It had even cultivated the habit, the power, of +"spiritual direction"; the troubled soul making recourse in its hour of +destitution, or amid the distractions of the world, to this or that +director--philosopho suo--who could really best understand it. + +And it had been in vain that the old, grave [184] and discreet religion +of Rome had set itself, according to its proper genius, to prevent or +subdue all trouble and disturbance in men's souls. In religion, as in +other matters, plebeians, as such, had a taste for movement, for +revolution; and it had been ever in the most populous quarters that +religious changes began. To the apparatus of foreign religion, above +all, recourse had been made in times of public disquietude or sudden +terror; and in those great religious celebrations, before his +proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius had even restored the +solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital since the time of +Augustus, making no secret of his worship of that goddess, though her +temple had been actually destroyed by authority in the reign of +Tiberius. Her singular and in many ways beautiful ritual was now +popular in Rome. And then--what the enthusiasm of the swarming +plebeian quarters had initiated, was sure to be adopted, sooner or +later, by women of fashion. A blending of all the religions of the +ancient world had been accomplished. The new gods had arrived, had +been welcomed, and found their places; though, certainly, with no real +security, in any adequate ideal of the divine nature itself in the +background of men's minds, that the presence of the new-comer should be +edifying, or even refining. High and low addressed themselves to all +deities alike without scruple; confusing them together when they +prayed, and in the old, [185] authorised, threefold veneration of their +visible images, by flowers, incense, and ceremonial lights--those +beautiful usages, which the church, in her way through the world, ever +making spoil of the world's goods for the better uses of the human +spirit, took up and sanctified in her service. + +And certainly "the most religious city in the world" took no care to +veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its +little chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one +seemed to exercise some religious function and responsibility. +Colleges, composed for the most part of slaves and of the poor, +provided for the service of the Compitalian Lares--the gods who +presided, respectively, over the several quarters of the city. In one +street, Marius witnessed an incident of the festival of the patron +deity of that neighbourhood, the way being strewn with box, the houses +tricked out gaily in such poor finery as they possessed, while the +ancient idol was borne through it in procession, arrayed in gaudy +attire the worse for wear. Numerous religious clubs had their stated +anniversaries, on which the members issued with much ceremony from +their guild-hall, or schola, and traversed the thoroughfares of Rome, +preceded, like the confraternities of the present day, by their sacred +banners, to offer sacrifice before some famous image. Black with the +perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, oftenest old and [186] ugly, +perhaps on that account the more likely to listen to the desires of the +suffering--had not those sacred effigies sometimes given sensible +tokens that they were aware? The image of the Fortune of +Women--Fortuna Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not once only) +and declared; Bene me, Matronae! vidistis riteque dedicastis! The +Apollo of Cumae had wept during three whole nights and days. The +images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been seen to sweat. Nay! +there was blood--divine blood--in the hearts of some of them: the +images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! + +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the "atheist" of whom +Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing image or +sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the latter +determined to enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their return +into the Forum, below the Palatine hill, where the mothers were +pressing in, with a multitude of every sort of children, to touch the +lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse of Romulus--so tender to +little ones!--just discernible in its dark shrine, amid a blaze of +lights. Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as he mounted the +steps to his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. Marius failed +precisely to catch the words. + +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over Rome, +far above a whisper, [187] the whole town seeming hushed to catch it +distinctly, the lively, reckless call to "play," from the sons and +daughters of foolishness, to those in whom their life was still +green--Donec virenti canities abest!--Donec virenti canities abest!+ +Marius could hardly doubt how Cornelius would have taken the call. And +as for himself, slight as was the burden of positive moral obligation +with which he had entered Rome, it was to no wasteful and vagrant +affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had committed him. + +NOTES + +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: "So long as youth is fresh +and age is far away." + + + +CHAPTER XII: THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING + + But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye, + And great Augustus long ygoe is dead, + And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead, + That matter made for poets on to playe.+ + +[188] MARCUS AURELIUS who, though he had little relish for them +himself, had ever been willing to humour the taste of his people for +magnificent spectacles, was received back to Rome with the lesser +honours of the Ovation, conceded by the Senate (so great was the public +sense of deliverance) with even more than the laxity which had become +its habit under imperial rule, for there had been no actual bloodshed +in the late achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the chief Roman +magistrate, and with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his colleague +similarly attired walking beside him, he passed up to the Capitol on +foot, though in solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to offer +sacrifice to the national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, whose +image we may still see between the pig and the ox of the [189] +Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled almost like some ancient canon of +the church, on a sculptured fragment in the Forum, was conducted by the +priests, clad in rich white vestments, and bearing their sacred +utensils of massive gold, immediately behind a company of +flute-players, led by the great choir-master, or conductor, of the day, +visibly tetchy or delighted, according as the instruments he ruled with +his tuning-rod, rose, more or less adequately amid the difficulties of +the way, to the dream of perfect music in the soul within him. The +vast crowd, including the soldiers of the triumphant army, now restored +to wives and children, all alike in holiday whiteness, had left their +houses early in the fine, dry morning, in a real affection for "the +father of his country," to await the procession, the two princes having +spent the preceding night outside the walls, at the old Villa of the +Republic. Marius, full of curiosity, had taken his position with much +care; and stood to see the world's masters pass by, at an angle from +which he could command the view of a great part of the processional +route, sprinkled with fine yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from +profane footsteps. + +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the +flutes, heard at length above the acclamations of the people--Salve +Imperator!--Dii te servent!--shouted in regular time, over the hills. +It was on the central [190] figure, of course, that the whole attention +of Marius was fixed from the moment when the procession came in sight, +preceded by the lictors with gilded fasces, the imperial image-bearers, +and the pages carrying lighted torches; a band of knights, among whom +was Cornelius in complete military, array, following. Amply swathed +about in the folds of a richly worked toga, after a manner now long +since become obsolete with meaner persons, Marius beheld a man of about +five-and-forty years of age, with prominent eyes--eyes, which although +demurely downcast during this essentially religious ceremony, were by +nature broadly and benignantly observant. He was still, in the main, +as we see him in the busts which represent his gracious and courtly +youth, when Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name +of his father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland +capacity of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly +as of old, shone out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace +of the trouble of his lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the +blindness or perplexity of the people about him, understood all things +clearly; the dilemma, to which his experience so far had brought him, +between Chance with meek resignation, and a Providence with boundless +possibilities and hope, being for him at least distinctly defined. + +That outward serenity, which he valued so [191] highly as a point of +manner or expression not unworthy the care of a public +minister--outward symbol, it might be thought, of the inward religious +serenity it had been his constant purpose to maintain--was increased +to-day by his sense of the gratitude of his people; that his life had +been one of such gifts and blessings as made his person seem in very +deed divine to them. Yet the cloud of some reserved internal sorrow, +passing from time to time into an expression of fatigue and effort, of +loneliness amid the shouting multitude, might have been detected there +by the more observant--as if the sagacious hint of one of his officers, +"The soldiers can't understand you, they don't know Greek," were +applicable always to his relationships with other people. The nostrils +and mouth seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius noted in +them, as in the hands, and in the spare body generally, what was new to +his experience--something of asceticism, as we say, of a bodily +gymnastic, by which, although it told pleasantly in the clear blue +humours of the eye, the flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer with +the spirit. It was hardly the expression of "the healthy mind in the +healthy body," but rather of a sacrifice of the body to the soul, its +needs and aspirations, that Marius seemed to divine in this assiduous +student of the Greek sages--a sacrifice, in truth, far beyond the +demands of their very saddest philosophy of life. + +[192] Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine +ornaments!--had been ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred Stoic, +who still thought manners a true part of morals, according to the old +sense of the term, and who regrets now and again that he cannot control +his thoughts equally well with his countenance. That outward composure +was deepened during the solemnities of this day by an air of pontifical +abstraction; which, though very far from being pride--nay, a sort of +humility rather--yet gave, to himself, an air of unapproachableness, +and to his whole proceeding, in which every minutest act was +considered, the character of a ritual. Certainly, there was no +haughtiness, social, moral, or even philosophic, in Aurelius, who had +realised, under more trying conditions perhaps than any one before, +that no element of humanity could be alien from him. Yet, as he walked +to-day, the centre of ten thousand observers, with eyes discreetly +fixed on the ground, veiling his head at times and muttering very +rapidly the words of the "supplications," there was something many +spectators may have noted as a thing new in their experience, for +Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, took all this with absolute +seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity of kings, that, in the words +of Tacitus, Princes are as Gods--Principes instar deorum esse--seemed +to have taken a novel, because a literal, sense. For Aurelius, indeed, +the old legend of his descent from Numa, from [193] Numa who had talked +with the gods, meant much. Attached in very early years to the service +of the altars, like many another noble youth, he was "observed to +perform all his sacerdotal functions with a constancy and exactness +unusual at that age; was soon a master of the sacred music; and had all +the forms and ceremonies by heart." And now, as the emperor, who had +not only a vague divinity about his person, but was actually the chief +religious functionary of the state, recited from time to time the forms +of invocation, he needed not the help of the prompter, or +ceremoniarius, who then approached, to assist him by whispering the +appointed words in his ear. It was that pontifical abstraction which +then impressed itself on Marius as the leading outward characteristic +of Aurelius; though to him alone, perhaps, in that vast crowd of +observers, it was no strange thing, but a matter he had understood from +of old. + +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal +processions to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in the +East; the very word Triumph being, according to this supposition, only +Thriambos-the Dionysiac Hymn. And certainly the younger of the two +imperial "brothers," who, with the effect of a strong contrast, walked +beside Aurelius, and shared the honours of the day, might well have +reminded people of the delicate Greek god of flowers and wine. This +[194] new conqueror of the East was now about thirty-six years old, but +with his scrupulous care for all the advantages of his person, and a +soft curling beard powdered with gold, looked many years younger. One +result of the more genial element in the wisdom of Aurelius had been +that, amid most difficult circumstances, he had known throughout life +how to act in union with persons of character very alien from his own; +to be more than loyal to the colleague, the younger brother in empire, +he had too lightly taken to himself, five years before, then an +uncorrupt youth, "skilled in manly exercises and fitted for war." When +Aurelius thanks the gods that a brother had fallen to his lot, whose +character was a stimulus to the proper care of his own, one sees that +this could only have happened in the way of an example, putting him on +his guard against insidious faults. But it is with sincere amiability +that the imperial writer, who was indeed little used to be ironical, +adds that the lively respect and affection of the junior had often +"gladdened" him. To be able to make his use of the flower, when the +fruit perhaps was useless or poisonous:--that was one of the practical +successes of his philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, +"the concord of the two Augusti." + +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time +extravagant or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, [195] +healthy-looking, cleanly, and firm, which seemed unassociable with any +form of self-torment, and made one think of the muzzle of some young +hound or roe, such as human beings invariably like to stroke--a +physiognomy, in effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of the +finer sort, though still wholly animal. The charm was that of the +blond head, the unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor less +than one may see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, and with +the stuff which makes brave soldiers, in spite of the natural kinship +it seems to have with playthings and gay flowers. But innate in Lucius +Verus there was that more than womanly fondness for fond things, which +had made the atmosphere of the old city of Antioch, heavy with +centuries of voluptuousness, a poison to him: he had come to love his +delicacies best out of season, and would have gilded the very flowers. +But with a wonderful power of self-obliteration, the elder brother at +the capital had directed his procedure successfully, and allowed him, +become now also the husband of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a +"Conquest," though Verus had certainly not returned a conqueror over +himself. He had returned, as we know, with the plague in his company, +along with many another strange creature of his folly; and when the +people saw him publicly feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds +and sweet grapes, wearing the animal's image in gold, and [196] finally +building it a tomb, they felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that +he might revive the manners of Nero.--What if, in the chances of war, +he should survive the protecting genius of that elder brother? + +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity that +Marius regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the highly +expressive type of a class,--the true son of his father, adopted by +Hadrian. Lucius Verus the elder, also, had had the like strange +capacity for misusing the adornments of life, with a masterly grace; as +if such misusing were, in truth, the quite adequate occupation of an +intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical philosophy or some +disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort of genius, of which +there had been instances in the imperial purple: it was to ascend the +throne, a few years later, in the person of one, now a hopeful little +lad at home in the palace; and it had its following, of course, among +the wealthy youth at Rome, who concentrated no inconsiderable force of +shrewdness and tact upon minute details of attire and manner, as upon +the one thing needful. Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. +Such things had even their sober use, as making the outside of human +life superficially attractive, and thereby promoting the first steps +towards friendship and social amity. But what precise place could +there be for Verus and his peculiar charm, [197] in that Wisdom, that +Order of divine Reason "reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly +disposing all things," from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so +tolerant of persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was +certainly well-fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of +Lucius Verus after his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, +in all minor things, felt, though with some suspicion of himself, that +he entered into, and could understand, this other so dubious sort of +character also. There was a voice in the theory he had brought to Rome +with him which whispered "nothing is either great nor small;" as there +were times when he could have thought that, as the "grammarian's" or +the artist's ardour of soul may be satisfied by the perfecting of the +theory of a sentence, or the adjustment of two colours, so his own life +also might have been fulfilled by an enthusiastic quest after +perfection--say, in the flowering and folding of a toga. + +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed in +its most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of Salve +Imperator! turned now from the living princes to the deity, as they +discerned his countenance through the great open doors. The imperial +brothers had deposited their crowns of myrtle on the richly embroidered +lapcloth of the god; and, with their chosen guests, sat down to a +public feast in the temple [198] itself. There followed what was, +after all, the great event of the day:--an appropriate discourse, a +discourse almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in the presence +of the assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who had thus, on +certain rare occasions, condescended to instruct his people, with the +double authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious student of +philosophy. In those lesser honours of the ovation, there had been no +attendant slave behind the emperors, to make mock of their effulgence +as they went; and it was as if with the discretion proper to a +philosopher, and in fear of a jealous Nemesis, he had determined +himself to protest in time against the vanity of all outward success. + +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor's discourse in the vast +hall of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, or +on the steps before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius had +noticed in the Via Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by +observation the minute points of senatorial procedure. Marius had +already some acquaintance with them, and passing on found himself +suddenly in the presence of what was still the most august assembly the +world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for this +ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had +recovered all its old dignity and independence. Among its members many +[199] hundreds in number, visibly the most distinguished of them all, +Marius noted the great sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in all +their magnificence. The antique character of their attire, and the +ancient mode of wearing it, still surviving with them, added to the +imposing character of their persons, while they sat, with their staves +of ivory in their hands, on their curule chairs--almost the exact +pattern of the chair still in use in the Roman church when a Bishop +pontificates at the divine offices--"tranquil and unmoved, with a +majesty that seemed divine," as Marius thought, like the old Gaul of +the Invasion. The rays of the early November sunset slanted full upon +the audience, and made it necessary for the officers of the Court to +draw the purple curtains over the windows, adding to the solemnity of +the scene. In the depth of those warm shadows, surrounded by her +ladies, the empress Faustina was seated to listen. The beautiful Greek +statue of Victory, which since the days of Augustus had presided over +the assemblies of the Senate, had been brought into the hall, and +placed near the chair of the emperor; who, after rising to perform a +brief sacrificial service in its honour, bowing reverently to the +assembled fathers left and right, took his seat and began to speak. + +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or +triteness of the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the old +[200] Roman epitaphs, of all that was monumental in that city of tombs, +layer upon layer of dead things and people. As if in the very fervour +of disillusion, he seemed to be composing--Hsper epigraphas chronn +kai holn ethnn+--the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples; +nay! the very epitaph of the living Rome itself. The grandeur of the +ruins of Rome,--heroism in ruin: it was under the influence of an +imaginative anticipation of this, that he appeared to be speaking. And +though the impression of the actual greatness of Rome on that day was +but enhanced by the strain of contempt, falling with an accent of +pathetic conviction from the emperor himself, and gaining from his +pontifical pretensions the authority of a religious intimation, yet the +curious interest of the discourse lay in this, that Marius, for one, as +he listened, seemed to forsee a grass-grown Forum, the broken ways of +the Capitol, and the Palatine hill itself in humble occupation. That +impression connected itself with what he had already noted of an actual +change even then coming over Italian scenery. Throughout, he could +trace something of a humour into which Stoicism at all times tends to +fall, the tendency to cry, Abase yourselves! There was here the almost +inhuman impassibility of one who had thought too closely on the +paradoxical aspect of the love of posthumous fame. With the ascetic +pride which lurks under all Platonism, [201] resultant from its +opposition of the seen to the unseen, as falsehood to truth--the +imperial Stoic, like his true descendant, the hermit of the middle age, +was ready, in no friendly humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the +corpse which had made so much of itself in life. Marius could but +contrast all that with his own Cyrenaic eagerness, just then, to taste +and see and touch; reflecting on the opposite issues deducible from the +same text. "The world, within me and without, flows away like a +river," he had said; "therefore let me make the most of what is here +and now."--"The world and the thinker upon it, are consumed like a +flame," said Aurelius, "therefore will I turn away my eyes from vanity: +renounce: withdraw myself alike from all affections." He seemed +tacitly to claim as a sort of personal dignity, that he was very +familiarly versed in this view of things, and could discern a +death's-head everywhere. Now and again Marius was reminded of the +saying that "with the Stoics all people are the vulgar save +themselves;" and at times the orator seemed to have forgotten his +audience, and to be speaking only to himself. + +"Art thou in love with men's praises, get thee into the very soul of +them, and see!--see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, +bethink thee, that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou +[202] wouldst survive by thy great name, will be but as these, whom +here thou hast found so hard to live with. For of a truth, the soul of +him who is aflutter upon renown after death, presents not this aright +to itself, that of all whose memory he would have each one will +likewise very quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, as she +journeys on by means of such as are themselves on the wing but for a +while, and are extinguished in their turn.--Making so much of those +thou wilt never see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those who were +before thee discourse fair things concerning thee. + +"To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret and +fear.-- + + Like the race of leaves + The race of man is:-- + + The wind in autumn strows + The earth with old leaves: then the spring + the woods with new endows.+ + +Leaves! little leaves!--thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who scorn +or miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall outlast +them. For all these, and the like of them, are born indeed in the +spring season--Earos epigignetai hr+: and soon a wind hath scattered +them, and thereafter the [203] wood peopleth itself again with another +generation of leaves. And what is common to all of them is but the +littleness of their lives: and yet wouldst thou love and hate, as if +these things should continue for ever. In a little while thine eyes +also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast leaned thyself +be himself a burden upon another. + +"Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, or +are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very substance +of them is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is almost +nothing which continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so close at +thy side. Folly! to be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, by reason +of things like these! Think of infinite matter, and thy portion--how +tiny a particle, of it! of infinite time, and thine own brief point +there; of destiny, and the jot thou art in it; and yield thyself +readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee what web she will. + +"As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had its +aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first beginning +of his course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any profit of +its rising, or loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? or the +bubble, as it groweth or breaketh on the air? or the flame of the lamp, +from the beginning to the end of its brief story? + +[204] "All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who +disposeth all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now +seest, fashioning from its substance somewhat else, and therefrom +somewhat else in its turn, lest the world grow old. We are such stuff +as dreams are made of--disturbing dreams. Awake, then! and see thy +dream as it is, in comparison with that erewhile it seemed to thee. + +"And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must +needs be of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within +the rhythm and number of things which really are; so that in forty +years one may note of man and of his ways little less than in a +thousand. Ah! from this higher place, look we down upon the +ship-wrecks and the calm! Consider, for example, how the world went, +under the emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in marriage, +they breed children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches +for others or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then they +are; they are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, suspicious, +waiting upon the death of others:--festivals, business, war, sickness, +dissolution: and now their whole life is no longer anywhere at all. +Pass on to the reign of Trajan: all things continue the same: and that +life also is no longer anywhere at all. [205] Ah! but look again, and +consider, one after another, as it were the sepulchral inscriptions of +all peoples and times, according to one pattern.--What multitudes, +after their utmost striving--a little afterwards! were dissolved again +into their dust. + +"Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it must +be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. How many +have never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget them! How +soon may those who shout my name to-day begin to revile it, because +glory, and the memory of men, and all things beside, are but vanity--a +sand-heap under the senseless wind, the barking of dogs, the +quarrelling of children, weeping incontinently upon their laughter. + +"This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now cometh +to be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt thou make +thy treasure of any one of these things? It were as if one set his +love upon the swallow, as it passeth out of sight through the air! + +"Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those +whom men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement +spirit--those famous rages, and the occasions of them--the great +fortunes, and misfortunes, of men's strife of old. What are they all +now, and the dust of their battles? Dust [206] and ashes indeed; a +fable, a mythus, or not so much as that. Yes! keep those before thine +eyes who took this or that, the like of which happeneth to thee, so +hardly; were so querulous, so agitated. And where again are they? +Wouldst thou have it not otherwise with thee? + +Consider how quickly all things vanish away--their bodily structure +into the general substance; the very memory of them into that great +gulf and abysm of past thoughts. Ah! 'tis on a tiny space of earth +thou art creeping through life--a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to +its grave. + +"Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy +soul: what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what a +little particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and +consider what thing it is, and that which old age, and lust, and the +languor of disease can make of it. Or come to its substantial and +causal qualities, its very type: contemplate that in itself, apart from +the accidents of matter, and then measure also the span of time for +which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that special +type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of things +corruption hath its part--so much dust, humour, stench, and scraps of +bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth's callosities, thy +gold and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a worm's bedding, and +thy [207] purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy life's breath is not +otherwise, as it passeth out of matters like these, into the like of +them again. + +"For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, +moulds and remoulds--how hastily!--beast, and plant, and the babe, in +turn: and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of nature, +but, remaining therein, hath also its changes there, disparting into +those elements of which nature herself, and thou too, art compacted. +She changes without murmuring. The oaken chest falls to pieces with no +more complaining than when the carpenter fitted it together. If one +told thee certainly that on the morrow thou shouldst die, or at the +furthest on the day after, it would be no great matter to thee to die +on the day after to-morrow, rather than to-morrow. Strive to think it +a thing no greater that thou wilt die--not to-morrow, but a year, or +two years, or ten years from to-day. + +"I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our buried +ancestors--all things sordid in their elements, trite by long usage, +and yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a countryman in +town, is he, who wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, the repetition +of the public shows, weary thee? Even so doth that likeness of events +in the spectacle of the world. And so must it be with thee to the end. +For the wheel of the world hath ever the same [208] motion, upward and +downward, from generation to generation. When, when, shall time give +place to eternity? + +"If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, +inasmuch as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning +them. Consider what death is, and how, if one does but detach from it +the appearances, the notions, that hang about it, resting the eye upon +it as in itself it really is, it must be thought of but as an effect of +nature, and that man but a child whom an effect of nature shall +affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; but a thing +profitable also to herself. + +"To cease from action--the ending of thine effort to think and do: +there is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man's life, +boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of these +also is a dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the ship, thou +hast made thy voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! Be it into +some other life: the divine breath is everywhere, even there. Be it +into forgetfulness for ever; at least thou wilt rest from the beating +of sensible images upon thee, from the passions which pluck thee this +way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those long marches of the +intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the flesh. + +"Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone--a name only, or +not so much as [209] that, which, also, is but whispering and a +resonance, kept alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have +hardly known themselves; how much less thee, dead so long ago! + +"When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call +up there before thee one of thine ancestors--one of those old Caesars. +Lo! everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the thought occur +to thee: And where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? And thou, +thyself--how long? Art thou blind to that thou art--thy matter, how +temporal; and thy function, the nature of thy business? Yet tarry, at +least, till thou hast assimilated even these things to thine own proper +essence, as a quick fire turneth into heat and light whatsoever be cast +upon it. + +"As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names +that were once on all men's lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, +in a little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then +Hadrian, and then Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who lifted +wise brows at other men's sick-beds, have sickened and died! Those wise +Chaldeans, who foretold, as a great matter, another man's last hour, +have themselves been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those others, in +their pleasant places: those who doated on a Capreae like [210] +Tiberius, on their gardens, on the baths: Pythagoras and Socrates, who +reasoned so closely upon immortality: Alexander, who used the lives of +others as though his own should last for ever--he and his mule-driver +alike now!--one upon another. Well-nigh the whole court of Antoninus +is extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no longer beside the sepulchre of +their lord. The watchers over Hadrian's dust have slipped from his +sepulchre.--It were jesting to stay longer. Did they sit there still, +would the dead feel it? or feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those +watchers for ever? The time must come when they too shall be aged men +and aged women, and decease, and fail from their places; and what shift +were there then for imperial service? This too is but the breath of +the tomb, and a skinful of dead men's blood. + +"Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul only, +but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last of +his race. Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of +others, whose very burial place is unknown. + +"Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, +nor repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous judge, +no tyrant, but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a player leaves +the stage at the bidding of the conductor who hired him. Sayest thou, +'I have not played five acts'? True! but in [211] human life, three +acts only make sometimes an entire play. That is the composer's +business, not thine. Withdraw thyself with a good will; for that too +hath, perchance, a good will which dismisseth thee from thy part." + +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in +somewhat suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made ready +to do him a useless honour, were of real service now, as the emperor +was solemnly conducted home; one man rapidly catching light from +another--a long stream of moving lights across the white Forum, up the +great stairs, to the palace. And, in effect, that night winter began, +the hardest that had been known for a lifetime. The wolves came from +the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, devoured the dead bodies +which had been hastily buried during the plague, and, emboldened by +their meal, crept, before the short day was well past, over the walls +of the farmyards of the Campagna. The eagles were seen driving the +flocks of smaller birds across the dusky sky. Only, in the city itself +the winter was all the brighter for the contrast, among those who could +pay for light and warmth. The habit-makers made a great sale of the +spoil of all such furry creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for +presents at the Saturnalia; and at no time had the winter roses from +Carthage seemed more lustrously yellow and red. + +NOTES + +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. + +200. +Transliteration: Hsper epigraphas chronn kai holn ethnn. +Pater's Translation: "the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples." + +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. + +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hr. Translation: "born in +springtime." Homer, Iliad VI.147. + +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "He was +the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XIII: THE "MISTRESS AND MOTHER" OF PALACES + +AFTER that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, softening +leaf and bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the air; but he +did his work behind an evenly white sky, against which the abode of the +Caesars, its cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like a picture in +beautiful but melancholy colour, as Marius climbed the long flights of +steps to be introduced to the emperor Aurelius. Attired in the newest +mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae of white leather, with the heavy +gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga of ceremony, he still +retained all his country freshness of complexion. The eyes of the +"golden youth" of Rome were upon him as the chosen friend of Cornelius, +and the destined servant of the emperor; but not jealously. In spite +of, perhaps partly because of, his habitual reserve of manner, he had +become "the fashion," even among those who felt instinctively the irony +which lay beneath that remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all +things with a [213] difference from other people, perceptible in voice, +in expression, and even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one +who, entering vividly into life, and relishing to the full the +delicacies of its intercourse, yet feels all the while, from the point +of view of an ideal philosophy, that he is but conceding reality to +suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a day-dream, of the +illusiveness of which he at least is aware. + +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due moment +of admission to the emperor's presence. He was admiring the peculiar +decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. In the +midst of one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit you might +have gathered, the figure of a woman knocking at a door with wonderful +reality of perspective. Then the summons came; and in a few minutes, +the etiquette of the imperial household being still a simple matter, he +had passed the curtains which divided the central hall of the palace +into three parts--three degrees of approach to the sacred person--and +was speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, in which the emperor +oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more familiarly, in Latin, +adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek phrase, as now and +again French phrases have made the adornment of fashionable English. It +was with real kindliness that Marcus Aurelius looked upon Marius, as +[214] a youth of great attainments in Greek letters and philosophy; and +he liked also his serious expression, being, as we know, a believer in +the doctrine of physiognomy--that, as he puts it, not love only, but +every other affection of man's soul, looks out very plainly from the +window of the eyes. + +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, and +richly decorated with the favourite toys of two or three generations of +imperial collectors, now finally revised by the high connoisseurship of +the Stoic emperor himself, though destined not much longer to remain +together there. It is the repeated boast of Aurelius that he had +learned from old Antoninus Pius to maintain authority without the +constant use of guards, in a robe woven by the handmaids of his own +consort, with no processional lights or images, and "that a prince may +shrink himself almost into the figure of a private gentleman." And +yet, again as at his first sight of him, Marius was struck by the +profound religiousness of the surroundings of the imperial presence. +The effect might have been due in part to the very simplicity, the +discreet and scrupulous simplicity, of the central figure in this +splendid abode; but Marius could not forget that he saw before him not +only the head of the Roman religion, but one who might actually have +claimed something like divine worship, had he cared to do so. Though +the fantastic pretensions of Caligula had brought some contempt [215] +on that claim, which had become almost a jest under the ungainly +Claudius, yet, from Augustus downwards, a vague divinity had seemed to +surround the Caesars even in this life; and the peculiar character of +Aurelius, at once a ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his +pontifical calling, and a philosopher whose mystic speculation +encircled him with a sort of saintly halo, had restored to his person, +without his intending it, something of that divine prerogative, or +prestige. Though he would never allow the immediate dedication of +altars to himself, yet the image of his Genius--his spirituality or +celestial counterpart--was placed among those of the deified princes of +the past; and his family, including Faustina and the young Commodus, +was spoken of as the "holy" or "divine" house. Many a Roman courtier +agreed with the barbarian chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor +of Aurelius, withdrew from his presence with the exclamation:--"I have +seen a god to-day!" The very roof of his house, rising into a pediment +or gable, like that of the sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either +side its doorway, the chaplet of oak-leaves above, seemed to designate +the place for religious veneration. And notwithstanding all this, the +household of Aurelius was singularly modest, with none of the wasteful +expense of palaces after the fashion of Lewis the Fourteenth; the +palatial dignity being felt only in a peculiar sense of order, the +absence [216] of all that was casual, of vulgarity and discomfort. A +merely official residence of his predecessors, the Palatine had become +the favourite dwelling-place of Aurelius; its many-coloured memories +suiting, perhaps, his pensive character, and the crude splendours of +Nero and Hadrian being now subdued by time. The window-less Roman abode +must have had much of what to a modern would be gloom. How did the +children, one wonders, endure houses with so little escape for the eye +into the world outside? Aurelius, who had altered little else, +choosing to live there, in a genuine homeliness, had shifted and made +the most of the level lights, and broken out a quite medieval window +here and there, and the clear daylight, fully appreciated by his +youthful visitor, made pleasant shadows among the objects of the +imperial collection. Some of these, indeed, by reason of their Greek +simplicity and grace, themselves shone out like spaces of a purer, +early light, amid the splendours of the Roman manufacture. + +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep enough, +he was abounding and bright to-day, after one of those pitiless +headaches, which since boyhood had been the "thorn in his side," +challenging the pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one in humble +endurances. At the first moment, to Marius, remembering the spectacle +of the emperor in ceremony, it was almost bewildering to be in [217] +private conversation with him. There was much in the philosophy of +Aurelius--much consideration of mankind at large, of great bodies, +aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner--which, on a nature +less rich than his, might have acted as an inducement to care for +people in inverse proportion to their nearness to him. That has +sometimes been the result of the Stoic cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, +however, determined to beautify by all means, great or little, a +doctrine which had in it some potential sourness, had brought all the +quickness of his intelligence, and long years of observation, to bear +on the conditions of social intercourse. He had early determined "not +to make business an excuse to decline the offices of humanity--not to +pretend to be too much occupied with important affairs to concede what +life with others may hourly demand;" and with such success, that, in an +age which made much of the finer points of that intercourse, it was +felt that the mere honesty of his conversation was more pleasing than +other men's flattery. His agreeableness to his young visitor to-day +was, in truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of Lucius +Verus really a brother--the wisdom of not being exigent with men, any +more than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond +their nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, +regarding whom this wisdom became a marvel, of equity--of charity. + +[218] The centre of a group of princely children, in the same apartment +with Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern home, sat +the empress Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With her long +fingers lighted up red by the glowing coals of the brazier Marius +looked close upon the most beautiful woman in the world, who was also +the great paradox of the age, among her boys and girls. As has been +truly said of the numerous representations of her in art, so in life, +she had the air of one curious, restless, to enter into conversation +with the first comer. She had certainly the power of stimulating a +very ambiguous sort of curiosity about herself. And Marius found this +enigmatic point in her expression, that even after seeing her many +times he could never precisely recall her features in absence. The lad +of six years, looking older, who stood beside her, impatiently plucking +a rose to pieces over the hearth, was, in outward appearance, his +father--the young Verissimus--over again; but with a certain feminine +length of feature, and with all his mother's alertness, or license, of +gaze. + +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house +regarding the adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their +lovers' garlands there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the +boy beside her, really the effect of a shameful magic, in which the +blood of the murdered gladiator, his true father, had been an +ingredient? Were the tricks for [219] deceiving husbands which the +Roman poet describes, really hers, and her household an efficient +school of all the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too aware, +like every one beside? Were certain sudden deaths which happened +there, really the work of apoplexy, or the plague? + +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to penetrate, +was, however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist philosophy, to his +determination that the world should be to him simply what the higher +reason preferred to conceive it; and the life's journey Aurelius had +made so far, though involving much moral and intellectual loneliness, +had been ever in affectionate and helpful contact with other wayfarers, +very unlike himself. Since his days of earliest childhood in the +Lateran gardens, he seemed to himself, blessing the gods for it after +deliberate survey, to have been always surrounded by kinsmen, friends, +servants, of exceptional virtue. From the great Stoic idea, that we +are all fellow-citizens of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more +equitable estimate than was common among Stoics, of the eternal +shortcomings of men and women. Considerations that might tend to the +sweetening of his temper it was his daily care to store away, with a +kind of philosophic pride in the thought that no one took more +good-naturedly than he the "oversights" of his neighbours. For had not +Plato taught (it was not [220] paradox, but simple truth of experience) +that if people sin, it is because they know no better, and are "under +the necessity of their own ignorance"? Hard to himself, he seemed at +times, doubtless, to decline too softly upon unworthy persons. +Actually, he came thereby upon many a useful instrument. The empress +Faustina he would seem at least to have kept, by a constraining +affection, from becoming altogether what most people have believed her, +and won in her (we must take him at his word in the "Thoughts," +abundantly confirmed by letters, on both sides, in his correspondence +with Cornelius Fronto) a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, because +misknown of others. Was the secret of her actual blamelessness, after +all, with him who has at least screened her name? At all events, the +one thing quite certain about her, besides her extraordinary beauty, is +her sweetness to himself. + +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the garden, +would not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and he was +the vine, putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, again and +again, after his kind, whatever use people might make of it. Certainly, +his actual presence never lost its power, and Faustina was glad in it +to-day, the birthday of one of her children, a boy who stood at her +knee holding in his fingers tenderly a tiny silver trumpet, one of his +birthday gifts.--"For my [221] part, unless I conceive my hurt to be +such, I have no hurt at all,"--boasts the would-be apathetic +emperor:--"and how I care to conceive of the thing rests with me." Yet +when his children fall sick or die, this pretence breaks down, and he +is broken-hearted: and one of the charms of certain of his letters +still extant, is his reference to those childish sicknesses.--"On my +return to Lorium," he writes, "I found my little lady--domnulam +meam--in a fever;" and again, in a letter to one of the most serious of +men, "You will be glad to hear that our little one is better, and +running about the room--parvolam nostram melius valere et intra +cubiculum discurrere." + +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness +the exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such +company, inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true +father--anxious also to escape from the too impressive company of the +gravest and sweetest specimen of old age Marius had ever seen, the +tutor of the imperial children, who had arrived to offer his birthday +congratulations, and now, very familiarly and affectionately, made a +part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the emperor, kissing the +empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face and hands. +Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the "Orator," favourite teacher of the +emperor's youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now the +undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, [222] +elegantly mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets of Rome, +had certainly turned his many personal gifts to account with a good +fortune, remarkable even in that age, so indulgent to professors or +rhetoricians. The gratitude of the emperor Aurelius, always generous +to his teachers, arranging their very quarrels sometimes, for they were +not always fair to one another, had helped him to a really great place +in the world. But his sumptuous appendages, including the villa and +gardens of Maecenas, had been borne with an air perfectly becoming, by +the professor of a philosophy which, even in its most accomplished and +elegant phase, presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. With an +intimate practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, +disguises, flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind--a whole +accomplished rhetoric of daily life--he applied them all to the +promotion of humanity, and especially of men's family affection. +Through a long life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, +surrounded by the gracious and soothing air of his own eloquence--the +fame, the echoes, of it--like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. +Setting forth in that fine medium the best ideas of matured pagan +philosophy, he had become the favourite "director" of noble youth + +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out for +such, had yet seen of [223] a perfectly tolerable, perfectly beautiful, +old age--an old age in which there seemed, to one who perhaps +habitually over-valued the expression of youth, nothing to be +regretted, nothing really lost, in what years had taken away. The wise +old man, whose blue eyes and fair skin were so delicate, uncontaminate +and clear, would seem to have replaced carefully and consciously each +natural trait of youth, as it departed from him, by an equivalent grace +of culture; and had the blitheness, the placid cheerfulness, as he had +also the infirmity, the claim on stronger people, of a delightful +child. And yet he seemed to be but awaiting his exit from life--that +moment with which the Stoics were almost as much preoccupied as the +Christians, however differently--and set Marius pondering on the +contrast between a placidity like this, at eighty years, and the sort +of desperateness he was aware of in his own manner of entertaining that +thought. His infirmities nevertheless had been painful and +long-continued, with losses of children, of pet grandchildren. What +with the crowd, and the wretched streets, it was a sign of affection +which had cost him something, for the old man to leave his own house at +all that day; and he was glad of the emperor's support, as he moved +from place to place among the children he protests so often to have +loved as his own. + +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the +present century, has set [224] free the long-buried fragrance of this +famous friendship of the old world, from below a valueless later +manuscript, in a series of letters, wherein the two writers exchange, +for the most part their evening thoughts, especially at family +anniversaries, and with entire intimacy, on their children, on the art +of speech, on all the various subtleties of the "science of +images"--rhetorical images--above all, of course, on sleep and matters +of health. They are full of mutual admiration of each other's +eloquence, restless in absence till they see one another again, noting, +characteristically, their very dreams of each other, expecting the day +which will terminate the office, the business or duty, which separates +them--"as superstitious people watch for the star, at the rising of +which they may break their fast." To one of the writers, to Aurelius, +the correspondence was sincerely of value. We see him once reading his +letters with genuine delight on going to rest. Fronto seeks to deter +his pupil from writing in Greek.--Why buy, at great cost, a foreign +wine, inferior to that from one's own vineyard? Aurelius, on the other +hand, with an extraordinary innate susceptibility to words--la parole +pour la parole, as the French say--despairs, in presence of Fronto's +rhetorical perfection. + +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, +Fronto had been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness [225] +among the Antonines; and it was part of his friendship to make much of +it, in the case of the children of Faustina. "Well! I have seen the +little ones," he writes to Aurelius, then, apparently, absent from +them: "I have seen the little ones--the pleasantest sight of my life; +for they are as like yourself as could possibly be. It has well repaid +me for my journey over that slippery road, and up those steep rocks; +for I beheld you, not simply face to face before me, but, more +generously, whichever way I turned, to my right and my left. For the +rest, I found them, Heaven be thanked! with healthy cheeks and lusty +voices. One was holding a slice of white bread, like a king's son; the +other a crust of brown bread, as becomes the offspring of a +philosopher. I pray the gods to have both the sower and the seed in +their keeping; to watch over this field wherein the ears of corn are so +kindly alike. Ah! I heard too their pretty voices, so sweet that in +the childish prattle of one and the other I seemed somehow to be +listening--yes! in that chirping of your pretty chickens--to the +limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own oratory. Take care! you will +find me growing independent, having those I could love in your +place:--love, on the surety of my eyes and ears." + +"Magistro meo salutem!" replies the Emperor, "I too have seen my little +ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in reading your +[226] letter. It is that charming letter forces me to write thus:" +with reiterations of affection, that is, which are continual in these +letters, on both sides, and which may strike a modern reader perhaps as +fulsome; or, again, as having something in common with the old Judaic +unction of friendship. They were certainly sincere. + +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of +the silver trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and +again, turning away with eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought +the old man was not listening. It was the well-worn, valetudinarian +subject of sleep, on which Fronto and Aurelius were talking together; +Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a thing of magic +capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, and often +by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be sparing +of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a story to +tell about it:-- + +"They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he +clothed with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and +Night; and he assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. +At that time Sleep was not yet born and men passed the whole of their +lives awake: only, the quiet of the night was ordained for them, +instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little by little, [227] being +that the minds of men are restless, that they carried on their business +alike by night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. And +Jupiter, when he perceived that even in the night-time they ceased not +from trouble and disputation, and that even the courts of law remained +open (it was the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to be assiduous in +those courts till far into the night) resolved to appoint one of his +brothers to be the overseer of the night and have authority over man's +rest. But Neptune pleaded in excuse the gravity of his constant charge +of the seas, and Father Dis the difficulty of keeping in subjection the +spirits below; and Jupiter, having taken counsel with the other gods, +perceived that the practice of nightly vigils was somewhat in favour. +It was then, for the most part, that Juno gave birth to her children: +Minerva, the mistress of all art and craft, loved the midnight lamp: +Mars delighted in the darkness for his plots and sallies; and the +favour of Venus and Bacchus was with those who roused by night. Then +it was that Jupiter formed the design of creating Sleep; and he added +him to the number of the gods, and gave him the charge over night and +rest, putting into his hands the keys of human eyes. With his own +hands he mingled the juices wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of +mortals--herb of Enjoyment and herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in +Heaven; and, from the meadows of [228] Acheron, the herb of Death; +expressing from it one single drop only, no bigger than a tear one +might hide. 'With this juice,' he said, 'pour slumber upon the eyelids +of mortals. So soon as it hath touched them they will lay themselves +down motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall +revive, and in a while stand up again upon their feet.' Thereafter, +Jupiter gave wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury's, to his +heels, but to his shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, 'It +becomes thee not to approach men's eyes as with the noise of chariots, +and the rushing of a swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, +as upon the wings of a swallow--nay! with not so much as the flutter of +the dove.' Besides all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, +he committed to him also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to +every man's desire. One watched his favourite actor; another listened +to the flute, or guided a charioteer in the race: in his dream, the +soldier was victorious, the general was borne in triumph, the wanderer +returned home. Yes!--and sometimes those dreams come true! + +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his +household gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and beyond +it Marius gazed for a few moments into the Lararium, or imperial +chapel. A patrician youth, in white habit, was in waiting, with a +little chest in his hand containing incense for the [229] use of the +altar. On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around this narrow +chamber, were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the golden or +gilded images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among them that image +of Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and such of the +emperor's own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim fresco on the +wall commemorated the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, who in flight +from Rome on the morrow of a great disaster, overtaking certain priests +on foot with their sacred utensils, descended from the wagon in which +he rode and yielded it to the ministers of the gods. As he ascended +into the chapel the emperor paused, and with a grave but friendly look +at his young visitor, delivered a parting sentence, audible to him +alone: Imitation is the most acceptable-- Make sure that those to whom +you come nearest be the happier by your* + +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour--the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what +humanity! Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways of +life at home he had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after his +manner, to determine the main trait in all this, he had to confess that +it was a sentiment of mediocrity, though of a mediocrity for once +really golden. + +NOTES + +225. +"Limpid" is misprinted "Limped." + + + +CHAPTER XIV: MANLY AMUSEMENT + +DURING the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire +had seemed possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to +Aurelius it had also seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no +less a gift than his beautiful daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his +children--the domnula, probably, of those letters. The little lady, +grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had been ever something of +the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by the law of +contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man's tigrish fervour. Conducted to Ephesus, +she had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more solemn +wedding rites being deferred till their return to Rome. + +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which +bride and bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was +celebrated accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius +himself [231] assisting, with much domestic feeling. A crowd of +fashionable people filled the space before the entrance to the +apartments of Lucius on the Palatine hill, richly decorated for the +occasion, commenting, not always quite delicately, on the various +details of the rite, which only a favoured few succeeded in actually +witnessing. "She comes!" Marius could hear them say, "escorted by her +young brothers: it is the young Commodus who carries the torch of +white-thornwood, the little basket of work-things, the toys for the +children:"--and then, after a watchful pause, "she is winding the +woollen thread round the doorposts. Ah! I see the marriage-cake: the +bridegroom presents the fire and water." Then, in a longer pause, was +heard the chorus, Thalassie! Thalassie! and for just a few moments, in +the strange light of many wax tapers at noonday, Marius could see them +both, side by side, while the bride was lifted over the doorstep: +Lucius Verus heated and handsome--the pale, impassive Lucilla looking +very long and slender, in her closely folded yellow veil, and high +nuptial crown. + +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, +he found himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator +on occasions such as this. It was a relief to depart with him--so +fresh and quiet he looked, though in all his splendid equestrian array +in honour of the ceremony--from the garish heat [232] of the marriage +scene. The reserve which had puzzled Marius so much on his first day +in Rome, was but an instance of many, to him wholly unaccountable, +avoidances alike of things and persons, which must certainly mean that +an intimate companionship would cost him something in the way of +seemingly indifferent amusements. Some inward standard Marius seemed +to detect there (though wholly unable to estimate its nature) of +distinction, selection, refusal, amid the various elements of the +fervid and corrupt life across which they were moving together:--some +secret, constraining motive, ever on the alert at eye and ear, which +carried him through Rome as under a charm, so that Marius could not but +think of that figure of the white bird in the market-place as +undoubtedly made true of him. And Marius was still full of admiration +for this companion, who had known how to make himself very pleasant to +him. Here was the clear, cold corrective, which the fever of his +present life demanded. Without it, he would have felt alternately +suffocated and exhausted by an existence, at once so gaudy and +overdone, and yet so intolerably empty; in which people, even at their +best, seemed only to be brooding, like the wise emperor himself, over a +world's disillusion. For with all the severity of Cornelius, there was +such a breeze of hopefulness--freshness and hopefulness, as of new +morning, about him. [233] For the most part, as I said, those refusals, +that reserve of his, seemed unaccountable. But there were cases where +the unknown monitor acted in a direction with which the judgment, or +instinct, of Marius himself wholly concurred; the effective decision of +Cornelius strengthening him further therein, as by a kind of outwardly +embodied conscience. And the entire drift of his education determined +him, on one point at least, to be wholly of the same mind with this +peculiar friend (they two, it might be, together, against the world!) +when, alone of a whole company of brilliant youth, he had withdrawn +from his appointed place in the amphitheatre, at a grand public show, +which after an interval of many months, was presented there, in honour +of the nuptials of Lucius Verus and Lucilla. + +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, that +the character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by Marius; even +as on that afternoon when he had girt on his armour, among the +expressive lights and shades of the dim old villa at the roadside, and +every object of his knightly array had seemed to be but sign or symbol +of some other thing far beyond it. For, consistently with his really +poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, even more exclusively than +he was aware, through the medium of sense. From Flavian in that brief +early summer of his existence, he had derived a powerful impression of +the [234] "perpetual flux": he had caught there, as in cipher or +symbol, or low whispers more effective than any definite language, his +own Cyrenaic philosophy, presented thus, for the first time, in an +image or person, with much attractiveness, touched also, consequently, +with a pathetic sense of personal sorrow:--a concrete image, the +abstract equivalent of which he could recognise afterwards, when the +agitating personal influence had settled down for him, clearly enough, +into a theory of practice. But of what possible intellectual formula +could this mystic Cornelius be the sensible exponent; seeming, as he +did, to live ever in close relationship with, and recognition of, a +mental view, a source of discernment, a light upon his way, which had +certainly not yet sprung up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of +Cornelius, his energetic clearness and purity, were a charm, rather +physical than moral: his exquisite correctness of spirit, at all +events, accorded so perfectly with the regular beauty of his person, as +to seem to depend upon it. And wholly different as was this later +friendship, with its exigency, its warnings, its restraints, from the +feverish attachment to Flavian, which had made him at times like an +uneasy slave, still, like that, it was a reconciliation to the world of +sense, the visible world. From the hopefulness of this gracious +presence, all visible things around him, even the commonest objects of +everyday life--if they but [235] stood together to warm their hands at +the same fire--took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and +interest. It was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically +washed, renewed, strengthened. + +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken his +place in the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with what an +appetite for every detail of the entertainment, and its various +accessories:--the sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the vela, with +their serpentine patterning, spread over the more select part of the +company; the Vestal virgins, taking their privilege of seats near the +empress Faustina, who sat there in a maze of double-coloured gems, +changing, as she moved, like the waves of the sea; the cool circle of +shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the fashionable told so +effectively around the blazing arena, covered again and again during +the many hours' show, with clean sand for the absorption of certain +great red patches there, by troops of white-shirted boys, for whom the +good-natured audience provided a scramble of nuts and small coin, flung +to them over a trellis-work of silver-gilt and amber, precious gift of +Nero, while a rain of flowers and perfume fell over themselves, as they +paused between the parts of their long feast upon the spectacle of +animal suffering. + +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a +patron, patron or protg, [236] of the great goddess of Ephesus, the +goddess of hunters; and the show, celebrated by way of a compliment to +him to-day, was to present some incidents of her story, where she +figures almost as the genius of madness, in animals, or in the humanity +which comes in contact with them. The entertainment would have an +element of old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a learned +and Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some sense a lover +of animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. There would be real +wild and domestic creatures, all of rare species; and a real slaughter. +On so happy an occasion, it was hoped, the elder emperor might even +concede a point, and a living criminal fall into the jaws of the wild +beasts. And the spectacle was, certainly, to end in the destruction, +by one mighty shower of arrows, of a hundred lions, "nobly" provided by +Aurelius himself for the amusement of his people.--Tam magnanimus fuit! + +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked delightfully +fresh, re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the actual freshness +of the morning, which at this season still brought the dew. Along the +subterranean ways that led up to it, the sound of an advancing chorus +was heard at last, chanting the words of a sacred song, or hymn to +Diana; for the spectacle of the amphitheatre was, after all, a [237] +religious occasion. To its grim acts of blood-shedding a kind of +sacrificial character still belonged in the view of certain religious +casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the humane sensibilities of so +pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his fraternal complacency, had +consented to preside over the shows. + +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development of +her worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied yet +contrasted elements of human temper and experience--man's amity, and +also his enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were still, in a +certain sense, his brothers. She is the complete, and therefore highly +complex, representative of a state, in which man was still much +occupied with animals, not as his flock, or as his servants after the +pastoral relationship of our later, orderly world, but rather as his +equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,--a state full of primeval +sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common wants--while he +watched, and could enter into, the humours of those "younger brothers," +with an intimacy, the "survivals" of which in a later age seem often to +have had a kind of madness about them. Diana represents alike the +bright and the dark side of such relationship. But the humanities of +that relationship were all forgotten to-day in the excitement of a +show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their useless suffering and +death, formed [238] the main point of interest. People watched their +destruction, batch after batch, in a not particularly inventive +fashion; though it was expected that the animals themselves, as living +creatures are apt to do when hard put to it, would become inventive, +and make up, by the fantastic accidents of their agony, for the +deficiencies of an age fallen behind in this matter of manly amusement. +It was as a Deity of Slaughter--the Taurian goddess who demands the +sacrifice of the shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts--the cruel, +moonstruck huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, +among the wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person +of a famous courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after +the first introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display of +the animals, artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each other. +And as Diana was also a special protectress of new-born creatures, +there would be a certain curious interest in the dexterously contrived +escape of the young from their mother's torn bosoms; as many pregnant +animals as possible being carefully selected for the purpose. + +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human beings. +What more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever contrived than +that incident, itself a practical epigram never to be forgottten, [239] +when a criminal, who, like slaves and animals, had no rights, was +compelled to present the part of Icarus; and, the wings failing him in +due course, had fallen into a pack of hungry bears? For the long shows +of the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the novel-reading of that age--a +current help provided for sluggish imaginations, in regard, for +instance, to grisly accidents, such as might happen to one's self; but +with every facility for comfortable inspection. Scaevola might watch +his own hand, consuming, crackling, in the fire, in the person of a +culprit, willing to redeem his life by an act so delightful to the +eyes, the very ears, of a curious public. If the part of Marsyas was +called for, there was a criminal condemned to lose his skin. It might +be almost edifying to study minutely the expression of his face, while +the assistants corded and pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the +servant of the law waiting by, who, after one short cut with his knife, +would slip the man's leg from his skin, as neatly as if it were a +stocking--a finesse in providing the due amount of suffering for +wrong-doers only brought to its height in Nero's living bonfires. But +then, by making his suffering ridiculous, you enlist against the +sufferer, some real, and all would-be manliness, and do much to stifle +any false sentiment of compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no +great taste for sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had +greatly changed all [240] that; had provided that nets should be spread +under the dancers on the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the +gladiators. But the gladiators were still there. Their bloody +contests had, under the form of a popular amusement, the efficacy of a +human sacrifice; as, indeed, the whole system of the public shows was +understood to possess a religious import. Just at this point, +certainly, the judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is without +reproach-- + + Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. + +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great +slaughter-house, could not but observe that, in his habitual +complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, with loud shouts of applause from +time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius had sat impassibly through +all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For the most part +indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, +after all, indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic +paradox of the Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an +excuse, should those savage popular humours ever again turn against men +and women. Marius remembered well his very attitude and expression on +this day, when, a few years later, certain things came to pass in Gaul, +under his full authority; and that attitude and expression [241] +defined already, even thus early in their so friendly intercourse, and +though he was still full of gratitude for his interest, a permanent +point of difference between the emperor and himself--between himself, +with all the convictions of his life taking centre to-day in his +merciful, angry heart, and Aurelius, as representing all the light, all +the apprehensive power there might be in pagan intellect. There was +something in a tolerance such as this, in the bare fact that he could +sit patiently through a scene like this, which seemed to Marius to mark +Aurelius as his inferior now and for ever on the question of +righteousness; to set them on opposite sides, in some great conflict, +of which that difference was but a single presentment. Due, in +whatever proportions, to the abstract principles he had formulated for +himself, or in spite of them, there was the loyal conscience within +him, deciding, judging himself and every one else, with a wonderful +sort of authority:--You ought, methinks, to be something quite +different from what you are; here! and here! Surely Aurelius must be +lacking in that decisive conscience at first sight, of the intimations +of which Marius could entertain no doubt--which he looked for in +others. He at least, the humble follower of the bodily eye, was aware +of a crisis in life, in this brief, obscure existence, a fierce +opposition of real good and real evil around him, the issues of which +he must by no [242] means compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms of +which the "wise" Marcus Aurelius was unaware. + +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, +perhaps, leave with the children of the modern world a feeling of +self-complacency. Yet it might seem well to ask ourselves--it is +always well to do so, when we read of the slave-trade, for instance, or +of great religious persecutions on this side or on that, or of anything +else which raises in us the question, "Is thy servant a dog, that he +should do this thing?"--not merely, what germs of feeling we may +entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would induce us to the +like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might have +furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those legal +crimes, with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, perhaps, +having its own peculiar point of blindness, with its consequent +peculiar sin--the touch-stone of an unfailing conscience in the select +few. + +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of +deadness and stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not +failed him regarding it. Yes! what was needed was the heart that would +make it impossible to witness all this; and the future would be with +the forces that could beget a heart like that. [243] His chosen +philosophy had said,--Trust the eye: Strive to be right always in +regard to the concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your +impressions. And its sanction had at least been effective here, in +protesting--"This, and this, is what you may not look upon!" Surely +evil was a real thing, and the wise man wanting in the sense of it, +where, not to have been, by instinctive election, on the right side, +was to have failed in life. + + + +END OF VOL. I + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by +Walter Horatio Pater + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + +***** This file should be named 4057-8.txt or 4057-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/5/4057/ + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/4057-8.zip b/old/4057-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e72664 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4057-8.zip diff --git a/old/4057.txt b/old/4057.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05758f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4057.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5740 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by Walter Horatio Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume One + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Posting Date: June 13, 2009 [EBook #4057] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: October 25, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + + + + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a style inconvenient +in an electronic edition. I have therefore placed an asterisk +immediately after each of Pater's footnotes and a + sign after my own +notes, and have listed each chapter's notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, I +have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed numeral +such as [22] indicates that the material immediately following the +number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I have preserved +paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an e-text +does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, +it can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a +Victorianist archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater +and many other nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE WALTER PATER + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mekistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PART THE FIRST + + 1. "The Religion of Numa": 3-12 + 2. White-Nights: 13-26 + 3. Change of Air: 27-42 + 4. The Tree of Knowledge: 43-54 + 5. The Golden Book: 55-91 + 6. Euphuism: 92-110 + 7. A Pagan End: 111-120 + + PART THE SECOND + + 8. Animula Vagula: 123-143 + 9. New Cyrenaicism: 144-157 + 10. On the Way: 158-171 + 11. "The Most Religious City in the World": 172-187 + 12. "The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King": 188-211 + 13. The "Mistress and Mother" of Palaces: 212-229 + 14. Manly Amusement: 230-243 + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +PART THE FIRST + + +CHAPTER I: "THE RELIGION OF NUMA" + +[3] As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered +latest in the country, and died out at last as but paganism--the +religion of the villagers, before the advance of the Christian Church; +so, in an earlier century, it was in places remote from town-life that +the older and purer forms of paganism itself had survived the longest. +While, in Rome, new religions had arisen with bewildering complexity +around the dying old one, the earlier and simpler patriarchal religion, +"the religion of Numa," as people loved to fancy, lingered on with +little change amid the pastoral life, out of the habits and sentiment +of which so much of it had grown. Glimpses of such a survival we may +catch below the merely artificial attitudes of Latin pastoral poetry; +in Tibullus especially, who has preserved for us many poetic details of +old Roman religious usage. + + At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates, + Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: + +[4] --he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, +with repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one of +his elegies, as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The hearth, +from a spark of which, as one form of old legend related, the child +Romulus had been miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; and the +worthiest sacrifice to the gods the perfect physical sanity of the +young men and women, which the scrupulous ways of that religion of the +hearth had tended to maintain. A religion of usages and sentiment +rather than of facts and belief, and attached to very definite things +and places--the oak of immemorial age, the rock on the heath fashioned +by weather as if by some dim human art, the shadowy grove of ilex, +passing into which one exclaimed involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, +Deity is in this Place! Numen Inest!--it was in natural harmony with +the temper of a quiet people amid the spectacle of rural life, like +that simpler faith between man and man, which Tibullus expressly +connects with the period when, with an inexpensive worship, the old +wooden gods had been still pressed for room in their homely little +shrines. + +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden +image of Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now +about to test the truth of the old Platonic contention, that the world +would at last find itself [5] happy, could it detach some reluctant +philosophic student from the more desirable life of celestial +contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there was a boy living in an +old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for himself, recruited +that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous force of religious +veneration such as had originally called them into being. More than a +century and a half had past since Tibullus had written; but the +restoration of religious usages, and their retention where they still +survived, was meantime come to be the fashion through the influence of +imperial example; and what had been in the main a matter of family +pride with his father, was sustained by a native instinct of devotion +in the young Marius. A sense of conscious powers external to +ourselves, pleased or displeased by the right or wrong conduct of every +circumstance of daily life--that conscience, of which the old Roman +religion was a formal, habitual recognition, was become in him a +powerful current of feeling and observance. The old-fashioned, partly +puritanic awe, the power of which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly +in a northern peasantry, had its counterpart in the feeling of the +Roman lad, as he passed the spot, "touched of heaven," where the +lightning had struck dead an aged labourer in the field: an upright +stone, still with mouldering garlands about it, marked the place. He +brought to that system of symbolic [6] usages, and they in turn +developed in him further, a great seriousness--an impressibility to the +sacredness of time, of life and its events, and the circumstances of +family fellowship; of such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from +labour on which they live, really understood by him as gifts--a sense +of religious responsibility in the reception of them. It was a +religion for the most part of fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a +year-long burden of forms; yet rarely (on clear summer mornings, for +instance) the thought of those heavenly powers afforded a welcome +channel for the almost stifling sense of health and delight in him, and +relieved it as gratitude to the gods. + +The day of the "little" or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, +as the great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the +interest of the whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; +the instruments of labour lie untouched, hung with wreaths of flowers, +while masters and servants together go in solemn procession along the +dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, conducting the victims whose blood +is presently to be shed for the purification from all natural or +supernatural taint of the lands they have "gone about." The old Latin +words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession moved on its way, +though their precise meaning was long [7] since become unintelligible, +were recited from an ancient illuminated roll, kept in the painted +chest in the hall, together with the family records. Early on that day +the girls of the farm had been busy in the great portico, filling large +baskets with flowers plucked short from branches of apple and cherry, +then in spacious bloom, to strew before the quaint images of the +gods--Ceres and Bacchus and the yet more mysterious Dea Dia--as they +passed through the fields, carried in their little houses on the +shoulders of white-clad youths, who were understood to proceed to this +office in perfect temperance, as pure in soul and body as the air they +breathed in the firm weather of that early summer-time. The clean +lustral water and the full incense-box were carried after them. The +altars were gay with garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of +blossom and green herbs to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, +fresh-gathered this morning from a particular plot in the old garden, +set apart for the purpose. Just then the young leaves were almost as +fragrant as flowers, and the scent of the bean-fields mingled +pleasantly with the cloud of incense. But for the monotonous +intonation of the liturgy by the priests, clad in their strange, stiff, +antique vestments, and bearing ears of green corn upon their heads, +secured by flowing bands of white, the procession moved in absolute +stillness, all persons, even the children, abstaining from [8] speech +after the utterance of the pontifical formula, Favete +linguis!--Silence! Propitious Silence!--lest any words save those +proper to the occasion should hinder the religious efficacy of the rite. + +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading part +in the ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to complete +this impressive outward silence by that inward tacitness of mind, +esteemed so important by religious Romans in the performance of these +sacred functions. To him the sustained stillness without seemed really +but to be waiting upon that interior, mental condition of preparation +or expectancy, for which he was just then intently striving. The +persons about him, certainly, had never been challenged by those +prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the divine nature: they +conceived them rather to be the appointed means of setting such +troublesome movements at rest. By them, "the religion of Numa," so +staid, ideal and comely, the object of so much jealous conservatism, +though of direct service as lending sanction to a sort of high +scrupulosity, especially in the chief points of domestic conduct, was +mainly prized as being, through its hereditary character, something +like a personal distinction--as contributing, among the other +accessories of an ancient house, to the production of that aristocratic +atmosphere which separated them from newly-made people. But [9] in the +young Marius, the very absence from those venerable usages of all +definite history and dogmatic interpretation, had already awakened much +speculative activity; and to-day, starting from the actual details of +the divine service, some very lively surmises, though scarcely distinct +enough to be thoughts, were moving backwards and forwards in his mind, +as the stirring wind had done all day among the trees, and were like +the passing of some mysterious influence over all the elements of his +nature and experience. One thing only distracted him--a certain pity +at the bottom of his heart, and almost on his lips, for the sacrificial +victims and their looks of terror, rising almost to disgust at the +central act of the sacrifice itself, a piece of everyday butcher's +work, such as we decorously hide out of sight; though some then present +certainly displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus permitted +them on a religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great procession +on the frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid +heads of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for +animals in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their +sufferings. It was this contrast that distracted Marius now in the +blessing of his fields, and qualified his devout absorption upon the +scrupulous fulfilment of all the details of the ceremonial, as the +procession approached the altars. + +[10] The names of that great populace of "little gods," dear to the +Roman home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special +occasions, were not forgotten in the long litany--Vatican who causes +the infant to utter his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first +word, Cuba who keeps him quiet in his cot, Domiduca especially, for +whom Marius had through life a particular memory and devotion, the +goddess who watches over one's safe coming home. The urns of the dead +in the family chapel received their due service. They also were now +become something divine, a goodly company of friendly and protecting +spirits, encamped about the place of their former abode--above all +others, the father, dead ten years before, of whom, remembering but a +tall, grave figure above him in early childhood, Marius habitually +thought as a genius a little cold and severe. + + Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi, + Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.-- + +Perhaps!--but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to-day +upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little--a few +violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, from +the time when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had Marius +taken them their portion of the family meal, at the second course, +amidst the silence [11] of the company. They loved those who brought +them their sustenance; but, deprived of these services, would be heard +wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully in the stillness of the +night. + +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial--bread, oil, +wine, milk--had regained for him, by their use in such religious +service, that poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely +belongs to all the means of daily life, could we but break through the +veil of our familiarity with things by no means vulgar in themselves. A +hymn followed, while the whole assembly stood with veiled faces. The +fire rose up readily from the altars, in clean, bright flame--a +favourable omen, making it a duty to render the mirth of the evening +complete. Old wine was poured out freely for the servants at supper in +the great kitchen, where they had worked in the imperfect light through +the long evenings of winter. The young Marius himself took but a very +sober part in the noisy feasting. A devout, regretful after-taste of +what had been really beautiful in the ritual he had accomplished took +him early away, that he might the better recall in reverie all the +circumstances of the celebration of the day. As he sank into a sleep, +pleasant with all the influences of long hours in the open air, he +seemed still to be moving in procession through the fields, with a kind +of pleasurable awe. That feeling was still upon him as he [12] awoke +amid the beating of violent rain on the shutters, in the first storm of +the season. The thunder which startled him from sleep seemed to make +the solitude of his chamber almost painfully complete, as if the +nearness of those angry clouds shut him up in a close place alone in +the world. Then he thought of the sort of protection which that day's +ceremonies assured. To procure an agreement with the gods--Pacem +deorum exposcere: that was the meaning of what they had all day been +busy upon. In a faith, sincere but half-suspicious, he would fain have +those Powers at least not against him. His own nearer household gods +were all around his bed. The spell of his religion as a part of the +very essence of home, its intimacy, its dignity and security, was +forcible at that moment; only, it seemed to involve certain heavy +demands upon him. + + + +CHAPTER II: WHITE-NIGHTS + +[13] To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the +childhood of Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, +as you first caught sight of that coy, retired place,--surely nothing +could happen there, without its full accompaniment of thought or +reverie. White-nights! so you might interpret its old Latin name.* +"The red rose came first," says a quaint German mystic, speaking of +"the mystery of so-called white things," as being "ever an +after-thought--the doubles, or seconds, of real things, and themselves +but half-real, half-material--the white queen, the white witch, the +white mass, which, as the black mass is a travesty of the true mass +turned to evil by horrible old witches, is celebrated by young +candidates for the priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of +rehearsal." So, white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same +analogy, should be [14] nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but +passed in continuous dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly +the place was, in such case, true to its fanciful name in this, that +you might very well conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the +daytime might come to much there. + +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come +down to him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain +Marcellus two generations before, a favourite in his day of the +fashionable world at Rome, where he had at least spent his substance +with a correctness of taste Marius might seem to have inherited from +him; as he was believed also to resemble him in a singularly pleasant +smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with some degree of +sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. + +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer to +the dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of workday +negligence or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm for some, +for the young master himself among them. The more observant passer-by +would note, curious as to the inmates, a certain amount of dainty care +amid that neglect, as if it came in part, perhaps, from a reluctance to +disturb old associations. It was significant of the national +character, that a sort of elegant gentleman farming, as we say, had +been much affected by some of the most cultivated [15] Romans. But it +became something more than an elegant diversion, something of a serious +business, with the household of Marius; and his actual interest in the +cultivation of the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at +least, intimately near to those elementary conditions of life, a +reverence for which, the great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own +half-mystic pre-occupation with them, held to be the ground of +primitive Roman religion, as of primitive morals. But then, farm-life +in Italy, including the culture of the olive and the vine, has a grace +of its own, and might well contribute to the production of an ideal +dignity of character, like that of nature itself in this gifted region. +Vulgarity seemed impossible. The place, though impoverished, was still +deservedly dear, full of venerable memories, and with a living +sweetness of its own for to-day. + +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the struggling +family pride of the lad's father, to which the example of the head of +the state, old Antoninus Pius--an example to be still further enforced +by his successor--had given a fresh though perhaps somewhat artificial +popularity. It had been consistent with many another homely and +old-fashioned trait in him, not to undervalue the charm of +exclusiveness and immemorial authority, which membership in a local +priestly college, hereditary in his house, conferred upon him. To set +a real value on [16] these things was but one element in that pious +concern for his home and all that belonged to it, which, as Marius +afterwards discovered, had been a strong motive with his father. The +ancient hymn--Fana Novella!--was still sung by his people, as the new +moon grew bright in the west, and even their wild custom of leaping +through heaps of blazing straw on a certain night in summer was not +discouraged. The privilege of augury itself, according to tradition, +had at one time belonged to his race; and if you can imagine how, once +in a way, an impressible boy might have an inkling, an inward mystic +intimation, of the meaning and consequences of all that, what was +implied in it becoming explicit for him, you conceive aright the mind +of Marius, in whose house the auspices were still carefully consulted +before every undertaking of moment. + +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally--and that is all +many not unimportant persons ever find to do--a certain tradition of +life, which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling with +which he thought of his dead father was almost exclusively that of awe; +though crossed at times by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, as he +could but confess to himself, pondering, in the actual absence of so +weighty and continual a restraint, upon the arbitrary power which Roman +religion and Roman law gave to the parent over the son. [17] On the +part of his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the husband's +memory, there was a sustained freshness of regret, together with the +recognition, as Marius fancied, of some costly self-sacrifice to be +credited to the dead. The life of the widow, languid and shadowy +enough but for the poignancy of that regret, was like one long service +to the departed soul; its many annual observances centering about the +funeral urn--a tiny, delicately carved marble house, still white and +fair, in the family-chapel, wreathed always with the richest flowers +from the garden. To the dead, in fact, was conceded in such places a +somewhat closer neighbourhood to the old homes they were thought still +to protect, than is usual with us, or was usual in Rome itself--a +closeness which the living welcomed, so diverse are the ways of our +human sentiment, and in which the more wealthy, at least in the +country, might indulge themselves. All this Marius followed with a +devout interest, sincerely touched and awed by his mother's sorrow. +After the deification of the emperors, we are told, it was considered +impious so much as to use any coarse expression in the presence of +their images. To Marius the whole of life seemed full of sacred +presences, demanding of him a similar collectedness. The severe and +archaic religion of the villa, as he conceived it, begot in him a sort +of devout circumspection lest he should fall short at any point of the +demand upon him of anything [18] in which deity was concerned. He must +satisfy with a kind of sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he +be found wanting to, the claims of others, in their joys and +calamities--the happiness which deity sanctioned, or the blows in which +it made itself felt. And from habit, this feeling of a responsibility +towards the world of men and things, towards a claim for due sentiment +concerning them on his side, came to be a part of his nature not to be +put off. It kept him serious and dignified amid the Epicurean +speculations which in after years much engrossed him, and when he had +learned to think of all religions as indifferent, serious amid many +fopperies and through many languid days, and made him anticipate all +his life long as a thing towards which he must carefully train himself, +some great occasion of self-devotion, such as really came, that should +consecrate his life, and, it might be, its memory with others, as the +early Christian looked forward to martyrdom at the end of his course, +as a seal of worth upon it. + +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his +first view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the +face, as it were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from the +white road, at the point where it began to decline somewhat steeply to +the marsh-land below. The building of pale red and yellow marble, +mellowed by age, which he saw beyond the gates, was indeed but the +exquisite [19] fragment of a once large and sumptuous villa. Two +centuries of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the mosses +which lay along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and there the +marble plates had slipped from their places, where the delicate weeds +had forced their way. The graceful wildness which prevailed in garden +and farm gave place to a singular nicety about the actual habitation, +and a still more scrupulous sweetness and order reigned within. The +old Roman architects seem to have well understood the decorative value +of the floor--the real economy there was, in the production of rich +interior effect, of a somewhat lavish expenditure upon the surface they +trod on. The pavement of the hall had lost something of its evenness; +but, though a little rough to the foot, polished and cared for like a +piece of silver, looked, as mosaic-work is apt to do, its best in old +age. Most noticeable among the ancestral masks, each in its little +cedarn chest below the cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant +Marcellus, with the quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to +Marius, just then so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, +curved ingeniously into oval form, which he had added to the mansion, +still contained his collection of works of art; above all, that head of +Medusa, for which the villa was famous. The spoilers of one of the old +Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost the [20] thing, as it +seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the sands of +which it was drawn up in a fisherman's net, with the fine golden +laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was Marcellus +also who had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys with the white +pigeon-house above, so characteristic of the place. The little glazed +windows in the uppermost chamber framed each its dainty landscape--the +pallid crags of Carrara, like wildly twisted snow-drifts above the +purple heath; the distant harbour with its freight of white marble +going to sea; the lighthouse temple of Venus Speciosa on its dark +headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white breakers. Even on summer +nights the air there had always a motion in it, and drove the scent of +the new-mown hay along all the passages of the house. + +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something cloistral +or monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite order, made the +whole place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the peculiar +sanctuary, of his mother, who, still in real widowhood, provided the +deceased Marius the elder with that secondary sort of life which we can +give to the dead, in our intensely realised memory of them--the +"subjective immortality," to use a modern phrase, for which many a +Roman epitaph cries out plaintively to widow or sister or daughter, +still in the land of the living. Certainly, if any [21] such +considerations regarding them do reach the shadowy people, he enjoyed +that secondary existence, that warm place still left, in thought at +least, beside the living, the desire for which is actually, in various +forms, so great a motive with most of us. And Marius the younger, even +thus early, came to think of women's tears, of women's hands to lay one +to rest, in death as in the sleep of childhood, as a sort of natural +want. The soft lines of the white hands and face, set among the many +folds of the veil and stole of the Roman widow, busy upon her +needlework, or with music sometimes, defined themselves for him as the +typical expression of maternity. Helping her with her white and purple +wools, and caring for her musical instruments, he won, as if from the +handling of such things, an urbane and feminine refinement, qualifying +duly his country-grown habits--the sense of a certain delicate +blandness, which he relished, above all, on returning to the "chapel" +of his mother, after long days of open-air exercise, in winter or +stormy summer. For poetic souls in old Italy felt, hardly less +strongly than the English, the pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with +the very dead warm in its generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in +flower, though the hail is beating hard without. One important +principle, of fruit afterwards in his Roman life, that relish for the +country fixed deeply in him; in the winters especially, when the +sufferings of [22] the animal world became so palpable even to the +least observant. It fixed in him a sympathy for all creatures, for the +almost human troubles and sicknesses of the flocks, for instance. It +was a feeling which had in it something of religious veneration for +life as such--for that mysterious essence which man is powerless to +create in even the feeblest degree. One by one, at the desire of his +mother, the lad broke down his cherished traps and springes for the +hungry wild birds on the salt marsh. A white bird, she told him once, +looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in his bosom across +a crowded public place--his own soul was like that! Would it reach the +hands of his good genius on the opposite side, unruffled and unsoiled? +And as his mother became to him the very type of maternity in things, +its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and maternity itself the central +type of all love;--so, that beautiful dwelling-place lent the reality +of concrete outline to a peculiar ideal of home, which throughout the +rest of his life he seemed, amid many distractions of spirit, to be +ever seeking to regain. + +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced still +further this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. His +religion, that old Italian religion, in contrast with the really +light-hearted religion of Greece, had its deep undercurrent of gloom, +its sad, haunting imageries, not exclusively confined to the walls [23] +of Etruscan tombs. The function of the conscience, not always as the +prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but oftenest as his +accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part in it; +and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his footsteps, made +him oddly suspicious of particular places and persons. Though his +liking for animals was so strong, yet one fierce day in early summer, +as he walked along a narrow road, he had seen the snakes breeding, and +ever afterwards avoided that place and its ugly associations, for there +was something in the incident which made food distasteful and his sleep +uneasy for many days afterwards. The memory of it however had almost +passed away, when at the corner of a street in Pisa, he came upon an +African showman exhibiting a great serpent: once more, as the reptile +writhed, the former painful impression revived: it was like a peep into +the lower side of the real world, and again for many days took all +sweetness from food and sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying +to puzzle out the secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread +of a snake's bite, like one of his companions, who had put his hand +into the mouth of an old garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. +A kind of pity even mingled with his aversion, and he could hardly have +killed or injured the animals, which seemed already to suffer by the +very circumstance of their life, being what they [24] were. It was +something like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather a moral +feeling, for the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or +feathers, so different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity +of aspect in its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a humanity, +dusty and sordid and as if far gone in corruption, in the sluggish +coil, as it awoke suddenly into one metallic spring of pure enmity +against him. Long afterwards, when it happened that at Rome he saw, a +second time, a showman with his serpents, he remembered the night which +had then followed, thinking, in Saint Augustine's vein, on the real +greatness of those little troubles of children, of which older people +make light; but with a sudden gratitude also, as he reflected how +richly possessed his life had actually been by beautiful aspects and +imageries, seeing how greatly what was repugnant to the eye disturbed +his peace. + +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to +contemplation than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an +earlier day there had been reason to expect, and animating his +solitude, as he read eagerly and intelligently, with the traditions of +the past, already he lived much in the realm of the imagination, and +became betimes, as he was to continue all through life, something of an +idealist, constructing the world for himself in great measure from +within, by the exercise [25] of meditative power. A vein of subjective +philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all things, there +would be always in his intellectual scheme of the world and of conduct, +with a certain incapacity wholly to accept other men's valuations. And +the generation of this peculiar element in his temper he could trace up +to the days when his life had been so like the reading of a romance to +him. Had the Romans a word for unworldly? The beautiful word +umbratilis perhaps comes nearest to it; and, with that precise sense, +might describe the spirit in which he prepared himself for the +sacerdotal function hereditary in his family--the sort of mystic +enjoyment he had in the abstinence, the strenuous self-control and +ascesis, which such preparation involved. Like the young Ion in the +beautiful opening of the play of Euripides, who every morning sweeps +the temple floor with such a fund of cheerfulness in his service, he +was apt to be happy in sacred places, with a susceptibility to their +peculiar influences which he never outgrew; so that often in +after-times, quite unexpectedly, this feeling would revive in him with +undiminished freshness. That first, early, boyish ideal of priesthood, +the sense of dedication, survived through all the distractions of the +world, and when all thought of such vocation had finally passed from +him, as a ministry, in spirit at least, towards a sort of hieratic +beauty and order in the conduct of life. + +[26] And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the +lad's pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble +to the coast, over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, +and delightful signs, one after another--the abandoned boat, the ruined +flood-gates, the flock of wild birds--that one was approaching the sea; +the long summer-day of idleness among its vague scents and sounds. And +it was characteristic of him that he relished especially the grave, +subdued, northern notes in all that--the charm of the French or English +notes, as we might term them--in the luxuriant Italian landscape. + +NOTES + +13. *Ad Vigilias Albas. + + + +CHAPTER III: CHANGE OF AIR + +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. + +[27] THAT almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of +the country, were both alike developed by the circumstances of a +journey, which happened about this time, when Marius was taken to a +certain temple of Aesculapius, among the hills of Etruria, as was then +usual in such cases, for the cure of some boyish sickness. The +religion of Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, had been +naturalised in Rome in the old republican times; but had reached under +the Antonines the height of its popularity throughout the Roman world. +That was an age of valetudinarians, in many instances of imaginary +ones; but below its various crazes concerning health and disease, +largely multiplied a few years after the time of which I am speaking by +the miseries of a great pestilence, lay a valuable, because partly +practicable, belief that all the maladies of the soul might be reached +through the subtle gateways of the body. + +[28] Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily sanity. +The religion of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they called him +absolutely, had a chance just then of becoming the one religion; that +mild and philanthropic son of Apollo surviving, or absorbing, all other +pagan godhead. The apparatus of the medical art, the salutary mineral +or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the varieties of the bath, came to +have a kind of sacramental character, so deep was the feeling, in more +serious minds, of a moral or spiritual profit in physical health, +beyond the obvious bodily advantages one had of it; the body becoming +truly, in that case, but a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood +or "family" of Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in +possession of certain precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, +of all the institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian +priesthood; the temples of the god, rich in some instances with the +accumulated thank-offerings of centuries of a tasteful devotion, being +really also a kind of hospitals for the sick, administered in a full +conviction of the religiousness, the refined and sacred happiness, of a +life spent in the relieving of pain. + +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there were +doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the +reception of health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part +his care was held to take [29] effect through a machinery easily +capable of misuse for purposes of religious fraud. Through dreams, +above all, inspired by Aesculapius himself, information as to the cause +and cure of a malady was supposed to come to the sufferer, in a belief +based on the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those who watch them +carefully, give many hints concerning the conditions of the body--those +latent weak points at which disease or death may most easily break into +it. In the time of Marcus Aurelius these medical dreams had become +more than ever a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, the "Orator," a man +of undoubted intellectual power, has devoted six discourses to their +interpretation; the really scientific Galen has recorded how +beneficently they had intervened in his own case, at certain +turning-points of life; and a belief in them was one of the frailties +of the wise emperor himself. Partly for the sake of these dreams, +living ministers of the god, more likely to come to one in his actual +dwelling-place than elsewhere, it was almost a necessity that the +patient should sleep one or more nights within the precincts of a +temple consecrated to his service, during which time he must observe +certain rules prescribed by the priests. + +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary +before starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on +his way to the famous temple which lay [30] among the hills beyond the +valley of the Arnus. It was his greatest adventure hitherto; and he +had much pleasure in all its details, in spite of his feverishness. +Starting early, under the guidance of an old serving-man who drove the +mules, with his wife who took all that was needful for their +refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, they went, +under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck certain flowers +seen for the first time on these high places, upwards, through a long +day of sunshine, while cliffs and woods sank gradually below their +path. The evening came as they passed along a steep white road with +many windings among the pines, and it was night when they reached the +temple, the lights of which shone out upon them pausing before the +gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became alive to a singular +purity in the air. A rippling of water about the place was the only +thing audible, as they waited till two priestly figures, speaking Greek +to one another, admitted them into a large, white-walled and clearly +lighted guest-chamber, in which, while he partook of a simple but +wholesomely prepared supper, Marius still seemed to feel pleasantly the +height they had attained to among the hills. + +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his old +fear of serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that +Aesculapius [31] had come to Rome, and the last definite thought of his +weary head before he fell asleep had been a dread either that the god +might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, under this hideous +aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes themselves, +kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. + +And after an hour's feverish dreaming he awoke--with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The footsteps +of the youthful figure which approached and sat by his bedside were +certainly real. Ever afterwards, when the thought arose in his mind of +some unhoped-for but entire relief from distress, like blue sky in a +storm at sea, would come back the memory of that gracious countenance +which, amid all the kindness of its gaze, had yet a certain air of +predominance over him, so that he seemed now for the first time to have +found the master of his spirit. It would have been sweet to be the +servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. + +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his +years, a lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of +opportunity, which seemed to be the aim of the young priest's +recommendations. The sum of them, through various forgotten intervals +of argument, as might really have happened in a [32] dream, was the +precept, repeated many times under slightly varied aspects, of a +diligent promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in the eye +would lie for him the determining influence of life: he was of the +number of those who, in the words of a poet who came long after, must +be "made perfect by the love of visible beauty." The discourse was +conceived from the point of view of a theory Marius found afterwards in +Plato's Phaedrus, which supposes men's spirits susceptible to certain +influences, diffused, after the manner of streams or currents, by fair +things or persons visibly present--green fields, for instance, or +children's faces--into the air around them, acting, in the case of some +peculiar natures, like potent material essences, and conforming the +seer to themselves as with some cunning physical necessity. This +theory,* in itself so fantastic, had however determined in a range of +methodical suggestions, altogether quaint here and there from their +circumstantial minuteness. And throughout, the possibility of some +vision, as of a new city coming down "like a bride out of heaven," a +vision still indeed, it might seem, a long way off, but to be granted +perhaps one day to the eyes thus trained, was presented as the motive +of this laboriously practical direction. + +"If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear [33] light," so the discourse recommenced after a +pause, "be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in all +things, and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows." To keep the eye +clear by a sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, +extending even to his dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and +more fastidiously, select form and colour in things from what was less +select; to meditate much on beautiful visible objects, on objects, more +especially, connected with the period of youth--on children at play in +the morning, the trees in early spring, on young animals, on the +fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by him if it were +but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea-shell, as a token +and representative of the whole kingdom of such things; to avoid +jealously, in his way through the world, everything repugnant to sight; +and, should any circumstance tempt him to a general converse in the +range of such objects, to disentangle himself from that circumstance at +any cost of place, money, or opportunity; such were in brief outline +the duties recognised, the rights demanded, in this new formula of +life. And it was delivered with conviction; as if the speaker verily +saw into the recesses of the mental and physical being of the listener, +while his own expression of perfect temperance had in it a fascinating +power--the merely negative element of purity, the mere freedom from +taint or flaw, in exercise [34] as a positive influence. Long +afterwards, when Marius read the Charmides--that other dialogue of +Plato, into which he seems to have expressed the very genius of old +Greek temperance--the image of this speaker came back vividly before +him, to take the chief part in the conversation. + +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible +symbolism (an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen +moralities) that the memory of that night's double experience, the +dream of the great sallow snake and the utterance of the young priest, +always returned to him, and the contrast therein involved made him +revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare thought of an excess in +sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more from any excess +of a coarser kind. + +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on +his arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had +really departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed +from the brain, a painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive +and there was a delight; and as he bathed in the fresh water set ready +for his use, the air of the room about him seemed like pure gold, the +very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at length by one of the +white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple garden. At a +distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him the Houses of +Birth and Death, erected for the reception [35] respectively of women +about to become mothers, and of persons about to die; neither of those +incidents being allowed to defile, as was thought, the actual precincts +of the shrine. His visitor of the previous night he saw nowhere again. +But among the official ministers of the place there was one, already +marked as of great celebrity, whom Marius saw often in later days at +Rome, the physician Galen, now about thirty years old. He was +standing, the hood partly drawn over his face, beside the holy well, as +Marius and his guide approached it. + +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its +surrounding institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring flowing +directly out of the rocky foundations of the shrine. From the rim of +its basin rose a circle of trim columns to support a cupola of singular +lightness and grace, itself full of reflected light from the rippling +surface, through which might be traced the wavy figure-work of the +marble lining below as the stream of water rushed in. Legend told of a +visit of Aesculapius to this place, earlier and happier than his first +coming to Rome: an inscription around the cupola recorded it in letters +of gold. "Being come unto this place the son of God loved it +exceedingly:"--Huc profectus filius Dei maxime amavit hunc locum;--and +it was then that that most intimately human of the gods had given men +the well, with all its salutary properties. The [36] element itself +when received into the mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from +adhering organic matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure +air than water; and after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious +circumstances concerning it, by one and another of the bystanders:--he +who drank often thereof might well think he had tasted of the Homeric +lotus, so great became his desire to remain always on that spot: +carried to other places, it was almost indefinitely conservative of its +fine qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other water; and it +flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so oddly +rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever +quantity might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange +alacrity of service to human needs, like a true creature and pupil of +the philanthropic god. Certainly the little crowd around seemed to +find singular refreshment in gazing on it. The whole place appeared +sensibly influenced by the amiable and healthful spirit of the thing. +All the objects of the country were there at their freshest. In the +great park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred animals +offered by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow with +a kind of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully nice. And +that freshness seemed to have something moral in its influence, as if +it acted upon the body and the merely bodily [37] powers of +apprehension, through the intelligence; and to the end of his visit +Marius saw no more serpents. + +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius followed +him as he returned from the well, more and more impressed by the +religiousness of all he saw, on his way through a long cloister or +corridor, the walls well-nigh hidden under votive inscriptions +recording favours from the son of Apollo, and with a distant fragrance +of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside through an open +doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as the refined and +dainty magnificence of the place came upon him suddenly, in the flood +of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights burning here and there, +and withal a singular expression of sacred order, a surprising +cleanliness and simplicity. Certain priests, men whose countenances +bore a deep impression of cultivated mind, each with his little group +of assistants, were gliding round silently to perform their morning +salutation to the god, raising the closed thumb and finger of the right +hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and went on their sacred +business, bearing their frankincense and lustral water. Around the +walls, at such a level that the worshippers might read, as in a book, +the story of the god and his sons, the brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, +ran a series of imageries, in low relief, their delicate light and +shade being [38] heightened, here and there, with gold. Fullest of +inspired and sacred expression, as if in this place the chisel of the +artist had indeed dealt not with marble but with the very breath of +feeling and thought, was the scene in which the earliest generation of +the sons of Aesculapius were transformed into healing dreams; for +"grown now too glorious to abide longer among men, by the aid of their +sire they put away their mortal bodies, and came into another country, +yet not indeed into Elysium nor into the Islands of the Blest. But +being made like to the immortal gods, they began to pass about through +the world, changed thus far from their first form that they appear +eternally young, as many persons have seen them in many +places--ministers and heralds of their father, passing to and fro over +the earth, like gliding stars. Which thing is, indeed, the most +wonderful concerning them!" And in this scene, as throughout the +series, with all its crowded personages, Marius noted on the carved +faces the same peculiar union of unction, almost of hilarity, with a +certain self-possession and reserve, which was conspicuous in the +living ministrants around him. + +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with +the richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius himself, +surrounded by choice flowering plants. It presented the type, still +with something of the [39] severity of the earlier art of Greece about +it, not of an aged and crafty physician, but of a youth, earnest and +strong of aspect, carrying an ampulla or bottle in one hand, and in the +other a traveller's staff, a pilgrim among his pilgrim worshippers; and +one of the ministers explained to Marius this pilgrim guise.--One chief +source of the master's knowledge of healing had been observation of the +remedies resorted to by animals labouring under disease or pain--what +leaf or berry the lizard or dormouse lay upon its wounded fellow; to +which purpose for long years he had led the life of a wanderer, in wild +places. The boy took his place as the last comer, a little way behind +the group of worshippers who stood in front of the image. There, with +uplifted face, the palms of his two hands raised and open before him, +and taught by the priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and +prayer (Aristeides has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to +the Inspired Dreams:-- + +"O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who +travel by sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, though +ye be equal in glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, and your +lot in immortal youth be as theirs, to accept this prayer, which in +sleep and vision ye have inspired. Order it aright, I pray you, +according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve me [40] from +sickness; and endue my body with such a measure of health as may +suffice it for the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days +unhindered and in quietness." + +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and +just before his departure the priest, who had been his special director +during his stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived panel, +which formed the back of one of the carved seats, bade him look +through. What he saw was like the vision of a new world, by the +opening of some unsuspected window in a familiar dwelling-place. He +looked out upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful aspect, +hidden, by the peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points +of observation but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep +olive-clad rocks below, the novices were taking their exercise. The +softly sloping sides of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its +distant opening was closed by a beautifully formed mountain, from which +the last wreaths of morning mist were rising under the heat. It might +have seemed the very presentment of a land of hope, its hollows brimful +of a shadow of blue flowers; and lo! on the one level space of the +horizon, in a long dark line, were towers and a dome: and that was +Pisa.--Or Rome, was it? asked Marius, ready to believe the utmost, in +his excitement. + +All this served, as he understood afterwards [41] in retrospect, at +once to strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. +Developing the ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, +associated for the future with the exquisite splendour of the temple of +Aesculapius, as it dawned upon him on that morning of his first +visit--it developed that ideal in connexion with a vivid sense of the +value of mental and bodily sanity. And this recognition of the beauty, +even for the aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, now acquired, +operated afterwards as an influence morally salutary, counteracting the +less desirable or hazardous tendencies of some phases of thought, +through which he was to pass. + +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother +failing; and about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, there +was a circumstance which rested with him as the cruellest touch of all, +in an event which for a time seemed to have taken the light out of the +sunshine. She died away from home, but sent for him at the last, with +a painful effort on her part, but to his great gratitude, pondering, as +he always believed, that he might chance otherwise to look back all his +life long upon a single fault with something like remorse, and find the +burden a great one. For it happened that, through some sudden, +incomprehensible petulance there had been an angry childish gesture, +and a slighting word, at the very moment of her departure, actually for +the last time. Remembering this [42] he would ever afterwards pray to +be saved from offences against his own affections; the thought of that +marred parting having peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much +store, both by principle and habit, on the sentiment of home. + +NOTES + +32. *[Transliteration:] E aporroe tou kallous. +Translation: +"Emanation from a thing of beauty." + + + +CHAPTER IV: THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE + + O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+ + quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis! + Pliny's Letters. + +[43] IT would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than did +Marius in those grave years of his early life. But the death of his +mother turned seriousness of feeling into a matter of the intelligence: +it made him a questioner; and, by bringing into full evidence to him +the force of his affections and the probable importance of their place +in his future, developed in him generally the more human and earthly +elements of character. A singularly virile consciousness of the +realities of life pronounced itself in him; still however as in the +main a poetic apprehension, though united already with something of +personal ambition and the instinct of self-assertion. There were days +when he could suspect, though it was a suspicion he was careful at +first to put from him, that that early, much [44] cherished religion of +the villa might come to count with him as but one form of poetic +beauty, or of the ideal, in things; as but one voice, in a world where +there were many voices it would be a moral weakness not to listen to. +And yet this voice, through its forcible pre-occupation of his childish +conscience, still seemed to make a claim of a quite exclusive +character, defining itself as essentially one of but two possible +leaders of his spirit, the other proposing to him unlimited +self-expansion in a world of various sunshine. The contrast was so +pronounced as to make the easy, light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of +himself, among the temptations of the new phase of life which had now +begun, seem nothing less than a rival religion, a rival religious +service. The temptations, the various sunshine, were those of the old +town of Pisa, where Marius was now a tall schoolboy. Pisa was a place +lying just far enough from home to make his rare visits to it in +childhood seem like adventures, such as had never failed to supply new +and refreshing impulses to the imagination. The partly decayed pensive +town, which still had its commerce by sea, and its fashion at the +bathing-season, had lent, at one time the vivid memory of its fair +streets of marble, at another the solemn outline of the dark hills of +Luna on its background, at another the living glances of its men and +women, to the thickly gathering crowd [45] of impressions, out of which +his notion of the world was then forming. And while he learned that +the object, the experience, as it will be known to memory, is really +from first to last the chief point for consideration in the conduct of +life, these things were feeding also the idealism constitutional with +him--his innate and habitual longing for a world altogether fairer than +that he saw. The child could find his way in thought along those +streets of the old town, expecting duly the shrines at their corners, +and their recurrent intervals of garden-courts, or side-views of +distant sea. The great temple of the place, as he could remember it, +on turning back once for a last look from an angle of his homeward +road, counting its tall gray columns between the blue of the bay and +the blue fields of blossoming flax beyond; the harbour and its lights; +the foreign ships lying there; the sailors' chapel of Venus, and her +gilded image, hung with votive gifts; the seamen themselves, their +women and children, who had a whole peculiar colour-world of their +own--the boy's superficial delight in the broad light and shadow of all +that was mingled with the sense of power, of unknown distance, of the +danger of storm and possible death. + +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live in +the house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the school of +a famous rhetorician, and learn, among [46] other things, Greek. The +school, one of many imitations of Plato's Academy in the old Athenian +garden, lay in a quiet suburb of Pisa, and had its grove of cypresses, +its porticoes, a house for the master, its chapel and images. For the +memory of Marius in after-days, a clear morning sunlight seemed to lie +perpetually on that severe picture in old gray and green. The lad went +to this school daily betimes, in state at first, with a young slave to +carry the books, and certainly with no reluctance, for the sight of his +fellow-scholars, and their petulant activity, coming upon the sadder +sentimental moods of his childhood, awoke at once that instinct of +emulation which is but the other side of sympathy; and he was not +aware, of course, how completely the difference of his previous +training had made him, even in his most enthusiastic participation in +the ways of that little world, still essentially but a spectator. While +all their heart was in their limited boyish race, and its transitory +prizes, he was already entertaining himself, very pleasurably +meditative, with the tiny drama in action before him, as but the mimic, +preliminary exercise for a larger contest, and already with an implicit +epicureanism. Watching all the gallant effects of their small +rivalries--a scene in the main of fresh delightful sunshine--he entered +at once into the sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion +of men, and had already recognised a certain [47] appetite for fame, +for distinction among his fellows, as his dominant motive to be. + +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader will +have anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet perhaps. +And as, in that gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, inward voices +from the reality of unseen things had come abundantly; so here, with +the sounds and aspects of the shore, and amid the urbanities, the +graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it was the reality, the tyrannous +reality, of things visible that was borne in upon him. The real world +around--a present humanity not less comely, it might seem, than that of +the old heroic days--endowing everything it touched upon, however +remotely, down to its little passing tricks of fashion even, with a +kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him just then a great +fascination. + +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine +summer, the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he +had formally assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for +that purpose, accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, +after the full measure of those cloudless days, he would feel well-nigh +wearied out, as if with a long succession of pictures and music. As he +wandered through the gay streets or on the sea-shore, the real world +seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost absolutely free in it, with +a boundless [48] appetite for experience, for adventure, whether +physical or of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had lent itself +to an imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the spectacle +actually afforded to his untired and freely open senses, suggested the +reflection that the present had, it might be, really advanced beyond +the past, and he was ready to boast in the very fact that it was +modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the polite world of that day went +back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for the purpose of a +fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of literature, and even, +as we have seen, of religion, at least it improved, by a shade or two +of more scrupulous finish, on the old pattern; and the new era, like +the Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts at the beginning of our own +century, might perhaps be discerned, awaiting one just a single step +onward--the perfected new manner, in the consummation of time, alike as +regards the things of the imagination and the actual conduct of life. +Only, while the pursuit of an ideal like this demanded entire liberty +of heart and brain, that old, staid, conservative religion of his +childhood certainly had its being in a world of somewhat narrow +restrictions. But then, the one was absolutely real, with nothing less +than the reality of seeing and hearing--the other, how vague, shadowy, +problematical! Could its so limited probabilities be worth taking into +account in any practical question as to the rejecting or receiving [49] +of what was indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? + +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great +friendship had grown up for him, in that life of so few +attachments--the pure and disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He +had seen Flavian for the first time the day on which he had come to +Pisa, at the moment when his mind was full of wistful thoughts +regarding the new life to begin for him to-morrow, and he gazed +curiously at the crowd of bustling scholars as they came from their +classes. There was something in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he +stood isolated from the others for a moment, explained in part by his +stature and the distinction of the low, broad forehead; though there +was pleasantness also for the newcomer in the roving blue eyes which +seemed somehow to take a fuller hold upon things around than is usual +with boys. Marius knew that those proud glances made kindly note of +him for a moment, and felt something like friendship at first sight. +There was a tone of reserve or gravity there, amid perfectly +disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed to carry forward the +expression of the austere sky and the clear song of the blackbird on +that gray March evening. Flavian indeed was a creature who changed +much with the changes of the passing light and shade about him, and was +brilliant enough under the early sunshine in [50] school next morning. +Of all that little world of more or less gifted youth, surely the +centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the school, he had +gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by the fascination of +his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the figure he bore. He wore +already the manly dress; and standing there in class, as he displayed +his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or his taste in declaiming Homer, +he was like a carved figure in motion, thought Marius, but with that +indescribable gleam upon it which the words of Homer actually +suggested, as perceptible on the visible forms of the gods--hoia theous +epenenothen aien eontas.+ + +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected with +his habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were held to be +clear amid its general vagueness--a rich stranger paid his schooling, +and he was himself very poor, though there was an attractive piquancy +in the poverty of Flavian which in a scholar of another figure might +have been despised. Over Marius too his dominion was entire. Three +years older than he, Flavian was appointed to help the younger boy in +his studies, and Marius thus became virtually his servant in many +things, taking his humours with a sort of grateful pride in being +noticed at all, and, thinking over all this afterwards, found that the +[51] fascination experienced by him had been a sentimental one, +dependent on the concession to himself of an intimacy, a certain +tolerance of his company, granted to none beside. + +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the +genius, the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. The +brilliant youth who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, and +seemed to have a natural alliance with, and claim upon, everything else +which was physically select and bright, cultivated also that foppery of +words, of choice diction which was common among the elite spirits of +that day; and Marius, early an expert and elegant penman, transcribed +his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a genuine original power, was +then so delightful to him) in beautiful ink, receiving in return the +profit of Flavian's really great intellectual capacities, developed and +accomplished under the ambitious desire to make his way effectively in +life. Among other things he introduced him to the writings of a +sprightly wit, then very busy with the pen, one Lucian--writings +seeming to overflow with that intellectual light turned upon dim +places, which, at least in seasons of mental fair weather, can make +people laugh where they have been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, +the sunlight which filled those well-remembered early mornings in +school, had had more than the usual measure of gold in it! [52] Marius, +at least, would lie awake before the time, thinking with delight of the +long coming hours of hard work in the presence of Flavian, as other +boys dream of a holiday. + +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, +that reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father--a +freedman, presented late in life, and almost against his will, with the +liberty so fondly desired in youth, but on condition of the sacrifice +of part of his peculium--the slave's diminutive hoard--amassed by many +a self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The rich man, +interested in the promise of the fair child born on his estate, had +sent him to school. The meanness and dejection, nevertheless, of that +unoccupied old age defined the leading memory of Flavian, revived +sometimes, after this first confidence, with a burst of angry tears +amid the sunshine. But nature had had her economy in nursing the +strength of that one natural affection; for, save his half-selfish care +for Marius, it was the single, really generous part, the one piety, in +the lad's character. In him Marius saw the spirit of unbelief, +achieved as if at one step. The much-admired freedman's son, as with +the privilege of a natural aristocracy, believed only in himself, in +the brilliant, and mainly sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. + +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, [53] though still with +untouched health, in a world where manhood comes early, to the +seductions of that luxurious town, and Marius wondered sometimes, in +the freer revelation of himself by conversation, at the extent of his +early corruption. How often, afterwards, did evil things present +themselves in malign association with the memory of that beautiful +head, and with a kind of borrowed sanction and charm in its natural +grace! To Marius, at a later time, he counted for as it were an +epitome of the whole pagan world, the depth of its corruption, and its +perfection of form. And still, in his mobility, his animation, in his +eager capacity for various life, he was so real an object, after that +visionary idealism of the villa. His voice, his glance, were like the +breaking in of the solid world upon one, amid the flimsy fictions of a +dream. A shadow, handling all things as shadows, had felt a sudden +real and poignant heat in them. + +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and +abundantly, because with a good will. There was that in the actual +effectiveness of his figure which stimulated the younger lad to make +the most of opportunity; and he had experience already that education +largely increased one's capacity for enjoyment. He was acquiring what +it is the chief function of all higher education to impart, the art, +namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic traits, [54] the elements +of distinction, in our everyday life--of so exclusively living in +them--that the unadorned remainder of it, the mere drift or debris of +our days, comes to be as though it were not. And the consciousness of +this aim came with the reading of one particular book, then fresh in +the world, with which he fell in about this time--a book which awakened +the poetic or romantic capacity as perhaps some other book might have +done, but was peculiar in giving it a direction emphatically sensuous. +It made him, in that visionary reception of every-day life, the seer, +more especially, of a revelation in colour and form. If our modern +education, in its better efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind +of idealising power, it does so (though dealing mainly, as its +professed instruments, with the most select and ideal remains of +ancient literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it happened +also, long ago, with Marius and his friend. + +NOTES + +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means "seat of the muses." +Translation: "O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have +you uncovered to me, how many things suggested!" Pliny, Letters, Book +I, ix, to Minicius Fundanus. + +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epenenothen aien eontas. Translation: +"such as the gods are endowed with." Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. + + + +CHAPTER V: THE GOLDEN BOOK + +[55] THE two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in a +heap of dry corn, in an old granary--the quiet corner to which they had +climbed out of the way of their noisier companions on one of their +blandest holiday afternoons. They looked round: the western sun smote +through the broad chinks of the shutters. How like a picture! and it +was precisely the scene described in what they were reading, with just +that added poetic touch in the book which made it delightful and +select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight transforming the +rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps of gold. What they +were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, the "golden" book of +that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the purple writing on the +handsome yellow wrapper, following the title Flaviane!--it said, + + Flaviane! lege Felicitur! + Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas! + Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! + +[56] It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with carved +and gilt ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. + +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the +archaisms and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, +quaint terms and images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the +lifelike phrases of some lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, racy +morsels of the vernacular and studied prettinesses:--all alike, mere +playthings for the genuine power and natural eloquence of the erudite +artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, which, however, made some people +angry, chiefly less well "got-up" people, and especially those who were +untidy from indolence. + +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the +early literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had +had more in common with the "infinite patience" of Apuleius than with +the hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have been +"self-conscious" of going slip-shod. And at least his success was +unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, +including a certain tincture of "neology" in expression--nonnihil +interdum elocutione novella parum signatum--in the language of +Cornelius Fronto, the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What words +he had found for conveying, with a single touch, the sense of textures, +colours, [57] incidents! "Like jewellers' work! Like a myrrhine +vase!"--admirers said of his writing. "The golden fibre in the hair, +the gold thread-work in the gown marked her as the mistress"--aurum in +comis et in tunicis, ibi inflexum hic intextum, matronam profecto +confitebatur--he writes, with his "curious felicity," of one of his +heroines. Aurum intextum: gold fibre:--well! there was something of +that kind in his own work. And then, in an age when people, from the +emperor Aurelius downwards, prided themselves unwisely on writing in +Greek, he had written for Latin people in their own tongue; though +still, in truth, with all the care of a learned language. Not less +happily inventive were the incidents recorded--story within +story--stories with the sudden, unlooked-for changes of dreams. He had +his humorous touches also. And what went to the ordinary boyish taste, +in those somewhat peculiar readers, what would have charmed boys more +purely boyish, was the adventure:--the bear loose in the house at +night, the wolves storming the farms in winter, the exploits of the +robbers, their charming caves, the delightful thrill one had at the +question--"Don't you know that these roads are infested by robbers?" + +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of +witchcraft, and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old +weird towns, haunts of magic and [58] incantation, where all the more +genuine appliances of the black art, left behind her by Medea when she +fled through that country, were still in use. In the city of Hypata, +indeed, nothing seemed to be its true self--"You might think that +through the murmuring of some cadaverous spell, all things had been +changed into forms not their own; that there was humanity in the +hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you heard +singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew their +leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, the walls +to speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! the very sky +and the sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out." Witches are there +who can draw down the moon, or at least the lunar virus--that white +fluid she sheds, to be found, so rarely, "on high, heathy places: which +is a poison. A touch of it will drive men mad." + +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who turns +her neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the scene +where, after mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping curiously +through a chink in the door, is a spectator of the transformation of +the old witch herself into a bird, that she may take flight to the +object of her affections--into an owl! "First she stripped off every +rag she had. Then opening a certain chest she took from it many small +boxes, and removing the lid [59] of one of them, rubbed herself over +for a long time, from head to foot, with an ointment it contained, and +after much low muttering to her lamp, began to jerk at last and shake +her limbs. And as her limbs moved to and fro, out burst the soft +feathers: stout wings came forth to view: the nose grew hard and +hooked: her nails were crooked into claws; and Pamphile was an owl. She +uttered a queasy screech; and, leaping little by little from the +ground, making trial of herself, fled presently, on full wing, out of +doors." + +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged +creature, but into the animal which has given name to the book; for +throughout it there runs a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of +magic then prevalent, curiosity concerning which had led Lucius to +meddle with the old woman's appliances. "Be you my Venus," he says to +the pretty maid-servant who has introduced him to the view of Pamphile, +"and let me stand by you a winged Cupid!" and, freely applying the +magic ointment, sees himself transformed, "not into a bird, but into an +ass!" + +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could +such be found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come +by them at that adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, +the grotesque procession of Isis [60] passing by with a bear and other +strange animals in its train, the ass following along with the rest +suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in the High-priest's +hand. + +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the +outside of an ass; "though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an +ass," he tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily +spread table, "as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon +coarse hay." For, in truth, all through the book, there is an +unmistakably real feeling for asses, with bold touches like Swift's, +and a genuine animal breadth. Lucius was the original ass, who peeping +slily from the window of his hiding-place forgot all about the big +shade he cast just above him, and gave occasion to the joke or proverb +about "the peeping ass and his shadow." + +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious +elements in most boys, passed at times, those young readers still +feeling its fascination, into what French writers call the +macabre--that species of almost insane pre-occupation with the +materialities of our mouldering flesh, that luxury of disgust in gazing +on corruption, which was connected, in this writer at least, with not a +little obvious coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust +of the actual world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. "I +am told," they read, "that [61] when foreigners are interred, the old +witches are in the habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to +ravage the corpse"--in order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants +from it, with which to injure the living--"especially if the witch has +happened to cast her eye upon some goodly young man." And the scene of +the night-watching of a dead body lest the witches should come to tear +off the flesh with their teeth, is worthy of Theophile Gautier. + +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid +its mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque +horrors, came the tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, +life-like situations, speciosa locis, and abounding in lovely visible +imagery (one seemed to see and handle the golden hair, the fresh +flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full also of a gentle +idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an allegory. +With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.-- + +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. + +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters +exceeding fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant +to behold, yet passed not the measure of human praise, while such was +the loveliness of the [62] youngest that men's speech was too poor to +commend it worthily and could express it not at all. Many of the +citizens and of strangers, whom the fame of this excellent vision had +gathered thither, confounded by that matchless beauty, could but kiss +the finger-tips of their right hands at sight of her, as in adoration +to the goddess Venus herself. And soon a rumour passed through the +country that she whom the blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine +dignity, was even then moving among men, or that by some fresh +germination from the stars, not the sea now, but the earth, had put +forth a new Venus, endued with the flower of virginity. + +This belief, with the fame of the maiden's loveliness, went daily +further into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together to +behold that glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to Paphos, +to Cnidus or Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: her sacred +rites were neglected, her images stood uncrowned, the cold ashes were +left to disfigure her forsaken altars. It was to a maiden that men's +prayers were offered, to a human countenance they looked, in +propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went forth in the +morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to that +unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This conveyance of +divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger of the true +Venus. "Lo! now, the ancient [63] parent of nature," she cried, "the +fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign mother of the +world, sharing my honours with a mortal maiden, while my name, built up +in heaven, is profaned by the mean things of earth! Shall a perishable +woman bear my image about with her? In vain did the shepherd of Ida +prefer me! Yet shall she have little joy, whosoever she be, of her +usurped and unlawful loveliness!" Thereupon she called to her that +winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who wanders armed by night through +men's houses, spoiling their marriages; and stirring yet more by her +speech his inborn wantonness, she led him to the city, and showed him +Psyche as she walked. + +"I pray thee," she said, "give thy mother a full revenge. Let this +maid become the slave of an unworthy love." Then, embracing him +closely, she departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest +of the wave. And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are in +waiting: the daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and +Portunus, and Salacia, and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a +host of Tritons leaping through the billows. And one blows softly +through his sounding sea-shell, another spreads a silken web against +the sun, a third presents the mirror to the eyes of his mistress, while +the others swim side by side below, drawing her chariot. Such was the +escort of Venus as she went upon the sea. + +[64] Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. +All people regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It +was but as on the finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon +that divine likeness. Her sisters, less fair than she, were happily +wedded. She, even as a widow, sitting at home, wept over her +desolation, hating in her heart the beauty in which all men were +pleased. + +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle of +Apollo, and Apollo answered him thus: "Let the damsel be placed on the +top of a certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and of +death. Look not for a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that evil +serpent-thing, by reason of whom even the gods tremble and the shadows +of Styx are afraid." + +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For +many days she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine +precept is urgent upon her, and the company make ready to conduct the +maiden to her deadly bridal. And now the nuptial torch gathers dark +smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the pipe is changed into a cry: +the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: below her yellow +wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the whole +city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken house. + +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, +and, these solemnities [65] being ended, the funeral of the living soul +goes forth, all the people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, +assists not at her marriage but at her own obsequies, and while the +parents hesitate to accomplish a thing so unholy the daughter cries to +them: "Wherefore torment your luckless age by long weeping? This was +the prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people celebrated us +with divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was then +ye should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I understand that +that one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and set me upon the +appointed place. I am in haste to submit to that well-omened marriage, +to behold that goodly spouse. Why delay the coming of him who was born +for the destruction of the whole world?" + +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they proceeded +to the appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there the maiden +alone, and took their way homewards dejectedly. The wretched parents, +in their close-shut house, yielded themselves to perpetual night; while +to Psyche, fearful and trembling and weeping sore upon the +mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He lifts her mildly, and, +with vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own soft breathing +over the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly among the flowers +in the bosom of a valley below. + +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying [66] sweetly on her dewy +bed, rested from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. And lo! +a grove of mighty trees, with a fount of water, clear as glass, in the +midst; and hard by the water, a dwelling-place, built not by human +hands but by some divine cunning. One recognised, even at the +entering, the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden pillars sustained +the roof, arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. The walls were +hidden under wrought silver:--all tame and woodland creatures leaping +forward to the visitor's gaze. Wonderful indeed was the craftsman, +divine or half-divine, who by the subtlety of his art had breathed so +wild a soul into the silver! The very pavement was distinct with +pictures in goodly stones. In the glow of its precious metal the house +is its own daylight, having no need of the sun. Well might it seem a +place fashioned for the conversation of gods with men! + +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her courage +growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired the +beautiful things she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no +chain, nor living guardian protected that great treasure house. But as +she gazed there came a voice--a voice, as it were unclothed of bodily +vesture--"Mistress!" it said, "all these things are thine. Lie down, +and relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when thou wilt. +We thy servants, whose [67] voice thou hearest, will be beforehand with +our service, and a royal feast shall be ready." + +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, +refreshed with sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she +saw no one: only she heard words falling here and there, and had voices +alone to serve her. And the feast being ended, one entered the chamber +and sang to her unseen, while another struck the chords of a harp, +invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards the sound of a company +singing together came to her, but still so that none were present to +sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of singers was there. + +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and as +the night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency +approaches her. Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great solitude, +she trembled, and more than any evil she knew dreaded that she knew +not. And now the husband, that unknown husband, drew near, and +ascended the couch, and made her his wife; and lo! before the rise of +dawn he had departed hastily. And the attendant voices ministered to +the needs of the newly married. And so it happened with her for a long +season. And as nature has willed, this new thing, by continual use, +became a delight to her: the sound of the voice grew to be her solace +in that condition of loneliness and uncertainty. + +[68] One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, "O Psyche, +most pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens +thee with mortal peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy +death and seeking some trace of thee, will come to the mountain's top. +But if by chance their cries reach thee, answer not, neither look forth +at all, lest thou bring sorrow upon me and destruction upon thyself." +Then Psyche promised that she would do according to his will. But the +bridegroom was fled away again with the night. And all that day she +spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead indeed, shut up in that +golden prison, powerless to console her sisters sorrowing after her, or +to see their faces; and so went to rest weeping. + +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, +and embracing her as she wept, complained, "Was this thy promise, my +Psyche? What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy +husband thou ceasest not from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge +thine own desire, though it seeks what will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou +remember my warning, repentant too late." Then, protesting that she is +like to die, she obtains from him that he suffer her to see her +sisters, and present to them moreover what gifts she would of golden +ornaments; but therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, +yielding to pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily form, +lest she fall, [69] through unholy curiosity, from so great a height of +fortune, nor feel ever his embrace again. "I would die a hundred +times," she said, cheerful at last, "rather than be deprived of thy +most sweet usage. I love thee as my own soul, beyond comparison even +with Love himself. Only bid thy servant Zephyrus bring hither my +sisters, as he brought me. My honeycomb! My husband! Thy Psyche's +breath of life!" So he promised; and after the embraces of the night, +ere the light appeared, vanished from the hands of his bride. + +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept +loudly among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the sound +came down to her, and running out of the palace distraught, she cried, +"Wherefore afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you mourn am +here." Then, summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her husband's +bidding; and he bare them down with a gentle blast. "Enter now," she +said, "into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the company of Psyche +your sister." + +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, and +its great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the malice +which was already at their hearts. And at last one of them asks +curiously who the lord of that celestial array may be, and what manner +of man her husband? And Psyche [70] answered dissemblingly, "A young +man, handsome and mannerly, with a goodly beard. For the most part he +hunts upon the mountains." And lest the secret should slip from her in +the way of further speech, loading her sisters with gold and gems, she +commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. + +And they returned home, on fire with envy. "See now the injustice of +fortune!" cried one. "We, the elder children, are given like servants +to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is possessed of so +great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. You saw, Sister! what +a hoard of wealth lies in the house; what glittering gowns; what +splendour of precious gems, besides all that gold trodden under foot. +If she indeed hath, as she said, a bridegroom so goodly, then no one in +all the world is happier. And it may be that this husband, being of +divine nature, will make her too a goddess. Nay! so in truth it is. It +was even thus she bore herself. Already she looks aloft and breathes +divinity, who, though but a woman, has voices for her handmaidens, and +can command the winds." "Think," answered the other, "how arrogantly +she dealt with us, grudging us these trifling gifts out of all that +store, and when our company became a burden, causing us to be hissed +and driven away from her through the air! But I am no woman if she +keep her hold on this great fortune; and if the insult done us has +touched [71] thee too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold +our peace, and know naught of her, alive or dead. For they are not +truly happy of whose happiness other folk are unaware." + +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second +time, as he talks with her by night: "Seest thou what peril besets +thee? Those cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of +which the sum is that they persuade thee to search into the fashion of +my countenance, the seeing of which, as I have told thee often, will be +the seeing of it no more for ever. But do thou neither listen nor make +answer to aught regarding thy husband. Besides, we have sown also the +seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with a child to be born to +us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of divine quality; if thou +profane it, subject to death." And Psyche was glad at the tidings, +rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, and in the glory of that +pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the name of mother. Anxiously +she notes the increase of the days, the waning months. And again, as +he tarries briefly beside her, the bridegroom repeats his warning: + +"Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. Have +pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not those evil +women again." But the sisters make their way into the palace once +more, crying to her in [72] wily tones, "O Psyche! and thou too wilt be +a mother! How great will be the joy at home! Happy indeed shall we be +to have the nursing of the golden child. Truly if he be answerable to +the beauty of his parents, it will be a birth of Cupid himself." + +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. She, +meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the playing is +heard: she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and the music and +the singing come invisibly, soothing the mind of the listener with +sweetest modulation. Yet not even thereby was their malice put to +sleep: once more they seek to know what manner of husband she has, and +whence that seed. And Psyche, simple over-much, forgetful of her first +story, answers, "My husband comes from a far country, trading for great +sums. He is already of middle age, with whitening locks." And +therewith she dismisses them again. + +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the +other, "What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man +with goodly beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a +false tale: else is she in very truth ignorant what manner of man he +is. Howsoever it be, let us destroy her quickly. For if she indeed +knows not, be sure that her bridegroom is one of the gods: it is a god +she bears in her womb. And let [73] that be far from us! If she be +called mother of a god, then will life be more than I can bear." + +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to her +craftily, "Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy real +danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that comes to +sleep at thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which declared +thee destined to a cruel beast. There are those who have seen it at +nightfall, coming back from its feeding. In no long time, they say, it +will end its blandishments. It but waits for the babe to be formed in +thee, that it may devour thee by so much the richer. If indeed the +solitude of this musical place, or it may be the loathsome commerce of +a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in sisterly piety have done +our part." And at last the unhappy Psyche, simple and frail of soul, +carried away by the terror of their words, losing memory of her +husband's precepts and her own promise, brought upon herself a great +calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she answers them, "And they who +tell those things, it may be, speak the truth. For in very deed never +have I seen the face of my husband, nor know I at all what manner of +man he is. Always he frights me diligently from the sight of him, +threatening some great evil should I too curiously look upon his face. +Do ye, if ye can help your sister in her great peril, stand by her now." + +[74] Her sisters answered her, "The way of safety we have well +considered, and will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in +that part of the couch where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp +filled with oil, and set it Privily behind the curtain. And when he +shall have drawn up his coils into the accustomed place, and thou +hearest him breathe in sleep, slip then from his side and discover the +lamp, and, knife in hand, put forth thy strength, and strike off the +serpent's head." And so they departed in haste. + +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is +tossed up and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and though +her will is firm, yet, in the moment of putting hand to the deed, she +falters, and is torn asunder by various apprehension of the great +calamity upon her. She hastens and anon delays, now full of distrust, +and now of angry courage: under one bodily form she loathes the monster +and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in the night; and at +length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. Darkness came, +and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint essay of love, falls +into a deep sleep. + +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny assisting +her, is confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife in hand, +she put by her sex; and lo! as the secrets of the bed became manifest, +the sweetest and most gentle of all creatures, Love himself, reclined +[75] there, in his own proper loveliness! At sight of him the very +flame of the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche was afraid at the +vision, and, faint of soul, trembled back upon her knees, and would +have hidden the steel in her own bosom. But the knife slipped from her +hand; and now, undone, yet ofttimes looking upon the beauty of that +divine countenance, she lives again. She sees the locks of that golden +head, pleasant with the unction of the gods, shed down in graceful +entanglement behind and before, about the ruddy cheeks and white +throat. The pinions of the winged god, yet fresh with the dew, are +spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate plumage wavering over them as +they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, touched with light, worthy of +Venus his mother. At the foot of the couch lay his bow and arrows, the +instruments of his power, propitious to men. + +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, +and trying the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the +barb, so that a drop of blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own +act, and unaware, into the love of Love. Falling upon the bridegroom, +with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses from eager and open lips, she +shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep might be. And it chanced +that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp upon the god's shoulder. +Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to wound him from whom [76] all +fire comes; though 'twas a lover, I trow, first devised thee, to have +the fruit of his desire even in the darkness! At the touch of the fire +the god started up, and beholding the overthrow of her faith, quietly +took flight from her embraces. + +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two +hands, hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she sinks +to the earth through weariness. And as she lay there, the divine +lover, tarrying still, lighted upon a cypress tree which grew near, +and, from the top of it, spake thus to her, in great emotion. "Foolish +one! unmindful of the command of Venus, my mother, who had devoted thee +to one of base degree, I fled to thee in his stead. Now know I that +this was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced mine arrow, and I +made thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster beside thee--that +thou shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay the eyes so full of +love to thee! Again and again, I thought to put thee on thy guard +concerning these things, and warned thee in loving-kindness. Now I +would but punish thee by my flight hence." And therewith he winged his +way into the deep sky. + +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might +reach the flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the +breadth of space had parted him wholly from her, cast herself down from +the bank of a river [77] which was nigh. But the stream, turning +gentle in honour of the god, put her forth again unhurt upon its +margin. And as it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was sitting just then +by the waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the goddess Canna; +teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of slender sound. Hard +by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the shaggy god called her, +wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, "I am but a rustic +herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my great age and long +experience; and if I guess truly by those faltering steps, by thy +sorrowful eyes and continual sighing, thou labourest with excess of +love. Listen then to me, and seek not death again, in the stream or +otherwise. Put aside thy woe, and turn thy prayers to Cupid. He is in +truth a delicate youth: win him by the delicacy of thy service." + +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a +reverence to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, in +her search after Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying in +the chamber of his mother, heart-sick. And the white bird which floats +over the waves plunged in haste into the sea, and approaching Venus, as +she bathed, made known to her that her son lies afflicted with some +grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, angrily, "My son, +then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched away [78] my +beauty and was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!" + +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden chamber, +found there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from the +doorway, "Well done, truly! to trample thy mother's precepts under +foot, to spare my enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, unite her +to thyself, child as thou art, that I might have a daughter-in-law who +hates me! I will make thee repent of thy sport, and the savour of thy +marriage bitter. There is one who shall chasten this body of thine, +put out thy torch and unstring thy bow. Not till she has plucked forth +that hair, into which so oft these hands have smoothed the golden +light, and sheared away thy wings, shall I feel the injury done me +avenged." And with this she hastened in anger from the doors. + +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her +troubled countenance. "Ye come in season," she cried; "I pray you, +find for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace +of my house." And they, ignorant of what was done, would have soothed +her anger, saying, "What fault, Mistress, hath thy son committed, that +thou wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou not that he is +now of age? Because he wears his years so lightly must he seem to thee +ever but a child? Wilt thou for ever thus pry into the [79] pastimes +of thy son, always accusing his wantonness, and blaming in him those +delicate wiles which are all thine own?" Thus, in secret fear of the +boy's bow, did they seek to please him with their gracious patronage. +But Venus, angry at their light taking of her wrongs, turned her back +upon them, and with hasty steps made her way once more to the sea. + +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested +not night or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she might +not sooth his anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least to +propitiate him with the prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a certain +temple on the top of a high mountain, she said, "Who knows whether +yonder place be not the abode of my lord?" Thither, therefore, she +turned her steps, hastening now the more because desire and hope +pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours of the way, and so, +painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the mountain, drew near +to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, in heaps or twisted +into chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles and all the +instruments of harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown at random from +the hands of the labourers in the great heat. These she curiously sets +apart, one by one, duly ordering them; for she said within herself, "I +may not neglect the shrines, nor the holy service, of any god there be, +but must rather [80] win by supplication the kindly mercy of them all." + +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, +"Alas, Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy +footsteps through the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost +penalty; and thou, thinking of anything rather than thine own safety, +hast taken on thee the care of what belongs to me!" Then Psyche fell +down at her feet, and sweeping the floor with her hair, washing the +footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her mercy, with many +prayers:--"By the gladdening rites of harvest, by the lighted lamps and +mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention of thy daughter +Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica veils in +silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of Psyche! +Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps of corn, +till time have softened the anger of the goddess, and my strength, +out-worn in my long travail, be recovered by a little rest." + +But Ceres answered her, "Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain help +thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. Depart hence +as quickly as may be." And Psyche, repelled against hope, afflicted +now with twofold sorrow, making her way back again, beheld among the +half-lighted woods of the valley below a sanctuary builded with cunning +[81] art. And that she might lose no way of hope, howsoever doubtful, +she drew near to the sacred doors. She sees there gifts of price, and +garments fixed upon the door-posts and to the branches of the trees, +wrought with letters of gold which told the name of the goddess to whom +they were dedicated, with thanksgiving for that she had done. So, with +bent knee and hands laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, +"Sister and spouse of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate fortune's +Juno the Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those in +travail with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me." And as +she prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway +present, and answered, "Would that I might incline favourably to thee; +but against the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a daughter, I +may not, for very shame, grant thy prayer." + +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus +with herself, "Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, +shall I take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me +from the all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man's +courage, and yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a +humility not yet too late the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows but +that I may find him also whom my soul seeketh after, in the abode of +his mother?" + +[82] And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to +return to heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought +for her by Vulcan as a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which had +left his work so much the richer by the weight of gold it lost under +his tool. From the multitude which housed about the bed-chamber of +their mistress, white doves came forth, and with joyful motions bent +their painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with playful riot, +the sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of song, making known +by their soft notes the approach of the goddess. Eagle and cruel hawk +alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And the clouds broke away, +as the uttermost ether opened to receive her, daughter and goddess, +with great joy. + +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him +the service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not her +prayer. And Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; and as +they went, the former said to the latter, "Thou knowest, my brother of +Arcady, that never at any time have I done anything without thy help; +for how long time, moreover, I have sought a certain maiden in vain. +And now naught remains but that, by thy heraldry, I proclaim a reward +for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou my bidding quickly." And +therewith [83] she conveyed to him a little scrip, in the which was +written the name of Psyche, with other things; and so returned home. + +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, +proclaimed that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, +should receive from herself seven kisses--one thereof full of the +inmost honey of her throat. With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. +And now, as she came near to the doors of Venus, one of the household, +whose name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, crying, "Hast thou +learned, Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a mistress?" And +seizing her roughly by the hair, drew her into the presence of Venus. +And when Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, "Thou hast deigned then +to make thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will I in turn treat +thee as becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!" + +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain and +seed, and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: "Methinks +so plain a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious ministry: now +will I also make trial of thy service. Sort me this heap of seed, the +one kind from the others, grain by grain; and get thy task done before +the evening." And Psyche, stunned by the cruelty of her bidding, was +silent, and moved not her hand to the inextricable heap. And there +came [84] forth a little ant, which had understanding of the difficulty +of her task, and took pity upon the consort of the god of Love; and he +ran deftly hither and thither, and called together the whole army of +his fellows. "Have pity," he cried, "nimble scholars of the Earth, +Mother of all things!--have pity upon the wife of Love, and hasten to +help her in her perilous effort." Then, one upon the other, the hosts +of the insect people hurried together; and they sorted asunder the +whole heap of seed, separating every grain after its kind, and so +departed quickly out of sight. + +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with so +wonderful diligence, she cried, "The work is not thine, thou naughty +maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour." And calling her +again in the morning, "See now the grove," she said, "beyond yonder +torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces shine with gold. +Fetch me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, having gotten it as +thou mayst." + +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, but +even to seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. But +from the river, the green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to her: "O +Psyche! pollute not these waters by self-destruction, nor approach that +terrible flock; for, as the heat groweth, they wax fierce. Lie down +under yon plane-tree, till the [85] quiet of the river's breath have +soothed them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down the fleecy gold from +the trees of the grove, for it holdeth by the leaves." + +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of its +heart, filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned to +Venus. But the goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, "Well know I +who was the author of this thing also. I will make further trial of +thy discretion, and the boldness of thy heart. Seest thou the utmost +peak of yonder steep mountain? The dark stream which flows down thence +waters the Stygian fields, and swells the flood of Cocytus. Bring me +now, in this little urn, a draught from its innermost source." And +therewith she put into her hands a vessel of wrought crystal. + +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking there +at last to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came to the +region which borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she +understood the deadly nature of her task. From a great rock, steep and +slippery, a horrible river of water poured forth, falling straightway +by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen gulf below. And lo! +creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, with their long +necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice and bade her +depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and [86] What doest thou +here? Look around thee! and Destruction is upon thee! And then sense +left her, in the immensity of her peril, as one changed to stone. + +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the +steady eye of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread his +wings and took flight to her, and asked her, "Didst thou think, simple +one, even thou! that thou couldst steal one drop of that relentless +stream, the holy river of Styx, terrible even to the gods? But give me +thine urn." And the bird took the urn, and filled it at the source, +and returned to her quickly from among the teeth of the serpents, +bringing with him of the waters, all unwilling--nay! warning him to +depart away and not molest them. + +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she +might deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry +goddess. "My child!" she said, "in this one thing further must thou +serve me. Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto hell, +and deliver it to Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have of her +beauty so much at least as may suffice for but one day's use, that +beauty she possessed erewhile being foreworn and spoiled, through her +tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; and be not slow in returning." + +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune--that she was +now thrust openly [87] upon death, who must go down, of her own motion, +to Hades and the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the top of an +exceeding high tower, thinking within herself, "I will cast myself down +thence: so shall I descend most quickly into the kingdom of the dead." +And the tower again, broke forth into speech: "Wretched Maid! Wretched +Maid! Wilt thou destroy thyself? If the breath quit thy body, then +wilt thou indeed go down into Hades, but by no means return hither. +Listen to me. Among the pathless wilds not far from this place lies a +certain mountain, and therein one of hell's vent-holes. Through the +breach a rough way lies open, following which thou wilt come, by +straight course, to the castle of Orcus. And thou must not go +empty-handed. Take in each hand a morsel of barley-bread, soaked in +hydromel; and in thy mouth two pieces of money. And when thou shalt be +now well onward in the way of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass +laden with wood, and a lame driver, who will pray thee reach him +certain cords to fasten the burden which is falling from the ass: but +be thou cautious to pass on in silence. And soon as thou comest to the +river of the dead, Charon, in that crazy bark he hath, will put thee +over upon the further side. There is greed even among the dead: and +thou shalt deliver to him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces of +money, in such wise that he take [88] it with his hand from between thy +lips. And as thou passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on +the water, will put up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee draw +him into the ferry-boat. But beware thou yield not to unlawful pity. + +"When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain aged +women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their work; and +beware again that thou take no part therein; for this also is the snare +of Venus, whereby she would cause thee to cast away one at least of +those cakes thou bearest in thy hands. And think not that a slight +matter; for the loss of either one of them will be to thee the losing +of the light of day. For a watch-dog exceeding fierce lies ever before +the threshold of that lonely house of Proserpine. Close his mouth with +one of thy cakes; so shalt thou pass by him, and enter straightway into +the presence of Proserpine herself. Then do thou deliver thy message, +and taking what she shall give thee, return back again; offering to the +watch-dog the other cake, and to the ferryman that other piece of money +thou hast in thy mouth. After this manner mayst thou return again +beneath the stars. But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, +nor open, the casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of +the divine countenance hidden therein." + +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche [89] delayed not, but +proceeding diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the house +of Proserpine, at whose feet she sat down humbly, and would neither the +delicate couch nor that divine food the goddess offered her, but did +straightway the business of Venus. And Proserpine filled the casket +secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to Psyche, who fled +therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming back into the light +of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of her service, she was +seized by a rash curiosity. "Lo! now," she said within herself, "my +simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine loveliness, heed not to +touch myself with a particle at least therefrom, that I may please the +more, by the favour of it, my fair one, my beloved." Even as she +spoke, she lifted the lid; and behold! within, neither beauty, nor +anything beside, save sleep only, the sleep of the dead, which took +hold upon her, filling all her members with its drowsy vapour, so that +she lay down in the way and moved not, as in the slumber of death. + +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no longer +the absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window of the +chamber wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired by a +little rest, fled forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the place +where Psyche was, shook that sleep away from her, and set him in his +prison again, awaking her with the [90] innocent point of his arrow. +"Lo! thine old error again," he said, "which had like once more to have +destroyed thee! But do thou now what is lacking of the command of my +mother: the rest shall be my care." With these words, the lover rose +upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the greatness of his +love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest place of heaven, +to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And the father of gods +took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said to him, "At no time, +my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. Often hast thou vexed my +bosom, wherein lies the disposition of the stars, with those busy darts +of thine. Nevertheless, because thou hast grown up between these mine +hands, I will accomplish thy desire." And straightway he bade Mercury +call the gods together; and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting +upon a high throne, "Ye gods," he said, "all ye whose names are in the +white book of the Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that +his youthful heats should by some means be restrained. And that all +occasion may be taken from him, I would even confine him in the bonds +of marriage. He has chosen and embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have +fruit of his love, and possess her for ever." + +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out to +her his ambrosial cup, "Take it," he said, "and live for ever; [91] nor +shall Cupid ever depart from thee." And the gods sat down together to +the marriage-feast. + +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His +rustic serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. +The Seasons crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to the +lyre, while a little Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced very +sweetly to the soft music. Thus, with due rites, did Psyche pass into +the power of Cupid; and from them was born the daughter whom men call +Voluptas. + + + +CHAPTER VI: EUPHUISM + +[92] So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, with +an expression changed in some ways from the original and on the whole +graver. The petulant, boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more like +that "Lord, of terrible aspect," who stood at Dante's bedside and wept, +or had at least grown to the manly earnestness of the Eros of +Praxiteles. Set in relief amid the coarser matter of the book, this +episode of Cupid and Psyche served to combine many lines of meditation, +already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of a perfect imaginative +love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless and clean--an +ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, though he valued it +at various times in different degrees. The human body in its beauty, +as the highest potency of all the beauty of material objects, seemed to +him just then to be matter no longer, but, having taken celestial fire, +to assert itself as indeed the true, though visible, [93] soul or +spirit in things. In contrast with that ideal, in all the pure +brilliancy, and as it were in the happy light, of youth and morning and +the springtide, men's actual loves, with which at many points the book +brings one into close contact, might appear to him, like the general +tenor of their lives, to be somewhat mean and sordid. The hiddenness +of perfect things: a shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of diffidence +like that expressed in Psyche's so tremulous hope concerning the child +to be born of the husband she had never yet seen--"in the face of this +little child, at the least, shall I apprehend thine"--in hoc saltem +parvulo cognoscam faciem tuam: the fatality which seems to haunt any +signal+ beauty, whether moral or physical, as if it were in itself +something illicit and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so often +excites in the vulgar:--these were some of the impressions, forming, as +they do, a constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, +from Medusa and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A +book, like a person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in +the precise moment of its falling in our way, and often by some happy +accident counts with us for something more than its independent value. +The Metamorphoses of Apuleius, coming to Marius just then, figured for +him as indeed The Golden Book: he felt a sort of personal gratitude to +its writer, and saw in it doubtless [94] far more than was really there +for any other reader. It occupied always a peculiar place in his +remembrance, never quite losing its power in frequent return to it for +the revival of that first glowing impression. + +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it stimulated +the literary ambition, already so strong a motive with him, by a signal +example of success, and made him more than ever an ardent, +indefatigable student of words, of the means or instrument of the +literary art. The secrets of utterance, of expression itself, of that +through which alone any intellectual or spiritual power within one can +actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm them to one's +side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in immediate connexion +with that desire for predominance, for the satisfaction of which +another might have relied on the acquisition and display of brilliant +military qualities. In him, a fine instinctive sentiment of the exact +value and power of words was connate with the eager longing for sway +over his fellows. He saw himself already a gallant and effective +leader, innovating or conservative as occasion might require, in the +rehabilitation of the mother-tongue, then fallen so tarnished and +languid; yet the sole object, as he mused within himself, of the only +sort of patriotic feeling proper, or possible, for one born of slaves. +The popular speech was gradually departing from the form [95] and rule +of literary language, a language always and increasingly artificial. +While the learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously +pedantic, the colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand +chance-tost gems of racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at +least ungathered by what claimed to be classical Latin. The time was +coming when neither the pedants nor the people would really understand +Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this new writer, Apuleius, +who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, which had been a +fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits since the days of +Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. + +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself +would be a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its +dealing with the instrument of the literary art; partly popular and +revolutionary, asserting, so to term them, the rights of the +proletariate of speech. More than fifty years before, the younger +Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power of the Latin +tongue, had said,--"I am one of those who admire the ancients, yet I do +not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius which our +own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if weary and +effete, no longer produces what is admirable." And he, Flavian, would +prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus indicated. In +[96] his eagerness for a not too distant fame, he dreamed over all +that, as the young Caesar may have dreamed of campaigns. Others might +brutalise or neglect the native speech, that true "open field" for +charm and sway over men. He would make of it a serious study, weighing +the precise power of every phrase and word, as though it were precious +metal, disentangling the later associations and going back to the +original and native sense of each,--restoring to full significance all +its wealth of latent figurative expression, reviving or replacing its +outworn or tarnished images. Latin literature and the Latin tongue +were dying of routine and languor; and what was necessary, first of +all, was to re-establish the natural and direct relationship between +thought and expression, between the sensation and the term, and restore +to words their primitive power. + +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, +were to be the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly +impressed, in the first place; and in the next, to find the means of +making visible to others that which was vividly apparent, delightful, +of lively interest to himself, to the exclusion of all that was but +middling, tame, or only half-true even to him--this scrupulousness of +literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for the first time, a sort of +chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what patience of +execution! what research for the significant [97] tones of ancient +idiom--sonantia verba et antiqua! What stately and regular +word-building--gravis et decora constructio! He felt the whole meaning +of the sceptical Pliny's somewhat melancholy advice to one of his +friends, that he should seek in literature deliverance from +mortality--ut studiis se literarum a mortalitate vindicet. And there +was everything in the nature and the training of Marius to make him a +full participator in the hopes of such a new literary school, with +Flavian for its leader. In the refinements of that curious spirit, in +its horror of profanities, its fastidious sense of a correctness in +external form, there was something which ministered to the old ritual +interest, still surviving in him; as if here indeed were involved a +kind of sacred service to the mother-tongue. + +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in +which the literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties +towards language, towards the instrument of expression: in fact it does +but modify a little the principles of all effective expression at all +times. 'Tis art's function to conceal itself: ars est celare +artem:--is a saying, which, exaggerated by inexact quotation, has +perhaps been oftenest and most confidently quoted by those who have had +little literary or other art to conceal; and from the very beginning of +professional literature, the "labour of the file"--a labour in the case +of Plato, for instance, or Virgil, like [98] that of the oldest of +goldsmiths as described by Apuleius, enriching the work by far more +than the weight of precious metal it removed--has always had its +function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later examples of it, this Roman +Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty in writing--es kallos +graphein+--might lapse into its characteristic fopperies or mannerisms, +into the "defects of its qualities," in truth, not wholly unpleasing +perhaps, or at least excusable, when looked at as but the toys (so +Cicero calls them), the strictly congenial and appropriate toys, of an +assiduously cultivated age, which could not help being polite, +critical, self-conscious. The mere love of novelty also had, of +course, its part there: as with the Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, +and of the modern French romanticists, its neologies were the ground of +one of the favourite charges against it; though indeed, as regards +these tricks of taste also, there is nothing new, but a quaint family +likeness rather, between the Euphuists of successive ages. Here, as +elsewhere, the power of "fashion," as it is called, is but one minor +form, slight enough, it may be, yet distinctly symptomatic, of that +deeper yearning of human nature towards ideal perfection, which is a +continuous force in it; and since in this direction too human nature is +limited, such fashions must necessarily reproduce themselves. Among +other resemblances to later growths of Euphuism, its archaisms on the +one hand, and [99] its neologies on the other, the Euphuism of the +days of Marcus Aurelius had, in the composition of verse, its fancy for +the refrain. It was a snatch from a popular chorus, something he had +heard sounding all over the town of Pisa one April night, one of the +first bland and summer-like nights of the year, that Flavian had chosen +for the refrain of a poem he was then pondering--the Pervigilium +Veneris--the vigil, or "nocturn," of Venus. + +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant +part in the little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are +playing in all ages, would ask, suspecting some affectation or +unreality in that minute culture of form:--Cannot those who have a +thing to say, say it directly? Why not be simple and broad, like the +old writers of Greece? And this challenge had at least the effect of +setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation as it lay +between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek +genius, in literature as in everything else, was the entire absence of +imitation in its productions. How had the burden of precedent, laid +upon every artist, increased since then! It was all around one:--that +smoothly built world of old classical taste, an accomplished fact, with +overwhelming authority on every detail of the conduct of one's [100] +work. With no fardel on its own back, yet so imperious towards those +who came labouring after it, Hellas, in its early freshness, looked as +distant from him even then as it does from ourselves. There might seem +to be no place left for novelty or originality,--place only for a +patient, an infinite, faultlessness. On this question too Flavian +passed through a world of curious art-casuistries, of self-tormenting, +at the threshold of his work. Was poetic beauty a thing ever one and +the same, a type absolute; or, changing always with the soul of time +itself, did it depend upon the taste, the peculiar trick of +apprehension, the fashion, as we say, of each successive age? Might +one recover that old, earlier sense of it, that earlier manner, in a +masterly effort to recall all the complexities of the life, moral and +intellectual, of the earlier age to which it had belonged? Had there +been really bad ages in art or literature? Were all ages, even those +earliest, adventurous, matutinal days, in themselves equally poetical +or unpoetical; and poetry, the literary beauty, the poetic ideal, +always but a borrowed light upon men's actual life? + +Homer had said-- + + Hoi d' hote de limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en nei melaine... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phegmini thalasses.+ + +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was +always telling [101] things after this manner. And one might think +there had been no effort in it: that here was but the almost mechanical +transcript of a time, naturally, intrinsically, poetic, a time in which +one could hardly have spoken at all without ideal effect, or, the +sailors pulled down their boat without making a picture in "the great +style," against a sky charged with marvels. Must not the mere prose of +an age, itself thus ideal, have counted for more than half of Homer's +poetry? Or might the closer student discover even here, even in Homer, +the really mediatorial function of the poet, as between the reader and +the actual matter of his experience; the poet waiting, so to speak, in +an age which had felt itself trite and commonplace enough, on his +opportunity for the touch of "golden alchemy," or at least for the +pleasantly lighted side of things themselves? Might not another, in +one's own prosaic and used-up time, so uneventful as it had been +through the long reign of these quiet Antonines, in like manner, +discover his ideal, by a due waiting upon it? Would not a future +generation, looking back upon this, under the power of the +enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to view, in contrast with its +own languor--the languor that for some reason (concerning which +Augustine will one day have his view) seemed to haunt men always? Had +Homer, even, appeared unreal and affected in his poetic flight, to some +of the people of his own age, [102] as seemed to happen with every new +literature in turn? In any case, the intellectual conditions of early +Greece had been--how different from these! And a true literary tact +would accept that difference in forming the primary conception of the +literary function at a later time. Perhaps the utmost one could get by +conscious effort, in the way of a reaction or return to the conditions +of an earlier and fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial +artlessness, naivete; and this quality too might have its measure of +euphuistic charm, direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in +comparison with that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not +as the freshness of the open fields, but only of a bunch of +field-flowers in a heated room. + +There was, meantime, all this:--on one side, the old pagan culture, for +us but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, still a +living, united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, its thought, +its religions, its sagacious forms of polity, that so weighty authority +it exercised on every point, being in reality only the measure of its +charm for every one: on the other side, the actual world in all its +eager self-assertion, with Flavian himself, in his boundless animation, +there, at the centre of the situation. From the natural defects, from +the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous cultivation of manner, he +was saved by the consciousness that he had a matter to present, very +real, [103] at least to him. That preoccupation of the dilettante with +what might seem mere details of form, after all, did but serve the +purpose of bringing to the surface, sincerely and in their integrity, +certain strong personal intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of +things as really being, with important results, thus, rather than +thus,--intuitions which the artistic or literary faculty was called +upon to follow, with the exactness of wax or clay, clothing the model +within. Flavian too, with his fine clear mastery of the practically +effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as axiomatic in +literature: that to know when one's self is interested, is the first +condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the +forcible apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the +selection of his intellectual food; often listless while others read or +gazed diligently; never pretending to be moved out of mere complaisance +to people's emotions: it served to foster in him a very scrupulous +literary sincerity with himself. And it was this uncompromising demand +for a matter, in all art, derived immediately from lively personal +intuition, this constant appeal to individual judgment, which saved his +euphuism, even at its weakest, from lapsing into mere artifice. + +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess +Venus, the work of [104] his earlier manhood, and designed originally +to open an argument less persistently sombre than that protest against +the whole pagan heaven which actually follows it? It is certainly the +most typical expression of a mood, still incident to the young poet, as +a thing peculiar to his youth, when he feels the sentimental current +setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as a matter of purely +physical excitement, that he can hardly distinguish it from the +animation of external nature, the upswelling of the seed in the earth, +and of the sap through the trees. Flavian, to whom, again, as to his +later euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology seemed as full of untried, +unexpressed motives and interest as human life itself, had long been +occupied with a kind of mystic hymn to the vernal principle of life in +things; a composition shaping itself, little by little, out of a +thousand dim perceptions, into singularly definite form (definite and +firm as fine-art in metal, thought Marius) for which, as I said, he had +caught his "refrain," from the lips of the young men, singing because +they could not help it, in the streets of Pisa. And as oftenest +happens also, with natures of genuinely poetic quality, those piecemeal +beginnings came suddenly to harmonious completeness among the fortunate +incidents, the physical heat and light, of one singularly happy day. + +It was one of the first hot days of March--"the sacred day"--on which, +from Pisa, as from [105] many another harbour on the Mediterranean, the +Ship of Isis went to sea, and every one walked down to the shore-side +to witness the freighting of the vessel, its launching and final +abandonment among the waves, as an object really devoted to the Great +Goddess, that new rival, or "double," of ancient Venus, and like her a +favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening next before, all the +world had been abroad to view the illumination of the river; the +stately lines of building being wreathed with hundreds of many-coloured +lamps. The young men had poured forth their chorus-- + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet-- + +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their +lanterned boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when +heavy rain-drops had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, +however, smiling and serene; and the long procession started betimes. +The river, curving slightly, with the smoothly paved streets on either +side, between its low marble parapet and the fair dwelling-houses, +formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, accompanied +throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took its course up +one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge up-stream, and +down the other, to the haven, every possible standing-place, out of +doors [106] and within, being crowded with sight-seers, of whom Marius +was one of the most eager, deeply interested in finding the spectacle +much as Apuleius had described it in his famous book. + +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly waving +back the assistants, made way for a number of women, scattering +perfumes. They were succeeded by a company of musicians, piping and +twanging, on instruments the strangest Marius had ever beheld, the +notes of a hymn, narrating the first origin of this votive rite to a +choir of youths, who marched behind them singing it. The tire-women and +other personal attendants of the great goddess came next, bearing the +instruments of their ministry, and various articles from the sacred +wardrobe, wrought of the most precious material; some of them with long +ivory combs, plying their hands in wild yet graceful concert of +movement as they went, in devout mimicry of the toilet. Placed in +their rear were the mirror-bearers of the goddess, carrying large +mirrors of beaten brass or silver, turned in such a way as to reflect +to the great body of worshippers who followed, the face of the +mysterious image, as it moved on its way, and their faces to it, as +though they were in fact advancing to meet the heavenly visitor. They +comprehended a multitude of both sexes and of all ages, already +initiated into the divine secret, clad in fair linen, the females +veiled, the males with shining [107] tonsures, and every one carrying a +sistrum--the richer sort of silver, a few very dainty persons of fine +gold--rattling the reeds, with a noise like the jargon of innumerable +birds and insects awakened from torpor and abroad in the spring sun. +Then, borne upon a kind of platform, came the goddess herself, +undulating above the heads of the multitude as the bearers walked, in +mystic robe embroidered with the moon and stars, bordered gracefully +with a fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a glittering crown +upon the head. The train of the procession consisted of the priests in +long white vestments, close from head to foot, distributed into various +groups, each bearing, exposed aloft, one of the sacred symbols of +Isis--the corn-fan, the golden asp, the ivory hand of equity, and among +them the votive ship itself, carved and gilt, and adorned bravely with +flags flying. Last of all walked the high priest; the people kneeling +as he passed to kiss his hand, in which were those well-remembered +roses. + +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, +lowered from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as +it could carry of the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in +great profusion by the worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon the +water, left the shore, crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a much +stouter vessel than itself with a crew of white-robed mariners, whose +[108] function it was, at the appointed moment, finally to desert it on +the open sea. + +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. +Flavian and Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a +wild spot on the bay, the traditional site of a little Greek colony, +which, having had its eager, stirring life at the time when Etruria was +still a power in Italy, had perished in the age of the civil wars. In +the absolute transparency of the air on this gracious day, an +infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with sparkling +clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves--Flavian at work +suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They reached land at +last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the sands, with a +tumble-down of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a little shrine of +Venus, fluttering and gay with the scarves and napkins and gilded +shells which these people had offered to the image. Flavian and Marius +sat down under the shadow of a mass of gray rock or ruin, where the +sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and talked of life in those old +Greek colonies. Of this place, all that remained, besides those rude +stones, was--a handful of silver coins, each with a head of pure and +archaic beauty, though a little cruel perhaps, supposed to represent +the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was formerly shown here--only these, and +an ancient song, the very strain which Flavian [109] had recovered in +those last months. They were records which spoke, certainly, of the +charm of life within those walls. How strong must have been the tide +of men's existence in that little republican town, so small that this +circle of gray stones, of service now only by the moisture they +gathered for the blue-flowering gentians among them, had been the line +of its rampart! An epitome of all that was liveliest, most animated +and adventurous, in the old Greek people of which it was an offshoot, +it had enhanced the effect of these gifts by concentration within +narrow limits. The band of "devoted youth,"--hiera neotes.+--of the +younger brothers, devoted to the gods and whatever luck the gods might +afford, because there was no room for them at home--went forth, bearing +the sacred flame from the mother hearth; itself a flame, of power to +consume the whole material of existence in clear light and heat, with +no smouldering residue. The life of those vanished townsmen, so +brilliant and revolutionary, applying so abundantly the personal +qualities which alone just then Marius seemed to value, associated +itself with the actual figure of his companion, standing there before +him, his face enthusiastic with the sudden thought of all that; and +struck him vividly as precisely the fitting opportunity for a nature +like his, so hungry for control, for ascendency over men. + +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits [110] flagged at last, on +the way home through the heavy dew of the evening, more than physical +fatigue in Flavian, who seemed to find no refreshment in the coolness. +There had been something feverish, perhaps, and like the beginning of +sickness, about his almost forced gaiety, in this sudden spasm of +spring; and by the evening of the next day he was lying with a burning +spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from the first, by the +terrible new disease. + +NOTES + +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint "singal." + +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: "To write +beautifully." + +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: + + Hoi d' hote de limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en nei melaine... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phegmini thalasses. + +Etext editor's translation: + + When they had safely made deep harbor + They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship... + And went ashore just past the breakers. + +109. +Transliteration: hiera neotes. Pater translates the phrase, +"devoted youth." + + + +CHAPTER VII: A PAGAN END + +[111] FOR the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor Marcus +Aurelius, returning in triumph from the East, had brought in his train, +among the enemies of Rome, one by no means a captive. People actually +sickened at a sudden touch of the unsuspected foe, as they watched in +dense crowds the pathetic or grotesque imagery of failure or success in +the triumphal procession. And, as usual, the plague brought with it a +power to develop all pre-existent germs of superstition. It was by +dishonour done to Apollo himself, said popular rumour--to Apollo, the +old titular divinity of pestilence, that the poisonous thing had come +abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer consecrated to the god, it had +escaped in the sacrilegious plundering of his temple at Seleucia by the +soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a traitorous surprise of that town and +a cruel massacre. Certainly there was something which baffled all +imaginable precautions and all medical science, in the suddenness [112] +with which the disease broke out simultaneously, here and there, among +both soldiers and citizens, even in places far remote from the main +line of its march in the rear of the victorious army. It seemed to +have invaded the whole empire, and some have even thought that, in a +mitigated form, it permanently remained there. In Rome itself many +thousands perished; and old authorities tell of farmsteads, whole +towns, and even entire neighbourhoods, which from that time continued +without inhabitants and lapsed into wildness or ruin. + +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in the +brain, fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to his +body. His head being relieved after a while, there was distress at the +chest. It was but the fatal course of the strange new sickness, under +many disguises; travelling from the brain to the feet, like a material +resident, weakening one after another of the organic centres; often, +when it did not kill, depositing various degrees of lifelong infirmity +in this member or that; and after such descent, returning upwards +again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving the entrenchments of the +fortress of life overturned, one by one, behind it. + +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful cough, +but relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the rich-scented +flowers--rare Paestum roses, and the like [113] --procured by Marius +for his solace, in a fancied convalescence; and would, at intervals, +return to labour at his verses, with a great eagerness to complete and +transcribe the work, while Marius sat and wrote at his dictation, one +of the latest but not the poorest specimens of genuine Latin poetry. + +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from the +thought of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the preliminary +pairing and mating together of all fresh things, in the hot and genial +spring-time--the immemorial nuptials of the soul of spring itself and +the brown earth; and was full of a delighted, mystic sense of what +passed between them in that fantastic marriage. That mystic burden was +relieved, at intervals, by the familiar playfulness of the Latin +verse-writer in dealing with mythology, which, though coming at so late +a day, had still a wonderful freshness in its old age.--"Amor has put +his weapons by and will keep holiday. He was bidden go without +apparel, that none might be wounded by his bow and arrows. But take +care! In truth he is none the less armed than usual, though he be all +unclad." + +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his chief +aim to retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the Latin +genius, at some points even to have advanced beyond it, in anticipation +of wholly new laws of [114] taste as regards sound, a new range of +sound itself. The peculiar resultant note, associating itself with +certain other experiences of his, was to Marius like the foretaste of +an entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. Flavian had caught, +indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the sonorous organ-music of +the medieval Latin, and therewithal something of its unction and +mysticity of spirit. There was in his work, along with the last +splendour of the classical language, a touch, almost prophetic, of that +transformed life it was to have in the rhyming middle age, just about +to dawn. The impression thus forced upon Marius connected itself with +a feeling, the exact inverse of that, known to every one, which seems +to say, You have been just here, just thus, before!--a feeling, in his +case, not reminiscent but prescient of the future, which passed over +him afterwards many times, as he came across certain places and people. +It was as if he detected there the process of actual change to a wholly +undreamed-of and renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he saw +the heavy yet decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on +an intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new +musical instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of +his verse? And still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of +expression and imagery, that firmness of outline he had always relished +so much in the composition of [115] Flavian. Yes! a firmness like that +of some master of noble metal-work, manipulating tenacious bronze or +gold. Even now that haunting refrain, with its impromptu variations, +from the throats of those strong young men, came floating through the +window. + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet! + +--repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. + +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately +endowed, the mere liberty of life above-ground, "those sunny mornings +in the cornfields by the sea," as he recollected them one day, when the +window was thrown open upon the early freshness--his sense of all this, +was from the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as of +something he was but debarred the use of for a time than finally +bidding farewell to. That was while he was still with no very grave +misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and felt the sources of +life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. From time to +time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his dictation, +was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work just then. The +recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the mere danger of death, +vaguer than that and by so much the more terrible, like the menace of +some shadowy [116] adversary in the dark with whose mode of attack they +had no acquaintance, disturbed him now and again through those hours of +excited attention to his manuscript, and to the purely physical wants +of Flavian. Still, during these three days there was much hope and +cheerfulness, and even jesting. Half-consciously Marius tried to +prolong one or another relieving circumstance of the day, the +preparations for rest and morning refreshment, for instance; sadly +making the most of the little luxury of this or that, with something of +the feigned cheer of the mother who sets her last morsels before her +famished child as for a feast, but really that he "may eat it and die." + +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put +aside the unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest +quiet at length though much exhausted, had made itself felt with full +power again in a painful vomiting, which seemed to shake his body +asunder, with great consequent prostration. From that time the +distress increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum vero vitai claustra +lababant;+ and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace from the dead +feet to the head. + +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the +rapid but systematic work of the destroyer, [117] faintly relieving a +little the mere accidents of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian +himself appeared, in full consciousness at last--in clear-sighted, +deliberate estimate of the actual crisis--to be doing battle with his +adversary. His mind surveyed, with great distinctness, the various +suggested modes of relief. He must without fail get better, he would +fancy, might he be removed to a certain place on the hills where as a +child he had once recovered from sickness, but found that he could +scarcely raise his head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now +surely foreseeing the end, he would set himself, with an eager effort, +and with that eager and angry look, which is noted as one of the +premonitions of death in this disease, to fashion out, without formal +dictation, still a few more broken verses of his unfinished work, in +hard-set determination, defiant of pain, to arrest this or that little +drop at least from the river of sensuous imagery rushing so quickly +past him. + +But at length delirium--symptom that the work of the plague was done, +and the last resort of life yielding to the enemy--broke the coherent +order of words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, +found his best hope in the increasing dimness of the patient's mind. In +intervals of clearer consciousness the visible signs of cold, of sorrow +and desolation, were very painful. No longer battling with the +disease, he seemed as it were to place himself [118] at the disposal of +the victorious foe, dying passively, like some dumb creature, in +hopeless acquiescence at last. That old, half-pleading petulance, +unamiable, yet, as it might seem, only needing conditions of life a +little happier than they had actually been, to become refinement of +affection, a delicate grace in its demand on the sympathy of others, +had changed in those moments of full intelligence to a clinging and +tremulous gentleness, as he lay--"on the very threshold of death"--with +a sharply contracted hand in the hand of Marius, to his almost +surprised joy, winning him now to an absolutely self-forgetful +devotion. There was a new sort of pleading in the misty eyes, just +because they took such unsteady note of him, which made Marius feel as +if guilty; anticipating thus a form of self-reproach with which even +the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes surprised, when, at death, +affectionate labour suddenly ceasing leaves room for the suspicion of +some failure of love perhaps, at one or another minute point in it. +Marius almost longed to take his share in the suffering, that he might +understand so the better how to relieve it. + +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and Marius +extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among the +hills, with a heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at nightfall +to steady rain; and [119] in the darkness Marius lay down beside him, +faintly shivering now in the sudden cold, to lend him his own warmth, +undeterred by the fear of contagion which had kept other people from +passing near the house. At length about day-break he perceived that +the last effort had come with a revival of mental clearness, as Marius +understood by the contact, light as it was, in recognition of him +there. "Is it a comfort," he whispered then, "that I shall often come +and weep over you?"--"Not unless I be aware, and hear you weeping!" + +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and +Marius was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to +fix in his memory every detail, that he might have this picture in +reserve, should any hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with +the temptation to feel completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, +of resentment against nature itself, mingled with an agony of pity, as +he noted on the now placid features a certain look of humility, almost +abject, like the expression of a smitten child or animal, as of one, +fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under the power of a +merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he would not forget +one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously stamp on his +memory the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned to die, +against a time that may come. + +[120] The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to +watch by it through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing +strength, just in time. The first night after the washing of the body, +he bore stoutly enough the tax which affection seemed to demand, +throwing the incense from time to time on the little altar placed +beside the bier. It was the recurrence of the thing--that unchanged +outline below the coverlet, amid a silence in which the faintest rustle +seemed to speak--that finally overcame his determination. Surely, +here, in this alienation, this sense of distance between them, which +had come over him before though in minor degree when the mind of +Flavian had wandered in his sickness, was another of the pains of +death. Yet he was able to make all due preparations, and go through +the ceremonies, shortened a little because of the infection, when, on a +cloudless evening, the funeral procession went forth; himself, the +flames of the pyre having done their work, carrying away the urn of the +deceased, in the folds of his toga, to its last resting-place in the +cemetery beside the highway, and so turning home to sleep in his own +desolate lodging. + + Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus + Tam cari capitis?--+ + +What thought of others' thoughts about one could there be with the +regret for "so dear a head" fresh at one's heart? + +NOTES + +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. + +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. + + + +PART THE SECOND + + +CHAPTER VIII: ANIMULA VAGULA + + Animula, vagula, blandula + Hospes comesque corporis, + Quae nunc abibis in loca? + Pallidula, rigida, nudula. + + The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul + +[123] FLAVIAN was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and +tears lay cold among the faded flowers. For most people the actual +spectacle of death brings out into greater reality, at least for the +imagination, whatever confidence they may entertain of the soul's +survival in another life. To Marius, greatly agitated by that event, +the earthly end of Flavian came like a final revelation of nothing less +than the soul's extinction. Flavian had gone out as utterly as the +fire among those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful suspense of +judgment expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages of +being still possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, seemed +wholly untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of the +religion of his childhood. Future extinction seemed just then [124] to +be what the unforced witness of his own nature pointed to. On the other +hand, there came a novel curiosity as to what the various schools of +ancient philosophy had had to say concerning that strange, fluttering +creature; and that curiosity impelled him to certain severe studies, in +which his earlier religious conscience seemed still to survive, as a +principle of hieratic scrupulousness or integrity of thought, regarding +this new service to intellectual light. + +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a +prey to the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in many +a melodramatic revival of old religion or theosophy. From all this, +fascinating as it might actually be to one side of his character, he +was kept by a genuine virility there, effective in him, among other +results, as a hatred of what was theatrical, and the instinctive +recognition that in vigorous intelligence, after all, divinity was most +likely to be found a resident. With this was connected the feeling, +increasing with his advance to manhood, of a poetic beauty in mere +clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic charm of a cold austerity +of mind; as if the kinship of that to the clearness of physical light +were something more than a figure of speech. Of all those various +religious fantasies, as so many forms of enthusiasm, he could well +appreciate the picturesque; that was made easy by his natural +Epicureanism, already prompting [125] him to conceive of himself as but +the passive spectator of the world around him. But it was to the +severer reasoning, of which such matters as Epicurean theory are born, +that, in effect, he now betook himself. Instinctively suspicious of +those mechanical arcana, those pretended "secrets unveiled" of the +professional mystic, which really bring great and little souls to one +level, for Marius the only possible dilemma lay between that old, +ancestral Roman religion, now become so incredible to him and the +honest action of his own untroubled, unassisted intelligence. Even the +Arcana Celestia of Platonism--what the sons of Plato had had to say +regarding the essential indifference of pure soul to its bodily house +and merely occasional dwelling-place--seemed to him while his heart was +there in the urn with the material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering +in memory over his last agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to +alleviate his resentment at nature's wrong. It was to the sentiment of +the body, and the affections it defined--the flesh, of whose force and +colour that wandering Platonic soul was but so frail a residue or +abstract--he must cling. The various pathetic traits of the beloved, +suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply pondered, had made him a +materialist, but with something of the temper of a devotee. + +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for poetry +had passed away, [126] to be replaced by the literature of thought. His +much-pondered manuscript verses were laid aside; and what happened now +to one, who was certainly to be something of a poet from first to last, +looked at the moment like a change from poetry to prose. He came of +age about this time, his own master though with beardless face; and at +eighteen, an age at which, then as now, many youths of capacity, who +fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves from others chiefly in +affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded himself indeed from others, +but in a severe intellectual meditation, that salt of poetry, without +which all the more serious charm is lacking to the imaginative world. +Still with something of the old religious earnestness of his childhood, +he set himself--Sich im Denken zu orientiren--to determine his +bearings, as by compass, in the world of thought--to get that precise +acquaintance with the creative intelligence itself, its structure and +capacities, its relation to other parts of himself and to other things, +without which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man +rich in this world's goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and +ascertain his outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact estimate +of realities, as towards himself, he must have--a delicately measured +gradation of certainty in things--from the distant, haunted horizon of +mere surmise or imagination, to the actual [127] feeling of sorrow in +his heart, as he reclined one morning, alone instead of in pleasant +company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old Greek +manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, meeting +him in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the graver lines +coming into the face of the sombre but enthusiastic student of +intellectual structure, who could hold his own so well in the society +of accomplished older men, were half afraid of him, though proud to +have him of their company. Why this reserve?--they asked, concerning +the orderly, self-possessed youth, whose speech and carriage seemed so +carefully measured, who was surely no poet like the rapt, dishevelled +Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose toga was so daintily +folded, and who was always as fresh as the flowers he wore; or bent on +his own line of ambition: or even on riches? + +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most +part, those writers chiefly who had made it their business to know what +might be thought concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal essence, +which had seemed to go out altogether, along with the funeral fires. +And the old Greek who more than any other was now giving form to his +thoughts was a very hard master. From Epicurus, from the thunder and +lightning of Lucretius--like thunder and lightning some distance off, +one might recline to enjoy, in a garden of roses--he had gone back to +[128] the writer who was in a certain sense the teacher of both, +Heraclitus of Ionia. His difficult book "Concerning Nature" was even +then rare, for people had long since satisfied themselves by the +quotation of certain brilliant, isolated, oracles only, out of what was +at best a taxing kind of lore. But the difficulty of the early Greek +prose did but spur the curiosity of Marius; the writer, the superior +clearness of whose intellectual view had so sequestered him from other +men, who had had so little joy of that superiority, being avowedly +exacting as to the amount of devout attention he required from the +student. "The many," he said, always thus emphasising the difference +between the many and the few, are "like people heavy with wine," "led +by children," "knowing not whither they go;" and yet, "much learning +doth not make wise;" and again, "the ass, after all, would have his +thistles rather than fine gold." + +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for "the many" +of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due reception of +which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the necessary +first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been developed in +conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of thought, as a +matter requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure reason and its "dry +light." Men are subject to an illusion, he protests, regarding matters +apparent to sense. [129] What the uncorrected sense gives was a false +impression of permanence or fixity in things, which have really changed +their nature in the very moment in which we see and touch them. And +the radical flaw in the current mode of thinking would lie herein: +that, reflecting this false or uncorrected sensation, it attributes to +the phenomena of experience a durability which does not really belong +to them. Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world of firmly +out-lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead +what is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of +life--that eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe +spoke as the "Living Garment," whereby God is seen of us, ever in +weaving at the "Loom of Time." + +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first +instance, from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of +prophetic seriousness, a great claim and assumption, such as we may +understand, if we anticipate in this preliminary scepticism the +ulterior scope of his speculation, according to which the universal +movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, or measure, +of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason consists. The one +true being--that constant subject of all early thought--it was his +merit to have conceived, not as sterile and stagnant inaction, but as a +perpetual energy, from the restless stream of which, [130] at certain +points, some elements detach themselves, and harden into non-entity and +death, corresponding, as outward objects, to man's inward condition of +ignorance: that is, to the slowness of his faculties. It is with this +paradox of a subtle, perpetual change in all visible things, that the +high speculation of Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses +for anything like a careless, half-conscious, "use-and-wont" reception +of our experience, which took so strong a hold on men's memories! Hence +those many precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we +think and do, that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes +strict attentiveness of mind a kind of religious duty and service. + +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary +experience, fixed as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had +been, as originally conceived, but the preliminary step towards a large +positive system of almost religious philosophy. Then as now, the +illuminated philosophic mind might apprehend, in what seemed a mass of +lifeless matter, the movement of that universal life, in which things, +and men's impressions of them, were ever "coming to be," alternately +consumed and renewed. That continual change, to be discovered by the +attentive understanding where common opinion found fixed objects, was +but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading motion--the sleepless, +ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the divine [131] reason itself, +proceeding always by its own rhythmical logic, and lending to all mind +and matter, in turn, what life they had. In this "perpetual flux" of +things and of souls, there was, as Heraclitus conceived, a continuance, +if not of their material or spiritual elements, yet of orderly +intelligible relationships, like the harmony of musical notes, wrought +out in and through the series of their mutations--ordinances of the +divine reason, maintained throughout the changes of the phenomenal +world; and this harmony in their mutation and opposition, was, after +all, a principle of sanity, of reality, there. But it happened, that, +of all this, the first, merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest +step on the threshold, had alone remained in general memory; and the +"doctrine of motion" seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make +all fixed knowledge impossible. The swift passage of things, the still +swifter passage of those modes of our conscious being which seemed to +reflect them, might indeed be the burning of the divine fire: but what +was ascertained was that they did pass away like a devouring flame, or +like the race of water in the mid-stream--too swiftly for any real +knowledge of them to be attainable. Heracliteanism had grown to be +almost identical with the famous doctrine of the sophist Protagoras, +that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual was the +only standard of what is or is [132] not, and each one the measure of +all things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become +but an authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. + +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it +happened now with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the +apprehension of that constant motion of things--the drift of flowers, +of little or great souls, of ambitious systems, in the stream around +him, the first source, the ultimate issue, of which, in regions out of +sight, must count with him as but a dim problem. The bold mental +flight of the old Greek master from the fleeting, competing objects of +experience to that one universal life, in which the whole sphere of +physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, remained +by him as hypothesis only--the hypothesis he actually preferred, as in +itself most credible, however scantily realisable even by the +imagination--yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, among many +others, concerning the first principle of things. He might reserve it +as a fine, high, visionary consideration, very remote upon the +intellectual ladder, just at the point, indeed, where that ladder +seemed to pass into the clouds, but for which there was certainly no +time left just now by his eager interest in the real objects so close +to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the ground. And those +childish days of reverie, [133] when he played at priests, played in +many another day-dream, working his way from the actual present, as far +as he might, with a delightful sense of escape in replacing the outer +world of other people by an inward world as himself really cared to +have it, had made him a kind of "idealist." He was become aware of the +possibility of a large dissidence between an inward and somewhat +exclusive world of vivid personal apprehension, and the unimproved, +unheightened reality of the life of those about him. As a consequence, +he was ready now to concede, somewhat more easily than others, the +first point of his new lesson, that the individual is to himself the +measure of all things, and to rely on the exclusive certainty to +himself of his own impressions. To move afterwards in that outer world +of other people, as though taking it at their estimate, would be +possible henceforth only as a kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire +Savoyard, after reflecting on the variations of philosophy, "the first +fruit he drew from that reflection was the lesson of a limitation of +his researches to what immediately interested him; to rest peacefully +in a profound ignorance as to all beside; to disquiet himself only +concerning those things which it was of import for him to know." At +least he would entertain no theory of conduct which did not allow its +due weight to this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the +conditions of man's life. [134] Just here he joined company, retracing +in his individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human +thought, with another wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek +master, the founder of the Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty +traditional utterances (for he had left no writing) served in turn to +give effective outline to the contemplations of Marius. There was +something in the doctrine itself congruous with the place wherein it +had its birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the +brilliant Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the philosophy +of pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the mountains and the +sea, among richer than Italian gardens, on a certain breezy table-land +projecting from the African coast, some hundreds of miles southward +from Greece. There, in a delightful climate, with something of +transalpine temperance amid its luxury, and withal in an inward +atmosphere of temperance which did but further enhance the brilliancy +of human life, the school of Cyrene had maintained itself as almost one +with the family of its founder; certainly as nothing coarse or unclean, +and under the influence of accomplished women. + +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to +what might really lie behind--flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming +ramparts of the world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, which +had haunted the minds [135] of the first Greek enquirers as merely +abstract doubt, which had been present to the mind of Heraclitus as one +element only in a system of abstract philosophy, became with Aristippus +a very subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The difference between him and +those obscure earlier thinkers is almost like that between an ancient +thinker generally, and a modern man of the world: it was the difference +between the mystic in his cell, or the prophet in the desert, and the +expert, cosmopolitan, administrator of his dark sayings, translating +the abstract thoughts of the master into terms, first of all, of +sentiment. It has been sometimes seen, in the history of the human +mind, that when thus translated into terms of sentiment--of sentiment, +as lying already half-way towards practice--the abstract ideas of +metaphysics for the first time reveal their true significance. The +metaphysical principle, in itself, as it were, without hands or feet, +becomes impressive, fascinating, of effect, when translated into a +precept as to how it were best to feel and act; in other words, under +its sentimental or ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the great +master of Cyrene, his theory that things are but shadows, and that we, +even as they, never continue in one stay, might indeed have taken +effect as a languid, enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept of +"renunciation," which would touch and handle and busy itself with +nothing. But in the reception of [136] metaphysical formulae, all +depends, as regards their actual and ulterior result, on the +pre-existent qualities of that soil of human nature into which they +fall--the company they find already present there, on their admission +into the house of thought; there being at least so much truth as this +involves in the theological maxim, that the reception of this or that +speculative conclusion is really a matter of will. The persuasion that +all is vanity, with this happily constituted Greek, who had been a +genuine disciple of Socrates and reflected, presumably, something of +his blitheness in the face of the world, his happy way of taking all +chances, generated neither frivolity nor sourness, but induced, rather, +an impression, just serious enough, of the call upon men's attention of +the crisis in which they find themselves. It became the stimulus +towards every kind of activity, and prompted a perpetual, +inextinguishable thirst after experience. + +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure +depended on this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally somewhat +acrid, had fallen upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted to +transform it into a theory of practice, of considerable stimulative +power towards a fair life. What Marius saw in him was the spectacle of +one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to speak, to an +understanding with the most depressing of theories; accepting the [137] +results of a metaphysical system which seemed to concentrate into +itself all the weakening trains of thought in earlier Greek +speculation, and making the best of it; turning its hard, bare truths, +with wonderful tact, into precepts of grace, and delicate wisdom, and a +delicate sense of honour. Given the hardest terms, supposing our days +are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may well adorn and beautify, in +scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and whatever our souls touch +upon--these wonderful bodies, these material dwelling-places through +which the shadows pass together for a while, the very raiment we wear, +our very pastimes and the intercourse of society. The most discerning +judges saw in him something like the graceful "humanities" of the later +Roman, and our modern "culture," as it is termed; while Horace recalled +his sayings as expressing best his own consummate amenity in the +reception of life. + +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of +decorous living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth +reduced themselves to a scepticism almost drily practical, a scepticism +which developed the opposition between things as they are and our +impressions and thoughts concerning them--the possibility, if an +outward world does really exist, of some faultiness in our apprehension +of it--the doctrine, in short, of what is termed "the subjectivity of +knowledge." That is a consideration, indeed, [138] which lies as an +element of weakness, like some admitted fault or flaw, at the very +foundation of every philosophical account of the universe; which +confronts all philosophies at their starting, but with which none have +really dealt conclusively, some perhaps not quite sincerely; which +those who are not philosophers dissipate by "common," but +unphilosophical, sense, or by religious faith. The peculiar strength +of Marius was, to have apprehended this weakness on the threshold of +human knowledge, in the whole range of its consequences. Our knowledge +is limited to what we feel, he reflected: we need no proof that we +feel. But can we be sure that things are at all like our feelings? +Mere peculiarities in the instruments of our cognition, like the little +knots and waves on the surface of a mirror, may distort the matter they +seem but to represent. Of other people we cannot truly know even the +feelings, nor how far they would indicate the same modifications, each +one of a personality really unique, in using the same terms as +ourselves; that "common experience," which is sometimes proposed as a +satisfactory basis of certainty, being after all only a fixity of +language. But our own impressions!--The light and heat of that blue +veil over our heads, the heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain +over anything!--How reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival +criteria of truth, to fall back upon direct sensation, to limit one's +[139] aspirations after knowledge to that! In an age still materially +so brilliant, so expert in the artistic handling of material things, +with sensible capacities still in undiminished vigour, with the whole +world of classic art and poetry outspread before it, and where there +was more than eye or ear could well take in--how natural the +determination to rely exclusively upon the phenomena of the senses, +which certainly never deceive us about themselves, about which alone we +can never deceive ourselves! + +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this present +moment alone really is, between a past which has just ceased to be and +a future which may never come, became practical with Marius, under the +form of a resolve, as far as possible, to exclude regret and desire, +and yield himself to the improvement of the present with an absolutely +disengaged mind. America is here and now--here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm +Meister finds out one day, just not too late, after so long looking +vaguely across the ocean for the opportunity of the development of his +capacities. It was as if, recognising in perpetual motion the law of +nature, Marius identified his own way of life cordially with it, +"throwing himself into the stream," so to speak. He too must maintain +a harmony with that soul of motion in things, by constantly renewed +mobility of character. + +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.-- + +[140] Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception of +life attained by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical +consequence of the metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, had +been a strict limitation, almost the renunciation, of metaphysical +enquiry itself. Metaphysic--that art, as it has so often proved, in +the words of Michelet, de s'egarer avec methode, of bewildering oneself +methodically:--one must spend little time upon that! In the school of +Cyrene, great as was its mental incisiveness, logical and physical +speculation, theoretic interests generally, had been valued only so far +as they served to give a groundwork, an intellectual justification, to +that exclusive concern with practical ethics which was a note of the +Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and enthusiastic, how true to itself, +under how many varieties of character, had been the effort of the +Greeks after Theory--Theoria--that vision of a wholly reasonable world, +which, according to the greatest of them, literally makes man like God: +how loyally they had still persisted in the quest after that, in spite +of how many disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, +some of them might have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; +but not in "doubtful disputations" concerning "being" and "not being," +knowledge and appearance. Men's minds, even young men's minds, at that +late day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which +[141] had so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of Marius, +as in that old school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, combined with +appetites so youthfully vigorous, brought about reaction, a sort of +suicide (instances of the like have been seen since) by which a great +metaphysical acumen was devoted to the function of proving metaphysical +speculation impossible, or useless. Abstract theory was to be valued +only just so far as it might serve to clear the tablet of the mind from +suppositions no more than half realisable, or wholly visionary, leaving +it in flawless evenness of surface to the impressions of an experience, +concrete and direct. + +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves +of such abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions--to be +rid of the notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often only +misrepresent the experience of which they profess to be the +representation--idola, idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them +later--to neutralise the distorting influence of metaphysical system by +an all-accomplished metaphysic skill: it is this bold, hard, sober +recognition, under a very "dry light," of its own proper aim, in union +with a habit of feeling which on the practical side may perhaps open a +wide doorway to human weakness, that gives to the Cyrenaic doctrine, to +reproductions of this doctrine in the time of Marius or in our own, +their gravity and importance. It was a [142] school to which the young +man might come, eager for truth, expecting much from philosophy, in no +ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than an "initiation." He +would be sent back, sooner or later, to experience, to the world of +concrete impressions, to things as they may be seen, heard, felt by +him; but with a wonderful machinery of observation, and free from the +tyranny of mere theories. + +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the +death of Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself as +if returned to the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant school +of healthfully sensuous wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek colony, on +its fresh upland by the sea. Not pleasure, but a general completeness +of life, was the practical ideal to which this anti-metaphysical +metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or complete life, a +life of various yet select sensation, the most direct and effective +auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty of soul, freedom from +all partial and misrepresentative doctrine which does but relieve one +element in our experience at the cost of another, freedom from all +embarrassment alike of regret for the past and of calculation on the +future: this would be but preliminary to the real business of +education--insight, insight through culture, into all that the present +moment holds in trust for us, as we stand so briefly in its presence. +From that maxim of [143] Life as the end of life, followed, as a +practical consequence, the desirableness of refining all the +instruments of inward and outward intuition, of developing all their +capacities, of testing and exercising one's self in them, till one's +whole nature became one complex medium of reception, towards the +vision--the "beatific vision," if we really cared to make it such--of +our actual experience in the world. Not the conveyance of an abstract +body of truths or principles, would be the aim of the right education +of one's self, or of another, but the conveyance of an art--an art in +some degree peculiar to each individual character; with the +modifications, that is, due to its special constitution, and the +peculiar circumstances of its growth, inasmuch as no one of us is "like +another, all in all." + + + +CHAPTER IX: NEW CYRENAICISM + +[144] SUCH were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by Marius, +when somewhat later he had outgrown the mastery of others, from the +principle that "all is vanity." If he could but count upon the +present, if a life brief at best could not certainly be shown to +conduct one anywhere beyond itself, if men's highest curiosity was +indeed so persistently baffled--then, with the Cyrenaics of all ages, +he would at least fill up the measure of that present with vivid +sensations, and such intellectual apprehensions, as, in strength and +directness and their immediately realised values at the bar of an +actual experience, are most like sensations. So some have spoken in +every age; for, like all theories which really express a strong natural +tendency of the human mind or even one of its characteristic modes of +weakness, this vein of reflection is a constant tradition in +philosophy. Every age of European thought has had its Cyrenaics or +Epicureans, under many disguises: even under the hood of the monk. + +[145] But--Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!--is a proposal, +the real import of which differs immensely, according to the natural +taste, and the acquired judgment, of the guests who sit at the table. +It may express nothing better than the instinct of Dante's Ciacco, the +accomplished glutton, in the mud of the Inferno;+ or, since on no +hypothesis does man "live by bread alone," may come to be identical +with--"My meat is to do what is just and kind;" while the soul, which +can make no sincere claim to have apprehended anything beyond the veil +of immediate experience, yet never loses a sense of happiness in +conforming to the highest moral ideal it can clearly define for itself; +and actually, though but with so faint hope, does the "Father's +business." + +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the +metaphysical ambition to pass beyond "the flaming ramparts of the +world," but, on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation of +intellectual treasure, with so wide a view before it over all varieties +of what is powerful or attractive in man and his works, the thoughts of +Marius did but follow the line taken by the majority of educated +persons, though to a different issue. Pitched to a really high and +serious key, the precept--Be perfect in regard to what is here and now: +the precept of "culture," as it is called, or of a complete +education--might at least save him from the vulgarity and heaviness +[146] of a generation, certainly of no general fineness of temper, +though with a material well-being abundant enough. Conceded that what +is secure in our existence is but the sharp apex of the present moment +between two hypothetical eternities, and all that is real in our +experience but a series of fleeting impressions:--so Marius continued +the sceptical argument he had condensed, as the matter to hold by, from +his various philosophical reading:--given, that we are never to get +beyond the walls of the closely shut cell of one's own personality; +that the ideas we are somehow impelled to form of an outer world, and +of other minds akin to our own, are, it may be, but a day-dream, and +the thought of any world beyond, a day-dream perhaps idler still: then, +he, at least, in whom those fleeting impressions--faces, voices, +material sunshine--were very real and imperious, might well set himself +to the consideration, how such actual moments as they passed might be +made to yield their utmost, by the most dexterous training of capacity. +Amid abstract metaphysical doubts, as to what might lie one step only +beyond that experience, reinforcing the deep original materialism or +earthliness of human nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous +world, let him at least make the most of what was "here and now." In +the actual dimness of ways from means to ends--ends in themselves +desirable, yet for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below +the [147] visible horizon--he would at all events be sure that the +means, to use the well-worn terminology, should have something of +finality or perfection about them, and themselves partake, in a +measure, of the more excellent nature of ends--that the means should +justify the end. + +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics +said, or, in other words, a wide, a complete, education--an education +partly negative, as ascertaining the true limits of man's capacities, +but for the most part positive, and directed especially to the +expansion and refinement of the power of reception; of those powers, +above all, which are immediately relative to fleeting phenomena, the +powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, an "aesthetic" +education, as it might now be termed, and certainly occupied very +largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of +literature, would have a great part to play. The study of music, in +that wider Platonic sense, according to which, music comprehends all +those matters over which the Muses of Greek mythology preside, would +conduct one to an exquisite appreciation of all the finer traits of +nature and of man. Nay! the products of the imagination must +themselves be held to present the most perfect forms of life--spirit +and matter alike under their purest and most perfect conditions--the +most strictly appropriate [148] objects of that impassioned +contemplation, which, in the world of intellectual discipline, as in +the highest forms of morality and religion, must be held to be the +essential function of the "perfect." Such manner of life might come +even to seem a kind of religion--an inward, visionary, mystic piety, or +religion, by virtue of its effort to live days "lovely and pleasant" in +themselves, here and now, and with an all-sufficiency of well-being in +the immediate sense of the object contemplated, independently of any +faith, or hope that might be entertained as to their ulterior tendency. +In this way, the true aesthetic culture would be realisable as a new +form of the contemplative life, founding its claim on the intrinsic +"blessedness" of "vision"--the vision of perfect men and things. One's +human nature, indeed, would fain reckon on an assured and endless +future, pleasing itself with the dream of a final home, to be attained +at some still remote date, yet with a conscious, delightful home-coming +at last, as depicted in many an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, +the world of perfected sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to +us, and so attractive, that the most visionary of spirits must needs +represent the world unseen in colours, and under a form really borrowed +from it. Let me be sure then--might he not plausibly say?--that I miss +no detail of this life of realised consciousness in the present! Here +at least is a vision, a theory, [149] theoria,+ which reposes on no +basis of unverified hypothesis, which makes no call upon a future after +all somewhat problematic; as it would be unaffected by any discovery of +an Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) as to what had +really been the origin, and course of development, of man's actually +attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle of reason or +spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable moments, would of +course have its precepts to deliver on the embellishment, generally, of +what is near at hand, on the adornment of life, till, in a not +impracticable rule of conduct, one's existence, from day to day, came +to be like a well-executed piece of music; that "perpetual motion" in +things (so Marius figured the matter to himself, under the old Greek +imageries) according itself to a kind of cadence or harmony. + +It was intelligible that this "aesthetic" philosophy might find itself +(theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in +casuistry, legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims +of that eager, concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, +against those of the received morality. Conceiving its own function in +a somewhat desperate temper, and becoming, as every high-strung form of +sentiment, as the religious sentiment itself, may become, somewhat +antinomian, when, in its effort towards the order of experiences it +prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and popular [150] +morality, at points where that morality may look very like a +convention, or a mere stage-property of the world, it would be found, +from time to time, breaking beyond the limits of the actual moral +order; perhaps not without some pleasurable excitement in so bold a +venture. + +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even in +practice--that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the case +of those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly and +temperate wisdom of Montaigne, "pernicious for those who have any +natural tendency to impiety or vice," the line of reflection traced out +above, was fairly chargeable.--Not, however, with "hedonism" and its +supposed consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were still +pure. He knew that his carefully considered theory of practice braced +him, with the effect of a moral principle duly recurring to mind every +morning, towards the work of a student, for which he might seem +intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance who jumped to the +conclusion that, with the "Epicurean stye," he was making +pleasure--pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it--the sole motive of +life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation by +covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness of +which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in the +vulgar company of Lais. Words like "hedonism"-- [151] terms of large +and vague comprehension--above all when used for a purpose avowedly +controversial, have ever been the worst examples of what are called +"question-begging terms;" and in that late age in which Marius lived, +amid the dust of so many centuries of philosophical debate, the air was +full of them. Yet those who used that reproachful Greek term for the +philosophy of pleasure, were hardly more likely than the old Greeks +themselves (on whom regarding this very subject of the theory of +pleasure, their masters in the art of thinking had so emphatically to +impress the necessity of "making distinctions") to come to any very +delicately correct ethical conclusions by a reasoning, which began with +a general term, comprehensive enough to cover pleasures so different in +quality, in their causes and effects, as the pleasures of wine and +love, of art and science, of religious enthusiasm and political +enterprise, and of that taste or curiosity which satisfied itself with +long days of serious study. Yet, in truth, each of those pleasurable +modes of activity, may, in its turn, fairly become the ideal of the +"hedonistic" doctrine. Really, to the phase of reflection through +which Marius was then passing, the charge of "hedonism," whatever its +true weight might be, was not properly applicable at all. Not +pleasure, but fulness of life, and "insight" as conducting to that +fulness--energy, variety, and choice of experience, including [152] +noble pain and sorrow even, loves such as those in the exquisite old +story of Apuleius, sincere and strenuous forms of the moral life, such +as Seneca and Epictetus--whatever form of human life, in short, might +be heroic, impassioned, ideal: from these the "new Cyrenaicism" of +Marius took its criterion of values. It was a theory, indeed, which +might properly be regarded as in great degree coincident with the main +principle of the Stoics themselves, and an older version of the precept +"Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might"--a doctrine +so widely acceptable among the nobler spirits of that time. And, as +with that, its mistaken tendency would lie in the direction of a kind +of idolatry of mere life, or natural gift, or strength--l'idolatrie des +talents. + +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the various +forms of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world almost +too opulent in what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of scrupulous +equity, the claims of these concrete and actual objects on his +sympathy, his intelligence, his senses--to "pluck out the heart of +their mystery," and in turn become the interpreter of them to others: +this had now defined itself for Marius as a very narrowly practical +design: it determined his choice of a vocation to live by. It was the +era of the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they were sometimes called; of +men who came in some instances to [153] great fame and fortune, by way +of a literary cultivation of "science." That science, it has been often +said, must have been wholly an affair of words. But in a world, +confessedly so opulent in what was old, the work, even of genius, must +necessarily consist very much in criticism; and, in the case of the +more excellent specimens of his class, the rhetorician was, after all, +the eloquent and effective interpreter, for the delighted ears of +others, of what understanding himself had come by, in years of travel +and study, of the beautiful house of art and thought which was the +inheritance of the age. The emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service +Marius had now been called, was himself, more or less openly, a +"lecturer." That late world, amid many curiously vivid modern traits, +had this spectacle, so familiar to ourselves, of the public lecturer or +essayist; in some cases adding to his other gifts that of the Christian +preacher, who knows how to touch people's sensibilities on behalf of +the suffering. To follow in the way of these successes, was the natural +instinct of youthful ambition; and it was with no vulgar egotism that +Marius, at the age of nineteen, determined, like many another young man +of parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. + +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to +prose, he remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by which, +I mean, among other things, that quite [154] independently of the +general habit of that pensive age he lived much, and as it were by +system, in reminiscence. Amid his eager grasping at the sensation, the +consciousness, of the present, he had come to see that, after all, the +main point of economy in the conduct of the present, was the +question:--How will it look to me, at what shall I value it, this day +next year?--that in any given day or month one's main concern was its +impression for the memory. A strange trick memory sometimes played +him; for, with no natural gradation, what was of last month, or of +yesterday, of to-day even, would seem as far off, as entirely detached +from him, as things of ten years ago. Detached from him, yet very real, +there lay certain spaces of his life, in delicate perspective, under a +favourable light; and, somehow, all the less fortunate detail and +circumstance had parted from them. Such hours were oftenest those in +which he had been helped by work of others to the pleasurable +apprehension of art, of nature, or of life. "Not what I do, but what I +am, under the power of this vision"--he would say to himself--"is what +were indeed pleasing to the gods!" + +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his +philosophic ideal the monochronos hedone+ of Aristippus--the pleasure +of the ideal present, of the mystic now--there would come, together +with that precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after +all, [155] to retain "what was so transitive." Could he but arrest, +for others also, certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative +memory presented them to himself! In those grand, hot summers, he +would have imprisoned the very perfume of the flowers. To create, to +live, perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted hours, if it were but +in a fragment of perfect expression:--it was thus his longing defined +itself for something to hold by amid the "perpetual flux." With men of +his vocation, people were apt to say, words were things. Well! with +him, words should be indeed things,--the word, the phrase, valuable in +exact proportion to the transparency with which it conveyed to others +the apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so vividly real within +himself. Verbaque provisam rem non invita sequentur:+ Virile +apprehension of the true nature of things, of the true nature of one's +own impression, first of all!--words would follow that naturally, a +true understanding of one's self being ever the first condition of +genuine style. Language delicate and measured, the delicate Attic +phrase, for instance, in which the eminent Aristeides could speak, was +then a power to which people's hearts, and sometimes even their purses, +readily responded. And there were many points, as Marius thought, on +which the heart of that age greatly needed to be touched. He hardly +knew how strong that old religious sense of responsibility, the +conscience, as we call it, [156] still was within him--a body of inward +impressions, as real as those so highly valued outward ones--to offend +against which, brought with it a strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a +person. And the determination, adhered to with no misgiving, to add +nothing, not so much as a transient sigh, to the great total of men's +unhappiness, in his way through the world:--that too was something to +rest on, in the drift of mere "appearances." + +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only +possible through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body and +soul. For the male element, the logical conscience asserted itself +now, with opening manhood--asserted itself, even in his literary style, +by a certain firmness of outline, that touch of the worker in metal, +amid its richness. Already he blamed instinctively alike in his work +and in himself, as youth so seldom does, all that had not passed a long +and liberal process of erasure. The happy phrase or sentence was +really modelled upon a cleanly finished structure of scrupulous +thought. The suggestive force of the one master of his development, +who had battled so hard with imaginative prose; the utterance, the +golden utterance, of the other, so content with its living power of +persuasion that he had never written at all,--in the commixture of +these two qualities he set up his literary ideal, and this rare +blending of grace with an intellectual [157] rigour or astringency, was +the secret of a singular expressiveness in it. + +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre +habitude of the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with +the perfect tone, "fresh and serenely disposed," of the Roman +gentleman, yet qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and +frightened away some of his equals in age and rank. The sober +discretion of his thoughts, his sustained habit of meditation, the +sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to concentrate +himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately here +and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of +one who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.--Though with an +air so disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the visible +world! And now, in revolt against that pre-occupation with other +persons, which had so often perturbed his spirit, his wistful +speculations as to what the real, the greater, experience might be, +determined in him, not as the longing for love--to be with Cynthia, or +Aspasia--but as a thirst for existence in exquisite places. The veil +that was to be lifted for him lay over the works of the old masters of +art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. And it was just +at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. + +NOTES + +145. +Canto VI. + +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition "rearing, education." + +149. +Transliteration: theoria. Definition "a looking at ... +observing ... contemplation." + +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hedone. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, "single or +unitary time." + +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor's translation: "The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily." + + + +CHAPTER X: ON THE WAY + + Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur. + Pliny's Letters. + +[158] MANY points in that train of thought, its harder and more +energetic practical details especially, at first surmised but vaguely +in the intervals of his visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the +coherence of formal principle amid the stirring incidents of the +journey, which took him, still in all the buoyancy of his nineteen +years and greatly expectant, to Rome. That summons had come from one +of the former friends of his father in the capital, who had kept +himself acquainted with the lad's progress, and, assured of his parts, +his courtly ways, above all of his beautiful penmanship, now offered +him a place, virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person of the +philosophic emperor. The old town-house of his family on the Caelian +hill, so long neglected, might well require his personal care; and +Marius, relieved a little by his preparations for travelling from a +certain over-tension [159] of spirit in which he had lived of late, was +presently on his way, to await introduction to Aurelius, on his +expected return home, after a first success, illusive enough as it was +soon to appear, against the invaders from beyond the Danube. + +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, for +which he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of +starting--days brown with the first rains of autumn--brought him, by +the byways among the lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the town +of Luca, a station on the Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly on +foot, while the baggage followed under the care of his attendants. He +wore a broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a more modern pilgrim's, +the neat head projecting from the collar of his gray paenula, or +travelling mantle, sewed closely together over the breast, but with its +two sides folded up upon the shoulders, to leave the arms free in +walking, and was altogether so trim and fresh, that, as he climbed the +hill from Pisa, by the long steep lane through the olive-yards, and +turned to gaze where he could just discern the cypresses of the old +school garden, like two black lines down the yellow walls, a little +child took possession of his hand, and, looking up at him with entire +confidence, paced on bravely at his side, for the mere pleasure of his +company, to the spot where the road declined again [160] into the +valley beyond. From this point, leaving the servants behind, he +surrendered himself, a willing subject, as he walked, to the +impressions of the road, and was almost surprised, both at the +suddenness with which evening came on, and the distance from his old +home at which it found him. + +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a +welcoming in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to mark +out certain places for the special purpose of evening rest, and gives +them always a peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the deepening +twilight, the rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together side by side, +like one continuous shelter over the whole township, spread low and +broad above the snug sleeping-rooms within; and the place one sees for +the first time, and must tarry in but for a night, breathes the very +spirit of home. The cottagers lingered at their doors for a few +minutes as the shadows grew larger, and went to rest early; though +there was still a glow along the road through the shorn corn-fields, +and the birds were still awake about the crumbling gray heights of an +old temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you could hardly +tell where the country left off in it, and the field-paths became its +streets. Next morning he must needs change the manner of his journey. +The light baggage-wagon returned, and he proceeded now more quickly, +travelling [161] a stage or two by post, along the Cassian Way, where +the figures and incidents of the great high-road seemed already to tell +of the capital, the one centre to which all were hastening, or had +lately bidden adieu. That Way lay through the heart of the old, +mysterious and visionary country of Etruria; and what he knew of its +strange religion of the dead, reinforced by the actual sight of the +funeral houses scattered so plentifully among the dwelling-places of +the living, revived in him for a while, in all its strength, his old +instinctive yearning towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he +had known in life. It seemed to him that he could half divine how time +passed in those painted houses on the hillsides, among the gold and +silver ornaments, the wrought armour and vestments, the drowsy and dead +attendants; and the close consciousness of that vast population gave +him no fear, but rather a sense of companionship, as he climbed the +hills on foot behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. + +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might +seem, than its rocky perch--white rocks, that had long been glistening +before him in the distance. Down the dewy paths the people were +descending from it, to keep a holiday, high and low alike in rough, +white-linen smocks. A homely old play was just begun in an open-air +theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown slope. Marius [162] +caught the terrified expression of a child in its mother's arms, as it +turned from the yawning mouth of a great mask, for refuge in her bosom. +The way mounted, and descended again, down the steep street of another +place, all resounding with the noise of metal under the hammer; for +every house had its brazier's workshop, the bright objects of brass and +copper gleaming, like lights in a cave, out of their dark roofs and +corners. Around the anvils the children were watching the work, or ran +to fetch water to the hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, +as he took his hasty mid-day refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and +cheese, while the swelling surface of a great copper water-vessel grew +flowered all over with tiny petals under the skilful strokes. Towards +dusk, a frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried out the words of +some philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her hands, as +the travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. + +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents of +the way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, marks +of the great plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there had been +many enactments to improve the condition of the slave. The ergastula+ +were abolished. But no system of free labour had as yet succeeded. A +whole mendicant population, artfully exaggerating every symptom and +circumstance of misery, still hung [163] around, or sheltered +themselves within, the vast walls of their old, half-ruined +task-houses. And for the most part they had been variously stricken by +the pestilence. For once, the heroic level had been reached in rags, +squints, scars--every caricature of the human type--ravaged beyond what +could have been thought possible if it were to survive at all. +Meantime, the farms were less carefully tended than of old: here and +there they were lapsing into their natural wildness: some villas also +were partly fallen into ruin. The picturesque, romantic Italy of a +later time--the Italy of Claude and Salvator Rosa--was already forming, +for the delight of the modern romantic traveller. + +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing the +Tiber, as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in truth, the +Tiber was but a modest enough stream of turbid water. Nature, under the +richer sky, seemed readier and more affluent, and man fitter to the +conditions around him: even in people hard at work there appeared to be +a less burdensome sense of the mere business of life. How dreamily the +women were passing up through the broad light and shadow of the steep +streets with the great water-pots resting on their heads, like women of +Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek temples. With what a fresh, +primeval poetry was daily existence here impressed--all the details of +the threshing-floor and the vineyard; [164] the common farm-life even; +the great bakers' fires aglow upon the road in the evening. In the +presence of all this Marius felt for a moment like those old, early, +unconscious poets, who created the famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and +the Great Mother, out of the imagery of the wine-press and the +ploughshare. And still the motion of the journey was bringing his +thoughts to systematic form. He seemed to have grown to the fulness of +intellectual manhood, on his way hither. The formative and literary +stimulus, so to call it, of peaceful exercise which he had always +observed in himself, doing its utmost now, the form and the matter of +thought alike detached themselves clearly and with readiness from the +healthfully excited brain.--"It is wonderful," says Pliny, "how the +mind is stirred to activity by brisk bodily exercise." The presentable +aspects of inmost thought and feeling became evident to him: the +structure of all he meant, its order and outline, defined itself: his +general sense of a fitness and beauty in words became effective in +daintily pliant sentences, with all sorts of felicitous linking of +figure to abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the +artist in him--that old longing to produce--might be satisfied by the +exact and literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in +simple prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and +prolonging its life a little.--To live in the concrete! To be sure, at +least, of [165] one's hold upon that!--Again, his philosophic scheme +was but the reflection of the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a +reduction to the abstract, of the brilliant road he travelled on, +through the sunshine. + +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow +of our traveller's thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily fatigue, +asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; and he +fell into a mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, as night +deepens again and again over their path, in which all journeying, from +the known to the unknown, comes suddenly to figure as a mere foolish +truancy--like a child's running away from home--with the feeling that +one had best return at once, even through the darkness. He had chosen +to climb on foot, at his leisure, the long windings by which the road +ascended to the place where that day's stage was to end, and found +himself alone in the twilight, far behind the rest of his +travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round and round those +dark masses, half natural rock, half artificial substructure, ever +bring him within the circuit of the walls above? It was now that a +startling incident turned those misgivings almost into actual fear. +From the steep slope a heavy mass of stone was detached, after some +whisperings among the trees above his head, and rushing down through +the stillness fell to pieces in a [166] cloud of dust across the road +just behind him, so that he felt the touch upon his heel. That was +sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its hiding-place his old vague +fear of evil--of one's "enemies"--a distress, so much a matter of +constitution with him, that at times it would seem that the best +pleasures of life could but be snatched, as it were hastily, in one +moment's forgetfulness of its dark, besetting influence. A sudden +suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness of "enemies," seemed +all at once to alter the visible form of things, as with the child's +hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of his peaceful, dreamy +island. His elaborate philosophy had not put beneath his feet the +terror of mere bodily evil; much less of "inexorable fate, and the +noise of greedy Acheron." + +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome +air of the market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant +contrast to that last effort of his journey. The room in which he sat +down to supper, unlike the ordinary Roman inns at that day, was trim +and sweet. The firelight danced cheerfully upon the polished, +three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the best oil, upon the +white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations set in glass +goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the true +colour and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate foam as it +mounted in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he had [167] found +in no other wine. These things had relieved a little the melancholy of +the hour before; and it was just then that he heard the voice of one, +newly arrived at the inn, making his way to the upper floor--a youthful +voice, with a reassuring clearness of note, which completed his cure. + +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: then, +awake in the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw the +guest of the night before, a very honourable-looking youth, in the rich +habit of a military knight, standing beside his horse, and already +making preparations to depart. It happened that Marius, too, was to +take that day's journey on horseback. Riding presently from the inn, +he overtook Cornelius--of the Twelfth Legion--advancing carefully down +the steep street; and before they had issued from the gates of +Urbs-vetus, the two young men had broken into talk together. They were +passing along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius must needs +enter one of the workshops for the repair of some button or link of his +knightly trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius watched the work, +as he had watched the brazier's business a few days before, wondering +most at the simplicity of its processes, a simplicity, however, on +which only genius in that craft could have lighted.--By what +unguessed-at stroke of hand, for instance, had the grains of precious +metal associated themselves [168] with so daintily regular a roughness, +over the surface of the little casket yonder? And the conversation +which followed, hence arising, left the two travellers with sufficient +interest in each other to insure an easy companionship for the +remainder of their journey. In time to come, Marius was to depend very +much on the preferences, the personal judgments, of the comrade who now +laid his hand so brotherly on his shoulder, as they left the workshop. + +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+--observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well-fitted, +by the peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first acquaintance into +intimacy; its superficial ugliness throwing the wayfarers back upon +each other's entertainment in a real exchange of ideas, the tension of +which, however, it would relieve, ever and anon, by the unexpected +assertion of something singularly attractive. The immediate aspect of +the land was, indeed, in spite of abundant olive and ilex, unpleasing +enough. A river of clay seemed, "in some old night of time," to have +burst up over valley and hill, and hardened there into fantastic +shelves and slides and angles of cadaverous rock, up and down among the +contorted vegetation; the hoary roots and trunks seeming to confess +some weird kinship with them. But that was long ago; and these pallid +hillsides needed only the declining sun, touching the rock with purple, +and throwing deeper shadow into [169] the immemorial foliage, to put on +a peculiar, because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the +graceful outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the +broader prospect. And, for sentimental Marius, all this was +associated, by some perhaps fantastic affinity, with a peculiar trait +of severity, beyond his guesses as to the secret of it, which mingled +with the blitheness of his new companion. Concurring, indeed, with the +condition of a Roman soldier, it was certainly something far more than +the expression of military hardness, or ascesis; and what was earnest, +or even austere, in the landscape they had traversed together, seemed +to have been waiting for the passage of this figure to interpret or +inform it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, a vivid personal +presence broke through the dreamy idealism, which had almost come to +doubt of other men's reality: reassuringly, indeed, yet not without +some sense of a constraining tyranny over him from without. + +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters on +the Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with him, in +that privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, the +atmosphere of some still more jealously exclusive circle. They halted +on the morrow at noon, not at an inn, but at the house of one of the +young soldier's friends, whom they found absent, indeed, in consequence +of the [170] plague in those parts, so that after a mid-day rest only, +they proceeded again on their journey. The great room of the villa, to +which they were admitted, had lain long untouched; and the dust rose, +as they entered, into the slanting bars of sunlight, that fell through +the half-closed shutters. It was here, to while away the time, that +Cornelius bethought himself of displaying to his new friend the various +articles and ornaments of his knightly array--the breastplate, the +sandals and cuirass, lacing them on, one by one, with the assistance of +Marius, and finally the great golden bracelet on the right arm, +conferred on him by his general for an act of valour. And as he +gleamed there, amid that odd interchange of light and shade, with the +staff of a silken standard firm in his hand, Marius felt as if he were +face to face, for the first time, with some new knighthood or chivalry, +just then coming into the world. + +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, +that Rome was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our +travellers; Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then +consisted, agreeing, chiefly for the sake of Marius, to hasten forward, +that it might be reached by daylight, with a cheerful noise of rapid +wheels as they passed over the flagstones. But the highest light upon +the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone out, and it was dark, before +they reached the Flaminian Gate. The [171] abundant sound of water was +the one thing that impressed Marius, as they passed down a long street, +with many open spaces on either hand: Cornelius to his military +quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling-place of his fathers. + +NOTES + +162. +E-text editor's note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian +equivalent of prison-workhouses. + +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. + + + +CHAPTER XI: "THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD" + +[172] MARIUS awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, noting +for more careful inspection by and by the rolls of manuscripts. Even +greater than his curiosity in gazing for the first time on this ancient +possession, was his eagerness to look out upon Rome itself, as he +pushed back curtain and shutter, and stepped forth in the fresh morning +upon one of the many balconies, with an oft-repeated dream realised at +last. He was certainly fortunate in the time of his coming to Rome. +That old pagan world, of which Rome was the flower, had reached its +perfection in the things of poetry and art--a perfection which +indicated only too surely the eve of decline. As in some vast +intellectual museum, all its manifold products were intact and in their +places, and with custodians also still extant, duly qualified to +appreciate and explain them. And at no period of history had the +material Rome itself been better worth seeing--lying there not less +consummate than that world of [173] pagan intellect which it +represented in every phase of its darkness and light. The various work +of many ages fell here harmoniously together, as yet untouched save by +time, adding the final grace of a rich softness to its complex +expression. Much which spoke of ages earlier than Nero, the great +re-builder, lingered on, antique, quaint, immeasurably venerable, like +the relics of the medieval city in the Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: +the work of Nero's own time had come to have that sort of old world and +picturesque interest which the work of Lewis has for ourselves; while +without stretching a parallel too far we might perhaps liken the +architectural finesses of the archaic Hadrian to the more excellent +products of our own Gothic revival. The temple of Antoninus and +Faustina was still fresh in all the majesty of its closely arrayed +columns of cipollino; but, on the whole, little had been added under +the late and present emperors, and during fifty years of public quiet, +a sober brown and gray had grown apace on things. The gilding on the +roof of many a temple had lost its garishness: cornice and capital of +polished marble shone out with all the crisp freshness of real flowers, +amid the already mouldering travertine and brickwork, though the birds +had built freely among them. What Marius then saw was in many +respects, after all deduction of difference, more like the modern Rome +than the enumeration of particular losses [174] might lead us to +suppose; the Renaissance, in its most ambitious mood and with amplest +resources, having resumed the ancient classical tradition there, with +no break or obstruction, as it had happened, in any very considerable +work of the middle age. Immediately before him, on the square, steep +height, where the earliest little old Rome had huddled itself together, +arose the palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction of +rough, brown stone--line upon line of successive ages of builders--the +trim, old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven walls of +dark glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and +sparkling in the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of +pavilions and corridors above, centering in the lofty, white-marble +dwelling-place of Apollo himself. + +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering +through Rome, to which he now went forth with a heat in the town +sunshine (like a mist of fine gold-dust spread through the air) to the +height of his desire, making the dun coolness of the narrow streets +welcome enough at intervals. He almost feared, descending the stair +hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should snatch the little cup of +enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such morning rambles in +places new to him, [175] life had always seemed to come at its fullest: +it was then he could feel his youth, that youth the days of which he +had already begun to count jealously, in entire possession. So the +grave, pensive figure, a figure, be it said nevertheless, fresher far +than often came across it now, moved through the old city towards the +lodgings of Cornelius, certainly not by the most direct course, however +eager to rejoin the friend of yesterday. + +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also +his last, the two friends descended along the Vicus Tuscus, with its +rows of incense-stalls, into the Via Nova, where the fashionable people +were busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the frizzled +heads, then a la mode. A glimpse of the Marmorata, the haven at the +river-side, where specimens of all the precious marbles of the world +were lying amid great white blocks from the quarries of Luna, took his +thoughts for a moment to his distant home. They visited the +flower-market, lingering where the coronarii pressed on them the newest +species, and purchased zinias, now in blossom (like painted flowers, +thought Marius), to decorate the folds of their togas. Loitering to +the other side of the Forum, past the great Galen's drug-shop, after a +glance at the announcements of new poems on sale attached to the +doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered the curious [176] library +of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite resort of literary men, and +read, fixed there for all to see, the Diurnal or Gazette of the day, +which announced, together with births and deaths, prodigies and +accidents, and much mere matter of business, the date and manner of the +philosophic emperor's joyful return to his people; and, thereafter, +with eminent names faintly disguised, what would carry that day's news, +in many copies, over the provinces--a certain matter concerning the +great lady, known to be dear to him, whom he had left at home. It was +a story, with the development of which "society" had indeed for some +time past edified or amused itself, rallying sufficiently from the +panic of a year ago, not only to welcome back its ruler, but also to +relish a chronique scandaleuse; and thus, when soon after Marius saw +the world's wonder, he was already acquainted with the suspicions which +have ever since hung about her name. Twelve o'clock was come before +they left the Forum, waiting in a little crowd to hear the Accensus, +according to old custom, proclaim the hour of noonday, at the moment +when, from the steps of the Senate-house, the sun could be seen +standing between the Rostra and the Graecostasis. He exerted for this +function a strength of voice, which confirmed in Marius a judgment the +modern visitor may share with him, that Roman throats and Roman chests, +namely, must, in some peculiar way, be differently [177] constructed +from those of other people. Such judgment indeed he had formed in part +the evening before, noting, as a religious procession passed him, how +much noise a man and a boy could make, though not without a great deal +of real music, of which in truth the Romans were then as ever +passionately fond. + +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost +along the line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome +villas, turning presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still +the playground of Rome. But the vast public edifices were grown to be +almost continuous over the grassy expanse, represented now only by +occasional open spaces of verdure and wild-flowers. In one of these a +crowd was standing, to watch a party of athletes stripped for exercise. +Marius had been surprised at the luxurious variety of the litters borne +through Rome, where no carriage horses were allowed; and just then one +far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty appointments of ivory and +gold, was carried by, all the town pressing with eagerness to get a +glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she passed rapidly. Yes! +there, was the wonder of the world--the empress Faustina herself: +Marius could distinguish, could distinguish clearly, the well-known +profile, between the floating purple curtains. + +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it awaited +with much real [178] affection, hopeful and animated, the return of its +emperor, for whose ovation various adornments were preparing along the +streets through which the imperial procession would pass. He had left +Rome just twelve months before, amid immense gloom. The alarm of a +barbarian insurrection along the whole line of the Danube had happened +at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by the great pestilence. + +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East from +which Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the plague, +war had come to seem a merely romantic, superannuated incident of +bygone history. And now it was almost upon Italian soil. Terrible were +the reports of the numbers and audacity of the assailants. Aurelius, +as yet untried in war, and understood by a few only in the whole scope +of a really great character, was known to the majority of his subjects +as but a careful administrator, though a student of philosophy, +perhaps, as we say, a dilettante. But he was also the visible centre +of government, towards whom the hearts of a whole people turned, +grateful for fifty years of public happiness--its good genius, its +"Antonine"--whose fragile person might be foreseen speedily giving way +under the trials of military life, with a disaster like that of the +slaughter of the legions by Arminius. Prophecies of the world's +impending conflagration were easily credited: "the secular fire" would +descend from [179] heaven: superstitious fear had even demanded the +sacrifice of a human victim. + +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of +other people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every +religious claim which was one of his characteristic habits, had +invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, not only all native gods, but all +foreign deities as well, however strange.--"Help! Help! in the ocean +space!" A multitude of foreign priests had been welcomed to Rome, with +their various peculiar religious rites. The sacrifices made on this +occasion were remembered for centuries; and the starving poor, at +least, found some satisfaction in the flesh of those herds of "white +bulls," which came into the city, day after day, to yield the savour of +their blood to the gods. + +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of "Emperor," +still had its magic power over the nations. The mere approach of the +Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. Aurelius and his +colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a deputation arrived to +ask for peace. And now the two imperial "brothers" were returning home +at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a villa outside the walls, till +the capital had made ready to receive them. But although Rome was thus +in genial reaction, with much relief, [180] and hopefulness against the +winter, facing itself industriously in damask of red and gold, those +two enemies were still unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the +Danube was but over-awed for a season; and the plague, as we saw when +Marius was on his way to Rome, was not to depart till it had done a +large part in the formation of the melancholy picturesque of modern +Italy--till it had made, or prepared for the making of the Roman +Campagna. The old, unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of +Antoninus Pius--that genuine though unconscious humanist--was gone for +ever. And again and again, throughout this day of varied observation, +Marius had been reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in +"the most religious city of the world," as one had said, but that Rome +was become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such +superstition presented itself almost as religious mania in many an +incident of his long ramble,--incidents to which he gave his full +attention, though contending in some measure with a reluctance on the +part of his companion, the motive of which he did not understand till +long afterwards. Marius certainly did not allow this reluctance to +deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome partly under poetic +vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of life itself, +upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to reflect +them; to transmute them [181] into golden words? He must observe that +strange medley of superstition, that centuries' growth, layer upon +layer, of the curiosities of religion (one faith jostling another out +of place) at least for its picturesque interest, and as an indifferent +outsider might, not too deeply concerned in the question which, if any +of them, was to be the survivor. + +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast and +complex system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of +public and private life, attractively enough for those who had but "the +historic temper," and a taste for the past, however much a Lucian might +depreciate it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, indeed, been +always something to be done, rather than something to be thought, or +believed, or loved; something to be done in minutely detailed manner, +at a particular time and place, correctness in which had long been a +matter of laborious learning with a whole school of ritualists--as +also, now and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice with certain +exceptionally devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with his life +in his hand, succeeded in passing the sentinels of the invading Gauls +to perform a sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to the divine +protection, had returned in safety. So jealous was the distinction +between sacred and profane, that, in the matter [182] of the "regarding +of days," it had made more than half the year a holiday. Aurelius had, +indeed, ordained that there should be no more than a hundred and +thirty-five festival days in the year; but in other respects he had +followed in the steps of his predecessor, Antoninus Pius--commended +especially for his "religion," his conspicuous devotion to its public +ceremonies--and whose coins are remarkable for their reference to the +oldest and most hieratic types of Roman mythology. Aurelius had +succeeded in more than healing the old feud between philosophy and +religion, displaying himself, in singular combination, as at once the +most zealous of philosophers and the most devout of polytheists, and +lending himself, with an air of conviction, to all the pageantries of +public worship. To his pious recognition of that one orderly spirit, +which, according to the doctrine of the Stoics, diffuses itself through +the world, and animates it--a recognition taking the form, with him, of +a constant effort towards inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious +order of his own soul--he had added a warm personal devotion towards +the whole multitude of the old national gods, and a great many new +foreign ones besides, by him, at least, not ignobly conceived. If the +comparison may be reverently made, there was something here of the +method by which the catholic church has added the cultus of the saints +to its worship of the one Divine Being. + +[183] And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the +personal centre of religion, entertained the hope of converting his +people to philosophic faith, and had even pronounced certain public +discourses for their instruction in it, that polytheistic devotion was +his most striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, had, for the most +part, thought with Seneca, "that a man need not lift his hands to +heaven, nor ask the sacristan's leave to put his mouth to the ear of an +image, that his prayers might be heard the better."--Marcus Aurelius, +"a master in Israel," knew all that well enough. Yet his outward +devotion was much more than a concession to popular sentiment, or a +mere result of that sense of fellow-citizenship with others, which had +made him again and again, under most difficult circumstances, an +excellent comrade. Those others, too!--amid all their ignorances, what +were they but instruments in the administration of the Divine Reason, +"from end to end sweetly and strongly disposing all things"? Meantime +"Philosophy" itself had assumed much of what we conceive to be the +religious character. It had even cultivated the habit, the power, of +"spiritual direction"; the troubled soul making recourse in its hour of +destitution, or amid the distractions of the world, to this or that +director--philosopho suo--who could really best understand it. + +And it had been in vain that the old, grave [184] and discreet religion +of Rome had set itself, according to its proper genius, to prevent or +subdue all trouble and disturbance in men's souls. In religion, as in +other matters, plebeians, as such, had a taste for movement, for +revolution; and it had been ever in the most populous quarters that +religious changes began. To the apparatus of foreign religion, above +all, recourse had been made in times of public disquietude or sudden +terror; and in those great religious celebrations, before his +proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius had even restored the +solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital since the time of +Augustus, making no secret of his worship of that goddess, though her +temple had been actually destroyed by authority in the reign of +Tiberius. Her singular and in many ways beautiful ritual was now +popular in Rome. And then--what the enthusiasm of the swarming +plebeian quarters had initiated, was sure to be adopted, sooner or +later, by women of fashion. A blending of all the religions of the +ancient world had been accomplished. The new gods had arrived, had +been welcomed, and found their places; though, certainly, with no real +security, in any adequate ideal of the divine nature itself in the +background of men's minds, that the presence of the new-comer should be +edifying, or even refining. High and low addressed themselves to all +deities alike without scruple; confusing them together when they +prayed, and in the old, [185] authorised, threefold veneration of their +visible images, by flowers, incense, and ceremonial lights--those +beautiful usages, which the church, in her way through the world, ever +making spoil of the world's goods for the better uses of the human +spirit, took up and sanctified in her service. + +And certainly "the most religious city in the world" took no care to +veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its +little chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one +seemed to exercise some religious function and responsibility. +Colleges, composed for the most part of slaves and of the poor, +provided for the service of the Compitalian Lares--the gods who +presided, respectively, over the several quarters of the city. In one +street, Marius witnessed an incident of the festival of the patron +deity of that neighbourhood, the way being strewn with box, the houses +tricked out gaily in such poor finery as they possessed, while the +ancient idol was borne through it in procession, arrayed in gaudy +attire the worse for wear. Numerous religious clubs had their stated +anniversaries, on which the members issued with much ceremony from +their guild-hall, or schola, and traversed the thoroughfares of Rome, +preceded, like the confraternities of the present day, by their sacred +banners, to offer sacrifice before some famous image. Black with the +perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, oftenest old and [186] ugly, +perhaps on that account the more likely to listen to the desires of the +suffering--had not those sacred effigies sometimes given sensible +tokens that they were aware? The image of the Fortune of +Women--Fortuna Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not once only) +and declared; Bene me, Matronae! vidistis riteque dedicastis! The +Apollo of Cumae had wept during three whole nights and days. The +images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been seen to sweat. Nay! +there was blood--divine blood--in the hearts of some of them: the +images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! + +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the "atheist" of whom +Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing image or +sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the latter +determined to enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their return +into the Forum, below the Palatine hill, where the mothers were +pressing in, with a multitude of every sort of children, to touch the +lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse of Romulus--so tender to +little ones!--just discernible in its dark shrine, amid a blaze of +lights. Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as he mounted the +steps to his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. Marius failed +precisely to catch the words. + +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over Rome, +far above a whisper, [187] the whole town seeming hushed to catch it +distinctly, the lively, reckless call to "play," from the sons and +daughters of foolishness, to those in whom their life was still +green--Donec virenti canities abest!--Donec virenti canities abest!+ +Marius could hardly doubt how Cornelius would have taken the call. And +as for himself, slight as was the burden of positive moral obligation +with which he had entered Rome, it was to no wasteful and vagrant +affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had committed him. + +NOTES + +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: "So long as youth is fresh +and age is far away." + + + +CHAPTER XII: THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING + + But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye, + And great Augustus long ygoe is dead, + And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead, + That matter made for poets on to playe.+ + +[188] MARCUS AURELIUS who, though he had little relish for them +himself, had ever been willing to humour the taste of his people for +magnificent spectacles, was received back to Rome with the lesser +honours of the Ovation, conceded by the Senate (so great was the public +sense of deliverance) with even more than the laxity which had become +its habit under imperial rule, for there had been no actual bloodshed +in the late achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the chief Roman +magistrate, and with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his colleague +similarly attired walking beside him, he passed up to the Capitol on +foot, though in solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to offer +sacrifice to the national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, whose +image we may still see between the pig and the ox of the [189] +Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled almost like some ancient canon of +the church, on a sculptured fragment in the Forum, was conducted by the +priests, clad in rich white vestments, and bearing their sacred +utensils of massive gold, immediately behind a company of +flute-players, led by the great choir-master, or conductor, of the day, +visibly tetchy or delighted, according as the instruments he ruled with +his tuning-rod, rose, more or less adequately amid the difficulties of +the way, to the dream of perfect music in the soul within him. The +vast crowd, including the soldiers of the triumphant army, now restored +to wives and children, all alike in holiday whiteness, had left their +houses early in the fine, dry morning, in a real affection for "the +father of his country," to await the procession, the two princes having +spent the preceding night outside the walls, at the old Villa of the +Republic. Marius, full of curiosity, had taken his position with much +care; and stood to see the world's masters pass by, at an angle from +which he could command the view of a great part of the processional +route, sprinkled with fine yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from +profane footsteps. + +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the +flutes, heard at length above the acclamations of the people--Salve +Imperator!--Dii te servent!--shouted in regular time, over the hills. +It was on the central [190] figure, of course, that the whole attention +of Marius was fixed from the moment when the procession came in sight, +preceded by the lictors with gilded fasces, the imperial image-bearers, +and the pages carrying lighted torches; a band of knights, among whom +was Cornelius in complete military, array, following. Amply swathed +about in the folds of a richly worked toga, after a manner now long +since become obsolete with meaner persons, Marius beheld a man of about +five-and-forty years of age, with prominent eyes--eyes, which although +demurely downcast during this essentially religious ceremony, were by +nature broadly and benignantly observant. He was still, in the main, +as we see him in the busts which represent his gracious and courtly +youth, when Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name +of his father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland +capacity of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly +as of old, shone out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace +of the trouble of his lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the +blindness or perplexity of the people about him, understood all things +clearly; the dilemma, to which his experience so far had brought him, +between Chance with meek resignation, and a Providence with boundless +possibilities and hope, being for him at least distinctly defined. + +That outward serenity, which he valued so [191] highly as a point of +manner or expression not unworthy the care of a public +minister--outward symbol, it might be thought, of the inward religious +serenity it had been his constant purpose to maintain--was increased +to-day by his sense of the gratitude of his people; that his life had +been one of such gifts and blessings as made his person seem in very +deed divine to them. Yet the cloud of some reserved internal sorrow, +passing from time to time into an expression of fatigue and effort, of +loneliness amid the shouting multitude, might have been detected there +by the more observant--as if the sagacious hint of one of his officers, +"The soldiers can't understand you, they don't know Greek," were +applicable always to his relationships with other people. The nostrils +and mouth seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius noted in +them, as in the hands, and in the spare body generally, what was new to +his experience--something of asceticism, as we say, of a bodily +gymnastic, by which, although it told pleasantly in the clear blue +humours of the eye, the flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer with +the spirit. It was hardly the expression of "the healthy mind in the +healthy body," but rather of a sacrifice of the body to the soul, its +needs and aspirations, that Marius seemed to divine in this assiduous +student of the Greek sages--a sacrifice, in truth, far beyond the +demands of their very saddest philosophy of life. + +[192] Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine +ornaments!--had been ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred Stoic, +who still thought manners a true part of morals, according to the old +sense of the term, and who regrets now and again that he cannot control +his thoughts equally well with his countenance. That outward composure +was deepened during the solemnities of this day by an air of pontifical +abstraction; which, though very far from being pride--nay, a sort of +humility rather--yet gave, to himself, an air of unapproachableness, +and to his whole proceeding, in which every minutest act was +considered, the character of a ritual. Certainly, there was no +haughtiness, social, moral, or even philosophic, in Aurelius, who had +realised, under more trying conditions perhaps than any one before, +that no element of humanity could be alien from him. Yet, as he walked +to-day, the centre of ten thousand observers, with eyes discreetly +fixed on the ground, veiling his head at times and muttering very +rapidly the words of the "supplications," there was something many +spectators may have noted as a thing new in their experience, for +Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, took all this with absolute +seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity of kings, that, in the words +of Tacitus, Princes are as Gods--Principes instar deorum esse--seemed +to have taken a novel, because a literal, sense. For Aurelius, indeed, +the old legend of his descent from Numa, from [193] Numa who had talked +with the gods, meant much. Attached in very early years to the service +of the altars, like many another noble youth, he was "observed to +perform all his sacerdotal functions with a constancy and exactness +unusual at that age; was soon a master of the sacred music; and had all +the forms and ceremonies by heart." And now, as the emperor, who had +not only a vague divinity about his person, but was actually the chief +religious functionary of the state, recited from time to time the forms +of invocation, he needed not the help of the prompter, or +ceremoniarius, who then approached, to assist him by whispering the +appointed words in his ear. It was that pontifical abstraction which +then impressed itself on Marius as the leading outward characteristic +of Aurelius; though to him alone, perhaps, in that vast crowd of +observers, it was no strange thing, but a matter he had understood from +of old. + +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal +processions to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in the +East; the very word Triumph being, according to this supposition, only +Thriambos-the Dionysiac Hymn. And certainly the younger of the two +imperial "brothers," who, with the effect of a strong contrast, walked +beside Aurelius, and shared the honours of the day, might well have +reminded people of the delicate Greek god of flowers and wine. This +[194] new conqueror of the East was now about thirty-six years old, but +with his scrupulous care for all the advantages of his person, and a +soft curling beard powdered with gold, looked many years younger. One +result of the more genial element in the wisdom of Aurelius had been +that, amid most difficult circumstances, he had known throughout life +how to act in union with persons of character very alien from his own; +to be more than loyal to the colleague, the younger brother in empire, +he had too lightly taken to himself, five years before, then an +uncorrupt youth, "skilled in manly exercises and fitted for war." When +Aurelius thanks the gods that a brother had fallen to his lot, whose +character was a stimulus to the proper care of his own, one sees that +this could only have happened in the way of an example, putting him on +his guard against insidious faults. But it is with sincere amiability +that the imperial writer, who was indeed little used to be ironical, +adds that the lively respect and affection of the junior had often +"gladdened" him. To be able to make his use of the flower, when the +fruit perhaps was useless or poisonous:--that was one of the practical +successes of his philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, +"the concord of the two Augusti." + +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time +extravagant or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, [195] +healthy-looking, cleanly, and firm, which seemed unassociable with any +form of self-torment, and made one think of the muzzle of some young +hound or roe, such as human beings invariably like to stroke--a +physiognomy, in effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of the +finer sort, though still wholly animal. The charm was that of the +blond head, the unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor less +than one may see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, and with +the stuff which makes brave soldiers, in spite of the natural kinship +it seems to have with playthings and gay flowers. But innate in Lucius +Verus there was that more than womanly fondness for fond things, which +had made the atmosphere of the old city of Antioch, heavy with +centuries of voluptuousness, a poison to him: he had come to love his +delicacies best out of season, and would have gilded the very flowers. +But with a wonderful power of self-obliteration, the elder brother at +the capital had directed his procedure successfully, and allowed him, +become now also the husband of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a +"Conquest," though Verus had certainly not returned a conqueror over +himself. He had returned, as we know, with the plague in his company, +along with many another strange creature of his folly; and when the +people saw him publicly feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds +and sweet grapes, wearing the animal's image in gold, and [196] finally +building it a tomb, they felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that +he might revive the manners of Nero.--What if, in the chances of war, +he should survive the protecting genius of that elder brother? + +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity that +Marius regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the highly +expressive type of a class,--the true son of his father, adopted by +Hadrian. Lucius Verus the elder, also, had had the like strange +capacity for misusing the adornments of life, with a masterly grace; as +if such misusing were, in truth, the quite adequate occupation of an +intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical philosophy or some +disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort of genius, of which +there had been instances in the imperial purple: it was to ascend the +throne, a few years later, in the person of one, now a hopeful little +lad at home in the palace; and it had its following, of course, among +the wealthy youth at Rome, who concentrated no inconsiderable force of +shrewdness and tact upon minute details of attire and manner, as upon +the one thing needful. Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. +Such things had even their sober use, as making the outside of human +life superficially attractive, and thereby promoting the first steps +towards friendship and social amity. But what precise place could +there be for Verus and his peculiar charm, [197] in that Wisdom, that +Order of divine Reason "reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly +disposing all things," from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so +tolerant of persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was +certainly well-fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of +Lucius Verus after his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, +in all minor things, felt, though with some suspicion of himself, that +he entered into, and could understand, this other so dubious sort of +character also. There was a voice in the theory he had brought to Rome +with him which whispered "nothing is either great nor small;" as there +were times when he could have thought that, as the "grammarian's" or +the artist's ardour of soul may be satisfied by the perfecting of the +theory of a sentence, or the adjustment of two colours, so his own life +also might have been fulfilled by an enthusiastic quest after +perfection--say, in the flowering and folding of a toga. + +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed in +its most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of Salve +Imperator! turned now from the living princes to the deity, as they +discerned his countenance through the great open doors. The imperial +brothers had deposited their crowns of myrtle on the richly embroidered +lapcloth of the god; and, with their chosen guests, sat down to a +public feast in the temple [198] itself. There followed what was, +after all, the great event of the day:--an appropriate discourse, a +discourse almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in the presence +of the assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who had thus, on +certain rare occasions, condescended to instruct his people, with the +double authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious student of +philosophy. In those lesser honours of the ovation, there had been no +attendant slave behind the emperors, to make mock of their effulgence +as they went; and it was as if with the discretion proper to a +philosopher, and in fear of a jealous Nemesis, he had determined +himself to protest in time against the vanity of all outward success. + +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor's discourse in the vast +hall of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, or +on the steps before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius had +noticed in the Via Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by +observation the minute points of senatorial procedure. Marius had +already some acquaintance with them, and passing on found himself +suddenly in the presence of what was still the most august assembly the +world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for this +ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had +recovered all its old dignity and independence. Among its members many +[199] hundreds in number, visibly the most distinguished of them all, +Marius noted the great sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in all +their magnificence. The antique character of their attire, and the +ancient mode of wearing it, still surviving with them, added to the +imposing character of their persons, while they sat, with their staves +of ivory in their hands, on their curule chairs--almost the exact +pattern of the chair still in use in the Roman church when a Bishop +pontificates at the divine offices--"tranquil and unmoved, with a +majesty that seemed divine," as Marius thought, like the old Gaul of +the Invasion. The rays of the early November sunset slanted full upon +the audience, and made it necessary for the officers of the Court to +draw the purple curtains over the windows, adding to the solemnity of +the scene. In the depth of those warm shadows, surrounded by her +ladies, the empress Faustina was seated to listen. The beautiful Greek +statue of Victory, which since the days of Augustus had presided over +the assemblies of the Senate, had been brought into the hall, and +placed near the chair of the emperor; who, after rising to perform a +brief sacrificial service in its honour, bowing reverently to the +assembled fathers left and right, took his seat and began to speak. + +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or +triteness of the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the old +[200] Roman epitaphs, of all that was monumental in that city of tombs, +layer upon layer of dead things and people. As if in the very fervour +of disillusion, he seemed to be composing--Hosper epigraphas chronon +kai holon ethnon+--the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples; +nay! the very epitaph of the living Rome itself. The grandeur of the +ruins of Rome,--heroism in ruin: it was under the influence of an +imaginative anticipation of this, that he appeared to be speaking. And +though the impression of the actual greatness of Rome on that day was +but enhanced by the strain of contempt, falling with an accent of +pathetic conviction from the emperor himself, and gaining from his +pontifical pretensions the authority of a religious intimation, yet the +curious interest of the discourse lay in this, that Marius, for one, as +he listened, seemed to forsee a grass-grown Forum, the broken ways of +the Capitol, and the Palatine hill itself in humble occupation. That +impression connected itself with what he had already noted of an actual +change even then coming over Italian scenery. Throughout, he could +trace something of a humour into which Stoicism at all times tends to +fall, the tendency to cry, Abase yourselves! There was here the almost +inhuman impassibility of one who had thought too closely on the +paradoxical aspect of the love of posthumous fame. With the ascetic +pride which lurks under all Platonism, [201] resultant from its +opposition of the seen to the unseen, as falsehood to truth--the +imperial Stoic, like his true descendant, the hermit of the middle age, +was ready, in no friendly humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the +corpse which had made so much of itself in life. Marius could but +contrast all that with his own Cyrenaic eagerness, just then, to taste +and see and touch; reflecting on the opposite issues deducible from the +same text. "The world, within me and without, flows away like a +river," he had said; "therefore let me make the most of what is here +and now."--"The world and the thinker upon it, are consumed like a +flame," said Aurelius, "therefore will I turn away my eyes from vanity: +renounce: withdraw myself alike from all affections." He seemed +tacitly to claim as a sort of personal dignity, that he was very +familiarly versed in this view of things, and could discern a +death's-head everywhere. Now and again Marius was reminded of the +saying that "with the Stoics all people are the vulgar save +themselves;" and at times the orator seemed to have forgotten his +audience, and to be speaking only to himself. + +"Art thou in love with men's praises, get thee into the very soul of +them, and see!--see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, +bethink thee, that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou +[202] wouldst survive by thy great name, will be but as these, whom +here thou hast found so hard to live with. For of a truth, the soul of +him who is aflutter upon renown after death, presents not this aright +to itself, that of all whose memory he would have each one will +likewise very quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, as she +journeys on by means of such as are themselves on the wing but for a +while, and are extinguished in their turn.--Making so much of those +thou wilt never see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those who were +before thee discourse fair things concerning thee. + +"To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret and +fear.-- + + Like the race of leaves + The race of man is:-- + + The wind in autumn strows + The earth with old leaves: then the spring + the woods with new endows.+ + +Leaves! little leaves!--thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who scorn +or miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall outlast +them. For all these, and the like of them, are born indeed in the +spring season--Earos epigignetai hore+: and soon a wind hath scattered +them, and thereafter the [203] wood peopleth itself again with another +generation of leaves. And what is common to all of them is but the +littleness of their lives: and yet wouldst thou love and hate, as if +these things should continue for ever. In a little while thine eyes +also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast leaned thyself +be himself a burden upon another. + +"Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, or +are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very substance +of them is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is almost +nothing which continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so close at +thy side. Folly! to be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, by reason +of things like these! Think of infinite matter, and thy portion--how +tiny a particle, of it! of infinite time, and thine own brief point +there; of destiny, and the jot thou art in it; and yield thyself +readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee what web she will. + +"As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had its +aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first beginning +of his course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any profit of +its rising, or loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? or the +bubble, as it groweth or breaketh on the air? or the flame of the lamp, +from the beginning to the end of its brief story? + +[204] "All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who +disposeth all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now +seest, fashioning from its substance somewhat else, and therefrom +somewhat else in its turn, lest the world grow old. We are such stuff +as dreams are made of--disturbing dreams. Awake, then! and see thy +dream as it is, in comparison with that erewhile it seemed to thee. + +"And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must +needs be of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within +the rhythm and number of things which really are; so that in forty +years one may note of man and of his ways little less than in a +thousand. Ah! from this higher place, look we down upon the +ship-wrecks and the calm! Consider, for example, how the world went, +under the emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in marriage, +they breed children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches +for others or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then they +are; they are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, suspicious, +waiting upon the death of others:--festivals, business, war, sickness, +dissolution: and now their whole life is no longer anywhere at all. +Pass on to the reign of Trajan: all things continue the same: and that +life also is no longer anywhere at all. [205] Ah! but look again, and +consider, one after another, as it were the sepulchral inscriptions of +all peoples and times, according to one pattern.--What multitudes, +after their utmost striving--a little afterwards! were dissolved again +into their dust. + +"Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it must +be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. How many +have never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget them! How +soon may those who shout my name to-day begin to revile it, because +glory, and the memory of men, and all things beside, are but vanity--a +sand-heap under the senseless wind, the barking of dogs, the +quarrelling of children, weeping incontinently upon their laughter. + +"This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now cometh +to be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt thou make +thy treasure of any one of these things? It were as if one set his +love upon the swallow, as it passeth out of sight through the air! + +"Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those +whom men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement +spirit--those famous rages, and the occasions of them--the great +fortunes, and misfortunes, of men's strife of old. What are they all +now, and the dust of their battles? Dust [206] and ashes indeed; a +fable, a mythus, or not so much as that. Yes! keep those before thine +eyes who took this or that, the like of which happeneth to thee, so +hardly; were so querulous, so agitated. And where again are they? +Wouldst thou have it not otherwise with thee? + +Consider how quickly all things vanish away--their bodily structure +into the general substance; the very memory of them into that great +gulf and abysm of past thoughts. Ah! 'tis on a tiny space of earth +thou art creeping through life--a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to +its grave. + +"Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy +soul: what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what a +little particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and +consider what thing it is, and that which old age, and lust, and the +languor of disease can make of it. Or come to its substantial and +causal qualities, its very type: contemplate that in itself, apart from +the accidents of matter, and then measure also the span of time for +which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that special +type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of things +corruption hath its part--so much dust, humour, stench, and scraps of +bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth's callosities, thy +gold and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a worm's bedding, and +thy [207] purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy life's breath is not +otherwise, as it passeth out of matters like these, into the like of +them again. + +"For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, +moulds and remoulds--how hastily!--beast, and plant, and the babe, in +turn: and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of nature, +but, remaining therein, hath also its changes there, disparting into +those elements of which nature herself, and thou too, art compacted. +She changes without murmuring. The oaken chest falls to pieces with no +more complaining than when the carpenter fitted it together. If one +told thee certainly that on the morrow thou shouldst die, or at the +furthest on the day after, it would be no great matter to thee to die +on the day after to-morrow, rather than to-morrow. Strive to think it +a thing no greater that thou wilt die--not to-morrow, but a year, or +two years, or ten years from to-day. + +"I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our buried +ancestors--all things sordid in their elements, trite by long usage, +and yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a countryman in +town, is he, who wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, the repetition +of the public shows, weary thee? Even so doth that likeness of events +in the spectacle of the world. And so must it be with thee to the end. +For the wheel of the world hath ever the same [208] motion, upward and +downward, from generation to generation. When, when, shall time give +place to eternity? + +"If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, +inasmuch as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning +them. Consider what death is, and how, if one does but detach from it +the appearances, the notions, that hang about it, resting the eye upon +it as in itself it really is, it must be thought of but as an effect of +nature, and that man but a child whom an effect of nature shall +affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; but a thing +profitable also to herself. + +"To cease from action--the ending of thine effort to think and do: +there is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man's life, +boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of these +also is a dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the ship, thou +hast made thy voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! Be it into +some other life: the divine breath is everywhere, even there. Be it +into forgetfulness for ever; at least thou wilt rest from the beating +of sensible images upon thee, from the passions which pluck thee this +way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those long marches of the +intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the flesh. + +"Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone--a name only, or +not so much as [209] that, which, also, is but whispering and a +resonance, kept alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have +hardly known themselves; how much less thee, dead so long ago! + +"When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call +up there before thee one of thine ancestors--one of those old Caesars. +Lo! everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the thought occur +to thee: And where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? And thou, +thyself--how long? Art thou blind to that thou art--thy matter, how +temporal; and thy function, the nature of thy business? Yet tarry, at +least, till thou hast assimilated even these things to thine own proper +essence, as a quick fire turneth into heat and light whatsoever be cast +upon it. + +"As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names +that were once on all men's lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, +in a little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then +Hadrian, and then Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who lifted +wise brows at other men's sick-beds, have sickened and died! Those wise +Chaldeans, who foretold, as a great matter, another man's last hour, +have themselves been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those others, in +their pleasant places: those who doated on a Capreae like [210] +Tiberius, on their gardens, on the baths: Pythagoras and Socrates, who +reasoned so closely upon immortality: Alexander, who used the lives of +others as though his own should last for ever--he and his mule-driver +alike now!--one upon another. Well-nigh the whole court of Antoninus +is extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no longer beside the sepulchre of +their lord. The watchers over Hadrian's dust have slipped from his +sepulchre.--It were jesting to stay longer. Did they sit there still, +would the dead feel it? or feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those +watchers for ever? The time must come when they too shall be aged men +and aged women, and decease, and fail from their places; and what shift +were there then for imperial service? This too is but the breath of +the tomb, and a skinful of dead men's blood. + +"Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul only, +but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last of +his race. Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of +others, whose very burial place is unknown. + +"Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, +nor repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous judge, +no tyrant, but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a player leaves +the stage at the bidding of the conductor who hired him. Sayest thou, +'I have not played five acts'? True! but in [211] human life, three +acts only make sometimes an entire play. That is the composer's +business, not thine. Withdraw thyself with a good will; for that too +hath, perchance, a good will which dismisseth thee from thy part." + +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in +somewhat suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made ready +to do him a useless honour, were of real service now, as the emperor +was solemnly conducted home; one man rapidly catching light from +another--a long stream of moving lights across the white Forum, up the +great stairs, to the palace. And, in effect, that night winter began, +the hardest that had been known for a lifetime. The wolves came from +the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, devoured the dead bodies +which had been hastily buried during the plague, and, emboldened by +their meal, crept, before the short day was well past, over the walls +of the farmyards of the Campagna. The eagles were seen driving the +flocks of smaller birds across the dusky sky. Only, in the city itself +the winter was all the brighter for the contrast, among those who could +pay for light and warmth. The habit-makers made a great sale of the +spoil of all such furry creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for +presents at the Saturnalia; and at no time had the winter roses from +Carthage seemed more lustrously yellow and red. + +NOTES + +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. + +200. +Transliteration: Hosper epigraphas chronon kai holon ethnon. +Pater's Translation: "the sepulchral titles of ages and whole peoples." + +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. + +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hore. Translation: "born in +springtime." Homer, Iliad VI.147. + +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "He was +the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XIII: THE "MISTRESS AND MOTHER" OF PALACES + +AFTER that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, softening +leaf and bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the air; but he +did his work behind an evenly white sky, against which the abode of the +Caesars, its cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like a picture in +beautiful but melancholy colour, as Marius climbed the long flights of +steps to be introduced to the emperor Aurelius. Attired in the newest +mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae of white leather, with the heavy +gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga of ceremony, he still +retained all his country freshness of complexion. The eyes of the +"golden youth" of Rome were upon him as the chosen friend of Cornelius, +and the destined servant of the emperor; but not jealously. In spite +of, perhaps partly because of, his habitual reserve of manner, he had +become "the fashion," even among those who felt instinctively the irony +which lay beneath that remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all +things with a [213] difference from other people, perceptible in voice, +in expression, and even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one +who, entering vividly into life, and relishing to the full the +delicacies of its intercourse, yet feels all the while, from the point +of view of an ideal philosophy, that he is but conceding reality to +suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a day-dream, of the +illusiveness of which he at least is aware. + +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due moment +of admission to the emperor's presence. He was admiring the peculiar +decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. In the +midst of one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit you might +have gathered, the figure of a woman knocking at a door with wonderful +reality of perspective. Then the summons came; and in a few minutes, +the etiquette of the imperial household being still a simple matter, he +had passed the curtains which divided the central hall of the palace +into three parts--three degrees of approach to the sacred person--and +was speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, in which the emperor +oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more familiarly, in Latin, +adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek phrase, as now and +again French phrases have made the adornment of fashionable English. It +was with real kindliness that Marcus Aurelius looked upon Marius, as +[214] a youth of great attainments in Greek letters and philosophy; and +he liked also his serious expression, being, as we know, a believer in +the doctrine of physiognomy--that, as he puts it, not love only, but +every other affection of man's soul, looks out very plainly from the +window of the eyes. + +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, and +richly decorated with the favourite toys of two or three generations of +imperial collectors, now finally revised by the high connoisseurship of +the Stoic emperor himself, though destined not much longer to remain +together there. It is the repeated boast of Aurelius that he had +learned from old Antoninus Pius to maintain authority without the +constant use of guards, in a robe woven by the handmaids of his own +consort, with no processional lights or images, and "that a prince may +shrink himself almost into the figure of a private gentleman." And +yet, again as at his first sight of him, Marius was struck by the +profound religiousness of the surroundings of the imperial presence. +The effect might have been due in part to the very simplicity, the +discreet and scrupulous simplicity, of the central figure in this +splendid abode; but Marius could not forget that he saw before him not +only the head of the Roman religion, but one who might actually have +claimed something like divine worship, had he cared to do so. Though +the fantastic pretensions of Caligula had brought some contempt [215] +on that claim, which had become almost a jest under the ungainly +Claudius, yet, from Augustus downwards, a vague divinity had seemed to +surround the Caesars even in this life; and the peculiar character of +Aurelius, at once a ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his +pontifical calling, and a philosopher whose mystic speculation +encircled him with a sort of saintly halo, had restored to his person, +without his intending it, something of that divine prerogative, or +prestige. Though he would never allow the immediate dedication of +altars to himself, yet the image of his Genius--his spirituality or +celestial counterpart--was placed among those of the deified princes of +the past; and his family, including Faustina and the young Commodus, +was spoken of as the "holy" or "divine" house. Many a Roman courtier +agreed with the barbarian chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor +of Aurelius, withdrew from his presence with the exclamation:--"I have +seen a god to-day!" The very roof of his house, rising into a pediment +or gable, like that of the sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either +side its doorway, the chaplet of oak-leaves above, seemed to designate +the place for religious veneration. And notwithstanding all this, the +household of Aurelius was singularly modest, with none of the wasteful +expense of palaces after the fashion of Lewis the Fourteenth; the +palatial dignity being felt only in a peculiar sense of order, the +absence [216] of all that was casual, of vulgarity and discomfort. A +merely official residence of his predecessors, the Palatine had become +the favourite dwelling-place of Aurelius; its many-coloured memories +suiting, perhaps, his pensive character, and the crude splendours of +Nero and Hadrian being now subdued by time. The window-less Roman abode +must have had much of what to a modern would be gloom. How did the +children, one wonders, endure houses with so little escape for the eye +into the world outside? Aurelius, who had altered little else, +choosing to live there, in a genuine homeliness, had shifted and made +the most of the level lights, and broken out a quite medieval window +here and there, and the clear daylight, fully appreciated by his +youthful visitor, made pleasant shadows among the objects of the +imperial collection. Some of these, indeed, by reason of their Greek +simplicity and grace, themselves shone out like spaces of a purer, +early light, amid the splendours of the Roman manufacture. + +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep enough, +he was abounding and bright to-day, after one of those pitiless +headaches, which since boyhood had been the "thorn in his side," +challenging the pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one in humble +endurances. At the first moment, to Marius, remembering the spectacle +of the emperor in ceremony, it was almost bewildering to be in [217] +private conversation with him. There was much in the philosophy of +Aurelius--much consideration of mankind at large, of great bodies, +aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner--which, on a nature +less rich than his, might have acted as an inducement to care for +people in inverse proportion to their nearness to him. That has +sometimes been the result of the Stoic cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, +however, determined to beautify by all means, great or little, a +doctrine which had in it some potential sourness, had brought all the +quickness of his intelligence, and long years of observation, to bear +on the conditions of social intercourse. He had early determined "not +to make business an excuse to decline the offices of humanity--not to +pretend to be too much occupied with important affairs to concede what +life with others may hourly demand;" and with such success, that, in an +age which made much of the finer points of that intercourse, it was +felt that the mere honesty of his conversation was more pleasing than +other men's flattery. His agreeableness to his young visitor to-day +was, in truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of Lucius +Verus really a brother--the wisdom of not being exigent with men, any +more than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond +their nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, +regarding whom this wisdom became a marvel, of equity--of charity. + +[218] The centre of a group of princely children, in the same apartment +with Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern home, sat +the empress Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With her long +fingers lighted up red by the glowing coals of the brazier Marius +looked close upon the most beautiful woman in the world, who was also +the great paradox of the age, among her boys and girls. As has been +truly said of the numerous representations of her in art, so in life, +she had the air of one curious, restless, to enter into conversation +with the first comer. She had certainly the power of stimulating a +very ambiguous sort of curiosity about herself. And Marius found this +enigmatic point in her expression, that even after seeing her many +times he could never precisely recall her features in absence. The lad +of six years, looking older, who stood beside her, impatiently plucking +a rose to pieces over the hearth, was, in outward appearance, his +father--the young Verissimus--over again; but with a certain feminine +length of feature, and with all his mother's alertness, or license, of +gaze. + +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house +regarding the adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their +lovers' garlands there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the +boy beside her, really the effect of a shameful magic, in which the +blood of the murdered gladiator, his true father, had been an +ingredient? Were the tricks for [219] deceiving husbands which the +Roman poet describes, really hers, and her household an efficient +school of all the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too aware, +like every one beside? Were certain sudden deaths which happened +there, really the work of apoplexy, or the plague? + +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to penetrate, +was, however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist philosophy, to his +determination that the world should be to him simply what the higher +reason preferred to conceive it; and the life's journey Aurelius had +made so far, though involving much moral and intellectual loneliness, +had been ever in affectionate and helpful contact with other wayfarers, +very unlike himself. Since his days of earliest childhood in the +Lateran gardens, he seemed to himself, blessing the gods for it after +deliberate survey, to have been always surrounded by kinsmen, friends, +servants, of exceptional virtue. From the great Stoic idea, that we +are all fellow-citizens of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more +equitable estimate than was common among Stoics, of the eternal +shortcomings of men and women. Considerations that might tend to the +sweetening of his temper it was his daily care to store away, with a +kind of philosophic pride in the thought that no one took more +good-naturedly than he the "oversights" of his neighbours. For had not +Plato taught (it was not [220] paradox, but simple truth of experience) +that if people sin, it is because they know no better, and are "under +the necessity of their own ignorance"? Hard to himself, he seemed at +times, doubtless, to decline too softly upon unworthy persons. +Actually, he came thereby upon many a useful instrument. The empress +Faustina he would seem at least to have kept, by a constraining +affection, from becoming altogether what most people have believed her, +and won in her (we must take him at his word in the "Thoughts," +abundantly confirmed by letters, on both sides, in his correspondence +with Cornelius Fronto) a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, because +misknown of others. Was the secret of her actual blamelessness, after +all, with him who has at least screened her name? At all events, the +one thing quite certain about her, besides her extraordinary beauty, is +her sweetness to himself. + +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the garden, +would not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and he was +the vine, putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, again and +again, after his kind, whatever use people might make of it. Certainly, +his actual presence never lost its power, and Faustina was glad in it +to-day, the birthday of one of her children, a boy who stood at her +knee holding in his fingers tenderly a tiny silver trumpet, one of his +birthday gifts.--"For my [221] part, unless I conceive my hurt to be +such, I have no hurt at all,"--boasts the would-be apathetic +emperor:--"and how I care to conceive of the thing rests with me." Yet +when his children fall sick or die, this pretence breaks down, and he +is broken-hearted: and one of the charms of certain of his letters +still extant, is his reference to those childish sicknesses.--"On my +return to Lorium," he writes, "I found my little lady--domnulam +meam--in a fever;" and again, in a letter to one of the most serious of +men, "You will be glad to hear that our little one is better, and +running about the room--parvolam nostram melius valere et intra +cubiculum discurrere." + +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness +the exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such +company, inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true +father--anxious also to escape from the too impressive company of the +gravest and sweetest specimen of old age Marius had ever seen, the +tutor of the imperial children, who had arrived to offer his birthday +congratulations, and now, very familiarly and affectionately, made a +part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the emperor, kissing the +empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face and hands. +Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the "Orator," favourite teacher of the +emperor's youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now the +undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, [222] +elegantly mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets of Rome, +had certainly turned his many personal gifts to account with a good +fortune, remarkable even in that age, so indulgent to professors or +rhetoricians. The gratitude of the emperor Aurelius, always generous +to his teachers, arranging their very quarrels sometimes, for they were +not always fair to one another, had helped him to a really great place +in the world. But his sumptuous appendages, including the villa and +gardens of Maecenas, had been borne with an air perfectly becoming, by +the professor of a philosophy which, even in its most accomplished and +elegant phase, presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. With an +intimate practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, +disguises, flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind--a whole +accomplished rhetoric of daily life--he applied them all to the +promotion of humanity, and especially of men's family affection. +Through a long life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, +surrounded by the gracious and soothing air of his own eloquence--the +fame, the echoes, of it--like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. +Setting forth in that fine medium the best ideas of matured pagan +philosophy, he had become the favourite "director" of noble youth + +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out for +such, had yet seen of [223] a perfectly tolerable, perfectly beautiful, +old age--an old age in which there seemed, to one who perhaps +habitually over-valued the expression of youth, nothing to be +regretted, nothing really lost, in what years had taken away. The wise +old man, whose blue eyes and fair skin were so delicate, uncontaminate +and clear, would seem to have replaced carefully and consciously each +natural trait of youth, as it departed from him, by an equivalent grace +of culture; and had the blitheness, the placid cheerfulness, as he had +also the infirmity, the claim on stronger people, of a delightful +child. And yet he seemed to be but awaiting his exit from life--that +moment with which the Stoics were almost as much preoccupied as the +Christians, however differently--and set Marius pondering on the +contrast between a placidity like this, at eighty years, and the sort +of desperateness he was aware of in his own manner of entertaining that +thought. His infirmities nevertheless had been painful and +long-continued, with losses of children, of pet grandchildren. What +with the crowd, and the wretched streets, it was a sign of affection +which had cost him something, for the old man to leave his own house at +all that day; and he was glad of the emperor's support, as he moved +from place to place among the children he protests so often to have +loved as his own. + +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the +present century, has set [224] free the long-buried fragrance of this +famous friendship of the old world, from below a valueless later +manuscript, in a series of letters, wherein the two writers exchange, +for the most part their evening thoughts, especially at family +anniversaries, and with entire intimacy, on their children, on the art +of speech, on all the various subtleties of the "science of +images"--rhetorical images--above all, of course, on sleep and matters +of health. They are full of mutual admiration of each other's +eloquence, restless in absence till they see one another again, noting, +characteristically, their very dreams of each other, expecting the day +which will terminate the office, the business or duty, which separates +them--"as superstitious people watch for the star, at the rising of +which they may break their fast." To one of the writers, to Aurelius, +the correspondence was sincerely of value. We see him once reading his +letters with genuine delight on going to rest. Fronto seeks to deter +his pupil from writing in Greek.--Why buy, at great cost, a foreign +wine, inferior to that from one's own vineyard? Aurelius, on the other +hand, with an extraordinary innate susceptibility to words--la parole +pour la parole, as the French say--despairs, in presence of Fronto's +rhetorical perfection. + +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, +Fronto had been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness [225] +among the Antonines; and it was part of his friendship to make much of +it, in the case of the children of Faustina. "Well! I have seen the +little ones," he writes to Aurelius, then, apparently, absent from +them: "I have seen the little ones--the pleasantest sight of my life; +for they are as like yourself as could possibly be. It has well repaid +me for my journey over that slippery road, and up those steep rocks; +for I beheld you, not simply face to face before me, but, more +generously, whichever way I turned, to my right and my left. For the +rest, I found them, Heaven be thanked! with healthy cheeks and lusty +voices. One was holding a slice of white bread, like a king's son; the +other a crust of brown bread, as becomes the offspring of a +philosopher. I pray the gods to have both the sower and the seed in +their keeping; to watch over this field wherein the ears of corn are so +kindly alike. Ah! I heard too their pretty voices, so sweet that in +the childish prattle of one and the other I seemed somehow to be +listening--yes! in that chirping of your pretty chickens--to the +limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own oratory. Take care! you will +find me growing independent, having those I could love in your +place:--love, on the surety of my eyes and ears." + +"Magistro meo salutem!" replies the Emperor, "I too have seen my little +ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in reading your +[226] letter. It is that charming letter forces me to write thus:" +with reiterations of affection, that is, which are continual in these +letters, on both sides, and which may strike a modern reader perhaps as +fulsome; or, again, as having something in common with the old Judaic +unction of friendship. They were certainly sincere. + +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of +the silver trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and +again, turning away with eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought +the old man was not listening. It was the well-worn, valetudinarian +subject of sleep, on which Fronto and Aurelius were talking together; +Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a thing of magic +capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, and often +by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be sparing +of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a story to +tell about it:-- + +"They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he +clothed with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and +Night; and he assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. +At that time Sleep was not yet born and men passed the whole of their +lives awake: only, the quiet of the night was ordained for them, +instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little by little, [227] being +that the minds of men are restless, that they carried on their business +alike by night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. And +Jupiter, when he perceived that even in the night-time they ceased not +from trouble and disputation, and that even the courts of law remained +open (it was the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to be assiduous in +those courts till far into the night) resolved to appoint one of his +brothers to be the overseer of the night and have authority over man's +rest. But Neptune pleaded in excuse the gravity of his constant charge +of the seas, and Father Dis the difficulty of keeping in subjection the +spirits below; and Jupiter, having taken counsel with the other gods, +perceived that the practice of nightly vigils was somewhat in favour. +It was then, for the most part, that Juno gave birth to her children: +Minerva, the mistress of all art and craft, loved the midnight lamp: +Mars delighted in the darkness for his plots and sallies; and the +favour of Venus and Bacchus was with those who roused by night. Then +it was that Jupiter formed the design of creating Sleep; and he added +him to the number of the gods, and gave him the charge over night and +rest, putting into his hands the keys of human eyes. With his own +hands he mingled the juices wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of +mortals--herb of Enjoyment and herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in +Heaven; and, from the meadows of [228] Acheron, the herb of Death; +expressing from it one single drop only, no bigger than a tear one +might hide. 'With this juice,' he said, 'pour slumber upon the eyelids +of mortals. So soon as it hath touched them they will lay themselves +down motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall +revive, and in a while stand up again upon their feet.' Thereafter, +Jupiter gave wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury's, to his +heels, but to his shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, 'It +becomes thee not to approach men's eyes as with the noise of chariots, +and the rushing of a swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, +as upon the wings of a swallow--nay! with not so much as the flutter of +the dove.' Besides all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, +he committed to him also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to +every man's desire. One watched his favourite actor; another listened +to the flute, or guided a charioteer in the race: in his dream, the +soldier was victorious, the general was borne in triumph, the wanderer +returned home. Yes!--and sometimes those dreams come true! + +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his +household gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and beyond +it Marius gazed for a few moments into the Lararium, or imperial +chapel. A patrician youth, in white habit, was in waiting, with a +little chest in his hand containing incense for the [229] use of the +altar. On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around this narrow +chamber, were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the golden or +gilded images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among them that image +of Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and such of the +emperor's own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim fresco on the +wall commemorated the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, who in flight +from Rome on the morrow of a great disaster, overtaking certain priests +on foot with their sacred utensils, descended from the wagon in which +he rode and yielded it to the ministers of the gods. As he ascended +into the chapel the emperor paused, and with a grave but friendly look +at his young visitor, delivered a parting sentence, audible to him +alone: Imitation is the most acceptable-- Make sure that those to whom +you come nearest be the happier by your* + +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour--the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what +humanity! Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways of +life at home he had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after his +manner, to determine the main trait in all this, he had to confess that +it was a sentiment of mediocrity, though of a mediocrity for once +really golden. + +NOTES + +225. +"Limpid" is misprinted "Limped." + + + +CHAPTER XIV: MANLY AMUSEMENT + +DURING the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire +had seemed possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to +Aurelius it had also seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no +less a gift than his beautiful daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his +children--the domnula, probably, of those letters. The little lady, +grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had been ever something of +the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by the law of +contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man's tigrish fervour. Conducted to Ephesus, +she had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more solemn +wedding rites being deferred till their return to Rome. + +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which +bride and bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was +celebrated accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius +himself [231] assisting, with much domestic feeling. A crowd of +fashionable people filled the space before the entrance to the +apartments of Lucius on the Palatine hill, richly decorated for the +occasion, commenting, not always quite delicately, on the various +details of the rite, which only a favoured few succeeded in actually +witnessing. "She comes!" Marius could hear them say, "escorted by her +young brothers: it is the young Commodus who carries the torch of +white-thornwood, the little basket of work-things, the toys for the +children:"--and then, after a watchful pause, "she is winding the +woollen thread round the doorposts. Ah! I see the marriage-cake: the +bridegroom presents the fire and water." Then, in a longer pause, was +heard the chorus, Thalassie! Thalassie! and for just a few moments, in +the strange light of many wax tapers at noonday, Marius could see them +both, side by side, while the bride was lifted over the doorstep: +Lucius Verus heated and handsome--the pale, impassive Lucilla looking +very long and slender, in her closely folded yellow veil, and high +nuptial crown. + +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, +he found himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator +on occasions such as this. It was a relief to depart with him--so +fresh and quiet he looked, though in all his splendid equestrian array +in honour of the ceremony--from the garish heat [232] of the marriage +scene. The reserve which had puzzled Marius so much on his first day +in Rome, was but an instance of many, to him wholly unaccountable, +avoidances alike of things and persons, which must certainly mean that +an intimate companionship would cost him something in the way of +seemingly indifferent amusements. Some inward standard Marius seemed +to detect there (though wholly unable to estimate its nature) of +distinction, selection, refusal, amid the various elements of the +fervid and corrupt life across which they were moving together:--some +secret, constraining motive, ever on the alert at eye and ear, which +carried him through Rome as under a charm, so that Marius could not but +think of that figure of the white bird in the market-place as +undoubtedly made true of him. And Marius was still full of admiration +for this companion, who had known how to make himself very pleasant to +him. Here was the clear, cold corrective, which the fever of his +present life demanded. Without it, he would have felt alternately +suffocated and exhausted by an existence, at once so gaudy and +overdone, and yet so intolerably empty; in which people, even at their +best, seemed only to be brooding, like the wise emperor himself, over a +world's disillusion. For with all the severity of Cornelius, there was +such a breeze of hopefulness--freshness and hopefulness, as of new +morning, about him. [233] For the most part, as I said, those refusals, +that reserve of his, seemed unaccountable. But there were cases where +the unknown monitor acted in a direction with which the judgment, or +instinct, of Marius himself wholly concurred; the effective decision of +Cornelius strengthening him further therein, as by a kind of outwardly +embodied conscience. And the entire drift of his education determined +him, on one point at least, to be wholly of the same mind with this +peculiar friend (they two, it might be, together, against the world!) +when, alone of a whole company of brilliant youth, he had withdrawn +from his appointed place in the amphitheatre, at a grand public show, +which after an interval of many months, was presented there, in honour +of the nuptials of Lucius Verus and Lucilla. + +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, that +the character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by Marius; even +as on that afternoon when he had girt on his armour, among the +expressive lights and shades of the dim old villa at the roadside, and +every object of his knightly array had seemed to be but sign or symbol +of some other thing far beyond it. For, consistently with his really +poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, even more exclusively than +he was aware, through the medium of sense. From Flavian in that brief +early summer of his existence, he had derived a powerful impression of +the [234] "perpetual flux": he had caught there, as in cipher or +symbol, or low whispers more effective than any definite language, his +own Cyrenaic philosophy, presented thus, for the first time, in an +image or person, with much attractiveness, touched also, consequently, +with a pathetic sense of personal sorrow:--a concrete image, the +abstract equivalent of which he could recognise afterwards, when the +agitating personal influence had settled down for him, clearly enough, +into a theory of practice. But of what possible intellectual formula +could this mystic Cornelius be the sensible exponent; seeming, as he +did, to live ever in close relationship with, and recognition of, a +mental view, a source of discernment, a light upon his way, which had +certainly not yet sprung up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of +Cornelius, his energetic clearness and purity, were a charm, rather +physical than moral: his exquisite correctness of spirit, at all +events, accorded so perfectly with the regular beauty of his person, as +to seem to depend upon it. And wholly different as was this later +friendship, with its exigency, its warnings, its restraints, from the +feverish attachment to Flavian, which had made him at times like an +uneasy slave, still, like that, it was a reconciliation to the world of +sense, the visible world. From the hopefulness of this gracious +presence, all visible things around him, even the commonest objects of +everyday life--if they but [235] stood together to warm their hands at +the same fire--took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and +interest. It was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically +washed, renewed, strengthened. + +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken his +place in the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with what an +appetite for every detail of the entertainment, and its various +accessories:--the sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the vela, with +their serpentine patterning, spread over the more select part of the +company; the Vestal virgins, taking their privilege of seats near the +empress Faustina, who sat there in a maze of double-coloured gems, +changing, as she moved, like the waves of the sea; the cool circle of +shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the fashionable told so +effectively around the blazing arena, covered again and again during +the many hours' show, with clean sand for the absorption of certain +great red patches there, by troops of white-shirted boys, for whom the +good-natured audience provided a scramble of nuts and small coin, flung +to them over a trellis-work of silver-gilt and amber, precious gift of +Nero, while a rain of flowers and perfume fell over themselves, as they +paused between the parts of their long feast upon the spectacle of +animal suffering. + +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a +patron, patron or protege, [236] of the great goddess of Ephesus, the +goddess of hunters; and the show, celebrated by way of a compliment to +him to-day, was to present some incidents of her story, where she +figures almost as the genius of madness, in animals, or in the humanity +which comes in contact with them. The entertainment would have an +element of old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a learned +and Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some sense a lover +of animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. There would be real +wild and domestic creatures, all of rare species; and a real slaughter. +On so happy an occasion, it was hoped, the elder emperor might even +concede a point, and a living criminal fall into the jaws of the wild +beasts. And the spectacle was, certainly, to end in the destruction, +by one mighty shower of arrows, of a hundred lions, "nobly" provided by +Aurelius himself for the amusement of his people.--Tam magnanimus fuit! + +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked delightfully +fresh, re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the actual freshness +of the morning, which at this season still brought the dew. Along the +subterranean ways that led up to it, the sound of an advancing chorus +was heard at last, chanting the words of a sacred song, or hymn to +Diana; for the spectacle of the amphitheatre was, after all, a [237] +religious occasion. To its grim acts of blood-shedding a kind of +sacrificial character still belonged in the view of certain religious +casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the humane sensibilities of so +pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his fraternal complacency, had +consented to preside over the shows. + +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development of +her worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied yet +contrasted elements of human temper and experience--man's amity, and +also his enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were still, in a +certain sense, his brothers. She is the complete, and therefore highly +complex, representative of a state, in which man was still much +occupied with animals, not as his flock, or as his servants after the +pastoral relationship of our later, orderly world, but rather as his +equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,--a state full of primeval +sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common wants--while he +watched, and could enter into, the humours of those "younger brothers," +with an intimacy, the "survivals" of which in a later age seem often to +have had a kind of madness about them. Diana represents alike the +bright and the dark side of such relationship. But the humanities of +that relationship were all forgotten to-day in the excitement of a +show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their useless suffering and +death, formed [238] the main point of interest. People watched their +destruction, batch after batch, in a not particularly inventive +fashion; though it was expected that the animals themselves, as living +creatures are apt to do when hard put to it, would become inventive, +and make up, by the fantastic accidents of their agony, for the +deficiencies of an age fallen behind in this matter of manly amusement. +It was as a Deity of Slaughter--the Taurian goddess who demands the +sacrifice of the shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts--the cruel, +moonstruck huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, +among the wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person +of a famous courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after +the first introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display of +the animals, artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each other. +And as Diana was also a special protectress of new-born creatures, +there would be a certain curious interest in the dexterously contrived +escape of the young from their mother's torn bosoms; as many pregnant +animals as possible being carefully selected for the purpose. + +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human beings. +What more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever contrived than +that incident, itself a practical epigram never to be forgottten, [239] +when a criminal, who, like slaves and animals, had no rights, was +compelled to present the part of Icarus; and, the wings failing him in +due course, had fallen into a pack of hungry bears? For the long shows +of the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the novel-reading of that age--a +current help provided for sluggish imaginations, in regard, for +instance, to grisly accidents, such as might happen to one's self; but +with every facility for comfortable inspection. Scaevola might watch +his own hand, consuming, crackling, in the fire, in the person of a +culprit, willing to redeem his life by an act so delightful to the +eyes, the very ears, of a curious public. If the part of Marsyas was +called for, there was a criminal condemned to lose his skin. It might +be almost edifying to study minutely the expression of his face, while +the assistants corded and pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the +servant of the law waiting by, who, after one short cut with his knife, +would slip the man's leg from his skin, as neatly as if it were a +stocking--a finesse in providing the due amount of suffering for +wrong-doers only brought to its height in Nero's living bonfires. But +then, by making his suffering ridiculous, you enlist against the +sufferer, some real, and all would-be manliness, and do much to stifle +any false sentiment of compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no +great taste for sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had +greatly changed all [240] that; had provided that nets should be spread +under the dancers on the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the +gladiators. But the gladiators were still there. Their bloody +contests had, under the form of a popular amusement, the efficacy of a +human sacrifice; as, indeed, the whole system of the public shows was +understood to possess a religious import. Just at this point, +certainly, the judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is without +reproach-- + + Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. + +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great +slaughter-house, could not but observe that, in his habitual +complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, with loud shouts of applause from +time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius had sat impassibly through +all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For the most part +indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, +after all, indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic +paradox of the Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an +excuse, should those savage popular humours ever again turn against men +and women. Marius remembered well his very attitude and expression on +this day, when, a few years later, certain things came to pass in Gaul, +under his full authority; and that attitude and expression [241] +defined already, even thus early in their so friendly intercourse, and +though he was still full of gratitude for his interest, a permanent +point of difference between the emperor and himself--between himself, +with all the convictions of his life taking centre to-day in his +merciful, angry heart, and Aurelius, as representing all the light, all +the apprehensive power there might be in pagan intellect. There was +something in a tolerance such as this, in the bare fact that he could +sit patiently through a scene like this, which seemed to Marius to mark +Aurelius as his inferior now and for ever on the question of +righteousness; to set them on opposite sides, in some great conflict, +of which that difference was but a single presentment. Due, in +whatever proportions, to the abstract principles he had formulated for +himself, or in spite of them, there was the loyal conscience within +him, deciding, judging himself and every one else, with a wonderful +sort of authority:--You ought, methinks, to be something quite +different from what you are; here! and here! Surely Aurelius must be +lacking in that decisive conscience at first sight, of the intimations +of which Marius could entertain no doubt--which he looked for in +others. He at least, the humble follower of the bodily eye, was aware +of a crisis in life, in this brief, obscure existence, a fierce +opposition of real good and real evil around him, the issues of which +he must by no [242] means compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms of +which the "wise" Marcus Aurelius was unaware. + +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, +perhaps, leave with the children of the modern world a feeling of +self-complacency. Yet it might seem well to ask ourselves--it is +always well to do so, when we read of the slave-trade, for instance, or +of great religious persecutions on this side or on that, or of anything +else which raises in us the question, "Is thy servant a dog, that he +should do this thing?"--not merely, what germs of feeling we may +entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would induce us to the +like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might have +furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those legal +crimes, with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, perhaps, +having its own peculiar point of blindness, with its consequent +peculiar sin--the touch-stone of an unfailing conscience in the select +few. + +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of +deadness and stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not +failed him regarding it. Yes! what was needed was the heart that would +make it impossible to witness all this; and the future would be with +the forces that could beget a heart like that. [243] His chosen +philosophy had said,--Trust the eye: Strive to be right always in +regard to the concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your +impressions. And its sanction had at least been effective here, in +protesting--"This, and this, is what you may not look upon!" Surely +evil was a real thing, and the wise man wanting in the sense of it, +where, not to have been, by instinctive election, on the right side, +was to have failed in life. + + + +END OF VOL. I + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume One, by +Walter Horatio Pater + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE *** + +***** This file should be named 4057.txt or 4057.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/5/4057/ + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/4057.zip b/old/4057.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4feb3e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4057.zip diff --git a/old/7mrs110.txt b/old/7mrs110.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca2a2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/7mrs110.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5869 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. I, by Walter Pater +#7 in our series by Walter Pater + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume One + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4057] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 10/25/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. I, by Walter Pater +************This file should be named 7mrs110.txt or 7mrs110.zip************ + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, 7mrs111.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 7mrs110a.txt + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina*, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a +style inconvenient in an electronic edition. I have therefore +placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater's footnotes +and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each chapter's +notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, +I have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed +numeral such as [22] indicates that the material immediately +following the number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I +have preserved paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an +e-text does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE +WALTER PATER + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mekistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PART THE FIRST + + 1. "The Religion of Numa": 3-12 + 2. White-Nights: 13-26 + 3. Change of Air: 27-42 + 4. The Tree of Knowledge: 43-54 + 5. The Golden Book: 55-91 + 6. Euphuism: 92-110 + 7. A Pagan End: 111-120 + + PART THE SECOND + + 8. Animula Vagula: 123-143 + 9. New Cyrenaicism: 144-157 + 10. On the Way: 158-171 + 11. "The Most Religious City in the World": 172-187 + 12. "The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King": 188-211 + 13. The "Mistress and Mother" of Palaces: 212-229 + 14. Manly Amusement: 230-243 + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +PART THE FIRST + + +CHAPTER I: "THE RELIGION OF NUMA" + +[3] As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered +latest in the country, and died out at last as but paganism--the +religion of the villagers, before the advance of the Christian +Church; so, in an earlier century, it was in places remote from town- +life that the older and purer forms of paganism itself had survived +the longest. While, in Rome, new religions had arisen with +bewildering complexity around the dying old one, the earlier and +simpler patriarchal religion, "the religion of Numa," as people loved +to fancy, lingered on with little change amid the pastoral life, out +of the habits and sentiment of which so much of it had grown. +Glimpses of such a survival we may catch below the merely artificial +attitudes of Latin pastoral poetry; in Tibullus especially, who has +preserved for us many poetic details of old Roman religious usage. + + At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates, + Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: + +[4] --he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, +with repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one +of his elegies, as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The +hearth, from a spark of which, as one form of old legend related, the +child Romulus had been miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; +and the worthiest sacrifice to the gods the perfect physical sanity +of the young men and women, which the scrupulous ways of that +religion of the hearth had tended to maintain. A religion of usages +and sentiment rather than of facts and belief, and attached to very +definite things and places--the oak of immemorial age, the rock on +the heath fashioned by weather as if by some dim human art, the +shadowy grove of ilex, passing into which one exclaimed +involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, Deity is in this Place! Numen +Inest!--it was in natural harmony with the temper of a quiet people +amid the spectacle of rural life, like that simpler faith between man +and man, which Tibullus expressly connects with the period when, with +an inexpensive worship, the old wooden gods had been still pressed +for room in their homely little shrines. + +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden +image of Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now +about to test the truth of the old Platonic contention, that the +world would at last find itself [5] happy, could it detach some +reluctant philosophic student from the more desirable life of +celestial contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there was a boy +living in an old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for +himself, recruited that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous +force of religious veneration such as had originally called them into +being. More than a century and a half had past since Tibullus had +written; but the restoration of religious usages, and their retention +where they still survived, was meantime come to be the fashion +through the influence of imperial example; and what had been in the +main a matter of family pride with his father, was sustained by a +native instinct of devotion in the young Marius. A sense of +conscious powers external to ourselves, pleased or displeased by the +right or wrong conduct of every circumstance of daily life--that +conscience, of which the old Roman religion was a formal, habitual +recognition, was become in him a powerful current of feeling and +observance. The old-fashioned, partly puritanic awe, the power of +which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly in a northern peasantry, +had its counterpart in the feeling of the Roman lad, as he passed the +spot, "touched of heaven," where the lightning had struck dead an +aged labourer in the field: an upright stone, still with mouldering +garlands about it, marked the place. He brought to that system of +symbolic [6] usages, and they in turn developed in him further, a +great seriousness--an impressibility to the sacredness of time, of +life and its events, and the circumstances of family fellowship; of +such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from labour on which +they live, really understood by him as gifts--a sense of religious +responsibility in the reception of them. It was a religion for the +most part of fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a year-long burden +of forms; yet rarely (on clear summer mornings, for instance) the +thought of those heavenly powers afforded a welcome channel for the +almost stifling sense of health and delight in him, and relieved it +as gratitude to the gods. + +The day of the "little" or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, +as the great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the +interest of the whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; +the instruments of labour lie untouched, hung with wreaths of +flowers, while masters and servants together go in solemn procession +along the dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, conducting the victims +whose blood is presently to be shed for the purification from all +natural or supernatural taint of the lands they have "gone about." +The old Latin words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession +moved on its way, though their precise meaning was long [7] since +become unintelligible, were recited from an ancient illuminated roll, +kept in the painted chest in the hall, together with the family +records. Early on that day the girls of the farm had been busy in +the great portico, filling large baskets with flowers plucked short +from branches of apple and cherry, then in spacious bloom, to strew +before the quaint images of the gods--Ceres and Bacchus and the yet +more mysterious Dea Dia--as they passed through the fields, carried +in their little houses on the shoulders of white-clad youths, who +were understood to proceed to this office in perfect temperance, as +pure in soul and body as the air they breathed in the firm weather of +that early summer-time. The clean lustral water and the full +incense-box were carried after them. The altars were gay with +garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of blossom and green +herbs to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, fresh-gathered this +morning from a particular plot in the old garden, set apart for the +purpose. Just then the young leaves were almost as fragrant as +flowers, and the scent of the bean-fields mingled pleasantly with the +cloud of incense. But for the monotonous intonation of the liturgy +by the priests, clad in their strange, stiff, antique vestments, and +bearing ears of green corn upon their heads, secured by flowing bands +of white, the procession moved in absolute stillness, all persons, +even the children, abstaining from [8] speech after the utterance of +the pontifical formula, Favete linguis!--Silence! Propitious +Silence!--lest any words save those proper to the occasion should +hinder the religious efficacy of the rite. + +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading +part in the ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to +complete this impressive outward silence by that inward tacitness of +mind, esteemed so important by religious Romans in the performance of +these sacred functions. To him the sustained stillness without +seemed really but to be waiting upon that interior, mental condition +of preparation or expectancy, for which he was just then intently +striving. The persons about him, certainly, had never been +challenged by those prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the +divine nature: they conceived them rather to be the appointed means +of setting such troublesome movements at rest. By them, "the +religion of Numa," so staid, ideal and comely, the object of so much +jealous conservatism, though of direct service as lending sanction to +a sort of high scrupulosity, especially in the chief points of +domestic conduct, was mainly prized as being, through its hereditary +character, something like a personal distinction--as contributing, +among the other accessories of an ancient house, to the production of +that aristocratic atmosphere which separated them from newly-made +people. But [9] in the young Marius, the very absence from those +venerable usages of all definite history and dogmatic interpretation, +had already awakened much speculative activity; and to-day, starting +from the actual details of the divine service, some very lively +surmises, though scarcely distinct enough to be thoughts, were moving +backwards and forwards in his mind, as the stirring wind had done all +day among the trees, and were like the passing of some mysterious +influence over all the elements of his nature and experience. One +thing only distracted him--a certain pity at the bottom of his heart, +and almost on his lips, for the sacrificial victims and their looks +of terror, rising almost to disgust at the central act of the +sacrifice itself, a piece of everyday butcher's work, such as we +decorously hide out of sight; though some then present certainly +displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus permitted them on a +religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great procession on the +frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid heads +of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for +animals in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their +sufferings. It was this contrast that distracted Marius now in the +blessing of his fields, and qualified his devout absorption upon the +scrupulous fulfilment of all the details of the ceremonial, as the +procession approached the altars. + +[10] The names of that great populace of "little gods," dear to the +Roman home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special +occasions, were not forgotten in the long litany--Vatican who causes +the infant to utter his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first +word, Cuba who keeps him quiet in his cot, Domiduca especially, for +whom Marius had through life a particular memory and devotion, the +goddess who watches over one's safe coming home. The urns of the +dead in the family chapel received their due service. They also were +now become something divine, a goodly company of friendly and +protecting spirits, encamped about the place of their former abode-- +above all others, the father, dead ten years before, of whom, +remembering but a tall, grave figure above him in early childhood, +Marius habitually thought as a genius a little cold and severe. + + Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi, + Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.-- + +Perhaps!--but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to- +day upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little--a +few violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, +from the time when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had +Marius taken them their portion of the family meal, at the second +course, amidst the silence [11] of the company. They loved those who +brought them their sustenance; but, deprived of these services, would +be heard wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully in the +stillness of the night. + +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial--bread, oil, +wine, milk--had regained for him, by their use in such religious +service, that poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely +belongs to all the means of daily life, could we but break through +the veil of our familiarity with things by no means vulgar in +themselves. A hymn followed, while the whole assembly stood with +veiled faces. The fire rose up readily from the altars, in clean, +bright flame--a favourable omen, making it a duty to render the mirth +of the evening complete. Old wine was poured out freely for the +servants at supper in the great kitchen, where they had worked in the +imperfect light through the long evenings of winter. The young +Marius himself took but a very sober part in the noisy feasting. A +devout, regretful after-taste of what had been really beautiful in +the ritual he had accomplished took him early away, that he might the +better recall in reverie all the circumstances of the celebration of +the day. As he sank into a sleep, pleasant with all the influences +of long hours in the open air, he seemed still to be moving in +procession through the fields, with a kind of pleasurable awe. That +feeling was still upon him as he [12] awoke amid the beating of +violent rain on the shutters, in the first storm of the season. The +thunder which startled him from sleep seemed to make the solitude of +his chamber almost painfully complete, as if the nearness of those +angry clouds shut him up in a close place alone in the world. Then +he thought of the sort of protection which that day's ceremonies +assured. To procure an agreement with the gods--Pacem deorum +exposcere: that was the meaning of what they had all day been busy +upon. In a faith, sincere but half-suspicious, he would fain have +those Powers at least not against him. His own nearer household gods +were all around his bed. The spell of his religion as a part of the +very essence of home, its intimacy, its dignity and security, was +forcible at that moment; only, it seemed to involve certain heavy +demands upon him. + + + +CHAPTER II: WHITE-NIGHTS + +[13] To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the +childhood of Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, +as you first caught sight of that coy, retired place,--surely nothing +could happen there, without its full accompaniment of thought or +reverie. White-nights! so you might interpret its old Latin name.* +"The red rose came first," says a quaint German mystic, speaking of +"the mystery of so-called white things," as being "ever an after- +thought--the doubles, or seconds, of real things, and themselves but +half-real, half-material--the white queen, the white witch, the white +mass, which, as the black mass is a travesty of the true mass turned +to evil by horrible old witches, is celebrated by young candidates +for the priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of rehearsal." +So, white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same analogy, +should be [14] nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but passed in +continuous dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly the place +was, in such case, true to its fanciful name in this, that you might +very well conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the daytime +might come to much there. + +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come +down to him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain +Marcellus two generations before, a favourite in his day of the +fashionable world at Rome, where he had at least spent his substance +with a correctness of taste Marius might seem to have inherited from +him; as he was believed also to resemble him in a singularly pleasant +smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with some degree of +sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. + +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer +to the dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of +workday negligence or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm +for some, for the young master himself among them. The more +observant passer-by would note, curious as to the inmates, a certain +amount of dainty care amid that neglect, as if it came in part, +perhaps, from a reluctance to disturb old associations. It was +significant of the national character, that a sort of elegant +gentleman farming, as we say, had been much affected by some of the +most cultivated [15] Romans. But it became something more than an +elegant diversion, something of a serious business, with the +household of Marius; and his actual interest in the cultivation of +the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at least, +intimately near to those elementary conditions of life, a reverence +for which, the great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own half- +mystic pre-occupation with them, held to be the ground of primitive +Roman religion, as of primitive morals. But then, farm-life in +Italy, including the culture of the olive and the vine, has a grace +of its own, and might well contribute to the production of an ideal +dignity of character, like that of nature itself in this gifted +region. Vulgarity seemed impossible. The place, though +impoverished, was still deservedly dear, full of venerable memories, +and with a living sweetness of its own for to-day. + +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the +struggling family pride of the lad's father, to which the example of +the head of the state, old Antoninus Pius--an example to be still +further enforced by his successor--had given a fresh though perhaps +somewhat artificial popularity. It had been consistent with many +another homely and old-fashioned trait in him, not to undervalue the +charm of exclusiveness and immemorial authority, which membership in +a local priestly college, hereditary in his house, conferred upon +him. To set a real value on [16] these things was but one element in +that pious concern for his home and all that belonged to it, which, +as Marius afterwards discovered, had been a strong motive with his +father. The ancient hymn--Fana Novella!--was still sung by his +people, as the new moon grew bright in the west, and even their wild +custom of leaping through heaps of blazing straw on a certain night +in summer was not discouraged. The privilege of augury itself, +according to tradition, had at one time belonged to his race; and if +you can imagine how, once in a way, an impressible boy might have an +inkling, an inward mystic intimation, of the meaning and consequences +of all that, what was implied in it becoming explicit for him, you +conceive aright the mind of Marius, in whose house the auspices were +still carefully consulted before every undertaking of moment. + +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally--and that is +all many not unimportant persons ever find to do--a certain tradition +of life, which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling +with which he thought of his dead father was almost exclusively that +of awe; though crossed at times by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, +as he could but confess to himself, pondering, in the actual absence +of so weighty and continual a restraint, upon the arbitrary power +which Roman religion and Roman law gave to the parent over the son. +[17] On the part of his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the +husband's memory, there was a sustained freshness of regret, together +with the recognition, as Marius fancied, of some costly self- +sacrifice to be credited to the dead. The life of the widow, languid +and shadowy enough but for the poignancy of that regret, was like one +long service to the departed soul; its many annual observances +centering about the funeral urn--a tiny, delicately carved marble +house, still white and fair, in the family-chapel, wreathed always +with the richest flowers from the garden. To the dead, in fact, was +conceded in such places a somewhat closer neighbourhood to the old +homes they were thought still to protect, than is usual with us, or +was usual in Rome itself--a closeness which the living welcomed, so +diverse are the ways of our human sentiment, and in which the more +wealthy, at least in the country, might indulge themselves. All this +Marius followed with a devout interest, sincerely touched and awed by +his mother's sorrow. After the deification of the emperors, we are +told, it was considered impious so much as to use any coarse +expression in the presence of their images. To Marius the whole of +life seemed full of sacred presences, demanding of him a similar +collectedness. The severe and archaic religion of the villa, as he +conceived it, begot in him a sort of devout circumspection lest he +should fall short at any point of the demand upon him of anything +[18] in which deity was concerned. He must satisfy with a kind of +sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he be found wanting to, +the claims of others, in their joys and calamities--the happiness +which deity sanctioned, or the blows in which it made itself felt. +And from habit, this feeling of a responsibility towards the world of +men and things, towards a claim for due sentiment concerning them on +his side, came to be a part of his nature not to be put off. It kept +him serious and dignified amid the Epicurean speculations which in +after years much engrossed him, and when he had learned to think of +all religions as indifferent, serious amid many fopperies and through +many languid days, and made him anticipate all his life long as a +thing towards which he must carefully train himself, some great +occasion of self-devotion, such as really came, that should +consecrate his life, and, it might be, its memory with others, as the +early Christian looked forward to martyrdom at the end of his course, +as a seal of worth upon it. + +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his +first view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the +face, as it were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from +the white road, at the point where it began to decline somewhat +steeply to the marsh-land below. The building of pale red and yellow +marble, mellowed by age, which he saw beyond the gates, was indeed +but the exquisite [19] fragment of a once large and sumptuous villa. +Two centuries of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the +mosses which lay along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and +there the marble plates had slipped from their places, where the +delicate weeds had forced their way. The graceful wildness which +prevailed in garden and farm gave place to a singular nicety about +the actual habitation, and a still more scrupulous sweetness and +order reigned within. The old Roman architects seem to have well +understood the decorative value of the floor--the real economy there +was, in the production of rich interior effect, of a somewhat lavish +expenditure upon the surface they trod on. The pavement of the hall +had lost something of its evenness; but, though a little rough to the +foot, polished and cared for like a piece of silver, looked, as +mosaic-work is apt to do, its best in old age. Most noticeable among +the ancestral masks, each in its little cedarn chest below the +cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant Marcellus, with the +quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to Marius, just then +so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, curved +ingeniously into oval form, which he had added to the mansion, still +contained his collection of works of art; above all, that head of +Medusa, for which the villa was famous. The spoilers of one of the +old Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost the [20] thing, +as it seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the +sands of which it was drawn up in a fisherman's net, with the fine +golden laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was +Marcellus also who had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys +with the white pigeon-house above, so characteristic of the place. +The little glazed windows in the uppermost chamber framed each its +dainty landscape--the pallid crags of Carrara, like wildly twisted +snow-drifts above the purple heath; the distant harbour with its +freight of white marble going to sea; the lighthouse temple of Venus +Speciosa on its dark headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white +breakers. Even on summer nights the air there had always a motion in +it, and drove the scent of the new-mown hay along all the passages of +the house. + +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something +cloistral or monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite +order, made the whole place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the +peculiar sanctuary, of his mother, who, still in real widowhood, +provided the deceased Marius the elder with that secondary sort of +life which we can give to the dead, in our intensely realised memory +of them--the "subjective immortality," to use a modern phrase, for +which many a Roman epitaph cries out plaintively to widow or sister +or daughter, still in the land of the living. Certainly, if any [21] +such considerations regarding them do reach the shadowy people, he +enjoyed that secondary existence, that warm place still left, in +thought at least, beside the living, the desire for which is +actually, in various forms, so great a motive with most of us. And +Marius the younger, even thus early, came to think of women's tears, +of women's hands to lay one to rest, in death as in the sleep of +childhood, as a sort of natural want. The soft lines of the white +hands and face, set among the many folds of the veil and stole of the +Roman widow, busy upon her needlework, or with music sometimes, +defined themselves for him as the typical expression of maternity. +Helping her with her white and purple wools, and caring for her +musical instruments, he won, as if from the handling of such things, +an urbane and feminine refinement, qualifying duly his country-grown +habits--the sense of a certain delicate blandness, which he relished, +above all, on returning to the "chapel" of his mother, after long +days of open-air exercise, in winter or stormy summer. For poetic +souls in old Italy felt, hardly less strongly than the English, the +pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with the very dead warm in its +generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in flower, though the hail +is beating hard without. One important principle, of fruit +afterwards in his Roman life, that relish for the country fixed +deeply in him; in the winters especially, when the sufferings of [22] +the animal world became so palpable even to the least observant. It +fixed in him a sympathy for all creatures, for the almost human +troubles and sicknesses of the flocks, for instance. It was a +feeling which had in it something of religious veneration for life as +such--for that mysterious essence which man is powerless to create in +even the feeblest degree. One by one, at the desire of his mother, +the lad broke down his cherished traps and springes for the hungry +wild birds on the salt marsh. A white bird, she told him once, +looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in his bosom +across a crowded public place--his own soul was like that! Would it +reach the hands of his good genius on the opposite side, unruffled +and unsoiled? And as his mother became to him the very type of +maternity in things, its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and +maternity itself the central type of all love;--so, that beautiful +dwelling-place lent the reality of concrete outline to a peculiar +ideal of home, which throughout the rest of his life he seemed, amid +many distractions of spirit, to be ever seeking to regain. + +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced +still further this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. +His religion, that old Italian religion, in contrast with the really +light-hearted religion of Greece, had its deep undercurrent of gloom, +its sad, haunting imageries, not exclusively confined to the walls +[23] of Etruscan tombs. The function of the conscience, not always +as the prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but oftenest as +his accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part in +it; and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his +footsteps, made him oddly suspicious of particular places and +persons. Though his liking for animals was so strong, yet one fierce +day in early summer, as he walked along a narrow road, he had seen +the snakes breeding, and ever afterwards avoided that place and its +ugly associations, for there was something in the incident which made +food distasteful and his sleep uneasy for many days afterwards. The +memory of it however had almost passed away, when at the corner of a +street in Pisa, he came upon an African showman exhibiting a great +serpent: once more, as the reptile writhed, the former painful +impression revived: it was like a peep into the lower side of the +real world, and again for many days took all sweetness from food and +sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying to puzzle out the +secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread of a snake's +bite, like one of his companions, who had put his hand into the mouth +of an old garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. A kind of +pity even mingled with his aversion, and he could hardly have killed +or injured the animals, which seemed already to suffer by the very +circumstance of their life, being what they [24] were. It was +something like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather a moral +feeling, for the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or +feathers, so different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity +of aspect in its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a +humanity, dusty and sordid and as if far gone in corruption, in the +sluggish coil, as it awoke suddenly into one metallic spring of pure +enmity against him. Long afterwards, when it happened that at Rome +he saw, a second time, a showman with his serpents, he remembered the +night which had then followed, thinking, in Saint Augustine's vein, +on the real greatness of those little troubles of children, of which +older people make light; but with a sudden gratitude also, as he +reflected how richly possessed his life had actually been by +beautiful aspects and imageries, seeing how greatly what was +repugnant to the eye disturbed his peace. + +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to +contemplation than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an +earlier day there had been reason to expect, and animating his +solitude, as he read eagerly and intelligently, with the traditions +of the past, already he lived much in the realm of the imagination, +and became betimes, as he was to continue all through life, something +of an idealist, constructing the world for himself in great measure +from within, by the exercise [25] of meditative power. A vein of +subjective philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all +things, there would be always in his intellectual scheme of the world +and of conduct, with a certain incapacity wholly to accept other +men's valuations. And the generation of this peculiar element in his +temper he could trace up to the days when his life had been so like +the reading of a romance to him. Had the Romans a word for +unworldly? The beautiful word umbratilis perhaps comes nearest to +it; and, with that precise sense, might describe the spirit in which +he prepared himself for the sacerdotal function hereditary in his +family--the sort of mystic enjoyment he had in the abstinence, the +strenuous self-control and ascesis, which such preparation involved. +Like the young Ion in the beautiful opening of the play of Euripides, +who every morning sweeps the temple floor with such a fund of +cheerfulness in his service, he was apt to be happy in sacred places, +with a susceptibility to their peculiar influences which he never +outgrew; so that often in after-times, quite unexpectedly, this +feeling would revive in him with undiminished freshness. That first, +early, boyish ideal of priesthood, the sense of dedication, survived +through all the distractions of the world, and when all thought of +such vocation had finally passed from him, as a ministry, in spirit +at least, towards a sort of hieratic beauty and order in the conduct +of life. + +[26] And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the +lad's pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble +to the coast, over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, +and delightful signs, one after another--the abandoned boat, the +ruined flood-gates, the flock of wild birds--that one was approaching +the sea; the long summer-day of idleness among its vague scents and +sounds. And it was characteristic of him that he relished especially +the grave, subdued, northern notes in all that--the charm of the +French or English notes, as we might term them--in the luxuriant +Italian landscape. + +NOTES + +13. *Ad Vigilias Albas. + + + +CHAPTER III: CHANGE OF AIR + +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. + +[27] THAT almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of +the country, were both alike developed by the circumstances of a +journey, which happened about this time, when Marius was taken to a +certain temple of Aesculapius, among the hills of Etruria, as was +then usual in such cases, for the cure of some boyish sickness. The +religion of Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, had been +naturalised in Rome in the old republican times; but had reached +under the Antonines the height of its popularity throughout the Roman +world. That was an age of valetudinarians, in many instances of +imaginary ones; but below its various crazes concerning health and +disease, largely multiplied a few years after the time of which I am +speaking by the miseries of a great pestilence, lay a valuable, +because partly practicable, belief that all the maladies of the soul +might be reached through the subtle gateways of the body. + +[28] Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily +sanity. The religion of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they +called him absolutely, had a chance just then of becoming the one +religion; that mild and philanthropic son of Apollo surviving, or +absorbing, all other pagan godhead. The apparatus of the medical +art, the salutary mineral or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the +varieties of the bath, came to have a kind of sacramental character, +so deep was the feeling, in more serious minds, of a moral or +spiritual profit in physical health, beyond the obvious bodily +advantages one had of it; the body becoming truly, in that case, but +a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood or "family" of +Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in possession of certain +precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, of all the +institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian priesthood; the +temples of the god, rich in some instances with the accumulated +thank-offerings of centuries of a tasteful devotion, being really +also a kind of hospitals for the sick, administered in a full +conviction of the religiousness, the refined and sacred happiness, of +a life spent in the relieving of pain. + +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there +were doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the +reception of health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part +his care was held to take [29] effect through a machinery easily +capable of misuse for purposes of religious fraud. Through dreams, +above all, inspired by Aesculapius himself, information as to the +cause and cure of a malady was supposed to come to the sufferer, in a +belief based on the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those who +watch them carefully, give many hints concerning the conditions of +the body--those latent weak points at which disease or death may most +easily break into it. In the time of Marcus Aurelius these medical +dreams had become more than ever a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, +the "Orator," a man of undoubted intellectual power, has devoted six +discourses to their interpretation; the really scientific Galen has +recorded how beneficently they had intervened in his own case, at +certain turning-points of life; and a belief in them was one of the +frailties of the wise emperor himself. Partly for the sake of these +dreams, living ministers of the god, more likely to come to one in +his actual dwelling-place than elsewhere, it was almost a necessity +that the patient should sleep one or more nights within the precincts +of a temple consecrated to his service, during which time he must +observe certain rules prescribed by the priests. + +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary +before starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on +his way to the famous temple which lay [30] among the hills beyond +the valley of the Arnus. It was his greatest adventure hitherto; and +he had much pleasure in all its details, in spite of his +feverishness. Starting early, under the guidance of an old serving- +man who drove the mules, with his wife who took all that was needful +for their refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, +they went, under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck +certain flowers seen for the first time on these high places, +upwards, through a long day of sunshine, while cliffs and woods sank +gradually below their path. The evening came as they passed along a +steep white road with many windings among the pines, and it was night +when they reached the temple, the lights of which shone out upon them +pausing before the gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became +alive to a singular purity in the air. A rippling of water about the +place was the only thing audible, as they waited till two priestly +figures, speaking Greek to one another, admitted them into a large, +white-walled and clearly lighted guest-chamber, in which, while he +partook of a simple but wholesomely prepared supper, Marius still +seemed to feel pleasantly the height they had attained to among the +hills. + +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his +old fear of serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that +Aesculapius [31] had come to Rome, and the last definite thought of +his weary head before he fell asleep had been a dread either that the +god might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, under this hideous +aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes themselves, +kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. + +And after an hour's feverish dreaming he awoke--with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The +footsteps of the youthful figure which approached and sat by his +bedside were certainly real. Ever afterwards, when the thought arose +in his mind of some unhoped-for but entire relief from distress, like +blue sky in a storm at sea, would come back the memory of that +gracious countenance which, amid all the kindness of its gaze, had +yet a certain air of predominance over him, so that he seemed now for +the first time to have found the master of his spirit. It would have +been sweet to be the servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. + +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his +years, a lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of +opportunity, which seemed to be the aim of the young priest's +recommendations. The sum of them, through various forgotten +intervals of argument, as might really have happened in a [32] dream, +was the precept, repeated many times under slightly varied aspects, +of a diligent promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in +the eye would lie for him the determining influence of life: he was +of the number of those who, in the words of a poet who came long +after, must be "made perfect by the love of visible beauty." The +discourse was conceived from the point of view of a theory Marius +found afterwards in Plato's Phaedrus, which supposes men's spirits +susceptible to certain influences, diffused, after the manner of +streams or currents, by fair things or persons visibly present--green +fields, for instance, or children's faces--into the air around them, +acting, in the case of some peculiar natures, like potent material +essences, and conforming the seer to themselves as with some cunning +physical necessity. This theory,* in itself so fantastic, had +however determined in a range of methodical suggestions, altogether +quaint here and there from their circumstantial minuteness. And +throughout, the possibility of some vision, as of a new city coming +down "like a bride out of heaven," a vision still indeed, it might +seem, a long way off, but to be granted perhaps one day to the eyes +thus trained, was presented as the motive of this laboriously +practical direction. + +"If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear [33] light," so the discourse recommenced after a +pause, "be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in +all things, and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows." To keep the +eye clear by a sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, +extending even to his dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and +more fastidiously, select form and colour in things from what was +less select; to meditate much on beautiful visible objects, on +objects, more especially, connected with the period of youth--on +children at play in the morning, the trees in early spring, on young +animals, on the fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by +him if it were but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea- +shell, as a token and representative of the whole kingdom of such +things; to avoid jealously, in his way through the world, everything +repugnant to sight; and, should any circumstance tempt him to a +general converse in the range of such objects, to disentangle himself +from that circumstance at any cost of place, money, or opportunity; +such were in brief outline the duties recognised, the rights +demanded, in this new formula of life. And it was delivered with +conviction; as if the speaker verily saw into the recesses of the +mental and physical being of the listener, while his own expression +of perfect temperance had in it a fascinating power--the merely +negative element of purity, the mere freedom from taint or flaw, in +exercise [34] as a positive influence. Long afterwards, when Marius +read the Charmides--that other dialogue of Plato, into which he seems +to have expressed the very genius of old Greek temperance--the image +of this speaker came back vividly before him, to take the chief part +in the conversation. + +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible +symbolism (an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen +moralities) that the memory of that night's double experience, the +dream of the great sallow snake and the utterance of the young +priest, always returned to him, and the contrast therein involved +made him revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare thought of an +excess in sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more +from any excess of a coarser kind. + +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on +his arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had +really departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed +from the brain, a painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive +and there was a delight; and as he bathed in the fresh water set +ready for his use, the air of the room about him seemed like pure +gold, the very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at length by one +of the white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple +garden. At a distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him +the Houses of Birth and Death, erected for the reception [35] +respectively of women about to become mothers, and of persons about +to die; neither of those incidents being allowed to defile, as was +thought, the actual precincts of the shrine. His visitor of the +previous night he saw nowhere again. But among the official +ministers of the place there was one, already marked as of great +celebrity, whom Marius saw often in later days at Rome, the physician +Galen, now about thirty years old. He was standing, the hood partly +drawn over his face, beside the holy well, as Marius and his guide +approached it. + +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its +surrounding institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring +flowing directly out of the rocky foundations of the shrine. From +the rim of its basin rose a circle of trim columns to support a +cupola of singular lightness and grace, itself full of reflected +light from the rippling surface, through which might be traced the +wavy figure-work of the marble lining below as the stream of water +rushed in. Legend told of a visit of Aesculapius to this place, +earlier and happier than his first coming to Rome: an inscription +around the cupola recorded it in letters of gold. "Being come unto +this place the son of God loved it exceedingly:"--Huc profectus +filius Dei maxime amavit hunc locum;--and it was then that that most +intimately human of the gods had given men the well, with all its +salutary properties. The [36] element itself when received into the +mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from adhering organic +matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure air than water; +and after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious circumstances +concerning it, by one and another of the bystanders:--he who drank +often thereof might well think he had tasted of the Homeric lotus, so +great became his desire to remain always on that spot: carried to +other places, it was almost indefinitely conservative of its fine +qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other water; and it +flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so oddly +rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever +quantity might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange +alacrity of service to human needs, like a true creature and pupil of +the philanthropic god. Certainly the little crowd around seemed to +find singular refreshment in gazing on it. The whole place appeared +sensibly influenced by the amiable and healthful spirit of the thing. +All the objects of the country were there at their freshest. In the +great park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred animals +offered by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow +with a kind of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully +nice. And that freshness seemed to have something moral in its +influence, as if it acted upon the body and the merely bodily [37] +powers of apprehension, through the intelligence; and to the end of +his visit Marius saw no more serpents. + +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius +followed him as he returned from the well, more and more impressed by +the religiousness of all he saw, on his way through a long cloister +or corridor, the walls well-nigh hidden under votive inscriptions +recording favours from the son of Apollo, and with a distant +fragrance of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside +through an open doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as +the refined and dainty magnificence of the place came upon him +suddenly, in the flood of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights +burning here and there, and withal a singular expression of sacred +order, a surprising cleanliness and simplicity. Certain priests, men +whose countenances bore a deep impression of cultivated mind, each +with his little group of assistants, were gliding round silently to +perform their morning salutation to the god, raising the closed thumb +and finger of the right hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and +went on their sacred business, bearing their frankincense and lustral +water. Around the walls, at such a level that the worshippers might +read, as in a book, the story of the god and his sons, the +brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, ran a series of imageries, in low +relief, their delicate light and shade being [38] heightened, here +and there, with gold. Fullest of inspired and sacred expression, as +if in this place the chisel of the artist had indeed dealt not with +marble but with the very breath of feeling and thought, was the scene +in which the earliest generation of the sons of Aesculapius were +transformed into healing dreams; for "grown now too glorious to abide +longer among men, by the aid of their sire they put away their mortal +bodies, and came into another country, yet not indeed into Elysium +nor into the Islands of the Blest. But being made like to the +immortal gods, they began to pass about through the world, changed +thus far from their first form that they appear eternally young, as +many persons have seen them in many places--ministers and heralds of +their father, passing to and fro over the earth, like gliding stars. +Which thing is, indeed, the most wonderful concerning them!" And in +this scene, as throughout the series, with all its crowded +personages, Marius noted on the carved faces the same peculiar union +of unction, almost of hilarity, with a certain self-possession and +reserve, which was conspicuous in the living ministrants around him. + +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with +the richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius +himself, surrounded by choice flowering plants. It presented the +type, still with something of the [39] severity of the earlier art of +Greece about it, not of an aged and crafty physician, but of a youth, +earnest and strong of aspect, carrying an ampulla or bottle in one +hand, and in the other a traveller's staff, a pilgrim among his +pilgrim worshippers; and one of the ministers explained to Marius +this pilgrim guise.--One chief source of the master's knowledge of +healing had been observation of the remedies resorted to by animals +labouring under disease or pain--what leaf or berry the lizard or +dormouse lay upon its wounded fellow; to which purpose for long years +he had led the life of a wanderer, in wild places. The boy took his +place as the last comer, a little way behind the group of worshippers +who stood in front of the image. There, with uplifted face, the +palms of his two hands raised and open before him, and taught by the +priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and prayer (Aristeides +has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to the Inspired +Dreams:-- + +"O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who +travel by sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, +though ye be equal in glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, +and your lot in immortal youth be as theirs, to accept this prayer, +which in sleep and vision ye have inspired. Order it aright, I pray +you, according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve me [40] from +sickness; and endue my body with such a measure of health as may +suffice it for the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days +unhindered and in quietness." + +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and +just before his departure the priest, who had been his special +director during his stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived +panel, which formed the back of one of the carved seats, bade him +look through. What he saw was like the vision of a new world, by the +opening of some unsuspected window in a familiar dwelling-place. He +looked out upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful aspect, +hidden, by the peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points +of observation but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep +olive-clad rocks below, the novices were taking their exercise. The +softly sloping sides of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its +distant opening was closed by a beautifully formed mountain, from +which the last wreaths of morning mist were rising under the heat. +It might have seemed the very presentment of a land of hope, its +hollows brimful of a shadow of blue flowers; and lo! on the one level +space of the horizon, in a long dark line, were towers and a dome: +and that was Pisa.--Or Rome, was it? asked Marius, ready to believe +the utmost, in his excitement. + +All this served, as he understood afterwards [41] in retrospect, at +once to strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. +Developing the ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, +associated for the future with the exquisite splendour of the temple +of Aesculapius, as it dawned upon him on that morning of his first +visit--it developed that ideal in connexion with a vivid sense of the +value of mental and bodily sanity. And this recognition of the +beauty, even for the aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, now +acquired, operated afterwards as an influence morally salutary, +counteracting the less desirable or hazardous tendencies of some +phases of thought, through which he was to pass. + +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother +failing; and about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, +there was a circumstance which rested with him as the cruellest touch +of all, in an event which for a time seemed to have taken the light +out of the sunshine. She died away from home, but sent for him at +the last, with a painful effort on her part, but to his great +gratitude, pondering, as he always believed, that he might chance +otherwise to look back all his life long upon a single fault with +something like remorse, and find the burden a great one. For it +happened that, through some sudden, incomprehensible petulance there +had been an angry childish gesture, and a slighting word, at the very +moment of her departure, actually for the last time. Remembering +this [42] he would ever afterwards pray to be saved from offences +against his own affections; the thought of that marred parting having +peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much store, both by principle +and habit, on the sentiment of home. + +NOTES + +32. *[Transliteration:] E aporroe tou kallous. +Translation: +"Emanation from a thing of beauty." + + + +CHAPTER IV: THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE + + O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+ + quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis! + Pliny's Letters. + +[43] IT would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than +did Marius in those grave years of his early life. But the death of +his mother turned seriousness of feeling into a matter of the +intelligence: it made him a questioner; and, by bringing into full +evidence to him the force of his affections and the probable +importance of their place in his future, developed in him generally +the more human and earthly elements of character. A singularly +virile consciousness of the realities of life pronounced itself in +him; still however as in the main a poetic apprehension, though +united already with something of personal ambition and the instinct +of self-assertion. There were days when he could suspect, though it +was a suspicion he was careful at first to put from him, that that +early, much [44] cherished religion of the villa might come to count +with him as but one form of poetic beauty, or of the ideal, in +things; as but one voice, in a world where there were many voices it +would be a moral weakness not to listen to. And yet this voice, +through its forcible pre-occupation of his childish conscience, still +seemed to make a claim of a quite exclusive character, defining +itself as essentially one of but two possible leaders of his spirit, +the other proposing to him unlimited self-expansion in a world of +various sunshine. The contrast was so pronounced as to make the +easy, light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of himself, among the +temptations of the new phase of life which had now begun, seem +nothing less than a rival religion, a rival religious service. The +temptations, the various sunshine, were those of the old town of +Pisa, where Marius was now a tall schoolboy. Pisa was a place lying +just far enough from home to make his rare visits to it in childhood +seem like adventures, such as had never failed to supply new and +refreshing impulses to the imagination. The partly decayed pensive +town, which still had its commerce by sea, and its fashion at the +bathing-season, had lent, at one time the vivid memory of its fair +streets of marble, at another the solemn outline of the dark hills of +Luna on its background, at another the living glances of its men and +women, to the thickly gathering crowd [45] of impressions, out of +which his notion of the world was then forming. And while he learned +that the object, the experience, as it will be known to memory, is +really from first to last the chief point for consideration in the +conduct of life, these things were feeding also the idealism +constitutional with him--his innate and habitual longing for a world +altogether fairer than that he saw. The child could find his way in +thought along those streets of the old town, expecting duly the +shrines at their corners, and their recurrent intervals of garden- +courts, or side-views of distant sea. The great temple of the place, +as he could remember it, on turning back once for a last look from an +angle of his homeward road, counting its tall gray columns between +the blue of the bay and the blue fields of blossoming flax beyond; +the harbour and its lights; the foreign ships lying there; the +sailors' chapel of Venus, and her gilded image, hung with votive +gifts; the seamen themselves, their women and children, who had a +whole peculiar colour-world of their own--the boy's superficial +delight in the broad light and shadow of all that was mingled with +the sense of power, of unknown distance, of the danger of storm and +possible death. + +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live +in the house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the +school of a famous rhetorician, and learn, among [46] other things, +Greek. The school, one of many imitations of Plato's Academy in the +old Athenian garden, lay in a quiet suburb of Pisa, and had its grove +of cypresses, its porticoes, a house for the master, its chapel and +images. For the memory of Marius in after-days, a clear morning +sunlight seemed to lie perpetually on that severe picture in old gray +and green. The lad went to this school daily betimes, in state at +first, with a young slave to carry the books, and certainly with no +reluctance, for the sight of his fellow-scholars, and their petulant +activity, coming upon the sadder sentimental moods of his childhood, +awoke at once that instinct of emulation which is but the other side +of sympathy; and he was not aware, of course, how completely the +difference of his previous training had made him, even in his most +enthusiastic participation in the ways of that little world, still +essentially but a spectator. While all their heart was in their +limited boyish race, and its transitory prizes, he was already +entertaining himself, very pleasurably meditative, with the tiny +drama in action before him, as but the mimic, preliminary exercise +for a larger contest, and already with an implicit epicureanism. +Watching all the gallant effects of their small rivalries--a scene in +the main of fresh delightful sunshine--he entered at once into the +sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion of men, and had +already recognised a certain [47] appetite for fame, for distinction +among his fellows, as his dominant motive to be. + +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader +will have anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet +perhaps. And as, in that gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, +inward voices from the reality of unseen things had come abundantly; +so here, with the sounds and aspects of the shore, and amid the +urbanities, the graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it was the +reality, the tyrannous reality, of things visible that was borne in +upon him. The real world around--a present humanity not less comely, +it might seem, than that of the old heroic days--endowing everything +it touched upon, however remotely, down to its little passing tricks +of fashion even, with a kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him +just then a great fascination. + +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine +summer, the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he +had formally assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for +that purpose, accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, +after the full measure of those cloudless days, he would feel well- +nigh wearied out, as if with a long succession of pictures and music. +As he wandered through the gay streets or on the sea-shore, the real +world seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost absolutely free in +it, with a boundless [48] appetite for experience, for adventure, +whether physical or of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had +lent itself to an imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the +spectacle actually afforded to his untired and freely open senses, +suggested the reflection that the present had, it might be, really +advanced beyond the past, and he was ready to boast in the very fact +that it was modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the polite world of +that day went back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for the +purpose of a fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of +literature, and even, as we have seen, of religion, at least it +improved, by a shade or two of more scrupulous finish, on the old +pattern; and the new era, like the Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts +at the beginning of our own century, might perhaps be discerned, +awaiting one just a single step onward--the perfected new manner, in +the consummation of time, alike as regards the things of the +imagination and the actual conduct of life. Only, while the pursuit +of an ideal like this demanded entire liberty of heart and brain, +that old, staid, conservative religion of his childhood certainly had +its being in a world of somewhat narrow restrictions. But then, the +one was absolutely real, with nothing less than the reality of seeing +and hearing--the other, how vague, shadowy, problematical! Could its +so limited probabilities be worth taking into account in any +practical question as to the rejecting or receiving [49] of what was +indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? + +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great +friendship had grown up for him, in that life of so few attachments-- +the pure and disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He had seen +Flavian for the first time the day on which he had come to Pisa, at +the moment when his mind was full of wistful thoughts regarding the +new life to begin for him to-morrow, and he gazed curiously at the +crowd of bustling scholars as they came from their classes. There +was something in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he stood isolated +from the others for a moment, explained in part by his stature and +the distinction of the low, broad forehead; though there was +pleasantness also for the newcomer in the roving blue eyes which +seemed somehow to take a fuller hold upon things around than is usual +with boys. Marius knew that those proud glances made kindly note of +him for a moment, and felt something like friendship at first sight. +There was a tone of reserve or gravity there, amid perfectly +disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed to carry forward the +expression of the austere sky and the clear song of the blackbird on +that gray March evening. Flavian indeed was a creature who changed +much with the changes of the passing light and shade about him, and +was brilliant enough under the early sunshine in [50] school next +morning. Of all that little world of more or less gifted youth, +surely the centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the +school, he had gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by +the fascination of his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the +figure he bore. He wore already the manly dress; and standing there +in class, as he displayed his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or +his taste in declaiming Homer, he was like a carved figure in motion, +thought Marius, but with that indescribable gleam upon it which the +words of Homer actually suggested, as perceptible on the visible +forms of the gods--hoia theous epenenothen aien eontas.+ + +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected +with his habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were +held to be clear amid its general vagueness--a rich stranger paid his +schooling, and he was himself very poor, though there was an +attractive piquancy in the poverty of Flavian which in a scholar of +another figure might have been despised. Over Marius too his +dominion was entire. Three years older than he, Flavian was +appointed to help the younger boy in his studies, and Marius thus +became virtually his servant in many things, taking his humours with +a sort of grateful pride in being noticed at all, and, thinking over +all this afterwards, found that the [51] fascination experienced by +him had been a sentimental one, dependent on the concession to +himself of an intimacy, a certain tolerance of his company, granted +to none beside. + +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the +genius, the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. +The brilliant youth who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, +and seemed to have a natural alliance with, and claim upon, +everything else which was physically select and bright, cultivated +also that foppery of words, of choice diction which was common among +the elite spirits of that day; and Marius, early an expert and +elegant penman, transcribed his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a +genuine original power, was then so delightful to him) in beautiful +ink, receiving in return the profit of Flavian's really great +intellectual capacities, developed and accomplished under the +ambitious desire to make his way effectively in life. Among other +things he introduced him to the writings of a sprightly wit, then +very busy with the pen, one Lucian--writings seeming to overflow with +that intellectual light turned upon dim places, which, at least in +seasons of mental fair weather, can make people laugh where they have +been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, the sunlight which filled +those well-remembered early mornings in school, had had more than the +usual measure of gold in it! [52] Marius, at least, would lie awake +before the time, thinking with delight of the long coming hours of +hard work in the presence of Flavian, as other boys dream of a +holiday. + +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, +that reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father--a +freedman, presented late in life, and almost against his will, with +the liberty so fondly desired in youth, but on condition of the +sacrifice of part of his peculium--the slave's diminutive hoard-- +amassed by many a self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The +rich man, interested in the promise of the fair child born on his +estate, had sent him to school. The meanness and dejection, +nevertheless, of that unoccupied old age defined the leading memory +of Flavian, revived sometimes, after this first confidence, with a +burst of angry tears amid the sunshine. But nature had had her +economy in nursing the strength of that one natural affection; for, +save his half-selfish care for Marius, it was the single, really +generous part, the one piety, in the lad's character. In him Marius +saw the spirit of unbelief, achieved as if at one step. The much- +admired freedman's son, as with the privilege of a natural +aristocracy, believed only in himself, in the brilliant, and mainly +sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. + +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, [53] though still with +untouched health, in a world where manhood comes early, to the +seductions of that luxurious town, and Marius wondered sometimes, in +the freer revelation of himself by conversation, at the extent of his +early corruption. How often, afterwards, did evil things present +themselves in malign association with the memory of that beautiful +head, and with a kind of borrowed sanction and charm in its natural +grace! To Marius, at a later time, he counted for as it were an +epitome of the whole pagan world, the depth of its corruption, and +its perfection of form. And still, in his mobility, his animation, +in his eager capacity for various life, he was so real an object, +after that visionary idealism of the villa. His voice, his glance, +were like the breaking in of the solid world upon one, amid the +flimsy fictions of a dream. A shadow, handling all things as +shadows, had felt a sudden real and poignant heat in them. + +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and +abundantly, because with a good will. There was that in the actual +effectiveness of his figure which stimulated the younger lad to make +the most of opportunity; and he had experience already that education +largely increased one's capacity for enjoyment. He was acquiring +what it is the chief function of all higher education to impart, the +art, namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic traits, [54] the +elements of distinction, in our everyday life--of so exclusively +living in them--that the unadorned remainder of it, the mere drift or +debris of our days, comes to be as though it were not. And the +consciousness of this aim came with the reading of one particular +book, then fresh in the world, with which he fell in about this time- +-a book which awakened the poetic or romantic capacity as perhaps +some other book might have done, but was peculiar in giving it a +direction emphatically sensuous. It made him, in that visionary +reception of every-day life, the seer, more especially, of a +revelation in colour and form. If our modern education, in its +better efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind of idealising +power, it does so (though dealing mainly, as its professed +instruments, with the most select and ideal remains of ancient +literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it happened also, +long ago, with Marius and his friend. + +NOTES + +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means "seat of the muses." +Translation: "O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have +you uncovered to me, how many things suggested!" Pliny, Letters, +Book I, ix, to Minicius Fundanus. + +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epenenothen aien eontas. Translation: +"such as the gods are endowed with." Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. + + + +CHAPTER V: THE GOLDEN BOOK + +[55] THE two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in +a heap of dry corn, in an old granary--the quiet corner to which they +had climbed out of the way of their noisier companions on one of +their blandest holiday afternoons. They looked round: the western +sun smote through the broad chinks of the shutters. How like a +picture! and it was precisely the scene described in what they were +reading, with just that added poetic touch in the book which made it +delightful and select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight +transforming the rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps +of gold. What they were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, +the "golden" book of that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the +purple writing on the handsome yellow wrapper, following the title +Flaviane!--it said, + + Flaviane! lege Felicitur! + Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas! + Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! + +[56] It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with +carved and gilt ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. + +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the +archaisms and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, +quaint terms and images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the +lifelike phrases of some lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, +racy morsels of the vernacular and studied prettinesses:--all alike, +mere playthings for the genuine power and natural eloquence of the +erudite artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, which, however, made +some people angry, chiefly less well "got-up" people, and especially +those who were untidy from indolence. + +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the +early literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had +had more in common with the "infinite patience" of Apuleius than with +the hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have +been "self-conscious" of going slip-shod. And at least his success +was unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, +including a certain tincture of "neology" in expression--nonnihil +interdum elocutione novella parum signatum--in the language of +Cornelius Fronto, the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What +words he had found for conveying, with a single touch, the sense of +textures, colours, [57] incidents! "Like jewellers' work! Like a +myrrhine vase!"--admirers said of his writing. "The golden fibre in +the hair, the gold thread-work in the gown marked her as the +mistress"--aurum in comis et in tunicis, ibi inflexum hic intextum, +matronam profecto confitebatur--he writes, with his "curious +felicity," of one of his heroines. Aurum intextum: gold fibre:-- +well! there was something of that kind in his own work. And then, in +an age when people, from the emperor Aurelius downwards, prided +themselves unwisely on writing in Greek, he had written for Latin +people in their own tongue; though still, in truth, with all the care +of a learned language. Not less happily inventive were the incidents +recorded--story within story--stories with the sudden, unlooked-for +changes of dreams. He had his humorous touches also. And what went +to the ordinary boyish taste, in those somewhat peculiar readers, +what would have charmed boys more purely boyish, was the adventure:-- +the bear loose in the house at night, the wolves storming the farms +in winter, the exploits of the robbers, their charming caves, the +delightful thrill one had at the question--"Don't you know that these +roads are infested by robbers?" + +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of +witchcraft, and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old +weird towns, haunts of magic and [58] incantation, where all the more +genuine appliances of the black art, left behind her by Medea when +she fled through that country, were still in use. In the city of +Hypata, indeed, nothing seemed to be its true self--"You might think +that through the murmuring of some cadaverous spell, all things had +been changed into forms not their own; that there was humanity in the +hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you heard +singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew +their leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, +the walls to speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! +the very sky and the sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out." +Witches are there who can draw down the moon, or at least the lunar +virus--that white fluid she sheds, to be found, so rarely, "on high, +heathy places: which is a poison. A touch of it will drive men mad." + +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who +turns her neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the +scene where, after mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping +curiously through a chink in the door, is a spectator of the +transformation of the old witch herself into a bird, that she may +take flight to the object of her affections--into an owl! "First she +stripped off every rag she had. Then opening a certain chest she +took from it many small boxes, and removing the lid [59] of one of +them, rubbed herself over for a long time, from head to foot, with an +ointment it contained, and after much low muttering to her lamp, +began to jerk at last and shake her limbs. And as her limbs moved to +and fro, out burst the soft feathers: stout wings came forth to view: +the nose grew hard and hooked: her nails were crooked into claws; and +Pamphile was an owl. She uttered a queasy screech; and, leaping +little by little from the ground, making trial of herself, fled +presently, on full wing, out of doors." + +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged +creature, but into the animal which has given name to the book; for +throughout it there runs a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of +magic then prevalent, curiosity concerning which had led Lucius to +meddle with the old woman's appliances. "Be you my Venus," he says +to the pretty maid-servant who has introduced him to the view of +Pamphile, "and let me stand by you a winged Cupid!" and, freely +applying the magic ointment, sees himself transformed, "not into a +bird, but into an ass!" + +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could +such be found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come +by them at that adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, +the grotesque procession of Isis [60] passing by with a bear and +other strange animals in its train, the ass following along with the +rest suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in the High- +priest's hand. + +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the +outside of an ass; "though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an +ass," he tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily +spread table, "as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon +coarse hay." For, in truth, all through the book, there is an +unmistakably real feeling for asses, with bold touches like Swift's, +and a genuine animal breadth. Lucius was the original ass, who +peeping slily from the window of his hiding-place forgot all about +the big shade he cast just above him, and gave occasion to the joke +or proverb about "the peeping ass and his shadow." + +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious +elements in most boys, passed at times, those young readers still +feeling its fascination, into what French writers call the macabre-- +that species of almost insane pre-occupation with the materialities +of our mouldering flesh, that luxury of disgust in gazing on +corruption, which was connected, in this writer at least, with not a +little obvious coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust +of the actual world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. +"I am told," they read, "that [61] when foreigners are interred, the +old witches are in the habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to +ravage the corpse"--in order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants +from it, with which to injure the living--"especially if the witch +has happened to cast her eye upon some goodly young man." And the +scene of the night-watching of a dead body lest the witches should +come to tear off the flesh with their teeth, is worthy of Theophile +Gautier. + +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid +its mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque +horrors, came the tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, life- +like situations, speciosa locis, and abounding in lovely visible +imagery (one seemed to see and handle the golden hair, the fresh +flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full also of a gentle +idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an allegory. +With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.-- + +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. + +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters +exceeding fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant +to behold, yet passed not the measure of human praise, while such was +the loveliness of the [62] youngest that men's speech was too poor to +commend it worthily and could express it not at all. Many of the +citizens and of strangers, whom the fame of this excellent vision had +gathered thither, confounded by that matchless beauty, could but kiss +the finger-tips of their right hands at sight of her, as in adoration +to the goddess Venus herself. And soon a rumour passed through the +country that she whom the blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine +dignity, was even then moving among men, or that by some fresh +germination from the stars, not the sea now, but the earth, had put +forth a new Venus, endued with the flower of virginity. + +This belief, with the fame of the maiden's loveliness, went daily +further into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together +to behold that glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to +Paphos, to Cnidus or Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: +her sacred rites were neglected, her images stood uncrowned, the cold +ashes were left to disfigure her forsaken altars. It was to a maiden +that men's prayers were offered, to a human countenance they looked, +in propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went forth in the +morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to +that unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This +conveyance of divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger +of the true Venus. "Lo! now, the ancient [63] parent of nature," she +cried, "the fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign +mother of the world, sharing my honours with a mortal maiden, while +my name, built up in heaven, is profaned by the mean things of +earth! Shall a perishable woman bear my image about with her? In +vain did the shepherd of Ida prefer me! Yet shall she have little +joy, whosoever she be, of her usurped and unlawful loveliness!" +Thereupon she called to her that winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who +wanders armed by night through men's houses, spoiling their +marriages; and stirring yet more by her speech his inborn wantonness, +she led him to the city, and showed him Psyche as she walked. + +"I pray thee," she said, "give thy mother a full revenge. Let this +maid become the slave of an unworthy love." Then, embracing him +closely, she departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest +of the wave. And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are +in waiting: the daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and +Portunus, and Salacia, and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a +host of Tritons leaping through the billows. And one blows softly +through his sounding sea-shell, another spreads a silken web against +the sun, a third presents the mirror to the eyes of his mistress, +while the others swim side by side below, drawing her chariot. Such +was the escort of Venus as she went upon the sea. + +[64] Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. +All people regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It +was but as on the finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon +that divine likeness. Her sisters, less fair than she, were happily +wedded. She, even as a widow, sitting at home, wept over her +desolation, hating in her heart the beauty in which all men were +pleased. + +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle +of Apollo, and Apollo answered him thus: "Let the damsel be placed on +the top of a certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and +of death. Look not for a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that +evil serpent-thing, by reason of whom even the gods tremble and the +shadows of Styx are afraid." + +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For +many days she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine +precept is urgent upon her, and the company make ready to conduct the +maiden to her deadly bridal. And now the nuptial torch gathers dark +smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the pipe is changed into a +cry: the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: below her +yellow wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the +whole city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken +house. + +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, +and, these solemnities [65] being ended, the funeral of the living +soul goes forth, all the people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, +assists not at her marriage but at her own obsequies, and while the +parents hesitate to accomplish a thing so unholy the daughter cries +to them: "Wherefore torment your luckless age by long weeping? This +was the prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people celebrated +us with divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was +then ye should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I +understand that that one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and +set me upon the appointed place. I am in haste to submit to that +well-omened marriage, to behold that goodly spouse. Why delay the +coming of him who was born for the destruction of the whole world?" + +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they +proceeded to the appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there +the maiden alone, and took their way homewards dejectedly. The +wretched parents, in their close-shut house, yielded themselves to +perpetual night; while to Psyche, fearful and trembling and weeping +sore upon the mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He lifts her +mildly, and, with vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own +soft breathing over the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly +among the flowers in the bosom of a valley below. + +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying [66] sweetly on her +dewy bed, rested from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. +And lo! a grove of mighty trees, with a fount of water, clear as +glass, in the midst; and hard by the water, a dwelling-place, built +not by human hands but by some divine cunning. One recognised, even +at the entering, the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden pillars +sustained the roof, arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. +The walls were hidden under wrought silver:--all tame and woodland +creatures leaping forward to the visitor's gaze. Wonderful indeed +was the craftsman, divine or half-divine, who by the subtlety of his +art had breathed so wild a soul into the silver! The very pavement +was distinct with pictures in goodly stones. In the glow of its +precious metal the house is its own daylight, having no need of the +sun. Well might it seem a place fashioned for the conversation of +gods with men! + +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her +courage growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired +the beautiful things she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no +chain, nor living guardian protected that great treasure house. But +as she gazed there came a voice--a voice, as it were unclothed of +bodily vesture--"Mistress!" it said, "all these things are thine. +Lie down, and relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when +thou wilt. We thy servants, whose [67] voice thou hearest, will be +beforehand with our service, and a royal feast shall be ready." + +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, +refreshed with sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she +saw no one: only she heard words falling here and there, and had +voices alone to serve her. And the feast being ended, one entered +the chamber and sang to her unseen, while another struck the chords +of a harp, invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards the sound +of a company singing together came to her, but still so that none +were present to sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of +singers was there. + +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and +as the night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency +approaches her. Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great +solitude, she trembled, and more than any evil she knew dreaded that +she knew not. And now the husband, that unknown husband, drew near, +and ascended the couch, and made her his wife; and lo! before the +rise of dawn he had departed hastily. And the attendant voices +ministered to the needs of the newly married. And so it happened +with her for a long season. And as nature has willed, this new +thing, by continual use, became a delight to her: the sound of the +voice grew to be her solace in that condition of loneliness and +uncertainty. + +[68] One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, "O Psyche, +most pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens +thee with mortal peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy +death and seeking some trace of thee, will come to the mountain's +top. But if by chance their cries reach thee, answer not, neither +look forth at all, lest thou bring sorrow upon me and destruction +upon thyself." Then Psyche promised that she would do according to +his will. But the bridegroom was fled away again with the night. +And all that day she spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead +indeed, shut up in that golden prison, powerless to console her +sisters sorrowing after her, or to see their faces; and so went to +rest weeping. + +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, +and embracing her as she wept, complained, "Was this thy promise, my +Psyche? What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy +husband thou ceasest not from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge +thine own desire, though it seeks what will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou +remember my warning, repentant too late." Then, protesting that she +is like to die, she obtains from him that he suffer her to see her +sisters, and present to them moreover what gifts she would of golden +ornaments; but therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, +yielding to pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily +form, lest she fall, [69] through unholy curiosity, from so great a +height of fortune, nor feel ever his embrace again. "I would die a +hundred times," she said, cheerful at last, "rather than be deprived +of thy most sweet usage. I love thee as my own soul, beyond +comparison even with Love himself. Only bid thy servant Zephyrus +bring hither my sisters, as he brought me. My honeycomb! My +husband! Thy Psyche's breath of life!" So he promised; and after +the embraces of the night, ere the light appeared, vanished from the +hands of his bride. + +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept +loudly among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the +sound came down to her, and running out of the palace distraught, she +cried, "Wherefore afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you +mourn am here." Then, summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her +husband's bidding; and he bare them down with a gentle blast. "Enter +now," she said, "into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the +company of Psyche your sister." + +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, +and its great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the +malice which was already at their hearts. And at last one of them +asks curiously who the lord of that celestial array may be, and what +manner of man her husband? And Psyche [70] answered dissemblingly, +"A young man, handsome and mannerly, with a goodly beard. For the +most part he hunts upon the mountains." And lest the secret should +slip from her in the way of further speech, loading her sisters with +gold and gems, she commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. + +And they returned home, on fire with envy. "See now the injustice of +fortune!" cried one. "We, the elder children, are given like +servants to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is +possessed of so great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. +You saw, Sister! what a hoard of wealth lies in the house; what +glittering gowns; what splendour of precious gems, besides all that +gold trodden under foot. If she indeed hath, as she said, a +bridegroom so goodly, then no one in all the world is happier. And +it may be that this husband, being of divine nature, will make her +too a goddess. Nay! so in truth it is. It was even thus she bore +herself. Already she looks aloft and breathes divinity, who, though +but a woman, has voices for her handmaidens, and can command the +winds." "Think," answered the other, "how arrogantly she dealt with +us, grudging us these trifling gifts out of all that store, and when +our company became a burden, causing us to be hissed and driven away +from her through the air! But I am no woman if she keep her hold on +this great fortune; and if the insult done us has touched [71] thee +too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold our peace, and +know naught of her, alive or dead. For they are not truly happy of +whose happiness other folk are unaware." + +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second +time, as he talks with her by night: "Seest thou what peril besets +thee? Those cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of +which the sum is that they persuade thee to search into the fashion +of my countenance, the seeing of which, as I have told thee often, +will be the seeing of it no more for ever. But do thou neither +listen nor make answer to aught regarding thy husband. Besides, we +have sown also the seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with +a child to be born to us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of +divine quality; if thou profane it, subject to death." And Psyche +was glad at the tidings, rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, +and in the glory of that pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the +name of mother. Anxiously she notes the increase of the days, the +waning months. And again, as he tarries briefly beside her, the +bridegroom repeats his warning: + +"Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. +Have pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not +those evil women again." But the sisters make their way into the +palace once more, crying to her in [72] wily tones, "O Psyche! and +thou too wilt be a mother! How great will be the joy at home! Happy +indeed shall we be to have the nursing of the golden child. Truly if +he be answerable to the beauty of his parents, it will be a birth of +Cupid himself." + +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. +She, meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the +playing is heard: she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and +the music and the singing come invisibly, soothing the mind of the +listener with sweetest modulation. Yet not even thereby was their +malice put to sleep: once more they seek to know what manner of +husband she has, and whence that seed. And Psyche, simple over-much, +forgetful of her first story, answers, "My husband comes from a far +country, trading for great sums. He is already of middle age, with +whitening locks." And therewith she dismisses them again. + +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the +other, "What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man +with goodly beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a +false tale: else is she in very truth ignorant what manner of man he +is. Howsoever it be, let us destroy her quickly. For if she indeed +knows not, be sure that her bridegroom is one of the gods: it is a +god she bears in her womb. And let [73] that be far from us! If she +be called mother of a god, then will life be more than I can bear." + +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to +her craftily, "Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy +real danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that +comes to sleep at thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which +declared thee destined to a cruel beast. There are those who have +seen it at nightfall, coming back from its feeding. In no long time, +they say, it will end its blandishments. It but waits for the babe +to be formed in thee, that it may devour thee by so much the richer. +If indeed the solitude of this musical place, or it may be the +loathsome commerce of a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in +sisterly piety have done our part." And at last the unhappy Psyche, +simple and frail of soul, carried away by the terror of their words, +losing memory of her husband's precepts and her own promise, brought +upon herself a great calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she +answers them, "And they who tell those things, it may be, speak the +truth. For in very deed never have I seen the face of my husband, +nor know I at all what manner of man he is. Always he frights me +diligently from the sight of him, threatening some great evil should +I too curiously look upon his face. Do ye, if ye can help your +sister in her great peril, stand by her now." + +[74] Her sisters answered her, "The way of safety we have well +considered, and will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in +that part of the couch where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp +filled with oil, and set it Privily behind the curtain. And when he +shall have drawn up his coils into the accustomed place, and thou +hearest him breathe in sleep, slip then from his side and discover +the lamp, and, knife in hand, put forth thy strength, and strike off +the serpent's head." And so they departed in haste. + +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is +tossed up and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and +though her will is firm, yet, in the moment of putting hand to the +deed, she falters, and is torn asunder by various apprehension of the +great calamity upon her. She hastens and anon delays, now full of +distrust, and now of angry courage: under one bodily form she loathes +the monster and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in the +night; and at length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. +Darkness came, and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint +essay of love, falls into a deep sleep. + +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny +assisting her, is confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife +in hand, she put by her sex; and lo! as the secrets of the bed became +manifest, the sweetest and most gentle of all creatures, Love +himself, reclined [75] there, in his own proper loveliness! At sight +of him the very flame of the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche +was afraid at the vision, and, faint of soul, trembled back upon her +knees, and would have hidden the steel in her own bosom. But the +knife slipped from her hand; and now, undone, yet ofttimes looking +upon the beauty of that divine countenance, she lives again. She +sees the locks of that golden head, pleasant with the unction of the +gods, shed down in graceful entanglement behind and before, about the +ruddy cheeks and white throat. The pinions of the winged god, yet +fresh with the dew, are spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate +plumage wavering over them as they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, +touched with light, worthy of Venus his mother. At the foot of the +couch lay his bow and arrows, the instruments of his power, +propitious to men. + +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, +and trying the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the +barb, so that a drop of blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own +act, and unaware, into the love of Love. Falling upon the +bridegroom, with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses from eager and +open lips, she shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep might +be. And it chanced that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp +upon the god's shoulder. Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to +wound him from whom [76] all fire comes; though 'twas a lover, I +trow, first devised thee, to have the fruit of his desire even in the +darkness! At the touch of the fire the god started up, and beholding +the overthrow of her faith, quietly took flight from her embraces. + +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two +hands, hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she +sinks to the earth through weariness. And as she lay there, the +divine lover, tarrying still, lighted upon a cypress tree which grew +near, and, from the top of it, spake thus to her, in great emotion. +"Foolish one! unmindful of the command of Venus, my mother, who had +devoted thee to one of base degree, I fled to thee in his stead. Now +know I that this was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced mine +arrow, and I made thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster +beside thee--that thou shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay +the eyes so full of love to thee! Again and again, I thought to put +thee on thy guard concerning these things, and warned thee in loving- +kindness. Now I would but punish thee by my flight hence." And +therewith he winged his way into the deep sky. + +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might +reach the flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the +breadth of space had parted him wholly from her, cast herself down +from the bank of a river [77] which was nigh. But the stream, +turning gentle in honour of the god, put her forth again unhurt upon +its margin. And as it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was sitting +just then by the waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the +goddess Canna; teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of +slender sound. Hard by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the +shaggy god called her, wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, +"I am but a rustic herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my +great age and long experience; and if I guess truly by those +faltering steps, by thy sorrowful eyes and continual sighing, thou +labourest with excess of love. Listen then to me, and seek not death +again, in the stream or otherwise. Put aside thy woe, and turn thy +prayers to Cupid. He is in truth a delicate youth: win him by the +delicacy of thy service." + +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a +reverence to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, +in her search after Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying +in the chamber of his mother, heart-sick. And the white bird which +floats over the waves plunged in haste into the sea, and approaching +Venus, as she bathed, made known to her that her son lies afflicted +with some grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, angrily, +"My son, then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched away +[78] my beauty and was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!" + +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden +chamber, found there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from +the doorway, "Well done, truly! to trample thy mother's precepts +under foot, to spare my enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, +unite her to thyself, child as thou art, that I might have a +daughter-in-law who hates me! I will make thee repent of thy sport, +and the savour of thy marriage bitter. There is one who shall +chasten this body of thine, put out thy torch and unstring thy bow. +Not till she has plucked forth that hair, into which so oft these +hands have smoothed the golden light, and sheared away thy wings, +shall I feel the injury done me avenged." And with this she hastened +in anger from the doors. + +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her +troubled countenance. "Ye come in season," she cried; "I pray you, +find for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace +of my house." And they, ignorant of what was done, would have +soothed her anger, saying, "What fault, Mistress, hath thy son +committed, that thou wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou +not that he is now of age? Because he wears his years so lightly +must he seem to thee ever but a child? Wilt thou for ever thus pry +into the [79] pastimes of thy son, always accusing his wantonness, +and blaming in him those delicate wiles which are all thine own?" +Thus, in secret fear of the boy's bow, did they seek to please him +with their gracious patronage. But Venus, angry at their light +taking of her wrongs, turned her back upon them, and with hasty steps +made her way once more to the sea. + +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested +not night or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she +might not sooth his anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least +to propitiate him with the prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a +certain temple on the top of a high mountain, she said, "Who knows +whether yonder place be not the abode of my lord?" Thither, +therefore, she turned her steps, hastening now the more because +desire and hope pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours of +the way, and so, painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the +mountain, drew near to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, +in heaps or twisted into chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles +and all the instruments of harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown +at random from the hands of the labourers in the great heat. These +she curiously sets apart, one by one, duly ordering them; for she +said within herself, "I may not neglect the shrines, nor the holy +service, of any god there be, but must rather [80] win by +supplication the kindly mercy of them all." + +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, +"Alas, Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy +footsteps through the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost +penalty; and thou, thinking of anything rather than thine own safety, +hast taken on thee the care of what belongs to me!" Then Psyche fell +down at her feet, and sweeping the floor with her hair, washing the +footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her mercy, with many +prayers:--"By the gladdening rites of harvest, by the lighted lamps +and mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention of thy +daughter Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica +veils in silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of +Psyche! Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps +of corn, till time have softened the anger of the goddess, and my +strength, out-worn in my long travail, be recovered by a little +rest." + +But Ceres answered her, "Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain +help thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. +Depart hence as quickly as may be." And Psyche, repelled against +hope, afflicted now with twofold sorrow, making her way back again, +beheld among the half-lighted woods of the valley below a sanctuary +builded with cunning [81] art. And that she might lose no way of +hope, howsoever doubtful, she drew near to the sacred doors. She +sees there gifts of price, and garments fixed upon the door-posts and +to the branches of the trees, wrought with letters of gold which told +the name of the goddess to whom they were dedicated, with +thanksgiving for that she had done. So, with bent knee and hands +laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, "Sister and spouse +of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate fortune's Juno the +Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those in travail +with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me." And as she +prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway +present, and answered, "Would that I might incline favourably to +thee; but against the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a +daughter, I may not, for very shame, grant thy prayer." + +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus +with herself, "Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, +shall I take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me +from the all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man's +courage, and yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a +humility not yet too late the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows +but that I may find him also whom my soul seeketh after, in the abode +of his mother?" + +[82] And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to +return to heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought +for her by Vulcan as a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which +had left his work so much the richer by the weight of gold it lost +under his tool. From the multitude which housed about the bed- +chamber of their mistress, white doves came forth, and with joyful +motions bent their painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with +playful riot, the sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of +song, making known by their soft notes the approach of the goddess. +Eagle and cruel hawk alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And +the clouds broke away, as the uttermost ether opened to receive her, +daughter and goddess, with great joy. + +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him +the service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not +her prayer. And Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; +and as they went, the former said to the latter, "Thou knowest, my +brother of Arcady, that never at any time have I done anything +without thy help; for how long time, moreover, I have sought a +certain maiden in vain. And now naught remains but that, by thy +heraldry, I proclaim a reward for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou +my bidding quickly." And therewith [83] she conveyed to him a little +scrip, in the which was written the name of Psyche, with other +things; and so returned home. + +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, +proclaimed that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, +should receive from herself seven kisses--one thereof full of the +inmost honey of her throat. With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. +And now, as she came near to the doors of Venus, one of the +household, whose name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, crying, "Hast +thou learned, Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a mistress?" +And seizing her roughly by the hair, drew her into the presence of +Venus. And when Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, "Thou hast +deigned then to make thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will +I in turn treat thee as becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!" + +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain +and seed, and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: +"Methinks so plain a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious +ministry: now will I also make trial of thy service. Sort me this +heap of seed, the one kind from the others, grain by grain; and get +thy task done before the evening." And Psyche, stunned by the +cruelty of her bidding, was silent, and moved not her hand to the +inextricable heap. And there came [84] forth a little ant, which had +understanding of the difficulty of her task, and took pity upon the +consort of the god of Love; and he ran deftly hither and thither, and +called together the whole army of his fellows. "Have pity," he +cried, "nimble scholars of the Earth, Mother of all things!--have +pity upon the wife of Love, and hasten to help her in her perilous +effort." Then, one upon the other, the hosts of the insect people +hurried together; and they sorted asunder the whole heap of seed, +separating every grain after its kind, and so departed quickly out of +sight. + +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with +so wonderful diligence, she cried, "The work is not thine, thou +naughty maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour." And +calling her again in the morning, "See now the grove," she said, +"beyond yonder torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces +shine with gold. Fetch me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, +having gotten it as thou mayst." + +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, +but even to seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. +But from the river, the green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to +her: "O Psyche! pollute not these waters by self-destruction, nor +approach that terrible flock; for, as the heat groweth, they wax +fierce. Lie down under yon plane-tree, till the [85] quiet of the +river's breath have soothed them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down +the fleecy gold from the trees of the grove, for it holdeth by the +leaves." + +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of +its heart, filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned +to Venus. But the goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, "Well +know I who was the author of this thing also. I will make further +trial of thy discretion, and the boldness of thy heart. Seest thou +the utmost peak of yonder steep mountain? The dark stream which +flows down thence waters the Stygian fields, and swells the flood of +Cocytus. Bring me now, in this little urn, a draught from its +innermost source." And therewith she put into her hands a vessel of +wrought crystal. + +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking +there at last to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came +to the region which borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she +understood the deadly nature of her task. From a great rock, steep +and slippery, a horrible river of water poured forth, falling +straightway by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen gulf below. +And lo! creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, with +their long necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice +and bade her depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and [86] +What doest thou here? Look around thee! and Destruction is upon +thee! And then sense left her, in the immensity of her peril, as one +changed to stone. + +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the +steady eye of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread +his wings and took flight to her, and asked her, "Didst thou think, +simple one, even thou! that thou couldst steal one drop of that +relentless stream, the holy river of Styx, terrible even to the gods? +But give me thine urn." And the bird took the urn, and filled it at +the source, and returned to her quickly from among the teeth of the +serpents, bringing with him of the waters, all unwilling--nay! +warning him to depart away and not molest them. + +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she +might deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry +goddess. "My child!" she said, "in this one thing further must thou +serve me. Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto +hell, and deliver it to Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have +of her beauty so much at least as may suffice for but one day's use, +that beauty she possessed erewhile being foreworn and spoiled, +through her tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; and be not slow in +returning." + +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune--that she +was now thrust openly [87] upon death, who must go down, of her own +motion, to Hades and the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the +top of an exceeding high tower, thinking within herself, "I will cast +myself down thence: so shall I descend most quickly into the kingdom +of the dead." And the tower again, broke forth into speech: +"Wretched Maid! Wretched Maid! Wilt thou destroy thyself? If the +breath quit thy body, then wilt thou indeed go down into Hades, but +by no means return hither. Listen to me. Among the pathless wilds +not far from this place lies a certain mountain, and therein one of +hell's vent-holes. Through the breach a rough way lies open, +following which thou wilt come, by straight course, to the castle of +Orcus. And thou must not go empty-handed. Take in each hand a +morsel of barley-bread, soaked in hydromel; and in thy mouth two +pieces of money. And when thou shalt be now well onward in the way +of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass laden with wood, and a +lame driver, who will pray thee reach him certain cords to fasten the +burden which is falling from the ass: but be thou cautious to pass on +in silence. And soon as thou comest to the river of the dead, +Charon, in that crazy bark he hath, will put thee over upon the +further side. There is greed even among the dead: and thou shalt +deliver to him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces of money, +in such wise that he take [88] it with his hand from between thy +lips. And as thou passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on +the water, will put up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee +draw him into the ferry-boat. But beware thou yield not to unlawful +pity. + +"When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain +aged women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their +work; and beware again that thou take no part therein; for this also +is the snare of Venus, whereby she would cause thee to cast away one +at least of those cakes thou bearest in thy hands. And think not +that a slight matter; for the loss of either one of them will be to +thee the losing of the light of day. For a watch-dog exceeding +fierce lies ever before the threshold of that lonely house of +Proserpine. Close his mouth with one of thy cakes; so shalt thou +pass by him, and enter straightway into the presence of Proserpine +herself. Then do thou deliver thy message, and taking what she shall +give thee, return back again; offering to the watch-dog the other +cake, and to the ferryman that other piece of money thou hast in thy +mouth. After this manner mayst thou return again beneath the stars. +But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, nor open, the +casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of the divine +countenance hidden therein." + +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche [89] delayed not, but +proceeding diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the +house of Proserpine, at whose feet she sat down humbly, and would +neither the delicate couch nor that divine food the goddess offered +her, but did straightway the business of Venus. And Proserpine +filled the casket secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to +Psyche, who fled therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming +back into the light of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of +her service, she was seized by a rash curiosity. "Lo! now," she said +within herself, "my simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine +loveliness, heed not to touch myself with a particle at least +therefrom, that I may please the more, by the favour of it, my fair +one, my beloved." Even as she spoke, she lifted the lid; and behold! +within, neither beauty, nor anything beside, save sleep only, the +sleep of the dead, which took hold upon her, filling all her members +with its drowsy vapour, so that she lay down in the way and moved +not, as in the slumber of death. + +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no +longer the absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window +of the chamber wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired +by a little rest, fled forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the +place where Psyche was, shook that sleep away from her, and set him +in his prison again, awaking her with the [90] innocent point of his +arrow. "Lo! thine old error again," he said, "which had like once +more to have destroyed thee! But do thou now what is lacking of the +command of my mother: the rest shall be my care." With these words, +the lover rose upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the +greatness of his love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest +place of heaven, to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And +the father of gods took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said +to him, "At no time, my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. +Often hast thou vexed my bosom, wherein lies the disposition of the +stars, with those busy darts of thine. Nevertheless, because thou +hast grown up between these mine hands, I will accomplish thy +desire." And straightway he bade Mercury call the gods together; +and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting upon a high throne, +"Ye gods," he said, "all ye whose names are in the white book of the +Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that his youthful +heats should by some means be restrained. And that all occasion may +be taken from him, I would even confine him in the bonds of marriage. +He has chosen and embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have fruit of +his love, and possess her for ever." + +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out +to her his ambrosial cup, "Take it," he said, "and live for ever; +[91] nor shall Cupid ever depart from thee." And the gods sat down +together to the marriage-feast. + +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His +rustic serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. +The Seasons crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to +the lyre, while a little Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced +very sweetly to the soft music. Thus, with due rites, did Psyche +pass into the power of Cupid; and from them was born the daughter +whom men call Voluptas. + + + +CHAPTER VI: EUPHUISM + +[92] So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, +with an expression changed in some ways from the original and on the +whole graver. The petulant, boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more +like that "Lord, of terrible aspect," who stood at Dante's bedside +and wept, or had at least grown to the manly earnestness of the Eros +of Praxiteles. Set in relief amid the coarser matter of the book, +this episode of Cupid and Psyche served to combine many lines of +meditation, already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of a perfect +imaginative love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless +and clean--an ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, +though he valued it at various times in different degrees. The human +body in its beauty, as the highest potency of all the beauty of +material objects, seemed to him just then to be matter no longer, +but, having taken celestial fire, to assert itself as indeed the +true, though visible, [93] soul or spirit in things. In contrast +with that ideal, in all the pure brilliancy, and as it were in the +happy light, of youth and morning and the springtide, men's actual +loves, with which at many points the book brings one into close +contact, might appear to him, like the general tenor of their lives, +to be somewhat mean and sordid. The hiddenness of perfect things: a +shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of diffidence like that expressed in +Psyche's so tremulous hope concerning the child to be born of the +husband she had never yet seen--"in the face of this little child, at +the least, shall I apprehend thine"--in hoc saltem parvulo cognoscam +faciem tuam: the fatality which seems to haunt any signal+ beauty, +whether moral or physical, as if it were in itself something illicit +and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so often excites in the +vulgar:--these were some of the impressions, forming, as they do, a +constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, from Medusa +and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A book, +like a person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in the +precise moment of its falling in our way, and often by some happy +accident counts with us for something more than its independent +value. The Metamorphoses of Apuleius, coming to Marius just then, +figured for him as indeed The Golden Book: he felt a sort of personal +gratitude to its writer, and saw in it doubtless [94] far more than +was really there for any other reader. It occupied always a peculiar +place in his remembrance, never quite losing its power in frequent +return to it for the revival of that first glowing impression. + +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it +stimulated the literary ambition, already so strong a motive with +him, by a signal example of success, and made him more than ever an +ardent, indefatigable student of words, of the means or instrument of +the literary art. The secrets of utterance, of expression itself, of +that through which alone any intellectual or spiritual power within +one can actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm them +to one's side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in +immediate connexion with that desire for predominance, for the +satisfaction of which another might have relied on the acquisition +and display of brilliant military qualities. In him, a fine +instinctive sentiment of the exact value and power of words was +connate with the eager longing for sway over his fellows. He saw +himself already a gallant and effective leader, innovating or +conservative as occasion might require, in the rehabilitation of the +mother-tongue, then fallen so tarnished and languid; yet the sole +object, as he mused within himself, of the only sort of patriotic +feeling proper, or possible, for one born of slaves. The popular +speech was gradually departing from the form [95] and rule of literary +language, a language always and increasingly artificial. While the +learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously +pedantic, the colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand +chance-tost gems of racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at +least ungathered by what claimed to be classical Latin. The time was +coming when neither the pedants nor the people would really +understand Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this new +writer, Apuleius, who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, +which had been a fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits +since the days of Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. + +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself +would be a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its +dealing with the instrument of the literary art; partly popular and +revolutionary, asserting, so to term them, the rights of the +proletariate of speech. More than fifty years before, the younger +Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power of the +Latin tongue, had said,--"I am one of those who admire the ancients, +yet I do not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius +which our own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if +weary and effete, no longer produces what is admirable." And he, +Flavian, would prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus +indicated. In [96] his eagerness for a not too distant fame, he +dreamed over all that, as the young Caesar may have dreamed of +campaigns. Others might brutalise or neglect the native speech, that +true "open field" for charm and sway over men. He would make of it a +serious study, weighing the precise power of every phrase and word, +as though it were precious metal, disentangling the later +associations and going back to the original and native sense of +each,--restoring to full significance all its wealth of latent +figurative expression, reviving or replacing its outworn or tarnished +images. Latin literature and the Latin tongue were dying of routine +and languor; and what was necessary, first of all, was to re- +establish the natural and direct relationship between thought and +expression, between the sensation and the term, and restore to words +their primitive power. + +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, +were to be the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly +impressed, in the first place; and in the next, to find the means of +making visible to others that which was vividly apparent, delightful, +of lively interest to himself, to the exclusion of all that was but +middling, tame, or only half-true even to him--this scrupulousness of +literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for the first time, a sort of +chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what patience of +execution! what research for the significant [97] tones of ancient +idiom--sonantia verba et antiqua! What stately and regular word- +building--gravis et decora constructio! He felt the whole meaning of +the sceptical Pliny's somewhat melancholy advice to one of his +friends, that he should seek in literature deliverance from +mortality--ut studiis se literarum a mortalitate vindicet. And there +was everything in the nature and the training of Marius to make him a +full participator in the hopes of such a new literary school, with +Flavian for its leader. In the refinements of that curious spirit, +in its horror of profanities, its fastidious sense of a correctness +in external form, there was something which ministered to the old +ritual interest, still surviving in him; as if here indeed were +involved a kind of sacred service to the mother-tongue. + +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in +which the literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties +towards language, towards the instrument of expression: in fact it +does but modify a little the principles of all effective expression +at all times. 'Tis art's function to conceal itself: ars est celare +artem:--is a saying, which, exaggerated by inexact quotation, has +perhaps been oftenest and most confidently quoted by those who have +had little literary or other art to conceal; and from the very +beginning of professional literature, the "labour of the file"--a +labour in the case of Plato, for instance, or Virgil, like [98] that +of the oldest of goldsmiths as described by Apuleius, enriching the +work by far more than the weight of precious metal it removed--has +always had its function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later examples +of it, this Roman Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty +in writing--es kallos graphein+--might lapse into its characteristic +fopperies or mannerisms, into the "defects of its qualities," in +truth, not wholly unpleasing perhaps, or at least excusable, when +looked at as but the toys (so Cicero calls them), the strictly +congenial and appropriate toys, of an assiduously cultivated age, +which could not help being polite, critical, self-conscious. The +mere love of novelty also had, of course, its part there: as with the +Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, and of the modern French +romanticists, its neologies were the ground of one of the favourite +charges against it; though indeed, as regards these tricks of taste +also, there is nothing new, but a quaint family likeness rather, +between the Euphuists of successive ages. Here, as elsewhere, the +power of "fashion," as it is called, is but one minor form, slight +enough, it may be, yet distinctly symptomatic, of that deeper +yearning of human nature towards ideal perfection, which is a +continuous force in it; and since in this direction too human nature +is limited, such fashions must necessarily reproduce themselves. +Among other resemblances to later growths of Euphuism, its archaisms +on the one hand, and [99] its neologies on the other, the Euphuism +of the days of Marcus Aurelius had, in the composition of verse, its +fancy for the refrain. It was a snatch from a popular chorus, +something he had heard sounding all over the town of Pisa one April +night, one of the first bland and summer-like nights of the year, +that Flavian had chosen for the refrain of a poem he was then +pondering--the Pervigilium Veneris--the vigil, or "nocturn," of +Venus. + +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant +part in the little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are +playing in all ages, would ask, suspecting some affectation or +unreality in that minute culture of form:--Cannot those who have a +thing to say, say it directly? Why not be simple and broad, like the +old writers of Greece? And this challenge had at least the effect of +setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation as it lay +between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek +genius, in literature as in everything else, was the entire absence +of imitation in its productions. How had the burden of precedent, +laid upon every artist, increased since then! It was all around +one:--that smoothly built world of old classical taste, an +accomplished fact, with overwhelming authority on every detail of the +conduct of one's [100] work. With no fardel on its own back, yet so +imperious towards those who came labouring after it, Hellas, in its +early freshness, looked as distant from him even then as it does from +ourselves. There might seem to be no place left for novelty or +originality,--place only for a patient, an infinite, faultlessness. +On this question too Flavian passed through a world of curious art- +casuistries, of self-tormenting, at the threshold of his work. Was +poetic beauty a thing ever one and the same, a type absolute; or, +changing always with the soul of time itself, did it depend upon the +taste, the peculiar trick of apprehension, the fashion, as we say, of +each successive age? Might one recover that old, earlier sense of +it, that earlier manner, in a masterly effort to recall all the +complexities of the life, moral and intellectual, of the earlier age +to which it had belonged? Had there been really bad ages in art or +literature? Were all ages, even those earliest, adventurous, +matutinal days, in themselves equally poetical or unpoetical; and +poetry, the literary beauty, the poetic ideal, always but a borrowed +light upon men's actual life? + +Homer had said-- + + Hoi d' hote de limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en nei melaine... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phegmini thalasses.+ + +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was +always telling [101] things after this manner. And one might think +there had been no effort in it: that here was but the almost +mechanical transcript of a time, naturally, intrinsically, poetic, a +time in which one could hardly have spoken at all without ideal +effect, or, the sailors pulled down their boat without making a +picture in "the great style," against a sky charged with marvels. +Must not the mere prose of an age, itself thus ideal, have counted +for more than half of Homer's poetry? Or might the closer student +discover even here, even in Homer, the really mediatorial function of +the poet, as between the reader and the actual matter of his +experience; the poet waiting, so to speak, in an age which had felt +itself trite and commonplace enough, on his opportunity for the touch +of "golden alchemy," or at least for the pleasantly lighted side of +things themselves? Might not another, in one's own prosaic and used- +up time, so uneventful as it had been through the long reign of these +quiet Antonines, in like manner, discover his ideal, by a due waiting +upon it? Would not a future generation, looking back upon this, +under the power of the enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to +view, in contrast with its own languor--the languor that for some +reason (concerning which Augustine will one day have his view) seemed +to haunt men always? Had Homer, even, appeared unreal and affected +in his poetic flight, to some of the people of his own age, [l02] as +seemed to happen with every new literature in turn? In any case, the +intellectual conditions of early Greece had been--how different from +these! And a true literary tact would accept that difference in +forming the primary conception of the literary function at a later +time. Perhaps the utmost one could get by conscious effort, in the +way of a reaction or return to the conditions of an earlier and +fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial artlessness, naivete; +and this quality too might have its measure of euphuistic charm, +direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in comparison with +that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not as the +freshness of the open fields, but only of a bunch of field-flowers in +a heated room. + +There was, meantime, all this:--on one side, the old pagan culture, +for us but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, +still a living, united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, +its thought, its religions, its sagacious forms of polity, that so +weighty authority it exercised on every point, being in reality only +the measure of its charm for every one: on the other side, the actual +world in all its eager self-assertion, with Flavian himself, in his +boundless animation, there, at the centre of the situation. From the +natural defects, from the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous +cultivation of manner, he was saved by the consciousness that he had +a matter to present, very real, [103] at least to him. That +preoccupation of the dilettante with what might seem mere details of +form, after all, did but serve the purpose of bringing to the +surface, sincerely and in their integrity, certain strong personal +intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of things as really +being, with important results, thus, rather than thus,--intuitions +which the artistic or literary faculty was called upon to follow, +with the exactness of wax or clay, clothing the model within. +Flavian too, with his fine clear mastery of the practically +effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as axiomatic in +literature: that to know when one's self is interested, is the first +condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the +forcible apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the +selection of his intellectual food; often listless while others read +or gazed diligently; never pretending to be moved out of mere +complaisance to people's emotions: it served to foster in him a very +scrupulous literary sincerity with himself. And it was this +uncompromising demand for a matter, in all art, derived immediately +from lively personal intuition, this constant appeal to individual +judgment, which saved his euphuism, even at its weakest, from lapsing +into mere artifice. + +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess +Venus, the work of [104] his earlier manhood, and designed +originally to open an argument less persistently sombre than that +protest against the whole pagan heaven which actually follows it? It +is certainly the most typical expression of a mood, still incident to +the young poet, as a thing peculiar to his youth, when he feels the +sentimental current setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as +a matter of purely physical excitement, that he can hardly +distinguish it from the animation of external nature, the upswelling +of the seed in the earth, and of the sap through the trees. Flavian, +to whom, again, as to his later euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology +seemed as full of untried, unexpressed motives and interest as human +life itself, had long been occupied with a kind of mystic hymn to the +vernal principle of life in things; a composition shaping itself, +little by little, out of a thousand dim perceptions, into singularly +definite form (definite and firm as fine-art in metal, thought +Marius) for which, as I said, he had caught his "refrain," from the +lips of the young men, singing because they could not help it, in the +streets of Pisa. And as oftenest happens also, with natures of +genuinely poetic quality, those piecemeal beginnings came suddenly to +harmonious completeness among the fortunate incidents, the physical +heat and light, of one singularly happy day. + +It was one of the first hot days of March--"the sacred day"--on +which, from Pisa, as from [105] many another harbour on the +Mediterranean, the Ship of Isis went to sea, and every one walked +down to the shore-side to witness the freighting of the vessel, its +launching and final abandonment among the waves, as an object really +devoted to the Great Goddess, that new rival, or "double," of ancient +Venus, and like her a favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening +next before, all the world had been abroad to view the illumination +of the river; the stately lines of building being wreathed with +hundreds of many-coloured lamps. The young men had poured forth +their chorus-- + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet-- + +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their +lanterned boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when +heavy rain-drops had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, +however, smiling and serene; and the long procession started betimes. +The river, curving slightly, with the smoothly paved streets on +either side, between its low marble parapet and the fair dwelling- +houses, formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, +accompanied throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took +its course up one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge +up-stream, and down the other, to the haven, every possible standing- +place, out of doors [106] and within, being crowded with sight-seers, +of whom Marius was one of the most eager, deeply interested in +finding the spectacle much as Apuleius had described it in his famous +book. + +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly +waving back the assistants, made way for a number of women, +scattering perfumes. They were succeeded by a company of musicians, +piping and twanging, on instruments the strangest Marius had ever +beheld, the notes of a hymn, narrating the first origin of this +votive rite to a choir of youths, who marched behind them singing it. +The tire-women and other personal attendants of the great goddess +came next, bearing the instruments of their ministry, and various +articles from the sacred wardrobe, wrought of the most precious +material; some of them with long ivory combs, plying their hands in +wild yet graceful concert of movement as they went, in devout mimicry +of the toilet. Placed in their rear were the mirror-bearers of the +goddess, carrying large mirrors of beaten brass or silver, turned in +such a way as to reflect to the great body of worshippers who +followed, the face of the mysterious image, as it moved on its way, +and their faces to it, as though they were in fact advancing to meet +the heavenly visitor. They comprehended a multitude of both sexes +and of all ages, already initiated into the divine secret, clad in +fair linen, the females veiled, the males with shining [107] +tonsures, and every one carrying a sistrum--the richer sort of +silver, a few very dainty persons of fine gold--rattling the reeds, +with a noise like the jargon of innumerable birds and insects +awakened from torpor and abroad in the spring sun. Then, borne upon +a kind of platform, came the goddess herself, undulating above the +heads of the multitude as the bearers walked, in mystic robe +embroidered with the moon and stars, bordered gracefully with a +fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a glittering crown upon +the head. The train of the procession consisted of the priests in +long white vestments, close from head to foot, distributed into +various groups, each bearing, exposed aloft, one of the sacred +symbols of Isis--the corn-fan, the golden asp, the ivory hand of +equity, and among them the votive ship itself, carved and gilt, and +adorned bravely with flags flying. Last of all walked the high +priest; the people kneeling as he passed to kiss his hand, in which +were those well-remembered roses. + +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, +lowered from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as +it could carry of the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in +great profusion by the worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon +the water, left the shore, crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a +much stouter vessel than itself with a crew of white-robed mariners, +whose [108] function it was, at the appointed moment, finally to +desert it on the open sea. + +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. +Flavian and Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a +wild spot on the bay, the traditional site of a little Greek colony, +which, having had its eager, stirring life at the time when Etruria +was still a power in Italy, had perished in the age of the civil +wars. In the absolute transparency of the air on this gracious day, +an infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with +sparkling clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves-- +Flavian at work suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They +reached land at last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the +sands, with a tumble-down of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a +little shrine of Venus, fluttering and gay with the scarves and +napkins and gilded shells which these people had offered to the +image. Flavian and Marius sat down under the shadow of a mass of +gray rock or ruin, where the sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and +talked of life in those old Greek colonies. Of this place, all that +remained, besides those rude stones, was--a handful of silver coins, +each with a head of pure and archaic beauty, though a little cruel +perhaps, supposed to represent the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was +formerly shown here--only these, and an ancient song, the very strain +which Flavian [109] had recovered in those last months. They were +records which spoke, certainly, of the charm of life within those +walls. How strong must have been the tide of men's existence in that +little republican town, so small that this circle of gray stones, of +service now only by the moisture they gathered for the blue-flowering +gentians among them, had been the line of its rampart! An epitome of +all that was liveliest, most animated and adventurous, in the old +Greek people of which it was an offshoot, it had enhanced the effect +of these gifts by concentration within narrow limits. The band of +"devoted youth,"--hiera neotes.+--of the younger brothers, devoted to the +gods and whatever luck the gods might afford, because there was no +room for them at home--went forth, bearing the sacred flame from the +mother hearth; itself a flame, of power to consume the whole material +of existence in clear light and heat, with no smouldering residue. +The life of those vanished townsmen, so brilliant and revolutionary, +applying so abundantly the personal qualities which alone just then +Marius seemed to value, associated itself with the actual figure of +his companion, standing there before him, his face enthusiastic with +the sudden thought of all that; and struck him vividly as precisely +the fitting opportunity for a nature like his, so hungry for control, +for ascendency over men. + +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits [110] flagged at last, +on the way home through the heavy dew of the evening, more than +physical fatigue in Flavian, who seemed to find no refreshment in the +coolness. There had been something feverish, perhaps, and like the +beginning of sickness, about his almost forced gaiety, in this sudden +spasm of spring; and by the evening of the next day he was lying with +a burning spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from the +first, by the terrible new disease. + +NOTES + +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint "singal." + +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: "To write +beautifully." + +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: + + Hoi d' hote de limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en nei melaine... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phegmini thalasses. + +Etext editor's translation: + + When they had safely made deep harbor + They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship... + And went ashore just past the breakers. + +109. +Transliteration: hiera neotes. Pater translates the phrase, +"devoted youth." + + + +CHAPTER VII: A PAGAN END + +[111] FOR the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor +Marcus Aurelius, returning in triumph from the East, had brought in +his train, among the enemies of Rome, one by no means a captive. +People actually sickened at a sudden touch of the unsuspected foe, as +they watched in dense crowds the pathetic or grotesque imagery of +failure or success in the triumphal procession. And, as usual, the +plague brought with it a power to develop all pre-existent germs of +superstition. It was by dishonour done to Apollo himself, said +popular rumour--to Apollo, the old titular divinity of pestilence, +that the poisonous thing had come abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer +consecrated to the god, it had escaped in the sacrilegious plundering +of his temple at Seleucia by the soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a +traitorous surprise of that town and a cruel massacre. Certainly +there was something which baffled all imaginable precautions and all +medical science, in the suddenness [112] with which the disease broke +out simultaneously, here and there, among both soldiers and citizens, +even in places far remote from the main line of its march in the rear +of the victorious army. It seemed to have invaded the whole empire, +and some have even thought that, in a mitigated form, it permanently +remained there. In Rome itself many thousands perished; and old +authorities tell of farmsteads, whole towns, and even entire +neighbourhoods, which from that time continued without inhabitants +and lapsed into wildness or ruin. + +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in +the brain, fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to +his body. His head being relieved after a while, there was distress +at the chest. It was but the fatal course of the strange new +sickness, under many disguises; travelling from the brain to the +feet, like a material resident, weakening one after another of the +organic centres; often, when it did not kill, depositing various +degrees of lifelong infirmity in this member or that; and after such +descent, returning upwards again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving +the entrenchments of the fortress of life overturned, one by one, +behind it. + +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful +cough, but relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the +rich-scented flowers--rare Paestum roses, and the like [113] -- +procured by Marius for his solace, in a fancied convalescence; and +would, at intervals, return to labour at his verses, with a great +eagerness to complete and transcribe the work, while Marius sat and +wrote at his dictation, one of the latest but not the poorest +specimens of genuine Latin poetry. + +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from +the thought of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the +preliminary pairing and mating together of all fresh things, in the +hot and genial spring-time--the immemorial nuptials of the soul of +spring itself and the brown earth; and was full of a delighted, +mystic sense of what passed between them in that fantastic marriage. +That mystic burden was relieved, at intervals, by the familiar +playfulness of the Latin verse-writer in dealing with mythology, +which, though coming at so late a day, had still a wonderful +freshness in its old age.--"Amor has put his weapons by and will keep +holiday. He was bidden go without apparel, that none might be +wounded by his bow and arrows. But take care! In truth he is none +the less armed than usual, though he be all unclad." + +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his +chief aim to retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the +Latin genius, at some points even to have advanced beyond it, in +anticipation of wholly new laws of [114] taste as regards sound, a +new range of sound itself. The peculiar resultant note, associating +itself with certain other experiences of his, was to Marius like the +foretaste of an entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. +Flavian had caught, indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the +sonorous organ-music of the medieval Latin, and therewithal something +of its unction and mysticity of spirit. There was in his work, along +with the last splendour of the classical language, a touch, almost +prophetic, of that transformed life it was to have in the rhyming +middle age, just about to dawn. The impression thus forced upon +Marius connected itself with a feeling, the exact inverse of that, +known to every one, which seems to say, You have been just here, just +thus, before!--a feeling, in his case, not reminiscent but prescient +of the future, which passed over him afterwards many times, as he +came across certain places and people. It was as if he detected +there the process of actual change to a wholly undreamed-of and +renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he saw the heavy yet +decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on an +intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new +musical instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of +his verse? And still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of +expression and imagery, that firmness of outline he had always +relished so much in the composition of [115] Flavian. Yes! a +firmness like that of some master of noble metal-work, manipulating +tenacious bronze or gold. Even now that haunting refrain, with its +impromptu variations, from the throats of those strong young men, +came floating through the window. + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet! + +--repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. + +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately +endowed, the mere liberty of life above-ground, "those sunny mornings +in the cornfields by the sea," as he recollected them one day, when +the window was thrown open upon the early freshness--his sense of all +this, was from the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as +of something he was but debarred the use of for a time than finally +bidding farewell to. That was while he was still with no very grave +misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and felt the sources of +life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. From time +to time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his +dictation, was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work +just then. The recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the +mere danger of death, vaguer than that and by so much the more +terrible, like the menace of some shadowy [116] adversary in the dark +with whose mode of attack they had no acquaintance, disturbed him now +and again through those hours of excited attention to his manuscript, +and to the purely physical wants of Flavian. Still, during these +three days there was much hope and cheerfulness, and even jesting. +Half-consciously Marius tried to prolong one or another relieving +circumstance of the day, the preparations for rest and morning +refreshment, for instance; sadly making the most of the little luxury +of this or that, with something of the feigned cheer of the mother +who sets her last morsels before her famished child as for a feast, +but really that he "may eat it and die." + +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put +aside the unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest +quiet at length though much exhausted, had made itself felt with full +power again in a painful vomiting, which seemed to shake his body +asunder, with great consequent prostration. From that time the +distress increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum vero vitai claustra +lababant;+ and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace from the +dead feet to the head. + +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the +rapid but systematic work of the destroyer, [117] faintly relieving a +little the mere accidents of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian +himself appeared, in full consciousness at last--in clear-sighted, +deliberate estimate of the actual crisis--to be doing battle with his +adversary. His mind surveyed, with great distinctness, the various +suggested modes of relief. He must without fail get better, he would +fancy, might he be removed to a certain place on the hills where as a +child he had once recovered from sickness, but found that he could +scarcely raise his head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now +surely foreseeing the end, he would set himself, with an eager +effort, and with that eager and angry look, which is noted as one of +the premonitions of death in this disease, to fashion out, without +formal dictation, still a few more broken verses of his unfinished +work, in hard-set determination, defiant of pain, to arrest this or +that little drop at least from the river of sensuous imagery rushing +so quickly past him. + +But at length delirium--symptom that the work of the plague was done, +and the last resort of life yielding to the enemy--broke the coherent +order of words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, +found his best hope in the increasing dimness of the patient's mind. +In intervals of clearer consciousness the visible signs of cold, of +sorrow and desolation, were very painful. No longer battling with +the disease, he seemed as it were to place himself [118] at the +disposal of the victorious foe, dying passively, like some dumb +creature, in hopeless acquiescence at last. That old, half-pleading +petulance, unamiable, yet, as it might seem, only needing conditions +of life a little happier than they had actually been, to become +refinement of affection, a delicate grace in its demand on the +sympathy of others, had changed in those moments of full intelligence +to a clinging and tremulous gentleness, as he lay--"on the very +threshold of death"--with a sharply contracted hand in the hand of +Marius, to his almost surprised joy, winning him now to an absolutely +self-forgetful devotion. There was a new sort of pleading in the +misty eyes, just because they took such unsteady note of him, which +made Marius feel as if guilty; anticipating thus a form of self- +reproach with which even the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes +surprised, when, at death, affectionate labour suddenly ceasing +leaves room for the suspicion of some failure of love perhaps, at one +or another minute point in it. Marius almost longed to take his +share in the suffering, that he might understand so the better how to +relieve it. + +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and +Marius extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among +the hills, with a heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at +nightfall to steady rain; and [119] in the darkness Marius lay down +beside him, faintly shivering now in the sudden cold, to lend him his +own warmth, undeterred by the fear of contagion which had kept other +people from passing near the house. At length about day-break he +perceived that the last effort had come with a revival of mental +clearness, as Marius understood by the contact, light as it was, in +recognition of him there. "Is it a comfort," he whispered then, "that +I shall often come and weep over you?"--"Not unless I be aware, and +hear you weeping!" + +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and +Marius was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to +fix in his memory every detail, that he might have this picture in +reserve, should any hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with +the temptation to feel completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, +of resentment against nature itself, mingled with an agony of pity, +as he noted on the now placid features a certain look of humility, +almost abject, like the expression of a smitten child or animal, as +of one, fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under the +power of a merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he +would not forget one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously +stamp on his memory the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned +to die, against a time that may come. + +[120] The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to +watch by it through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing +strength, just in time. The first night after the washing of the +body, he bore stoutly enough the tax which affection seemed to +demand, throwing the incense from time to time on the little altar +placed beside the bier. It was the recurrence of the thing--that +unchanged outline below the coverlet, amid a silence in which the +faintest rustle seemed to speak--that finally overcame his +determination. Surely, here, in this alienation, this sense of +distance between them, which had come over him before though in minor +degree when the mind of Flavian had wandered in his sickness, was +another of the pains of death. Yet he was able to make all due +preparations, and go through the ceremonies, shortened a little +because of the infection, when, on a cloudless evening, the funeral +procession went forth; himself, the flames of the pyre having done +their work, carrying away the urn of the deceased, in the folds of +his toga, to its last resting-place in the cemetery beside the +highway, and so turning home to sleep in his own desolate lodging. + + Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus + Tam cari capitis?--+ + +What thought of others' thoughts about one could there be with the +regret for "so dear a head" fresh at one's heart? + +NOTES + +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. + +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. + + + +PART THE SECOND + + +CHAPTER VIII: ANIMULA VAGULA + + + Animula, vagula, blandula + Hospes comesque corporis, + Quae nunc abibis in loca? + Pallidula, rigida, nudula. + + The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul + +[123] FLAVIAN was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and +tears lay cold among the faded flowers. For most people the actual +spectacle of death brings out into greater reality, at least for the +imagination, whatever confidence they may entertain of the soul's +survival in another life. To Marius, greatly agitated by that event, +the earthly end of Flavian came like a final revelation of nothing +less than the soul's extinction. Flavian had gone out as utterly as +the fire among those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful suspense +of judgment expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages +of being still possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, +seemed wholly untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of +the religion of his childhood. Future extinction seemed just then +[124] to be what the unforced witness of his own nature pointed to. +On the other hand, there came a novel curiosity as to what the +various schools of ancient philosophy had had to say concerning that +strange, fluttering creature; and that curiosity impelled him to +certain severe studies, in which his earlier religious conscience +seemed still to survive, as a principle of hieratic scrupulousness or +integrity of thought, regarding this new service to intellectual +light. + +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a +prey to the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in +many a melodramatic revival of old religion or theosophy. From all +this, fascinating as it might actually be to one side of his +character, he was kept by a genuine virility there, effective in him, +among other results, as a hatred of what was theatrical, and the +instinctive recognition that in vigorous intelligence, after all, +divinity was most likely to be found a resident. With this was +connected the feeling, increasing with his advance to manhood, of a +poetic beauty in mere clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic +charm of a cold austerity of mind; as if the kinship of that to the +clearness of physical light were something more than a figure of +speech. Of all those various religious fantasies, as so many forms +of enthusiasm, he could well appreciate the picturesque; that was +made easy by his natural Epicureanism, already prompting [125] him to +conceive of himself as but the passive spectator of the world around +him. But it was to the severer reasoning, of which such matters as +Epicurean theory are born, that, in effect, he now betook himself. +Instinctively suspicious of those mechanical arcana, those pretended +"secrets unveiled" of the professional mystic, which really bring +great and little souls to one level, for Marius the only possible +dilemma lay between that old, ancestral Roman religion, now become so +incredible to him and the honest action of his own untroubled, +unassisted intelligence. Even the Arcana Celestia of Platonism--what +the sons of Plato had had to say regarding the essential indifference +of pure soul to its bodily house and merely occasional dwelling- +place--seemed to him while his heart was there in the urn with the +material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering in memory over his last +agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to alleviate his +resentment at nature's wrong. It was to the sentiment of the body, +and the affections it defined--the flesh, of whose force and colour +that wandering Platonic soul was but so frail a residue or abstract-- +he must cling. The various pathetic traits of the beloved, +suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply pondered, had made him +a materialist, but with something of the temper of a devotee. + +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for +poetry had passed away, [126] to be replaced by the literature of +thought. His much-pondered manuscript verses were laid aside; and +what happened now to one, who was certainly to be something of a poet +from first to last, looked at the moment like a change from poetry to +prose. He came of age about this time, his own master though with +beardless face; and at eighteen, an age at which, then as now, many +youths of capacity, who fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves +from others chiefly in affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded +himself indeed from others, but in a severe intellectual meditation, +that salt of poetry, without which all the more serious charm is +lacking to the imaginative world. Still with something of the old +religious earnestness of his childhood, he set himself--Sich im +Denken zu orientiren--to determine his bearings, as by compass, in +the world of thought--to get that precise acquaintance with the +creative intelligence itself, its structure and capacities, its +relation to other parts of himself and to other things, without +which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man rich +in this world's goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and +ascertain his outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact +estimate of realities, as towards himself, he must have--a delicately +measured gradation of certainty in things--from the distant, haunted +horizon of mere surmise or imagination, to the actual [127] feeling +of sorrow in his heart, as he reclined one morning, alone instead of +in pleasant company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old +Greek manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, +meeting him in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the +graver lines coming into the face of the sombre but enthusiastic +student of intellectual structure, who could hold his own so well in +the society of accomplished older men, were half afraid of him, +though proud to have him of their company. Why this reserve?--they +asked, concerning the orderly, self-possessed youth, whose speech and +carriage seemed so carefully measured, who was surely no poet like +the rapt, dishevelled Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose +toga was so daintily folded, and who was always as fresh as the +flowers he wore; or bent on his own line of ambition: or even on +riches? + +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most +part, those writers chiefly who had made it their business to know +what might be thought concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal +essence, which had seemed to go out altogether, along with the +funeral fires. And the old Greek who more than any other was now +giving form to his thoughts was a very hard master. From Epicurus, +from the thunder and lightning of Lucretius--like thunder and +lightning some distance off, one might recline to enjoy, in a garden +of roses--he had gone back to [128] the writer who was in a certain +sense the teacher of both, Heraclitus of Ionia. His difficult book +"Concerning Nature" was even then rare, for people had long since +satisfied themselves by the quotation of certain brilliant, isolated, +oracles only, out of what was at best a taxing kind of lore. But the +difficulty of the early Greek prose did but spur the curiosity of +Marius; the writer, the superior clearness of whose intellectual view +had so sequestered him from other men, who had had so little joy of +that superiority, being avowedly exacting as to the amount of devout +attention he required from the student. "The many," he said, always +thus emphasising the difference between the many and the few, are +"like people heavy with wine," "led by children," "knowing not +whither they go;" and yet, "much learning doth not make wise;" and +again, "the ass, after all, would have his thistles rather than fine +gold." + +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for "the many" +of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due reception +of which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the +necessary first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been +developed in conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of +thought, as a matter requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure +reason and its "dry light." Men are subject to an illusion, he +protests, regarding matters apparent to sense. [129] What the +uncorrected sense gives was a false impression of permanence or +fixity in things, which have really changed their nature in the very +moment in which we see and touch them. And the radical flaw in the +current mode of thinking would lie herein: that, reflecting this +false or uncorrected sensation, it attributes to the phenomena of +experience a durability which does not really belong to them. +Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world of firmly out- +lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead what +is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of life--that +eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe spoke as +the "Living Garment," whereby God is seen of us, ever in weaving at +the "Loom of Time." + +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first +instance, from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of +prophetic seriousness, a great claim and assumption, such as we may +understand, if we anticipate in this preliminary scepticism the +ulterior scope of his speculation, according to which the universal +movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, or +measure, of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason +consists. The one true being--that constant subject of all early +thought--it was his merit to have conceived, not as sterile and +stagnant inaction, but as a perpetual energy, from the restless +stream of which, [130] at certain points, some elements detach +themselves, and harden into non-entity and death, corresponding, as +outward objects, to man's inward condition of ignorance: that is, to +the slowness of his faculties. It is with this paradox of a subtle, +perpetual change in all visible things, that the high speculation of +Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses for anything like a +careless, half-conscious, "use-and-wont" reception of our experience, +which took so strong a hold on men's memories! Hence those many +precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we think and +do, that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes strict +attentiveness of mind a kind of religious duty and service. + +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary +experience, fixed as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had +been, as originally conceived, but the preliminary step towards a +large positive system of almost religious philosophy. Then as now, +the illuminated philosophic mind might apprehend, in what seemed a +mass of lifeless matter, the movement of that universal life, in +which things, and men's impressions of them, were ever "coming to +be," alternately consumed and renewed. That continual change, to be +discovered by the attentive understanding where common opinion found +fixed objects, was but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading +motion--the sleepless, ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the +divine [131] reason itself, proceeding always by its own rhythmical +logic, and lending to all mind and matter, in turn, what life they +had. In this "perpetual flux" of things and of souls, there was, as +Heraclitus conceived, a continuance, if not of their material or +spiritual elements, yet of orderly intelligible relationships, like +the harmony of musical notes, wrought out in and through the series +of their mutations--ordinances of the divine reason, maintained +throughout the changes of the phenomenal world; and this harmony in +their mutation and opposition, was, after all, a principle of sanity, +of reality, there. But it happened, that, of all this, the first, +merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest step on the +threshold, had alone remained in general memory; and the "doctrine of +motion" seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make all fixed +knowledge impossible. The swift passage of things, the still swifter +passage of those modes of our conscious being which seemed to reflect +them, might indeed be the burning of the divine fire: but what was +ascertained was that they did pass away like a devouring flame, or +like the race of water in the mid-stream--too swiftly for any real +knowledge of them to be attainable. Heracliteanism had grown to be +almost identical with the famous doctrine of the sophist Protagoras, +that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual was the +only standard of what is or is [132] not, and each one the measure of +all things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become +but an authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. + +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it +happened now with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the +apprehension of that constant motion of things--the drift of flowers, +of little or great souls, of ambitious systems, in the stream around +him, the first source, the ultimate issue, of which, in regions out +of sight, must count with him as but a dim problem. The bold mental +flight of the old Greek master from the fleeting, competing objects +of experience to that one universal life, in which the whole sphere +of physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, +remained by him as hypothesis only--the hypothesis he actually +preferred, as in itself most credible, however scantily realisable +even by the imagination--yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, +among many others, concerning the first principle of things. He +might reserve it as a fine, high, visionary consideration, very +remote upon the intellectual ladder, just at the point, indeed, where +that ladder seemed to pass into the clouds, but for which there was +certainly no time left just now by his eager interest in the real +objects so close to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the +ground. And those childish days of reverie, [133] when he played at +priests, played in many another day-dream, working his way from the +actual present, as far as he might, with a delightful sense of escape +in replacing the outer world of other people by an inward world as +himself really cared to have it, had made him a kind of "idealist." +He was become aware of the possibility of a large dissidence between +an inward and somewhat exclusive world of vivid personal +apprehension, and the unimproved, unheightened reality of the life of +those about him. As a consequence, he was ready now to concede, +somewhat more easily than others, the first point of his new lesson, +that the individual is to himself the measure of all things, and to +rely on the exclusive certainty to himself of his own impressions. +To move afterwards in that outer world of other people, as though +taking it at their estimate, would be possible henceforth only as a +kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire Savoyard, after reflecting on +the variations of philosophy, "the first fruit he drew from that +reflection was the lesson of a limitation of his researches to what +immediately interested him; to rest peacefully in a profound +ignorance as to all beside; to disquiet himself only concerning those +things which it was of import for him to know." At least he would +entertain no theory of conduct which did not allow its due weight to +this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the conditions of +man's life. [134] Just here he joined company, retracing in his +individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human thought, +with another wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek master, +the founder of the Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty traditional +utterances (for he had left no writing) served in turn to give +effective outline to the contemplations of Marius. There was +something in the doctrine itself congruous with the place wherein it +had its birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the +brilliant Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the +philosophy of pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the +mountains and the sea, among richer than Italian gardens, on a +certain breezy table-land projecting from the African coast, some +hundreds of miles southward from Greece. There, in a delightful +climate, with something of transalpine temperance amid its luxury, +and withal in an inward atmosphere of temperance which did but +further enhance the brilliancy of human life, the school of Cyrene +had maintained itself as almost one with the family of its founder; +certainly as nothing coarse or unclean, and under the influence of +accomplished women. + +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to +what might really lie behind--flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming +ramparts of the world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, +which had haunted the minds [135] of the first Greek enquirers as +merely abstract doubt, which had been present to the mind of +Heraclitus as one element only in a system of abstract philosophy, +became with Aristippus a very subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The +difference between him and those obscure earlier thinkers is almost +like that between an ancient thinker generally, and a modern man of +the world: it was the difference between the mystic in his cell, or +the prophet in the desert, and the expert, cosmopolitan, +administrator of his dark sayings, translating the abstract thoughts +of the master into terms, first of all, of sentiment. It has been +sometimes seen, in the history of the human mind, that when thus +translated into terms of sentiment--of sentiment, as lying already +half-way towards practice--the abstract ideas of metaphysics for the +first time reveal their true significance. The metaphysical +principle, in itself, as it were, without hands or feet, becomes +impressive, fascinating, of effect, when translated into a precept as +to how it were best to feel and act; in other words, under its +sentimental or ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the great +master of Cyrene, his theory that things are but shadows, and that +we, even as they, never continue in one stay, might indeed have taken +effect as a languid, enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept +of "renunciation," which would touch and handle and busy itself with +nothing. But in the reception of [136] metaphysical formulae, all +depends, as regards their actual and ulterior result, on the pre- +existent qualities of that soil of human nature into which they fall- +-the company they find already present there, on their admission into +the house of thought; there being at least so much truth as this +involves in the theological maxim, that the reception of this or that +speculative conclusion is really a matter of will. The persuasion +that all is vanity, with this happily constituted Greek, who had been +a genuine disciple of Socrates and reflected, presumably, something +of his blitheness in the face of the world, his happy way of taking +all chances, generated neither frivolity nor sourness, but induced, +rather, an impression, just serious enough, of the call upon men's +attention of the crisis in which they find themselves. It became the +stimulus towards every kind of activity, and prompted a perpetual, +inextinguishable thirst after experience. + +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure +depended on this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally +somewhat acrid, had fallen upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted +to transform it into a theory of practice, of considerable +stimulative power towards a fair life. What Marius saw in him was +the spectacle of one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to +speak, to an understanding with the most depressing of theories; +accepting the [137] results of a metaphysical system which seemed to +concentrate into itself all the weakening trains of thought in +earlier Greek speculation, and making the best of it; turning its +hard, bare truths, with wonderful tact, into precepts of grace, and +delicate wisdom, and a delicate sense of honour. Given the hardest +terms, supposing our days are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may +well adorn and beautify, in scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and +whatever our souls touch upon--these wonderful bodies, these material +dwelling-places through which the shadows pass together for a while, +the very raiment we wear, our very pastimes and the intercourse of +society. The most discerning judges saw in him something like the +graceful "humanities" of the later Roman, and our modern "culture," +as it is termed; while Horace recalled his sayings as expressing best +his own consummate amenity in the reception of life. + +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of +decorous living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth +reduced themselves to a scepticism almost drily practical, a +scepticism which developed the opposition between things as they are +and our impressions and thoughts concerning them--the possibility, if +an outward world does really exist, of some faultiness in our +apprehension of it--the doctrine, in short, of what is termed "the +subjectivity of knowledge." That is a consideration, indeed, [138] +which lies as an element of weakness, like some admitted fault or +flaw, at the very foundation of every philosophical account of the +universe; which confronts all philosophies at their starting, but +with which none have really dealt conclusively, some perhaps not +quite sincerely; which those who are not philosophers dissipate by +"common," but unphilosophical, sense, or by religious faith. The +peculiar strength of Marius was, to have apprehended this weakness on +the threshold of human knowledge, in the whole range of its +consequences. Our knowledge is limited to what we feel, he +reflected: we need no proof that we feel. But can we be sure that +things are at all like our feelings? Mere peculiarities in the +instruments of our cognition, like the little knots and waves on the +surface of a mirror, may distort the matter they seem but to +represent. Of other people we cannot truly know even the feelings, +nor how far they would indicate the same modifications, each one of a +personality really unique, in using the same terms as ourselves; that +"common experience," which is sometimes proposed as a satisfactory +basis of certainty, being after all only a fixity of language. But +our own impressions!--The light and heat of that blue veil over our +heads, the heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain over +anything!--How reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival +criteria of truth, to fall back upon direct sensation, to limit one's +[139] aspirations after knowledge to that! In an age still +materially so brilliant, so expert in the artistic handling of +material things, with sensible capacities still in undiminished +vigour, with the whole world of classic art and poetry outspread +before it, and where there was more than eye or ear could well take +in--how natural the determination to rely exclusively upon the +phenomena of the senses, which certainly never deceive us about +themselves, about which alone we can never deceive ourselves! + +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this +present moment alone really is, between a past which has just ceased +to be and a future which may never come, became practical with +Marius, under the form of a resolve, as far as possible, to exclude +regret and desire, and yield himself to the improvement of the +present with an absolutely disengaged mind. America is here and now- +-here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm Meister finds out one day, just not too +late, after so long looking vaguely across the ocean for the +opportunity of the development of his capacities. It was as if, +recognising in perpetual motion the law of nature, Marius identified +his own way of life cordially with it, "throwing himself into the +stream," so to speak. He too must maintain a harmony with that soul +of motion in things, by constantly renewed mobility of character. + +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.-- + +[140] Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception +of life attained by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical +consequence of the metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, +had been a strict limitation, almost the renunciation, of +metaphysical enquiry itself. Metaphysic--that art, as it has so +often proved, in the words of Michelet, de s'egarer avec methode, of +bewildering oneself methodically:--one must spend little time upon +that! In the school of Cyrene, great as was its mental incisiveness, +logical and physical speculation, theoretic interests generally, had +been valued only so far as they served to give a groundwork, an +intellectual justification, to that exclusive concern with practical +ethics which was a note of the Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and +enthusiastic, how true to itself, under how many varieties of +character, had been the effort of the Greeks after Theory--Theoria-- +that vision of a wholly reasonable world, which, according to the +greatest of them, literally makes man like God: how loyally they had +still persisted in the quest after that, in spite of how many +disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, some of them +might have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; but not in +"doubtful disputations" concerning "being" and "not being," knowledge +and appearance. Men's minds, even young men's minds, at that late +day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which +[141] had so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of +Marius, as in that old school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, +combined with appetites so youthfully vigorous, brought about +reaction, a sort of suicide (instances of the like have been seen +since) by which a great metaphysical acumen was devoted to the +function of proving metaphysical speculation impossible, or useless. +Abstract theory was to be valued only just so far as it might serve +to clear the tablet of the mind from suppositions no more than half +realisable, or wholly visionary, leaving it in flawless evenness of +surface to the impressions of an experience, concrete and direct. + +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves +of such abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions--to +be rid of the notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often +only misrepresent the experience of which they profess to be the +representation--idola, idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them +later--to neutralise the distorting influence of metaphysical system +by an all-accomplished metaphysic skill: it is this bold, hard, sober +recognition, under a very "dry light," of its own proper aim, in +union with a habit of feeling which on the practical side may perhaps +open a wide doorway to human weakness, that gives to the Cyrenaic +doctrine, to reproductions of this doctrine in the time of Marius or +in our own, their gravity and importance. It was a [142] school to +which the young man might come, eager for truth, expecting much from +philosophy, in no ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than +an "initiation." He would be sent back, sooner or later, to +experience, to the world of concrete impressions, to things as they +may be seen, heard, felt by him; but with a wonderful machinery of +observation, and free from the tyranny of mere theories. + +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the +death of Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself +as if returned to the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant +school of healthfully sensuous wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek +colony, on its fresh upland by the sea. Not pleasure, but a general +completeness of life, was the practical ideal to which this anti- +metaphysical metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or +complete life, a life of various yet select sensation, the most +direct and effective auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty +of soul, freedom from all partial and misrepresentative doctrine +which does but relieve one element in our experience at the cost of +another, freedom from all embarrassment alike of regret for the past +and of calculation on the future: this would be but preliminary to +the real business of education--insight, insight through culture, +into all that the present moment holds in trust for us, as we stand +so briefly in its presence. From that maxim of [143] Life as the end +of life, followed, as a practical consequence, the desirableness of +refining all the instruments of inward and outward intuition, of +developing all their capacities, of testing and exercising one's self +in them, till one's whole nature became one complex medium of +reception, towards the vision--the "beatific vision," if we really +cared to make it such--of our actual experience in the world. Not +the conveyance of an abstract body of truths or principles, would be +the aim of the right education of one's self, or of another, but the +conveyance of an art--an art in some degree peculiar to each +individual character; with the modifications, that is, due to its +special constitution, and the peculiar circumstances of its growth, +inasmuch as no one of us is "like another, all in all." + + + +CHAPTER IX: NEW CYRENAICISM + +[144] SUCH were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by +Marius, when somewhat later he had outgrown the mastery of others, +from the principle that "all is vanity." If he could but count upon +the present, if a life brief at best could not certainly be shown to +conduct one anywhere beyond itself, if men's highest curiosity was +indeed so persistently baffled--then, with the Cyrenaics of all ages, +he would at least fill up the measure of that present with vivid +sensations, and such intellectual apprehensions, as, in strength and +directness and their immediately realised values at the bar of an +actual experience, are most like sensations. So some have spoken in +every age; for, like all theories which really express a strong +natural tendency of the human mind or even one of its characteristic +modes of weakness, this vein of reflection is a constant tradition in +philosophy. Every age of European thought has had its Cyrenaics or +Epicureans, under many disguises: even under the hood of the monk. + +[145] But--Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!--is a +proposal, the real import of which differs immensely, according to +the natural taste, and the acquired judgment, of the guests who sit +at the table. It may express nothing better than the instinct of +Dante's Ciacco, the accomplished glutton, in the mud of the Inferno;+ +or, since on no hypothesis does man "live by bread alone," may come +to be identical with--"My meat is to do what is just and kind;" while +the soul, which can make no sincere claim to have apprehended +anything beyond the veil of immediate experience, yet never loses a +sense of happiness in conforming to the highest moral ideal it can +clearly define for itself; and actually, though but with so faint +hope, does the "Father's business." + +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the +metaphysical ambition to pass beyond "the flaming ramparts of the +world," but, on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation +of intellectual treasure, with so wide a view before it over all +varieties of what is powerful or attractive in man and his works, the +thoughts of Marius did but follow the line taken by the majority of +educated persons, though to a different issue. Pitched to a really +high and serious key, the precept--Be perfect in regard to what is +here and now: the precept of "culture," as it is called, or of a +complete education--might at least save him from the vulgarity and +heaviness [146] of a generation, certainly of no general fineness of +temper, though with a material well-being abundant enough. Conceded +that what is secure in our existence is but the sharp apex of the +present moment between two hypothetical eternities, and all that is +real in our experience but a series of fleeting impressions:--so +Marius continued the sceptical argument he had condensed, as the +matter to hold by, from his various philosophical reading:--given, +that we are never to get beyond the walls of the closely shut cell of +one's own personality; that the ideas we are somehow impelled to form +of an outer world, and of other minds akin to our own, are, it may +be, but a day-dream, and the thought of any world beyond, a day-dream +perhaps idler still: then, he, at least, in whom those fleeting +impressions--faces, voices, material sunshine--were very real and +imperious, might well set himself to the consideration, how such +actual moments as they passed might be made to yield their utmost, by +the most dexterous training of capacity. Amid abstract metaphysical +doubts, as to what might lie one step only beyond that experience, +reinforcing the deep original materialism or earthliness of human +nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous world, let him at +least make the most of what was "here and now." In the actual +dimness of ways from means to ends--ends in themselves desirable, yet +for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below the [147] +visible horizon--he would at all events be sure that the means, to +use the well-worn terminology, should have something of finality or +perfection about them, and themselves partake, in a measure, of the +more excellent nature of ends--that the means should justify the end. + +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics +said, or, in other words, a wide, a complete, education--an education +partly negative, as ascertaining the true limits of man's capacities, +but for the most part positive, and directed especially to the +expansion and refinement of the power of reception; of those powers, +above all, which are immediately relative to fleeting phenomena, the +powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, an "aesthetic" +education, as it might now be termed, and certainly occupied very +largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of +literature, would have a great part to play. The study of music, in +that wider Platonic sense, according to which, music comprehends all +those matters over which the Muses of Greek mythology preside, would +conduct one to an exquisite appreciation of all the finer traits of +nature and of man. Nay! the products of the imagination must +themselves be held to present the most perfect forms of life--spirit +and matter alike under their purest and most perfect conditions--the +most strictly appropriate [148] objects of that impassioned +contemplation, which, in the world of intellectual discipline, as in +the highest forms of morality and religion, must be held to be the +essential function of the "perfect." Such manner of life might come +even to seem a kind of religion--an inward, visionary, mystic piety, +or religion, by virtue of its effort to live days "lovely and +pleasant" in themselves, here and now, and with an all-sufficiency of +well-being in the immediate sense of the object contemplated, +independently of any faith, or hope that might be entertained as to +their ulterior tendency. In this way, the true aesthetic culture +would be realisable as a new form of the contemplative life, founding +its claim on the intrinsic "blessedness" of "vision"--the vision of +perfect men and things. One's human nature, indeed, would fain +reckon on an assured and endless future, pleasing itself with the +dream of a final home, to be attained at some still remote date, yet +with a conscious, delightful home-coming at last, as depicted in many +an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, the world of perfected +sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to us, and so +attractive, that the most visionary of spirits must needs represent +the world unseen in colours, and under a form really borrowed from +it. Let me be sure then--might he not plausibly say?--that I miss no +detail of this life of realised consciousness in the present! Here +at least is a vision, a theory, [149] theoria,+ which reposes on no +basis of unverified hypothesis, which makes no call upon a future +after all somewhat problematic; as it would be unaffected by any +discovery of an Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) +as to what had really been the origin, and course of development, of +man's actually attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle +of reason or spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable +moments, would of course have its precepts to deliver on the +embellishment, generally, of what is near at hand, on the adornment +of life, till, in a not impracticable rule of conduct, one's +existence, from day to day, came to be like a well-executed piece of +music; that "perpetual motion" in things (so Marius figured the +matter to himself, under the old Greek imageries) according itself to +a kind of cadence or harmony. + +It was intelligible that this "aesthetic" philosophy might find +itself (theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in +casuistry, legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims +of that eager, concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, +against those of the received morality. Conceiving its own function +in a somewhat desperate temper, and becoming, as every high-strung +form of sentiment, as the religious sentiment itself, may become, +somewhat antinomian, when, in its effort towards the order of +experiences it prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and +popular [150] morality, at points where that morality may look very +like a convention, or a mere stage-property of the world, it would be +found, from time to time, breaking beyond the limits of the actual +moral order; perhaps not without some pleasurable excitement in so +bold a venture. + +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even +in practice--that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the +case of those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly +and temperate wisdom of Montaigne, "pernicious for those who have any +natural tendency to impiety or vice," the line of reflection traced +out above, was fairly chargeable.--Not, however, with "hedonism" and +its supposed consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were +still pure. He knew that his carefully considered theory of practice +braced him, with the effect of a moral principle duly recurring to +mind every morning, towards the work of a student, for which he might +seem intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance who jumped +to the conclusion that, with the "Epicurean stye," he was making +pleasure--pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it--the sole motive +of life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation by +covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness +of which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in +the vulgar company of Lais. Words like "hedonism"-- [151] terms of +large and vague comprehension--above all when used for a purpose +avowedly controversial, have ever been the worst examples of what are +called "question-begging terms;" and in that late age in which Marius +lived, amid the dust of so many centuries of philosophical debate, +the air was full of them. Yet those who used that reproachful Greek +term for the philosophy of pleasure, were hardly more likely than the +old Greeks themselves (on whom regarding this very subject of the +theory of pleasure, their masters in the art of thinking had so +emphatically to impress the necessity of "making distinctions") to +come to any very delicately correct ethical conclusions by a +reasoning, which began with a general term, comprehensive enough to +cover pleasures so different in quality, in their causes and effects, +as the pleasures of wine and love, of art and science, of religious +enthusiasm and political enterprise, and of that taste or curiosity +which satisfied itself with long days of serious study. Yet, in +truth, each of those pleasurable modes of activity, may, in its turn, +fairly become the ideal of the "hedonistic" doctrine. Really, to the +phase of reflection through which Marius was then passing, the charge +of "hedonism," whatever its true weight might be, was not properly +applicable at all. Not pleasure, but fulness of life, and "insight" +as conducting to that fulness--energy, variety, and choice of +experience, including [152] noble pain and sorrow even, loves such +as those in the exquisite old story of Apuleius, sincere and +strenuous forms of the moral life, such as Seneca and Epictetus-- +whatever form of human life, in short, might be heroic, impassioned, +ideal: from these the "new Cyrenaicism" of Marius took its criterion +of values. It was a theory, indeed, which might properly be regarded +as in great degree coincident with the main principle of the Stoics +themselves, and an older version of the precept "Whatsoever thy hand +findeth to do, do it with thy might"--a doctrine so widely acceptable +among the nobler spirits of that time. And, as with that, its +mistaken tendency would lie in the direction of a kind of idolatry of +mere life, or natural gift, or strength--l'idolatrie des talents. + +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the +various forms of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world +almost too opulent in what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of +scrupulous equity, the claims of these concrete and actual objects on +his sympathy, his intelligence, his senses--to "pluck out the heart +of their mystery," and in turn become the interpreter of them to +others: this had now defined itself for Marius as a very narrowly +practical design: it determined his choice of a vocation to live by. +It was the era of the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they were +sometimes called; of men who came in some instances to [153] great +fame and fortune, by way of a literary cultivation of "science." +That science, it has been often said, must have been wholly an affair +of words. But in a world, confessedly so opulent in what was old, +the work, even of genius, must necessarily consist very much in +criticism; and, in the case of the more excellent specimens of his +class, the rhetorician was, after all, the eloquent and effective +interpreter, for the delighted ears of others, of what understanding +himself had come by, in years of travel and study, of the beautiful +house of art and thought which was the inheritance of the age. The +emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service Marius had now been called, +was himself, more or less openly, a "lecturer." That late world, +amid many curiously vivid modern traits, had this spectacle, so +familiar to ourselves, of the public lecturer or essayist; in some +cases adding to his other gifts that of the Christian preacher, who +knows how to touch people's sensibilities on behalf of the suffering. +To follow in the way of these successes, was the natural instinct of +youthful ambition; and it was with no vulgar egotism that Marius, at +the age of nineteen, determined, like many another young man of +parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. + +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to +prose, he remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by +which, I mean, among other things, that quite [154] independently of +the general habit of that pensive age he lived much, and as it were +by system, in reminiscence. Amid his eager grasping at the +sensation, the consciousness, of the present, he had come to see +that, after all, the main point of economy in the conduct of the +present, was the question:--How will it look to me, at what shall I +value it, this day next year?--that in any given day or month one's +main concern was its impression for the memory. A strange trick +memory sometimes played him; for, with no natural gradation, what was +of last month, or of yesterday, of to-day even, would seem as far +off, as entirely detached from him, as things of ten years ago. +Detached from him, yet very real, there lay certain spaces of his +life, in delicate perspective, under a favourable light; and, +somehow, all the less fortunate detail and circumstance had parted +from them. Such hours were oftenest those in which he had been +helped by work of others to the pleasurable apprehension of art, of +nature, or of life. "Not what I do, but what I am, under the power +of this vision"--he would say to himself--"is what were indeed +pleasing to the gods!" + +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his +philosophic ideal the monochronos hedone+ of Aristippus--the pleasure of +the ideal present, of the mystic now--there would come, together with +that precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after +all, [155] to retain "what was so transitive." Could he but arrest, +for others also, certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative +memory presented them to himself! In those grand, hot summers, he +would have imprisoned the very perfume of the flowers. To create, to +live, perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted hours, if it were +but in a fragment of perfect expression:--it was thus his longing +defined itself for something to hold by amid the "perpetual flux." +With men of his vocation, people were apt to say, words were things. +Well! with him, words should be indeed things,--the word, the phrase, +valuable in exact proportion to the transparency with which it +conveyed to others the apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so +vividly real within himself. Verbaque provisam rem non invita +sequentur:+ Virile apprehension of the true nature of things, of the +true nature of one's own impression, first of all!--words would +follow that naturally, a true understanding of one's self being ever +the first condition of genuine style. Language delicate and +measured, the delicate Attic phrase, for instance, in which the +eminent Aristeides could speak, was then a power to which people's +hearts, and sometimes even their purses, readily responded. And +there were many points, as Marius thought, on which the heart of that +age greatly needed to be touched. He hardly knew how strong that old +religious sense of responsibility, the conscience, as we call it, +[156] still was within him--a body of inward impressions, as real as +those so highly valued outward ones--to offend against which, brought +with it a strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a person. And the +determination, adhered to with no misgiving, to add nothing, not so +much as a transient sigh, to the great total of men's unhappiness, in +his way through the world:--that too was something to rest on, in the +drift of mere "appearances." + +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only +possible through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body +and soul. For the male element, the logical conscience asserted +itself now, with opening manhood--asserted itself, even in his +literary style, by a certain firmness of outline, that touch of the +worker in metal, amid its richness. Already he blamed instinctively +alike in his work and in himself, as youth so seldom does, all that +had not passed a long and liberal process of erasure. The happy +phrase or sentence was really modelled upon a cleanly finished +structure of scrupulous thought. The suggestive force of the one +master of his development, who had battled so hard with imaginative +prose; the utterance, the golden utterance, of the other, so content +with its living power of persuasion that he had never written at +all,--in the commixture of these two qualities he set up his literary +ideal, and this rare blending of grace with an intellectual [157] +rigour or astringency, was the secret of a singular expressiveness in +it. + +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre +habitude of the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with +the perfect tone, "fresh and serenely disposed," of the Roman +gentleman, yet qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and +frightened away some of his equals in age and rank. The sober +discretion of his thoughts, his sustained habit of meditation, the +sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to concentrate +himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately here +and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of +one who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.--Though with +an air so disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the +visible world! And now, in revolt against that pre-occupation with +other persons, which had so often perturbed his spirit, his wistful +speculations as to what the real, the greater, experience might be, +determined in him, not as the longing for love--to be with Cynthia, +or Aspasia--but as a thirst for existence in exquisite places. The +veil that was to be lifted for him lay over the works of the old +masters of art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. +And it was just at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. + +NOTES + +145. +Canto VI. + +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition "rearing, education." + +149. +Transliteration: theoria. Definition "a looking at . . . +observing . . . contemplation." + +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hedone. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, "single +or unitary time." + +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor's translation: "The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily." + + + +CHAPTER X: ON THE WAY + + Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur. + Pliny's Letters. + +[158] MANY points in that train of thought, its harder and more +energetic practical details especially, at first surmised but vaguely +in the intervals of his visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the +coherence of formal principle amid the stirring incidents of the +journey, which took him, still in all the buoyancy of his nineteen +years and greatly expectant, to Rome. That summons had come from one +of the former friends of his father in the capital, who had kept +himself acquainted with the lad's progress, and, assured of his +parts, his courtly ways, above all of his beautiful penmanship, now +offered him a place, virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person +of the philosophic emperor. The old town-house of his family on the +Caelian hill, so long neglected, might well require his personal +care; and Marius, relieved a little by his preparations for +travelling from a certain over-tension [159] of spirit in which he +had lived of late, was presently on his way, to await introduction to +Aurelius, on his expected return home, after a first success, +illusive enough as it was soon to appear, against the invaders from +beyond the Danube. + +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, +for which he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of +starting--days brown with the first rains of autumn--brought him, by +the byways among the lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the +town of Luca, a station on the Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly +on foot, while the baggage followed under the care of his attendants. +He wore a broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a more modern +pilgrim's, the neat head projecting from the collar of his gray +paenula, or travelling mantle, sewed closely together over the +breast, but with its two sides folded up upon the shoulders, to leave +the arms free in walking, and was altogether so trim and fresh, that, +as he climbed the hill from Pisa, by the long steep lane through the +olive-yards, and turned to gaze where he could just discern the +cypresses of the old school garden, like two black lines down the +yellow walls, a little child took possession of his hand, and, +looking up at him with entire confidence, paced on bravely at his +side, for the mere pleasure of his company, to the spot where the +road declined again [160] into the valley beyond. From this point, +leaving the servants behind, he surrendered himself, a willing +subject, as he walked, to the impressions of the road, and was almost +surprised, both at the suddenness with which evening came on, and the +distance from his old home at which it found him. + +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a +welcoming in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to +mark out certain places for the special purpose of evening rest, and +gives them always a peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the +deepening twilight, the rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together +side by side, like one continuous shelter over the whole township, +spread low and broad above the snug sleeping-rooms within; and the +place one sees for the first time, and must tarry in but for a night, +breathes the very spirit of home. The cottagers lingered at their +doors for a few minutes as the shadows grew larger, and went to rest +early; though there was still a glow along the road through the shorn +corn-fields, and the birds were still awake about the crumbling gray +heights of an old temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you +could hardly tell where the country left off in it, and the field- +paths became its streets. Next morning he must needs change the +manner of his journey. The light baggage-wagon returned, and he +proceeded now more quickly, travelling [161] a stage or two by post, +along the Cassian Way, where the figures and incidents of the great +high-road seemed already to tell of the capital, the one centre to +which all were hastening, or had lately bidden adieu. That Way lay +through the heart of the old, mysterious and visionary country of +Etruria; and what he knew of its strange religion of the dead, +reinforced by the actual sight of the funeral houses scattered so +plentifully among the dwelling-places of the living, revived in him +for a while, in all its strength, his old instinctive yearning +towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he had known in life. +It seemed to him that he could half divine how time passed in those +painted houses on the hillsides, among the gold and silver ornaments, +the wrought armour and vestments, the drowsy and dead attendants; and +the close consciousness of that vast population gave him no fear, but +rather a sense of companionship, as he climbed the hills on foot +behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. + +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might +seem, than its rocky perch--white rocks, that had long been +glistening before him in the distance. Down the dewy paths the +people were descending from it, to keep a holiday, high and low alike +in rough, white-linen smocks. A homely old play was just begun in an +open-air theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown slope. +Marius [162] caught the terrified expression of a child in its +mother's arms, as it turned from the yawning mouth of a great mask, +for refuge in her bosom. The way mounted, and descended again, down +the steep street of another place, all resounding with the noise of +metal under the hammer; for every house had its brazier's workshop, +the bright objects of brass and copper gleaming, like lights in a +cave, out of their dark roofs and corners. Around the anvils the +children were watching the work, or ran to fetch water to the +hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, as he took his hasty +mid-day refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and cheese, while the +swelling surface of a great copper water-vessel grew flowered all +over with tiny petals under the skilful strokes. Towards dusk, a +frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried out the words of some +philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her hands, as the +travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. + +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents +of the way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, +marks of the great plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there +had been many enactments to improve the condition of the slave. The +ergastula+ were abolished. But no system of free labour had as yet +succeeded. A whole mendicant population, artfully exaggerating every +symptom and circumstance of misery, still hung [163] around, or +sheltered themselves within, the vast walls of their old, half-ruined +task-houses. And for the most part they had been variously stricken +by the pestilence. For once, the heroic level had been reached in +rags, squints, scars--every caricature of the human type--ravaged +beyond what could have been thought possible if it were to survive at +all. Meantime, the farms were less carefully tended than of old: +here and there they were lapsing into their natural wildness: some +villas also were partly fallen into ruin. The picturesque, romantic +Italy of a later time--the Italy of Claude and Salvator Rosa--was +already forming, for the delight of the modern romantic traveller. + +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing +the Tiber, as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in +truth, the Tiber was but a modest enough stream of turbid water. +Nature, under the richer sky, seemed readier and more affluent, and +man fitter to the conditions around him: even in people hard at work +there appeared to be a less burdensome sense of the mere business of +life. How dreamily the women were passing up through the broad light +and shadow of the steep streets with the great water-pots resting on +their heads, like women of Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek +temples. With what a fresh, primeval poetry was daily existence here +impressed--all the details of the threshing-floor and the vineyard; +[164] the common farm-life even; the great bakers' fires aglow upon +the road in the evening. In the presence of all this Marius felt for +a moment like those old, early, unconscious poets, who created the +famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and the Great Mother, out of the +imagery of the wine-press and the ploughshare. And still the motion +of the journey was bringing his thoughts to systematic form. He +seemed to have grown to the fulness of intellectual manhood, on his +way hither. The formative and literary stimulus, so to call it, of +peaceful exercise which he had always observed in himself, doing its +utmost now, the form and the matter of thought alike detached +themselves clearly and with readiness from the healthfully excited +brain.--"It is wonderful," says Pliny, "how the mind is stirred to +activity by brisk bodily exercise." The presentable aspects of +inmost thought and feeling became evident to him: the structure of +all he meant, its order and outline, defined itself: his general +sense of a fitness and beauty in words became effective in daintily +pliant sentences, with all sorts of felicitous linking of figure to +abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the artist in +him--that old longing to produce--might be satisfied by the exact and +literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in simple +prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and prolonging +its life a little.--To live in the concrete! To be sure, at least, +of [165] one's hold upon that!--Again, his philosophic scheme was but +the reflection of the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a +reduction to the abstract, of the brilliant road he travelled on, +through the sunshine. + +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow +of our traveller's thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily +fatigue, asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; +and he fell into a mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, +as night deepens again and again over their path, in which all +journeying, from the known to the unknown, comes suddenly to figure +as a mere foolish truancy--like a child's running away from home-- +with the feeling that one had best return at once, even through the +darkness. He had chosen to climb on foot, at his leisure, the long +windings by which the road ascended to the place where that day's +stage was to end, and found himself alone in the twilight, far behind +the rest of his travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round +and round those dark masses, half natural rock, half artificial +substructure, ever bring him within the circuit of the walls above? +It was now that a startling incident turned those misgivings almost +into actual fear. From the steep slope a heavy mass of stone was +detached, after some whisperings among the trees above his head, and +rushing down through the stillness fell to pieces in a [166] cloud of +dust across the road just behind him, so that he felt the touch upon +his heel. That was sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its +hiding-place his old vague fear of evil--of one's "enemies"--a +distress, so much a matter of constitution with him, that at times it +would seem that the best pleasures of life could but be snatched, as +it were hastily, in one moment's forgetfulness of its dark, besetting +influence. A sudden suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness +of "enemies," seemed all at once to alter the visible form of things, +as with the child's hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of +his peaceful, dreamy island. His elaborate philosophy had not put +beneath his feet the terror of mere bodily evil; much less of +"inexorable fate, and the noise of greedy Acheron." + +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome +air of the market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant +contrast to that last effort of his journey. The room in which he +sat down to supper, unlike the ordinary Roman inns at that day, was +trim and sweet. The firelight danced cheerfully upon the polished, +three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the best oil, upon the +white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations set in +glass goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the +true colour and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate +foam as it mounted in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he +had [167] found in no other wine. These things had relieved a little +the melancholy of the hour before; and it was just then that he heard +the voice of one, newly arrived at the inn, making his way to the +upper floor--a youthful voice, with a reassuring clearness of note, +which completed his cure. + +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: +then, awake in the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw +the guest of the night before, a very honourable-looking youth, in +the rich habit of a military knight, standing beside his horse, and +already making preparations to depart. It happened that Marius, too, +was to take that day's journey on horseback. Riding presently from +the inn, he overtook Cornelius--of the Twelfth Legion--advancing +carefully down the steep street; and before they had issued from the +gates of Urbs-vetus, the two young men had broken into talk together. +They were passing along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius +must needs enter one of the workshops for the repair of some button +or link of his knightly trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius +watched the work, as he had watched the brazier's business a few days +before, wondering most at the simplicity of its processes, a +simplicity, however, on which only genius in that craft could have +lighted.--By what unguessed-at stroke of hand, for instance, had the +grains of precious metal associated themselves [168] with so +daintily regular a roughness, over the surface of the little casket +yonder? And the conversation which followed, hence arising, left the +two travellers with sufficient interest in each other to insure an +easy companionship for the remainder of their journey. In time to +come, Marius was to depend very much on the preferences, the personal +judgments, of the comrade who now laid his hand so brotherly on his +shoulder, as they left the workshop. + +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+--observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well- +fitted, by the peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first +acquaintance into intimacy; its superficial ugliness throwing the +wayfarers back upon each other's entertainment in a real exchange of +ideas, the tension of which, however, it would relieve, ever and +anon, by the unexpected assertion of something singularly attractive. +The immediate aspect of the land was, indeed, in spite of abundant +olive and ilex, unpleasing enough. A river of clay seemed, "in some +old night of time," to have burst up over valley and hill, and +hardened there into fantastic shelves and slides and angles of +cadaverous rock, up and down among the contorted vegetation; the +hoary roots and trunks seeming to confess some weird kinship with +them. But that was long ago; and these pallid hillsides needed only +the declining sun, touching the rock with purple, and throwing deeper +shadow into [169] the immemorial foliage, to put on a peculiar, +because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the graceful +outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the broader +prospect. And, for sentimental Marius, all this was associated, by +some perhaps fantastic affinity, with a peculiar trait of severity, +beyond his guesses as to the secret of it, which mingled with the +blitheness of his new companion. Concurring, indeed, with the +condition of a Roman soldier, it was certainly something far more +than the expression of military hardness, or ascesis; and what was +earnest, or even austere, in the landscape they had traversed +together, seemed to have been waiting for the passage of this figure +to interpret or inform it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, +a vivid personal presence broke through the dreamy idealism, which +had almost come to doubt of other men's reality: reassuringly, +indeed, yet not without some sense of a constraining tyranny over him +from without. + +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters +on the Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with +him, in that privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, +the atmosphere of some still more jealously exclusive circle. They +halted on the morrow at noon, not at an inn, but at the house of one +of the young soldier's friends, whom they found absent, indeed, in +consequence of the [170] plague in those parts, so that after a mid- +day rest only, they proceeded again on their journey. The great room +of the villa, to which they were admitted, had lain long untouched; +and the dust rose, as they entered, into the slanting bars of +sunlight, that fell through the half-closed shutters. It was here, +to while away the time, that Cornelius bethought himself of +displaying to his new friend the various articles and ornaments of +his knightly array--the breastplate, the sandals and cuirass, lacing +them on, one by one, with the assistance of Marius, and finally the +great golden bracelet on the right arm, conferred on him by his +general for an act of valour. And as he gleamed there, amid that odd +interchange of light and shade, with the staff of a silken standard +firm in his hand, Marius felt as if he were face to face, for the +first time, with some new knighthood or chivalry, just then coming +into the world. + +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, +that Rome was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our +travellers; Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then +consisted, agreeing, chiefly for the sake of Marius, to hasten +forward, that it might be reached by daylight, with a cheerful noise +of rapid wheels as they passed over the flagstones. But the highest +light upon the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone out, and it was +dark, before they reached the Flaminian Gate. The [171] abundant +sound of water was the one thing that impressed Marius, as they +passed down a long street, with many open spaces on either hand: +Cornelius to his military quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling- +place of his fathers. + +NOTES + +162. +E-text editor's note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian +equivalent of prison-workhouses. + +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. + + + +CHAPTER XI: "THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD" + +[172] MARIUS awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, +noting for more careful inspection by and by the rolls of +manuscripts. Even greater than his curiosity in gazing for the first +time on this ancient possession, was his eagerness to look out upon +Rome itself, as he pushed back curtain and shutter, and stepped forth +in the fresh morning upon one of the many balconies, with an oft- +repeated dream realised at last. He was certainly fortunate in the +time of his coming to Rome. That old pagan world, of which Rome +was the flower, had reached its perfection in the things of poetry +and art--a perfection which indicated only too surely the eve of +decline. As in some vast intellectual museum, all its manifold +products were intact and in their places, and with custodians also +still extant, duly qualified to appreciate and explain them. And at +no period of history had the material Rome itself been better worth +seeing--lying there not less consummate than that world of [173] +pagan intellect which it represented in every phase of its darkness +and light. The various work of many ages fell here harmoniously +together, as yet untouched save by time, adding the final grace of a +rich softness to its complex expression. Much which spoke of ages +earlier than Nero, the great re-builder, lingered on, antique, +quaint, immeasurably venerable, like the relics of the medieval city +in the Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: the work of Nero's own time had +come to have that sort of old world and picturesque interest which +the work of Lewis has for ourselves; while without stretching a +parallel too far we might perhaps liken the architectural finesses of +the archaic Hadrian to the more excellent products of our own Gothic +revival. The temple of Antoninus and Faustina was still fresh in all +the majesty of its closely arrayed columns of cipollino; but, on the +whole, little had been added under the late and present emperors, and +during fifty years of public quiet, a sober brown and gray had grown +apace on things. The gilding on the roof of many a temple had lost +its garishness: cornice and capital of polished marble shone out with +all the crisp freshness of real flowers, amid the already mouldering +travertine and brickwork, though the birds had built freely among +them. What Marius then saw was in many respects, after all deduction +of difference, more like the modern Rome than the enumeration of +particular losses [174] might lead us to suppose; the Renaissance, +in its most ambitious mood and with amplest resources, having resumed +the ancient classical tradition there, with no break or obstruction, +as it had happened, in any very considerable work of the middle age. +Immediately before him, on the square, steep height, where the +earliest little old Rome had huddled itself together, arose the +palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction of rough, +brown stone--line upon line of successive ages of builders--the trim, +old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven walls of dark +glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and +sparkling in the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of +pavilions and corridors above, centering in the lofty, white-marble +dwelling-place of Apollo himself. + +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering +through Rome, to which he now went forth with a heat in the town +sunshine (like a mist of fine gold-dust spread through the air) to +the height of his desire, making the dun coolness of the narrow +streets welcome enough at intervals. He almost feared, descending +the stair hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should snatch the +little cup of enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such +morning rambles in places new to him, [175] life had always seemed to +come at its fullest: it was then he could feel his youth, that youth +the days of which he had already begun to count jealously, in entire +possession. So the grave, pensive figure, a figure, be it said +nevertheless, fresher far than often came across it now, moved +through the old city towards the lodgings of Cornelius, certainly not +by the most direct course, however eager to rejoin the friend of +yesterday. + +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also +his last, the two friends descended along the Vicus Tuscus, with its +rows of incense-stalls, into the Via Nova, where the fashionable +people were busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the +frizzled heads, then a la mode. A glimpse of the Marmorata, the +haven at the river-side, where specimens of all the precious marbles +of the world were lying amid great white blocks from the quarries of +Luna, took his thoughts for a moment to his distant home. They +visited the flower-market, lingering where the coronarii pressed on +them the newest species, and purchased zinias, now in blossom (like +painted flowers, thought Marius), to decorate the folds of their +togas. Loitering to the other side of the Forum, past the great +Galen's drug-shop, after a glance at the announcements of new poems +on sale attached to the doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered +the curious [176] library of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite +resort of literary men, and read, fixed there for all to see, the +Diurnal or Gazette of the day, which announced, together with births +and deaths, prodigies and accidents, and much mere matter of +business, the date and manner of the philosophic emperor's joyful +return to his people; and, thereafter, with eminent names faintly +disguised, what would carry that day's news, in many copies, over the +provinces--a certain matter concerning the great lady, known to be +dear to him, whom he had left at home. It was a story, with the +development of which "society" had indeed for some time past edified +or amused itself, rallying sufficiently from the panic of a year ago, +not only to welcome back its ruler, but also to relish a chronique +scandaleuse; and thus, when soon after Marius saw the world's wonder, +he was already acquainted with the suspicions which have ever since +hung about her name. Twelve o'clock was come before they left the +Forum, waiting in a little crowd to hear the Accensus, according to +old custom, proclaim the hour of noonday, at the moment when, from +the steps of the Senate-house, the sun could be seen standing between +the Rostra and the Graecostasis. He exerted for this function a +strength of voice, which confirmed in Marius a judgment the modern +visitor may share with him, that Roman throats and Roman chests, +namely, must, in some peculiar way, be differently [177] constructed +from those of other people. Such judgment indeed he had formed in +part the evening before, noting, as a religious procession passed +him, how much noise a man and a boy could make, though not without a +great deal of real music, of which in truth the Romans were then as +ever passionately fond. + +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost +along the line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome +villas, turning presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still +the playground of Rome. But the vast public edifices were grown to +be almost continuous over the grassy expanse, represented now only by +occasional open spaces of verdure and wild-flowers. In one of these +a crowd was standing, to watch a party of athletes stripped for +exercise. Marius had been surprised at the luxurious variety of the +litters borne through Rome, where no carriage horses were allowed; +and just then one far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty +appointments of ivory and gold, was carried by, all the town pressing +with eagerness to get a glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she +passed rapidly. Yes! there, was the wonder of the world--the empress +Faustina herself: Marius could distinguish, could distinguish +clearly, the well-known profile, between the floating purple +curtains. + +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it +awaited with much real [178] affection, hopeful and animated, the +return of its emperor, for whose ovation various adornments were +preparing along the streets through which the imperial procession +would pass. He had left Rome just twelve months before, amid immense +gloom. The alarm of a barbarian insurrection along the whole line of +the Danube had happened at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by +the great pestilence. + +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East +from which Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the +plague, war had come to seem a merely romantic, superannuated +incident of bygone history. And now it was almost upon Italian soil. +Terrible were the reports of the numbers and audacity of the +assailants. Aurelius, as yet untried in war, and understood by a few +only in the whole scope of a really great character, was known to the +majority of his subjects as but a careful administrator, though a +student of philosophy, perhaps, as we say, a dilettante. But he was +also the visible centre of government, towards whom the hearts of a +whole people turned, grateful for fifty years of public happiness-- +its good genius, its "Antonine"--whose fragile person might be +foreseen speedily giving way under the trials of military life, with +a disaster like that of the slaughter of the legions by Arminius. +Prophecies of the world's impending conflagration were easily +credited: "the secular fire" would descend from [179] heaven: +superstitious fear had even demanded the sacrifice of a human victim. + +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of +other people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every +religious claim which was one of his characteristic habits, had +invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, not only all native gods, but +all foreign deities as well, however strange.--"Help! Help! in the +ocean space!" A multitude of foreign priests had been welcomed to +Rome, with their various peculiar religious rites. The sacrifices +made on this occasion were remembered for centuries; and the starving +poor, at least, found some satisfaction in the flesh of those herds +of "white bulls," which came into the city, day after day, to yield +the savour of their blood to the gods. + +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of +"Emperor," still had its magic power over the nations. The mere +approach of the Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. +Aurelius and his colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a +deputation arrived to ask for peace. And now the two imperial +"brothers" were returning home at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a +villa outside the walls, till the capital had made ready to receive +them. But although Rome was thus in genial reaction, with much +relief, [180] and hopefulness against the winter, facing itself +industriously in damask of red and gold, those two enemies were still +unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the Danube was but over- +awed for a season; and the plague, as we saw when Marius was on his +way to Rome, was not to depart till it had done a large part in the +formation of the melancholy picturesque of modern Italy--till it had +made, or prepared for the making of the Roman Campagna. The old, +unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of Antoninus Pius--that +genuine though unconscious humanist--was gone for ever. And again +and again, throughout this day of varied observation, Marius had been +reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in "the most +religious city of the world," as one had said, but that Rome was +become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such +superstition presented itself almost as religious mania in many an +incident of his long ramble,--incidents to which he gave his full +attention, though contending in some measure with a reluctance on the +part of his companion, the motive of which he did not understand till +long afterwards. Marius certainly did not allow this reluctance to +deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome partly under poetic +vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of life +itself, upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to +reflect them; to transmute them [181] into golden words? He must +observe that strange medley of superstition, that centuries' growth, +layer upon layer, of the curiosities of religion (one faith jostling +another out of place) at least for its picturesque interest, and as +an indifferent outsider might, not too deeply concerned in the +question which, if any of them, was to be the survivor. + +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast +and complex system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of +public and private life, attractively enough for those who had but +"the historic temper," and a taste for the past, however much a +Lucian might depreciate it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, +indeed, been always something to be done, rather than something to be +thought, or believed, or loved; something to be done in minutely +detailed manner, at a particular time and place, correctness in which +had long been a matter of laborious learning with a whole school of +ritualists--as also, now and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice with +certain exceptionally devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with +his life in his hand, succeeded in passing the sentinels of the +invading Gauls to perform a sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to +the divine protection, had returned in safety. So jealous was the +distinction between sacred and profane, that, in the matter [182] of +the "regarding of days," it had made more than half the year a +holiday. Aurelius had, indeed, ordained that there should be no more +than a hundred and thirty-five festival days in the year; but in +other respects he had followed in the steps of his predecessor, +Antoninus Pius--commended especially for his "religion," his +conspicuous devotion to its public ceremonies--and whose coins are +remarkable for their reference to the oldest and most hieratic types +of Roman mythology. Aurelius had succeeded in more than healing the +old feud between philosophy and religion, displaying himself, in +singular combination, as at once the most zealous of philosophers and +the most devout of polytheists, and lending himself, with an air of +conviction, to all the pageantries of public worship. To his pious +recognition of that one orderly spirit, which, according to the +doctrine of the Stoics, diffuses itself through the world, and +animates it--a recognition taking the form, with him, of a constant +effort towards inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious order of +his own soul--he had added a warm personal devotion towards the whole +multitude of the old national gods, and a great many new foreign ones +besides, by him, at least, not ignobly conceived. If the comparison +may be reverently made, there was something here of the method by +which the catholic church has added the cultus of the saints to its +worship of the one Divine Being. + +[183] And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the +personal centre of religion, entertained the hope of converting his +people to philosophic faith, and had even pronounced certain public +discourses for their instruction in it, that polytheistic devotion +was his most striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, had, for the +most part, thought with Seneca, "that a man need not lift his hands +to heaven, nor ask the sacristan's leave to put his mouth to the ear +of an image, that his prayers might be heard the better."--Marcus +Aurelius, "a master in Israel," knew all that well enough. Yet his +outward devotion was much more than a concession to popular +sentiment, or a mere result of that sense of fellow-citizenship with +others, which had made him again and again, under most difficult +circumstances, an excellent comrade. Those others, too!--amid all +their ignorances, what were they but instruments in the +administration of the Divine Reason, "from end to end sweetly and +strongly disposing all things"? Meantime "Philosophy" itself had +assumed much of what we conceive to be the religious character. It +had even cultivated the habit, the power, of "spiritual direction"; +the troubled soul making recourse in its hour of destitution, or amid +the distractions of the world, to this or that director--philosopho +suo--who could really best understand it. + +And it had been in vain that the old, grave [184] and discreet +religion of Rome had set itself, according to its proper genius, to +prevent or subdue all trouble and disturbance in men's souls. In +religion, as in other matters, plebeians, as such, had a taste for +movement, for revolution; and it had been ever in the most populous +quarters that religious changes began. To the apparatus of foreign +religion, above all, recourse had been made in times of public +disquietude or sudden terror; and in those great religious +celebrations, before his proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius +had even restored the solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital +since the time of Augustus, making no secret of his worship of that +goddess, though her temple had been actually destroyed by authority +in the reign of Tiberius. Her singular and in many ways beautiful +ritual was now popular in Rome. And then--what the enthusiasm of the +swarming plebeian quarters had initiated, was sure to be adopted, +sooner or later, by women of fashion. A blending of all the +religions of the ancient world had been accomplished. The new gods +had arrived, had been welcomed, and found their places; though, +certainly, with no real security, in any adequate ideal of the divine +nature itself in the background of men's minds, that the presence of +the new-comer should be edifying, or even refining. High and low +addressed themselves to all deities alike without scruple; confusing +them together when they prayed, and in the old, [185] authorised, +threefold veneration of their visible images, by flowers, incense, +and ceremonial lights--those beautiful usages, which the church, in +her way through the world, ever making spoil of the world's goods for +the better uses of the human spirit, took up and sanctified in her +service. + +And certainly "the most religious city in the world" took no care to +veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its +little chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one +seemed to exercise some religious function and responsibility. +Colleges, composed for the most part of slaves and of the poor, +provided for the service of the Compitalian Lares--the gods who +presided, respectively, over the several quarters of the city. In +one street, Marius witnessed an incident of the festival of the +patron deity of that neighbourhood, the way being strewn with box, +the houses tricked out gaily in such poor finery as they possessed, +while the ancient idol was borne through it in procession, arrayed in +gaudy attire the worse for wear. Numerous religious clubs had their +stated anniversaries, on which the members issued with much ceremony +from their guild-hall, or schola, and traversed the thoroughfares of +Rome, preceded, like the confraternities of the present day, by their +sacred banners, to offer sacrifice before some famous image. Black +with the perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, oftenest old and [186] +ugly, perhaps on that account the more likely to listen to the +desires of the suffering--had not those sacred effigies sometimes +given sensible tokens that they were aware? The image of the Fortune +of Women--Fortuna Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not once +only) and declared; Bene me, Matronae! vidistis riteque dedicastis! +The Apollo of Cumae had wept during three whole nights and days. The +images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been seen to sweat. Nay! +there was blood--divine blood--in the hearts of some of them: the +images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! + +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the "atheist" of +whom Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing +image or sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the +latter determined to enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their +return into the Forum, below the Palatine hill, where the mothers +were pressing in, with a multitude of every sort of children, to +touch the lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse of Romulus--so +tender to little ones!--just discernible in its dark shrine, amid a +blaze of lights. Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as he +mounted the steps to his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. +Marius failed precisely to catch the words. + +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over +Rome, far above a whisper, [187] the whole town seeming hushed to +catch it distinctly, the lively, reckless call to "play," from the +sons and daughters of foolishness, to those in whom their life was +still green--Donec virenti canities abest!--Donec virenti canities +abest!+ Marius could hardly doubt how Cornelius would have taken the +call. And as for himself, slight as was the burden of positive moral +obligation with which he had entered Rome, it was to no wasteful and +vagrant affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had +committed him. + +NOTES + +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: "So long as youth is fresh +and age is far away." + + + +CHAPTER XII: THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING + + But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye, + And great Augustus long ygoe is dead, + And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead, + That matter made for poets on to playe.+ + +[188] MARCUS AURELIUS who, though he had little relish for them +himself, had ever been willing to humour the taste of his people for +magnificent spectacles, was received back to Rome with the lesser +honours of the Ovation, conceded by the Senate (so great was the +public sense of deliverance) with even more than the laxity which had +become its habit under imperial rule, for there had been no actual +bloodshed in the late achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the +chief Roman magistrate, and with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his +colleague similarly attired walking beside him, he passed up to the +Capitol on foot, though in solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to +offer sacrifice to the national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, +whose image we may still see between the pig and the ox of the [189] +Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled almost like some ancient canon of +the church, on a sculptured fragment in the Forum, was conducted by +the priests, clad in rich white vestments, and bearing their sacred +utensils of massive gold, immediately behind a company of flute- +players, led by the great choir-master, or conductor, of the day, +visibly tetchy or delighted, according as the instruments he ruled +with his tuning-rod, rose, more or less adequately amid the +difficulties of the way, to the dream of perfect music in the soul +within him. The vast crowd, including the soldiers of the triumphant +army, now restored to wives and children, all alike in holiday +whiteness, had left their houses early in the fine, dry morning, in a +real affection for "the father of his country," to await the +procession, the two princes having spent the preceding night outside +the walls, at the old Villa of the Republic. Marius, full of +curiosity, had taken his position with much care; and stood to see +the world's masters pass by, at an angle from which he could command +the view of a great part of the processional route, sprinkled with +fine yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from profane footsteps. + +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the +flutes, heard at length above the acclamations of the people--Salve +Imperator!--Dii te servent!--shouted in regular time, over the hills. +It was on the central [190] figure, of course, that the whole +attention of Marius was fixed from the moment when the procession +came in sight, preceded by the lictors with gilded fasces, the +imperial image-bearers, and the pages carrying lighted torches; a +band of knights, among whom was Cornelius in complete military, +array, following. Amply swathed about in the folds of a richly +worked toga, after a manner now long since become obsolete with +meaner persons, Marius beheld a man of about five-and-forty years of +age, with prominent eyes--eyes, which although demurely downcast +during this essentially religious ceremony, were by nature broadly +and benignantly observant. He was still, in the main, as we see him +in the busts which represent his gracious and courtly youth, when +Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name of his +father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland +capacity of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly +as of old, shone out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace +of the trouble of his lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the +blindness or perplexity of the people about him, understood all +things clearly; the dilemma, to which his experience so far had +brought him, between Chance with meek resignation, and a Providence +with boundless possibilities and hope, being for him at least +distinctly defined. + +That outward serenity, which he valued so [191] highly as a point of +manner or expression not unworthy the care of a public minister-- +outward symbol, it might be thought, of the inward religious serenity +it had been his constant purpose to maintain--was increased to-day by +his sense of the gratitude of his people; that his life had been one +of such gifts and blessings as made his person seem in very deed +divine to them. Yet the cloud of some reserved internal sorrow, +passing from time to time into an expression of fatigue and effort, +of loneliness amid the shouting multitude, might have been detected +there by the more observant--as if the sagacious hint of one of his +officers, "The soldiers can't understand you, they don't know Greek," +were applicable always to his relationships with other people. The +nostrils and mouth seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius +noted in them, as in the hands, and in the spare body generally, what +was new to his experience--something of asceticism, as we say, of a +bodily gymnastic, by which, although it told pleasantly in the clear +blue humours of the eye, the flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer +with the spirit. It was hardly the expression of "the healthy mind +in the healthy body," but rather of a sacrifice of the body to the +soul, its needs and aspirations, that Marius seemed to divine in this +assiduous student of the Greek sages--a sacrifice, in truth, far +beyond the demands of their very saddest philosophy of life. + +[192] Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine +ornaments!--had been ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred +Stoic, who still thought manners a true part of morals, according to +the old sense of the term, and who regrets now and again that he +cannot control his thoughts equally well with his countenance. That +outward composure was deepened during the solemnities of this day by +an air of pontifical abstraction; which, though very far from being +pride--nay, a sort of humility rather--yet gave, to himself, an air +of unapproachableness, and to his whole proceeding, in which every +minutest act was considered, the character of a ritual. Certainly, +there was no haughtiness, social, moral, or even philosophic, in +Aurelius, who had realised, under more trying conditions perhaps than +any one before, that no element of humanity could be alien from him. +Yet, as he walked to-day, the centre of ten thousand observers, with +eyes discreetly fixed on the ground, veiling his head at times and +muttering very rapidly the words of the "supplications," there was +something many spectators may have noted as a thing new in their +experience, for Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, took all this with +absolute seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity of kings, that, +in the words of Tacitus, Princes are as Gods--Principes instar deorum +esse--seemed to have taken a novel, because a literal, sense. For +Aurelius, indeed, the old legend of his descent from Numa, from [193] +Numa who had talked with the gods, meant much. Attached in very +early years to the service of the altars, like many another noble +youth, he was "observed to perform all his sacerdotal functions with +a constancy and exactness unusual at that age; was soon a master of +the sacred music; and had all the forms and ceremonies by heart." +And now, as the emperor, who had not only a vague divinity about his +person, but was actually the chief religious functionary of the +state, recited from time to time the forms of invocation, he needed +not the help of the prompter, or ceremoniarius, who then approached, +to assist him by whispering the appointed words in his ear. It was +that pontifical abstraction which then impressed itself on Marius as +the leading outward characteristic of Aurelius; though to him alone, +perhaps, in that vast crowd of observers, it was no strange thing, +but a matter he had understood from of old. + +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal +processions to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in +the East; the very word Triumph being, according to this supposition, +only Thriambos-the Dionysiac Hymn. And certainly the younger of the +two imperial "brothers," who, with the effect of a strong contrast, +walked beside Aurelius, and shared the honours of the day, might well +have reminded people of the delicate Greek god of flowers and wine. +This [194] new conqueror of the East was now about thirty-six years +old, but with his scrupulous care for all the advantages of his +person, and a soft curling beard powdered with gold, looked many +years younger. One result of the more genial element in the wisdom +of Aurelius had been that, amid most difficult circumstances, he had +known throughout life how to act in union with persons of character +very alien from his own; to be more than loyal to the colleague, the +younger brother in empire, he had too lightly taken to himself, five +years before, then an uncorrupt youth, "skilled in manly exercises +and fitted for war." When Aurelius thanks the gods that a brother +had fallen to his lot, whose character was a stimulus to the proper +care of his own, one sees that this could only have happened in the +way of an example, putting him on his guard against insidious faults. +But it is with sincere amiability that the imperial writer, who was +indeed little used to be ironical, adds that the lively respect and +affection of the junior had often "gladdened" him. To be able to +make his use of the flower, when the fruit perhaps was useless or +poisonous:--that was one of the practical successes of his +philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, "the concord of +the two Augusti." + +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time +extravagant or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, [195] healthy- +looking, cleanly, and firm, which seemed unassociable with any form +of self-torment, and made one think of the muzzle of some young hound +or roe, such as human beings invariably like to stroke--a +physiognomy, in effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of the +finer sort, though still wholly animal. The charm was that of the +blond head, the unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor +less than one may see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, +and with the stuff which makes brave soldiers, in spite of the +natural kinship it seems to have with playthings and gay flowers. +But innate in Lucius Verus there was that more than womanly fondness +for fond things, which had made the atmosphere of the old city of +Antioch, heavy with centuries of voluptuousness, a poison to him: he +had come to love his delicacies best out of season, and would have +gilded the very flowers. But with a wonderful power of self- +obliteration, the elder brother at the capital had directed his +procedure successfully, and allowed him, become now also the husband +of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a "Conquest," though Verus had +certainly not returned a conqueror over himself. He had returned, as +we know, with the plague in his company, along with many another +strange creature of his folly; and when the people saw him publicly +feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds and sweet grapes, +wearing the animal's image in gold, and [196] finally building it a +tomb, they felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that he might +revive the manners of Nero.--What if, in the chances of war, he +should survive the protecting genius of that elder brother? + +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity +that Marius regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the +highly expressive type of a class,--the true son of his father, +adopted by Hadrian. Lucius Verus the elder, also, had had the like +strange capacity for misusing the adornments of life, with a masterly +grace; as if such misusing were, in truth, the quite adequate +occupation of an intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical +philosophy or some disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort +of genius, of which there had been instances in the imperial purple: +it was to ascend the throne, a few years later, in the person of one, +now a hopeful little lad at home in the palace; and it had its +following, of course, among the wealthy youth at Rome, who +concentrated no inconsiderable force of shrewdness and tact upon +minute details of attire and manner, as upon the one thing needful. +Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. Such things had even +their sober use, as making the outside of human life superficially +attractive, and thereby promoting the first steps towards friendship +and social amity. But what precise place could there be for Verus +and his peculiar charm, [197] in that Wisdom, that Order of divine +Reason "reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly disposing all +things," from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so tolerant of +persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was certainly well- +fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of Lucius Verus +after his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, in all +minor things, felt, though with some suspicion of himself, that he +entered into, and could understand, this other so dubious sort of +character also. There was a voice in the theory he had brought to +Rome with him which whispered "nothing is either great nor small;" as +there were times when he could have thought that, as the +"grammarian's" or the artist's ardour of soul may be satisfied by the +perfecting of the theory of a sentence, or the adjustment of two +colours, so his own life also might have been fulfilled by an +enthusiastic quest after perfection--say, in the flowering and +folding of a toga. + +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed +in its most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of +Salve Imperator! turned now from the living princes to the deity, as +they discerned his countenance through the great open doors. The +imperial brothers had deposited their crowns of myrtle on the richly +embroidered lapcloth of the god; and, with their chosen guests, sat +down to a public feast in the temple [198] itself. There followed +what was, after all, the great event of the day:--an appropriate +discourse, a discourse almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in +the presence of the assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who +had thus, on certain rare occasions, condescended to instruct his +people, with the double authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious +student of philosophy. In those lesser honours of the ovation, there +had been no attendant slave behind the emperors, to make mock of +their effulgence as they went; and it was as if with the discretion +proper to a philosopher, and in fear of a jealous Nemesis, he had +determined himself to protest in time against the vanity of all +outward success. + +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor's discourse in the vast +hall of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, +or on the steps before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius +had noticed in the Via Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by +observation the minute points of senatorial procedure. Marius had +already some acquaintance with them, and passing on found himself +suddenly in the presence of what was still the most august assembly +the world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for this +ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had +recovered all its old dignity and independence. Among its members +many [199] hundreds in number, visibly the most distinguished of them +all, Marius noted the great sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in +all their magnificence. The antique character of their attire, and +the ancient mode of wearing it, still surviving with them, added to +the imposing character of their persons, while they sat, with their +staves of ivory in their hands, on their curule chairs--almost the +exact pattern of the chair still in use in the Roman church when a +Bishop pontificates at the divine offices--"tranquil and unmoved, +with a majesty that seemed divine," as Marius thought, like the old +Gaul of the Invasion. The rays of the early November sunset slanted +full upon the audience, and made it necessary for the officers of the +Court to draw the purple curtains over the windows, adding to the +solemnity of the scene. In the depth of those warm shadows, +surrounded by her ladies, the empress Faustina was seated to listen. +The beautiful Greek statue of Victory, which since the days of +Augustus had presided over the assemblies of the Senate, had been +brought into the hall, and placed near the chair of the emperor; who, +after rising to perform a brief sacrificial service in its honour, +bowing reverently to the assembled fathers left and right, took his +seat and began to speak. + +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or +triteness of the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the +old [200] Roman epitaphs, of all that was monumental in that city of +tombs, layer upon layer of dead things and people. As if in the very +fervour of disillusion, he seemed to be composing--Hosper epigraphas +chronon kai holon ethnon+--the sepulchral titles of ages and whole +peoples; nay! the very epitaph of the living Rome itself. The +grandeur of the ruins of Rome,--heroism in ruin: it was under the +influence of an imaginative anticipation of this, that he appeared to +be speaking. And though the impression of the actual greatness of +Rome on that day was but enhanced by the strain of contempt, falling +with an accent of pathetic conviction from the emperor himself, and +gaining from his pontifical pretensions the authority of a religious +intimation, yet the curious interest of the discourse lay in this, +that Marius, for one, as he listened, seemed to forsee a grass-grown +Forum, the broken ways of the Capitol, and the Palatine hill itself +in humble occupation. That impression connected itself with what he +had already noted of an actual change even then coming over Italian +scenery. Throughout, he could trace something of a humour into which +Stoicism at all times tends to fall, the tendency to cry, Abase +yourselves! There was here the almost inhuman impassibility of one +who had thought too closely on the paradoxical aspect of the love of +posthumous fame. With the ascetic pride which lurks under all +Platonism, [201] resultant from its opposition of the seen to the +unseen, as falsehood to truth--the imperial Stoic, like his true +descendant, the hermit of the middle age, was ready, in no friendly +humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the corpse which had made +so much of itself in life. Marius could but contrast all that with +his own Cyrenaic eagerness, just then, to taste and see and touch; +reflecting on the opposite issues deducible from the same text. "The +world, within me and without, flows away like a river," he had said; +"therefore let me make the most of what is here and now."--"The world +and the thinker upon it, are consumed like a flame," said Aurelius, +"therefore will I turn away my eyes from vanity: renounce: withdraw +myself alike from all affections." He seemed tacitly to claim as a +sort of personal dignity, that he was very familiarly versed in this +view of things, and could discern a death's-head everywhere. Now and +again Marius was reminded of the saying that "with the Stoics all +people are the vulgar save themselves;" and at times the orator +seemed to have forgotten his audience, and to be speaking only to +himself. + +"Art thou in love with men's praises, get thee into the very soul of +them, and see!--see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, +bethink thee, that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou +[202] wouldst survive by thy great name, will be but as these, whom +here thou hast found so hard to live with. For of a truth, the soul +of him who is aflutter upon renown after death, presents not this +aright to itself, that of all whose memory he would have each one +will likewise very quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, +as she journeys on by means of such as are themselves on the wing but +for a while, and are extinguished in their turn.--Making so much of +those thou wilt never see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those +who were before thee discourse fair things concerning thee. + +"To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret +and fear.-- + + Like the race of leaves + The race of man is:-- + + The wind in autumn strows + The earth with old leaves: then the spring + the woods with new endows.+ + +Leaves! little leaves!--thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who +scorn or miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall +outlast them. For all these, and the like of them, are born indeed +in the spring season--Earos epigignetai hore+: and soon a wind hath +scattered them, and thereafter the [203] wood peopleth itself again +with another generation of leaves. And what is common to all of them +is but the littleness of their lives: and yet wouldst thou love and +hate, as if these things should continue for ever. In a little while +thine eyes also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast +leaned thyself be himself a burden upon another. + +"Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, +or are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very +substance of them is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is +almost nothing which continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so +close at thy side. Folly! to be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, +by reason of things like these! Think of infinite matter, and thy +portion--how tiny a particle, of it! of infinite time, and thine own +brief point there; of destiny, and the jot thou art in it; and yield +thyself readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee what web she +will. + +"As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had +its aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first +beginning of his course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any +profit of its rising, or loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? +or the bubble, as it groweth or breaketh on the air? or the flame of +the lamp, from the beginning to the end of its brief story? + +[204] "All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who +disposeth all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now +seest, fashioning from its substance somewhat else, and therefrom +somewhat else in its turn, lest the world grow old. We are such +stuff as dreams are made of--disturbing dreams. Awake, then! and see +thy dream as it is, in comparison with that erewhile it seemed to +thee. + +"And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must +needs be of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within +the rhythm and number of things which really are; so that in forty +years one may note of man and of his ways little less than in a +thousand. Ah! from this higher place, look we down upon the ship- +wrecks and the calm! Consider, for example, how the world went, +under the emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in marriage, +they breed children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches +for others or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then +they are; they are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, +suspicious, waiting upon the death of others:--festivals, business, +war, sickness, dissolution: and now their whole life is no longer +anywhere at all. Pass on to the reign of Trajan: all things continue +the same: and that life also is no longer anywhere at all. [205] Ah! +but look again, and consider, one after another, as it were the +sepulchral inscriptions of all peoples and times, according to one +pattern.--What multitudes, after their utmost striving--a little +afterwards! were dissolved again into their dust. + +"Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it +must be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. +How many have never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget +them! How soon may those who shout my name to-day begin to revile +it, because glory, and the memory of men, and all things beside, are +but vanity--a sand-heap under the senseless wind, the barking of +dogs, the quarrelling of children, weeping incontinently upon their +laughter. + +"This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now +cometh to be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt +thou make thy treasure of any one of these things? It were as if one +set his love upon the swallow, as it passeth out of sight through the +air! + +"Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those +whom men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement +spirit--those famous rages, and the occasions of them--the great +fortunes, and misfortunes, of men's strife of old. What are they all +now, and the dust of their battles? Dust [206] and ashes indeed; a +fable, a mythus, or not so much as that. Yes! keep those before +thine eyes who took this or that, the like of which happeneth to +thee, so hardly; were so querulous, so agitated. And where again are +they? Wouldst thou have it not otherwise with thee? + +Consider how quickly all things vanish away--their bodily structure +into the general substance; the very memory of them into that great +gulf and abysm of past thoughts. Ah! 'tis on a tiny space of earth +thou art creeping through life--a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to +its grave. + +"Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy +soul: what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what +a little particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and +consider what thing it is, and that which old age, and lust, and the +languor of disease can make of it. Or come to its substantial and +causal qualities, its very type: contemplate that in itself, apart +from the accidents of matter, and then measure also the span of time +for which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that +special type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of +things corruption hath its part--so much dust, humour, stench, and +scraps of bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth's +callosities, thy gold and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a +worm's bedding, and thy [207] purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy +life's breath is not otherwise, as it passeth out of matters like +these, into the like of them again. + +"For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, +moulds and remoulds--how hastily!--beast, and plant, and the babe, in +turn: and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of +nature, but, remaining therein, hath also its changes there, +disparting into those elements of which nature herself, and thou too, +art compacted. She changes without murmuring. The oaken chest falls +to pieces with no more complaining than when the carpenter fitted it +together. If one told thee certainly that on the morrow thou +shouldst die, or at the furthest on the day after, it would be no +great matter to thee to die on the day after to-morrow, rather than +to-morrow. Strive to think it a thing no greater that thou wilt die- +-not to-morrow, but a year, or two years, or ten years from to-day. + +"I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our +buried ancestors--all things sordid in their elements, trite by long +usage, and yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a +countryman in town, is he, who wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, +the repetition of the public shows, weary thee? Even so doth that +likeness of events in the spectacle of the world. And so must it be +with thee to the end. For the wheel of the world hath ever the same +[208] motion, upward and downward, from generation to generation. +When, when, shall time give place to eternity? + +"If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, +inasmuch as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning +them. Consider what death is, and how, if one does but detach from +it the appearances, the notions, that hang about it, resting the eye +upon it as in itself it really is, it must be thought of but as an +effect of nature, and that man but a child whom an effect of nature +shall affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; but a +thing profitable also to herself. + +"To cease from action--the ending of thine effort to think and do: +there is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man's +life, boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of +these also is a dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the +ship, thou hast made thy voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! +Be it into some other life: the divine breath is everywhere, even +there. Be it into forgetfulness for ever; at least thou wilt rest +from the beating of sensible images upon thee, from the passions +which pluck thee this way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those +long marches of the intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the +flesh. + +"Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone--a name only, or +not so much as [209] that, which, also, is but whispering and a +resonance, kept alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have +hardly known themselves; how much less thee, dead so long ago! + +"When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call +up there before thee one of thine ancestors--one of those old +Caesars. Lo! everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the +thought occur to thee: And where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? +And thou, thyself--how long? Art thou blind to that thou art--thy +matter, how temporal; and thy function, the nature of thy business? +Yet tarry, at least, till thou hast assimilated even these things to +thine own proper essence, as a quick fire turneth into heat and light +whatsoever be cast upon it. + +"As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names +that were once on all men's lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, +in a little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then +Hadrian, and then Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who +lifted wise brows at other men's sick-beds, have sickened and died! +Those wise Chaldeans, who foretold, as a great matter, another man's +last hour, have themselves been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those +others, in their pleasant places: those who doated on a Capreae like +[210] Tiberius, on their gardens, on the baths: Pythagoras and +Socrates, who reasoned so closely upon immortality: Alexander, who +used the lives of others as though his own should last for ever--he +and his mule-driver alike now!--one upon another. Well-nigh the +whole court of Antoninus is extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no +longer beside the sepulchre of their lord. The watchers over +Hadrian's dust have slipped from his sepulchre.--It were jesting to +stay longer. Did they sit there still, would the dead feel it? or +feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those watchers for ever? The time +must come when they too shall be aged men and aged women, and +decease, and fail from their places; and what shift were there then +for imperial service? This too is but the breath of the tomb, and a +skinful of dead men's blood. + +"Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul +only, but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last +of his race. Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of +others, whose very burial place is unknown. + +"Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, +nor repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous +judge, no tyrant, but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a +player leaves the stage at the bidding of the conductor who hired +him. Sayest thou, 'I have not played five acts'? True! but in [211] +human life, three acts only make sometimes an entire play. That is +the composer's business, not thine. Withdraw thyself with a good +will; for that too hath, perchance, a good will which dismisseth thee +from thy part." + +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in +somewhat suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made +ready to do him a useless honour, were of real service now, as the +emperor was solemnly conducted home; one man rapidly catching light +from another--a long stream of moving lights across the white Forum, +up the great stairs, to the palace. And, in effect, that night +winter began, the hardest that had been known for a lifetime. The +wolves came from the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, +devoured the dead bodies which had been hastily buried during the +plague, and, emboldened by their meal, crept, before the short day +was well past, over the walls of the farmyards of the Campagna. The +eagles were seen driving the flocks of smaller birds across the dusky +sky. Only, in the city itself the winter was all the brighter for +the contrast, among those who could pay for light and warmth. The +habit-makers made a great sale of the spoil of all such furry +creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for presents at the +Saturnalia; and at no time had the winter roses from Carthage seemed +more lustrously yellow and red. + +NOTES + +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. + +200. +Transliteration: Hosper epigraphas chronon kai holon ethnon. +Pater's Translation: "the sepulchral titles of ages and whole +peoples." + +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. + +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hore. Translation: "born in +springtime." Homer, Iliad VI.147. + +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "He +was the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XIII: THE "MISTRESS AND MOTHER" OF PALACES + +AFTER that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, +softening leaf and bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the +air; but he did his work behind an evenly white sky, against which +the abode of the Caesars, its cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like +a picture in beautiful but melancholy colour, as Marius climbed the +long flights of steps to be introduced to the emperor Aurelius. +Attired in the newest mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae of white +leather, with the heavy gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga +of ceremony, he still retained all his country freshness of +complexion. The eyes of the "golden youth" of Rome were upon him as +the chosen friend of Cornelius, and the destined servant of the +emperor; but not jealously. In spite of, perhaps partly because of, +his habitual reserve of manner, he had become "the fashion," even +among those who felt instinctively the irony which lay beneath that +remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all things with a [213] +difference from other people, perceptible in voice, in expression, +and even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one who, +entering vividly into life, and relishing to the full the delicacies +of its intercourse, yet feels all the while, from the point of view +of an ideal philosophy, that he is but conceding reality to +suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a day-dream, of the +illusiveness of which he at least is aware. + +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due +moment of admission to the emperor's presence. He was admiring the +peculiar decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. +In the midst of one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit +you might have gathered, the figure of a woman knocking at a door +with wonderful reality of perspective. Then the summons came; and in +a few minutes, the etiquette of the imperial household being still a +simple matter, he had passed the curtains which divided the central +hall of the palace into three parts--three degrees of approach to the +sacred person--and was speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, in +which the emperor oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more +familiarly, in Latin, adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek +phrase, as now and again French phrases have made the adornment of +fashionable English. It was with real kindliness that Marcus +Aurelius looked upon Marius, as [214] a youth of great attainments in +Greek letters and philosophy; and he liked also his serious +expression, being, as we know, a believer in the doctrine of +physiognomy--that, as he puts it, not love only, but every other +affection of man's soul, looks out very plainly from the window of +the eyes. + +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, +and richly decorated with the favourite toys of two or three +generations of imperial collectors, now finally revised by the high +connoisseurship of the Stoic emperor himself, though destined not +much longer to remain together there. It is the repeated boast of +Aurelius that he had learned from old Antoninus Pius to maintain +authority without the constant use of guards, in a robe woven by the +handmaids of his own consort, with no processional lights or images, +and "that a prince may shrink himself almost into the figure of a +private gentleman." And yet, again as at his first sight of him, +Marius was struck by the profound religiousness of the surroundings +of the imperial presence. The effect might have been due in part to +the very simplicity, the discreet and scrupulous simplicity, of the +central figure in this splendid abode; but Marius could not forget +that he saw before him not only the head of the Roman religion, but +one who might actually have claimed something like divine worship, +had he cared to do so. Though the fantastic pretensions of Caligula +had brought some contempt [215] on that claim, which had become +almost a jest under the ungainly Claudius, yet, from Augustus +downwards, a vague divinity had seemed to surround the Caesars even +in this life; and the peculiar character of Aurelius, at once a +ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his pontifical calling, and +a philosopher whose mystic speculation encircled him with a sort of +saintly halo, had restored to his person, without his intending it, +something of that divine prerogative, or prestige. Though he would +never allow the immediate dedication of altars to himself, yet the +image of his Genius--his spirituality or celestial counterpart--was +placed among those of the deified princes of the past; and his +family, including Faustina and the young Commodus, was spoken of as +the "holy" or "divine" house. Many a Roman courtier agreed with the +barbarian chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor of Aurelius, +withdrew from his presence with the exclamation:--"I have seen a god +to-day!" The very roof of his house, rising into a pediment or +gable, like that of the sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either +side its doorway, the chaplet of oak-leaves above, seemed to +designate the place for religious veneration. And notwithstanding +all this, the household of Aurelius was singularly modest, with none +of the wasteful expense of palaces after the fashion of Lewis the +Fourteenth; the palatial dignity being felt only in a peculiar sense +of order, the absence [216] of all that was casual, of vulgarity and +discomfort. A merely official residence of his predecessors, the +Palatine had become the favourite dwelling-place of Aurelius; its +many-coloured memories suiting, perhaps, his pensive character, and +the crude splendours of Nero and Hadrian being now subdued by time. +The window-less Roman abode must have had much of what to a modern +would be gloom. How did the children, one wonders, endure houses +with so little escape for the eye into the world outside? Aurelius, +who had altered little else, choosing to live there, in a genuine +homeliness, had shifted and made the most of the level lights, and +broken out a quite medieval window here and there, and the clear +daylight, fully appreciated by his youthful visitor, made pleasant +shadows among the objects of the imperial collection. Some of these, +indeed, by reason of their Greek simplicity and grace, themselves +shone out like spaces of a purer, early light, amid the splendours of +the Roman manufacture. + +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep +enough, he was abounding and bright to-day, after one of those +pitiless headaches, which since boyhood had been the "thorn in his +side," challenging the pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one +in humble endurances. At the first moment, to Marius, remembering +the spectacle of the emperor in ceremony, it was almost bewildering +to be in [217] private conversation with him. There was much in the +philosophy of Aurelius--much consideration of mankind at large, of +great bodies, aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner-- +which, on a nature less rich than his, might have acted as an +inducement to care for people in inverse proportion to their nearness +to him. That has sometimes been the result of the Stoic +cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, however, determined to beautify by all +means, great or little, a doctrine which had in it some potential +sourness, had brought all the quickness of his intelligence, and long +years of observation, to bear on the conditions of social +intercourse. He had early determined "not to make business an excuse +to decline the offices of humanity--not to pretend to be too much +occupied with important affairs to concede what life with others may +hourly demand;" and with such success, that, in an age which made +much of the finer points of that intercourse, it was felt that the +mere honesty of his conversation was more pleasing than other men's +flattery. His agreeableness to his young visitor to-day was, in +truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of Lucius Verus +really a brother--the wisdom of not being exigent with men, any more +than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond their +nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, regarding +whom this wisdom became a marvel, of equity--of charity. + +[218] The centre of a group of princely children, in the same +apartment with Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern +home, sat the empress Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With +her long fingers lighted up red by the glowing coals of the brazier +Marius looked close upon the most beautiful woman in the world, who +was also the great paradox of the age, among her boys and girls. As +has been truly said of the numerous representations of her in art, so +in life, she had the air of one curious, restless, to enter into +conversation with the first comer. She had certainly the power of +stimulating a very ambiguous sort of curiosity about herself. And +Marius found this enigmatic point in her expression, that even after +seeing her many times he could never precisely recall her features in +absence. The lad of six years, looking older, who stood beside her, +impatiently plucking a rose to pieces over the hearth, was, in +outward appearance, his father--the young Verissimus--over again; but +with a certain feminine length of feature, and with all his mother's +alertness, or license, of gaze. + +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house +regarding the adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their +lovers' garlands there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the +boy beside her, really the effect of a shameful magic, in which the +blood of the murdered gladiator, his true father, had been an +ingredient? Were the tricks for [219] deceiving husbands which the +Roman poet describes, really hers, and her household an efficient +school of all the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too +aware, like every one beside? Were certain sudden deaths which +happened there, really the work of apoplexy, or the plague? + +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to +penetrate, was, however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist +philosophy, to his determination that the world should be to him +simply what the higher reason preferred to conceive it; and the +life's journey Aurelius had made so far, though involving much moral +and intellectual loneliness, had been ever in affectionate and +helpful contact with other wayfarers, very unlike himself. Since his +days of earliest childhood in the Lateran gardens, he seemed to +himself, blessing the gods for it after deliberate survey, to have +been always surrounded by kinsmen, friends, servants, of exceptional +virtue. From the great Stoic idea, that we are all fellow-citizens +of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more equitable estimate +than was common among Stoics, of the eternal shortcomings of men and +women. Considerations that might tend to the sweetening of his +temper it was his daily care to store away, with a kind of +philosophic pride in the thought that no one took more good-naturedly +than he the "oversights" of his neighbours. For had not Plato taught +(it was not [220] paradox, but simple truth of experience) that if +people sin, it is because they know no better, and are "under the +necessity of their own ignorance"? Hard to himself, he seemed at +times, doubtless, to decline too softly upon unworthy persons. +Actually, he came thereby upon many a useful instrument. The empress +Faustina he would seem at least to have kept, by a constraining +affection, from becoming altogether what most people have believed +her, and won in her (we must take him at his word in the "Thoughts," +abundantly confirmed by letters, on both sides, in his correspondence +with Cornelius Fronto) a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, +because misknown of others. Was the secret of her actual +blamelessness, after all, with him who has at least screened her +name? At all events, the one thing quite certain about her, besides +her extraordinary beauty, is her sweetness to himself. + +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the +garden, would not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and +he was the vine, putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, +again and again, after his kind, whatever use people might make of +it. Certainly, his actual presence never lost its power, and +Faustina was glad in it to-day, the birthday of one of her children, +a boy who stood at her knee holding in his fingers tenderly a tiny +silver trumpet, one of his birthday gifts.--"For my [221] part, +unless I conceive my hurt to be such, I have no hurt at all,"--boasts +the would-be apathetic emperor:--"and how I care to conceive of the +thing rests with me." Yet when his children fall sick or die, this +pretence breaks down, and he is broken-hearted: and one of the charms +of certain of his letters still extant, is his reference to those +childish sicknesses.--"On my return to Lorium," he writes, "I found +my little lady--domnulam meam--in a fever;" and again, in a letter to +one of the most serious of men, "You will be glad to hear that our +little one is better, and running about the room--parvolam nostram +melius valere et intra cubiculum discurrere." + +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness +the exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such +company, inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true +father--anxious also to escape from the too impressive company of the +gravest and sweetest specimen of old age Marius had ever seen, the +tutor of the imperial children, who had arrived to offer his birthday +congratulations, and now, very familiarly and affectionately, made a +part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the emperor, kissing +the empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face and +hands. Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the "Orator," favourite teacher of +the emperor's youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now +the undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, +[222] elegantly mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets +of Rome, had certainly turned his many personal gifts to account with +a good fortune, remarkable even in that age, so indulgent to +professors or rhetoricians. The gratitude of the emperor Aurelius, +always generous to his teachers, arranging their very quarrels +sometimes, for they were not always fair to one another, had helped +him to a really great place in the world. But his sumptuous +appendages, including the villa and gardens of Maecenas, had been +borne with an air perfectly becoming, by the professor of a +philosophy which, even in its most accomplished and elegant phase, +presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. With an intimate +practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, disguises, +flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind--a whole accomplished +rhetoric of daily life--he applied them all to the promotion of +humanity, and especially of men's family affection. Through a long +life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, surrounded by the +gracious and soothing air of his own eloquence--the fame, the echoes, +of it--like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. Setting forth in that +fine medium the best ideas of matured pagan philosophy, he had become +the favourite "director" of noble youth + +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out +for such, had yet seen of [223] a perfectly tolerable, perfectly +beautiful, old age--an old age in which there seemed, to one who +perhaps habitually over-valued the expression of youth, nothing to be +regretted, nothing really lost, in what years had taken away. The +wise old man, whose blue eyes and fair skin were so delicate, +uncontaminate and clear, would seem to have replaced carefully and +consciously each natural trait of youth, as it departed from him, by +an equivalent grace of culture; and had the blitheness, the placid +cheerfulness, as he had also the infirmity, the claim on stronger +people, of a delightful child. And yet he seemed to be but awaiting +his exit from life--that moment with which the Stoics were almost as +much preoccupied as the Christians, however differently--and set +Marius pondering on the contrast between a placidity like this, at +eighty years, and the sort of desperateness he was aware of in his +own manner of entertaining that thought. His infirmities +nevertheless had been painful and long-continued, with losses of +children, of pet grandchildren. What with the crowd, and the +wretched streets, it was a sign of affection which had cost him +something, for the old man to leave his own house at all that day; +and he was glad of the emperor's support, as he moved from place to +place among the children he protests so often to have loved as his +own. + +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the +present century, has set [224] free the long-buried fragrance of this +famous friendship of the old world, from below a valueless later +manuscript, in a series of letters, wherein the two writers exchange, +for the most part their evening thoughts, especially at family +anniversaries, and with entire intimacy, on their children, on the +art of speech, on all the various subtleties of the "science of +images"--rhetorical images--above all, of course, on sleep and +matters of health. They are full of mutual admiration of each +other's eloquence, restless in absence till they see one another +again, noting, characteristically, their very dreams of each other, +expecting the day which will terminate the office, the business or +duty, which separates them--"as superstitious people watch for the +star, at the rising of which they may break their fast." To one of +the writers, to Aurelius, the correspondence was sincerely of value. +We see him once reading his letters with genuine delight on going to +rest. Fronto seeks to deter his pupil from writing in Greek.--Why +buy, at great cost, a foreign wine, inferior to that from one's own +vineyard? Aurelius, on the other hand, with an extraordinary innate +susceptibility to words--la parole pour la parole, as the French say- +-despairs, in presence of Fronto's rhetorical perfection. + +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, +Fronto had been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness +[225] among the Antonines; and it was part of his friendship to make +much of it, in the case of the children of Faustina. "Well! I have +seen the little ones," he writes to Aurelius, then, apparently, +absent from them: "I have seen the little ones--the pleasantest sight +of my life; for they are as like yourself as could possibly be. It +has well repaid me for my journey over that slippery road, and up +those steep rocks; for I beheld you, not simply face to face before +me, but, more generously, whichever way I turned, to my right and my +left. For the rest, I found them, Heaven be thanked! with healthy +cheeks and lusty voices. One was holding a slice of white bread, +like a king's son; the other a crust of brown bread, as becomes the +offspring of a philosopher. I pray the gods to have both the sower +and the seed in their keeping; to watch over this field wherein the +ears of corn are so kindly alike. Ah! I heard too their pretty +voices, so sweet that in the childish prattle of one and the other I +seemed somehow to be listening--yes! in that chirping of your pretty +chickens--to the limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own oratory. +Take care! you will find me growing independent, having those I could +love in your place:--love, on the surety of my eyes and ears." + +"Magistro meo salutem!" replies the Emperor, "I too have seen my +little ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in +reading your [226] letter. It is that charming letter forces me to +write thus:" with reiterations of affection, that is, which are +continual in these letters, on both sides, and which may strike a +modern reader perhaps as fulsome; or, again, as having something in +common with the old Judaic unction of friendship. They were +certainly sincere. + +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of +the silver trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and +again, turning away with eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought +the old man was not listening. It was the well-worn, valetudinarian +subject of sleep, on which Fronto and Aurelius were talking together; +Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a thing of magic +capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, and +often by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be +sparing of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a +story to tell about it:-- + +"They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he +clothed with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and +Night; and he assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. +At that time Sleep was not yet born and men passed the whole of their +lives awake: only, the quiet of the night was ordained for them, +instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little by little, [227] being +that the minds of men are restless, that they carried on their +business alike by night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. +And Jupiter, when he perceived that even in the night-time they +ceased not from trouble and disputation, and that even the courts of +law remained open (it was the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to +be assiduous in those courts till far into the night) resolved to +appoint one of his brothers to be the overseer of the night and have +authority over man's rest. But Neptune pleaded in excuse the gravity +of his constant charge of the seas, and Father Dis the difficulty of +keeping in subjection the spirits below; and Jupiter, having taken +counsel with the other gods, perceived that the practice of nightly +vigils was somewhat in favour. It was then, for the most part, that +Juno gave birth to her children: Minerva, the mistress of all art and +craft, loved the midnight lamp: Mars delighted in the darkness for +his plots and sallies; and the favour of Venus and Bacchus was with +those who roused by night. Then it was that Jupiter formed the +design of creating Sleep; and he added him to the number of the gods, +and gave him the charge over night and rest, putting into his hands +the keys of human eyes. With his own hands he mingled the juices +wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of mortals--herb of +Enjoyment and herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in Heaven; and, +from the meadows of [228] Acheron, the herb of Death; expressing from +it one single drop only, no bigger than a tear one might hide. 'With +this juice,' he said, 'pour slumber upon the eyelids of mortals. So +soon as it hath touched them they will lay themselves down +motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall revive, +and in a while stand up again upon their feet.' Thereafter, Jupiter +gave wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury's, to his heels, but +to his shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, 'It becomes +thee not to approach men's eyes as with the noise of chariots, and +the rushing of a swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, as +upon the wings of a swallow--nay! with not so much as the flutter of +the dove.' Besides all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, +he committed to him also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to +every man's desire. One watched his favourite actor; another +listened to the flute, or guided a charioteer in the race: in his +dream, the soldier was victorious, the general was borne in triumph, +the wanderer returned home. Yes!--and sometimes those dreams come +true! + +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his +household gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and +beyond it Marius gazed for a few moments into the Lararium, or +imperial chapel. A patrician youth, in white habit, was in waiting, +with a little chest in his hand containing incense for the [229] use +of the altar. On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around this +narrow chamber, were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the +golden or gilded images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among +them that image of Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and +such of the emperor's own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim +fresco on the wall commemorated the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, +who in flight from Rome on the morrow of a great disaster, overtaking +certain priests on foot with their sacred utensils, descended from +the wagon in which he rode and yielded it to the ministers of the +gods. As he ascended into the chapel the emperor paused, and with a +grave but friendly look at his young visitor, delivered a parting +sentence, audible to him alone: Imitation is the most acceptable-- +Make sure that those to whom you come nearest be the happier by your* + +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour--the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what +humanity! Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways +of life at home he had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after +his manner, to determine the main trait in all this, he had to +confess that it was a sentiment of mediocrity, though of a mediocrity +for once really golden. + +NOTES + +225. +"Limpid" is misprinted "Limped." + + + +CHAPTER XIV: MANLY AMUSEMENT + +DURING the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire +had seemed possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to +Aurelius it had also seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no +less a gift than his beautiful daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his +children--the domnula, probably, of those letters. The little lady, +grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had been ever something +of the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by the law of +contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man's tigrish fervour. Conducted to +Ephesus, she had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more +solemn wedding rites being deferred till their return to Rome. + +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which +bride and bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was +celebrated accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius +himself [231] assisting, with much domestic feeling. A crowd of +fashionable people filled the space before the entrance to the +apartments of Lucius on the Palatine hill, richly decorated for the +occasion, commenting, not always quite delicately, on the various +details of the rite, which only a favoured few succeeded in actually +witnessing. "She comes!" Marius could hear them say, "escorted by +her young brothers: it is the young Commodus who carries the torch of +white-thornwood, the little basket of work-things, the toys for the +children:"--and then, after a watchful pause, "she is winding the +woollen thread round the doorposts. Ah! I see the marriage-cake: +the bridegroom presents the fire and water." Then, in a longer +pause, was heard the chorus, Thalassie! Thalassie! and for just a +few moments, in the strange light of many wax tapers at noonday, +Marius could see them both, side by side, while the bride was lifted +over the doorstep: Lucius Verus heated and handsome--the pale, +impassive Lucilla looking very long and slender, in her closely +folded yellow veil, and high nuptial crown. + +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, +he found himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator +on occasions such as this. It was a relief to depart with him--so +fresh and quiet he looked, though in all his splendid equestrian +array in honour of the ceremony--from the garish heat [232] of the +marriage scene. The reserve which had puzzled Marius so much on his +first day in Rome, was but an instance of many, to him wholly +unaccountable, avoidances alike of things and persons, which must +certainly mean that an intimate companionship would cost him +something in the way of seemingly indifferent amusements. Some +inward standard Marius seemed to detect there (though wholly unable +to estimate its nature) of distinction, selection, refusal, amid the +various elements of the fervid and corrupt life across which they +were moving together:--some secret, constraining motive, ever on the +alert at eye and ear, which carried him through Rome as under a +charm, so that Marius could not but think of that figure of the white +bird in the market-place as undoubtedly made true of him. And Marius +was still full of admiration for this companion, who had known how to +make himself very pleasant to him. Here was the clear, cold +corrective, which the fever of his present life demanded. Without +it, he would have felt alternately suffocated and exhausted by an +existence, at once so gaudy and overdone, and yet so intolerably +empty; in which people, even at their best, seemed only to be +brooding, like the wise emperor himself, over a world's +disillusion. For with all the severity of Cornelius, there was such +a breeze of hopefulness--freshness and hopefulness, as of new +morning, about him. [233] For the most part, as I said, those +refusals, that reserve of his, seemed unaccountable. But there were +cases where the unknown monitor acted in a direction with which the +judgment, or instinct, of Marius himself wholly concurred; the +effective decision of Cornelius strengthening him further therein, as +by a kind of outwardly embodied conscience. And the entire drift of +his education determined him, on one point at least, to be wholly of +the same mind with this peculiar friend (they two, it might be, +together, against the world!) when, alone of a whole company of +brilliant youth, he had withdrawn from his appointed place in the +amphitheatre, at a grand public show, which after an interval of many +months, was presented there, in honour of the nuptials of Lucius +Verus and Lucilla. + +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, +that the character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by +Marius; even as on that afternoon when he had girt on his armour, +among the expressive lights and shades of the dim old villa at the +roadside, and every object of his knightly array had seemed to be but +sign or symbol of some other thing far beyond it. For, consistently +with his really poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, even +more exclusively than he was aware, through the medium of sense. +From Flavian in that brief early summer of his existence, he had +derived a powerful impression of the [234] "perpetual flux": he had +caught there, as in cipher or symbol, or low whispers more effective +than any definite language, his own Cyrenaic philosophy, presented +thus, for the first time, in an image or person, with much +attractiveness, touched also, consequently, with a pathetic sense of +personal sorrow:--a concrete image, the abstract equivalent of which +he could recognise afterwards, when the agitating personal influence +had settled down for him, clearly enough, into a theory of practice. +But of what possible intellectual formula could this mystic Cornelius +be the sensible exponent; seeming, as he did, to live ever in close +relationship with, and recognition of, a mental view, a source of +discernment, a light upon his way, which had certainly not yet sprung +up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of Cornelius, his energetic +clearness and purity, were a charm, rather physical than moral: his +exquisite correctness of spirit, at all events, accorded so perfectly +with the regular beauty of his person, as to seem to depend upon it. +And wholly different as was this later friendship, with its exigency, +its warnings, its restraints, from the feverish attachment to +Flavian, which had made him at times like an uneasy slave, still, +like that, it was a reconciliation to the world of sense, the visible +world. From the hopefulness of this gracious presence, all visible +things around him, even the commonest objects of everyday life--if +they but [235] stood together to warm their hands at the same fire-- +took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and interest. It +was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically washed, renewed, +strengthened. + +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken +his place in the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with +what an appetite for every detail of the entertainment, and its +various accessories:--the sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the +vela, with their serpentine patterning, spread over the more select +part of the company; the Vestal virgins, taking their privilege of +seats near the empress Faustina, who sat there in a maze of double- +coloured gems, changing, as she moved, like the waves of the sea; the +cool circle of shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the +fashionable told so effectively around the blazing arena, covered +again and again during the many hours' show, with clean sand for the +absorption of certain great red patches there, by troops of white- +shirted boys, for whom the good-natured audience provided a scramble +of nuts and small coin, flung to them over a trellis-work of silver- +gilt and amber, precious gift of Nero, while a rain of flowers and +perfume fell over themselves, as they paused between the parts of +their long feast upon the spectacle of animal suffering. + +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a +patron, patron or protege, [236] of the great goddess of Ephesus, the +goddess of hunters; and the show, celebrated by way of a compliment +to him to-day, was to present some incidents of her story, where she +figures almost as the genius of madness, in animals, or in the +humanity which comes in contact with them. The entertainment would +have an element of old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a +learned and Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some +sense a lover of animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. +There would be real wild and domestic creatures, all of rare species; +and a real slaughter. On so happy an occasion, it was hoped, the +elder emperor might even concede a point, and a living criminal fall +into the jaws of the wild beasts. And the spectacle was, certainly, +to end in the destruction, by one mighty shower of arrows, of a +hundred lions, "nobly" provided by Aurelius himself for the amusement +of his people.--Tam magnanimus fuit! + +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked +delightfully fresh, re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the +actual freshness of the morning, which at this season still brought +the dew. Along the subterranean ways that led up to it, the sound of +an advancing chorus was heard at last, chanting the words of a sacred +song, or hymn to Diana; for the spectacle of the amphitheatre was, +after all, a [237] religious occasion. To its grim acts of blood- +shedding a kind of sacrificial character still belonged in the view +of certain religious casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the +humane sensibilities of so pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his +fraternal complacency, had consented to preside over the shows. + +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development +of her worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied +yet contrasted elements of human temper and experience--man's amity, +and also his enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were +still, in a certain sense, his brothers. She is the complete, and +therefore highly complex, representative of a state, in which man was +still much occupied with animals, not as his flock, or as his +servants after the pastoral relationship of our later, orderly world, +but rather as his equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,--a state +full of primeval sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common +wants--while he watched, and could enter into, the humours of those +"younger brothers," with an intimacy, the "survivals" of which in a +later age seem often to have had a kind of madness about them. Diana +represents alike the bright and the dark side of such relationship. +But the humanities of that relationship were all forgotten to-day in +the excitement of a show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their +useless suffering and death, formed [238] the main point of interest. +People watched their destruction, batch after batch, in a not +particularly inventive fashion; though it was expected that the +animals themselves, as living creatures are apt to do when hard put +to it, would become inventive, and make up, by the fantastic +accidents of their agony, for the deficiencies of an age fallen +behind in this matter of manly amusement. It was as a Deity of +Slaughter--the Taurian goddess who demands the sacrifice of the +shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts--the cruel, moonstruck +huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, among the +wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person of a +famous courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after +the first introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display +of the animals, artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each +other. And as Diana was also a special protectress of new-born +creatures, there would be a certain curious interest in the +dexterously contrived escape of the young from their mother's torn +bosoms; as many pregnant animals as possible being carefully selected +for the purpose. + +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human +beings. What more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever +contrived than that incident, itself a practical epigram never to be +forgottten, [239] when a criminal, who, like slaves and animals, had +no rights, was compelled to present the part of Icarus; and, the +wings failing him in due course, had fallen into a pack of hungry +bears? For the long shows of the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the +novel-reading of that age--a current help provided for sluggish +imaginations, in regard, for instance, to grisly accidents, such as +might happen to one's self; but with every facility for comfortable +inspection. Scaevola might watch his own hand, consuming, crackling, +in the fire, in the person of a culprit, willing to redeem his life +by an act so delightful to the eyes, the very ears, of a curious +public. If the part of Marsyas was called for, there was a criminal +condemned to lose his skin. It might be almost edifying to study +minutely the expression of his face, while the assistants corded and +pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the servant of the law waiting +by, who, after one short cut with his knife, would slip the man's leg +from his skin, as neatly as if it were a stocking--a finesse in +providing the due amount of suffering for wrong-doers only brought to +its height in Nero's living bonfires. But then, by making his +suffering ridiculous, you enlist against the sufferer, some real, and +all would-be manliness, and do much to stifle any false sentiment of +compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no great taste for +sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had greatly changed all +[240] that; had provided that nets should be spread under the dancers +on the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the gladiators. But +the gladiators were still there. Their bloody contests had, under +the form of a popular amusement, the efficacy of a human sacrifice; +as, indeed, the whole system of the public shows was understood to +possess a religious import. Just at this point, certainly, the +judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is without reproach-- + + Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. + +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great +slaughter-house, could not but observe that, in his habitual +complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, with loud shouts of applause from +time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius had sat impassibly through +all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For the most part +indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, +after all, indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic +paradox of the Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an +excuse, should those savage popular humours ever again turn against +men and women. Marius remembered well his very attitude and +expression on this day, when, a few years later, certain things came +to pass in Gaul, under his full authority; and that attitude and +expression [241] defined already, even thus early in their so +friendly intercourse, and though he was still full of gratitude for +his interest, a permanent point of difference between the emperor and +himself--between himself, with all the convictions of his life taking +centre to-day in his merciful, angry heart, and Aurelius, as +representing all the light, all the apprehensive power there might be +in pagan intellect. There was something in a tolerance such as this, +in the bare fact that he could sit patiently through a scene like +this, which seemed to Marius to mark Aurelius as his inferior now and +for ever on the question of righteousness; to set them on opposite +sides, in some great conflict, of which that difference was but a +single presentment. Due, in whatever proportions, to the abstract +principles he had formulated for himself, or in spite of them, there +was the loyal conscience within him, deciding, judging himself and +every one else, with a wonderful sort of authority:--You ought, +methinks, to be something quite different from what you are; here! +and here! Surely Aurelius must be lacking in that decisive +conscience at first sight, of the intimations of which Marius could +entertain no doubt--which he looked for in others. He at least, the +humble follower of the bodily eye, was aware of a crisis in life, in +this brief, obscure existence, a fierce opposition of real good and +real evil around him, the issues of which he must by no [242] means +compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms of which the "wise" Marcus +Aurelius was unaware. + +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, +perhaps, leave with the children of the modern world a feeling of +self-complacency. Yet it might seem well to ask ourselves--it is +always well to do so, when we read of the slave-trade, for instance, +or of great religious persecutions on this side or on that, or of +anything else which raises in us the question, "Is thy servant a dog, +that he should do this thing?"--not merely, what germs of feeling we +may entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would induce us to +the like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might +have furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those +legal crimes, with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, +perhaps, having its own peculiar point of blindness, with its +consequent peculiar sin--the touch-stone of an unfailing conscience +in the select few. + +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of +deadness and stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not +failed him regarding it. Yes! what was needed was the heart that +would make it impossible to witness all this; and the future would be +with the forces that could beget a heart like that. [243] His chosen +philosophy had said,--Trust the eye: Strive to be right always in +regard to the concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your impressions. +And its sanction had at least been effective here, in protesting--"This, +and this, is what you may not look upon!" Surely evil was a real thing, +and the wise man wanting in the sense of it, where, not to have been, +by instinctive election, on the right side, was to have failed in life. + +END OF VOL. I + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean Vol. I, by Walter Pater + diff --git a/old/7mrs110.zip b/old/7mrs110.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..940e203 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/7mrs110.zip diff --git a/old/8mrs110.txt b/old/8mrs110.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82597ef --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8mrs110.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5869 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. I, by Walter Pater +#7 in our series by Walter Pater + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume One + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4057] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 10/25/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. I, by Walter Pater +************This file should be named 8mrs110.txt or 8mrs110.zip************ + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, 8mrs111.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8mrs110a.txt + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina*, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a +style inconvenient in an electronic edition. I have therefore +placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater's footnotes +and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each chapter's +notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, +I have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed +numeral such as [22] indicates that the material immediately +following the number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I +have preserved paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an +e-text does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE +WALTER PATER + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mkistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PART THE FIRST + + 1. "The Religion of Numa": 3-12 + 2. White-Nights: 13-26 + 3. Change of Air: 27-42 + 4. The Tree of Knowledge: 43-54 + 5. The Golden Book: 55-91 + 6. Euphuism: 92-110 + 7. A Pagan End: 111-120 + + PART THE SECOND + + 8. Animula Vagula: 123-143 + 9. New Cyrenaicism: 144-157 + 10. On the Way: 158-171 + 11. "The Most Religious City in the World": 172-187 + 12. "The Divinity that Doth Hedge a King": 188-211 + 13. The "Mistress and Mother" of Palaces: 212-229 + 14. Manly Amusement: 230-243 + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME ONE + +PART THE FIRST + + +CHAPTER I: "THE RELIGION OF NUMA" + +[3] As, in the triumph of Christianity, the old religion lingered +latest in the country, and died out at last as but paganism--the +religion of the villagers, before the advance of the Christian +Church; so, in an earlier century, it was in places remote from town- +life that the older and purer forms of paganism itself had survived +the longest. While, in Rome, new religions had arisen with +bewildering complexity around the dying old one, the earlier and +simpler patriarchal religion, "the religion of Numa," as people loved +to fancy, lingered on with little change amid the pastoral life, out +of the habits and sentiment of which so much of it had grown. +Glimpses of such a survival we may catch below the merely artificial +attitudes of Latin pastoral poetry; in Tibullus especially, who has +preserved for us many poetic details of old Roman religious usage. + + At mihi contingat patrios celebrare Penates, + Reddereque antiquo menstrua thura Lari: + +[4] --he prays, with unaffected seriousness. Something liturgical, +with repetitions of a consecrated form of words, is traceable in one +of his elegies, as part of the order of a birthday sacrifice. The +hearth, from a spark of which, as one form of old legend related, the +child Romulus had been miraculously born, was still indeed an altar; +and the worthiest sacrifice to the gods the perfect physical sanity +of the young men and women, which the scrupulous ways of that +religion of the hearth had tended to maintain. A religion of usages +and sentiment rather than of facts and belief, and attached to very +definite things and places--the oak of immemorial age, the rock on +the heath fashioned by weather as if by some dim human art, the +shadowy grove of ilex, passing into which one exclaimed +involuntarily, in consecrated phrase, Deity is in this Place! Numen +Inest!--it was in natural harmony with the temper of a quiet people +amid the spectacle of rural life, like that simpler faith between man +and man, which Tibullus expressly connects with the period when, with +an inexpensive worship, the old wooden gods had been still pressed +for room in their homely little shrines. + +And about the time when the dying Antoninus Pius ordered his golden +image of Fortune to be carried into the chamber of his successor (now +about to test the truth of the old Platonic contention, that the +world would at last find itself [5] happy, could it detach some +reluctant philosophic student from the more desirable life of +celestial contemplation, and compel him to rule it), there was a boy +living in an old country-house, half farm, half villa, who, for +himself, recruited that body of antique traditions by a spontaneous +force of religious veneration such as had originally called them into +being. More than a century and a half had past since Tibullus had +written; but the restoration of religious usages, and their retention +where they still survived, was meantime come to be the fashion +through the influence of imperial example; and what had been in the +main a matter of family pride with his father, was sustained by a +native instinct of devotion in the young Marius. A sense of +conscious powers external to ourselves, pleased or displeased by the +right or wrong conduct of every circumstance of daily life--that +conscience, of which the old Roman religion was a formal, habitual +recognition, was become in him a powerful current of feeling and +observance. The old-fashioned, partly puritanic awe, the power of +which Wordsworth noted and valued so highly in a northern peasantry, +had its counterpart in the feeling of the Roman lad, as he passed the +spot, "touched of heaven," where the lightning had struck dead an +aged labourer in the field: an upright stone, still with mouldering +garlands about it, marked the place. He brought to that system of +symbolic [6] usages, and they in turn developed in him further, a +great seriousness--an impressibility to the sacredness of time, of +life and its events, and the circumstances of family fellowship; of +such gifts to men as fire, water, the earth, from labour on which +they live, really understood by him as gifts--a sense of religious +responsibility in the reception of them. It was a religion for the +most part of fear, of multitudinous scruples, of a year-long burden +of forms; yet rarely (on clear summer mornings, for instance) the +thought of those heavenly powers afforded a welcome channel for the +almost stifling sense of health and delight in him, and relieved it +as gratitude to the gods. + +The day of the "little" or private Ambarvalia was come, to be +celebrated by a single family for the welfare of all belonging to it, +as the great college of the Arval Brothers officiated at Rome in the +interest of the whole state. At the appointed time all work ceases; +the instruments of labour lie untouched, hung with wreaths of +flowers, while masters and servants together go in solemn procession +along the dry paths of vineyard and cornfield, conducting the victims +whose blood is presently to be shed for the purification from all +natural or supernatural taint of the lands they have "gone about." +The old Latin words of the liturgy, to be said as the procession +moved on its way, though their precise meaning was long [7] since +become unintelligible, were recited from an ancient illuminated roll, +kept in the painted chest in the hall, together with the family +records. Early on that day the girls of the farm had been busy in +the great portico, filling large baskets with flowers plucked short +from branches of apple and cherry, then in spacious bloom, to strew +before the quaint images of the gods--Ceres and Bacchus and the yet +more mysterious Dea Dia--as they passed through the fields, carried +in their little houses on the shoulders of white-clad youths, who +were understood to proceed to this office in perfect temperance, as +pure in soul and body as the air they breathed in the firm weather of +that early summer-time. The clean lustral water and the full +incense-box were carried after them. The altars were gay with +garlands of wool and the more sumptuous sort of blossom and green +herbs to be thrown into the sacrificial fire, fresh-gathered this +morning from a particular plot in the old garden, set apart for the +purpose. Just then the young leaves were almost as fragrant as +flowers, and the scent of the bean-fields mingled pleasantly with the +cloud of incense. But for the monotonous intonation of the liturgy +by the priests, clad in their strange, stiff, antique vestments, and +bearing ears of green corn upon their heads, secured by flowing bands +of white, the procession moved in absolute stillness, all persons, +even the children, abstaining from [8] speech after the utterance of +the pontifical formula, Favete linguis!--Silence! Propitious +Silence!--lest any words save those proper to the occasion should +hinder the religious efficacy of the rite. + +With the lad Marius, who, as the head of his house, took a leading +part in the ceremonies of the day, there was a devout effort to +complete this impressive outward silence by that inward tacitness of +mind, esteemed so important by religious Romans in the performance of +these sacred functions. To him the sustained stillness without +seemed really but to be waiting upon that interior, mental condition +of preparation or expectancy, for which he was just then intently +striving. The persons about him, certainly, had never been +challenged by those prayers and ceremonies to any ponderings on the +divine nature: they conceived them rather to be the appointed means +of setting such troublesome movements at rest. By them, "the +religion of Numa," so staid, ideal and comely, the object of so much +jealous conservatism, though of direct service as lending sanction to +a sort of high scrupulosity, especially in the chief points of +domestic conduct, was mainly prized as being, through its hereditary +character, something like a personal distinction--as contributing, +among the other accessories of an ancient house, to the production of +that aristocratic atmosphere which separated them from newly-made +people. But [9] in the young Marius, the very absence from those +venerable usages of all definite history and dogmatic interpretation, +had already awakened much speculative activity; and to-day, starting +from the actual details of the divine service, some very lively +surmises, though scarcely distinct enough to be thoughts, were moving +backwards and forwards in his mind, as the stirring wind had done all +day among the trees, and were like the passing of some mysterious +influence over all the elements of his nature and experience. One +thing only distracted him--a certain pity at the bottom of his heart, +and almost on his lips, for the sacrificial victims and their looks +of terror, rising almost to disgust at the central act of the +sacrifice itself, a piece of everyday butcher's work, such as we +decorously hide out of sight; though some then present certainly +displayed a frank curiosity in the spectacle thus permitted them on a +religious pretext. The old sculptors of the great procession on the +frieze of the Parthenon at Athens, have delineated the placid heads +of the victims led in it to sacrifice, with a perfect feeling for +animals in forcible contrast with any indifference as to their +sufferings. It was this contrast that distracted Marius now in the +blessing of his fields, and qualified his devout absorption upon the +scrupulous fulfilment of all the details of the ceremonial, as the +procession approached the altars. + +[10] The names of that great populace of "little gods," dear to the +Roman home, which the pontiffs had placed on the sacred list of the +Indigitamenta, to be invoked, because they can help, on special +occasions, were not forgotten in the long litany--Vatican who causes +the infant to utter his first cry, Fabulinus who prompts his first +word, Cuba who keeps him quiet in his cot, Domiduca especially, for +whom Marius had through life a particular memory and devotion, the +goddess who watches over one's safe coming home. The urns of the +dead in the family chapel received their due service. They also were +now become something divine, a goodly company of friendly and +protecting spirits, encamped about the place of their former abode-- +above all others, the father, dead ten years before, of whom, +remembering but a tall, grave figure above him in early childhood, +Marius habitually thought as a genius a little cold and severe. + + Candidus insuetum miratur limen Olympi, + Sub pedibusque videt nubes et sidera.-- + +Perhaps!--but certainly needs his altar here below, and garlands to- +day upon his urn. But the dead genii were satisfied with little--a +few violets, a cake dipped in wine, or a morsel of honeycomb. Daily, +from the time when his childish footsteps were still uncertain, had +Marius taken them their portion of the family meal, at the second +course, amidst the silence [11] of the company. They loved those who +brought them their sustenance; but, deprived of these services, would +be heard wandering through the house, crying sorrowfully in the +stillness of the night. + +And those simple gifts, like other objects as trivial--bread, oil, +wine, milk--had regained for him, by their use in such religious +service, that poetic and as it were moral significance, which surely +belongs to all the means of daily life, could we but break through +the veil of our familiarity with things by no means vulgar in +themselves. A hymn followed, while the whole assembly stood with +veiled faces. The fire rose up readily from the altars, in clean, +bright flame--a favourable omen, making it a duty to render the mirth +of the evening complete. Old wine was poured out freely for the +servants at supper in the great kitchen, where they had worked in the +imperfect light through the long evenings of winter. The young +Marius himself took but a very sober part in the noisy feasting. A +devout, regretful after-taste of what had been really beautiful in +the ritual he had accomplished took him early away, that he might the +better recall in reverie all the circumstances of the celebration of +the day. As he sank into a sleep, pleasant with all the influences +of long hours in the open air, he seemed still to be moving in +procession through the fields, with a kind of pleasurable awe. That +feeling was still upon him as he [12] awoke amid the beating of +violent rain on the shutters, in the first storm of the season. The +thunder which startled him from sleep seemed to make the solitude of +his chamber almost painfully complete, as if the nearness of those +angry clouds shut him up in a close place alone in the world. Then +he thought of the sort of protection which that day's ceremonies +assured. To procure an agreement with the gods--Pacem deorum +exposcere: that was the meaning of what they had all day been busy +upon. In a faith, sincere but half-suspicious, he would fain have +those Powers at least not against him. His own nearer household gods +were all around his bed. The spell of his religion as a part of the +very essence of home, its intimacy, its dignity and security, was +forcible at that moment; only, it seemed to involve certain heavy +demands upon him. + + + +CHAPTER II: WHITE-NIGHTS + +[13] To an instinctive seriousness, the material abode in which the +childhood of Marius was passed had largely added. Nothing, you felt, +as you first caught sight of that coy, retired place,--surely nothing +could happen there, without its full accompaniment of thought or +reverie. White-nights! so you might interpret its old Latin name.* +"The red rose came first," says a quaint German mystic, speaking of +"the mystery of so-called white things," as being "ever an after- +thought--the doubles, or seconds, of real things, and themselves but +half-real, half-material--the white queen, the white witch, the white +mass, which, as the black mass is a travesty of the true mass turned +to evil by horrible old witches, is celebrated by young candidates +for the priesthood with an unconsecrated host, by way of rehearsal." +So, white-nights, I suppose, after something like the same analogy, +should be [14] nights not of quite blank forgetfulness, but passed in +continuous dreaming, only half veiled by sleep. Certainly the place +was, in such case, true to its fanciful name in this, that you might +very well conceive, in face of it, that dreaming even in the daytime +might come to much there. + +The young Marius represented an ancient family whose estate had come +down to him much curtailed through the extravagance of a certain +Marcellus two generations before, a favourite in his day of the +fashionable world at Rome, where he had at least spent his substance +with a correctness of taste Marius might seem to have inherited from +him; as he was believed also to resemble him in a singularly pleasant +smile, consistent however, in the younger face, with some degree of +sombre expression when the mind within was but slightly moved. + +As the means of life decreased, the farm had crept nearer and nearer +to the dwelling-house, about which there was therefore a trace of +workday negligence or homeliness, not without its picturesque charm +for some, for the young master himself among them. The more +observant passer-by would note, curious as to the inmates, a certain +amount of dainty care amid that neglect, as if it came in part, +perhaps, from a reluctance to disturb old associations. It was +significant of the national character, that a sort of elegant +gentleman farming, as we say, had been much affected by some of the +most cultivated [15] Romans. But it became something more than an +elegant diversion, something of a serious business, with the +household of Marius; and his actual interest in the cultivation of +the earth and the care of flocks had brought him, at least, +intimately near to those elementary conditions of life, a reverence +for which, the great Roman poet, as he has shown by his own half- +mystic pre-occupation with them, held to be the ground of primitive +Roman religion, as of primitive morals. But then, farm-life in +Italy, including the culture of the olive and the vine, has a grace +of its own, and might well contribute to the production of an ideal +dignity of character, like that of nature itself in this gifted +region. Vulgarity seemed impossible. The place, though +impoverished, was still deservedly dear, full of venerable memories, +and with a living sweetness of its own for to-day. + +To hold by such ceremonial traditions had been a part of the +struggling family pride of the lad's father, to which the example of +the head of the state, old Antoninus Pius--an example to be still +further enforced by his successor--had given a fresh though perhaps +somewhat artificial popularity. It had been consistent with many +another homely and old-fashioned trait in him, not to undervalue the +charm of exclusiveness and immemorial authority, which membership in +a local priestly college, hereditary in his house, conferred upon +him. To set a real value on [16] these things was but one element in +that pious concern for his home and all that belonged to it, which, +as Marius afterwards discovered, had been a strong motive with his +father. The ancient hymn--Fana Novella!--was still sung by his +people, as the new moon grew bright in the west, and even their wild +custom of leaping through heaps of blazing straw on a certain night +in summer was not discouraged. The privilege of augury itself, +according to tradition, had at one time belonged to his race; and if +you can imagine how, once in a way, an impressible boy might have an +inkling, an inward mystic intimation, of the meaning and consequences +of all that, what was implied in it becoming explicit for him, you +conceive aright the mind of Marius, in whose house the auspices were +still carefully consulted before every undertaking of moment. + +The devotion of the father then had handed on loyally--and that is +all many not unimportant persons ever find to do--a certain tradition +of life, which came to mean much for the young Marius. The feeling +with which he thought of his dead father was almost exclusively that +of awe; though crossed at times by a not unpleasant sense of liberty, +as he could but confess to himself, pondering, in the actual absence +of so weighty and continual a restraint, upon the arbitrary power +which Roman religion and Roman law gave to the parent over the son. +[17] On the part of his mother, on the other hand, entertaining the +husband's memory, there was a sustained freshness of regret, together +with the recognition, as Marius fancied, of some costly self- +sacrifice to be credited to the dead. The life of the widow, languid +and shadowy enough but for the poignancy of that regret, was like one +long service to the departed soul; its many annual observances +centering about the funeral urn--a tiny, delicately carved marble +house, still white and fair, in the family-chapel, wreathed always +with the richest flowers from the garden. To the dead, in fact, was +conceded in such places a somewhat closer neighbourhood to the old +homes they were thought still to protect, than is usual with us, or +was usual in Rome itself--a closeness which the living welcomed, so +diverse are the ways of our human sentiment, and in which the more +wealthy, at least in the country, might indulge themselves. All this +Marius followed with a devout interest, sincerely touched and awed by +his mother's sorrow. After the deification of the emperors, we are +told, it was considered impious so much as to use any coarse +expression in the presence of their images. To Marius the whole of +life seemed full of sacred presences, demanding of him a similar +collectedness. The severe and archaic religion of the villa, as he +conceived it, begot in him a sort of devout circumspection lest he +should fall short at any point of the demand upon him of anything +[18] in which deity was concerned. He must satisfy with a kind of +sacred equity, he must be very cautious lest he be found wanting to, +the claims of others, in their joys and calamities--the happiness +which deity sanctioned, or the blows in which it made itself felt. +And from habit, this feeling of a responsibility towards the world of +men and things, towards a claim for due sentiment concerning them on +his side, came to be a part of his nature not to be put off. It kept +him serious and dignified amid the Epicurean speculations which in +after years much engrossed him, and when he had learned to think of +all religions as indifferent, serious amid many fopperies and through +many languid days, and made him anticipate all his life long as a +thing towards which he must carefully train himself, some great +occasion of self-devotion, such as really came, that should +consecrate his life, and, it might be, its memory with others, as the +early Christian looked forward to martyrdom at the end of his course, +as a seal of worth upon it. + +The traveller, descending from the slopes of Luna, even as he got his +first view of the Port-of-Venus, would pause by the way, to read the +face, as it were, of so beautiful a dwelling-place, lying away from +the white road, at the point where it began to decline somewhat +steeply to the marsh-land below. The building of pale red and yellow +marble, mellowed by age, which he saw beyond the gates, was indeed +but the exquisite [19] fragment of a once large and sumptuous villa. +Two centuries of the play of the sea-wind were in the velvet of the +mosses which lay along its inaccessible ledges and angles. Here and +there the marble plates had slipped from their places, where the +delicate weeds had forced their way. The graceful wildness which +prevailed in garden and farm gave place to a singular nicety about +the actual habitation, and a still more scrupulous sweetness and +order reigned within. The old Roman architects seem to have well +understood the decorative value of the floor--the real economy there +was, in the production of rich interior effect, of a somewhat lavish +expenditure upon the surface they trod on. The pavement of the hall +had lost something of its evenness; but, though a little rough to the +foot, polished and cared for like a piece of silver, looked, as +mosaic-work is apt to do, its best in old age. Most noticeable among +the ancestral masks, each in its little cedarn chest below the +cornice, was that of the wasteful but elegant Marcellus, with the +quaint resemblance in its yellow waxen features to Marius, just then +so full of animation and country colour. A chamber, curved +ingeniously into oval form, which he had added to the mansion, still +contained his collection of works of art; above all, that head of +Medusa, for which the villa was famous. The spoilers of one of the +old Greek towns on the coast had flung away or lost the [20] thing, +as it seemed, in some rapid flight across the river below, from the +sands of which it was drawn up in a fisherman's net, with the fine +golden laminae still clinging here and there to the bronze. It was +Marcellus also who had contrived the prospect-tower of two storeys +with the white pigeon-house above, so characteristic of the place. +The little glazed windows in the uppermost chamber framed each its +dainty landscape--the pallid crags of Carrara, like wildly twisted +snow-drifts above the purple heath; the distant harbour with its +freight of white marble going to sea; the lighthouse temple of Venus +Speciosa on its dark headland, amid the long-drawn curves of white +breakers. Even on summer nights the air there had always a motion in +it, and drove the scent of the new-mown hay along all the passages of +the house. + +Something pensive, spell-bound, and but half real, something +cloistral or monastic, as we should say, united to this exquisite +order, made the whole place seem to Marius, as it were, sacellum, the +peculiar sanctuary, of his mother, who, still in real widowhood, +provided the deceased Marius the elder with that secondary sort of +life which we can give to the dead, in our intensely realised memory +of them--the "subjective immortality," to use a modern phrase, for +which many a Roman epitaph cries out plaintively to widow or sister +or daughter, still in the land of the living. Certainly, if any [21] +such considerations regarding them do reach the shadowy people, he +enjoyed that secondary existence, that warm place still left, in +thought at least, beside the living, the desire for which is +actually, in various forms, so great a motive with most of us. And +Marius the younger, even thus early, came to think of women's tears, +of women's hands to lay one to rest, in death as in the sleep of +childhood, as a sort of natural want. The soft lines of the white +hands and face, set among the many folds of the veil and stole of the +Roman widow, busy upon her needlework, or with music sometimes, +defined themselves for him as the typical expression of maternity. +Helping her with her white and purple wools, and caring for her +musical instruments, he won, as if from the handling of such things, +an urbane and feminine refinement, qualifying duly his country-grown +habits--the sense of a certain delicate blandness, which he relished, +above all, on returning to the "chapel" of his mother, after long +days of open-air exercise, in winter or stormy summer. For poetic +souls in old Italy felt, hardly less strongly than the English, the +pleasures of winter, of the hearth, with the very dead warm in its +generous heat, keeping the young myrtles in flower, though the hail +is beating hard without. One important principle, of fruit +afterwards in his Roman life, that relish for the country fixed +deeply in him; in the winters especially, when the sufferings of [22] +the animal world became so palpable even to the least observant. It +fixed in him a sympathy for all creatures, for the almost human +troubles and sicknesses of the flocks, for instance. It was a +feeling which had in it something of religious veneration for life as +such--for that mysterious essence which man is powerless to create in +even the feeblest degree. One by one, at the desire of his mother, +the lad broke down his cherished traps and springes for the hungry +wild birds on the salt marsh. A white bird, she told him once, +looking at him gravely, a bird which he must carry in his bosom +across a crowded public place--his own soul was like that! Would it +reach the hands of his good genius on the opposite side, unruffled +and unsoiled? And as his mother became to him the very type of +maternity in things, its unfailing pity and protectiveness, and +maternity itself the central type of all love;--so, that beautiful +dwelling-place lent the reality of concrete outline to a peculiar +ideal of home, which throughout the rest of his life he seemed, amid +many distractions of spirit, to be ever seeking to regain. + +And a certain vague fear of evil, constitutional in him, enhanced +still further this sentiment of home as a place of tried security. +His religion, that old Italian religion, in contrast with the really +light-hearted religion of Greece, had its deep undercurrent of gloom, +its sad, haunting imageries, not exclusively confined to the walls +[23] of Etruscan tombs. The function of the conscience, not always +as the prompter of gratitude for benefits received, but oftenest as +his accuser before those angry heavenly masters, had a large part in +it; and the sense of some unexplored evil, ever dogging his +footsteps, made him oddly suspicious of particular places and +persons. Though his liking for animals was so strong, yet one fierce +day in early summer, as he walked along a narrow road, he had seen +the snakes breeding, and ever afterwards avoided that place and its +ugly associations, for there was something in the incident which made +food distasteful and his sleep uneasy for many days afterwards. The +memory of it however had almost passed away, when at the corner of a +street in Pisa, he came upon an African showman exhibiting a great +serpent: once more, as the reptile writhed, the former painful +impression revived: it was like a peep into the lower side of the +real world, and again for many days took all sweetness from food and +sleep. He wondered at himself indeed, trying to puzzle out the +secret of that repugnance, having no particular dread of a snake's +bite, like one of his companions, who had put his hand into the mouth +of an old garden-god and roused there a sluggish viper. A kind of +pity even mingled with his aversion, and he could hardly have killed +or injured the animals, which seemed already to suffer by the very +circumstance of their life, being what they [24] were. It was +something like a fear of the supernatural, or perhaps rather a moral +feeling, for the face of a great serpent, with no grace of fur or +feathers, so different from quadruped or bird, has a sort of humanity +of aspect in its spotted and clouded nakedness. There was a +humanity, dusty and sordid and as if far gone in corruption, in the +sluggish coil, as it awoke suddenly into one metallic spring of pure +enmity against him. Long afterwards, when it happened that at Rome +he saw, a second time, a showman with his serpents, he remembered the +night which had then followed, thinking, in Saint Augustine's vein, +on the real greatness of those little troubles of children, of which +older people make light; but with a sudden gratitude also, as he +reflected how richly possessed his life had actually been by +beautiful aspects and imageries, seeing how greatly what was +repugnant to the eye disturbed his peace. + +Thus the boyhood of Marius passed; on the whole, more given to +contemplation than to action. Less prosperous in fortune than at an +earlier day there had been reason to expect, and animating his +solitude, as he read eagerly and intelligently, with the traditions +of the past, already he lived much in the realm of the imagination, +and became betimes, as he was to continue all through life, something +of an idealist, constructing the world for himself in great measure +from within, by the exercise [25] of meditative power. A vein of +subjective philosophy, with the individual for its standard of all +things, there would be always in his intellectual scheme of the world +and of conduct, with a certain incapacity wholly to accept other +men's valuations. And the generation of this peculiar element in his +temper he could trace up to the days when his life had been so like +the reading of a romance to him. Had the Romans a word for +unworldly? The beautiful word umbratilis perhaps comes nearest to +it; and, with that precise sense, might describe the spirit in which +he prepared himself for the sacerdotal function hereditary in his +family--the sort of mystic enjoyment he had in the abstinence, the +strenuous self-control and ascsis, which such preparation involved. +Like the young Ion in the beautiful opening of the play of Euripides, +who every morning sweeps the temple floor with such a fund of +cheerfulness in his service, he was apt to be happy in sacred places, +with a susceptibility to their peculiar influences which he never +outgrew; so that often in after-times, quite unexpectedly, this +feeling would revive in him with undiminished freshness. That first, +early, boyish ideal of priesthood, the sense of dedication, survived +through all the distractions of the world, and when all thought of +such vocation had finally passed from him, as a ministry, in spirit +at least, towards a sort of hieratic beauty and order in the conduct +of life. + +[26] And now what relieved in part this over-tension of soul was the +lad's pleasure in the country and the open air; above all, the ramble +to the coast, over the marsh with its dwarf roses and wild lavender, +and delightful signs, one after another--the abandoned boat, the +ruined flood-gates, the flock of wild birds--that one was approaching +the sea; the long summer-day of idleness among its vague scents and +sounds. And it was characteristic of him that he relished especially +the grave, subdued, northern notes in all that--the charm of the +French or English notes, as we might term them--in the luxuriant +Italian landscape. + +NOTES + +13. *Ad Vigilias Albas. + + + +CHAPTER III: CHANGE OF AIR + +Dilexi decorem domus tuae. + +[27] THAT almost morbid religious idealism, and his healthful love of +the country, were both alike developed by the circumstances of a +journey, which happened about this time, when Marius was taken to a +certain temple of Aesculapius, among the hills of Etruria, as was +then usual in such cases, for the cure of some boyish sickness. The +religion of Aesculapius, though borrowed from Greece, had been +naturalised in Rome in the old republican times; but had reached +under the Antonines the height of its popularity throughout the Roman +world. That was an age of valetudinarians, in many instances of +imaginary ones; but below its various crazes concerning health and +disease, largely multiplied a few years after the time of which I am +speaking by the miseries of a great pestilence, lay a valuable, +because partly practicable, belief that all the maladies of the soul +might be reached through the subtle gateways of the body. + +[28] Salus, salvation, for the Romans, had come to mean bodily +sanity. The religion of the god of bodily health, Salvator, as they +called him absolutely, had a chance just then of becoming the one +religion; that mild and philanthropic son of Apollo surviving, or +absorbing, all other pagan godhead. The apparatus of the medical +art, the salutary mineral or herb, diet or abstinence, and all the +varieties of the bath, came to have a kind of sacramental character, +so deep was the feeling, in more serious minds, of a moral or +spiritual profit in physical health, beyond the obvious bodily +advantages one had of it; the body becoming truly, in that case, but +a quiet handmaid of the soul. The priesthood or "family" of +Aesculapius, a vast college, believed to be in possession of certain +precious medical secrets, came nearest perhaps, of all the +institutions of the pagan world, to the Christian priesthood; the +temples of the god, rich in some instances with the accumulated +thank-offerings of centuries of a tasteful devotion, being really +also a kind of hospitals for the sick, administered in a full +conviction of the religiousness, the refined and sacred happiness, of +a life spent in the relieving of pain. + +Elements of a really experimental and progressive knowledge there +were doubtless amid this devout enthusiasm, bent so faithfully on the +reception of health as a direct gift from God; but for the most part +his care was held to take [29] effect through a machinery easily +capable of misuse for purposes of religious fraud. Through dreams, +above all, inspired by Aesculapius himself, information as to the +cause and cure of a malady was supposed to come to the sufferer, in a +belief based on the truth that dreams do sometimes, for those who +watch them carefully, give many hints concerning the conditions of +the body--those latent weak points at which disease or death may most +easily break into it. In the time of Marcus Aurelius these medical +dreams had become more than ever a fashionable caprice. Aristeides, +the "Orator," a man of undoubted intellectual power, has devoted six +discourses to their interpretation; the really scientific Galen has +recorded how beneficently they had intervened in his own case, at +certain turning-points of life; and a belief in them was one of the +frailties of the wise emperor himself. Partly for the sake of these +dreams, living ministers of the god, more likely to come to one in +his actual dwelling-place than elsewhere, it was almost a necessity +that the patient should sleep one or more nights within the precincts +of a temple consecrated to his service, during which time he must +observe certain rules prescribed by the priests. + +For this purpose, after devoutly saluting the Lares, as was customary +before starting on a journey, Marius set forth one summer morning on +his way to the famous temple which lay [30] among the hills beyond +the valley of the Arnus. It was his greatest adventure hitherto; and +he had much pleasure in all its details, in spite of his +feverishness. Starting early, under the guidance of an old serving- +man who drove the mules, with his wife who took all that was needful +for their refreshment on the way and for the offering at the shrine, +they went, under the genial heat, halting now and then to pluck +certain flowers seen for the first time on these high places, +upwards, through a long day of sunshine, while cliffs and woods sank +gradually below their path. The evening came as they passed along a +steep white road with many windings among the pines, and it was night +when they reached the temple, the lights of which shone out upon them +pausing before the gates of the sacred enclosure, while Marius became +alive to a singular purity in the air. A rippling of water about the +place was the only thing audible, as they waited till two priestly +figures, speaking Greek to one another, admitted them into a large, +white-walled and clearly lighted guest-chamber, in which, while he +partook of a simple but wholesomely prepared supper, Marius still +seemed to feel pleasantly the height they had attained to among the +hills. + +The agreeable sense of all this was spoiled by one thing only, his +old fear of serpents; for it was under the form of a serpent that +Aesculapius [31] had come to Rome, and the last definite thought of +his weary head before he fell asleep had been a dread either that the +god might appear, as he was said sometimes to do, under this hideous +aspect, or perhaps one of those great sallow-hued snakes themselves, +kept in the sacred place, as he had also heard was usual. + +And after an hour's feverish dreaming he awoke--with a cry, it would +seem, for some one had entered the room bearing a light. The +footsteps of the youthful figure which approached and sat by his +bedside were certainly real. Ever afterwards, when the thought arose +in his mind of some unhoped-for but entire relief from distress, like +blue sky in a storm at sea, would come back the memory of that +gracious countenance which, amid all the kindness of its gaze, had +yet a certain air of predominance over him, so that he seemed now for +the first time to have found the master of his spirit. It would have +been sweet to be the servant of him who now sat beside him speaking. + +He caught a lesson from what was then said, still somewhat beyond his +years, a lesson in the skilled cultivation of life, of experience, of +opportunity, which seemed to be the aim of the young priest's +recommendations. The sum of them, through various forgotten +intervals of argument, as might really have happened in a [32] dream, +was the precept, repeated many times under slightly varied aspects, +of a diligent promotion of the capacity of the eye, inasmuch as in +the eye would lie for him the determining influence of life: he was +of the number of those who, in the words of a poet who came long +after, must be "made perfect by the love of visible beauty." The +discourse was conceived from the point of view of a theory Marius +found afterwards in Plato's Phaedrus, which supposes men's spirits +susceptible to certain influences, diffused, after the manner of +streams or currents, by fair things or persons visibly present--green +fields, for instance, or children's faces--into the air around them, +acting, in the case of some peculiar natures, like potent material +essences, and conforming the seer to themselves as with some cunning +physical necessity. This theory,* in itself so fantastic, had +however determined in a range of methodical suggestions, altogether +quaint here and there from their circumstantial minuteness. And +throughout, the possibility of some vision, as of a new city coming +down "like a bride out of heaven," a vision still indeed, it might +seem, a long way off, but to be granted perhaps one day to the eyes +thus trained, was presented as the motive of this laboriously +practical direction. + +"If thou wouldst have all about thee like the colours of some fresh +picture, in a clear [33] light," so the discourse recommenced after a +pause, "be temperate in thy religious notions, in love, in wine, in +all things, and of a peaceful heart with thy fellows." To keep the +eye clear by a sort of exquisite personal alacrity and cleanliness, +extending even to his dwelling-place; to discriminate, ever more and +more fastidiously, select form and colour in things from what was +less select; to meditate much on beautiful visible objects, on +objects, more especially, connected with the period of youth--on +children at play in the morning, the trees in early spring, on young +animals, on the fashions and amusements of young men; to keep ever by +him if it were but a single choice flower, a graceful animal or sea- +shell, as a token and representative of the whole kingdom of such +things; to avoid jealously, in his way through the world, everything +repugnant to sight; and, should any circumstance tempt him to a +general converse in the range of such objects, to disentangle himself +from that circumstance at any cost of place, money, or opportunity; +such were in brief outline the duties recognised, the rights +demanded, in this new formula of life. And it was delivered with +conviction; as if the speaker verily saw into the recesses of the +mental and physical being of the listener, while his own expression +of perfect temperance had in it a fascinating power--the merely +negative element of purity, the mere freedom from taint or flaw, in +exercise [34] as a positive influence. Long afterwards, when Marius +read the Charmides--that other dialogue of Plato, into which he seems +to have expressed the very genius of old Greek temperance--the image +of this speaker came back vividly before him, to take the chief part +in the conversation. + +It was as a weighty sanction of such temperance, in almost visible +symbolism (an outward imagery identifying itself with unseen +moralities) that the memory of that night's double experience, the +dream of the great sallow snake and the utterance of the young +priest, always returned to him, and the contrast therein involved +made him revolt with unfaltering instinct from the bare thought of an +excess in sleep, or diet, or even in matters of taste, still more +from any excess of a coarser kind. + +When he awoke again, still in the exceeding freshness he had felt on +his arrival, and now in full sunlight, it was as if his sickness had +really departed with the terror of the night: a confusion had passed +from the brain, a painful dryness from his hands. Simply to be alive +and there was a delight; and as he bathed in the fresh water set +ready for his use, the air of the room about him seemed like pure +gold, the very shadows rich with colour. Summoned at length by one +of the white-robed brethren, he went out to walk in the temple +garden. At a distance, on either side, his guide pointed out to him +the Houses of Birth and Death, erected for the reception [35] +respectively of women about to become mothers, and of persons about +to die; neither of those incidents being allowed to defile, as was +thought, the actual precincts of the shrine. His visitor of the +previous night he saw nowhere again. But among the official +ministers of the place there was one, already marked as of great +celebrity, whom Marius saw often in later days at Rome, the physician +Galen, now about thirty years old. He was standing, the hood partly +drawn over his face, beside the holy well, as Marius and his guide +approached it. + +This famous well or conduit, primary cause of the temple and its +surrounding institutions, was supplied by the water of a spring +flowing directly out of the rocky foundations of the shrine. From +the rim of its basin rose a circle of trim columns to support a +cupola of singular lightness and grace, itself full of reflected +light from the rippling surface, through which might be traced the +wavy figure-work of the marble lining below as the stream of water +rushed in. Legend told of a visit of Aesculapius to this place, +earlier and happier than his first coming to Rome: an inscription +around the cupola recorded it in letters of gold. "Being come unto +this place the son of God loved it exceedingly:"--Huc profectus +filius Dei maxime amavit hunc locum;--and it was then that that most +intimately human of the gods had given men the well, with all its +salutary properties. The [36] element itself when received into the +mouth, in consequence of its entire freedom from adhering organic +matter, was more like a draught of wonderfully pure air than water; +and after tasting, Marius was told many mysterious circumstances +concerning it, by one and another of the bystanders:--he who drank +often thereof might well think he had tasted of the Homeric lotus, so +great became his desire to remain always on that spot: carried to +other places, it was almost indefinitely conservative of its fine +qualities: nay! a few drops of it would amend other water; and it +flowed not only with unvarying abundance but with a volume so oddly +rhythmical that the well stood always full to the brim, whatever +quantity might be drawn from it, seeming to answer with strange +alacrity of service to human needs, like a true creature and pupil of +the philanthropic god. Certainly the little crowd around seemed to +find singular refreshment in gazing on it. The whole place appeared +sensibly influenced by the amiable and healthful spirit of the thing. +All the objects of the country were there at their freshest. In the +great park-like enclosure for the maintenance of the sacred animals +offered by the convalescent, grass and trees were allowed to grow +with a kind of graceful wildness; otherwise, all was wonderfully +nice. And that freshness seemed to have something moral in its +influence, as if it acted upon the body and the merely bodily [37] +powers of apprehension, through the intelligence; and to the end of +his visit Marius saw no more serpents. + +A lad was just then drawing water for ritual uses, and Marius +followed him as he returned from the well, more and more impressed by +the religiousness of all he saw, on his way through a long cloister +or corridor, the walls well-nigh hidden under votive inscriptions +recording favours from the son of Apollo, and with a distant +fragrance of incense in the air, explained when he turned aside +through an open doorway into the temple itself. His heart bounded as +the refined and dainty magnificence of the place came upon him +suddenly, in the flood of early sunshine, with the ceremonial lights +burning here and there, and withal a singular expression of sacred +order, a surprising cleanliness and simplicity. Certain priests, men +whose countenances bore a deep impression of cultivated mind, each +with his little group of assistants, were gliding round silently to +perform their morning salutation to the god, raising the closed thumb +and finger of the right hand with a kiss in the air, as they came and +went on their sacred business, bearing their frankincense and lustral +water. Around the walls, at such a level that the worshippers might +read, as in a book, the story of the god and his sons, the +brotherhood of the Asclepiadae, ran a series of imageries, in low +relief, their delicate light and shade being [38] heightened, here +and there, with gold. Fullest of inspired and sacred expression, as +if in this place the chisel of the artist had indeed dealt not with +marble but with the very breath of feeling and thought, was the scene +in which the earliest generation of the sons of Aesculapius were +transformed into healing dreams; for "grown now too glorious to abide +longer among men, by the aid of their sire they put away their mortal +bodies, and came into another country, yet not indeed into Elysium +nor into the Islands of the Blest. But being made like to the +immortal gods, they began to pass about through the world, changed +thus far from their first form that they appear eternally young, as +many persons have seen them in many places--ministers and heralds of +their father, passing to and fro over the earth, like gliding stars. +Which thing is, indeed, the most wonderful concerning them!" And in +this scene, as throughout the series, with all its crowded +personages, Marius noted on the carved faces the same peculiar union +of unction, almost of hilarity, with a certain self-possession and +reserve, which was conspicuous in the living ministrants around him. + +In the central space, upon a pillar or pedestal, hung, ex voto, with +the richest personal ornaments, stood the image of Aesculapius +himself, surrounded by choice flowering plants. It presented the +type, still with something of the [39] severity of the earlier art of +Greece about it, not of an aged and crafty physician, but of a youth, +earnest and strong of aspect, carrying an ampulla or bottle in one +hand, and in the other a traveller's staff, a pilgrim among his +pilgrim worshippers; and one of the ministers explained to Marius +this pilgrim guise.--One chief source of the master's knowledge of +healing had been observation of the remedies resorted to by animals +labouring under disease or pain--what leaf or berry the lizard or +dormouse lay upon its wounded fellow; to which purpose for long years +he had led the life of a wanderer, in wild places. The boy took his +place as the last comer, a little way behind the group of worshippers +who stood in front of the image. There, with uplifted face, the +palms of his two hands raised and open before him, and taught by the +priest, he said his collect of thanksgiving and prayer (Aristeides +has recorded it at the end of his Asclepiadae) to the Inspired +Dreams:-- + +"O ye children of Apollo! who in time past have stilled the waves of +sorrow for many people, lighting up a lamp of safety before those who +travel by sea and land, be pleased, in your great condescension, +though ye be equal in glory with your elder brethren the Dioscuri, +and your lot in immortal youth be as theirs, to accept this prayer, +which in sleep and vision ye have inspired. Order it aright, I pray +you, according to your loving-kindness to men. Preserve me [40] from +sickness; and endue my body with such a measure of health as may +suffice it for the obeying of the spirit, that I may pass my days +unhindered and in quietness." + +On the last morning of his visit Marius entered the shrine again, and +just before his departure the priest, who had been his special +director during his stay at the place, lifting a cunningly contrived +panel, which formed the back of one of the carved seats, bade him +look through. What he saw was like the vision of a new world, by the +opening of some unsuspected window in a familiar dwelling-place. He +looked out upon a long-drawn valley of singularly cheerful aspect, +hidden, by the peculiar conformation of the locality, from all points +of observation but this. In a green meadow at the foot of the steep +olive-clad rocks below, the novices were taking their exercise. The +softly sloping sides of the vale lay alike in full sunlight; and its +distant opening was closed by a beautifully formed mountain, from +which the last wreaths of morning mist were rising under the heat. +It might have seemed the very presentment of a land of hope, its +hollows brimful of a shadow of blue flowers; and lo! on the one level +space of the horizon, in a long dark line, were towers and a dome: +and that was Pisa.--Or Rome, was it? asked Marius, ready to believe +the utmost, in his excitement. + +All this served, as he understood afterwards [41] in retrospect, at +once to strengthen and to purify a certain vein of character in him. +Developing the ideal, pre-existent there, of a religious beauty, +associated for the future with the exquisite splendour of the temple +of Aesculapius, as it dawned upon him on that morning of his first +visit--it developed that ideal in connexion with a vivid sense of the +value of mental and bodily sanity. And this recognition of the +beauty, even for the aesthetic sense, of mere bodily health, now +acquired, operated afterwards as an influence morally salutary, +counteracting the less desirable or hazardous tendencies of some +phases of thought, through which he was to pass. + +He came home brown with health to find the health of his mother +failing; and about her death, which occurred not long afterwards, +there was a circumstance which rested with him as the cruellest touch +of all, in an event which for a time seemed to have taken the light +out of the sunshine. She died away from home, but sent for him at +the last, with a painful effort on her part, but to his great +gratitude, pondering, as he always believed, that he might chance +otherwise to look back all his life long upon a single fault with +something like remorse, and find the burden a great one. For it +happened that, through some sudden, incomprehensible petulance there +had been an angry childish gesture, and a slighting word, at the very +moment of her departure, actually for the last time. Remembering +this [42] he would ever afterwards pray to be saved from offences +against his own affections; the thought of that marred parting having +peculiar bitterness for one, who set so much store, both by principle +and habit, on the sentiment of home. + +NOTES + +32. *[Transliteration:] aporro tou kallous. +Translation: +"Emanation from a thing of beauty." + + + +CHAPTER IV: THE TREE OF KNOWLEDGE + + O mare! O littus! verum secretumque Mouseion,+ + quam multa invenitis, quam multa dictatis! + Pliny's Letters. + +[43] IT would hardly have been possible to feel more seriously than +did Marius in those grave years of his early life. But the death of +his mother turned seriousness of feeling into a matter of the +intelligence: it made him a questioner; and, by bringing into full +evidence to him the force of his affections and the probable +importance of their place in his future, developed in him generally +the more human and earthly elements of character. A singularly +virile consciousness of the realities of life pronounced itself in +him; still however as in the main a poetic apprehension, though +united already with something of personal ambition and the instinct +of self-assertion. There were days when he could suspect, though it +was a suspicion he was careful at first to put from him, that that +early, much [44] cherished religion of the villa might come to count +with him as but one form of poetic beauty, or of the ideal, in +things; as but one voice, in a world where there were many voices it +would be a moral weakness not to listen to. And yet this voice, +through its forcible pre-occupation of his childish conscience, still +seemed to make a claim of a quite exclusive character, defining +itself as essentially one of but two possible leaders of his spirit, +the other proposing to him unlimited self-expansion in a world of +various sunshine. The contrast was so pronounced as to make the +easy, light-hearted, unsuspecting exercise of himself, among the +temptations of the new phase of life which had now begun, seem +nothing less than a rival religion, a rival religious service. The +temptations, the various sunshine, were those of the old town of +Pisa, where Marius was now a tall schoolboy. Pisa was a place lying +just far enough from home to make his rare visits to it in childhood +seem like adventures, such as had never failed to supply new and +refreshing impulses to the imagination. The partly decayed pensive +town, which still had its commerce by sea, and its fashion at the +bathing-season, had lent, at one time the vivid memory of its fair +streets of marble, at another the solemn outline of the dark hills of +Luna on its background, at another the living glances of its men and +women, to the thickly gathering crowd [45] of impressions, out of +which his notion of the world was then forming. And while he learned +that the object, the experience, as it will be known to memory, is +really from first to last the chief point for consideration in the +conduct of life, these things were feeding also the idealism +constitutional with him--his innate and habitual longing for a world +altogether fairer than that he saw. The child could find his way in +thought along those streets of the old town, expecting duly the +shrines at their corners, and their recurrent intervals of garden- +courts, or side-views of distant sea. The great temple of the place, +as he could remember it, on turning back once for a last look from an +angle of his homeward road, counting its tall gray columns between +the blue of the bay and the blue fields of blossoming flax beyond; +the harbour and its lights; the foreign ships lying there; the +sailors' chapel of Venus, and her gilded image, hung with votive +gifts; the seamen themselves, their women and children, who had a +whole peculiar colour-world of their own--the boy's superficial +delight in the broad light and shadow of all that was mingled with +the sense of power, of unknown distance, of the danger of storm and +possible death. + +To this place, then, Marius came down now from White-nights, to live +in the house of his guardian or tutor, that he might attend the +school of a famous rhetorician, and learn, among [46] other things, +Greek. The school, one of many imitations of Plato's Academy in the +old Athenian garden, lay in a quiet suburb of Pisa, and had its grove +of cypresses, its porticoes, a house for the master, its chapel and +images. For the memory of Marius in after-days, a clear morning +sunlight seemed to lie perpetually on that severe picture in old gray +and green. The lad went to this school daily betimes, in state at +first, with a young slave to carry the books, and certainly with no +reluctance, for the sight of his fellow-scholars, and their petulant +activity, coming upon the sadder sentimental moods of his childhood, +awoke at once that instinct of emulation which is but the other side +of sympathy; and he was not aware, of course, how completely the +difference of his previous training had made him, even in his most +enthusiastic participation in the ways of that little world, still +essentially but a spectator. While all their heart was in their +limited boyish race, and its transitory prizes, he was already +entertaining himself, very pleasurably meditative, with the tiny +drama in action before him, as but the mimic, preliminary exercise +for a larger contest, and already with an implicit epicureanism. +Watching all the gallant effects of their small rivalries--a scene in +the main of fresh delightful sunshine--he entered at once into the +sensations of a rivalry beyond them, into the passion of men, and had +already recognised a certain [47] appetite for fame, for distinction +among his fellows, as his dominant motive to be. + +The fame he conceived for himself at this time was, as the reader +will have anticipated, of the intellectual order, that of a poet +perhaps. And as, in that gray monastic tranquillity of the villa, +inward voices from the reality of unseen things had come abundantly; +so here, with the sounds and aspects of the shore, and amid the +urbanities, the graceful follies, of a bathing-place, it was the +reality, the tyrannous reality, of things visible that was borne in +upon him. The real world around--a present humanity not less comely, +it might seem, than that of the old heroic days--endowing everything +it touched upon, however remotely, down to its little passing tricks +of fashion even, with a kind of fleeting beauty, exercised over him +just then a great fascination. + +That sense had come upon him in all its power one exceptionally fine +summer, the summer when, at a somewhat earlier age than was usual, he +had formally assumed the dress of manhood, going into the Forum for +that purpose, accompanied by his friends in festal array. At night, +after the full measure of those cloudless days, he would feel well- +nigh wearied out, as if with a long succession of pictures and music. +As he wandered through the gay streets or on the sea-shore, the real +world seemed indeed boundless, and himself almost absolutely free in +it, with a boundless [48] appetite for experience, for adventure, +whether physical or of the spirit. His entire rearing hitherto had +lent itself to an imaginative exaltation of the past; but now the +spectacle actually afforded to his untired and freely open senses, +suggested the reflection that the present had, it might be, really +advanced beyond the past, and he was ready to boast in the very fact +that it was modern. If, in a voluntary archaism, the polite world of +that day went back to a choicer generation, as it fancied, for the +purpose of a fastidious self-correction, in matters of art, of +literature, and even, as we have seen, of religion, at least it +improved, by a shade or two of more scrupulous finish, on the old +pattern; and the new era, like the Neu-zeit of the German enthusiasts +at the beginning of our own century, might perhaps be discerned, +awaiting one just a single step onward--the perfected new manner, in +the consummation of time, alike as regards the things of the +imagination and the actual conduct of life. Only, while the pursuit +of an ideal like this demanded entire liberty of heart and brain, +that old, staid, conservative religion of his childhood certainly had +its being in a world of somewhat narrow restrictions. But then, the +one was absolutely real, with nothing less than the reality of seeing +and hearing--the other, how vague, shadowy, problematical! Could its +so limited probabilities be worth taking into account in any +practical question as to the rejecting or receiving [49] of what was +indeed so real, and, on the face of it, so desirable? + +And, dating from the time of his first coming to school, a great +friendship had grown up for him, in that life of so few attachments-- +the pure and disinterested friendship of schoolmates. He had seen +Flavian for the first time the day on which he had come to Pisa, at +the moment when his mind was full of wistful thoughts regarding the +new life to begin for him to-morrow, and he gazed curiously at the +crowd of bustling scholars as they came from their classes. There +was something in Flavian a shade disdainful, as he stood isolated +from the others for a moment, explained in part by his stature and +the distinction of the low, broad forehead; though there was +pleasantness also for the newcomer in the roving blue eyes which +seemed somehow to take a fuller hold upon things around than is usual +with boys. Marius knew that those proud glances made kindly note of +him for a moment, and felt something like friendship at first sight. +There was a tone of reserve or gravity there, amid perfectly +disciplined health, which, to his fancy, seemed to carry forward the +expression of the austere sky and the clear song of the blackbird on +that gray March evening. Flavian indeed was a creature who changed +much with the changes of the passing light and shade about him, and +was brilliant enough under the early sunshine in [50] school next +morning. Of all that little world of more or less gifted youth, +surely the centre was this lad of servile birth. Prince of the +school, he had gained an easy dominion over the old Greek master by +the fascination of his parts, and over his fellow-scholars by the +figure he bore. He wore already the manly dress; and standing there +in class, as he displayed his wonderful quickness in reckoning, or +his taste in declaiming Homer, he was like a carved figure in motion, +thought Marius, but with that indescribable gleam upon it which the +words of Homer actually suggested, as perceptible on the visible +forms of the gods--hoia theous epennothen aien eontas.+ + +A story hung by him, a story which his comrades acutely connected +with his habitual air of somewhat peevish pride. Two points were +held to be clear amid its general vagueness--a rich stranger paid his +schooling, and he was himself very poor, though there was an +attractive piquancy in the poverty of Flavian which in a scholar of +another figure might have been despised. Over Marius too his +dominion was entire. Three years older than he, Flavian was +appointed to help the younger boy in his studies, and Marius thus +became virtually his servant in many things, taking his humours with +a sort of grateful pride in being noticed at all, and, thinking over +all this afterwards, found that the [51] fascination experienced by +him had been a sentimental one, dependent on the concession to +himself of an intimacy, a certain tolerance of his company, granted +to none beside. + +That was in the earliest days; and then, as their intimacy grew, the +genius, the intellectual power of Flavian began its sway over him. +The brilliant youth who loved dress, and dainty food, and flowers, +and seemed to have a natural alliance with, and claim upon, +everything else which was physically select and bright, cultivated +also that foppery of words, of choice diction which was common among +the lite spirits of that day; and Marius, early an expert and +elegant penman, transcribed his verses (the euphuism of which, amid a +genuine original power, was then so delightful to him) in beautiful +ink, receiving in return the profit of Flavian's really great +intellectual capacities, developed and accomplished under the +ambitious desire to make his way effectively in life. Among other +things he introduced him to the writings of a sprightly wit, then +very busy with the pen, one Lucian--writings seeming to overflow with +that intellectual light turned upon dim places, which, at least in +seasons of mental fair weather, can make people laugh where they have +been wont, perhaps, to pray. And, surely, the sunlight which filled +those well-remembered early mornings in school, had had more than the +usual measure of gold in it! [52] Marius, at least, would lie awake +before the time, thinking with delight of the long coming hours of +hard work in the presence of Flavian, as other boys dream of a +holiday. + +It was almost by accident at last, so wayward and capricious was he, +that reserve gave way, and Flavian told the story of his father--a +freedman, presented late in life, and almost against his will, with +the liberty so fondly desired in youth, but on condition of the +sacrifice of part of his peculium--the slave's diminutive hoard-- +amassed by many a self-denial, in an existence necessarily hard. The +rich man, interested in the promise of the fair child born on his +estate, had sent him to school. The meanness and dejection, +nevertheless, of that unoccupied old age defined the leading memory +of Flavian, revived sometimes, after this first confidence, with a +burst of angry tears amid the sunshine. But nature had had her +economy in nursing the strength of that one natural affection; for, +save his half-selfish care for Marius, it was the single, really +generous part, the one piety, in the lad's character. In him Marius +saw the spirit of unbelief, achieved as if at one step. The much- +admired freedman's son, as with the privilege of a natural +aristocracy, believed only in himself, in the brilliant, and mainly +sensuous gifts, he had, or meant to acquire. + +And then, he had certainly yielded himself, [53] though still with +untouched health, in a world where manhood comes early, to the +seductions of that luxurious town, and Marius wondered sometimes, in +the freer revelation of himself by conversation, at the extent of his +early corruption. How often, afterwards, did evil things present +themselves in malign association with the memory of that beautiful +head, and with a kind of borrowed sanction and charm in its natural +grace! To Marius, at a later time, he counted for as it were an +epitome of the whole pagan world, the depth of its corruption, and +its perfection of form. And still, in his mobility, his animation, +in his eager capacity for various life, he was so real an object, +after that visionary idealism of the villa. His voice, his glance, +were like the breaking in of the solid world upon one, amid the +flimsy fictions of a dream. A shadow, handling all things as +shadows, had felt a sudden real and poignant heat in them. + +Meantime, under his guidance, Marius was learning quickly and +abundantly, because with a good will. There was that in the actual +effectiveness of his figure which stimulated the younger lad to make +the most of opportunity; and he had experience already that education +largely increased one's capacity for enjoyment. He was acquiring +what it is the chief function of all higher education to impart, the +art, namely, of so relieving the ideal or poetic traits, [54] the +elements of distinction, in our everyday life--of so exclusively +living in them--that the unadorned remainder of it, the mere drift or +dbris of our days, comes to be as though it were not. And the +consciousness of this aim came with the reading of one particular +book, then fresh in the world, with which he fell in about this time- +-a book which awakened the poetic or romantic capacity as perhaps +some other book might have done, but was peculiar in giving it a +direction emphatically sensuous. It made him, in that visionary +reception of every-day life, the seer, more especially, of a +revelation in colour and form. If our modern education, in its +better efforts, really conveys to any of us that kind of idealising +power, it does so (though dealing mainly, as its professed +instruments, with the most select and ideal remains of ancient +literature) oftenest by truant reading; and thus it happened also, +long ago, with Marius and his friend. + +NOTES + +43. +Transliteration: Mouseion. The word means "seat of the muses." +Translation: "O sea! O shore! my own Helicon, / How many things have +you uncovered to me, how many things suggested!" Pliny, Letters, +Book I, ix, to Minicius Fundanus. + +50. +Transliteration: hoia theous epennothen aien eontas. Translation: +"such as the gods are endowed with." Homer, Odyssey, 8.365. + + + +CHAPTER V: THE GOLDEN BOOK + +[55] THE two lads were lounging together over a book, half-buried in +a heap of dry corn, in an old granary--the quiet corner to which they +had climbed out of the way of their noisier companions on one of +their blandest holiday afternoons. They looked round: the western +sun smote through the broad chinks of the shutters. How like a +picture! and it was precisely the scene described in what they were +reading, with just that added poetic touch in the book which made it +delightful and select, and, in the actual place, the ray of sunlight +transforming the rough grain among the cool brown shadows into heaps +of gold. What they were intent on was, indeed, the book of books, +the "golden" book of that day, a gift to Flavian, as was shown by the +purple writing on the handsome yellow wrapper, following the title +Flaviane!--it said, + + Flaviane! lege Felicitur! + Flaviane! Vivas! Fioreas! + Flaviane! Vivas! Gaudeas! + +[56] It was perfumed with oil of sandal-wood, and decorated with +carved and gilt ivory bosses at the ends of the roller. + +And the inside was something not less dainty and fine, full of the +archaisms and curious felicities in which that generation delighted, +quaint terms and images picked fresh from the early dramatists, the +lifelike phrases of some lost poet preserved by an old grammarian, +racy morsels of the vernacular and studied prettinesses:--all alike, +mere playthings for the genuine power and natural eloquence of the +erudite artist, unsuppressed by his erudition, which, however, made +some people angry, chiefly less well "got-up" people, and especially +those who were untidy from indolence. + +No! it was certainly not that old-fashioned, unconscious ease of the +early literature, which could never come again; which, after all, had +had more in common with the "infinite patience" of Apuleius than with +the hack-work readiness of his detractors, who might so well have +been "self-conscious" of going slip-shod. And at least his success +was unmistakable as to the precise literary effect he had intended, +including a certain tincture of "neology" in expression--nonnihil +interdum elocutione novella parum signatum--in the language of +Cornelius Fronto, the contemporary prince of rhetoricians. What +words he had found for conveying, with a single touch, the sense of +textures, colours, [57] incidents! "Like jewellers' work! Like a +myrrhine vase!"--admirers said of his writing. "The golden fibre in +the hair, the gold thread-work in the gown marked her as the +mistress"--aurum in comis et in tunicis, ibi inflexum hic intextum, +matronam profecto confitebatur--he writes, with his "curious +felicity," of one of his heroines. Aurum intextum: gold fibre:-- +well! there was something of that kind in his own work. And then, in +an age when people, from the emperor Aurelius downwards, prided +themselves unwisely on writing in Greek, he had written for Latin +people in their own tongue; though still, in truth, with all the care +of a learned language. Not less happily inventive were the incidents +recorded--story within story--stories with the sudden, unlooked-for +changes of dreams. He had his humorous touches also. And what went +to the ordinary boyish taste, in those somewhat peculiar readers, +what would have charmed boys more purely boyish, was the adventure:-- +the bear loose in the house at night, the wolves storming the farms +in winter, the exploits of the robbers, their charming caves, the +delightful thrill one had at the question--"Don't you know that these +roads are infested by robbers?" + +The scene of the romance was laid in Thessaly, the original land of +witchcraft, and took one up and down its mountains, and into its old +weird towns, haunts of magic and [58] incantation, where all the more +genuine appliances of the black art, left behind her by Medea when +she fled through that country, were still in use. In the city of +Hypata, indeed, nothing seemed to be its true self--"You might think +that through the murmuring of some cadaverous spell, all things had +been changed into forms not their own; that there was humanity in the +hardness of the stones you stumbled on; that the birds you heard +singing were feathered men; that the trees around the walls drew +their leaves from a like source. The statues seemed about to move, +the walls to speak, the dumb cattle to break out in prophecy; nay! +the very sky and the sunbeams, as if they might suddenly cry out." +Witches are there who can draw down the moon, or at least the lunar +virus--that white fluid she sheds, to be found, so rarely, "on high, +heathy places: which is a poison. A touch of it will drive men mad." + +And in one very remote village lives the sorceress Pamphile, who +turns her neighbours into various animals. What true humour in the +scene where, after mounting the rickety stairs, Lucius, peeping +curiously through a chink in the door, is a spectator of the +transformation of the old witch herself into a bird, that she may +take flight to the object of her affections--into an owl! "First she +stripped off every rag she had. Then opening a certain chest she +took from it many small boxes, and removing the lid [59] of one of +them, rubbed herself over for a long time, from head to foot, with an +ointment it contained, and after much low muttering to her lamp, +began to jerk at last and shake her limbs. And as her limbs moved to +and fro, out burst the soft feathers: stout wings came forth to view: +the nose grew hard and hooked: her nails were crooked into claws; and +Pamphile was an owl. She uttered a queasy screech; and, leaping +little by little from the ground, making trial of herself, fled +presently, on full wing, out of doors." + +By clumsy imitation of this process, Lucius, the hero of the romance, +transforms himself, not as he had intended into a showy winged +creature, but into the animal which has given name to the book; for +throughout it there runs a vein of racy, homely satire on the love of +magic then prevalent, curiosity concerning which had led Lucius to +meddle with the old woman's appliances. "Be you my Venus," he says +to the pretty maid-servant who has introduced him to the view of +Pamphile, "and let me stand by you a winged Cupid!" and, freely +applying the magic ointment, sees himself transformed, "not into a +bird, but into an ass!" + +Well! the proper remedy for his distress is a supper of roses, could +such be found, and many are his quaintly picturesque attempts to come +by them at that adverse season; as he contrives to do at last, when, +the grotesque procession of Isis [60] passing by with a bear and +other strange animals in its train, the ass following along with the +rest suddenly crunches the chaplet of roses carried in the High- +priest's hand. + +Meantime, however, he must wait for the spring, with more than the +outside of an ass; "though I was not so much a fool, nor so truly an +ass," he tells us, when he happens to be left alone with a daintily +spread table, "as to neglect this most delicious fare, and feed upon +coarse hay." For, in truth, all through the book, there is an +unmistakably real feeling for asses, with bold touches like Swift's, +and a genuine animal breadth. Lucius was the original ass, who +peeping slily from the window of his hiding-place forgot all about +the big shade he cast just above him, and gave occasion to the joke +or proverb about "the peeping ass and his shadow." + +But the marvellous, delight in which is one of the really serious +elements in most boys, passed at times, those young readers still +feeling its fascination, into what French writers call the macabre-- +that species of almost insane pre-occupation with the materialities +of our mouldering flesh, that luxury of disgust in gazing on +corruption, which was connected, in this writer at least, with not a +little obvious coarseness. It was a strange notion of the gross lust +of the actual world, that Marius took from some of these episodes. +"I am told," they read, "that [61] when foreigners are interred, the +old witches are in the habit of out-racing the funeral procession, to +ravage the corpse"--in order to obtain certain cuttings and remnants +from it, with which to injure the living--"especially if the witch +has happened to cast her eye upon some goodly young man." And the +scene of the night-watching of a dead body lest the witches should +come to tear off the flesh with their teeth, is worthy of Thophile +Gautier. + +But set as one of the episodes in the main narrative, a true gem amid +its mockeries, its coarse though genuine humanity, its burlesque +horrors, came the tale of Cupid and Psyche, full of brilliant, life- +like situations, speciosa locis, and abounding in lovely visible +imagery (one seemed to see and handle the golden hair, the fresh +flowers, the precious works of art in it!) yet full also of a gentle +idealism, so that you might take it, if you chose, for an allegory. +With a concentration of all his finer literary gifts, Apuleius had +gathered into it the floating star-matter of many a delightful old +story.-- + +The Story of Cupid and Psyche. + +In a certain city lived a king and queen who had three daughters +exceeding fair. But the beauty of the elder sisters, though pleasant +to behold, yet passed not the measure of human praise, while such was +the loveliness of the [62] youngest that men's speech was too poor to +commend it worthily and could express it not at all. Many of the +citizens and of strangers, whom the fame of this excellent vision had +gathered thither, confounded by that matchless beauty, could but kiss +the finger-tips of their right hands at sight of her, as in adoration +to the goddess Venus herself. And soon a rumour passed through the +country that she whom the blue deep had borne, forbearing her divine +dignity, was even then moving among men, or that by some fresh +germination from the stars, not the sea now, but the earth, had put +forth a new Venus, endued with the flower of virginity. + +This belief, with the fame of the maiden's loveliness, went daily +further into distant lands, so that many people were drawn together +to behold that glorious model of the age. Men sailed no longer to +Paphos, to Cnidus or Cythera, to the presence of the goddess Venus: +her sacred rites were neglected, her images stood uncrowned, the cold +ashes were left to disfigure her forsaken altars. It was to a maiden +that men's prayers were offered, to a human countenance they looked, +in propitiating so great a godhead: when the girl went forth in the +morning they strewed flowers on her way, and the victims proper to +that unseen goddess were presented as she passed along. This +conveyance of divine worship to a mortal kindled meantime the anger +of the true Venus. "Lo! now, the ancient [63] parent of nature," she +cried, "the fountain of all elements! Behold me, Venus, benign +mother of the world, sharing my honours with a mortal maiden, while +my name, built up in heaven, is profaned by the mean things of +earth! Shall a perishable woman bear my image about with her? In +vain did the shepherd of Ida prefer me! Yet shall she have little +joy, whosoever she be, of her usurped and unlawful loveliness!" +Thereupon she called to her that winged, bold boy, of evil ways, who +wanders armed by night through men's houses, spoiling their +marriages; and stirring yet more by her speech his inborn wantonness, +she led him to the city, and showed him Psyche as she walked. + +"I pray thee," she said, "give thy mother a full revenge. Let this +maid become the slave of an unworthy love." Then, embracing him +closely, she departed to the shore and took her throne upon the crest +of the wave. And lo! at her unuttered will, her ocean-servants are +in waiting: the daughters of Nereus are there singing their song, and +Portunus, and Salacia, and the tiny charioteer of the dolphin, with a +host of Tritons leaping through the billows. And one blows softly +through his sounding sea-shell, another spreads a silken web against +the sun, a third presents the mirror to the eyes of his mistress, +while the others swim side by side below, drawing her chariot. Such +was the escort of Venus as she went upon the sea. + +[64] Psyche meantime, aware of her loveliness, had no fruit thereof. +All people regarded and admired, but none sought her in marriage. It +was but as on the finished work of the craftsman that they gazed upon +that divine likeness. Her sisters, less fair than she, were happily +wedded. She, even as a widow, sitting at home, wept over her +desolation, hating in her heart the beauty in which all men were +pleased. + +And the king, supposing the gods were angry, inquired of the oracle +of Apollo, and Apollo answered him thus: "Let the damsel be placed on +the top of a certain mountain, adorned as for the bed of marriage and +of death. Look not for a son-in-law of mortal birth; but for that +evil serpent-thing, by reason of whom even the gods tremble and the +shadows of Styx are afraid." + +So the king returned home and made known the oracle to his wife. For +many days she lamented, but at last the fulfilment of the divine +precept is urgent upon her, and the company make ready to conduct the +maiden to her deadly bridal. And now the nuptial torch gathers dark +smoke and ashes: the pleasant sound of the pipe is changed into a +cry: the marriage hymn concludes in a sorrowful wailing: below her +yellow wedding-veil the bride shook away her tears; insomuch that the +whole city was afflicted together at the ill-luck of the stricken +house. + +But the mandate of the god impelled the hapless Psyche to her fate, +and, these solemnities [65] being ended, the funeral of the living +soul goes forth, all the people following. Psyche, bitterly weeping, +assists not at her marriage but at her own obsequies, and while the +parents hesitate to accomplish a thing so unholy the daughter cries +to them: "Wherefore torment your luckless age by long weeping? This +was the prize of my extraordinary beauty! When all people celebrated +us with divine honours, and in one voice named the New Venus, it was +then ye should have wept for me as one dead. Now at last I +understand that that one name of Venus has been my ruin. Lead me and +set me upon the appointed place. I am in haste to submit to that +well-omened marriage, to behold that goodly spouse. Why delay the +coming of him who was born for the destruction of the whole world?" + +She was silent, and with firm step went on the way. And they +proceeded to the appointed place on a steep mountain, and left there +the maiden alone, and took their way homewards dejectedly. The +wretched parents, in their close-shut house, yielded themselves to +perpetual night; while to Psyche, fearful and trembling and weeping +sore upon the mountain-top, comes the gentle Zephyrus. He lifts her +mildly, and, with vesture afloat on either side, bears her by his own +soft breathing over the windings of the hills, and sets her lightly +among the flowers in the bosom of a valley below. + +Psyche, in those delicate grassy places, lying [66] sweetly on her +dewy bed, rested from the agitation of her soul and arose in peace. +And lo! a grove of mighty trees, with a fount of water, clear as +glass, in the midst; and hard by the water, a dwelling-place, built +not by human hands but by some divine cunning. One recognised, even +at the entering, the delightful hostelry of a god. Golden pillars +sustained the roof, arched most curiously in cedar-wood and ivory. +The walls were hidden under wrought silver:--all tame and woodland +creatures leaping forward to the visitor's gaze. Wonderful indeed +was the craftsman, divine or half-divine, who by the subtlety of his +art had breathed so wild a soul into the silver! The very pavement +was distinct with pictures in goodly stones. In the glow of its +precious metal the house is its own daylight, having no need of the +sun. Well might it seem a place fashioned for the conversation of +gods with men! + +Psyche, drawn forward by the delight of it, came near, and, her +courage growing, stood within the doorway. One by one, she admired +the beautiful things she saw; and, most wonderful of all! no lock, no +chain, nor living guardian protected that great treasure house. But +as she gazed there came a voice--a voice, as it were unclothed of +bodily vesture--"Mistress!" it said, "all these things are thine. +Lie down, and relieve thy weariness, and rise again for the bath when +thou wilt. We thy servants, whose [67] voice thou hearest, will be +beforehand with our service, and a royal feast shall be ready." + +And Psyche understood that some divine care was providing, and, +refreshed with sleep and the Bath, sat down to the feast. Still she +saw no one: only she heard words falling here and there, and had +voices alone to serve her. And the feast being ended, one entered +the chamber and sang to her unseen, while another struck the chords +of a harp, invisible with him who played on it. Afterwards the sound +of a company singing together came to her, but still so that none +were present to sight; yet it appeared that a great multitude of +singers was there. + +And the hour of evening inviting her, she climbed into the bed; and +as the night was far advanced, behold a sound of a certain clemency +approaches her. Then, fearing for her maidenhood in so great +solitude, she trembled, and more than any evil she knew dreaded that +she knew not. And now the husband, that unknown husband, drew near, +and ascended the couch, and made her his wife; and lo! before the +rise of dawn he had departed hastily. And the attendant voices +ministered to the needs of the newly married. And so it happened +with her for a long season. And as nature has willed, this new +thing, by continual use, became a delight to her: the sound of the +voice grew to be her solace in that condition of loneliness and +uncertainty. + +[68] One night the bridegroom spoke thus to his beloved, "O Psyche, +most pleasant bride! Fortune is grown stern with us, and threatens +thee with mortal peril. Thy sisters, troubled at the report of thy +death and seeking some trace of thee, will come to the mountain's +top. But if by chance their cries reach thee, answer not, neither +look forth at all, lest thou bring sorrow upon me and destruction +upon thyself." Then Psyche promised that she would do according to +his will. But the bridegroom was fled away again with the night. +And all that day she spent in tears, repeating that she was now dead +indeed, shut up in that golden prison, powerless to console her +sisters sorrowing after her, or to see their faces; and so went to +rest weeping. + +And after a while came the bridegroom again, and lay down beside her, +and embracing her as she wept, complained, "Was this thy promise, my +Psyche? What have I to hope from thee? Even in the arms of thy +husband thou ceasest not from pain. Do now as thou wilt. Indulge +thine own desire, though it seeks what will ruin thee. Yet wilt thou +remember my warning, repentant too late." Then, protesting that she +is like to die, she obtains from him that he suffer her to see her +sisters, and present to them moreover what gifts she would of golden +ornaments; but therewith he ofttimes advised her never at any time, +yielding to pernicious counsel, to enquire concerning his bodily +form, lest she fall, [69] through unholy curiosity, from so great a +height of fortune, nor feel ever his embrace again. "I would die a +hundred times," she said, cheerful at last, "rather than be deprived +of thy most sweet usage. I love thee as my own soul, beyond +comparison even with Love himself. Only bid thy servant Zephyrus +bring hither my sisters, as he brought me. My honeycomb! My +husband! Thy Psyche's breath of life!" So he promised; and after +the embraces of the night, ere the light appeared, vanished from the +hands of his bride. + +And the sisters, coming to the place where Psyche was abandoned, wept +loudly among the rocks, and called upon her by name, so that the +sound came down to her, and running out of the palace distraught, she +cried, "Wherefore afflict your souls with lamentation? I whom you +mourn am here." Then, summoning Zephyrus, she reminded him of her +husband's bidding; and he bare them down with a gentle blast. "Enter +now," she said, "into my house, and relieve your sorrow in the +company of Psyche your sister." + +And Psyche displayed to them all the treasures of the golden house, +and its great family of ministering voices, nursing in them the +malice which was already at their hearts. And at last one of them +asks curiously who the lord of that celestial array may be, and what +manner of man her husband? And Psyche [70] answered dissemblingly, +"A young man, handsome and mannerly, with a goodly beard. For the +most part he hunts upon the mountains." And lest the secret should +slip from her in the way of further speech, loading her sisters with +gold and gems, she commanded Zephyrus to bear them away. + +And they returned home, on fire with envy. "See now the injustice of +fortune!" cried one. "We, the elder children, are given like +servants to be the wives of strangers, while the youngest is +possessed of so great riches, who scarcely knows how to use them. +You saw, Sister! what a hoard of wealth lies in the house; what +glittering gowns; what splendour of precious gems, besides all that +gold trodden under foot. If she indeed hath, as she said, a +bridegroom so goodly, then no one in all the world is happier. And +it may be that this husband, being of divine nature, will make her +too a goddess. Nay! so in truth it is. It was even thus she bore +herself. Already she looks aloft and breathes divinity, who, though +but a woman, has voices for her handmaidens, and can command the +winds." "Think," answered the other, "how arrogantly she dealt with +us, grudging us these trifling gifts out of all that store, and when +our company became a burden, causing us to be hissed and driven away +from her through the air! But I am no woman if she keep her hold on +this great fortune; and if the insult done us has touched [71] thee +too, take we counsel together. Meanwhile let us hold our peace, and +know naught of her, alive or dead. For they are not truly happy of +whose happiness other folk are unaware." + +And the bridegroom, whom still she knows not, warns her thus a second +time, as he talks with her by night: "Seest thou what peril besets +thee? Those cunning wolves have made ready for thee their snares, of +which the sum is that they persuade thee to search into the fashion +of my countenance, the seeing of which, as I have told thee often, +will be the seeing of it no more for ever. But do thou neither +listen nor make answer to aught regarding thy husband. Besides, we +have sown also the seed of our race. Even now this bosom grows with +a child to be born to us, a child, if thou but keep our secret, of +divine quality; if thou profane it, subject to death." And Psyche +was glad at the tidings, rejoicing in that solace of a divine seed, +and in the glory of that pledge of love to be, and the dignity of the +name of mother. Anxiously she notes the increase of the days, the +waning months. And again, as he tarries briefly beside her, the +bridegroom repeats his warning: + +"Even now the sword is drawn with which thy sisters seek thy life. +Have pity on thyself, sweet wife, and upon our child, and see not +those evil women again." But the sisters make their way into the +palace once more, crying to her in [72] wily tones, "O Psyche! and +thou too wilt be a mother! How great will be the joy at home! Happy +indeed shall we be to have the nursing of the golden child. Truly if +he be answerable to the beauty of his parents, it will be a birth of +Cupid himself." + +So, little by little, they stole upon the heart of their sister. +She, meanwhile, bids the lyre to sound for their delight, and the +playing is heard: she bids the pipes to move, the quire to sing, and +the music and the singing come invisibly, soothing the mind of the +listener with sweetest modulation. Yet not even thereby was their +malice put to sleep: once more they seek to know what manner of +husband she has, and whence that seed. And Psyche, simple over-much, +forgetful of her first story, answers, "My husband comes from a far +country, trading for great sums. He is already of middle age, with +whitening locks." And therewith she dismisses them again. + +And returning home upon the soft breath of Zephyrus one cried to the +other, "What shall be said of so ugly a lie? He who was a young man +with goodly beard is now in middle life. It must be that she told a +false tale: else is she in very truth ignorant what manner of man he +is. Howsoever it be, let us destroy her quickly. For if she indeed +knows not, be sure that her bridegroom is one of the gods: it is a +god she bears in her womb. And let [73] that be far from us! If she +be called mother of a god, then will life be more than I can bear." + +So, full of rage against her, they returned to Psyche, and said to +her craftily, "Thou livest in an ignorant bliss, all incurious of thy +real danger. It is a deadly serpent, as we certainly know, that +comes to sleep at thy side. Remember the words of the oracle, which +declared thee destined to a cruel beast. There are those who have +seen it at nightfall, coming back from its feeding. In no long time, +they say, it will end its blandishments. It but waits for the babe +to be formed in thee, that it may devour thee by so much the richer. +If indeed the solitude of this musical place, or it may be the +loathsome commerce of a hidden love, delight thee, we at least in +sisterly piety have done our part." And at last the unhappy Psyche, +simple and frail of soul, carried away by the terror of their words, +losing memory of her husband's precepts and her own promise, brought +upon herself a great calamity. Trembling and turning pale, she +answers them, "And they who tell those things, it may be, speak the +truth. For in very deed never have I seen the face of my husband, +nor know I at all what manner of man he is. Always he frights me +diligently from the sight of him, threatening some great evil should +I too curiously look upon his face. Do ye, if ye can help your +sister in her great peril, stand by her now." + +[74] Her sisters answered her, "The way of safety we have well +considered, and will teach thee. Take a sharp knife, and hide it in +that part of the couch where thou art wont to lie: take also a lamp +filled with oil, and set it Privily behind the curtain. And when he +shall have drawn up his coils into the accustomed place, and thou +hearest him breathe in sleep, slip then from his side and discover +the lamp, and, knife in hand, put forth thy strength, and strike off +the serpent's head." And so they departed in haste. + +And Psyche left alone (alone but for the furies which beset her) is +tossed up and down in her distress, like a wave of the sea; and +though her will is firm, yet, in the moment of putting hand to the +deed, she falters, and is torn asunder by various apprehension of the +great calamity upon her. She hastens and anon delays, now full of +distrust, and now of angry courage: under one bodily form she loathes +the monster and loves the bridegroom. But twilight ushers in the +night; and at length in haste she makes ready for the terrible deed. +Darkness came, and the bridegroom; and he first, after some faint +essay of love, falls into a deep sleep. + +And she, erewhile of no strength, the hard purpose of destiny +assisting her, is confirmed in force. With lamp plucked forth, knife +in hand, she put by her sex; and lo! as the secrets of the bed became +manifest, the sweetest and most gentle of all creatures, Love +himself, reclined [75] there, in his own proper loveliness! At sight +of him the very flame of the lamp kindled more gladly! But Psyche +was afraid at the vision, and, faint of soul, trembled back upon her +knees, and would have hidden the steel in her own bosom. But the +knife slipped from her hand; and now, undone, yet ofttimes looking +upon the beauty of that divine countenance, she lives again. She +sees the locks of that golden head, pleasant with the unction of the +gods, shed down in graceful entanglement behind and before, about the +ruddy cheeks and white throat. The pinions of the winged god, yet +fresh with the dew, are spotless upon his shoulders, the delicate +plumage wavering over them as they lie at rest. Smooth he was, and, +touched with light, worthy of Venus his mother. At the foot of the +couch lay his bow and arrows, the instruments of his power, +propitious to men. + +And Psyche, gazing hungrily thereon, draws an arrow from the quiver, +and trying the point upon her thumb, tremulous still, drave in the +barb, so that a drop of blood came forth. Thus fell she, by her own +act, and unaware, into the love of Love. Falling upon the +bridegroom, with indrawn breath, in a hurry of kisses from eager and +open lips, she shuddered as she thought how brief that sleep might +be. And it chanced that a drop of burning oil fell from the lamp +upon the god's shoulder. Ah! maladroit minister of love, thus to +wound him from whom [76] all fire comes; though 'twas a lover, I +trow, first devised thee, to have the fruit of his desire even in the +darkness! At the touch of the fire the god started up, and beholding +the overthrow of her faith, quietly took flight from her embraces. + +And Psyche, as he rose upon the wing, laid hold on him with her two +hands, hanging upon him in his passage through the air, till she +sinks to the earth through weariness. And as she lay there, the +divine lover, tarrying still, lighted upon a cypress tree which grew +near, and, from the top of it, spake thus to her, in great emotion. +"Foolish one! unmindful of the command of Venus, my mother, who had +devoted thee to one of base degree, I fled to thee in his stead. Now +know I that this was vainly done. Into mine own flesh pierced mine +arrow, and I made thee my wife, only that I might seem a monster +beside thee--that thou shouldst seek to wound the head wherein lay +the eyes so full of love to thee! Again and again, I thought to put +thee on thy guard concerning these things, and warned thee in loving- +kindness. Now I would but punish thee by my flight hence." And +therewith he winged his way into the deep sky. + +Psyche, prostrate upon the earth, and following far as sight might +reach the flight of the bridegroom, wept and lamented; and when the +breadth of space had parted him wholly from her, cast herself down +from the bank of a river [77] which was nigh. But the stream, +turning gentle in honour of the god, put her forth again unhurt upon +its margin. And as it happened, Pan, the rustic god, was sitting +just then by the waterside, embracing, in the body of a reed, the +goddess Canna; teaching her to respond to him in all varieties of +slender sound. Hard by, his flock of goats browsed at will. And the +shaggy god called her, wounded and outworn, kindly to him and said, +"I am but a rustic herdsman, pretty maiden, yet wise, by favour of my +great age and long experience; and if I guess truly by those +faltering steps, by thy sorrowful eyes and continual sighing, thou +labourest with excess of love. Listen then to me, and seek not death +again, in the stream or otherwise. Put aside thy woe, and turn thy +prayers to Cupid. He is in truth a delicate youth: win him by the +delicacy of thy service." + +So the shepherd-god spoke, and Psyche, answering nothing, but with a +reverence to his serviceable deity, went on her way. And while she, +in her search after Cupid, wandered through many lands, he was lying +in the chamber of his mother, heart-sick. And the white bird which +floats over the waves plunged in haste into the sea, and approaching +Venus, as she bathed, made known to her that her son lies afflicted +with some grievous hurt, doubtful of life. And Venus cried, angrily, +"My son, then, has a mistress! And it is Psyche, who witched away +[78] my beauty and was the rival of my godhead, whom he loves!" + +Therewith she issued from the sea, and returning to her golden +chamber, found there the lad, sick, as she had heard, and cried from +the doorway, "Well done, truly! to trample thy mother's precepts +under foot, to spare my enemy that cross of an unworthy love; nay, +unite her to thyself, child as thou art, that I might have a +daughter-in-law who hates me! I will make thee repent of thy sport, +and the savour of thy marriage bitter. There is one who shall +chasten this body of thine, put out thy torch and unstring thy bow. +Not till she has plucked forth that hair, into which so oft these +hands have smoothed the golden light, and sheared away thy wings, +shall I feel the injury done me avenged." And with this she hastened +in anger from the doors. + +And Ceres and Juno met her, and sought to know the meaning of her +troubled countenance. "Ye come in season," she cried; "I pray you, +find for me Psyche. It must needs be that ye have heard the disgrace +of my house." And they, ignorant of what was done, would have +soothed her anger, saying, "What fault, Mistress, hath thy son +committed, that thou wouldst destroy the girl he loves? Knowest thou +not that he is now of age? Because he wears his years so lightly +must he seem to thee ever but a child? Wilt thou for ever thus pry +into the [79] pastimes of thy son, always accusing his wantonness, +and blaming in him those delicate wiles which are all thine own?" +Thus, in secret fear of the boy's bow, did they seek to please him +with their gracious patronage. But Venus, angry at their light +taking of her wrongs, turned her back upon them, and with hasty steps +made her way once more to the sea. + +Meanwhile Psyche, tost in soul, wandering hither and thither, rested +not night or day in the pursuit of her husband, desiring, if she +might not sooth his anger by the endearments of a wife, at the least +to propitiate him with the prayers of a handmaid. And seeing a +certain temple on the top of a high mountain, she said, "Who knows +whether yonder place be not the abode of my lord?" Thither, +therefore, she turned her steps, hastening now the more because +desire and hope pressed her on, weary as she was with the labours of +the way, and so, painfully measuring out the highest ridges of the +mountain, drew near to the sacred couches. She sees ears of wheat, +in heaps or twisted into chaplets; ears of barley also, with sickles +and all the instruments of harvest, lying there in disorder, thrown +at random from the hands of the labourers in the great heat. These +she curiously sets apart, one by one, duly ordering them; for she +said within herself, "I may not neglect the shrines, nor the holy +service, of any god there be, but must rather [80] win by +supplication the kindly mercy of them all." + +And Ceres found her bending sadly upon her task, and cried aloud, +"Alas, Psyche! Venus, in the furiousness of her anger, tracks thy +footsteps through the world, seeking for thee to pay her the utmost +penalty; and thou, thinking of anything rather than thine own safety, +hast taken on thee the care of what belongs to me!" Then Psyche fell +down at her feet, and sweeping the floor with her hair, washing the +footsteps of the goddess in her tears, besought her mercy, with many +prayers:--"By the gladdening rites of harvest, by the lighted lamps +and mystic marches of the Marriage and mysterious Invention of thy +daughter Proserpine, and by all beside that the holy place of Attica +veils in silence, minister, I pray thee, to the sorrowful heart of +Psyche! Suffer me to hide myself but for a few days among the heaps +of corn, till time have softened the anger of the goddess, and my +strength, out-worn in my long travail, be recovered by a little +rest." + +But Ceres answered her, "Truly thy tears move me, and I would fain +help thee; only I dare not incur the ill-will of my kinswoman. +Depart hence as quickly as may be." And Psyche, repelled against +hope, afflicted now with twofold sorrow, making her way back again, +beheld among the half-lighted woods of the valley below a sanctuary +builded with cunning [81] art. And that she might lose no way of +hope, howsoever doubtful, she drew near to the sacred doors. She +sees there gifts of price, and garments fixed upon the door-posts and +to the branches of the trees, wrought with letters of gold which told +the name of the goddess to whom they were dedicated, with +thanksgiving for that she had done. So, with bent knee and hands +laid about the glowing altar, she prayed saying, "Sister and spouse +of Jupiter! be thou to these my desperate fortune's Juno the +Auspicious! I know that thou dost willingly help those in travail +with child; deliver me from the peril that is upon me." And as she +prayed thus, Juno in the majesty of her godhead, was straightway +present, and answered, "Would that I might incline favourably to +thee; but against the will of Venus, whom I have ever loved as a +daughter, I may not, for very shame, grant thy prayer." + +And Psyche, dismayed by this new shipwreck of her hope, communed thus +with herself, "Whither, from the midst of the snares that beset me, +shall I take my way once more? In what dark solitude shall I hide me +from the all-seeing eye of Venus? What if I put on at length a man's +courage, and yielding myself unto her as my mistress, soften by a +humility not yet too late the fierceness of her purpose? Who knows +but that I may find him also whom my soul seeketh after, in the abode +of his mother?" + +[82] And Venus, renouncing all earthly aid in her search, prepared to +return to heaven. She ordered the chariot to be made ready, wrought +for her by Vulcan as a marriage-gift, with a cunning of hand which +had left his work so much the richer by the weight of gold it lost +under his tool. From the multitude which housed about the bed- +chamber of their mistress, white doves came forth, and with joyful +motions bent their painted necks beneath the yoke. Behind it, with +playful riot, the sparrows sped onward, and other birds sweet of +song, making known by their soft notes the approach of the goddess. +Eagle and cruel hawk alarmed not the quireful family of Venus. And +the clouds broke away, as the uttermost ether opened to receive her, +daughter and goddess, with great joy. + +And Venus passed straightway to the house of Jupiter to beg from him +the service of Mercury, the god of speech. And Jupiter refused not +her prayer. And Venus and Mercury descended from heaven together; +and as they went, the former said to the latter, "Thou knowest, my +brother of Arcady, that never at any time have I done anything +without thy help; for how long time, moreover, I have sought a +certain maiden in vain. And now naught remains but that, by thy +heraldry, I proclaim a reward for whomsoever shall find her. Do thou +my bidding quickly." And therewith [83] she conveyed to him a little +scrip, in the which was written the name of Psyche, with other +things; and so returned home. + +And Mercury failed not in his office; but departing into all lands, +proclaimed that whosoever delivered up to Venus the fugitive girl, +should receive from herself seven kisses--one thereof full of the +inmost honey of her throat. With that the doubt of Psyche was ended. +And now, as she came near to the doors of Venus, one of the +household, whose name was Use-and-Wont, ran out to her, crying, "Hast +thou learned, Wicked Maid! now at last! that thou hast a mistress?" +And seizing her roughly by the hair, drew her into the presence of +Venus. And when Venus saw her, she cried out, saying, "Thou hast +deigned then to make thy salutations to thy mother-in-law. Now will +I in turn treat thee as becometh a dutiful daughter-in-law!" + +And she took barley and millet and poppy-seed, every kind of grain +and seed, and mixed them together, and laughed, and said to her: +"Methinks so plain a maiden can earn lovers only by industrious +ministry: now will I also make trial of thy service. Sort me this +heap of seed, the one kind from the others, grain by grain; and get +thy task done before the evening." And Psyche, stunned by the +cruelty of her bidding, was silent, and moved not her hand to the +inextricable heap. And there came [84] forth a little ant, which had +understanding of the difficulty of her task, and took pity upon the +consort of the god of Love; and he ran deftly hither and thither, and +called together the whole army of his fellows. "Have pity," he +cried, "nimble scholars of the Earth, Mother of all things!--have +pity upon the wife of Love, and hasten to help her in her perilous +effort." Then, one upon the other, the hosts of the insect people +hurried together; and they sorted asunder the whole heap of seed, +separating every grain after its kind, and so departed quickly out of +sight. + +And at nightfall Venus returned, and seeing that task finished with +so wonderful diligence, she cried, "The work is not thine, thou +naughty maid, but his in whose eyes thou hast found favour." And +calling her again in the morning, "See now the grove," she said, +"beyond yonder torrent. Certain sheep feed there, whose fleeces +shine with gold. Fetch me straightway a lock of that precious stuff, +having gotten it as thou mayst." + +And Psyche went forth willingly, not to obey the command of Venus, +but even to seek a rest from her labour in the depths of the river. +But from the river, the green reed, lowly mother of music, spake to +her: "O Psyche! pollute not these waters by self-destruction, nor +approach that terrible flock; for, as the heat groweth, they wax +fierce. Lie down under yon plane-tree, till the [85] quiet of the +river's breath have soothed them. Thereafter thou mayst shake down +the fleecy gold from the trees of the grove, for it holdeth by the +leaves." + +And Psyche, instructed thus by the simple reed, in the humanity of +its heart, filled her bosom with the soft golden stuff, and returned +to Venus. But the goddess smiled bitterly, and said to her, "Well +know I who was the author of this thing also. I will make further +trial of thy discretion, and the boldness of thy heart. Seest thou +the utmost peak of yonder steep mountain? The dark stream which +flows down thence waters the Stygian fields, and swells the flood of +Cocytus. Bring me now, in this little urn, a draught from its +innermost source." And therewith she put into her hands a vessel of +wrought crystal. + +And Psyche set forth in haste on her way to the mountain, looking +there at last to find the end of her hapless life. But when she came +to the region which borders on the cliff that was showed to her, she +understood the deadly nature of her task. From a great rock, steep +and slippery, a horrible river of water poured forth, falling +straightway by a channel exceeding narrow into the unseen gulf below. +And lo! creeping from the rocks on either hand, angry serpents, with +their long necks and sleepless eyes. The very waters found a voice +and bade her depart, in smothered cries of, Depart hence! and [86] +What doest thou here? Look around thee! and Destruction is upon +thee! And then sense left her, in the immensity of her peril, as one +changed to stone. + +Yet not even then did the distress of this innocent soul escape the +steady eye of a gentle providence. For the bird of Jupiter spread +his wings and took flight to her, and asked her, "Didst thou think, +simple one, even thou! that thou couldst steal one drop of that +relentless stream, the holy river of Styx, terrible even to the gods? +But give me thine urn." And the bird took the urn, and filled it at +the source, and returned to her quickly from among the teeth of the +serpents, bringing with him of the waters, all unwilling--nay! +warning him to depart away and not molest them. + +And she, receiving the urn with great joy, ran back quickly that she +might deliver it to Venus, and yet again satisfied not the angry +goddess. "My child!" she said, "in this one thing further must thou +serve me. Take now this tiny casket, and get thee down even unto +hell, and deliver it to Proserpine. Tell her that Venus would have +of her beauty so much at least as may suffice for but one day's use, +that beauty she possessed erewhile being foreworn and spoiled, +through her tendance upon the sick-bed of her son; and be not slow in +returning." + +And Psyche perceived there the last ebbing of her fortune--that she +was now thrust openly [87] upon death, who must go down, of her own +motion, to Hades and the Shades. And straightway she climbed to the +top of an exceeding high tower, thinking within herself, "I will cast +myself down thence: so shall I descend most quickly into the kingdom +of the dead." And the tower again, broke forth into speech: +"Wretched Maid! Wretched Maid! Wilt thou destroy thyself? If the +breath quit thy body, then wilt thou indeed go down into Hades, but +by no means return hither. Listen to me. Among the pathless wilds +not far from this place lies a certain mountain, and therein one of +hell's vent-holes. Through the breach a rough way lies open, +following which thou wilt come, by straight course, to the castle of +Orcus. And thou must not go empty-handed. Take in each hand a +morsel of barley-bread, soaked in hydromel; and in thy mouth two +pieces of money. And when thou shalt be now well onward in the way +of death, then wilt thou overtake a lame ass laden with wood, and a +lame driver, who will pray thee reach him certain cords to fasten the +burden which is falling from the ass: but be thou cautious to pass on +in silence. And soon as thou comest to the river of the dead, +Charon, in that crazy bark he hath, will put thee over upon the +further side. There is greed even among the dead: and thou shalt +deliver to him, for the ferrying, one of those two pieces of money, +in such wise that he take [88] it with his hand from between thy +lips. And as thou passest over the stream, a dead old man, rising on +the water, will put up to thee his mouldering hands, and pray thee +draw him into the ferry-boat. But beware thou yield not to unlawful +pity. + +"When thou shalt be come over, and art upon the causeway, certain +aged women, spinning, will cry to thee to lend thy hand to their +work; and beware again that thou take no part therein; for this also +is the snare of Venus, whereby she would cause thee to cast away one +at least of those cakes thou bearest in thy hands. And think not +that a slight matter; for the loss of either one of them will be to +thee the losing of the light of day. For a watch-dog exceeding +fierce lies ever before the threshold of that lonely house of +Proserpine. Close his mouth with one of thy cakes; so shalt thou +pass by him, and enter straightway into the presence of Proserpine +herself. Then do thou deliver thy message, and taking what she shall +give thee, return back again; offering to the watch-dog the other +cake, and to the ferryman that other piece of money thou hast in thy +mouth. After this manner mayst thou return again beneath the stars. +But withal, I charge thee, think not to look into, nor open, the +casket thou bearest, with that treasure of the beauty of the divine +countenance hidden therein." + +So spake the stones of the tower; and Psyche [89] delayed not, but +proceeding diligently after the manner enjoined, entered into the +house of Proserpine, at whose feet she sat down humbly, and would +neither the delicate couch nor that divine food the goddess offered +her, but did straightway the business of Venus. And Proserpine +filled the casket secretly and shut the lid, and delivered it to +Psyche, who fled therewith from Hades with new strength. But coming +back into the light of day, even as she hasted now to the ending of +her service, she was seized by a rash curiosity. "Lo! now," she said +within herself, "my simpleness! who bearing in my hands the divine +loveliness, heed not to touch myself with a particle at least +therefrom, that I may please the more, by the favour of it, my fair +one, my beloved." Even as she spoke, she lifted the lid; and behold! +within, neither beauty, nor anything beside, save sleep only, the +sleep of the dead, which took hold upon her, filling all her members +with its drowsy vapour, so that she lay down in the way and moved +not, as in the slumber of death. + +And Cupid being healed of his wound, because he would endure no +longer the absence of her he loved, gliding through the narrow window +of the chamber wherein he was holden, his pinions being now repaired +by a little rest, fled forth swiftly upon them, and coming to the +place where Psyche was, shook that sleep away from her, and set him +in his prison again, awaking her with the [90] innocent point of his +arrow. "Lo! thine old error again," he said, "which had like once +more to have destroyed thee! But do thou now what is lacking of the +command of my mother: the rest shall be my care." With these words, +the lover rose upon the air; and being consumed inwardly with the +greatness of his love, penetrated with vehement wing into the highest +place of heaven, to lay his cause before the father of the gods. And +the father of gods took his hand in his, and kissed his face and said +to him, "At no time, my son, hast thou regarded me with due honour. +Often hast thou vexed my bosom, wherein lies the disposition of the +stars, with those busy darts of thine. Nevertheless, because thou +hast grown up between these mine hands, I will accomplish thy +desire." And straightway he bade Mercury call the gods together; +and, the council-chamber being filled, sitting upon a high throne, +"Ye gods," he said, "all ye whose names are in the white book of the +Muses, ye know yonder lad. It seems good to me that his youthful +heats should by some means be restrained. And that all occasion may +be taken from him, I would even confine him in the bonds of marriage. +He has chosen and embraced a mortal maiden. Let him have fruit of +his love, and possess her for ever." + +Thereupon he bade Mercury produce Psyche in heaven; and holding out +to her his ambrosial cup, "Take it," he said, "and live for ever; +[91] nor shall Cupid ever depart from thee." And the gods sat down +together to the marriage-feast. + +On the first couch lay the bridegroom, and Psyche in his bosom. His +rustic serving-boy bare the wine to Jupiter; and Bacchus to the rest. +The Seasons crimsoned all things with their roses. Apollo sang to +the lyre, while a little Pan prattled on his reeds, and Venus danced +very sweetly to the soft music. Thus, with due rites, did Psyche +pass into the power of Cupid; and from them was born the daughter +whom men call Voluptas. + + + +CHAPTER VI: EUPHUISM + +[92] So the famous story composed itself in the memory of Marius, +with an expression changed in some ways from the original and on the +whole graver. The petulant, boyish Cupid of Apuleius was become more +like that "Lord, of terrible aspect," who stood at Dante's bedside +and wept, or had at least grown to the manly earnestness of the Ers +of Praxiteles. Set in relief amid the coarser matter of the book, +this episode of Cupid and Psyche served to combine many lines of +meditation, already familiar to Marius, into the ideal of a perfect +imaginative love, centered upon a type of beauty entirely flawless +and clean--an ideal which never wholly faded from his thoughts, +though he valued it at various times in different degrees. The human +body in its beauty, as the highest potency of all the beauty of +material objects, seemed to him just then to be matter no longer, +but, having taken celestial fire, to assert itself as indeed the +true, though visible, [93] soul or spirit in things. In contrast +with that ideal, in all the pure brilliancy, and as it were in the +happy light, of youth and morning and the springtide, men's actual +loves, with which at many points the book brings one into close +contact, might appear to him, like the general tenor of their lives, +to be somewhat mean and sordid. The hiddenness of perfect things: a +shrinking mysticism, a sentiment of diffidence like that expressed in +Psyche's so tremulous hope concerning the child to be born of the +husband she had never yet seen--"in the face of this little child, at +the least, shall I apprehend thine"--in hoc saltem parvulo cognoscam +faciem tuam: the fatality which seems to haunt any signal+ beauty, +whether moral or physical, as if it were in itself something illicit +and isolating: the suspicion and hatred it so often excites in the +vulgar:--these were some of the impressions, forming, as they do, a +constant tradition of somewhat cynical pagan experience, from Medusa +and Helen downwards, which the old story enforced on him. A book, +like a person, has its fortunes with one; is lucky or unlucky in the +precise moment of its falling in our way, and often by some happy +accident counts with us for something more than its independent +value. The Metamorphoses of Apuleius, coming to Marius just then, +figured for him as indeed The Golden Book: he felt a sort of personal +gratitude to its writer, and saw in it doubtless [94] far more than +was really there for any other reader. It occupied always a peculiar +place in his remembrance, never quite losing its power in frequent +return to it for the revival of that first glowing impression. + +Its effect upon the elder youth was a more practical one: it +stimulated the literary ambition, already so strong a motive with +him, by a signal example of success, and made him more than ever an +ardent, indefatigable student of words, of the means or instrument of +the literary art. The secrets of utterance, of expression itself, of +that through which alone any intellectual or spiritual power within +one can actually take effect upon others, to over-awe or charm them +to one's side, presented themselves to this ambitious lad in +immediate connexion with that desire for predominance, for the +satisfaction of which another might have relied on the acquisition +and display of brilliant military qualities. In him, a fine +instinctive sentiment of the exact value and power of words was +connate with the eager longing for sway over his fellows. He saw +himself already a gallant and effective leader, innovating or +conservative as occasion might require, in the rehabilitation of the +mother-tongue, then fallen so tarnished and languid; yet the sole +object, as he mused within himself, of the only sort of patriotic +feeling proper, or possible, for one born of slaves. The popular +speech was gradually departing from the form [95] and rule of literary +language, a language always and increasingly artificial. While the +learned dialect was yearly becoming more and more barbarously +pedantic, the colloquial idiom, on the other hand, offered a thousand +chance-tost gems of racy or picturesque expression, rejected or at +least ungathered by what claimed to be classical Latin. The time was +coming when neither the pedants nor the people would really +understand Cicero; though there were some indeed, like this new +writer, Apuleius, who, departing from the custom of writing in Greek, +which had been a fashionable affectation among the sprightlier wits +since the days of Hadrian, had written in the vernacular. + +The literary programme which Flavian had already designed for himself +would be a work, then, partly conservative or reactionary, in its +dealing with the instrument of the literary art; partly popular and +revolutionary, asserting, so to term them, the rights of the +proletariate of speech. More than fifty years before, the younger +Pliny, himself an effective witness for the delicate power of the +Latin tongue, had said,--"I am one of those who admire the ancients, +yet I do not, like some others, underrate certain instances of genius +which our own times afford. For it is not true that nature, as if +weary and effete, no longer produces what is admirable." And he, +Flavian, would prove himself the true master of the opportunity thus +indicated. In [96] his eagerness for a not too distant fame, he +dreamed over all that, as the young Caesar may have dreamed of +campaigns. Others might brutalise or neglect the native speech, that +true "open field" for charm and sway over men. He would make of it a +serious study, weighing the precise power of every phrase and word, +as though it were precious metal, disentangling the later +associations and going back to the original and native sense of +each,--restoring to full significance all its wealth of latent +figurative expression, reviving or replacing its outworn or tarnished +images. Latin literature and the Latin tongue were dying of routine +and languor; and what was necessary, first of all, was to re- +establish the natural and direct relationship between thought and +expression, between the sensation and the term, and restore to words +their primitive power. + +For words, after all, words manipulated with all his delicate force, +were to be the apparatus of a war for himself. To be forcibly +impressed, in the first place; and in the next, to find the means of +making visible to others that which was vividly apparent, delightful, +of lively interest to himself, to the exclusion of all that was but +middling, tame, or only half-true even to him--this scrupulousness of +literary art actually awoke in Flavian, for the first time, a sort of +chivalrous conscience. What care for style! what patience of +execution! what research for the significant [97] tones of ancient +idiom--sonantia verba et antiqua! What stately and regular word- +building--gravis et decora constructio! He felt the whole meaning of +the sceptical Pliny's somewhat melancholy advice to one of his +friends, that he should seek in literature deliverance from +mortality--ut studiis se literarum a mortalitate vindicet. And there +was everything in the nature and the training of Marius to make him a +full participator in the hopes of such a new literary school, with +Flavian for its leader. In the refinements of that curious spirit, +in its horror of profanities, its fastidious sense of a correctness +in external form, there was something which ministered to the old +ritual interest, still surviving in him; as if here indeed were +involved a kind of sacred service to the mother-tongue. + +Here, then, was the theory of Euphuism, as manifested in every age in +which the literary conscience has been awakened to forgotten duties +towards language, towards the instrument of expression: in fact it +does but modify a little the principles of all effective expression +at all times. 'Tis art's function to conceal itself: ars est celare +artem:--is a saying, which, exaggerated by inexact quotation, has +perhaps been oftenest and most confidently quoted by those who have +had little literary or other art to conceal; and from the very +beginning of professional literature, the "labour of the file"--a +labour in the case of Plato, for instance, or Virgil, like [98] that +of the oldest of goldsmiths as described by Apuleius, enriching the +work by far more than the weight of precious metal it removed--has +always had its function. Sometimes, doubtless, as in later examples +of it, this Roman Euphuism, determined at any cost to attain beauty +in writing--es kallos graphein+--might lapse into its characteristic +fopperies or mannerisms, into the "defects of its qualities," in +truth, not wholly unpleasing perhaps, or at least excusable, when +looked at as but the toys (so Cicero calls them), the strictly +congenial and appropriate toys, of an assiduously cultivated age, +which could not help being polite, critical, self-conscious. The +mere love of novelty also had, of course, its part there: as with the +Euphuism of the Elizabethan age, and of the modern French +romanticists, its neologies were the ground of one of the favourite +charges against it; though indeed, as regards these tricks of taste +also, there is nothing new, but a quaint family likeness rather, +between the Euphuists of successive ages. Here, as elsewhere, the +power of "fashion," as it is called, is but one minor form, slight +enough, it may be, yet distinctly symptomatic, of that deeper +yearning of human nature towards ideal perfection, which is a +continuous force in it; and since in this direction too human nature +is limited, such fashions must necessarily reproduce themselves. +Among other resemblances to later growths of Euphuism, its archaisms +on the one hand, and [99] its neologies on the other, the Euphuism +of the days of Marcus Aurelius had, in the composition of verse, its +fancy for the refrain. It was a snatch from a popular chorus, +something he had heard sounding all over the town of Pisa one April +night, one of the first bland and summer-like nights of the year, +that Flavian had chosen for the refrain of a poem he was then +pondering--the Pervigilium Veneris--the vigil, or "nocturn," of +Venus. + +Certain elderly counsellors, filling what may be thought a constant +part in the little tragi-comedy which literature and its votaries are +playing in all ages, would ask, suspecting some affectation or +unreality in that minute culture of form:--Cannot those who have a +thing to say, say it directly? Why not be simple and broad, like the +old writers of Greece? And this challenge had at least the effect of +setting his thoughts at work on the intellectual situation as it lay +between the children of the present and those earliest masters. +Certainly, the most wonderful, the unique, point, about the Greek +genius, in literature as in everything else, was the entire absence +of imitation in its productions. How had the burden of precedent, +laid upon every artist, increased since then! It was all around +one:--that smoothly built world of old classical taste, an +accomplished fact, with overwhelming authority on every detail of the +conduct of one's [100] work. With no fardel on its own back, yet so +imperious towards those who came labouring after it, Hellas, in its +early freshness, looked as distant from him even then as it does from +ourselves. There might seem to be no place left for novelty or +originality,--place only for a patient, an infinite, faultlessness. +On this question too Flavian passed through a world of curious art- +casuistries, of self-tormenting, at the threshold of his work. Was +poetic beauty a thing ever one and the same, a type absolute; or, +changing always with the soul of time itself, did it depend upon the +taste, the peculiar trick of apprehension, the fashion, as we say, of +each successive age? Might one recover that old, earlier sense of +it, that earlier manner, in a masterly effort to recall all the +complexities of the life, moral and intellectual, of the earlier age +to which it had belonged? Had there been really bad ages in art or +literature? Were all ages, even those earliest, adventurous, +matutinal days, in themselves equally poetical or unpoetical; and +poetry, the literary beauty, the poetic ideal, always but a borrowed +light upon men's actual life? + +Homer had said-- + + Hoi d' hote d limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en ni melain... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phgmini thalasss.+ + +And how poetic the simple incident seemed, told just thus! Homer was +always telling [101] things after this manner. And one might think +there had been no effort in it: that here was but the almost +mechanical transcript of a time, naturally, intrinsically, poetic, a +time in which one could hardly have spoken at all without ideal +effect, or, the sailors pulled down their boat without making a +picture in "the great style," against a sky charged with marvels. +Must not the mere prose of an age, itself thus ideal, have counted +for more than half of Homer's poetry? Or might the closer student +discover even here, even in Homer, the really mediatorial function of +the poet, as between the reader and the actual matter of his +experience; the poet waiting, so to speak, in an age which had felt +itself trite and commonplace enough, on his opportunity for the touch +of "golden alchemy," or at least for the pleasantly lighted side of +things themselves? Might not another, in one's own prosaic and used- +up time, so uneventful as it had been through the long reign of these +quiet Antonines, in like manner, discover his ideal, by a due waiting +upon it? Would not a future generation, looking back upon this, +under the power of the enchanted-distance fallacy, find it ideal to +view, in contrast with its own languor--the languor that for some +reason (concerning which Augustine will one day have his view) seemed +to haunt men always? Had Homer, even, appeared unreal and affected +in his poetic flight, to some of the people of his own age, [l02] as +seemed to happen with every new literature in turn? In any case, the +intellectual conditions of early Greece had been--how different from +these! And a true literary tact would accept that difference in +forming the primary conception of the literary function at a later +time. Perhaps the utmost one could get by conscious effort, in the +way of a reaction or return to the conditions of an earlier and +fresher age, would be but novitas, artificial artlessness, navet; +and this quality too might have its measure of euphuistic charm, +direct and sensible enough, though it must count, in comparison with +that genuine early Greek newness at the beginning, not as the +freshness of the open fields, but only of a bunch of field-flowers in +a heated room. + +There was, meantime, all this:--on one side, the old pagan culture, +for us but a fragment, for him an accomplished yet present fact, +still a living, united, organic whole, in the entirety of its art, +its thought, its religions, its sagacious forms of polity, that so +weighty authority it exercised on every point, being in reality only +the measure of its charm for every one: on the other side, the actual +world in all its eager self-assertion, with Flavian himself, in his +boundless animation, there, at the centre of the situation. From the +natural defects, from the pettiness, of his euphuism, his assiduous +cultivation of manner, he was saved by the consciousness that he had +a matter to present, very real, [103] at least to him. That +preoccupation of the dilettante with what might seem mere details of +form, after all, did but serve the purpose of bringing to the +surface, sincerely and in their integrity, certain strong personal +intuitions, a certain vision or apprehension of things as really +being, with important results, thus, rather than thus,--intuitions +which the artistic or literary faculty was called upon to follow, +with the exactness of wax or clay, clothing the model within. +Flavian too, with his fine clear mastery of the practically +effective, had early laid hold of the principle, as axiomatic in +literature: that to know when one's self is interested, is the first +condition of interesting other people. It was a principle, the +forcible apprehension of which made him jealous and fastidious in the +selection of his intellectual food; often listless while others read +or gazed diligently; never pretending to be moved out of mere +complaisance to people's emotions: it served to foster in him a very +scrupulous literary sincerity with himself. And it was this +uncompromising demand for a matter, in all art, derived immediately +from lively personal intuition, this constant appeal to individual +judgment, which saved his euphuism, even at its weakest, from lapsing +into mere artifice. + +Was the magnificent exordium of Lucretius, addressed to the goddess +Venus, the work of [104] his earlier manhood, and designed +originally to open an argument less persistently sombre than that +protest against the whole pagan heaven which actually follows it? It +is certainly the most typical expression of a mood, still incident to +the young poet, as a thing peculiar to his youth, when he feels the +sentimental current setting forcibly along his veins, and so much as +a matter of purely physical excitement, that he can hardly +distinguish it from the animation of external nature, the upswelling +of the seed in the earth, and of the sap through the trees. Flavian, +to whom, again, as to his later euphuistic kinsmen, old mythology +seemed as full of untried, unexpressed motives and interest as human +life itself, had long been occupied with a kind of mystic hymn to the +vernal principle of life in things; a composition shaping itself, +little by little, out of a thousand dim perceptions, into singularly +definite form (definite and firm as fine-art in metal, thought +Marius) for which, as I said, he had caught his "refrain," from the +lips of the young men, singing because they could not help it, in the +streets of Pisa. And as oftenest happens also, with natures of +genuinely poetic quality, those piecemeal beginnings came suddenly to +harmonious completeness among the fortunate incidents, the physical +heat and light, of one singularly happy day. + +It was one of the first hot days of March--"the sacred day"--on +which, from Pisa, as from [105] many another harbour on the +Mediterranean, the Ship of Isis went to sea, and every one walked +down to the shore-side to witness the freighting of the vessel, its +launching and final abandonment among the waves, as an object really +devoted to the Great Goddess, that new rival, or "double," of ancient +Venus, and like her a favourite patroness of sailors. On the evening +next before, all the world had been abroad to view the illumination +of the river; the stately lines of building being wreathed with +hundreds of many-coloured lamps. The young men had poured forth +their chorus-- + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet-- + +as they bore their torches through the yielding crowd, or rowed their +lanterned boats up and down the stream, till far into the night, when +heavy rain-drops had driven the last lingerers home. Morning broke, +however, smiling and serene; and the long procession started betimes. +The river, curving slightly, with the smoothly paved streets on +either side, between its low marble parapet and the fair dwelling- +houses, formed the main highway of the city; and the pageant, +accompanied throughout by innumerable lanterns and wax tapers, took +its course up one of these streets, crossing the water by a bridge +up-stream, and down the other, to the haven, every possible standing- +place, out of doors [106] and within, being crowded with sight-seers, +of whom Marius was one of the most eager, deeply interested in +finding the spectacle much as Apuleius had described it in his famous +book. + +At the head of the procession, the master of ceremonies, quietly +waving back the assistants, made way for a number of women, +scattering perfumes. They were succeeded by a company of musicians, +piping and twanging, on instruments the strangest Marius had ever +beheld, the notes of a hymn, narrating the first origin of this +votive rite to a choir of youths, who marched behind them singing it. +The tire-women and other personal attendants of the great goddess +came next, bearing the instruments of their ministry, and various +articles from the sacred wardrobe, wrought of the most precious +material; some of them with long ivory combs, plying their hands in +wild yet graceful concert of movement as they went, in devout mimicry +of the toilet. Placed in their rear were the mirror-bearers of the +goddess, carrying large mirrors of beaten brass or silver, turned in +such a way as to reflect to the great body of worshippers who +followed, the face of the mysterious image, as it moved on its way, +and their faces to it, as though they were in fact advancing to meet +the heavenly visitor. They comprehended a multitude of both sexes +and of all ages, already initiated into the divine secret, clad in +fair linen, the females veiled, the males with shining [107] +tonsures, and every one carrying a sistrum--the richer sort of +silver, a few very dainty persons of fine gold--rattling the reeds, +with a noise like the jargon of innumerable birds and insects +awakened from torpor and abroad in the spring sun. Then, borne upon +a kind of platform, came the goddess herself, undulating above the +heads of the multitude as the bearers walked, in mystic robe +embroidered with the moon and stars, bordered gracefully with a +fringe of real fruit and flowers, and with a glittering crown upon +the head. The train of the procession consisted of the priests in +long white vestments, close from head to foot, distributed into +various groups, each bearing, exposed aloft, one of the sacred +symbols of Isis--the corn-fan, the golden asp, the ivory hand of +equity, and among them the votive ship itself, carved and gilt, and +adorned bravely with flags flying. Last of all walked the high +priest; the people kneeling as he passed to kiss his hand, in which +were those well-remembered roses. + +Marius followed with the rest to the harbour, where the mystic ship, +lowered from the shoulders of the priests, was loaded with as much as +it could carry of the rich spices and other costly gifts, offered in +great profusion by the worshippers, and thus, launched at last upon +the water, left the shore, crossing the harbour-bar in the wake of a +much stouter vessel than itself with a crew of white-robed mariners, +whose [108] function it was, at the appointed moment, finally to +desert it on the open sea. + +The remainder of the day was spent by most in parties on the water. +Flavian and Marius sailed further than they had ever done before to a +wild spot on the bay, the traditional site of a little Greek colony, +which, having had its eager, stirring life at the time when Etruria +was still a power in Italy, had perished in the age of the civil +wars. In the absolute transparency of the air on this gracious day, +an infinitude of detail from sea and shore reached the eye with +sparkling clearness, as the two lads sped rapidly over the waves-- +Flavian at work suddenly, from time to time, with his tablets. They +reached land at last. The coral fishers had spread their nets on the +sands, with a tumble-down of quaint, many-hued treasures, below a +little shrine of Venus, fluttering and gay with the scarves and +napkins and gilded shells which these people had offered to the +image. Flavian and Marius sat down under the shadow of a mass of +gray rock or ruin, where the sea-gate of the Greek town had been, and +talked of life in those old Greek colonies. Of this place, all that +remained, besides those rude stones, was--a handful of silver coins, +each with a head of pure and archaic beauty, though a little cruel +perhaps, supposed to represent the Siren Ligeia, whose tomb was +formerly shown here--only these, and an ancient song, the very strain +which Flavian [109] had recovered in those last months. They were +records which spoke, certainly, of the charm of life within those +walls. How strong must have been the tide of men's existence in that +little republican town, so small that this circle of gray stones, of +service now only by the moisture they gathered for the blue-flowering +gentians among them, had been the line of its rampart! An epitome of +all that was liveliest, most animated and adventurous, in the old +Greek people of which it was an offshoot, it had enhanced the effect +of these gifts by concentration within narrow limits. The band of +"devoted youth,"--hiera neots.+--of the younger brothers, devoted to the +gods and whatever luck the gods might afford, because there was no +room for them at home--went forth, bearing the sacred flame from the +mother hearth; itself a flame, of power to consume the whole material +of existence in clear light and heat, with no smouldering residue. +The life of those vanished townsmen, so brilliant and revolutionary, +applying so abundantly the personal qualities which alone just then +Marius seemed to value, associated itself with the actual figure of +his companion, standing there before him, his face enthusiastic with +the sudden thought of all that; and struck him vividly as precisely +the fitting opportunity for a nature like his, so hungry for control, +for ascendency over men. + +Marius noticed also, however, as high spirits [110] flagged at last, +on the way home through the heavy dew of the evening, more than +physical fatigue in Flavian, who seemed to find no refreshment in the +coolness. There had been something feverish, perhaps, and like the +beginning of sickness, about his almost forced gaiety, in this sudden +spasm of spring; and by the evening of the next day he was lying with +a burning spot on his forehead, stricken, as was thought from the +first, by the terrible new disease. + +NOTES + +93. +Corrected from the Macmillan edition misprint "singal." + +98. +Transliteration: es kallos graphein. Translation: "To write +beautifully." + +100. +Iliad 1.432-33, 437. Transliteration: + + Hoi d' hote d limenos polybentheos entos hikonto, + Histia men steilanto, thesan d' en ni melain... + Ek de kai autoi bainon epi phgmini thalasss. + +Etext editor's translation: + + When they had safely made deep harbor + They took in the sail, laid it in their black ship... + And went ashore just past the breakers. + +109. +Transliteration: hiera neots. Pater translates the phrase, +"devoted youth." + + + +CHAPTER VII: A PAGAN END + +[111] FOR the fantastical colleague of the philosophic emperor +Marcus Aurelius, returning in triumph from the East, had brought in +his train, among the enemies of Rome, one by no means a captive. +People actually sickened at a sudden touch of the unsuspected foe, as +they watched in dense crowds the pathetic or grotesque imagery of +failure or success in the triumphal procession. And, as usual, the +plague brought with it a power to develop all pre-existent germs of +superstition. It was by dishonour done to Apollo himself, said +popular rumour--to Apollo, the old titular divinity of pestilence, +that the poisonous thing had come abroad. Pent up in a golden coffer +consecrated to the god, it had escaped in the sacrilegious plundering +of his temple at Seleucia by the soldiers of Lucius Verus, after a +traitorous surprise of that town and a cruel massacre. Certainly +there was something which baffled all imaginable precautions and all +medical science, in the suddenness [112] with which the disease broke +out simultaneously, here and there, among both soldiers and citizens, +even in places far remote from the main line of its march in the rear +of the victorious army. It seemed to have invaded the whole empire, +and some have even thought that, in a mitigated form, it permanently +remained there. In Rome itself many thousands perished; and old +authorities tell of farmsteads, whole towns, and even entire +neighbourhoods, which from that time continued without inhabitants +and lapsed into wildness or ruin. + +Flavian lay at the open window of his lodging, with a fiery pang in +the brain, fancying no covering thin or light enough to be applied to +his body. His head being relieved after a while, there was distress +at the chest. It was but the fatal course of the strange new +sickness, under many disguises; travelling from the brain to the +feet, like a material resident, weakening one after another of the +organic centres; often, when it did not kill, depositing various +degrees of lifelong infirmity in this member or that; and after such +descent, returning upwards again, now as a mortal coldness, leaving +the entrenchments of the fortress of life overturned, one by one, +behind it. + +Flavian lay there, with the enemy at his breast now in a painful +cough, but relieved from that burning fever in the head, amid the +rich-scented flowers--rare Paestum roses, and the like [113] -- +procured by Marius for his solace, in a fancied convalescence; and +would, at intervals, return to labour at his verses, with a great +eagerness to complete and transcribe the work, while Marius sat and +wrote at his dictation, one of the latest but not the poorest +specimens of genuine Latin poetry. + +It was in fact a kind of nuptial hymn, which, taking its start from +the thought of nature as the universal mother, celebrated the +preliminary pairing and mating together of all fresh things, in the +hot and genial spring-time--the immemorial nuptials of the soul of +spring itself and the brown earth; and was full of a delighted, +mystic sense of what passed between them in that fantastic marriage. +That mystic burden was relieved, at intervals, by the familiar +playfulness of the Latin verse-writer in dealing with mythology, +which, though coming at so late a day, had still a wonderful +freshness in its old age.--"Amor has put his weapons by and will keep +holiday. He was bidden go without apparel, that none might be +wounded by his bow and arrows. But take care! In truth he is none +the less armed than usual, though he be all unclad." + +In the expression of all this Flavian seemed, while making it his +chief aim to retain the opulent, many-syllabled vocabulary of the +Latin genius, at some points even to have advanced beyond it, in +anticipation of wholly new laws of [114] taste as regards sound, a +new range of sound itself. The peculiar resultant note, associating +itself with certain other experiences of his, was to Marius like the +foretaste of an entirely novel world of poetic beauty to come. +Flavian had caught, indeed, something of the rhyming cadence, the +sonorous organ-music of the medieval Latin, and therewithal something +of its unction and mysticity of spirit. There was in his work, along +with the last splendour of the classical language, a touch, almost +prophetic, of that transformed life it was to have in the rhyming +middle age, just about to dawn. The impression thus forced upon +Marius connected itself with a feeling, the exact inverse of that, +known to every one, which seems to say, You have been just here, just +thus, before!--a feeling, in his case, not reminiscent but prescient +of the future, which passed over him afterwards many times, as he +came across certain places and people. It was as if he detected +there the process of actual change to a wholly undreamed-of and +renewed condition of human body and soul: as if he saw the heavy yet +decrepit old Roman architecture about him, rebuilding on an +intrinsically better pattern. Could it have been actually on a new +musical instrument that Flavian had first heard the novel accents of +his verse? And still Marius noticed there, amid all its richness of +expression and imagery, that firmness of outline he had always +relished so much in the composition of [115] Flavian. Yes! a +firmness like that of some master of noble metal-work, manipulating +tenacious bronze or gold. Even now that haunting refrain, with its +impromptu variations, from the throats of those strong young men, +came floating through the window. + + Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, + Quique amavit cras amet! + +--repeated Flavian, tremulously, dictating yet one stanza more. + +What he was losing, his freehold of a soul and body so fortunately +endowed, the mere liberty of life above-ground, "those sunny mornings +in the cornfields by the sea," as he recollected them one day, when +the window was thrown open upon the early freshness--his sense of all +this, was from the first singularly near and distinct, yet rather as +of something he was but debarred the use of for a time than finally +bidding farewell to. That was while he was still with no very grave +misgivings as to the issue of his sickness, and felt the sources of +life still springing essentially unadulterate within him. From time +to time, indeed, Marius, labouring eagerly at the poem from his +dictation, was haunted by a feeling of the triviality of such work +just then. The recurrent sense of some obscure danger beyond the +mere danger of death, vaguer than that and by so much the more +terrible, like the menace of some shadowy [116] adversary in the dark +with whose mode of attack they had no acquaintance, disturbed him now +and again through those hours of excited attention to his manuscript, +and to the purely physical wants of Flavian. Still, during these +three days there was much hope and cheerfulness, and even jesting. +Half-consciously Marius tried to prolong one or another relieving +circumstance of the day, the preparations for rest and morning +refreshment, for instance; sadly making the most of the little luxury +of this or that, with something of the feigned cheer of the mother +who sets her last morsels before her famished child as for a feast, +but really that he "may eat it and die." + +On the afternoon of the seventh day he allowed Marius finally to put +aside the unfinished manuscript. For the enemy, leaving the chest +quiet at length though much exhausted, had made itself felt with full +power again in a painful vomiting, which seemed to shake his body +asunder, with great consequent prostration. From that time the +distress increased rapidly downwards. Omnia tum vero vitai claustra +lababant;+ and soon the cold was mounting with sure pace from the +dead feet to the head. + +And now Marius began more than to suspect what the issue must be, and +henceforward could but watch with a sort of agonised fascination the +rapid but systematic work of the destroyer, [117] faintly relieving a +little the mere accidents of the sharper forms of suffering. Flavian +himself appeared, in full consciousness at last--in clear-sighted, +deliberate estimate of the actual crisis--to be doing battle with his +adversary. His mind surveyed, with great distinctness, the various +suggested modes of relief. He must without fail get better, he would +fancy, might he be removed to a certain place on the hills where as a +child he had once recovered from sickness, but found that he could +scarcely raise his head from the pillow without giddiness. As if now +surely foreseeing the end, he would set himself, with an eager +effort, and with that eager and angry look, which is noted as one of +the premonitions of death in this disease, to fashion out, without +formal dictation, still a few more broken verses of his unfinished +work, in hard-set determination, defiant of pain, to arrest this or +that little drop at least from the river of sensuous imagery rushing +so quickly past him. + +But at length delirium--symptom that the work of the plague was done, +and the last resort of life yielding to the enemy--broke the coherent +order of words and thoughts; and Marius, intent on the coming agony, +found his best hope in the increasing dimness of the patient's mind. +In intervals of clearer consciousness the visible signs of cold, of +sorrow and desolation, were very painful. No longer battling with +the disease, he seemed as it were to place himself [118] at the +disposal of the victorious foe, dying passively, like some dumb +creature, in hopeless acquiescence at last. That old, half-pleading +petulance, unamiable, yet, as it might seem, only needing conditions +of life a little happier than they had actually been, to become +refinement of affection, a delicate grace in its demand on the +sympathy of others, had changed in those moments of full intelligence +to a clinging and tremulous gentleness, as he lay--"on the very +threshold of death"--with a sharply contracted hand in the hand of +Marius, to his almost surprised joy, winning him now to an absolutely +self-forgetful devotion. There was a new sort of pleading in the +misty eyes, just because they took such unsteady note of him, which +made Marius feel as if guilty; anticipating thus a form of self- +reproach with which even the tenderest ministrant may be sometimes +surprised, when, at death, affectionate labour suddenly ceasing +leaves room for the suspicion of some failure of love perhaps, at one +or another minute point in it. Marius almost longed to take his +share in the suffering, that he might understand so the better how to +relieve it. + +It seemed that the light of the lamp distressed the patient, and +Marius extinguished it. The thunder which had sounded all day among +the hills, with a heat not unwelcome to Flavian, had given way at +nightfall to steady rain; and [119] in the darkness Marius lay down +beside him, faintly shivering now in the sudden cold, to lend him his +own warmth, undeterred by the fear of contagion which had kept other +people from passing near the house. At length about day-break he +perceived that the last effort had come with a revival of mental +clearness, as Marius understood by the contact, light as it was, in +recognition of him there. "Is it a comfort," he whispered then, "that +I shall often come and weep over you?"--"Not unless I be aware, and +hear you weeping!" + +The sun shone out on the people going to work for a long hot day, and +Marius was standing by the dead, watching, with deliberate purpose to +fix in his memory every detail, that he might have this picture in +reserve, should any hour of forgetfulness hereafter come to him with +the temptation to feel completely happy again. A feeling of outrage, +of resentment against nature itself, mingled with an agony of pity, +as he noted on the now placid features a certain look of humility, +almost abject, like the expression of a smitten child or animal, as +of one, fallen at last, after bewildering struggle, wholly under the +power of a merciless adversary. From mere tenderness of soul he +would not forget one circumstance in all that; as a man might piously +stamp on his memory the death-scene of a brother wrongfully condemned +to die, against a time that may come. + +[120] The fear of the corpse, which surprised him in his effort to +watch by it through the darkness, was a hint of his own failing +strength, just in time. The first night after the washing of the +body, he bore stoutly enough the tax which affection seemed to +demand, throwing the incense from time to time on the little altar +placed beside the bier. It was the recurrence of the thing--that +unchanged outline below the coverlet, amid a silence in which the +faintest rustle seemed to speak--that finally overcame his +determination. Surely, here, in this alienation, this sense of +distance between them, which had come over him before though in minor +degree when the mind of Flavian had wandered in his sickness, was +another of the pains of death. Yet he was able to make all due +preparations, and go through the ceremonies, shortened a little +because of the infection, when, on a cloudless evening, the funeral +procession went forth; himself, the flames of the pyre having done +their work, carrying away the urn of the deceased, in the folds of +his toga, to its last resting-place in the cemetery beside the +highway, and so turning home to sleep in his own desolate lodging. + + Quis desiderio sit pudor aut modus + Tam cari capitis?--+ + +What thought of others' thoughts about one could there be with the +regret for "so dear a head" fresh at one's heart? + +NOTES + +116. +Lucretius, Book VI.1153. + +120. +Horace, Odes I.xxiv.1-2. + + + +PART THE SECOND + + +CHAPTER VIII: ANIMULA VAGULA + + + Animula, vagula, blandula + Hospes comesque corporis, + Quae nunc abibis in loca? + Pallidula, rigida, nudula. + + The Emperor Hadrian to his Soul + +[123] FLAVIAN was no more. The little marble chest with its dust and +tears lay cold among the faded flowers. For most people the actual +spectacle of death brings out into greater reality, at least for the +imagination, whatever confidence they may entertain of the soul's +survival in another life. To Marius, greatly agitated by that event, +the earthly end of Flavian came like a final revelation of nothing +less than the soul's extinction. Flavian had gone out as utterly as +the fire among those still beloved ashes. Even that wistful suspense +of judgment expressed by the dying Hadrian, regarding further stages +of being still possible for the soul in some dim journey hence, +seemed wholly untenable, and, with it, almost all that remained of +the religion of his childhood. Future extinction seemed just then +[124] to be what the unforced witness of his own nature pointed to. +On the other hand, there came a novel curiosity as to what the +various schools of ancient philosophy had had to say concerning that +strange, fluttering creature; and that curiosity impelled him to +certain severe studies, in which his earlier religious conscience +seemed still to survive, as a principle of hieratic scrupulousness or +integrity of thought, regarding this new service to intellectual +light. + +At this time, by his poetic and inward temper, he might have fallen a +prey to the enervating mysticism, then in wait for ardent souls in +many a melodramatic revival of old religion or theosophy. From all +this, fascinating as it might actually be to one side of his +character, he was kept by a genuine virility there, effective in him, +among other results, as a hatred of what was theatrical, and the +instinctive recognition that in vigorous intelligence, after all, +divinity was most likely to be found a resident. With this was +connected the feeling, increasing with his advance to manhood, of a +poetic beauty in mere clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic +charm of a cold austerity of mind; as if the kinship of that to the +clearness of physical light were something more than a figure of +speech. Of all those various religious fantasies, as so many forms +of enthusiasm, he could well appreciate the picturesque; that was +made easy by his natural Epicureanism, already prompting [125] him to +conceive of himself as but the passive spectator of the world around +him. But it was to the severer reasoning, of which such matters as +Epicurean theory are born, that, in effect, he now betook himself. +Instinctively suspicious of those mechanical arcana, those pretended +"secrets unveiled" of the professional mystic, which really bring +great and little souls to one level, for Marius the only possible +dilemma lay between that old, ancestral Roman religion, now become so +incredible to him and the honest action of his own untroubled, +unassisted intelligence. Even the Arcana Celestia of Platonism--what +the sons of Plato had had to say regarding the essential indifference +of pure soul to its bodily house and merely occasional dwelling- +place--seemed to him while his heart was there in the urn with the +material ashes of Flavian, or still lingering in memory over his last +agony, wholly inhuman or morose, as tending to alleviate his +resentment at nature's wrong. It was to the sentiment of the body, +and the affections it defined--the flesh, of whose force and colour +that wandering Platonic soul was but so frail a residue or abstract-- +he must cling. The various pathetic traits of the beloved, +suffering, perished body of Flavian, so deeply pondered, had made him +a materialist, but with something of the temper of a devotee. + +As a consequence it might have seemed at first that his care for +poetry had passed away, [126] to be replaced by the literature of +thought. His much-pondered manuscript verses were laid aside; and +what happened now to one, who was certainly to be something of a poet +from first to last, looked at the moment like a change from poetry to +prose. He came of age about this time, his own master though with +beardless face; and at eighteen, an age at which, then as now, many +youths of capacity, who fancied themselves poets, secluded themselves +from others chiefly in affectation and vague dreaming, he secluded +himself indeed from others, but in a severe intellectual meditation, +that salt of poetry, without which all the more serious charm is +lacking to the imaginative world. Still with something of the old +religious earnestness of his childhood, he set himself--Sich im +Denken zu orientiren--to determine his bearings, as by compass, in +the world of thought--to get that precise acquaintance with the +creative intelligence itself, its structure and capacities, its +relation to other parts of himself and to other things, without +which, certainly, no poetry can be masterly. Like a young man rich +in this world's goods coming of age, he must go into affairs, and +ascertain his outlook. There must be no disguises. An exact +estimate of realities, as towards himself, he must have--a delicately +measured gradation of certainty in things--from the distant, haunted +horizon of mere surmise or imagination, to the actual [127] feeling +of sorrow in his heart, as he reclined one morning, alone instead of +in pleasant company, to ponder the hard sayings of an imperfect old +Greek manuscript, unrolled beside him. His former gay companions, +meeting him in the streets of the old Italian town, and noting the +graver lines coming into the face of the sombre but enthusiastic +student of intellectual structure, who could hold his own so well in +the society of accomplished older men, were half afraid of him, +though proud to have him of their company. Why this reserve?--they +asked, concerning the orderly, self-possessed youth, whose speech and +carriage seemed so carefully measured, who was surely no poet like +the rapt, dishevelled Lupus. Was he secretly in love, perhaps, whose +toga was so daintily folded, and who was always as fresh as the +flowers he wore; or bent on his own line of ambition: or even on +riches? + +Marius, meantime, was reading freely, in early morning for the most +part, those writers chiefly who had made it their business to know +what might be thought concerning that strange, enigmatic, personal +essence, which had seemed to go out altogether, along with the +funeral fires. And the old Greek who more than any other was now +giving form to his thoughts was a very hard master. From Epicurus, +from the thunder and lightning of Lucretius--like thunder and +lightning some distance off, one might recline to enjoy, in a garden +of roses--he had gone back to [128] the writer who was in a certain +sense the teacher of both, Heraclitus of Ionia. His difficult book +"Concerning Nature" was even then rare, for people had long since +satisfied themselves by the quotation of certain brilliant, isolated, +oracles only, out of what was at best a taxing kind of lore. But the +difficulty of the early Greek prose did but spur the curiosity of +Marius; the writer, the superior clearness of whose intellectual view +had so sequestered him from other men, who had had so little joy of +that superiority, being avowedly exacting as to the amount of devout +attention he required from the student. "The many," he said, always +thus emphasising the difference between the many and the few, are +"like people heavy with wine," "led by children," "knowing not +whither they go;" and yet, "much learning doth not make wise;" and +again, "the ass, after all, would have his thistles rather than fine +gold." + +Heraclitus, indeed, had not under-rated the difficulty for "the many" +of the paradox with which his doctrine begins, and the due reception +of which must involve a denial of habitual impressions, as the +necessary first step in the way of truth. His philosophy had been +developed in conscious, outspoken opposition to the current mode of +thought, as a matter requiring some exceptional loyalty to pure +reason and its "dry light." Men are subject to an illusion, he +protests, regarding matters apparent to sense. [129] What the +uncorrected sense gives was a false impression of permanence or +fixity in things, which have really changed their nature in the very +moment in which we see and touch them. And the radical flaw in the +current mode of thinking would lie herein: that, reflecting this +false or uncorrected sensation, it attributes to the phenomena of +experience a durability which does not really belong to them. +Imaging forth from those fluid impressions a world of firmly out- +lined objects, it leads one to regard as a thing stark and dead what +is in reality full of animation, of vigour, of the fire of life--that +eternal process of nature, of which at a later time Goethe spoke as +the "Living Garment," whereby God is seen of us, ever in weaving at +the "Loom of Time." + +And the appeal which the old Greek thinker made was, in the first +instance, from confused to unconfused sensation; with a sort of +prophetic seriousness, a great claim and assumption, such as we may +understand, if we anticipate in this preliminary scepticism the +ulterior scope of his speculation, according to which the universal +movement of all natural things is but one particular stage, or +measure, of that ceaseless activity wherein the divine reason +consists. The one true being--that constant subject of all early +thought--it was his merit to have conceived, not as sterile and +stagnant inaction, but as a perpetual energy, from the restless +stream of which, [130] at certain points, some elements detach +themselves, and harden into non-entity and death, corresponding, as +outward objects, to man's inward condition of ignorance: that is, to +the slowness of his faculties. It is with this paradox of a subtle, +perpetual change in all visible things, that the high speculation of +Heraclitus begins. Hence the scorn he expresses for anything like a +careless, half-conscious, "use-and-wont" reception of our experience, +which took so strong a hold on men's memories! Hence those many +precepts towards a strenuous self-consciousness in all we think and +do, that loyalty to cool and candid reason, which makes strict +attentiveness of mind a kind of religious duty and service. + +The negative doctrine, then, that the objects of our ordinary +experience, fixed as they seem, are really in perpetual change, had +been, as originally conceived, but the preliminary step towards a +large positive system of almost religious philosophy. Then as now, +the illuminated philosophic mind might apprehend, in what seemed a +mass of lifeless matter, the movement of that universal life, in +which things, and men's impressions of them, were ever "coming to +be," alternately consumed and renewed. That continual change, to be +discovered by the attentive understanding where common opinion found +fixed objects, was but the indicator of a subtler but all-pervading +motion--the sleepless, ever-sustained, inexhaustible energy of the +divine [131] reason itself, proceeding always by its own rhythmical +logic, and lending to all mind and matter, in turn, what life they +had. In this "perpetual flux" of things and of souls, there was, as +Heraclitus conceived, a continuance, if not of their material or +spiritual elements, yet of orderly intelligible relationships, like +the harmony of musical notes, wrought out in and through the series +of their mutations--ordinances of the divine reason, maintained +throughout the changes of the phenomenal world; and this harmony in +their mutation and opposition, was, after all, a principle of sanity, +of reality, there. But it happened, that, of all this, the first, +merely sceptical or negative step, that easiest step on the +threshold, had alone remained in general memory; and the "doctrine of +motion" seemed to those who had felt its seduction to make all fixed +knowledge impossible. The swift passage of things, the still swifter +passage of those modes of our conscious being which seemed to reflect +them, might indeed be the burning of the divine fire: but what was +ascertained was that they did pass away like a devouring flame, or +like the race of water in the mid-stream--too swiftly for any real +knowledge of them to be attainable. Heracliteanism had grown to be +almost identical with the famous doctrine of the sophist Protagoras, +that the momentary, sensible apprehension of the individual was the +only standard of what is or is [132] not, and each one the measure of +all things to himself. The impressive name of Heraclitus had become +but an authority for a philosophy of the despair of knowledge. + +And as it had been with his original followers in Greece, so it +happened now with the later Roman disciple. He, too, paused at the +apprehension of that constant motion of things--the drift of flowers, +of little or great souls, of ambitious systems, in the stream around +him, the first source, the ultimate issue, of which, in regions out +of sight, must count with him as but a dim problem. The bold mental +flight of the old Greek master from the fleeting, competing objects +of experience to that one universal life, in which the whole sphere +of physical change might be reckoned as but a single pulsation, +remained by him as hypothesis only--the hypothesis he actually +preferred, as in itself most credible, however scantily realisable +even by the imagination--yet still as but one unverified hypothesis, +among many others, concerning the first principle of things. He +might reserve it as a fine, high, visionary consideration, very +remote upon the intellectual ladder, just at the point, indeed, where +that ladder seemed to pass into the clouds, but for which there was +certainly no time left just now by his eager interest in the real +objects so close to him, on the lowlier earthy steps nearest the +ground. And those childish days of reverie, [133] when he played at +priests, played in many another day-dream, working his way from the +actual present, as far as he might, with a delightful sense of escape +in replacing the outer world of other people by an inward world as +himself really cared to have it, had made him a kind of "idealist." +He was become aware of the possibility of a large dissidence between +an inward and somewhat exclusive world of vivid personal +apprehension, and the unimproved, unheightened reality of the life of +those about him. As a consequence, he was ready now to concede, +somewhat more easily than others, the first point of his new lesson, +that the individual is to himself the measure of all things, and to +rely on the exclusive certainty to himself of his own impressions. +To move afterwards in that outer world of other people, as though +taking it at their estimate, would be possible henceforth only as a +kind of irony. And as with the Vicaire Savoyard, after reflecting on +the variations of philosophy, "the first fruit he drew from that +reflection was the lesson of a limitation of his researches to what +immediately interested him; to rest peacefully in a profound +ignorance as to all beside; to disquiet himself only concerning those +things which it was of import for him to know." At least he would +entertain no theory of conduct which did not allow its due weight to +this primary element of incertitude or negation, in the conditions of +man's life. [134] Just here he joined company, retracing in his +individual mental pilgrimage the historic order of human thought, +with another wayfarer on the journey, another ancient Greek master, +the founder of the Cyrenaic philosophy, whose weighty traditional +utterances (for he had left no writing) served in turn to give +effective outline to the contemplations of Marius. There was +something in the doctrine itself congruous with the place wherein it +had its birth; and for a time Marius lived much, mentally, in the +brilliant Greek colony which had given a dubious name to the +philosophy of pleasure. It hung, for his fancy, between the +mountains and the sea, among richer than Italian gardens, on a +certain breezy table-land projecting from the African coast, some +hundreds of miles southward from Greece. There, in a delightful +climate, with something of transalpine temperance amid its luxury, +and withal in an inward atmosphere of temperance which did but +further enhance the brilliancy of human life, the school of Cyrene +had maintained itself as almost one with the family of its founder; +certainly as nothing coarse or unclean, and under the influence of +accomplished women. + +Aristippus of Cyrene too had left off in suspense of judgment as to +what might really lie behind--flammantia moenia mundi: the flaming +ramparts of the world. Those strange, bold, sceptical surmises, +which had haunted the minds [135] of the first Greek enquirers as +merely abstract doubt, which had been present to the mind of +Heraclitus as one element only in a system of abstract philosophy, +became with Aristippus a very subtly practical worldly-wisdom. The +difference between him and those obscure earlier thinkers is almost +like that between an ancient thinker generally, and a modern man of +the world: it was the difference between the mystic in his cell, or +the prophet in the desert, and the expert, cosmopolitan, +administrator of his dark sayings, translating the abstract thoughts +of the master into terms, first of all, of sentiment. It has been +sometimes seen, in the history of the human mind, that when thus +translated into terms of sentiment--of sentiment, as lying already +half-way towards practice--the abstract ideas of metaphysics for the +first time reveal their true significance. The metaphysical +principle, in itself, as it were, without hands or feet, becomes +impressive, fascinating, of effect, when translated into a precept as +to how it were best to feel and act; in other words, under its +sentimental or ethical equivalent. The leading idea of the great +master of Cyrene, his theory that things are but shadows, and that +we, even as they, never continue in one stay, might indeed have taken +effect as a languid, enervating, consumptive nihilism, as a precept +of "renunciation," which would touch and handle and busy itself with +nothing. But in the reception of [136] metaphysical formulae, all +depends, as regards their actual and ulterior result, on the pre- +existent qualities of that soil of human nature into which they fall- +-the company they find already present there, on their admission into +the house of thought; there being at least so much truth as this +involves in the theological maxim, that the reception of this or that +speculative conclusion is really a matter of will. The persuasion +that all is vanity, with this happily constituted Greek, who had been +a genuine disciple of Socrates and reflected, presumably, something +of his blitheness in the face of the world, his happy way of taking +all chances, generated neither frivolity nor sourness, but induced, +rather, an impression, just serious enough, of the call upon men's +attention of the crisis in which they find themselves. It became the +stimulus towards every kind of activity, and prompted a perpetual, +inextinguishable thirst after experience. + +With Marius, then, the influence of the philosopher of pleasure +depended on this, that in him an abstract doctrine, originally +somewhat acrid, had fallen upon a rich and genial nature, well fitted +to transform it into a theory of practice, of considerable +stimulative power towards a fair life. What Marius saw in him was +the spectacle of one of the happiest temperaments coming, so to +speak, to an understanding with the most depressing of theories; +accepting the [137] results of a metaphysical system which seemed to +concentrate into itself all the weakening trains of thought in +earlier Greek speculation, and making the best of it; turning its +hard, bare truths, with wonderful tact, into precepts of grace, and +delicate wisdom, and a delicate sense of honour. Given the hardest +terms, supposing our days are indeed but a shadow, even so, we may +well adorn and beautify, in scrupulous self-respect, our souls, and +whatever our souls touch upon--these wonderful bodies, these material +dwelling-places through which the shadows pass together for a while, +the very raiment we wear, our very pastimes and the intercourse of +society. The most discerning judges saw in him something like the +graceful "humanities" of the later Roman, and our modern "culture," +as it is termed; while Horace recalled his sayings as expressing best +his own consummate amenity in the reception of life. + +In this way, for Marius, under the guidance of that old master of +decorous living, those eternal doubts as to the criteria of truth +reduced themselves to a scepticism almost drily practical, a +scepticism which developed the opposition between things as they are +and our impressions and thoughts concerning them--the possibility, if +an outward world does really exist, of some faultiness in our +apprehension of it--the doctrine, in short, of what is termed "the +subjectivity of knowledge." That is a consideration, indeed, [138] +which lies as an element of weakness, like some admitted fault or +flaw, at the very foundation of every philosophical account of the +universe; which confronts all philosophies at their starting, but +with which none have really dealt conclusively, some perhaps not +quite sincerely; which those who are not philosophers dissipate by +"common," but unphilosophical, sense, or by religious faith. The +peculiar strength of Marius was, to have apprehended this weakness on +the threshold of human knowledge, in the whole range of its +consequences. Our knowledge is limited to what we feel, he +reflected: we need no proof that we feel. But can we be sure that +things are at all like our feelings? Mere peculiarities in the +instruments of our cognition, like the little knots and waves on the +surface of a mirror, may distort the matter they seem but to +represent. Of other people we cannot truly know even the feelings, +nor how far they would indicate the same modifications, each one of a +personality really unique, in using the same terms as ourselves; that +"common experience," which is sometimes proposed as a satisfactory +basis of certainty, being after all only a fixity of language. But +our own impressions!--The light and heat of that blue veil over our +heads, the heavens spread out, perhaps not like a curtain over +anything!--How reassuring, after so long a debate about the rival +criteria of truth, to fall back upon direct sensation, to limit one's +[139] aspirations after knowledge to that! In an age still +materially so brilliant, so expert in the artistic handling of +material things, with sensible capacities still in undiminished +vigour, with the whole world of classic art and poetry outspread +before it, and where there was more than eye or ear could well take +in--how natural the determination to rely exclusively upon the +phenomena of the senses, which certainly never deceive us about +themselves, about which alone we can never deceive ourselves! + +And so the abstract apprehension that the little point of this +present moment alone really is, between a past which has just ceased +to be and a future which may never come, became practical with +Marius, under the form of a resolve, as far as possible, to exclude +regret and desire, and yield himself to the improvement of the +present with an absolutely disengaged mind. America is here and now- +-here, or nowhere: as Wilhelm Meister finds out one day, just not too +late, after so long looking vaguely across the ocean for the +opportunity of the development of his capacities. It was as if, +recognising in perpetual motion the law of nature, Marius identified +his own way of life cordially with it, "throwing himself into the +stream," so to speak. He too must maintain a harmony with that soul +of motion in things, by constantly renewed mobility of character. + +Omnis Aristippum decuit color et status et res.-- + +[140] Thus Horace had summed up that perfect manner in the reception +of life attained by his old Cyrenaic master; and the first practical +consequence of the metaphysic which lay behind that perfect manner, +had been a strict limitation, almost the renunciation, of +metaphysical enquiry itself. Metaphysic--that art, as it has so +often proved, in the words of Michelet, de s'garer avec mthode, of +bewildering oneself methodically:--one must spend little time upon +that! In the school of Cyrene, great as was its mental incisiveness, +logical and physical speculation, theoretic interests generally, had +been valued only so far as they served to give a groundwork, an +intellectual justification, to that exclusive concern with practical +ethics which was a note of the Cyrenaic philosophy. How earnest and +enthusiastic, how true to itself, under how many varieties of +character, had been the effort of the Greeks after Theory--Theria-- +that vision of a wholly reasonable world, which, according to the +greatest of them, literally makes man like God: how loyally they had +still persisted in the quest after that, in spite of how many +disappointments! In the Gospel of Saint John, perhaps, some of them +might have found the kind of vision they were seeking for; but not in +"doubtful disputations" concerning "being" and "not being," knowledge +and appearance. Men's minds, even young men's minds, at that late +day, might well seem oppressed by the weariness of systems which +[141] had so far outrun positive knowledge; and in the mind of +Marius, as in that old school of Cyrene, this sense of ennui, +combined with appetites so youthfully vigorous, brought about +reaction, a sort of suicide (instances of the like have been seen +since) by which a great metaphysical acumen was devoted to the +function of proving metaphysical speculation impossible, or useless. +Abstract theory was to be valued only just so far as it might serve +to clear the tablet of the mind from suppositions no more than half +realisable, or wholly visionary, leaving it in flawless evenness of +surface to the impressions of an experience, concrete and direct. + +To be absolutely virgin towards such experience, by ridding ourselves +of such abstractions as are but the ghosts of bygone impressions--to +be rid of the notions we have made for ourselves, and that so often +only misrepresent the experience of which they profess to be the +representation--idola, idols, false appearances, as Bacon calls them +later--to neutralise the distorting influence of metaphysical system +by an all-accomplished metaphysic skill: it is this bold, hard, sober +recognition, under a very "dry light," of its own proper aim, in +union with a habit of feeling which on the practical side may perhaps +open a wide doorway to human weakness, that gives to the Cyrenaic +doctrine, to reproductions of this doctrine in the time of Marius or +in our own, their gravity and importance. It was a [142] school to +which the young man might come, eager for truth, expecting much from +philosophy, in no ignoble curiosity, aspiring after nothing less than +an "initiation." He would be sent back, sooner or later, to +experience, to the world of concrete impressions, to things as they +may be seen, heard, felt by him; but with a wonderful machinery of +observation, and free from the tyranny of mere theories. + +So, in intervals of repose, after the agitation which followed the +death of Flavian, the thoughts of Marius ran, while he felt himself +as if returned to the fine, clear, peaceful light of that pleasant +school of healthfully sensuous wisdom, in the brilliant old Greek +colony, on its fresh upland by the sea. Not pleasure, but a general +completeness of life, was the practical ideal to which this anti- +metaphysical metaphysic really pointed. And towards such a full or +complete life, a life of various yet select sensation, the most +direct and effective auxiliary must be, in a word, Insight. Liberty +of soul, freedom from all partial and misrepresentative doctrine +which does but relieve one element in our experience at the cost of +another, freedom from all embarrassment alike of regret for the past +and of calculation on the future: this would be but preliminary to +the real business of education--insight, insight through culture, +into all that the present moment holds in trust for us, as we stand +so briefly in its presence. From that maxim of [143] Life as the end +of life, followed, as a practical consequence, the desirableness of +refining all the instruments of inward and outward intuition, of +developing all their capacities, of testing and exercising one's self +in them, till one's whole nature became one complex medium of +reception, towards the vision--the "beatific vision," if we really +cared to make it such--of our actual experience in the world. Not +the conveyance of an abstract body of truths or principles, would be +the aim of the right education of one's self, or of another, but the +conveyance of an art--an art in some degree peculiar to each +individual character; with the modifications, that is, due to its +special constitution, and the peculiar circumstances of its growth, +inasmuch as no one of us is "like another, all in all." + + + +CHAPTER IX: NEW CYRENAICISM + +[144] SUCH were the practical conclusions drawn for himself by +Marius, when somewhat later he had outgrown the mastery of others, +from the principle that "all is vanity." If he could but count upon +the present, if a life brief at best could not certainly be shown to +conduct one anywhere beyond itself, if men's highest curiosity was +indeed so persistently baffled--then, with the Cyrenaics of all ages, +he would at least fill up the measure of that present with vivid +sensations, and such intellectual apprehensions, as, in strength and +directness and their immediately realised values at the bar of an +actual experience, are most like sensations. So some have spoken in +every age; for, like all theories which really express a strong +natural tendency of the human mind or even one of its characteristic +modes of weakness, this vein of reflection is a constant tradition in +philosophy. Every age of European thought has had its Cyrenaics or +Epicureans, under many disguises: even under the hood of the monk. + +[145] But--Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die!--is a +proposal, the real import of which differs immensely, according to +the natural taste, and the acquired judgment, of the guests who sit +at the table. It may express nothing better than the instinct of +Dante's Ciacco, the accomplished glutton, in the mud of the Inferno;+ +or, since on no hypothesis does man "live by bread alone," may come +to be identical with--"My meat is to do what is just and kind;" while +the soul, which can make no sincere claim to have apprehended +anything beyond the veil of immediate experience, yet never loses a +sense of happiness in conforming to the highest moral ideal it can +clearly define for itself; and actually, though but with so faint +hope, does the "Father's business." + +In that age of Marcus Aurelius, so completely disabused of the +metaphysical ambition to pass beyond "the flaming ramparts of the +world," but, on the other hand, possessed of so vast an accumulation +of intellectual treasure, with so wide a view before it over all +varieties of what is powerful or attractive in man and his works, the +thoughts of Marius did but follow the line taken by the majority of +educated persons, though to a different issue. Pitched to a really +high and serious key, the precept--Be perfect in regard to what is +here and now: the precept of "culture," as it is called, or of a +complete education--might at least save him from the vulgarity and +heaviness [146] of a generation, certainly of no general fineness of +temper, though with a material well-being abundant enough. Conceded +that what is secure in our existence is but the sharp apex of the +present moment between two hypothetical eternities, and all that is +real in our experience but a series of fleeting impressions:--so +Marius continued the sceptical argument he had condensed, as the +matter to hold by, from his various philosophical reading:--given, +that we are never to get beyond the walls of the closely shut cell of +one's own personality; that the ideas we are somehow impelled to form +of an outer world, and of other minds akin to our own, are, it may +be, but a day-dream, and the thought of any world beyond, a day-dream +perhaps idler still: then, he, at least, in whom those fleeting +impressions--faces, voices, material sunshine--were very real and +imperious, might well set himself to the consideration, how such +actual moments as they passed might be made to yield their utmost, by +the most dexterous training of capacity. Amid abstract metaphysical +doubts, as to what might lie one step only beyond that experience, +reinforcing the deep original materialism or earthliness of human +nature itself, bound so intimately to the sensuous world, let him at +least make the most of what was "here and now." In the actual +dimness of ways from means to ends--ends in themselves desirable, yet +for the most part distant and for him, certainly, below the [147] +visible horizon--he would at all events be sure that the means, to +use the well-worn terminology, should have something of finality or +perfection about them, and themselves partake, in a measure, of the +more excellent nature of ends--that the means should justify the end. + +With this view he would demand culture, paideia,+ as the Cyrenaics +said, or, in other words, a wide, a complete, education--an education +partly negative, as ascertaining the true limits of man's capacities, +but for the most part positive, and directed especially to the +expansion and refinement of the power of reception; of those powers, +above all, which are immediately relative to fleeting phenomena, the +powers of emotion and sense. In such an education, an "aesthetic" +education, as it might now be termed, and certainly occupied very +largely with those aspects of things which affect us pleasurably +through sensation, art, of course, including all the finer sorts of +literature, would have a great part to play. The study of music, in +that wider Platonic sense, according to which, music comprehends all +those matters over which the Muses of Greek mythology preside, would +conduct one to an exquisite appreciation of all the finer traits of +nature and of man. Nay! the products of the imagination must +themselves be held to present the most perfect forms of life--spirit +and matter alike under their purest and most perfect conditions--the +most strictly appropriate [148] objects of that impassioned +contemplation, which, in the world of intellectual discipline, as in +the highest forms of morality and religion, must be held to be the +essential function of the "perfect." Such manner of life might come +even to seem a kind of religion--an inward, visionary, mystic piety, +or religion, by virtue of its effort to live days "lovely and +pleasant" in themselves, here and now, and with an all-sufficiency of +well-being in the immediate sense of the object contemplated, +independently of any faith, or hope that might be entertained as to +their ulterior tendency. In this way, the true aesthetic culture +would be realisable as a new form of the contemplative life, founding +its claim on the intrinsic "blessedness" of "vision"--the vision of +perfect men and things. One's human nature, indeed, would fain +reckon on an assured and endless future, pleasing itself with the +dream of a final home, to be attained at some still remote date, yet +with a conscious, delightful home-coming at last, as depicted in many +an old poetic Elysium. On the other hand, the world of perfected +sensation, intelligence, emotion, is so close to us, and so +attractive, that the most visionary of spirits must needs represent +the world unseen in colours, and under a form really borrowed from +it. Let me be sure then--might he not plausibly say?--that I miss no +detail of this life of realised consciousness in the present! Here +at least is a vision, a theory, [149] theria,+ which reposes on no +basis of unverified hypothesis, which makes no call upon a future +after all somewhat problematic; as it would be unaffected by any +discovery of an Empedocles (improving on the old story of Prometheus) +as to what had really been the origin, and course of development, of +man's actually attained faculties and that seemingly divine particle +of reason or spirit in him. Such a doctrine, at more leisurable +moments, would of course have its precepts to deliver on the +embellishment, generally, of what is near at hand, on the adornment +of life, till, in a not impracticable rule of conduct, one's +existence, from day to day, came to be like a well-executed piece of +music; that "perpetual motion" in things (so Marius figured the +matter to himself, under the old Greek imageries) according itself to +a kind of cadence or harmony. + +It was intelligible that this "aesthetic" philosophy might find +itself (theoretically, at least, and by way of a curious question in +casuistry, legitimate from its own point of view) weighing the claims +of that eager, concentrated, impassioned realisation of experience, +against those of the received morality. Conceiving its own function +in a somewhat desperate temper, and becoming, as every high-strung +form of sentiment, as the religious sentiment itself, may become, +somewhat antinomian, when, in its effort towards the order of +experiences it prefers, it is confronted with the traditional and +popular [150] morality, at points where that morality may look very +like a convention, or a mere stage-property of the world, it would be +found, from time to time, breaking beyond the limits of the actual +moral order; perhaps not without some pleasurable excitement in so +bold a venture. + +With the possibility of some such hazard as this, in thought or even +in practice--that it might be, though refining, or tonic even, in the +case of those strong and in health, yet, as Pascal says of the kindly +and temperate wisdom of Montaigne, "pernicious for those who have any +natural tendency to impiety or vice," the line of reflection traced +out above, was fairly chargeable.--Not, however, with "hedonism" and +its supposed consequences. The blood, the heart, of Marius were +still pure. He knew that his carefully considered theory of practice +braced him, with the effect of a moral principle duly recurring to +mind every morning, towards the work of a student, for which he might +seem intended. Yet there were some among his acquaintance who jumped +to the conclusion that, with the "Epicurean stye," he was making +pleasure--pleasure, as they so poorly conceived it--the sole motive +of life; and they precluded any exacter estimate of the situation by +covering it with a high-sounding general term, through the vagueness +of which they were enabled to see the severe and laborious youth in +the vulgar company of Lais. Words like "hedonism"-- [151] terms of +large and vague comprehension--above all when used for a purpose +avowedly controversial, have ever been the worst examples of what are +called "question-begging terms;" and in that late age in which Marius +lived, amid the dust of so many centuries of philosophical debate, +the air was full of them. Yet those who used that reproachful Greek +term for the philosophy of pleasure, were hardly more likely than the +old Greeks themselves (on whom regarding this very subject of the +theory of pleasure, their masters in the art of thinking had so +emphatically to impress the necessity of "making distinctions") to +come to any very delicately correct ethical conclusions by a +reasoning, which began with a general term, comprehensive enough to +cover pleasures so different in quality, in their causes and effects, +as the pleasures of wine and love, of art and science, of religious +enthusiasm and political enterprise, and of that taste or curiosity +which satisfied itself with long days of serious study. Yet, in +truth, each of those pleasurable modes of activity, may, in its turn, +fairly become the ideal of the "hedonistic" doctrine. Really, to the +phase of reflection through which Marius was then passing, the charge +of "hedonism," whatever its true weight might be, was not properly +applicable at all. Not pleasure, but fulness of life, and "insight" +as conducting to that fulness--energy, variety, and choice of +experience, including [152] noble pain and sorrow even, loves such +as those in the exquisite old story of Apuleius, sincere and +strenuous forms of the moral life, such as Seneca and Epictetus-- +whatever form of human life, in short, might be heroic, impassioned, +ideal: from these the "new Cyrenaicism" of Marius took its criterion +of values. It was a theory, indeed, which might properly be regarded +as in great degree coincident with the main principle of the Stoics +themselves, and an older version of the precept "Whatsoever thy hand +findeth to do, do it with thy might"--a doctrine so widely acceptable +among the nobler spirits of that time. And, as with that, its +mistaken tendency would lie in the direction of a kind of idolatry of +mere life, or natural gift, or strength--l'idlatrie des talents. + +To understand the various forms of ancient art and thought, the +various forms of actual human feeling (the only new thing, in a world +almost too opulent in what was old) to satisfy, with a kind of +scrupulous equity, the claims of these concrete and actual objects on +his sympathy, his intelligence, his senses--to "pluck out the heart +of their mystery," and in turn become the interpreter of them to +others: this had now defined itself for Marius as a very narrowly +practical design: it determined his choice of a vocation to live by. +It was the era of the rhetoricians, or sophists, as they were +sometimes called; of men who came in some instances to [153] great +fame and fortune, by way of a literary cultivation of "science." +That science, it has been often said, must have been wholly an affair +of words. But in a world, confessedly so opulent in what was old, +the work, even of genius, must necessarily consist very much in +criticism; and, in the case of the more excellent specimens of his +class, the rhetorician was, after all, the eloquent and effective +interpreter, for the delighted ears of others, of what understanding +himself had come by, in years of travel and study, of the beautiful +house of art and thought which was the inheritance of the age. The +emperor Marcus Aurelius, to whose service Marius had now been called, +was himself, more or less openly, a "lecturer." That late world, +amid many curiously vivid modern traits, had this spectacle, so +familiar to ourselves, of the public lecturer or essayist; in some +cases adding to his other gifts that of the Christian preacher, who +knows how to touch people's sensibilities on behalf of the suffering. +To follow in the way of these successes, was the natural instinct of +youthful ambition; and it was with no vulgar egotism that Marius, at +the age of nineteen, determined, like many another young man of +parts, to enter as a student of rhetoric at Rome. + +Though the manner of his work was changed formally from poetry to +prose, he remained, and must always be, of the poetic temper: by +which, I mean, among other things, that quite [154] independently of +the general habit of that pensive age he lived much, and as it were +by system, in reminiscence. Amid his eager grasping at the +sensation, the consciousness, of the present, he had come to see +that, after all, the main point of economy in the conduct of the +present, was the question:--How will it look to me, at what shall I +value it, this day next year?--that in any given day or month one's +main concern was its impression for the memory. A strange trick +memory sometimes played him; for, with no natural gradation, what was +of last month, or of yesterday, of to-day even, would seem as far +off, as entirely detached from him, as things of ten years ago. +Detached from him, yet very real, there lay certain spaces of his +life, in delicate perspective, under a favourable light; and, +somehow, all the less fortunate detail and circumstance had parted +from them. Such hours were oftenest those in which he had been +helped by work of others to the pleasurable apprehension of art, of +nature, or of life. "Not what I do, but what I am, under the power +of this vision"--he would say to himself--"is what were indeed +pleasing to the gods!" + +And yet, with a kind of inconsistency in one who had taken for his +philosophic ideal the monochronos hdon+ of Aristippus--the pleasure of +the ideal present, of the mystic now--there would come, together with +that precipitate sinking of things into the past, a desire, after +all, [155] to retain "what was so transitive." Could he but arrest, +for others also, certain clauses of experience, as the imaginative +memory presented them to himself! In those grand, hot summers, he +would have imprisoned the very perfume of the flowers. To create, to +live, perhaps, a little while beyond the allotted hours, if it were +but in a fragment of perfect expression:--it was thus his longing +defined itself for something to hold by amid the "perpetual flux." +With men of his vocation, people were apt to say, words were things. +Well! with him, words should be indeed things,--the word, the phrase, +valuable in exact proportion to the transparency with which it +conveyed to others the apprehension, the emotion, the mood, so +vividly real within himself. Verbaque provisam rem non invita +sequentur:+ Virile apprehension of the true nature of things, of the +true nature of one's own impression, first of all!--words would +follow that naturally, a true understanding of one's self being ever +the first condition of genuine style. Language delicate and +measured, the delicate Attic phrase, for instance, in which the +eminent Aristeides could speak, was then a power to which people's +hearts, and sometimes even their purses, readily responded. And +there were many points, as Marius thought, on which the heart of that +age greatly needed to be touched. He hardly knew how strong that old +religious sense of responsibility, the conscience, as we call it, +[156] still was within him--a body of inward impressions, as real as +those so highly valued outward ones--to offend against which, brought +with it a strange feeling of disloyalty, as to a person. And the +determination, adhered to with no misgiving, to add nothing, not so +much as a transient sigh, to the great total of men's unhappiness, in +his way through the world:--that too was something to rest on, in the +drift of mere "appearances." + +All this would involve a life of industry, of industrious study, only +possible through healthy rule, keeping clear the eye alike of body +and soul. For the male element, the logical conscience asserted +itself now, with opening manhood--asserted itself, even in his +literary style, by a certain firmness of outline, that touch of the +worker in metal, amid its richness. Already he blamed instinctively +alike in his work and in himself, as youth so seldom does, all that +had not passed a long and liberal process of erasure. The happy +phrase or sentence was really modelled upon a cleanly finished +structure of scrupulous thought. The suggestive force of the one +master of his development, who had battled so hard with imaginative +prose; the utterance, the golden utterance, of the other, so content +with its living power of persuasion that he had never written at +all,--in the commixture of these two qualities he set up his literary +ideal, and this rare blending of grace with an intellectual [157] +rigour or astringency, was the secret of a singular expressiveness in +it. + +He acquired at this time a certain bookish air, the somewhat sombre +habitude of the avowed scholar, which though it never interfered with +the perfect tone, "fresh and serenely disposed," of the Roman +gentleman, yet qualified it as by an interesting oblique trait, and +frightened away some of his equals in age and rank. The sober +discretion of his thoughts, his sustained habit of meditation, the +sense of those negative conclusions enabling him to concentrate +himself, with an absorption so entire, upon what is immediately here +and now, gave him a peculiar manner of intellectual confidence, as of +one who had indeed been initiated into a great secret.--Though with +an air so disengaged, he seemed to be living so intently in the +visible world! And now, in revolt against that pre-occupation with +other persons, which had so often perturbed his spirit, his wistful +speculations as to what the real, the greater, experience might be, +determined in him, not as the longing for love--to be with Cynthia, +or Aspasia--but as a thirst for existence in exquisite places. The +veil that was to be lifted for him lay over the works of the old +masters of art, in places where nature also had used her mastery. +And it was just at this moment that a summons to Rome reached him. + +NOTES + +145. +Canto VI. + +147. +Transliteration: paideia. Definition "rearing, education." + +149. +Transliteration: theria. Definition "a looking at . . . +observing . . . contemplation." + +154. +Transliteration: monochronos hdon. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monokhronos means, literally, "single +or unitary time." + +155. +Horace, Ars Poetica 311. +Etext editor's translation: "The +subject once foreknown, the words will follow easily." + + + +CHAPTER X: ON THE WAY + + Mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur. + Pliny's Letters. + +[158] MANY points in that train of thought, its harder and more +energetic practical details especially, at first surmised but vaguely +in the intervals of his visits to the tomb of Flavian, attained the +coherence of formal principle amid the stirring incidents of the +journey, which took him, still in all the buoyancy of his nineteen +years and greatly expectant, to Rome. That summons had come from one +of the former friends of his father in the capital, who had kept +himself acquainted with the lad's progress, and, assured of his +parts, his courtly ways, above all of his beautiful penmanship, now +offered him a place, virtually that of an amanuensis, near the person +of the philosophic emperor. The old town-house of his family on the +Caelian hill, so long neglected, might well require his personal +care; and Marius, relieved a little by his preparations for +travelling from a certain over-tension [159] of spirit in which he +had lived of late, was presently on his way, to await introduction to +Aurelius, on his expected return home, after a first success, +illusive enough as it was soon to appear, against the invaders from +beyond the Danube. + +The opening stage of his journey, through the firm, golden weather, +for which he had lingered three days beyond the appointed time of +starting--days brown with the first rains of autumn--brought him, by +the byways among the lower slopes of the Apennines of Luna, to the +town of Luca, a station on the Cassian Way; travelling so far mainly +on foot, while the baggage followed under the care of his attendants. +He wore a broad felt hat, in fashion not unlike a more modern +pilgrim's, the neat head projecting from the collar of his gray +paenula, or travelling mantle, sewed closely together over the +breast, but with its two sides folded up upon the shoulders, to leave +the arms free in walking, and was altogether so trim and fresh, that, +as he climbed the hill from Pisa, by the long steep lane through the +olive-yards, and turned to gaze where he could just discern the +cypresses of the old school garden, like two black lines down the +yellow walls, a little child took possession of his hand, and, +looking up at him with entire confidence, paced on bravely at his +side, for the mere pleasure of his company, to the spot where the +road declined again [160] into the valley beyond. From this point, +leaving the servants behind, he surrendered himself, a willing +subject, as he walked, to the impressions of the road, and was almost +surprised, both at the suddenness with which evening came on, and the +distance from his old home at which it found him. + +And at the little town of Luca, he felt that indescribable sense of a +welcoming in the mere outward appearance of things, which seems to +mark out certain places for the special purpose of evening rest, and +gives them always a peculiar amiability in retrospect. Under the +deepening twilight, the rough-tiled roofs seem to huddle together +side by side, like one continuous shelter over the whole township, +spread low and broad above the snug sleeping-rooms within; and the +place one sees for the first time, and must tarry in but for a night, +breathes the very spirit of home. The cottagers lingered at their +doors for a few minutes as the shadows grew larger, and went to rest +early; though there was still a glow along the road through the shorn +corn-fields, and the birds were still awake about the crumbling gray +heights of an old temple. So quiet and air-swept was the place, you +could hardly tell where the country left off in it, and the field- +paths became its streets. Next morning he must needs change the +manner of his journey. The light baggage-wagon returned, and he +proceeded now more quickly, travelling [161] a stage or two by post, +along the Cassian Way, where the figures and incidents of the great +high-road seemed already to tell of the capital, the one centre to +which all were hastening, or had lately bidden adieu. That Way lay +through the heart of the old, mysterious and visionary country of +Etruria; and what he knew of its strange religion of the dead, +reinforced by the actual sight of the funeral houses scattered so +plentifully among the dwelling-places of the living, revived in him +for a while, in all its strength, his old instinctive yearning +towards those inhabitants of the shadowy land he had known in life. +It seemed to him that he could half divine how time passed in those +painted houses on the hillsides, among the gold and silver ornaments, +the wrought armour and vestments, the drowsy and dead attendants; and +the close consciousness of that vast population gave him no fear, but +rather a sense of companionship, as he climbed the hills on foot +behind the horses, through the genial afternoon. + +The road, next day, passed below a town not less primitive, it might +seem, than its rocky perch--white rocks, that had long been +glistening before him in the distance. Down the dewy paths the +people were descending from it, to keep a holiday, high and low alike +in rough, white-linen smocks. A homely old play was just begun in an +open-air theatre, with seats hollowed out of the turf-grown slope. +Marius [162] caught the terrified expression of a child in its +mother's arms, as it turned from the yawning mouth of a great mask, +for refuge in her bosom. The way mounted, and descended again, down +the steep street of another place, all resounding with the noise of +metal under the hammer; for every house had its brazier's workshop, +the bright objects of brass and copper gleaming, like lights in a +cave, out of their dark roofs and corners. Around the anvils the +children were watching the work, or ran to fetch water to the +hissing, red-hot metal; and Marius too watched, as he took his hasty +mid-day refreshment, a mess of chestnut-meal and cheese, while the +swelling surface of a great copper water-vessel grew flowered all +over with tiny petals under the skilful strokes. Towards dusk, a +frantic woman at the roadside, stood and cried out the words of some +philter, or malison, in verse, with weird motion of her hands, as the +travellers passed, like a wild picture drawn from Virgil. + +But all along, accompanying the superficial grace of these incidents +of the way, Marius noted, more and more as he drew nearer to Rome, +marks of the great plague. Under Hadrian and his successors, there +had been many enactments to improve the condition of the slave. The +ergastula+ were abolished. But no system of free labour had as yet +succeeded. A whole mendicant population, artfully exaggerating every +symptom and circumstance of misery, still hung [163] around, or +sheltered themselves within, the vast walls of their old, half-ruined +task-houses. And for the most part they had been variously stricken +by the pestilence. For once, the heroic level had been reached in +rags, squints, scars--every caricature of the human type--ravaged +beyond what could have been thought possible if it were to survive at +all. Meantime, the farms were less carefully tended than of old: +here and there they were lapsing into their natural wildness: some +villas also were partly fallen into ruin. The picturesque, romantic +Italy of a later time--the Italy of Claude and Salvator Rosa--was +already forming, for the delight of the modern romantic traveller. + +And again Marius was aware of a real change in things, on crossing +the Tiber, as if some magic effect lay in that; though here, in +truth, the Tiber was but a modest enough stream of turbid water. +Nature, under the richer sky, seemed readier and more affluent, and +man fitter to the conditions around him: even in people hard at work +there appeared to be a less burdensome sense of the mere business of +life. How dreamily the women were passing up through the broad light +and shadow of the steep streets with the great water-pots resting on +their heads, like women of Caryae, set free from slavery in old Greek +temples. With what a fresh, primeval poetry was daily existence here +impressed--all the details of the threshing-floor and the vineyard; +[164] the common farm-life even; the great bakers' fires aglow upon +the road in the evening. In the presence of all this Marius felt for +a moment like those old, early, unconscious poets, who created the +famous Greek myths of Dionysus, and the Great Mother, out of the +imagery of the wine-press and the ploughshare. And still the motion +of the journey was bringing his thoughts to systematic form. He +seemed to have grown to the fulness of intellectual manhood, on his +way hither. The formative and literary stimulus, so to call it, of +peaceful exercise which he had always observed in himself, doing its +utmost now, the form and the matter of thought alike detached +themselves clearly and with readiness from the healthfully excited +brain.--"It is wonderful," says Pliny, "how the mind is stirred to +activity by brisk bodily exercise." The presentable aspects of +inmost thought and feeling became evident to him: the structure of +all he meant, its order and outline, defined itself: his general +sense of a fitness and beauty in words became effective in daintily +pliant sentences, with all sorts of felicitous linking of figure to +abstraction. It seemed just then as if the desire of the artist in +him--that old longing to produce--might be satisfied by the exact and +literal transcript of what was then passing around him, in simple +prose, arresting the desirable moment as it passed, and prolonging +its life a little.--To live in the concrete! To be sure, at least, +of [165] one's hold upon that!--Again, his philosophic scheme was but +the reflection of the data of sense, and chiefly of sight, a +reduction to the abstract, of the brilliant road he travelled on, +through the sunshine. + +But on the seventh evening there came a reaction in the cheerful flow +of our traveller's thoughts, a reaction with which mere bodily +fatigue, asserting itself at last over his curiosity, had much to do; +and he fell into a mood, known to all passably sentimental wayfarers, +as night deepens again and again over their path, in which all +journeying, from the known to the unknown, comes suddenly to figure +as a mere foolish truancy--like a child's running away from home-- +with the feeling that one had best return at once, even through the +darkness. He had chosen to climb on foot, at his leisure, the long +windings by which the road ascended to the place where that day's +stage was to end, and found himself alone in the twilight, far behind +the rest of his travelling-companions. Would the last zigzag, round +and round those dark masses, half natural rock, half artificial +substructure, ever bring him within the circuit of the walls above? +It was now that a startling incident turned those misgivings almost +into actual fear. From the steep slope a heavy mass of stone was +detached, after some whisperings among the trees above his head, and +rushing down through the stillness fell to pieces in a [166] cloud of +dust across the road just behind him, so that he felt the touch upon +his heel. That was sufficient, just then, to rouse out of its +hiding-place his old vague fear of evil--of one's "enemies"--a +distress, so much a matter of constitution with him, that at times it +would seem that the best pleasures of life could but be snatched, as +it were hastily, in one moment's forgetfulness of its dark, besetting +influence. A sudden suspicion of hatred against him, of the nearness +of "enemies," seemed all at once to alter the visible form of things, +as with the child's hero, when he found the footprint on the sand of +his peaceful, dreamy island. His elaborate philosophy had not put +beneath his feet the terror of mere bodily evil; much less of +"inexorable fate, and the noise of greedy Acheron." + +The resting-place to which he presently came, in the keen, wholesome +air of the market-place of the little hill-town, was a pleasant +contrast to that last effort of his journey. The room in which he +sat down to supper, unlike the ordinary Roman inns at that day, was +trim and sweet. The firelight danced cheerfully upon the polished, +three-wicked lucernae burning cleanly with the best oil, upon the +white-washed walls, and the bunches of scarlet carnations set in +glass goblets. The white wine of the place put before him, of the +true colour and flavour of the grape, and with a ring of delicate +foam as it mounted in the cup, had a reviving edge or freshness he +had [167] found in no other wine. These things had relieved a little +the melancholy of the hour before; and it was just then that he heard +the voice of one, newly arrived at the inn, making his way to the +upper floor--a youthful voice, with a reassuring clearness of note, +which completed his cure. + +He seemed to hear that voice again in dreams, uttering his name: +then, awake in the full morning light and gazing from the window, saw +the guest of the night before, a very honourable-looking youth, in +the rich habit of a military knight, standing beside his horse, and +already making preparations to depart. It happened that Marius, too, +was to take that day's journey on horseback. Riding presently from +the inn, he overtook Cornelius--of the Twelfth Legion--advancing +carefully down the steep street; and before they had issued from the +gates of Urbs-vetus, the two young men had broken into talk together. +They were passing along the street of the goldsmiths; and Cornelius +must needs enter one of the workshops for the repair of some button +or link of his knightly trappings. Standing in the doorway, Marius +watched the work, as he had watched the brazier's business a few days +before, wondering most at the simplicity of its processes, a +simplicity, however, on which only genius in that craft could have +lighted.--By what unguessed-at stroke of hand, for instance, had the +grains of precious metal associated themselves [168] with so +daintily regular a roughness, over the surface of the little casket +yonder? And the conversation which followed, hence arising, left the +two travellers with sufficient interest in each other to insure an +easy companionship for the remainder of their journey. In time to +come, Marius was to depend very much on the preferences, the personal +judgments, of the comrade who now laid his hand so brotherly on his +shoulder, as they left the workshop. + +Itineris matutini gratiam capimus,+--observes one of our scholarly +travellers; and their road that day lay through a country, well- +fitted, by the peculiarity of its landscape, to ripen a first +acquaintance into intimacy; its superficial ugliness throwing the +wayfarers back upon each other's entertainment in a real exchange of +ideas, the tension of which, however, it would relieve, ever and +anon, by the unexpected assertion of something singularly attractive. +The immediate aspect of the land was, indeed, in spite of abundant +olive and ilex, unpleasing enough. A river of clay seemed, "in some +old night of time," to have burst up over valley and hill, and +hardened there into fantastic shelves and slides and angles of +cadaverous rock, up and down among the contorted vegetation; the +hoary roots and trunks seeming to confess some weird kinship with +them. But that was long ago; and these pallid hillsides needed only +the declining sun, touching the rock with purple, and throwing deeper +shadow into [169] the immemorial foliage, to put on a peculiar, +because a very grave and austere, kind of beauty; while the graceful +outlines common to volcanic hills asserted themselves in the broader +prospect. And, for sentimental Marius, all this was associated, by +some perhaps fantastic affinity, with a peculiar trait of severity, +beyond his guesses as to the secret of it, which mingled with the +blitheness of his new companion. Concurring, indeed, with the +condition of a Roman soldier, it was certainly something far more +than the expression of military hardness, or ascsis; and what was +earnest, or even austere, in the landscape they had traversed +together, seemed to have been waiting for the passage of this figure +to interpret or inform it. Again, as in his early days with Flavian, +a vivid personal presence broke through the dreamy idealism, which +had almost come to doubt of other men's reality: reassuringly, +indeed, yet not without some sense of a constraining tyranny over him +from without. + +For Cornelius, returning from the campaign, to take up his quarters +on the Palatine, in the imperial guard, seemed to carry about with +him, in that privileged world of comely usage to which he belonged, +the atmosphere of some still more jealously exclusive circle. They +halted on the morrow at noon, not at an inn, but at the house of one +of the young soldier's friends, whom they found absent, indeed, in +consequence of the [170] plague in those parts, so that after a mid- +day rest only, they proceeded again on their journey. The great room +of the villa, to which they were admitted, had lain long untouched; +and the dust rose, as they entered, into the slanting bars of +sunlight, that fell through the half-closed shutters. It was here, +to while away the time, that Cornelius bethought himself of +displaying to his new friend the various articles and ornaments of +his knightly array--the breastplate, the sandals and cuirass, lacing +them on, one by one, with the assistance of Marius, and finally the +great golden bracelet on the right arm, conferred on him by his +general for an act of valour. And as he gleamed there, amid that odd +interchange of light and shade, with the staff of a silken standard +firm in his hand, Marius felt as if he were face to face, for the +first time, with some new knighthood or chivalry, just then coming +into the world. + +It was soon after they left this place, journeying now by carriage, +that Rome was seen at last, with much excitement on the part of our +travellers; Cornelius, and some others of whom the party then +consisted, agreeing, chiefly for the sake of Marius, to hasten +forward, that it might be reached by daylight, with a cheerful noise +of rapid wheels as they passed over the flagstones. But the highest +light upon the mausoleum of Hadrian was quite gone out, and it was +dark, before they reached the Flaminian Gate. The [171] abundant +sound of water was the one thing that impressed Marius, as they +passed down a long street, with many open spaces on either hand: +Cornelius to his military quarters, and Marius to the old dwelling- +place of his fathers. + +NOTES + +162. +E-text editor's note: ergastula were the Roman agrarian +equivalent of prison-workhouses. + +168. +Apuleius, The Golden Ass, I.17. + + + +CHAPTER XI: "THE MOST RELIGIOUS CITY IN THE WORLD" + +[172] MARIUS awoke early and passed curiously from room to room, +noting for more careful inspection by and by the rolls of +manuscripts. Even greater than his curiosity in gazing for the first +time on this ancient possession, was his eagerness to look out upon +Rome itself, as he pushed back curtain and shutter, and stepped forth +in the fresh morning upon one of the many balconies, with an oft- +repeated dream realised at last. He was certainly fortunate in the +time of his coming to Rome. That old pagan world, of which Rome +was the flower, had reached its perfection in the things of poetry +and art--a perfection which indicated only too surely the eve of +decline. As in some vast intellectual museum, all its manifold +products were intact and in their places, and with custodians also +still extant, duly qualified to appreciate and explain them. And at +no period of history had the material Rome itself been better worth +seeing--lying there not less consummate than that world of [173] +pagan intellect which it represented in every phase of its darkness +and light. The various work of many ages fell here harmoniously +together, as yet untouched save by time, adding the final grace of a +rich softness to its complex expression. Much which spoke of ages +earlier than Nero, the great re-builder, lingered on, antique, +quaint, immeasurably venerable, like the relics of the medieval city +in the Paris of Lewis the Fourteenth: the work of Nero's own time had +come to have that sort of old world and picturesque interest which +the work of Lewis has for ourselves; while without stretching a +parallel too far we might perhaps liken the architectural finesses of +the archaic Hadrian to the more excellent products of our own Gothic +revival. The temple of Antoninus and Faustina was still fresh in all +the majesty of its closely arrayed columns of cipollino; but, on the +whole, little had been added under the late and present emperors, and +during fifty years of public quiet, a sober brown and gray had grown +apace on things. The gilding on the roof of many a temple had lost +its garishness: cornice and capital of polished marble shone out with +all the crisp freshness of real flowers, amid the already mouldering +travertine and brickwork, though the birds had built freely among +them. What Marius then saw was in many respects, after all deduction +of difference, more like the modern Rome than the enumeration of +particular losses [174] might lead us to suppose; the Renaissance, +in its most ambitious mood and with amplest resources, having resumed +the ancient classical tradition there, with no break or obstruction, +as it had happened, in any very considerable work of the middle age. +Immediately before him, on the square, steep height, where the +earliest little old Rome had huddled itself together, arose the +palace of the Caesars. Half-veiling the vast substruction of rough, +brown stone--line upon line of successive ages of builders--the trim, +old-fashioned garden walks, under their closely-woven walls of dark +glossy foliage, test of long and careful cultivation, wound +gradually, among choice trees, statues and fountains, distinct and +sparkling in the full morning sunlight, to the richly tinted mass of +pavilions and corridors above, centering in the lofty, white-marble +dwelling-place of Apollo himself. + +How often had Marius looked forward to that first, free wandering +through Rome, to which he now went forth with a heat in the town +sunshine (like a mist of fine gold-dust spread through the air) to +the height of his desire, making the dun coolness of the narrow +streets welcome enough at intervals. He almost feared, descending +the stair hastily, lest some unforeseen accident should snatch the +little cup of enjoyment from him ere he passed the door. In such +morning rambles in places new to him, [175] life had always seemed to +come at its fullest: it was then he could feel his youth, that youth +the days of which he had already begun to count jealously, in entire +possession. So the grave, pensive figure, a figure, be it said +nevertheless, fresher far than often came across it now, moved +through the old city towards the lodgings of Cornelius, certainly not +by the most direct course, however eager to rejoin the friend of +yesterday. + +Bent as keenly on seeing as if his first day in Rome were to be also +his last, the two friends descended along the Vicus Tuscus, with its +rows of incense-stalls, into the Via Nova, where the fashionable +people were busy shopping; and Marius saw with much amusement the +frizzled heads, then la mode. A glimpse of the Marmorata, the +haven at the river-side, where specimens of all the precious marbles +of the world were lying amid great white blocks from the quarries of +Luna, took his thoughts for a moment to his distant home. They +visited the flower-market, lingering where the coronarii pressed on +them the newest species, and purchased zinias, now in blossom (like +painted flowers, thought Marius), to decorate the folds of their +togas. Loitering to the other side of the Forum, past the great +Galen's drug-shop, after a glance at the announcements of new poems +on sale attached to the doorpost of a famous bookseller, they entered +the curious [176] library of the Temple of Peace, then a favourite +resort of literary men, and read, fixed there for all to see, the +Diurnal or Gazette of the day, which announced, together with births +and deaths, prodigies and accidents, and much mere matter of +business, the date and manner of the philosophic emperor's joyful +return to his people; and, thereafter, with eminent names faintly +disguised, what would carry that day's news, in many copies, over the +provinces--a certain matter concerning the great lady, known to be +dear to him, whom he had left at home. It was a story, with the +development of which "society" had indeed for some time past edified +or amused itself, rallying sufficiently from the panic of a year ago, +not only to welcome back its ruler, but also to relish a chronique +scandaleuse; and thus, when soon after Marius saw the world's wonder, +he was already acquainted with the suspicions which have ever since +hung about her name. Twelve o'clock was come before they left the +Forum, waiting in a little crowd to hear the Accensus, according to +old custom, proclaim the hour of noonday, at the moment when, from +the steps of the Senate-house, the sun could be seen standing between +the Rostra and the Graecostasis. He exerted for this function a +strength of voice, which confirmed in Marius a judgment the modern +visitor may share with him, that Roman throats and Roman chests, +namely, must, in some peculiar way, be differently [177] constructed +from those of other people. Such judgment indeed he had formed in +part the evening before, noting, as a religious procession passed +him, how much noise a man and a boy could make, though not without a +great deal of real music, of which in truth the Romans were then as +ever passionately fond. + +Hence the two friends took their way through the Via Flaminia, almost +along the line of the modern Corso, already bordered with handsome +villas, turning presently to the left, into the Field-of-Mars, still +the playground of Rome. But the vast public edifices were grown to +be almost continuous over the grassy expanse, represented now only by +occasional open spaces of verdure and wild-flowers. In one of these +a crowd was standing, to watch a party of athletes stripped for +exercise. Marius had been surprised at the luxurious variety of the +litters borne through Rome, where no carriage horses were allowed; +and just then one far more sumptuous than the rest, with dainty +appointments of ivory and gold, was carried by, all the town pressing +with eagerness to get a glimpse of its most beautiful woman, as she +passed rapidly. Yes! there, was the wonder of the world--the empress +Faustina herself: Marius could distinguish, could distinguish +clearly, the well-known profile, between the floating purple +curtains. + +For indeed all Rome was ready to burst into gaiety again, as it +awaited with much real [178] affection, hopeful and animated, the +return of its emperor, for whose ovation various adornments were +preparing along the streets through which the imperial procession +would pass. He had left Rome just twelve months before, amid immense +gloom. The alarm of a barbarian insurrection along the whole line of +the Danube had happened at the moment when Rome was panic-stricken by +the great pestilence. + +In fifty years of peace, broken only by that conflict in the East +from which Lucius Verus, among other curiosities, brought back the +plague, war had come to seem a merely romantic, superannuated +incident of bygone history. And now it was almost upon Italian soil. +Terrible were the reports of the numbers and audacity of the +assailants. Aurelius, as yet untried in war, and understood by a few +only in the whole scope of a really great character, was known to the +majority of his subjects as but a careful administrator, though a +student of philosophy, perhaps, as we say, a dilettante. But he was +also the visible centre of government, towards whom the hearts of a +whole people turned, grateful for fifty years of public happiness-- +its good genius, its "Antonine"--whose fragile person might be +foreseen speedily giving way under the trials of military life, with +a disaster like that of the slaughter of the legions by Arminius. +Prophecies of the world's impending conflagration were easily +credited: "the secular fire" would descend from [179] heaven: +superstitious fear had even demanded the sacrifice of a human victim. + +Marcus Aurelius, always philosophically considerate of the humours of +other people, exercising also that devout appreciation of every +religious claim which was one of his characteristic habits, had +invoked, in aid of the commonwealth, not only all native gods, but +all foreign deities as well, however strange.--"Help! Help! in the +ocean space!" A multitude of foreign priests had been welcomed to +Rome, with their various peculiar religious rites. The sacrifices +made on this occasion were remembered for centuries; and the starving +poor, at least, found some satisfaction in the flesh of those herds +of "white bulls," which came into the city, day after day, to yield +the savour of their blood to the gods. + +In spite of all this, the legions had but followed their standards +despondently. But prestige, personal prestige, the name of +"Emperor," still had its magic power over the nations. The mere +approach of the Roman army made an impression on the barbarians. +Aurelius and his colleague had scarcely reached Aquileia when a +deputation arrived to ask for peace. And now the two imperial +"brothers" were returning home at leisure; were waiting, indeed, at a +villa outside the walls, till the capital had made ready to receive +them. But although Rome was thus in genial reaction, with much +relief, [180] and hopefulness against the winter, facing itself +industriously in damask of red and gold, those two enemies were still +unmistakably extant: the barbarian army of the Danube was but over- +awed for a season; and the plague, as we saw when Marius was on his +way to Rome, was not to depart till it had done a large part in the +formation of the melancholy picturesque of modern Italy--till it had +made, or prepared for the making of the Roman Campagna. The old, +unaffected, really pagan, peace or gaiety, of Antoninus Pius--that +genuine though unconscious humanist--was gone for ever. And again +and again, throughout this day of varied observation, Marius had been +reminded, above all else, that he was not merely in "the most +religious city of the world," as one had said, but that Rome was +become the romantic home of the wildest superstition. Such +superstition presented itself almost as religious mania in many an +incident of his long ramble,--incidents to which he gave his full +attention, though contending in some measure with a reluctance on the +part of his companion, the motive of which he did not understand till +long afterwards. Marius certainly did not allow this reluctance to +deter his own curiosity. Had he not come to Rome partly under poetic +vocation, to receive all those things, the very impress of life +itself, upon the visual, the imaginative, organ, as upon a mirror; to +reflect them; to transmute them [181] into golden words? He must +observe that strange medley of superstition, that centuries' growth, +layer upon layer, of the curiosities of religion (one faith jostling +another out of place) at least for its picturesque interest, and as +an indifferent outsider might, not too deeply concerned in the +question which, if any of them, was to be the survivor. + +Superficially, at least, the Roman religion, allying itself with much +diplomatic economy to possible rivals, was in possession, as a vast +and complex system of usage, intertwining itself with every detail of +public and private life, attractively enough for those who had but +"the historic temper," and a taste for the past, however much a +Lucian might depreciate it. Roman religion, as Marius knew, had, +indeed, been always something to be done, rather than something to be +thought, or believed, or loved; something to be done in minutely +detailed manner, at a particular time and place, correctness in which +had long been a matter of laborious learning with a whole school of +ritualists--as also, now and again, a matter of heroic sacrifice with +certain exceptionally devout souls, as when Caius Fabius Dorso, with +his life in his hand, succeeded in passing the sentinels of the +invading Gauls to perform a sacrifice on the Quirinal, and, thanks to +the divine protection, had returned in safety. So jealous was the +distinction between sacred and profane, that, in the matter [182] of +the "regarding of days," it had made more than half the year a +holiday. Aurelius had, indeed, ordained that there should be no more +than a hundred and thirty-five festival days in the year; but in +other respects he had followed in the steps of his predecessor, +Antoninus Pius--commended especially for his "religion," his +conspicuous devotion to its public ceremonies--and whose coins are +remarkable for their reference to the oldest and most hieratic types +of Roman mythology. Aurelius had succeeded in more than healing the +old feud between philosophy and religion, displaying himself, in +singular combination, as at once the most zealous of philosophers and +the most devout of polytheists, and lending himself, with an air of +conviction, to all the pageantries of public worship. To his pious +recognition of that one orderly spirit, which, according to the +doctrine of the Stoics, diffuses itself through the world, and +animates it--a recognition taking the form, with him, of a constant +effort towards inward likeness thereto, in the harmonious order of +his own soul--he had added a warm personal devotion towards the whole +multitude of the old national gods, and a great many new foreign ones +besides, by him, at least, not ignobly conceived. If the comparison +may be reverently made, there was something here of the method by +which the catholic church has added the cultus of the saints to its +worship of the one Divine Being. + +[183] And to the view of the majority, though the emperor, as the +personal centre of religion, entertained the hope of converting his +people to philosophic faith, and had even pronounced certain public +discourses for their instruction in it, that polytheistic devotion +was his most striking feature. Philosophers, indeed, had, for the +most part, thought with Seneca, "that a man need not lift his hands +to heaven, nor ask the sacristan's leave to put his mouth to the ear +of an image, that his prayers might be heard the better."--Marcus +Aurelius, "a master in Israel," knew all that well enough. Yet his +outward devotion was much more than a concession to popular +sentiment, or a mere result of that sense of fellow-citizenship with +others, which had made him again and again, under most difficult +circumstances, an excellent comrade. Those others, too!--amid all +their ignorances, what were they but instruments in the +administration of the Divine Reason, "from end to end sweetly and +strongly disposing all things"? Meantime "Philosophy" itself had +assumed much of what we conceive to be the religious character. It +had even cultivated the habit, the power, of "spiritual direction"; +the troubled soul making recourse in its hour of destitution, or amid +the distractions of the world, to this or that director--philosopho +suo--who could really best understand it. + +And it had been in vain that the old, grave [184] and discreet +religion of Rome had set itself, according to its proper genius, to +prevent or subdue all trouble and disturbance in men's souls. In +religion, as in other matters, plebeians, as such, had a taste for +movement, for revolution; and it had been ever in the most populous +quarters that religious changes began. To the apparatus of foreign +religion, above all, recourse had been made in times of public +disquietude or sudden terror; and in those great religious +celebrations, before his proceeding against the barbarians, Aurelius +had even restored the solemnities of Isis, prohibited in the capital +since the time of Augustus, making no secret of his worship of that +goddess, though her temple had been actually destroyed by authority +in the reign of Tiberius. Her singular and in many ways beautiful +ritual was now popular in Rome. And then--what the enthusiasm of the +swarming plebeian quarters had initiated, was sure to be adopted, +sooner or later, by women of fashion. A blending of all the +religions of the ancient world had been accomplished. The new gods +had arrived, had been welcomed, and found their places; though, +certainly, with no real security, in any adequate ideal of the divine +nature itself in the background of men's minds, that the presence of +the new-comer should be edifying, or even refining. High and low +addressed themselves to all deities alike without scruple; confusing +them together when they prayed, and in the old, [185] authorised, +threefold veneration of their visible images, by flowers, incense, +and ceremonial lights--those beautiful usages, which the church, in +her way through the world, ever making spoil of the world's goods for +the better uses of the human spirit, took up and sanctified in her +service. + +And certainly "the most religious city in the world" took no care to +veil its devotion, however fantastic. The humblest house had its +little chapel or shrine, its image and lamp; while almost every one +seemed to exercise some religious function and responsibility. +Colleges, composed for the most part of slaves and of the poor, +provided for the service of the Compitalian Lares--the gods who +presided, respectively, over the several quarters of the city. In +one street, Marius witnessed an incident of the festival of the +patron deity of that neighbourhood, the way being strewn with box, +the houses tricked out gaily in such poor finery as they possessed, +while the ancient idol was borne through it in procession, arrayed in +gaudy attire the worse for wear. Numerous religious clubs had their +stated anniversaries, on which the members issued with much ceremony +from their guild-hall, or schola, and traversed the thoroughfares of +Rome, preceded, like the confraternities of the present day, by their +sacred banners, to offer sacrifice before some famous image. Black +with the perpetual smoke of lamps and incense, oftenest old and [186] +ugly, perhaps on that account the more likely to listen to the +desires of the suffering--had not those sacred effigies sometimes +given sensible tokens that they were aware? The image of the Fortune +of Women--Fortuna Muliebris, in the Latin Way, had spoken (not once +only) and declared; Bene me, Matronae! vidistis riteque dedicastis! +The Apollo of Cumae had wept during three whole nights and days. The +images in the temple of Juno Sospita had been seen to sweat. Nay! +there was blood--divine blood--in the hearts of some of them: the +images in the Grove of Feronia had sweated blood! + +From one and all Cornelius had turned away: like the "atheist" of +whom Apuleius tells he had never once raised hand to lip in passing +image or sanctuary, and had parted from Marius finally when the +latter determined to enter the crowded doorway of a temple, on their +return into the Forum, below the Palatine hill, where the mothers +were pressing in, with a multitude of every sort of children, to +touch the lightning-struck image of the wolf-nurse of Romulus--so +tender to little ones!--just discernible in its dark shrine, amid a +blaze of lights. Marius gazed after his companion of the day, as he +mounted the steps to his lodging, singing to himself, as it seemed. +Marius failed precisely to catch the words. + +And, as the rich, fresh evening came on, there was heard all over +Rome, far above a whisper, [187] the whole town seeming hushed to +catch it distinctly, the lively, reckless call to "play," from the +sons and daughters of foolishness, to those in whom their life was +still green--Donec virenti canities abest!--Donec virenti canities +abest!+ Marius could hardly doubt how Cornelius would have taken the +call. And as for himself, slight as was the burden of positive moral +obligation with which he had entered Rome, it was to no wasteful and +vagrant affections, such as these, that his Epicureanism had +committed him. + +NOTES + +187. +Horace, Odes I.ix.17. Translation: "So long as youth is fresh +and age is far away." + + + +CHAPTER XII: THE DIVINITY THAT DOTH HEDGE A KING + + But ah! Maecenas is yclad in claye, + And great Augustus long ygoe is dead, + And all the worthies liggen wrapt in lead, + That matter made for poets on to playe.+ + +[188] MARCUS AURELIUS who, though he had little relish for them +himself, had ever been willing to humour the taste of his people for +magnificent spectacles, was received back to Rome with the lesser +honours of the Ovation, conceded by the Senate (so great was the +public sense of deliverance) with even more than the laxity which had +become its habit under imperial rule, for there had been no actual +bloodshed in the late achievement. Clad in the civic dress of the +chief Roman magistrate, and with a crown of myrtle upon his head, his +colleague similarly attired walking beside him, he passed up to the +Capitol on foot, though in solemn procession along the Sacred Way, to +offer sacrifice to the national gods. The victim, a goodly sheep, +whose image we may still see between the pig and the ox of the [189] +Suovetaurilia, filleted and stoled almost like some ancient canon of +the church, on a sculptured fragment in the Forum, was conducted by +the priests, clad in rich white vestments, and bearing their sacred +utensils of massive gold, immediately behind a company of flute- +players, led by the great choir-master, or conductor, of the day, +visibly tetchy or delighted, according as the instruments he ruled +with his tuning-rod, rose, more or less adequately amid the +difficulties of the way, to the dream of perfect music in the soul +within him. The vast crowd, including the soldiers of the triumphant +army, now restored to wives and children, all alike in holiday +whiteness, had left their houses early in the fine, dry morning, in a +real affection for "the father of his country," to await the +procession, the two princes having spent the preceding night outside +the walls, at the old Villa of the Republic. Marius, full of +curiosity, had taken his position with much care; and stood to see +the world's masters pass by, at an angle from which he could command +the view of a great part of the processional route, sprinkled with +fine yellow sand, and punctiliously guarded from profane footsteps. + +The coming of the pageant was announced by the clear sound of the +flutes, heard at length above the acclamations of the people--Salve +Imperator!--Dii te servent!--shouted in regular time, over the hills. +It was on the central [190] figure, of course, that the whole +attention of Marius was fixed from the moment when the procession +came in sight, preceded by the lictors with gilded fasces, the +imperial image-bearers, and the pages carrying lighted torches; a +band of knights, among whom was Cornelius in complete military, +array, following. Amply swathed about in the folds of a richly +worked toga, after a manner now long since become obsolete with +meaner persons, Marius beheld a man of about five-and-forty years of +age, with prominent eyes--eyes, which although demurely downcast +during this essentially religious ceremony, were by nature broadly +and benignantly observant. He was still, in the main, as we see him +in the busts which represent his gracious and courtly youth, when +Hadrian had playfully called him, not Verus, after the name of his +father, but Verissimus, for his candour of gaze, and the bland +capacity of the brow, which, below the brown hair, clustering thickly +as of old, shone out low, broad, and clear, and still without a trace +of the trouble of his lips. You saw the brow of one who, amid the +blindness or perplexity of the people about him, understood all +things clearly; the dilemma, to which his experience so far had +brought him, between Chance with meek resignation, and a Providence +with boundless possibilities and hope, being for him at least +distinctly defined. + +That outward serenity, which he valued so [191] highly as a point of +manner or expression not unworthy the care of a public minister-- +outward symbol, it might be thought, of the inward religious serenity +it had been his constant purpose to maintain--was increased to-day by +his sense of the gratitude of his people; that his life had been one +of such gifts and blessings as made his person seem in very deed +divine to them. Yet the cloud of some reserved internal sorrow, +passing from time to time into an expression of fatigue and effort, +of loneliness amid the shouting multitude, might have been detected +there by the more observant--as if the sagacious hint of one of his +officers, "The soldiers can't understand you, they don't know Greek," +were applicable always to his relationships with other people. The +nostrils and mouth seemed capable almost of peevishness; and Marius +noted in them, as in the hands, and in the spare body generally, what +was new to his experience--something of asceticism, as we say, of a +bodily gymnastic, by which, although it told pleasantly in the clear +blue humours of the eye, the flesh had scarcely been an equal gainer +with the spirit. It was hardly the expression of "the healthy mind +in the healthy body," but rather of a sacrifice of the body to the +soul, its needs and aspirations, that Marius seemed to divine in this +assiduous student of the Greek sages--a sacrifice, in truth, far +beyond the demands of their very saddest philosophy of life. + +[192] Dignify thyself with modesty and simplicity for thine +ornaments!--had been ever a maxim with this dainty and high-bred +Stoic, who still thought manners a true part of morals, according to +the old sense of the term, and who regrets now and again that he +cannot control his thoughts equally well with his countenance. That +outward composure was deepened during the solemnities of this day by +an air of pontifical abstraction; which, though very far from being +pride--nay, a sort of humility rather--yet gave, to himself, an air +of unapproachableness, and to his whole proceeding, in which every +minutest act was considered, the character of a ritual. Certainly, +there was no haughtiness, social, moral, or even philosophic, in +Aurelius, who had realised, under more trying conditions perhaps than +any one before, that no element of humanity could be alien from him. +Yet, as he walked to-day, the centre of ten thousand observers, with +eyes discreetly fixed on the ground, veiling his head at times and +muttering very rapidly the words of the "supplications," there was +something many spectators may have noted as a thing new in their +experience, for Aurelius, unlike his predecessors, took all this with +absolute seriousness. The doctrine of the sanctity of kings, that, +in the words of Tacitus, Princes are as Gods--Principes instar deorum +esse--seemed to have taken a novel, because a literal, sense. For +Aurelius, indeed, the old legend of his descent from Numa, from [193] +Numa who had talked with the gods, meant much. Attached in very +early years to the service of the altars, like many another noble +youth, he was "observed to perform all his sacerdotal functions with +a constancy and exactness unusual at that age; was soon a master of +the sacred music; and had all the forms and ceremonies by heart." +And now, as the emperor, who had not only a vague divinity about his +person, but was actually the chief religious functionary of the +state, recited from time to time the forms of invocation, he needed +not the help of the prompter, or ceremoniarius, who then approached, +to assist him by whispering the appointed words in his ear. It was +that pontifical abstraction which then impressed itself on Marius as +the leading outward characteristic of Aurelius; though to him alone, +perhaps, in that vast crowd of observers, it was no strange thing, +but a matter he had understood from of old. + +Some fanciful writers have assigned the origin of these triumphal +processions to the mythic pomps of Dionysus, after his conquests in +the East; the very word Triumph being, according to this supposition, +only Thriambos-the Dionysiac Hymn. And certainly the younger of the +two imperial "brothers," who, with the effect of a strong contrast, +walked beside Aurelius, and shared the honours of the day, might well +have reminded people of the delicate Greek god of flowers and wine. +This [194] new conqueror of the East was now about thirty-six years +old, but with his scrupulous care for all the advantages of his +person, and a soft curling beard powdered with gold, looked many +years younger. One result of the more genial element in the wisdom +of Aurelius had been that, amid most difficult circumstances, he had +known throughout life how to act in union with persons of character +very alien from his own; to be more than loyal to the colleague, the +younger brother in empire, he had too lightly taken to himself, five +years before, then an uncorrupt youth, "skilled in manly exercises +and fitted for war." When Aurelius thanks the gods that a brother +had fallen to his lot, whose character was a stimulus to the proper +care of his own, one sees that this could only have happened in the +way of an example, putting him on his guard against insidious faults. +But it is with sincere amiability that the imperial writer, who was +indeed little used to be ironical, adds that the lively respect and +affection of the junior had often "gladdened" him. To be able to +make his use of the flower, when the fruit perhaps was useless or +poisonous:--that was one of the practical successes of his +philosophy; and his people noted, with a blessing, "the concord of +the two Augusti." + +The younger, certainly, possessed in full measure that charm of a +constitutional freshness of aspect which may defy for a long time +extravagant or erring habits of life; a physiognomy, [195] healthy- +looking, cleanly, and firm, which seemed unassociable with any form +of self-torment, and made one think of the muzzle of some young hound +or roe, such as human beings invariably like to stroke--a +physiognomy, in effect, with all the goodliness of animalism of the +finer sort, though still wholly animal. The charm was that of the +blond head, the unshrinking gaze, the warm tints: neither more nor +less than one may see every English summer, in youth, manly enough, +and with the stuff which makes brave soldiers, in spite of the +natural kinship it seems to have with playthings and gay flowers. +But innate in Lucius Verus there was that more than womanly fondness +for fond things, which had made the atmosphere of the old city of +Antioch, heavy with centuries of voluptuousness, a poison to him: he +had come to love his delicacies best out of season, and would have +gilded the very flowers. But with a wonderful power of self- +obliteration, the elder brother at the capital had directed his +procedure successfully, and allowed him, become now also the husband +of his daughter Lucilla, the credit of a "Conquest," though Verus had +certainly not returned a conqueror over himself. He had returned, as +we know, with the plague in his company, along with many another +strange creature of his folly; and when the people saw him publicly +feeding his favourite horse Fleet with almonds and sweet grapes, +wearing the animal's image in gold, and [196] finally building it a +tomb, they felt, with some un-sentimental misgiving, that he might +revive the manners of Nero.--What if, in the chances of war, he +should survive the protecting genius of that elder brother? + +He was all himself to-day: and it was with much wistful curiosity +that Marius regarded him. For Lucius Verus was, indeed, but the +highly expressive type of a class,--the true son of his father, +adopted by Hadrian. Lucius Verus the elder, also, had had the like +strange capacity for misusing the adornments of life, with a masterly +grace; as if such misusing were, in truth, the quite adequate +occupation of an intelligence, powerful, but distorted by cynical +philosophy or some disappointment of the heart. It was almost a sort +of genius, of which there had been instances in the imperial purple: +it was to ascend the throne, a few years later, in the person of one, +now a hopeful little lad at home in the palace; and it had its +following, of course, among the wealthy youth at Rome, who +concentrated no inconsiderable force of shrewdness and tact upon +minute details of attire and manner, as upon the one thing needful. +Certainly, flowers were pleasant to the eye. Such things had even +their sober use, as making the outside of human life superficially +attractive, and thereby promoting the first steps towards friendship +and social amity. But what precise place could there be for Verus +and his peculiar charm, [197] in that Wisdom, that Order of divine +Reason "reaching from end to end, strongly and sweetly disposing all +things," from the vision of which Aurelius came down, so tolerant of +persons like him? Into such vision Marius too was certainly well- +fitted to enter, yet, noting the actual perfection of Lucius Verus +after his kind, his undeniable achievement of the select, in all +minor things, felt, though with some suspicion of himself, that he +entered into, and could understand, this other so dubious sort of +character also. There was a voice in the theory he had brought to +Rome with him which whispered "nothing is either great nor small;" as +there were times when he could have thought that, as the +"grammarian's" or the artist's ardour of soul may be satisfied by the +perfecting of the theory of a sentence, or the adjustment of two +colours, so his own life also might have been fulfilled by an +enthusiastic quest after perfection--say, in the flowering and +folding of a toga. + +The emperors had burned incense before the image of Jupiter, arrayed +in its most gorgeous apparel, amid sudden shouts from the people of +Salve Imperator! turned now from the living princes to the deity, as +they discerned his countenance through the great open doors. The +imperial brothers had deposited their crowns of myrtle on the richly +embroidered lapcloth of the god; and, with their chosen guests, sat +down to a public feast in the temple [198] itself. There followed +what was, after all, the great event of the day:--an appropriate +discourse, a discourse almost wholly de contemptu mundi, delivered in +the presence of the assembled Senate, by the emperor Aurelius, who +had thus, on certain rare occasions, condescended to instruct his +people, with the double authority of a chief pontiff and a laborious +student of philosophy. In those lesser honours of the ovation, there +had been no attendant slave behind the emperors, to make mock of +their effulgence as they went; and it was as if with the discretion +proper to a philosopher, and in fear of a jealous Nemesis, he had +determined himself to protest in time against the vanity of all +outward success. + +The Senate was assembled to hear the emperor's discourse in the vast +hall of the Curia Julia. A crowd of high-bred youths idled around, +or on the steps before the doors, with the marvellous toilets Marius +had noticed in the Via Nova; in attendance, as usual, to learn by +observation the minute points of senatorial procedure. Marius had +already some acquaintance with them, and passing on found himself +suddenly in the presence of what was still the most august assembly +the world had seen. Under Aurelius, ever full of veneration for this +ancient traditional guardian of public religion, the Senate had +recovered all its old dignity and independence. Among its members +many [199] hundreds in number, visibly the most distinguished of them +all, Marius noted the great sophists or rhetoricians of the day, in +all their magnificence. The antique character of their attire, and +the ancient mode of wearing it, still surviving with them, added to +the imposing character of their persons, while they sat, with their +staves of ivory in their hands, on their curule chairs--almost the +exact pattern of the chair still in use in the Roman church when a +Bishop pontificates at the divine offices--"tranquil and unmoved, +with a majesty that seemed divine," as Marius thought, like the old +Gaul of the Invasion. The rays of the early November sunset slanted +full upon the audience, and made it necessary for the officers of the +Court to draw the purple curtains over the windows, adding to the +solemnity of the scene. In the depth of those warm shadows, +surrounded by her ladies, the empress Faustina was seated to listen. +The beautiful Greek statue of Victory, which since the days of +Augustus had presided over the assemblies of the Senate, had been +brought into the hall, and placed near the chair of the emperor; who, +after rising to perform a brief sacrificial service in its honour, +bowing reverently to the assembled fathers left and right, took his +seat and began to speak. + +There was a certain melancholy grandeur in the very simplicity or +triteness of the theme: as it were the very quintessence of all the +old [200] Roman epitaphs, of all that was monumental in that city of +tombs, layer upon layer of dead things and people. As if in the very +fervour of disillusion, he seemed to be composing--Hsper epigraphas +chronn kai holn ethnn+--the sepulchral titles of ages and whole +peoples; nay! the very epitaph of the living Rome itself. The +grandeur of the ruins of Rome,--heroism in ruin: it was under the +influence of an imaginative anticipation of this, that he appeared to +be speaking. And though the impression of the actual greatness of +Rome on that day was but enhanced by the strain of contempt, falling +with an accent of pathetic conviction from the emperor himself, and +gaining from his pontifical pretensions the authority of a religious +intimation, yet the curious interest of the discourse lay in this, +that Marius, for one, as he listened, seemed to forsee a grass-grown +Forum, the broken ways of the Capitol, and the Palatine hill itself +in humble occupation. That impression connected itself with what he +had already noted of an actual change even then coming over Italian +scenery. Throughout, he could trace something of a humour into which +Stoicism at all times tends to fall, the tendency to cry, Abase +yourselves! There was here the almost inhuman impassibility of one +who had thought too closely on the paradoxical aspect of the love of +posthumous fame. With the ascetic pride which lurks under all +Platonism, [201] resultant from its opposition of the seen to the +unseen, as falsehood to truth--the imperial Stoic, like his true +descendant, the hermit of the middle age, was ready, in no friendly +humour, to mock, there in its narrow bed, the corpse which had made +so much of itself in life. Marius could but contrast all that with +his own Cyrenaic eagerness, just then, to taste and see and touch; +reflecting on the opposite issues deducible from the same text. "The +world, within me and without, flows away like a river," he had said; +"therefore let me make the most of what is here and now."--"The world +and the thinker upon it, are consumed like a flame," said Aurelius, +"therefore will I turn away my eyes from vanity: renounce: withdraw +myself alike from all affections." He seemed tacitly to claim as a +sort of personal dignity, that he was very familiarly versed in this +view of things, and could discern a death's-head everywhere. Now and +again Marius was reminded of the saying that "with the Stoics all +people are the vulgar save themselves;" and at times the orator +seemed to have forgotten his audience, and to be speaking only to +himself. + +"Art thou in love with men's praises, get thee into the very soul of +them, and see!--see what judges they be, even in those matters which +concern themselves. Wouldst thou have their praise after death, +bethink thee, that they who shall come hereafter, and with whom thou +[202] wouldst survive by thy great name, will be but as these, whom +here thou hast found so hard to live with. For of a truth, the soul +of him who is aflutter upon renown after death, presents not this +aright to itself, that of all whose memory he would have each one +will likewise very quickly depart, until memory herself be put out, +as she journeys on by means of such as are themselves on the wing but +for a while, and are extinguished in their turn.--Making so much of +those thou wilt never see! It is as if thou wouldst have had those +who were before thee discourse fair things concerning thee. + +"To him, indeed, whose wit hath been whetted by true doctrine, that +well-worn sentence of Homer sufficeth, to guard him against regret +and fear.-- + + Like the race of leaves + The race of man is:-- + + The wind in autumn strows + The earth with old leaves: then the spring + the woods with new endows.+ + +Leaves! little leaves!--thy children, thy flatterers, thine enemies! +Leaves in the wind, those who would devote thee to darkness, who +scorn or miscall thee here, even as they also whose great fame shall +outlast them. For all these, and the like of them, are born indeed +in the spring season--Earos epigignetai hr+: and soon a wind hath +scattered them, and thereafter the [203] wood peopleth itself again +with another generation of leaves. And what is common to all of them +is but the littleness of their lives: and yet wouldst thou love and +hate, as if these things should continue for ever. In a little while +thine eyes also will be closed, and he on whom thou perchance hast +leaned thyself be himself a burden upon another. + +"Bethink thee often of the swiftness with which the things that are, +or are even now coming to be, are swept past thee: that the very +substance of them is but the perpetual motion of water: that there is +almost nothing which continueth: of that bottomless depth of time, so +close at thy side. Folly! to be lifted up, or sorrowful, or anxious, +by reason of things like these! Think of infinite matter, and thy +portion--how tiny a particle, of it! of infinite time, and thine own +brief point there; of destiny, and the jot thou art in it; and yield +thyself readily to the wheel of Clotho, to spin of thee what web she +will. + +"As one casting a ball from his hand, the nature of things hath had +its aim with every man, not as to the ending only, but the first +beginning of his course, and passage thither. And hath the ball any +profit of its rising, or loss as it descendeth again, or in its fall? +or the bubble, as it groweth or breaketh on the air? or the flame of +the lamp, from the beginning to the end of its brief story? + +[204] "All but at this present that future is, in which nature, who +disposeth all things in order, will transform whatsoever thou now +seest, fashioning from its substance somewhat else, and therefrom +somewhat else in its turn, lest the world grow old. We are such +stuff as dreams are made of--disturbing dreams. Awake, then! and see +thy dream as it is, in comparison with that erewhile it seemed to +thee. + +"And for me, especially, it were well to mind those many mutations of +empire in time past; therein peeping also upon the future, which must +needs be of like species with what hath been, continuing ever within +the rhythm and number of things which really are; so that in forty +years one may note of man and of his ways little less than in a +thousand. Ah! from this higher place, look we down upon the ship- +wrecks and the calm! Consider, for example, how the world went, +under the emperor Vespasian. They are married and given in marriage, +they breed children; love hath its way with them; they heap up riches +for others or for themselves; they are murmuring at things as then +they are; they are seeking for great place; crafty, flattering, +suspicious, waiting upon the death of others:--festivals, business, +war, sickness, dissolution: and now their whole life is no longer +anywhere at all. Pass on to the reign of Trajan: all things continue +the same: and that life also is no longer anywhere at all. [205] Ah! +but look again, and consider, one after another, as it were the +sepulchral inscriptions of all peoples and times, according to one +pattern.--What multitudes, after their utmost striving--a little +afterwards! were dissolved again into their dust. + +"Think again of life as it was far off in the ancient world; as it +must be when we shall be gone; as it is now among the wild heathen. +How many have never heard your names and mine, or will soon forget +them! How soon may those who shout my name to-day begin to revile +it, because glory, and the memory of men, and all things beside, are +but vanity--a sand-heap under the senseless wind, the barking of +dogs, the quarrelling of children, weeping incontinently upon their +laughter. + +"This hasteth to be; that other to have been: of that which now +cometh to be, even now somewhat hath been extinguished. And wilt +thou make thy treasure of any one of these things? It were as if one +set his love upon the swallow, as it passeth out of sight through the +air! + +"Bethink thee often, in all contentions public and private, of those +whom men have remembered by reason of their anger and vehement +spirit--those famous rages, and the occasions of them--the great +fortunes, and misfortunes, of men's strife of old. What are they all +now, and the dust of their battles? Dust [206] and ashes indeed; a +fable, a mythus, or not so much as that. Yes! keep those before +thine eyes who took this or that, the like of which happeneth to +thee, so hardly; were so querulous, so agitated. And where again are +they? Wouldst thou have it not otherwise with thee? + +Consider how quickly all things vanish away--their bodily structure +into the general substance; the very memory of them into that great +gulf and abysm of past thoughts. Ah! 'tis on a tiny space of earth +thou art creeping through life--a pigmy soul carrying a dead body to +its grave. + +"Let death put thee upon the consideration both of thy body and thy +soul: what an atom of all matter hath been distributed to thee; what +a little particle of the universal mind. Turn thy body about, and +consider what thing it is, and that which old age, and lust, and the +languor of disease can make of it. Or come to its substantial and +causal qualities, its very type: contemplate that in itself, apart +from the accidents of matter, and then measure also the span of time +for which the nature of things, at the longest, will maintain that +special type. Nay! in the very principles and first constituents of +things corruption hath its part--so much dust, humour, stench, and +scraps of bone! Consider that thy marbles are but the earth's +callosities, thy gold and silver its faeces; this silken robe but a +worm's bedding, and thy [207] purple an unclean fish. Ah! and thy +life's breath is not otherwise, as it passeth out of matters like +these, into the like of them again. + +"For the one soul in things, taking matter like wax in the hands, +moulds and remoulds--how hastily!--beast, and plant, and the babe, in +turn: and that which dieth hath not slipped out of the order of +nature, but, remaining therein, hath also its changes there, +disparting into those elements of which nature herself, and thou too, +art compacted. She changes without murmuring. The oaken chest falls +to pieces with no more complaining than when the carpenter fitted it +together. If one told thee certainly that on the morrow thou +shouldst die, or at the furthest on the day after, it would be no +great matter to thee to die on the day after to-morrow, rather than +to-morrow. Strive to think it a thing no greater that thou wilt die- +-not to-morrow, but a year, or two years, or ten years from to-day. + +"I find that all things are now as they were in the days of our +buried ancestors--all things sordid in their elements, trite by long +usage, and yet ephemeral. How ridiculous, then, how like a +countryman in town, is he, who wonders at aught. Doth the sameness, +the repetition of the public shows, weary thee? Even so doth that +likeness of events in the spectacle of the world. And so must it be +with thee to the end. For the wheel of the world hath ever the same +[208] motion, upward and downward, from generation to generation. +When, when, shall time give place to eternity? + +"If there be things which trouble thee thou canst put them away, +inasmuch as they have their being but in thine own notion concerning +them. Consider what death is, and how, if one does but detach from +it the appearances, the notions, that hang about it, resting the eye +upon it as in itself it really is, it must be thought of but as an +effect of nature, and that man but a child whom an effect of nature +shall affright. Nay! not function and effect of nature, only; but a +thing profitable also to herself. + +"To cease from action--the ending of thine effort to think and do: +there is no evil in that. Turn thy thought to the ages of man's +life, boyhood, youth, maturity, old age: the change in every one of +these also is a dying, but evil nowhere. Thou climbedst into the +ship, thou hast made thy voyage and touched the shore. Go forth now! +Be it into some other life: the divine breath is everywhere, even +there. Be it into forgetfulness for ever; at least thou wilt rest +from the beating of sensible images upon thee, from the passions +which pluck thee this way and that like an unfeeling toy, from those +long marches of the intellect, from thy toilsome ministry to the +flesh. + +"Art thou yet more than dust and ashes and bare bone--a name only, or +not so much as [209] that, which, also, is but whispering and a +resonance, kept alive from mouth to mouth of dying abjects who have +hardly known themselves; how much less thee, dead so long ago! + +"When thou lookest upon a wise man, a lawyer, a captain of war, think +upon another gone. When thou seest thine own face in the glass, call +up there before thee one of thine ancestors--one of those old +Caesars. Lo! everywhere, thy double before thee! Thereon, let the +thought occur to thee: And where are they? anywhere at all, for ever? +And thou, thyself--how long? Art thou blind to that thou art--thy +matter, how temporal; and thy function, the nature of thy business? +Yet tarry, at least, till thou hast assimilated even these things to +thine own proper essence, as a quick fire turneth into heat and light +whatsoever be cast upon it. + +"As words once in use are antiquated to us, so is it with the names +that were once on all men's lips: Camillus, Volesus, Leonnatus: then, +in a little while, Scipio and Cato, and then Augustus, and then +Hadrian, and then Antoninus Pius. How many great physicians who +lifted wise brows at other men's sick-beds, have sickened and died! +Those wise Chaldeans, who foretold, as a great matter, another man's +last hour, have themselves been taken by surprise. Ay! and all those +others, in their pleasant places: those who doated on a Capreae like +[210] Tiberius, on their gardens, on the baths: Pythagoras and +Socrates, who reasoned so closely upon immortality: Alexander, who +used the lives of others as though his own should last for ever--he +and his mule-driver alike now!--one upon another. Well-nigh the +whole court of Antoninus is extinct. Panthea and Pergamus sit no +longer beside the sepulchre of their lord. The watchers over +Hadrian's dust have slipped from his sepulchre.--It were jesting to +stay longer. Did they sit there still, would the dead feel it? or +feeling it, be glad? or glad, hold those watchers for ever? The time +must come when they too shall be aged men and aged women, and +decease, and fail from their places; and what shift were there then +for imperial service? This too is but the breath of the tomb, and a +skinful of dead men's blood. + +"Think again of those inscriptions, which belong not to one soul +only, but to whole families: Eschatos tou idiou genous:+ He was the last +of his race. Nay! of the burial of whole cities: Helice, Pompeii: of +others, whose very burial place is unknown. + +"Thou hast been a citizen in this wide city. Count not for how long, +nor repine; since that which sends thee hence is no unrighteous +judge, no tyrant, but Nature, who brought thee hither; as when a +player leaves the stage at the bidding of the conductor who hired +him. Sayest thou, 'I have not played five acts'? True! but in [211] +human life, three acts only make sometimes an entire play. That is +the composer's business, not thine. Withdraw thyself with a good +will; for that too hath, perchance, a good will which dismisseth thee +from thy part." + +The discourse ended almost in darkness, the evening having set in +somewhat suddenly, with a heavy fall of snow. The torches, made +ready to do him a useless honour, were of real service now, as the +emperor was solemnly conducted home; one man rapidly catching light +from another--a long stream of moving lights across the white Forum, +up the great stairs, to the palace. And, in effect, that night +winter began, the hardest that had been known for a lifetime. The +wolves came from the mountains; and, led by the carrion scent, +devoured the dead bodies which had been hastily buried during the +plague, and, emboldened by their meal, crept, before the short day +was well past, over the walls of the farmyards of the Campagna. The +eagles were seen driving the flocks of smaller birds across the dusky +sky. Only, in the city itself the winter was all the brighter for +the contrast, among those who could pay for light and warmth. The +habit-makers made a great sale of the spoil of all such furry +creatures as had escaped wolves and eagles, for presents at the +Saturnalia; and at no time had the winter roses from Carthage seemed +more lustrously yellow and red. + +NOTES + +188. +Spenser, Shepheardes Calendar, October, 61-66. + +200. +Transliteration: Hsper epigraphas chronn kai holn ethnn. +Pater's Translation: "the sepulchral titles of ages and whole +peoples." + +202. +Homer, Iliad VI.146-48. + +202. +Transliteration: Earos epigignetai hr. Translation: "born in +springtime." Homer, Iliad VI.147. + +210. +Transliteration: Eschatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "He +was the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XIII: THE "MISTRESS AND MOTHER" OF PALACES + +AFTER that sharp, brief winter, the sun was already at work, +softening leaf and bud, as you might feel by a faint sweetness in the +air; but he did his work behind an evenly white sky, against which +the abode of the Caesars, its cypresses and bronze roofs, seemed like +a picture in beautiful but melancholy colour, as Marius climbed the +long flights of steps to be introduced to the emperor Aurelius. +Attired in the newest mode, his legs wound in dainty fasciae of white +leather, with the heavy gold ring of the ingenuus, and in his toga +of ceremony, he still retained all his country freshness of +complexion. The eyes of the "golden youth" of Rome were upon him as +the chosen friend of Cornelius, and the destined servant of the +emperor; but not jealously. In spite of, perhaps partly because of, +his habitual reserve of manner, he had become "the fashion," even +among those who felt instinctively the irony which lay beneath that +remarkable self-possession, as of one taking all things with a [213] +difference from other people, perceptible in voice, in expression, +and even in his dress. It was, in truth, the air of one who, +entering vividly into life, and relishing to the full the delicacies +of its intercourse, yet feels all the while, from the point of view +of an ideal philosophy, that he is but conceding reality to +suppositions, choosing of his own will to walk in a day-dream, of the +illusiveness of which he at least is aware. + +In the house of the chief chamberlain Marius waited for the due +moment of admission to the emperor's presence. He was admiring the +peculiar decoration of the walls, coloured like rich old red leather. +In the midst of one of them was depicted, under a trellis of fruit +you might have gathered, the figure of a woman knocking at a door +with wonderful reality of perspective. Then the summons came; and in +a few minutes, the etiquette of the imperial household being still a +simple matter, he had passed the curtains which divided the central +hall of the palace into three parts--three degrees of approach to the +sacred person--and was speaking to Aurelius himself; not in Greek, in +which the emperor oftenest conversed with the learned, but, more +familiarly, in Latin, adorned however, or disfigured, by many a Greek +phrase, as now and again French phrases have made the adornment of +fashionable English. It was with real kindliness that Marcus +Aurelius looked upon Marius, as [214] a youth of great attainments in +Greek letters and philosophy; and he liked also his serious +expression, being, as we know, a believer in the doctrine of +physiognomy--that, as he puts it, not love only, but every other +affection of man's soul, looks out very plainly from the window of +the eyes. + +The apartment in which Marius found himself was of ancient aspect, +and richly decorated with the favourite toys of two or three +generations of imperial collectors, now finally revised by the high +connoisseurship of the Stoic emperor himself, though destined not +much longer to remain together there. It is the repeated boast of +Aurelius that he had learned from old Antoninus Pius to maintain +authority without the constant use of guards, in a robe woven by the +handmaids of his own consort, with no processional lights or images, +and "that a prince may shrink himself almost into the figure of a +private gentleman." And yet, again as at his first sight of him, +Marius was struck by the profound religiousness of the surroundings +of the imperial presence. The effect might have been due in part to +the very simplicity, the discreet and scrupulous simplicity, of the +central figure in this splendid abode; but Marius could not forget +that he saw before him not only the head of the Roman religion, but +one who might actually have claimed something like divine worship, +had he cared to do so. Though the fantastic pretensions of Caligula +had brought some contempt [215] on that claim, which had become +almost a jest under the ungainly Claudius, yet, from Augustus +downwards, a vague divinity had seemed to surround the Caesars even +in this life; and the peculiar character of Aurelius, at once a +ceremonious polytheist never forgetful of his pontifical calling, and +a philosopher whose mystic speculation encircled him with a sort of +saintly halo, had restored to his person, without his intending it, +something of that divine prerogative, or prestige. Though he would +never allow the immediate dedication of altars to himself, yet the +image of his Genius--his spirituality or celestial counterpart--was +placed among those of the deified princes of the past; and his +family, including Faustina and the young Commodus, was spoken of as +the "holy" or "divine" house. Many a Roman courtier agreed with the +barbarian chief, who, after contemplating a predecessor of Aurelius, +withdrew from his presence with the exclamation:--"I have seen a god +to-day!" The very roof of his house, rising into a pediment or +gable, like that of the sanctuary of a god, the laurels on either +side its doorway, the chaplet of oak-leaves above, seemed to +designate the place for religious veneration. And notwithstanding +all this, the household of Aurelius was singularly modest, with none +of the wasteful expense of palaces after the fashion of Lewis the +Fourteenth; the palatial dignity being felt only in a peculiar sense +of order, the absence [216] of all that was casual, of vulgarity and +discomfort. A merely official residence of his predecessors, the +Palatine had become the favourite dwelling-place of Aurelius; its +many-coloured memories suiting, perhaps, his pensive character, and +the crude splendours of Nero and Hadrian being now subdued by time. +The window-less Roman abode must have had much of what to a modern +would be gloom. How did the children, one wonders, endure houses +with so little escape for the eye into the world outside? Aurelius, +who had altered little else, choosing to live there, in a genuine +homeliness, had shifted and made the most of the level lights, and +broken out a quite medieval window here and there, and the clear +daylight, fully appreciated by his youthful visitor, made pleasant +shadows among the objects of the imperial collection. Some of these, +indeed, by reason of their Greek simplicity and grace, themselves +shone out like spaces of a purer, early light, amid the splendours of +the Roman manufacture. + +Though he looked, thought Marius, like a man who did not sleep +enough, he was abounding and bright to-day, after one of those +pitiless headaches, which since boyhood had been the "thorn in his +side," challenging the pretensions of his philosophy to fortify one +in humble endurances. At the first moment, to Marius, remembering +the spectacle of the emperor in ceremony, it was almost bewildering +to be in [217] private conversation with him. There was much in the +philosophy of Aurelius--much consideration of mankind at large, of +great bodies, aggregates and generalities, after the Stoic manner-- +which, on a nature less rich than his, might have acted as an +inducement to care for people in inverse proportion to their nearness +to him. That has sometimes been the result of the Stoic +cosmopolitanism. Aurelius, however, determined to beautify by all +means, great or little, a doctrine which had in it some potential +sourness, had brought all the quickness of his intelligence, and long +years of observation, to bear on the conditions of social +intercourse. He had early determined "not to make business an excuse +to decline the offices of humanity--not to pretend to be too much +occupied with important affairs to concede what life with others may +hourly demand;" and with such success, that, in an age which made +much of the finer points of that intercourse, it was felt that the +mere honesty of his conversation was more pleasing than other men's +flattery. His agreeableness to his young visitor to-day was, in +truth, a blossom of the same wisdom which had made of Lucius Verus +really a brother--the wisdom of not being exigent with men, any more +than with fruit-trees (it is his own favourite figure) beyond their +nature. And there was another person, still nearer to him, regarding +whom this wisdom became a marvel, of equity--of charity. + +[218] The centre of a group of princely children, in the same +apartment with Aurelius, amid all the refined intimacies of a modern +home, sat the empress Faustina, warming her hands over a fire. With +her long fingers lighted up red by the glowing coals of the brazier +Marius looked close upon the most beautiful woman in the world, who +was also the great paradox of the age, among her boys and girls. As +has been truly said of the numerous representations of her in art, so +in life, she had the air of one curious, restless, to enter into +conversation with the first comer. She had certainly the power of +stimulating a very ambiguous sort of curiosity about herself. And +Marius found this enigmatic point in her expression, that even after +seeing her many times he could never precisely recall her features in +absence. The lad of six years, looking older, who stood beside her, +impatiently plucking a rose to pieces over the hearth, was, in +outward appearance, his father--the young Verissimus--over again; but +with a certain feminine length of feature, and with all his mother's +alertness, or license, of gaze. + +Yet rumour knocked at every door and window of the imperial house +regarding the adulterers who knocked at them, or quietly left their +lovers' garlands there. Was not that likeness of the husband, in the +boy beside her, really the effect of a shameful magic, in which the +blood of the murdered gladiator, his true father, had been an +ingredient? Were the tricks for [219] deceiving husbands which the +Roman poet describes, really hers, and her household an efficient +school of all the arts of furtive love? Or, was the husband too +aware, like every one beside? Were certain sudden deaths which +happened there, really the work of apoplexy, or the plague? + +The man whose ears, whose soul, those rumours were meant to +penetrate, was, however, faithful to his sanguine and optimist +philosophy, to his determination that the world should be to him +simply what the higher reason preferred to conceive it; and the +life's journey Aurelius had made so far, though involving much moral +and intellectual loneliness, had been ever in affectionate and +helpful contact with other wayfarers, very unlike himself. Since his +days of earliest childhood in the Lateran gardens, he seemed to +himself, blessing the gods for it after deliberate survey, to have +been always surrounded by kinsmen, friends, servants, of exceptional +virtue. From the great Stoic idea, that we are all fellow-citizens +of one city, he had derived a tenderer, a more equitable estimate +than was common among Stoics, of the eternal shortcomings of men and +women. Considerations that might tend to the sweetening of his +temper it was his daily care to store away, with a kind of +philosophic pride in the thought that no one took more good-naturedly +than he the "oversights" of his neighbours. For had not Plato taught +(it was not [220] paradox, but simple truth of experience) that if +people sin, it is because they know no better, and are "under the +necessity of their own ignorance"? Hard to himself, he seemed at +times, doubtless, to decline too softly upon unworthy persons. +Actually, he came thereby upon many a useful instrument. The empress +Faustina he would seem at least to have kept, by a constraining +affection, from becoming altogether what most people have believed +her, and won in her (we must take him at his word in the "Thoughts," +abundantly confirmed by letters, on both sides, in his correspondence +with Cornelius Fronto) a consolation, the more secure, perhaps, +because misknown of others. Was the secret of her actual +blamelessness, after all, with him who has at least screened her +name? At all events, the one thing quite certain about her, besides +her extraordinary beauty, is her sweetness to himself. + +No! The wise, who had made due observation on the trees of the +garden, would not expect to gather grapes of thorns or fig-trees: and +he was the vine, putting forth his genial fruit, by natural law, +again and again, after his kind, whatever use people might make of +it. Certainly, his actual presence never lost its power, and +Faustina was glad in it to-day, the birthday of one of her children, +a boy who stood at her knee holding in his fingers tenderly a tiny +silver trumpet, one of his birthday gifts.--"For my [221] part, +unless I conceive my hurt to be such, I have no hurt at all,"--boasts +the would-be apathetic emperor:--"and how I care to conceive of the +thing rests with me." Yet when his children fall sick or die, this +pretence breaks down, and he is broken-hearted: and one of the charms +of certain of his letters still extant, is his reference to those +childish sicknesses.--"On my return to Lorium," he writes, "I found +my little lady--domnulam meam--in a fever;" and again, in a letter to +one of the most serious of men, "You will be glad to hear that our +little one is better, and running about the room--parvolam nostram +melius valere et intra cubiculum discurrere." + +The young Commodus had departed from the chamber, anxious to witness +the exercises of certain gladiators, having a native taste for such +company, inherited, according to popular rumour, from his true +father--anxious also to escape from the too impressive company of the +gravest and sweetest specimen of old age Marius had ever seen, the +tutor of the imperial children, who had arrived to offer his birthday +congratulations, and now, very familiarly and affectionately, made a +part of the group, falling on the shoulders of the emperor, kissing +the empress Faustina on the face, the little ones on the face and +hands. Marcus Cornelius Fronto, the "Orator," favourite teacher of +the emperor's youth, afterwards his most trusted counsellor, and now +the undisputed occupant of the sophistic throne, whose equipage, +[222] elegantly mounted with silver, Marius had seen in the streets +of Rome, had certainly turned his many personal gifts to account with +a good fortune, remarkable even in that age, so indulgent to +professors or rhetoricians. The gratitude of the emperor Aurelius, +always generous to his teachers, arranging their very quarrels +sometimes, for they were not always fair to one another, had helped +him to a really great place in the world. But his sumptuous +appendages, including the villa and gardens of Maecenas, had been +borne with an air perfectly becoming, by the professor of a +philosophy which, even in its most accomplished and elegant phase, +presupposed a gentle contempt for such things. With an intimate +practical knowledge of manners, physiognomies, smiles, disguises, +flatteries, and courtly tricks of every kind--a whole accomplished +rhetoric of daily life--he applied them all to the promotion of +humanity, and especially of men's family affection. Through a long +life of now eighty years, he had been, as it were, surrounded by the +gracious and soothing air of his own eloquence--the fame, the echoes, +of it--like warbling birds, or murmuring bees. Setting forth in that +fine medium the best ideas of matured pagan philosophy, he had become +the favourite "director" of noble youth + +Yes! it was the one instance Marius, always eagerly on the look-out +for such, had yet seen of [223] a perfectly tolerable, perfectly +beautiful, old age--an old age in which there seemed, to one who +perhaps habitually over-valued the expression of youth, nothing to be +regretted, nothing really lost, in what years had taken away. The +wise old man, whose blue eyes and fair skin were so delicate, +uncontaminate and clear, would seem to have replaced carefully and +consciously each natural trait of youth, as it departed from him, by +an equivalent grace of culture; and had the blitheness, the placid +cheerfulness, as he had also the infirmity, the claim on stronger +people, of a delightful child. And yet he seemed to be but awaiting +his exit from life--that moment with which the Stoics were almost as +much preoccupied as the Christians, however differently--and set +Marius pondering on the contrast between a placidity like this, at +eighty years, and the sort of desperateness he was aware of in his +own manner of entertaining that thought. His infirmities +nevertheless had been painful and long-continued, with losses of +children, of pet grandchildren. What with the crowd, and the +wretched streets, it was a sign of affection which had cost him +something, for the old man to leave his own house at all that day; +and he was glad of the emperor's support, as he moved from place to +place among the children he protests so often to have loved as his +own. + +For a strange piece of literary good fortune, at the beginning of the +present century, has set [224] free the long-buried fragrance of this +famous friendship of the old world, from below a valueless later +manuscript, in a series of letters, wherein the two writers exchange, +for the most part their evening thoughts, especially at family +anniversaries, and with entire intimacy, on their children, on the +art of speech, on all the various subtleties of the "science of +images"--rhetorical images--above all, of course, on sleep and +matters of health. They are full of mutual admiration of each +other's eloquence, restless in absence till they see one another +again, noting, characteristically, their very dreams of each other, +expecting the day which will terminate the office, the business or +duty, which separates them--"as superstitious people watch for the +star, at the rising of which they may break their fast." To one of +the writers, to Aurelius, the correspondence was sincerely of value. +We see him once reading his letters with genuine delight on going to +rest. Fronto seeks to deter his pupil from writing in Greek.--Why +buy, at great cost, a foreign wine, inferior to that from one's own +vineyard? Aurelius, on the other hand, with an extraordinary innate +susceptibility to words--la parole pour la parole, as the French say- +-despairs, in presence of Fronto's rhetorical perfection. + +Like the modern visitor to the Capitoline and some other museums, +Fronto had been struck, pleasantly struck, by the family likeness +[225] among the Antonines; and it was part of his friendship to make +much of it, in the case of the children of Faustina. "Well! I have +seen the little ones," he writes to Aurelius, then, apparently, +absent from them: "I have seen the little ones--the pleasantest sight +of my life; for they are as like yourself as could possibly be. It +has well repaid me for my journey over that slippery road, and up +those steep rocks; for I beheld you, not simply face to face before +me, but, more generously, whichever way I turned, to my right and my +left. For the rest, I found them, Heaven be thanked! with healthy +cheeks and lusty voices. One was holding a slice of white bread, +like a king's son; the other a crust of brown bread, as becomes the +offspring of a philosopher. I pray the gods to have both the sower +and the seed in their keeping; to watch over this field wherein the +ears of corn are so kindly alike. Ah! I heard too their pretty +voices, so sweet that in the childish prattle of one and the other I +seemed somehow to be listening--yes! in that chirping of your pretty +chickens--to the limpid+ and harmonious notes of your own oratory. +Take care! you will find me growing independent, having those I could +love in your place:--love, on the surety of my eyes and ears." + +"Magistro meo salutem!" replies the Emperor, "I too have seen my +little ones in your sight of them; as, also, I saw yourself in +reading your [226] letter. It is that charming letter forces me to +write thus:" with reiterations of affection, that is, which are +continual in these letters, on both sides, and which may strike a +modern reader perhaps as fulsome; or, again, as having something in +common with the old Judaic unction of friendship. They were +certainly sincere. + +To one of those children Fronto had now brought the birthday gift of +the silver trumpet, upon which he ventured to blow softly now and +again, turning away with eyes delighted at the sound, when he thought +the old man was not listening. It was the well-worn, valetudinarian +subject of sleep, on which Fronto and Aurelius were talking together; +Aurelius always feeling it a burden, Fronto a thing of magic +capacities, so that he had written an encomium in its praise, and +often by ingenious arguments recommends his imperial pupil not to be +sparing of it. To-day, with his younger listeners in mind, he had a +story to tell about it:-- + +"They say that our father Jupiter, when he ordered the world at the +beginning, divided time into two parts exactly equal: the one part he +clothed with light, the other with darkness: he called them Day and +Night; and he assigned rest to the night and to day the work of life. +At that time Sleep was not yet born and men passed the whole of their +lives awake: only, the quiet of the night was ordained for them, +instead of sleep. But it came to pass, little by little, [227] being +that the minds of men are restless, that they carried on their +business alike by night as by day, and gave no part at all to repose. +And Jupiter, when he perceived that even in the night-time they +ceased not from trouble and disputation, and that even the courts of +law remained open (it was the pride of Aurelius, as Fronto knew, to +be assiduous in those courts till far into the night) resolved to +appoint one of his brothers to be the overseer of the night and have +authority over man's rest. But Neptune pleaded in excuse the gravity +of his constant charge of the seas, and Father Dis the difficulty of +keeping in subjection the spirits below; and Jupiter, having taken +counsel with the other gods, perceived that the practice of nightly +vigils was somewhat in favour. It was then, for the most part, that +Juno gave birth to her children: Minerva, the mistress of all art and +craft, loved the midnight lamp: Mars delighted in the darkness for +his plots and sallies; and the favour of Venus and Bacchus was with +those who roused by night. Then it was that Jupiter formed the +design of creating Sleep; and he added him to the number of the gods, +and gave him the charge over night and rest, putting into his hands +the keys of human eyes. With his own hands he mingled the juices +wherewith Sleep should soothe the hearts of mortals--herb of +Enjoyment and herb of Safety, gathered from a grove in Heaven; and, +from the meadows of [228] Acheron, the herb of Death; expressing from +it one single drop only, no bigger than a tear one might hide. 'With +this juice,' he said, 'pour slumber upon the eyelids of mortals. So +soon as it hath touched them they will lay themselves down +motionless, under thy power. But be not afraid: they shall revive, +and in a while stand up again upon their feet.' Thereafter, Jupiter +gave wings to Sleep, attached, not, like Mercury's, to his heels, but +to his shoulders, like the wings of Love. For he said, 'It becomes +thee not to approach men's eyes as with the noise of chariots, and +the rushing of a swift courser, but in placid and merciful flight, as +upon the wings of a swallow--nay! with not so much as the flutter of +the dove.' Besides all this, that he might be yet pleasanter to men, +he committed to him also a multitude of blissful dreams, according to +every man's desire. One watched his favourite actor; another +listened to the flute, or guided a charioteer in the race: in his +dream, the soldier was victorious, the general was borne in triumph, +the wanderer returned home. Yes!--and sometimes those dreams come +true! + +Just then Aurelius was summoned to make the birthday offerings to his +household gods. A heavy curtain of tapestry was drawn back; and +beyond it Marius gazed for a few moments into the Lararium, or +imperial chapel. A patrician youth, in white habit, was in waiting, +with a little chest in his hand containing incense for the [229] use +of the altar. On richly carved consoles, or side boards, around this +narrow chamber, were arranged the rich apparatus of worship and the +golden or gilded images, adorned to-day with fresh flowers, among +them that image of Fortune from the apartment of Antoninus Pius, and +such of the emperor's own teachers as were gone to their rest. A dim +fresco on the wall commemorated the ancient piety of Lucius Albinius, +who in flight from Rome on the morrow of a great disaster, overtaking +certain priests on foot with their sacred utensils, descended from +the wagon in which he rode and yielded it to the ministers of the +gods. As he ascended into the chapel the emperor paused, and with a +grave but friendly look at his young visitor, delivered a parting +sentence, audible to him alone: Imitation is the most acceptable-- +Make sure that those to whom you come nearest be the happier by your* + +It was the very spirit of the scene and the hour--the hour Marius had +spent in the imperial house. How temperate, how tranquillising! what +humanity! Yet, as he left the eminent company concerning whose ways +of life at home he had been so youthfully curious, and sought, after +his manner, to determine the main trait in all this, he had to +confess that it was a sentiment of mediocrity, though of a mediocrity +for once really golden. + +NOTES + +225. +"Limpid" is misprinted "Limped." + + + +CHAPTER XIV: MANLY AMUSEMENT + +DURING the Eastern war there came a moment when schism in the empire +had seemed possible through the defection of Lucius Verus; when to +Aurelius it had also seemed possible to confirm his allegiance by no +less a gift than his beautiful daughter Lucilla, the eldest of his +children--the domnula, probably, of those letters. The little lady, +grown now to strong and stately maidenhood, had been ever something +of the good genius, the better soul, to Lucius Verus, by the law of +contraries, her somewhat cold and apathetic modesty acting as +counterfoil to the young man's tigrish fervour. Conducted to +Ephesus, she had become his wife by form of civil marriage, the more +solemn wedding rites being deferred till their return to Rome. + +The ceremony of the Confarreation, or religious marriage, in which +bride and bridegroom partook together of a certain mystic bread, was +celebrated accordingly, with due pomp, early in the spring; Aurelius +himself [231] assisting, with much domestic feeling. A crowd of +fashionable people filled the space before the entrance to the +apartments of Lucius on the Palatine hill, richly decorated for the +occasion, commenting, not always quite delicately, on the various +details of the rite, which only a favoured few succeeded in actually +witnessing. "She comes!" Marius could hear them say, "escorted by +her young brothers: it is the young Commodus who carries the torch of +white-thornwood, the little basket of work-things, the toys for the +children:"--and then, after a watchful pause, "she is winding the +woollen thread round the doorposts. Ah! I see the marriage-cake: +the bridegroom presents the fire and water." Then, in a longer +pause, was heard the chorus, Thalassie! Thalassie! and for just a +few moments, in the strange light of many wax tapers at noonday, +Marius could see them both, side by side, while the bride was lifted +over the doorstep: Lucius Verus heated and handsome--the pale, +impassive Lucilla looking very long and slender, in her closely +folded yellow veil, and high nuptial crown. + +As Marius turned away, glad to escape from the pressure of the crowd, +he found himself face to face with Cornelius, an infrequent spectator +on occasions such as this. It was a relief to depart with him--so +fresh and quiet he looked, though in all his splendid equestrian +array in honour of the ceremony--from the garish heat [232] of the +marriage scene. The reserve which had puzzled Marius so much on his +first day in Rome, was but an instance of many, to him wholly +unaccountable, avoidances alike of things and persons, which must +certainly mean that an intimate companionship would cost him +something in the way of seemingly indifferent amusements. Some +inward standard Marius seemed to detect there (though wholly unable +to estimate its nature) of distinction, selection, refusal, amid the +various elements of the fervid and corrupt life across which they +were moving together:--some secret, constraining motive, ever on the +alert at eye and ear, which carried him through Rome as under a +charm, so that Marius could not but think of that figure of the white +bird in the market-place as undoubtedly made true of him. And Marius +was still full of admiration for this companion, who had known how to +make himself very pleasant to him. Here was the clear, cold +corrective, which the fever of his present life demanded. Without +it, he would have felt alternately suffocated and exhausted by an +existence, at once so gaudy and overdone, and yet so intolerably +empty; in which people, even at their best, seemed only to be +brooding, like the wise emperor himself, over a world's +disillusion. For with all the severity of Cornelius, there was such +a breeze of hopefulness--freshness and hopefulness, as of new +morning, about him. [233] For the most part, as I said, those +refusals, that reserve of his, seemed unaccountable. But there were +cases where the unknown monitor acted in a direction with which the +judgment, or instinct, of Marius himself wholly concurred; the +effective decision of Cornelius strengthening him further therein, as +by a kind of outwardly embodied conscience. And the entire drift of +his education determined him, on one point at least, to be wholly of +the same mind with this peculiar friend (they two, it might be, +together, against the world!) when, alone of a whole company of +brilliant youth, he had withdrawn from his appointed place in the +amphitheatre, at a grand public show, which after an interval of many +months, was presented there, in honour of the nuptials of Lucius +Verus and Lucilla. + +And it was still to the eye, through visible movement and aspect, +that the character, or genius of Cornelius made itself felt by +Marius; even as on that afternoon when he had girt on his armour, +among the expressive lights and shades of the dim old villa at the +roadside, and every object of his knightly array had seemed to be but +sign or symbol of some other thing far beyond it. For, consistently +with his really poetic temper, all influence reached Marius, even +more exclusively than he was aware, through the medium of sense. +From Flavian in that brief early summer of his existence, he had +derived a powerful impression of the [234] "perpetual flux": he had +caught there, as in cipher or symbol, or low whispers more effective +than any definite language, his own Cyrenaic philosophy, presented +thus, for the first time, in an image or person, with much +attractiveness, touched also, consequently, with a pathetic sense of +personal sorrow:--a concrete image, the abstract equivalent of which +he could recognise afterwards, when the agitating personal influence +had settled down for him, clearly enough, into a theory of practice. +But of what possible intellectual formula could this mystic Cornelius +be the sensible exponent; seeming, as he did, to live ever in close +relationship with, and recognition of, a mental view, a source of +discernment, a light upon his way, which had certainly not yet sprung +up for Marius? Meantime, the discretion of Cornelius, his energetic +clearness and purity, were a charm, rather physical than moral: his +exquisite correctness of spirit, at all events, accorded so perfectly +with the regular beauty of his person, as to seem to depend upon it. +And wholly different as was this later friendship, with its exigency, +its warnings, its restraints, from the feverish attachment to +Flavian, which had made him at times like an uneasy slave, still, +like that, it was a reconciliation to the world of sense, the visible +world. From the hopefulness of this gracious presence, all visible +things around him, even the commonest objects of everyday life--if +they but [235] stood together to warm their hands at the same fire-- +took for him a new poetry, a delicate fresh bloom, and interest. It +was as if his bodily eyes had been indeed mystically washed, renewed, +strengthened. + +And how eagerly, with what a light heart, would Flavian have taken +his place in the amphitheatre, among the youth of his own age! with +what an appetite for every detail of the entertainment, and its +various accessories:--the sunshine, filtered into soft gold by the +vela, with their serpentine patterning, spread over the more select +part of the company; the Vestal virgins, taking their privilege of +seats near the empress Faustina, who sat there in a maze of double- +coloured gems, changing, as she moved, like the waves of the sea; the +cool circle of shadow, in which the wonderful toilets of the +fashionable told so effectively around the blazing arena, covered +again and again during the many hours' show, with clean sand for the +absorption of certain great red patches there, by troops of white- +shirted boys, for whom the good-natured audience provided a scramble +of nuts and small coin, flung to them over a trellis-work of silver- +gilt and amber, precious gift of Nero, while a rain of flowers and +perfume fell over themselves, as they paused between the parts of +their long feast upon the spectacle of animal suffering. + +During his sojourn at Ephesus, Lucius Verus had readily become a +patron, patron or protg, [236] of the great goddess of Ephesus, the +goddess of hunters; and the show, celebrated by way of a compliment +to him to-day, was to present some incidents of her story, where she +figures almost as the genius of madness, in animals, or in the +humanity which comes in contact with them. The entertainment would +have an element of old Greek revival in it, welcome to the taste of a +learned and Hellenising society; and, as Lucius Verus was in some +sense a lover of animals, was to be a display of animals mainly. +There would be real wild and domestic creatures, all of rare species; +and a real slaughter. On so happy an occasion, it was hoped, the +elder emperor might even concede a point, and a living criminal fall +into the jaws of the wild beasts. And the spectacle was, certainly, +to end in the destruction, by one mighty shower of arrows, of a +hundred lions, "nobly" provided by Aurelius himself for the amusement +of his people.--Tam magnanimus fuit! + +The arena, decked and in order for the first scene, looked +delightfully fresh, re-inforcing on the spirits of the audience the +actual freshness of the morning, which at this season still brought +the dew. Along the subterranean ways that led up to it, the sound of +an advancing chorus was heard at last, chanting the words of a sacred +song, or hymn to Diana; for the spectacle of the amphitheatre was, +after all, a [237] religious occasion. To its grim acts of blood- +shedding a kind of sacrificial character still belonged in the view +of certain religious casuists, tending conveniently to soothe the +humane sensibilities of so pious an emperor as Aurelius, who, in his +fraternal complacency, had consented to preside over the shows. + +Artemis or Diana, as she may be understood in the actual development +of her worship, was, indeed, the symbolical expression of two allied +yet contrasted elements of human temper and experience--man's amity, +and also his enmity, towards the wild creatures, when they were +still, in a certain sense, his brothers. She is the complete, and +therefore highly complex, representative of a state, in which man was +still much occupied with animals, not as his flock, or as his +servants after the pastoral relationship of our later, orderly world, +but rather as his equals, on friendly terms or the reverse,--a state +full of primeval sympathies and antipathies, of rivalries and common +wants--while he watched, and could enter into, the humours of those +"younger brothers," with an intimacy, the "survivals" of which in a +later age seem often to have had a kind of madness about them. Diana +represents alike the bright and the dark side of such relationship. +But the humanities of that relationship were all forgotten to-day in +the excitement of a show, in which mere cruelty to animals, their +useless suffering and death, formed [238] the main point of interest. +People watched their destruction, batch after batch, in a not +particularly inventive fashion; though it was expected that the +animals themselves, as living creatures are apt to do when hard put +to it, would become inventive, and make up, by the fantastic +accidents of their agony, for the deficiencies of an age fallen +behind in this matter of manly amusement. It was as a Deity of +Slaughter--the Taurian goddess who demands the sacrifice of the +shipwrecked sailors thrown on her coasts--the cruel, moonstruck +huntress, who brings not only sudden death, but rabies, among the +wild creatures that Diana was to be presented, in the person of a +famous courtesan. The aim at an actual theatrical illusion, after +the first introductory scene, was frankly surrendered to the display +of the animals, artificially stimulated and maddened to attack each +other. And as Diana was also a special protectress of new-born +creatures, there would be a certain curious interest in the +dexterously contrived escape of the young from their mother's torn +bosoms; as many pregnant animals as possible being carefully selected +for the purpose. + +The time had been, and was to come again, when the pleasures of the +amphitheatre centered in a similar practical joking upon human +beings. What more ingenious diversion had stage manager ever +contrived than that incident, itself a practical epigram never to be +forgottten, [239] when a criminal, who, like slaves and animals, had +no rights, was compelled to present the part of Icarus; and, the +wings failing him in due course, had fallen into a pack of hungry +bears? For the long shows of the amphitheatre were, so to speak, the +novel-reading of that age--a current help provided for sluggish +imaginations, in regard, for instance, to grisly accidents, such as +might happen to one's self; but with every facility for comfortable +inspection. Scaevola might watch his own hand, consuming, crackling, +in the fire, in the person of a culprit, willing to redeem his life +by an act so delightful to the eyes, the very ears, of a curious +public. If the part of Marsyas was called for, there was a criminal +condemned to lose his skin. It might be almost edifying to study +minutely the expression of his face, while the assistants corded and +pegged him to the bench, cunningly; the servant of the law waiting +by, who, after one short cut with his knife, would slip the man's leg +from his skin, as neatly as if it were a stocking--a finesse in +providing the due amount of suffering for wrong-doers only brought to +its height in Nero's living bonfires. But then, by making his +suffering ridiculous, you enlist against the sufferer, some real, and +all would-be manliness, and do much to stifle any false sentiment of +compassion. The philosophic emperor, having no great taste for +sport, and asserting here a personal scruple, had greatly changed all +[240] that; had provided that nets should be spread under the dancers +on the tight-rope, and buttons for the swords of the gladiators. But +the gladiators were still there. Their bloody contests had, under +the form of a popular amusement, the efficacy of a human sacrifice; +as, indeed, the whole system of the public shows was understood to +possess a religious import. Just at this point, certainly, the +judgment of Lucretius on pagan religion is without reproach-- + + Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum. + +And Marius, weary and indignant, feeling isolated in the great +slaughter-house, could not but observe that, in his habitual +complaisance to Lucius Verus, who, with loud shouts of applause from +time to time, lounged beside him, Aurelius had sat impassibly through +all the hours Marius himself had remained there. For the most part +indeed, the emperor had actually averted his eyes from the show, +reading, or writing on matters of public business, but had seemed, +after all, indifferent. He was revolving, perhaps, that old Stoic +paradox of the Imperceptibility of pain; which might serve as an +excuse, should those savage popular humours ever again turn against +men and women. Marius remembered well his very attitude and +expression on this day, when, a few years later, certain things came +to pass in Gaul, under his full authority; and that attitude and +expression [241] defined already, even thus early in their so +friendly intercourse, and though he was still full of gratitude for +his interest, a permanent point of difference between the emperor and +himself--between himself, with all the convictions of his life taking +centre to-day in his merciful, angry heart, and Aurelius, as +representing all the light, all the apprehensive power there might be +in pagan intellect. There was something in a tolerance such as this, +in the bare fact that he could sit patiently through a scene like +this, which seemed to Marius to mark Aurelius as his inferior now and +for ever on the question of righteousness; to set them on opposite +sides, in some great conflict, of which that difference was but a +single presentment. Due, in whatever proportions, to the abstract +principles he had formulated for himself, or in spite of them, there +was the loyal conscience within him, deciding, judging himself and +every one else, with a wonderful sort of authority:--You ought, +methinks, to be something quite different from what you are; here! +and here! Surely Aurelius must be lacking in that decisive +conscience at first sight, of the intimations of which Marius could +entertain no doubt--which he looked for in others. He at least, the +humble follower of the bodily eye, was aware of a crisis in life, in +this brief, obscure existence, a fierce opposition of real good and +real evil around him, the issues of which he must by no [242] means +compromise or confuse; of the antagonisms of which the "wise" Marcus +Aurelius was unaware. + +That long chapter of the cruelty of the Roman public shows may, +perhaps, leave with the children of the modern world a feeling of +self-complacency. Yet it might seem well to ask ourselves--it is +always well to do so, when we read of the slave-trade, for instance, +or of great religious persecutions on this side or on that, or of +anything else which raises in us the question, "Is thy servant a dog, +that he should do this thing?"--not merely, what germs of feeling we +may entertain which, under fitting circumstances, would induce us to +the like; but, even more practically, what thoughts, what sort of +considerations, may be actually present to our minds such as might +have furnished us, living in another age, and in the midst of those +legal crimes, with plausible excuses for them: each age in turn, +perhaps, having its own peculiar point of blindness, with its +consequent peculiar sin--the touch-stone of an unfailing conscience +in the select few. + +Those cruel amusements were, certainly, the sin of blindness, of +deadness and stupidity, in the age of Marius; and his light had not +failed him regarding it. Yes! what was needed was the heart that +would make it impossible to witness all this; and the future would be +with the forces that could beget a heart like that. [243] His chosen +philosophy had said,--Trust the eye: Strive to be right always in +regard to the concrete experience: Beware of falsifying your impressions. +And its sanction had at least been effective here, in protesting--"This, +and this, is what you may not look upon!" Surely evil was a real thing, +and the wise man wanting in the sense of it, where, not to have been, +by instinctive election, on the right side, was to have failed in life. + +END OF VOL. I + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean Vol. I, by Walter Pater + diff --git a/old/8mrs110.zip b/old/8mrs110.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d25406 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8mrs110.zip |